Remove the buffer-locking mechanism.
[emacs.git] / lisp / ldefs-boot.el
blob940c8c78a0cf29ffe34e57f2d901056c7f942e61
1 ;;; loaddefs.el --- automatically extracted autoloads
2 ;;
3 ;;; Code:
5 \f
6 ;;;### (autoloads (5x5-crack 5x5-crack-xor-mutate 5x5-crack-mutating-best
7 ;;;;;; 5x5-crack-mutating-current 5x5-crack-randomly 5x5) "5x5"
8 ;;;;;; "play/5x5.el" (19277 34922))
9 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/5x5.el
11 (autoload '5x5 "5x5" "\
12 Play 5x5.
14 The object of 5x5 is very simple, by moving around the grid and flipping
15 squares you must fill the grid.
17 5x5 keyboard bindings are:
18 \\<5x5-mode-map>
19 Flip \\[5x5-flip-current]
20 Move up \\[5x5-up]
21 Move down \\[5x5-down]
22 Move left \\[5x5-left]
23 Move right \\[5x5-right]
24 Start new game \\[5x5-new-game]
25 New game with random grid \\[5x5-randomize]
26 Random cracker \\[5x5-crack-randomly]
27 Mutate current cracker \\[5x5-crack-mutating-current]
28 Mutate best cracker \\[5x5-crack-mutating-best]
29 Mutate xor cracker \\[5x5-crack-xor-mutate]
30 Quit current game \\[5x5-quit-game]
32 \(fn &optional SIZE)" t nil)
34 (autoload '5x5-crack-randomly "5x5" "\
35 Attempt to crack 5x5 using random solutions.
37 \(fn)" t nil)
39 (autoload '5x5-crack-mutating-current "5x5" "\
40 Attempt to crack 5x5 by mutating the current solution.
42 \(fn)" t nil)
44 (autoload '5x5-crack-mutating-best "5x5" "\
45 Attempt to crack 5x5 by mutating the best solution.
47 \(fn)" t nil)
49 (autoload '5x5-crack-xor-mutate "5x5" "\
50 Attempt to crack 5x5 by xoring the current and best solution.
51 Mutate the result.
53 \(fn)" t nil)
55 (autoload '5x5-crack "5x5" "\
56 Attempt to find a solution for 5x5.
58 5x5-crack takes the argument BREEDER which should be a function that takes
59 two parameters, the first will be a grid vector array that is the current
60 solution and the second will be the best solution so far. The function
61 should return a grid vector array that is the new solution.
63 \(fn BREEDER)" t nil)
65 ;;;***
67 ;;;### (autoloads (list-one-abbrev-table) "abbrevlist" "abbrevlist.el"
68 ;;;;;; (19277 34915))
69 ;;; Generated autoloads from abbrevlist.el
71 (autoload 'list-one-abbrev-table "abbrevlist" "\
72 Display alphabetical listing of ABBREV-TABLE in buffer OUTPUT-BUFFER.
74 \(fn ABBREV-TABLE OUTPUT-BUFFER)" nil nil)
76 ;;;***
78 ;;;### (autoloads (ada-mode ada-add-extensions) "ada-mode" "progmodes/ada-mode.el"
79 ;;;;;; (19312 41311))
80 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-mode.el
82 (autoload 'ada-add-extensions "ada-mode" "\
83 Define SPEC and BODY as being valid extensions for Ada files.
84 Going from body to spec with `ff-find-other-file' used these
85 extensions.
86 SPEC and BODY are two regular expressions that must match against
87 the file name.
89 \(fn SPEC BODY)" nil nil)
91 (autoload 'ada-mode "ada-mode" "\
92 Ada mode is the major mode for editing Ada code.
94 \(fn)" t nil)
96 ;;;***
98 ;;;### (autoloads (ada-header) "ada-stmt" "progmodes/ada-stmt.el"
99 ;;;;;; (19279 53114))
100 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-stmt.el
102 (autoload 'ada-header "ada-stmt" "\
103 Insert a descriptive header at the top of the file.
105 \(fn)" t nil)
107 ;;;***
109 ;;;### (autoloads (ada-find-file) "ada-xref" "progmodes/ada-xref.el"
110 ;;;;;; (19279 53114))
111 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-xref.el
113 (autoload 'ada-find-file "ada-xref" "\
114 Open FILENAME, from anywhere in the source path.
115 Completion is available.
117 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
119 ;;;***
121 ;;;### (autoloads (change-log-merge add-log-current-defun change-log-mode
122 ;;;;;; add-change-log-entry-other-window add-change-log-entry find-change-log
123 ;;;;;; prompt-for-change-log-name add-log-mailing-address add-log-full-name
124 ;;;;;; add-log-current-defun-function) "add-log" "add-log.el" (19277
125 ;;;;;; 34915))
126 ;;; Generated autoloads from add-log.el
128 (put 'change-log-default-name 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
130 (defvar add-log-current-defun-function nil "\
131 If non-nil, function to guess name of surrounding function.
132 It is used by `add-log-current-defun' in preference to built-in rules.
133 Returns function's name as a string, or nil if outside a function.")
135 (custom-autoload 'add-log-current-defun-function "add-log" t)
137 (defvar add-log-full-name nil "\
138 Full name of user, for inclusion in ChangeLog daily headers.
139 This defaults to the value returned by the function `user-full-name'.")
141 (custom-autoload 'add-log-full-name "add-log" t)
143 (defvar add-log-mailing-address nil "\
144 Email addresses of user, for inclusion in ChangeLog headers.
145 This defaults to the value of `user-mail-address'. In addition to
146 being a simple string, this value can also be a list. All elements
147 will be recognized as referring to the same user; when creating a new
148 ChangeLog entry, one element will be chosen at random.")
150 (custom-autoload 'add-log-mailing-address "add-log" t)
152 (autoload 'prompt-for-change-log-name "add-log" "\
153 Prompt for a change log name.
155 \(fn)" nil nil)
157 (autoload 'find-change-log "add-log" "\
158 Find a change log file for \\[add-change-log-entry] and return the name.
160 Optional arg FILE-NAME specifies the file to use.
161 If FILE-NAME is nil, use the value of `change-log-default-name'.
162 If `change-log-default-name' is nil, behave as though it were 'ChangeLog'
163 \(or whatever we use on this operating system).
165 If `change-log-default-name' contains a leading directory component, then
166 simply find it in the current directory. Otherwise, search in the current
167 directory and its successive parents for a file so named.
169 Once a file is found, `change-log-default-name' is set locally in the
170 current buffer to the complete file name.
171 Optional arg BUFFER-FILE overrides `buffer-file-name'.
173 \(fn &optional FILE-NAME BUFFER-FILE)" nil nil)
175 (autoload 'add-change-log-entry "add-log" "\
176 Find change log file, and add an entry for today and an item for this file.
177 Optional arg WHOAMI (interactive prefix) non-nil means prompt for user
178 name and email (stored in `add-log-full-name' and `add-log-mailing-address').
180 Second arg FILE-NAME is file name of the change log.
181 If nil, use the value of `change-log-default-name'.
183 Third arg OTHER-WINDOW non-nil means visit in other window.
185 Fourth arg NEW-ENTRY non-nil means always create a new entry at the front;
186 never append to an existing entry. Option `add-log-keep-changes-together'
187 otherwise affects whether a new entry is created.
189 Fifth arg PUT-NEW-ENTRY-ON-NEW-LINE non-nil means that if a new
190 entry is created, put it on a new line by itself, do not put it
191 after a comma on an existing line.
193 Option `add-log-always-start-new-record' non-nil means always create a
194 new record, even when the last record was made on the same date and by
195 the same person.
197 The change log file can start with a copyright notice and a copying
198 permission notice. The first blank line indicates the end of these
199 notices.
201 Today's date is calculated according to `add-log-time-zone-rule' if
202 non-nil, otherwise in local time.
204 \(fn &optional WHOAMI FILE-NAME OTHER-WINDOW NEW-ENTRY PUT-NEW-ENTRY-ON-NEW-LINE)" t nil)
206 (autoload 'add-change-log-entry-other-window "add-log" "\
207 Find change log file in other window and add entry and item.
208 This is just like `add-change-log-entry' except that it displays
209 the change log file in another window.
211 \(fn &optional WHOAMI FILE-NAME)" t nil)
213 (autoload 'change-log-mode "add-log" "\
214 Major mode for editing change logs; like Indented Text mode.
215 Prevents numeric backups and sets `left-margin' to 8 and `fill-column' to 74.
216 New log entries are usually made with \\[add-change-log-entry] or \\[add-change-log-entry-other-window].
217 Each entry behaves as a paragraph, and the entries for one day as a page.
218 Runs `change-log-mode-hook'.
220 \\{change-log-mode-map}
222 \(fn)" t nil)
224 (defvar add-log-lisp-like-modes '(emacs-lisp-mode lisp-mode scheme-mode dsssl-mode lisp-interaction-mode) "\
225 *Modes that look like Lisp to `add-log-current-defun'.")
227 (defvar add-log-c-like-modes '(c-mode c++-mode c++-c-mode objc-mode) "\
228 *Modes that look like C to `add-log-current-defun'.")
230 (defvar add-log-tex-like-modes '(TeX-mode plain-TeX-mode LaTeX-mode tex-mode) "\
231 *Modes that look like TeX to `add-log-current-defun'.")
233 (autoload 'add-log-current-defun "add-log" "\
234 Return name of function definition point is in, or nil.
236 Understands C, Lisp, LaTeX (\"functions\" are chapters, sections, ...),
237 Texinfo (@node titles) and Perl.
239 Other modes are handled by a heuristic that looks in the 10K before
240 point for uppercase headings starting in the first column or
241 identifiers followed by `:' or `='. See variables
242 `add-log-current-defun-header-regexp' and
243 `add-log-current-defun-function'.
245 Has a preference of looking backwards.
247 \(fn)" nil nil)
249 (autoload 'change-log-merge "add-log" "\
250 Merge the contents of change log file OTHER-LOG with this buffer.
251 Both must be found in Change Log mode (since the merging depends on
252 the appropriate motion commands). OTHER-LOG can be either a file name
253 or a buffer.
255 Entries are inserted in chronological order. Both the current and
256 old-style time formats for entries are supported.
258 \(fn OTHER-LOG)" t nil)
260 ;;;***
262 ;;;### (autoloads (defadvice ad-activate ad-add-advice ad-disable-advice
263 ;;;;;; ad-enable-advice ad-default-compilation-action ad-redefinition-action)
264 ;;;;;; "advice" "emacs-lisp/advice.el" (19321 45634))
265 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/advice.el
267 (defvar ad-redefinition-action 'warn "\
268 Defines what to do with redefinitions during Advice de/activation.
269 Redefinition occurs if a previously activated function that already has an
270 original definition associated with it gets redefined and then de/activated.
271 In such a case we can either accept the current definition as the new
272 original definition, discard the current definition and replace it with the
273 old original, or keep it and raise an error. The values `accept', `discard',
274 `error' or `warn' govern what will be done. `warn' is just like `accept' but
275 it additionally prints a warning message. All other values will be
276 interpreted as `error'.")
278 (custom-autoload 'ad-redefinition-action "advice" t)
280 (defvar ad-default-compilation-action 'maybe "\
281 Defines whether to compile advised definitions during activation.
282 A value of `always' will result in unconditional compilation, `never' will
283 always avoid compilation, `maybe' will compile if the byte-compiler is already
284 loaded, and `like-original' will compile if the original definition of the
285 advised function is compiled or a built-in function. Every other value will
286 be interpreted as `maybe'. This variable will only be considered if the
287 COMPILE argument of `ad-activate' was supplied as nil.")
289 (custom-autoload 'ad-default-compilation-action "advice" t)
291 (autoload 'ad-enable-advice "advice" "\
292 Enables the advice of FUNCTION with CLASS and NAME.
294 \(fn FUNCTION CLASS NAME)" t nil)
296 (autoload 'ad-disable-advice "advice" "\
297 Disable the advice of FUNCTION with CLASS and NAME.
299 \(fn FUNCTION CLASS NAME)" t nil)
301 (autoload 'ad-add-advice "advice" "\
302 Add a piece of ADVICE to FUNCTION's list of advices in CLASS.
304 ADVICE has the form (NAME PROTECTED ENABLED DEFINITION), where
305 NAME is the advice name; PROTECTED is a flag specifying whether
306 to protect against non-local exits; ENABLED is a flag specifying
307 whether to initially enable the advice; and DEFINITION has the
308 form (advice . LAMBDA), where LAMBDA is a lambda expression.
310 If FUNCTION already has a piece of advice with the same name,
311 then POSITION is ignored, and the old advice is overwritten with
312 the new one.
314 If FUNCTION already has one or more pieces of advice of the
315 specified CLASS, then POSITION determines where the new piece
316 goes. POSITION can either be `first', `last' or a number (where
317 0 corresponds to `first', and numbers outside the valid range are
318 mapped to the closest extremal position).
320 If FUNCTION was not advised already, its advice info will be
321 initialized. Redefining a piece of advice whose name is part of
322 the cache-id will clear the cache.
324 See Info node `(elisp)Computed Advice' for detailed documentation.
326 \(fn FUNCTION ADVICE CLASS POSITION)" nil nil)
328 (autoload 'ad-activate "advice" "\
329 Activate all the advice information of an advised FUNCTION.
330 If FUNCTION has a proper original definition then an advised
331 definition will be generated from FUNCTION's advice info and the
332 definition of FUNCTION will be replaced with it. If a previously
333 cached advised definition was available, it will be used.
334 The optional COMPILE argument determines whether the resulting function
335 or a compilable cached definition will be compiled. If it is negative
336 no compilation will be performed, if it is positive or otherwise non-nil
337 the resulting function will be compiled, if it is nil the behavior depends
338 on the value of `ad-default-compilation-action' (which see).
339 Activation of an advised function that has an advice info but no actual
340 pieces of advice is equivalent to a call to `ad-unadvise'. Activation of
341 an advised function that has actual pieces of advice but none of them are
342 enabled is equivalent to a call to `ad-deactivate'. The current advised
343 definition will always be cached for later usage.
345 \(fn FUNCTION &optional COMPILE)" t nil)
347 (autoload 'defadvice "advice" "\
348 Define a piece of advice for FUNCTION (a symbol).
349 The syntax of `defadvice' is as follows:
351 (defadvice FUNCTION (CLASS NAME [POSITION] [ARGLIST] FLAG...)
352 [DOCSTRING] [INTERACTIVE-FORM]
353 BODY...)
355 FUNCTION ::= Name of the function to be advised.
356 CLASS ::= `before' | `around' | `after' | `activation' | `deactivation'.
357 NAME ::= Non-nil symbol that names this piece of advice.
358 POSITION ::= `first' | `last' | NUMBER. Optional, defaults to `first',
359 see also `ad-add-advice'.
360 ARGLIST ::= An optional argument list to be used for the advised function
361 instead of the argument list of the original. The first one found in
362 before/around/after-advices will be used.
363 FLAG ::= `protect'|`disable'|`activate'|`compile'|`preactivate'|`freeze'.
364 All flags can be specified with unambiguous initial substrings.
365 DOCSTRING ::= Optional documentation for this piece of advice.
366 INTERACTIVE-FORM ::= Optional interactive form to be used for the advised
367 function. The first one found in before/around/after-advices will be used.
368 BODY ::= Any s-expression.
370 Semantics of the various flags:
371 `protect': The piece of advice will be protected against non-local exits in
372 any code that precedes it. If any around-advice of a function is protected
373 then automatically all around-advices will be protected (the complete onion).
375 `activate': All advice of FUNCTION will be activated immediately if
376 FUNCTION has been properly defined prior to this application of `defadvice'.
378 `compile': In conjunction with `activate' specifies that the resulting
379 advised function should be compiled.
381 `disable': The defined advice will be disabled, hence, it will not be used
382 during activation until somebody enables it.
384 `preactivate': Preactivates the advised FUNCTION at macro-expansion/compile
385 time. This generates a compiled advised definition according to the current
386 advice state that will be used during activation if appropriate. Only use
387 this if the `defadvice' gets actually compiled.
389 `freeze': Expands the `defadvice' into a redefining `defun/defmacro' according
390 to this particular single advice. No other advice information will be saved.
391 Frozen advices cannot be undone, they behave like a hard redefinition of
392 the advised function. `freeze' implies `activate' and `preactivate'. The
393 documentation of the advised function can be dumped onto the `DOC' file
394 during preloading.
396 See Info node `(elisp)Advising Functions' for comprehensive documentation.
397 usage: (defadvice FUNCTION (CLASS NAME [POSITION] [ARGLIST] FLAG...)
398 [DOCSTRING] [INTERACTIVE-FORM]
399 BODY...)
401 \(fn FUNCTION ARGS &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
403 ;;;***
405 ;;;### (autoloads (align-newline-and-indent align-unhighlight-rule
406 ;;;;;; align-highlight-rule align-current align-entire align-regexp
407 ;;;;;; align) "align" "align.el" (19277 34915))
408 ;;; Generated autoloads from align.el
410 (autoload 'align "align" "\
411 Attempt to align a region based on a set of alignment rules.
412 BEG and END mark the region. If BEG and END are specifically set to
413 nil (this can only be done programmatically), the beginning and end of
414 the current alignment section will be calculated based on the location
415 of point, and the value of `align-region-separate' (or possibly each
416 rule's `separate' attribute).
418 If SEPARATE is non-nil, it overrides the value of
419 `align-region-separate' for all rules, except those that have their
420 `separate' attribute set.
422 RULES and EXCLUDE-RULES, if either is non-nil, will replace the
423 default rule lists defined in `align-rules-list' and
424 `align-exclude-rules-list'. See `align-rules-list' for more details
425 on the format of these lists.
427 \(fn BEG END &optional SEPARATE RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
429 (autoload 'align-regexp "align" "\
430 Align the current region using an ad-hoc rule read from the minibuffer.
431 BEG and END mark the limits of the region. This function will prompt
432 for the REGEXP to align with. If no prefix arg was specified, you
433 only need to supply the characters to be lined up and any preceding
434 whitespace is replaced. If a prefix arg was specified, the full
435 regexp with parenthesized whitespace should be supplied; it will also
436 prompt for which parenthesis GROUP within REGEXP to modify, the amount
437 of SPACING to use, and whether or not to REPEAT the rule throughout
438 the line. See `align-rules-list' for more information about these
439 options.
441 For example, let's say you had a list of phone numbers, and wanted to
442 align them so that the opening parentheses would line up:
444 Fred (123) 456-7890
445 Alice (123) 456-7890
446 Mary-Anne (123) 456-7890
447 Joe (123) 456-7890
449 There is no predefined rule to handle this, but you could easily do it
450 using a REGEXP like \"(\". All you would have to do is to mark the
451 region, call `align-regexp' and type in that regular expression.
453 \(fn BEG END REGEXP &optional GROUP SPACING REPEAT)" t nil)
455 (autoload 'align-entire "align" "\
456 Align the selected region as if it were one alignment section.
457 BEG and END mark the extent of the region. If RULES or EXCLUDE-RULES
458 is set to a list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it can be used to
459 override the default alignment rules that would have been used to
460 align that section.
462 \(fn BEG END &optional RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
464 (autoload 'align-current "align" "\
465 Call `align' on the current alignment section.
466 This function assumes you want to align only the current section, and
467 so saves you from having to specify the region. If RULES or
468 EXCLUDE-RULES is set to a list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it
469 can be used to override the default alignment rules that would have
470 been used to align that section.
472 \(fn &optional RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
474 (autoload 'align-highlight-rule "align" "\
475 Highlight the whitespace which a given rule would have modified.
476 BEG and END mark the extent of the region. TITLE identifies the rule
477 that should be highlighted. If RULES or EXCLUDE-RULES is set to a
478 list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it can be used to override the
479 default alignment rules that would have been used to identify the text
480 to be colored.
482 \(fn BEG END TITLE &optional RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
484 (autoload 'align-unhighlight-rule "align" "\
485 Remove any highlighting that was added by `align-highlight-rule'.
487 \(fn)" t nil)
489 (autoload 'align-newline-and-indent "align" "\
490 A replacement function for `newline-and-indent', aligning as it goes.
492 \(fn)" t nil)
494 ;;;***
496 ;;;### (autoloads (outlineify-sticky allout-mode) "allout" "allout.el"
497 ;;;;;; (19277 34915))
498 ;;; Generated autoloads from allout.el
500 (put 'allout-use-hanging-indents 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'booleanp) 'booleanp '(lambda (x) (member x '(t nil)))))
502 (put 'allout-reindent-bodies 'safe-local-variable '(lambda (x) (memq x '(nil t text force))))
504 (put 'allout-show-bodies 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'booleanp) 'booleanp '(lambda (x) (member x '(t nil)))))
506 (put 'allout-header-prefix 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
508 (put 'allout-primary-bullet 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
510 (put 'allout-plain-bullets-string 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
512 (put 'allout-distinctive-bullets-string 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
514 (put 'allout-use-mode-specific-leader 'safe-local-variable '(lambda (x) (or (memq x '(t nil allout-mode-leaders comment-start)) (stringp x))))
516 (put 'allout-old-style-prefixes 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'booleanp) 'booleanp '(lambda (x) (member x '(t nil)))))
518 (put 'allout-stylish-prefixes 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'booleanp) 'booleanp '(lambda (x) (member x '(t nil)))))
520 (put 'allout-numbered-bullet 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'string-or-null-p) 'string-or-null-p '(lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (null x)))))
522 (put 'allout-file-xref-bullet 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'string-or-null-p) 'string-or-null-p '(lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (null x)))))
524 (put 'allout-presentation-padding 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
526 (put 'allout-layout 'safe-local-variable '(lambda (x) (or (numberp x) (listp x) (memq x '(: * + -)))))
528 (put 'allout-passphrase-verifier-string 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
530 (put 'allout-passphrase-hint-string 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
532 (autoload 'allout-mode "allout" "\
533 Toggle minor mode for controlling exposure and editing of text outlines.
534 \\<allout-mode-map>
536 Optional prefix argument TOGGLE forces the mode to re-initialize
537 if it is positive, otherwise it turns the mode off. Allout
538 outline mode always runs as a minor mode.
540 Allout outline mode provides extensive outline oriented formatting and
541 manipulation. It enables structural editing of outlines, as well as
542 navigation and exposure. It also is specifically aimed at
543 accommodating syntax-sensitive text like programming languages. (For
544 an example, see the allout code itself, which is organized as an allout
545 outline.)
547 In addition to typical outline navigation and exposure, allout includes:
549 - topic-oriented authoring, including keystroke-based topic creation,
550 repositioning, promotion/demotion, cut, and paste
551 - incremental search with dynamic exposure and reconcealment of hidden text
552 - adjustable format, so programming code can be developed in outline-structure
553 - easy topic encryption and decryption
554 - \"Hot-spot\" operation, for single-keystroke maneuvering and exposure control
555 - integral outline layout, for automatic initial exposure when visiting a file
556 - independent extensibility, using comprehensive exposure and authoring hooks
558 and many other features.
560 Below is a description of the key bindings, and then explanation of
561 special `allout-mode' features and terminology. See also the outline
562 menubar additions for quick reference to many of the features, and see
563 the docstring of the function `allout-init' for instructions on
564 priming your emacs session for automatic activation of `allout-mode'.
566 The bindings are dictated by the customizable `allout-keybindings-list'
567 variable. We recommend customizing `allout-command-prefix' to use just
568 `\\C-c' as the command prefix, if the allout bindings don't conflict with
569 any personal bindings you have on \\C-c. In any case, outline structure
570 navigation and authoring is simplified by positioning the cursor on an
571 item's bullet character, the \"hot-spot\" -- then you can invoke allout
572 commands with just the un-prefixed, un-control-shifted command letters.
573 This is described further in the HOT-SPOT Operation section.
575 Exposure Control:
576 ----------------
577 \\[allout-hide-current-subtree] `allout-hide-current-subtree'
578 \\[allout-show-children] `allout-show-children'
579 \\[allout-show-current-subtree] `allout-show-current-subtree'
580 \\[allout-show-current-entry] `allout-show-current-entry'
581 \\[allout-show-all] `allout-show-all'
583 Navigation:
584 ----------
585 \\[allout-next-visible-heading] `allout-next-visible-heading'
586 \\[allout-previous-visible-heading] `allout-previous-visible-heading'
587 \\[allout-up-current-level] `allout-up-current-level'
588 \\[allout-forward-current-level] `allout-forward-current-level'
589 \\[allout-backward-current-level] `allout-backward-current-level'
590 \\[allout-end-of-entry] `allout-end-of-entry'
591 \\[allout-beginning-of-current-entry] `allout-beginning-of-current-entry' (alternately, goes to hot-spot)
592 \\[allout-beginning-of-line] `allout-beginning-of-line' -- like regular beginning-of-line, but
593 if immediately repeated cycles to the beginning of the current item
594 and then to the hot-spot (if `allout-beginning-of-line-cycles' is set).
597 Topic Header Production:
598 -----------------------
599 \\[allout-open-sibtopic] `allout-open-sibtopic' Create a new sibling after current topic.
600 \\[allout-open-subtopic] `allout-open-subtopic' ... an offspring of current topic.
601 \\[allout-open-supertopic] `allout-open-supertopic' ... a sibling of the current topic's parent.
603 Topic Level and Prefix Adjustment:
604 ---------------------------------
605 \\[allout-shift-in] `allout-shift-in' Shift current topic and all offspring deeper
606 \\[allout-shift-out] `allout-shift-out' ... less deep
607 \\[allout-rebullet-current-heading] `allout-rebullet-current-heading' Prompt for alternate bullet for
608 current topic
609 \\[allout-rebullet-topic] `allout-rebullet-topic' Reconcile bullets of topic and
610 its' offspring -- distinctive bullets are not changed, others
611 are alternated according to nesting depth.
612 \\[allout-number-siblings] `allout-number-siblings' Number bullets of topic and siblings --
613 the offspring are not affected.
614 With repeat count, revoke numbering.
616 Topic-oriented Killing and Yanking:
617 ----------------------------------
618 \\[allout-kill-topic] `allout-kill-topic' Kill current topic, including offspring.
619 \\[allout-copy-topic-as-kill] `allout-copy-topic-as-kill' Copy current topic, including offspring.
620 \\[allout-kill-line] `allout-kill-line' kill-line, attending to outline structure.
621 \\[allout-copy-line-as-kill] `allout-copy-line-as-kill' Copy line but don't delete it.
622 \\[allout-yank] `allout-yank' Yank, adjusting depth of yanked topic to
623 depth of heading if yanking into bare topic
624 heading (ie, prefix sans text).
625 \\[allout-yank-pop] `allout-yank-pop' Is to allout-yank as yank-pop is to yank
627 Topic-oriented Encryption:
628 -------------------------
629 \\[allout-toggle-current-subtree-encryption] `allout-toggle-current-subtree-encryption'
630 Encrypt/Decrypt topic content
632 Misc commands:
633 -------------
634 M-x outlineify-sticky Activate outline mode for current buffer,
635 and establish a default file-var setting
636 for `allout-layout'.
637 \\[allout-mark-topic] `allout-mark-topic'
638 \\[allout-copy-exposed-to-buffer] `allout-copy-exposed-to-buffer'
639 Duplicate outline, sans concealed text, to
640 buffer with name derived from derived from that
641 of current buffer -- \"*BUFFERNAME exposed*\".
642 \\[allout-flatten-exposed-to-buffer] `allout-flatten-exposed-to-buffer'
643 Like above 'copy-exposed', but convert topic
644 prefixes to section.subsection... numeric
645 format.
646 \\[eval-expression] (allout-init t) Setup Emacs session for outline mode
647 auto-activation.
649 Topic Encryption
651 Outline mode supports gpg encryption of topics, with support for
652 symmetric and key-pair modes, passphrase timeout, passphrase
653 consistency checking, user-provided hinting for symmetric key
654 mode, and auto-encryption of topics pending encryption on save.
656 Topics pending encryption are, by default, automatically
657 encrypted during file saves. If the contents of the topic
658 containing the cursor was encrypted for a save, it is
659 automatically decrypted for continued editing.
661 The aim of these measures is reliable topic privacy while
662 preventing accidents like neglected encryption before saves,
663 forgetting which passphrase was used, and other practical
664 pitfalls.
666 See `allout-toggle-current-subtree-encryption' function docstring
667 and `allout-encrypt-unencrypted-on-saves' customization variable
668 for details.
670 HOT-SPOT Operation
672 Hot-spot operation provides a means for easy, single-keystroke outline
673 navigation and exposure control.
675 When the text cursor is positioned directly on the bullet character of
676 a topic, regular characters (a to z) invoke the commands of the
677 corresponding allout-mode keymap control chars. For example, \"f\"
678 would invoke the command typically bound to \"C-c<space>C-f\"
679 \(\\[allout-forward-current-level] `allout-forward-current-level').
681 Thus, by positioning the cursor on a topic bullet, you can
682 execute the outline navigation and manipulation commands with a
683 single keystroke. Regular navigation keys (eg, \\[forward-char], \\[next-line]) don't get
684 this special translation, so you can use them to get out of the
685 hot-spot and back to normal editing operation.
687 In allout-mode, the normal beginning-of-line command (\\[allout-beginning-of-line]) is
688 replaced with one that makes it easy to get to the hot-spot. If you
689 repeat it immediately it cycles (if `allout-beginning-of-line-cycles'
690 is set) to the beginning of the item and then, if you hit it again
691 immediately, to the hot-spot. Similarly, `allout-beginning-of-current-entry'
692 \(\\[allout-beginning-of-current-entry]) moves to the hot-spot when the cursor is already located
693 at the beginning of the current entry.
695 Extending Allout
697 Allout exposure and authoring activites all have associated
698 hooks, by which independent code can cooperate with allout
699 without changes to the allout core. Here are key ones:
701 `allout-mode-hook'
702 `allout-mode-deactivate-hook'
703 `allout-exposure-change-hook'
704 `allout-structure-added-hook'
705 `allout-structure-deleted-hook'
706 `allout-structure-shifted-hook'
708 Terminology
710 Topic hierarchy constituents -- TOPICS and SUBTOPICS:
712 ITEM: A unitary outline element, including the HEADER and ENTRY text.
713 TOPIC: An ITEM and any ITEMs contained within it, ie having greater DEPTH
714 and with no intervening items of lower DEPTH than the container.
715 CURRENT ITEM:
716 The visible ITEM most immediately containing the cursor.
717 DEPTH: The degree of nesting of an ITEM; it increases with containment.
718 The DEPTH is determined by the HEADER PREFIX. The DEPTH is also
719 called the:
720 LEVEL: The same as DEPTH.
722 ANCESTORS:
723 Those ITEMs whose TOPICs contain an ITEM.
724 PARENT: An ITEM's immediate ANCESTOR. It has a DEPTH one less than that
725 of the ITEM.
726 OFFSPRING:
727 The ITEMs contained within an ITEM's TOPIC.
728 SUBTOPIC:
729 An OFFSPRING of its ANCESTOR TOPICs.
730 CHILD:
731 An immediate SUBTOPIC of its PARENT.
732 SIBLINGS:
733 TOPICs having the same PARENT and DEPTH.
735 Topic text constituents:
737 HEADER: The first line of an ITEM, include the ITEM PREFIX and HEADER
738 text.
739 ENTRY: The text content of an ITEM, before any OFFSPRING, but including
740 the HEADER text and distinct from the ITEM PREFIX.
741 BODY: Same as ENTRY.
742 PREFIX: The leading text of an ITEM which distinguishes it from normal
743 ENTRY text. Allout recognizes the outline structure according
744 to the strict PREFIX format. It consists of a PREFIX-LEAD string,
745 PREFIX-PADDING, and a BULLET. The BULLET might be followed by a
746 number, indicating the ordinal number of the topic among its
747 siblings, or an asterisk indicating encryption, plus an optional
748 space. After that is the ITEM HEADER text, which is not part of
749 the PREFIX.
751 The relative length of the PREFIX determines the nesting DEPTH
752 of the ITEM.
753 PREFIX-LEAD:
754 The string at the beginning of a HEADER PREFIX, by default a `.'.
755 It can be customized by changing the setting of
756 `allout-header-prefix' and then reinitializing `allout-mode'.
758 When the PREFIX-LEAD is set to the comment-string of a
759 programming language, outline structuring can be embedded in
760 program code without interfering with processing of the text
761 (by emacs or the language processor) as program code. This
762 setting happens automatically when allout mode is used in
763 programming-mode buffers. See `allout-use-mode-specific-leader'
764 docstring for more detail.
765 PREFIX-PADDING:
766 Spaces or asterisks which separate the PREFIX-LEAD and the
767 bullet, determining the ITEM's DEPTH.
768 BULLET: A character at the end of the ITEM PREFIX, it must be one of
769 the characters listed on `allout-plain-bullets-string' or
770 `allout-distinctive-bullets-string'. When creating a TOPIC,
771 plain BULLETs are by default used, according to the DEPTH of the
772 TOPIC. Choice among the distinctive BULLETs is offered when you
773 provide a universal argugment (\\[universal-argument]) to the
774 TOPIC creation command, or when explictly rebulleting a TOPIC. The
775 significance of the various distinctive bullets is purely by
776 convention. See the documentation for the above bullet strings for
777 more details.
778 EXPOSURE:
779 The state of a TOPIC which determines the on-screen visibility
780 of its OFFSPRING and contained ENTRY text.
781 CONCEALED:
782 TOPICs and ENTRY text whose EXPOSURE is inhibited. Concealed
783 text is represented by \"...\" ellipses.
785 CONCEALED TOPICs are effectively collapsed within an ANCESTOR.
786 CLOSED: A TOPIC whose immediate OFFSPRING and body-text is CONCEALED.
787 OPEN: A TOPIC that is not CLOSED, though its OFFSPRING or BODY may be.
789 \(fn &optional TOGGLE)" t nil)
791 (defalias 'outlinify-sticky 'outlineify-sticky)
793 (autoload 'outlineify-sticky "allout" "\
794 Activate outline mode and establish file var so it is started subsequently.
796 See doc-string for `allout-layout' and `allout-init' for details on
797 setup for auto-startup.
799 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
801 ;;;***
803 ;;;### (autoloads (ange-ftp-hook-function ange-ftp-reread-dir) "ange-ftp"
804 ;;;;;; "net/ange-ftp.el" (19360 14173))
805 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/ange-ftp.el
807 (defalias 'ange-ftp-re-read-dir 'ange-ftp-reread-dir)
809 (autoload 'ange-ftp-reread-dir "ange-ftp" "\
810 Reread remote directory DIR to update the directory cache.
811 The implementation of remote FTP file names caches directory contents
812 for speed. Therefore, when new remote files are created, Emacs
813 may not know they exist. You can use this command to reread a specific
814 directory, so that Emacs will know its current contents.
816 \(fn &optional DIR)" t nil)
818 (autoload 'ange-ftp-hook-function "ange-ftp" "\
819 Not documented
821 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
823 ;;;***
825 ;;;### (autoloads (animate-birthday-present animate-sequence animate-string)
826 ;;;;;; "animate" "play/animate.el" (19277 34922))
827 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/animate.el
829 (autoload 'animate-string "animate" "\
830 Display STRING starting at position VPOS, HPOS, using animation.
831 The characters start at randomly chosen places,
832 and all slide in parallel to their final positions,
833 passing through `animate-n-steps' positions before the final ones.
834 If HPOS is nil (or omitted), center the string horizontally
835 in the current window.
837 \(fn STRING VPOS &optional HPOS)" nil nil)
839 (autoload 'animate-sequence "animate" "\
840 Display strings from LIST-OF-STRING with animation in a new buffer.
841 Strings will be separated from each other by SPACE lines.
843 \(fn LIST-OF-STRINGS SPACE)" nil nil)
845 (autoload 'animate-birthday-present "animate" "\
846 Display one's birthday present in a new buffer.
847 You can specify the one's name by NAME; the default value is \"Sarah\".
849 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
851 ;;;***
853 ;;;### (autoloads (ansi-color-process-output ansi-color-for-comint-mode-on)
854 ;;;;;; "ansi-color" "ansi-color.el" (19277 34915))
855 ;;; Generated autoloads from ansi-color.el
857 (autoload 'ansi-color-for-comint-mode-on "ansi-color" "\
858 Set `ansi-color-for-comint-mode' to t.
860 \(fn)" t nil)
862 (autoload 'ansi-color-process-output "ansi-color" "\
863 Maybe translate SGR control sequences of comint output into text-properties.
865 Depending on variable `ansi-color-for-comint-mode' the comint output is
866 either not processed, SGR control sequences are filtered using
867 `ansi-color-filter-region', or SGR control sequences are translated into
868 text-properties using `ansi-color-apply-on-region'.
870 The comint output is assumed to lie between the marker
871 `comint-last-output-start' and the process-mark.
873 This is a good function to put in `comint-output-filter-functions'.
875 \(fn IGNORED)" nil nil)
877 ;;;***
879 ;;;### (autoloads (antlr-set-tabs antlr-mode antlr-show-makefile-rules)
880 ;;;;;; "antlr-mode" "progmodes/antlr-mode.el" (19277 34922))
881 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/antlr-mode.el
883 (autoload 'antlr-show-makefile-rules "antlr-mode" "\
884 Show Makefile rules for all grammar files in the current directory.
885 If the `major-mode' of the current buffer has the value `makefile-mode',
886 the rules are directory inserted at point. Otherwise, a *Help* buffer
887 is shown with the rules which are also put into the `kill-ring' for
888 \\[yank].
890 This command considers import/export vocabularies and grammar
891 inheritance and provides a value for the \"-glib\" option if necessary.
892 Customize variable `antlr-makefile-specification' for the appearance of
893 the rules.
895 If the file for a super-grammar cannot be determined, special file names
896 are used according to variable `antlr-unknown-file-formats' and a
897 commentary with value `antlr-help-unknown-file-text' is added. The
898 *Help* buffer always starts with the text in `antlr-help-rules-intro'.
900 \(fn)" t nil)
902 (autoload 'antlr-mode "antlr-mode" "\
903 Major mode for editing ANTLR grammar files.
904 \\{antlr-mode-map}
906 \(fn)" t nil)
908 (autoload 'antlr-set-tabs "antlr-mode" "\
909 Use ANTLR's convention for TABs according to `antlr-tab-offset-alist'.
910 Used in `antlr-mode'. Also a useful function in `java-mode-hook'.
912 \(fn)" nil nil)
914 ;;;***
916 ;;;### (autoloads (appt-activate appt-make-list appt-delete appt-add)
917 ;;;;;; "appt" "calendar/appt.el" (19277 34917))
918 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/appt.el
920 (autoload 'appt-add "appt" "\
921 Add an appointment for today at NEW-APPT-TIME with message NEW-APPT-MSG.
922 The time should be in either 24 hour format or am/pm format.
924 \(fn NEW-APPT-TIME NEW-APPT-MSG)" t nil)
926 (autoload 'appt-delete "appt" "\
927 Delete an appointment from the list of appointments.
929 \(fn)" t nil)
931 (autoload 'appt-make-list "appt" "\
932 Update the appointments list from today's diary buffer.
933 The time must be at the beginning of a line for it to be
934 put in the appointments list (see examples in documentation of
935 the function `appt-check'). We assume that the variables DATE and
936 NUMBER hold the arguments that `diary-list-entries' received.
937 They specify the range of dates that the diary is being processed for.
939 Any appointments made with `appt-add' are not affected by this function.
941 For backwards compatibility, this function activates the
942 appointment package (if it is not already active).
944 \(fn)" nil nil)
946 (autoload 'appt-activate "appt" "\
947 Toggle checking of appointments.
948 With optional numeric argument ARG, turn appointment checking on if
949 ARG is positive, otherwise off.
951 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
953 ;;;***
955 ;;;### (autoloads (apropos-documentation apropos-value apropos-library
956 ;;;;;; apropos apropos-documentation-property apropos-command apropos-variable
957 ;;;;;; apropos-read-pattern) "apropos" "apropos.el" (19277 34915))
958 ;;; Generated autoloads from apropos.el
960 (autoload 'apropos-read-pattern "apropos" "\
961 Read an apropos pattern, either a word list or a regexp.
962 Returns the user pattern, either a list of words which are matched
963 literally, or a string which is used as a regexp to search for.
965 SUBJECT is a string that is included in the prompt to identify what
966 kind of objects to search.
968 \(fn SUBJECT)" nil nil)
970 (autoload 'apropos-variable "apropos" "\
971 Show user variables that match PATTERN.
972 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
973 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
974 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
975 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
977 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also show
978 normal variables.
980 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
982 (defalias 'command-apropos 'apropos-command)
984 (autoload 'apropos-command "apropos" "\
985 Show commands (interactively callable functions) that match PATTERN.
986 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
987 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
988 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
989 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
991 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also show
992 noninteractive functions.
994 If VAR-PREDICATE is non-nil, show only variables, and only those that
995 satisfy the predicate VAR-PREDICATE.
997 When called from a Lisp program, a string PATTERN is used as a regexp,
998 while a list of strings is used as a word list.
1000 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL VAR-PREDICATE)" t nil)
1002 (autoload 'apropos-documentation-property "apropos" "\
1003 Like (documentation-property SYMBOL PROPERTY RAW) but handle errors.
1005 \(fn SYMBOL PROPERTY RAW)" nil nil)
1007 (autoload 'apropos "apropos" "\
1008 Show all meaningful Lisp symbols whose names match PATTERN.
1009 Symbols are shown if they are defined as functions, variables, or
1010 faces, or if they have nonempty property lists.
1012 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1013 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1014 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1015 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1017 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil,
1018 consider all symbols (if they match PATTERN).
1020 Returns list of symbols and documentation found.
1022 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
1024 (autoload 'apropos-library "apropos" "\
1025 List the variables and functions defined by library FILE.
1026 FILE should be one of the libraries currently loaded and should
1027 thus be found in `load-history'.
1029 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
1031 (autoload 'apropos-value "apropos" "\
1032 Show all symbols whose value's printed representation matches PATTERN.
1033 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1034 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1035 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1036 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1038 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also looks
1039 at the function and at the names and values of properties.
1040 Returns list of symbols and values found.
1042 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
1044 (autoload 'apropos-documentation "apropos" "\
1045 Show symbols whose documentation contains matches for PATTERN.
1046 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1047 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1048 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1049 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1051 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also use
1052 documentation that is not stored in the documentation file and show key
1053 bindings.
1054 Returns list of symbols and documentation found.
1056 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
1058 ;;;***
1060 ;;;### (autoloads (archive-mode) "arc-mode" "arc-mode.el" (19318
1061 ;;;;;; 65023))
1062 ;;; Generated autoloads from arc-mode.el
1064 (autoload 'archive-mode "arc-mode" "\
1065 Major mode for viewing an archive file in a dired-like way.
1066 You can move around using the usual cursor motion commands.
1067 Letters no longer insert themselves.
1068 Type `e' to pull a file out of the archive and into its own buffer;
1069 or click mouse-2 on the file's line in the archive mode buffer.
1071 If you edit a sub-file of this archive (as with the `e' command) and
1072 save it, the contents of that buffer will be saved back into the
1073 archive.
1075 \\{archive-mode-map}
1077 \(fn &optional FORCE)" nil nil)
1079 ;;;***
1081 ;;;### (autoloads (array-mode) "array" "array.el" (19277 34915))
1082 ;;; Generated autoloads from array.el
1084 (autoload 'array-mode "array" "\
1085 Major mode for editing arrays.
1087 Array mode is a specialized mode for editing arrays. An array is
1088 considered to be a two-dimensional set of strings. The strings are
1089 NOT recognized as integers or real numbers.
1091 The array MUST reside at the top of the buffer.
1093 TABs are not respected, and may be converted into spaces at any time.
1094 Setting the variable `array-respect-tabs' to non-nil will prevent TAB conversion,
1095 but will cause many functions to give errors if they encounter one.
1097 Upon entering array mode, you will be prompted for the values of
1098 several variables. Others will be calculated based on the values you
1099 supply. These variables are all local to the buffer. Other buffer
1100 in array mode may have different values assigned to the variables.
1101 The variables are:
1103 Variables you assign:
1104 array-max-row: The number of rows in the array.
1105 array-max-column: The number of columns in the array.
1106 array-columns-per-line: The number of columns in the array per line of buffer.
1107 array-field-width: The width of each field, in characters.
1108 array-rows-numbered: A logical variable describing whether to ignore
1109 row numbers in the buffer.
1111 Variables which are calculated:
1112 array-line-length: The number of characters in a buffer line.
1113 array-lines-per-row: The number of buffer lines used to display each row.
1115 The following commands are available (an asterisk indicates it may
1116 take a numeric prefix argument):
1118 * \\<array-mode-map>\\[array-forward-column] Move forward one column.
1119 * \\[array-backward-column] Move backward one column.
1120 * \\[array-next-row] Move down one row.
1121 * \\[array-previous-row] Move up one row.
1123 * \\[array-copy-forward] Copy the current field into the column to the right.
1124 * \\[array-copy-backward] Copy the current field into the column to the left.
1125 * \\[array-copy-down] Copy the current field into the row below.
1126 * \\[array-copy-up] Copy the current field into the row above.
1128 * \\[array-copy-column-forward] Copy the current column into the column to the right.
1129 * \\[array-copy-column-backward] Copy the current column into the column to the left.
1130 * \\[array-copy-row-down] Copy the current row into the row below.
1131 * \\[array-copy-row-up] Copy the current row into the row above.
1133 \\[array-fill-rectangle] Copy the field at mark into every cell with row and column
1134 between that of point and mark.
1136 \\[array-what-position] Display the current array row and column.
1137 \\[array-goto-cell] Go to a particular array cell.
1139 \\[array-make-template] Make a template for a new array.
1140 \\[array-reconfigure-rows] Reconfigure the array.
1141 \\[array-expand-rows] Expand the array (remove row numbers and
1142 newlines inside rows)
1144 \\[array-display-local-variables] Display the current values of local variables.
1146 Entering array mode calls the function `array-mode-hook'.
1148 \(fn)" t nil)
1150 ;;;***
1152 ;;;### (autoloads (artist-mode) "artist" "textmodes/artist.el" (19315
1153 ;;;;;; 24485))
1154 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/artist.el
1156 (autoload 'artist-mode "artist" "\
1157 Toggle Artist mode.
1158 With argument STATE, turn Artist mode on if STATE is positive.
1159 Artist lets you draw lines, squares, rectangles and poly-lines,
1160 ellipses and circles with your mouse and/or keyboard.
1162 How to quit Artist mode
1164 Type \\[artist-mode-off] to quit artist-mode.
1167 How to submit a bug report
1169 Type \\[artist-submit-bug-report] to submit a bug report.
1172 Drawing with the mouse:
1174 mouse-2
1175 shift mouse-2 Pops up a menu where you can select what to draw with
1176 mouse-1, and where you can do some settings (described
1177 below).
1179 mouse-1
1180 shift mouse-1 Draws lines, rectangles or poly-lines, erases, cuts, copies
1181 or pastes:
1183 Operation Not shifted Shifted
1184 --------------------------------------------------------------
1185 Pen fill-char at point line from last point
1186 to new point
1187 --------------------------------------------------------------
1188 Line Line in any direction Straight line
1189 --------------------------------------------------------------
1190 Rectangle Rectangle Square
1191 --------------------------------------------------------------
1192 Poly-line Poly-line in any dir Straight poly-lines
1193 --------------------------------------------------------------
1194 Ellipses Ellipses Circles
1195 --------------------------------------------------------------
1196 Text Text (see thru) Text (overwrite)
1197 --------------------------------------------------------------
1198 Spray-can Spray-can Set size for spray
1199 --------------------------------------------------------------
1200 Erase Erase character Erase rectangle
1201 --------------------------------------------------------------
1202 Vaporize Erase single line Erase connected
1203 lines
1204 --------------------------------------------------------------
1205 Cut Cut rectangle Cut square
1206 --------------------------------------------------------------
1207 Copy Copy rectangle Copy square
1208 --------------------------------------------------------------
1209 Paste Paste Paste
1210 --------------------------------------------------------------
1211 Flood-fill Flood-fill Flood-fill
1212 --------------------------------------------------------------
1214 * Straight lines can only go horizontally, vertically
1215 or diagonally.
1217 * Poly-lines are drawn while holding mouse-1 down. When you
1218 release the button, the point is set. If you want a segment
1219 to be straight, hold down shift before pressing the
1220 mouse-1 button. Click mouse-2 or mouse-3 to stop drawing
1221 poly-lines.
1223 * See thru for text means that text already in the buffer
1224 will be visible through blanks in the text rendered, while
1225 overwrite means the opposite.
1227 * Vaporizing connected lines only vaporizes lines whose
1228 _endpoints_ are connected. See also the variable
1229 `artist-vaporize-fuzziness'.
1231 * Cut copies, then clears the rectangle/square.
1233 * When drawing lines or poly-lines, you can set arrows.
1234 See below under ``Arrows'' for more info.
1236 * The mode line shows the currently selected drawing operation.
1237 In addition, if it has an asterisk (*) at the end, you
1238 are currently drawing something.
1240 * Be patient when flood-filling -- large areas take quite
1241 some time to fill.
1244 mouse-3 Erases character under pointer
1245 shift mouse-3 Erases rectangle
1248 Settings
1250 Set fill Sets the character used when filling rectangles/squares
1252 Set line Sets the character used when drawing lines
1254 Erase char Sets the character used when erasing
1256 Rubber-banding Toggles rubber-banding
1258 Trimming Toggles trimming of line-endings (that is: when the shape
1259 is drawn, extraneous white-space at end of lines is removed)
1261 Borders Toggles the drawing of line borders around filled shapes
1264 Drawing with keys
1266 \\[artist-key-set-point] Does one of the following:
1267 For lines/rectangles/squares: sets the first/second endpoint
1268 For poly-lines: sets a point (use C-u \\[artist-key-set-point] to set last point)
1269 When erase characters: toggles erasing
1270 When cutting/copying: Sets first/last endpoint of rect/square
1271 When pasting: Pastes
1273 \\[artist-select-operation] Selects what to draw
1275 Move around with \\[artist-next-line], \\[artist-previous-line], \\[artist-forward-char] and \\[artist-backward-char].
1277 \\[artist-select-fill-char] Sets the character to use when filling
1278 \\[artist-select-line-char] Sets the character to use when drawing
1279 \\[artist-select-erase-char] Sets the character to use when erasing
1280 \\[artist-toggle-rubber-banding] Toggles rubber-banding
1281 \\[artist-toggle-trim-line-endings] Toggles trimming of line-endings
1282 \\[artist-toggle-borderless-shapes] Toggles borders on drawn shapes
1285 Arrows
1287 \\[artist-toggle-first-arrow] Sets/unsets an arrow at the beginning
1288 of the line/poly-line
1290 \\[artist-toggle-second-arrow] Sets/unsets an arrow at the end
1291 of the line/poly-line
1294 Selecting operation
1296 There are some keys for quickly selecting drawing operations:
1298 \\[artist-select-op-line] Selects drawing lines
1299 \\[artist-select-op-straight-line] Selects drawing straight lines
1300 \\[artist-select-op-rectangle] Selects drawing rectangles
1301 \\[artist-select-op-square] Selects drawing squares
1302 \\[artist-select-op-poly-line] Selects drawing poly-lines
1303 \\[artist-select-op-straight-poly-line] Selects drawing straight poly-lines
1304 \\[artist-select-op-ellipse] Selects drawing ellipses
1305 \\[artist-select-op-circle] Selects drawing circles
1306 \\[artist-select-op-text-see-thru] Selects rendering text (see thru)
1307 \\[artist-select-op-text-overwrite] Selects rendering text (overwrite)
1308 \\[artist-select-op-spray-can] Spray with spray-can
1309 \\[artist-select-op-spray-set-size] Set size for the spray-can
1310 \\[artist-select-op-erase-char] Selects erasing characters
1311 \\[artist-select-op-erase-rectangle] Selects erasing rectangles
1312 \\[artist-select-op-vaporize-line] Selects vaporizing single lines
1313 \\[artist-select-op-vaporize-lines] Selects vaporizing connected lines
1314 \\[artist-select-op-cut-rectangle] Selects cutting rectangles
1315 \\[artist-select-op-copy-rectangle] Selects copying rectangles
1316 \\[artist-select-op-paste] Selects pasting
1317 \\[artist-select-op-flood-fill] Selects flood-filling
1320 Variables
1322 This is a brief overview of the different varaibles. For more info,
1323 see the documentation for the variables (type \\[describe-variable] <variable> RET).
1325 artist-rubber-banding Interactively do rubber-banding or not
1326 artist-first-char What to set at first/second point...
1327 artist-second-char ...when not rubber-banding
1328 artist-interface-with-rect If cut/copy/paste should interface with rect
1329 artist-arrows The arrows to use when drawing arrows
1330 artist-aspect-ratio Character height-to-width for squares
1331 artist-trim-line-endings Trimming of line endings
1332 artist-flood-fill-right-border Right border when flood-filling
1333 artist-flood-fill-show-incrementally Update display while filling
1334 artist-pointer-shape Pointer shape to use while drawing
1335 artist-ellipse-left-char Character to use for narrow ellipses
1336 artist-ellipse-right-char Character to use for narrow ellipses
1337 artist-borderless-shapes If shapes should have borders
1338 artist-picture-compatibility Whether or not to be picture mode compatible
1339 artist-vaporize-fuzziness Tolerance when recognizing lines
1340 artist-spray-interval Seconds between repeated sprayings
1341 artist-spray-radius Size of the spray-area
1342 artist-spray-chars The spray-``color''
1343 artist-spray-new-chars Initial spray-``color''
1345 Hooks
1347 When entering artist-mode, the hook `artist-mode-init-hook' is called.
1348 When quitting artist-mode, the hook `artist-mode-exit-hook' is called.
1351 Keymap summary
1353 \\{artist-mode-map}
1355 \(fn &optional STATE)" t nil)
1357 ;;;***
1359 ;;;### (autoloads (asm-mode) "asm-mode" "progmodes/asm-mode.el" (19277
1360 ;;;;;; 34922))
1361 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/asm-mode.el
1363 (autoload 'asm-mode "asm-mode" "\
1364 Major mode for editing typical assembler code.
1365 Features a private abbrev table and the following bindings:
1367 \\[asm-colon] outdent a preceding label, tab to next tab stop.
1368 \\[tab-to-tab-stop] tab to next tab stop.
1369 \\[asm-newline] newline, then tab to next tab stop.
1370 \\[asm-comment] smart placement of assembler comments.
1372 The character used for making comments is set by the variable
1373 `asm-comment-char' (which defaults to `?\\;').
1375 Alternatively, you may set this variable in `asm-mode-set-comment-hook',
1376 which is called near the beginning of mode initialization.
1378 Turning on Asm mode runs the hook `asm-mode-hook' at the end of initialization.
1380 Special commands:
1381 \\{asm-mode-map}
1383 \(fn)" t nil)
1385 ;;;***
1387 ;;;### (autoloads (autoarg-kp-mode autoarg-mode) "autoarg" "autoarg.el"
1388 ;;;;;; (19277 34915))
1389 ;;; Generated autoloads from autoarg.el
1391 (defvar autoarg-mode nil "\
1392 Non-nil if Autoarg mode is enabled.
1393 See the command `autoarg-mode' for a description of this minor mode.")
1395 (custom-autoload 'autoarg-mode "autoarg" nil)
1397 (autoload 'autoarg-mode "autoarg" "\
1398 Toggle Autoarg minor mode globally.
1399 With ARG, turn Autoarg mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
1400 \\<autoarg-mode-map>
1401 In Autoarg mode digits are bound to `digit-argument' -- i.e. they
1402 supply prefix arguments as C-DIGIT and M-DIGIT normally do -- and
1403 C-DIGIT inserts DIGIT. \\[autoarg-terminate] terminates the prefix sequence
1404 and inserts the digits of the autoarg sequence into the buffer.
1405 Without a numeric prefix arg the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate] is
1406 invoked, i.e. what it would be with Autoarg mode off.
1408 For example:
1409 `6 9 \\[autoarg-terminate]' inserts `69' into the buffer, as does `C-6 C-9'.
1410 `6 9 a' inserts 69 `a's into the buffer.
1411 `6 9 \\[autoarg-terminate] \\[autoarg-terminate]' inserts `69' into the buffer and
1412 then invokes the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate].
1413 `C-u \\[autoarg-terminate]' invokes the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate] four times.
1415 \\{autoarg-mode-map}
1417 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1419 (defvar autoarg-kp-mode nil "\
1420 Non-nil if Autoarg-Kp mode is enabled.
1421 See the command `autoarg-kp-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
1422 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1423 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1424 or call the function `autoarg-kp-mode'.")
1426 (custom-autoload 'autoarg-kp-mode "autoarg" nil)
1428 (autoload 'autoarg-kp-mode "autoarg" "\
1429 Toggle Autoarg-KP minor mode globally.
1430 With ARG, turn Autoarg mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
1431 \\<autoarg-kp-mode-map>
1432 This is similar to \\[autoarg-mode] but rebinds the keypad keys `kp-1'
1433 etc. to supply digit arguments.
1435 \\{autoarg-kp-mode-map}
1437 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1439 ;;;***
1441 ;;;### (autoloads (autoconf-mode) "autoconf" "progmodes/autoconf.el"
1442 ;;;;;; (19277 34922))
1443 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/autoconf.el
1445 (autoload 'autoconf-mode "autoconf" "\
1446 Major mode for editing Autoconf configure.in files.
1448 \(fn)" t nil)
1450 ;;;***
1452 ;;;### (autoloads (auto-insert-mode define-auto-insert auto-insert)
1453 ;;;;;; "autoinsert" "autoinsert.el" (19277 34915))
1454 ;;; Generated autoloads from autoinsert.el
1456 (autoload 'auto-insert "autoinsert" "\
1457 Insert default contents into new files if variable `auto-insert' is non-nil.
1458 Matches the visited file name against the elements of `auto-insert-alist'.
1460 \(fn)" t nil)
1462 (autoload 'define-auto-insert "autoinsert" "\
1463 Associate CONDITION with (additional) ACTION in `auto-insert-alist'.
1464 Optional AFTER means to insert action after all existing actions for CONDITION,
1465 or if CONDITION had no actions, after all other CONDITIONs.
1467 \(fn CONDITION ACTION &optional AFTER)" nil nil)
1469 (defvar auto-insert-mode nil "\
1470 Non-nil if Auto-Insert mode is enabled.
1471 See the command `auto-insert-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
1472 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1473 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1474 or call the function `auto-insert-mode'.")
1476 (custom-autoload 'auto-insert-mode "autoinsert" nil)
1478 (autoload 'auto-insert-mode "autoinsert" "\
1479 Toggle Auto-insert mode.
1480 With prefix ARG, turn Auto-insert mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
1481 Returns the new status of Auto-insert mode (non-nil means on).
1483 When Auto-insert mode is enabled, when new files are created you can
1484 insert a template for the file depending on the mode of the buffer.
1486 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1488 ;;;***
1490 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-update-autoloads update-directory-autoloads
1491 ;;;;;; update-file-autoloads) "autoload" "emacs-lisp/autoload.el"
1492 ;;;;;; (19361 52486))
1493 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/autoload.el
1495 (put 'generated-autoload-file 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
1497 (put 'generated-autoload-load-name 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
1499 (autoload 'update-file-autoloads "autoload" "\
1500 Update the autoloads for FILE in `generated-autoload-file'
1501 \(which FILE might bind in its local variables).
1502 If SAVE-AFTER is non-nil (which is always, when called interactively),
1503 save the buffer too.
1505 Return FILE if there was no autoload cookie in it, else nil.
1507 \(fn FILE &optional SAVE-AFTER)" t nil)
1509 (autoload 'update-directory-autoloads "autoload" "\
1510 Update loaddefs.el with all the current autoloads from DIRS, and no old ones.
1511 This uses `update-file-autoloads' (which see) to do its work.
1512 In an interactive call, you must give one argument, the name
1513 of a single directory. In a call from Lisp, you can supply multiple
1514 directories as separate arguments, but this usage is discouraged.
1516 The function does NOT recursively descend into subdirectories of the
1517 directory or directories specified.
1519 \(fn &rest DIRS)" t nil)
1521 (autoload 'batch-update-autoloads "autoload" "\
1522 Update loaddefs.el autoloads in batch mode.
1523 Calls `update-directory-autoloads' on the command line arguments.
1525 \(fn)" nil nil)
1527 ;;;***
1529 ;;;### (autoloads (global-auto-revert-mode turn-on-auto-revert-tail-mode
1530 ;;;;;; auto-revert-tail-mode turn-on-auto-revert-mode auto-revert-mode)
1531 ;;;;;; "autorevert" "autorevert.el" (19277 34915))
1532 ;;; Generated autoloads from autorevert.el
1534 (autoload 'auto-revert-mode "autorevert" "\
1535 Toggle reverting buffer when file on disk changes.
1537 With arg, turn Auto Revert mode on if and only if arg is positive.
1538 This is a minor mode that affects only the current buffer.
1539 Use `global-auto-revert-mode' to automatically revert all buffers.
1540 Use `auto-revert-tail-mode' if you know that the file will only grow
1541 without being changed in the part that is already in the buffer.
1543 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1545 (autoload 'turn-on-auto-revert-mode "autorevert" "\
1546 Turn on Auto-Revert Mode.
1548 This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example:
1549 (add-hook 'c-mode-hook 'turn-on-auto-revert-mode)
1551 \(fn)" nil nil)
1553 (autoload 'auto-revert-tail-mode "autorevert" "\
1554 Toggle reverting tail of buffer when file on disk grows.
1555 With arg, turn Tail mode on if arg is positive, otherwise turn it off.
1557 When Tail mode is enabled, the tail of the file is constantly
1558 followed, as with the shell command `tail -f'. This means that
1559 whenever the file grows on disk (presumably because some
1560 background process is appending to it from time to time), this is
1561 reflected in the current buffer.
1563 You can edit the buffer and turn this mode off and on again as
1564 you please. But make sure the background process has stopped
1565 writing before you save the file!
1567 Use `auto-revert-mode' for changes other than appends!
1569 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1571 (autoload 'turn-on-auto-revert-tail-mode "autorevert" "\
1572 Turn on Auto-Revert Tail Mode.
1574 This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example:
1575 (add-hook 'my-logfile-mode-hook 'turn-on-auto-revert-tail-mode)
1577 \(fn)" nil nil)
1579 (defvar global-auto-revert-mode nil "\
1580 Non-nil if Global-Auto-Revert mode is enabled.
1581 See the command `global-auto-revert-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
1582 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1583 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1584 or call the function `global-auto-revert-mode'.")
1586 (custom-autoload 'global-auto-revert-mode "autorevert" nil)
1588 (autoload 'global-auto-revert-mode "autorevert" "\
1589 Toggle Global Auto Revert mode.
1590 With optional prefix argument ARG, enable Global Auto Revert Mode
1591 if ARG > 0, else disable it.
1593 This is a global minor mode that reverts any buffer associated
1594 with a file when the file changes on disk. Use `auto-revert-mode'
1595 to revert a particular buffer.
1597 If `global-auto-revert-non-file-buffers' is non-nil, this mode
1598 may also revert some non-file buffers, as described in the
1599 documentation of that variable. It ignores buffers with modes
1600 matching `global-auto-revert-ignore-modes', and buffers with a
1601 non-nil vale of `global-auto-revert-ignore-buffer'.
1603 This function calls the hook `global-auto-revert-mode-hook'.
1604 It displays the text that `global-auto-revert-mode-text'
1605 specifies in the mode line.
1607 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1609 ;;;***
1611 ;;;### (autoloads (mouse-avoidance-mode mouse-avoidance-mode) "avoid"
1612 ;;;;;; "avoid.el" (19277 34915))
1613 ;;; Generated autoloads from avoid.el
1615 (defvar mouse-avoidance-mode nil "\
1616 Activate mouse avoidance mode.
1617 See function `mouse-avoidance-mode' for possible values.
1618 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1619 use either \\[customize] or the function `mouse-avoidance-mode'.")
1621 (custom-autoload 'mouse-avoidance-mode "avoid" nil)
1623 (autoload 'mouse-avoidance-mode "avoid" "\
1624 Set cursor avoidance mode to MODE.
1625 MODE should be one of the symbols `banish', `exile', `jump', `animate',
1626 `cat-and-mouse', `proteus', or `none'.
1628 If MODE is nil, toggle mouse avoidance between `none' and `banish'
1629 modes. Positive numbers and symbols other than the above are treated
1630 as equivalent to `banish'; negative numbers and `-' are equivalent to `none'.
1632 Effects of the different modes:
1633 * banish: Move the mouse to the upper-right corner on any keypress.
1634 * exile: Move the mouse to the corner only if the cursor gets too close,
1635 and allow it to return once the cursor is out of the way.
1636 * jump: If the cursor gets too close to the mouse, displace the mouse
1637 a random distance & direction.
1638 * animate: As `jump', but shows steps along the way for illusion of motion.
1639 * cat-and-mouse: Same as `animate'.
1640 * proteus: As `animate', but changes the shape of the mouse pointer too.
1642 Whenever the mouse is moved, the frame is also raised.
1644 \(see `mouse-avoidance-threshold' for definition of \"too close\",
1645 and `mouse-avoidance-nudge-dist' and `mouse-avoidance-nudge-var' for
1646 definition of \"random distance\".)
1648 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil)
1650 ;;;***
1652 ;;;### (autoloads (display-battery-mode battery) "battery" "battery.el"
1653 ;;;;;; (19277 34915))
1654 ;;; Generated autoloads from battery.el
1655 (put 'battery-mode-line-string 'risky-local-variable t)
1657 (autoload 'battery "battery" "\
1658 Display battery status information in the echo area.
1659 The text being displayed in the echo area is controlled by the variables
1660 `battery-echo-area-format' and `battery-status-function'.
1662 \(fn)" t nil)
1664 (defvar display-battery-mode nil "\
1665 Non-nil if Display-Battery mode is enabled.
1666 See the command `display-battery-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
1667 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1668 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1669 or call the function `display-battery-mode'.")
1671 (custom-autoload 'display-battery-mode "battery" nil)
1673 (autoload 'display-battery-mode "battery" "\
1674 Display battery status information in the mode line.
1675 The text being displayed in the mode line is controlled by the variables
1676 `battery-mode-line-format' and `battery-status-function'.
1677 The mode line will be updated automatically every `battery-update-interval'
1678 seconds.
1680 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1682 ;;;***
1684 ;;;### (autoloads (benchmark benchmark-run-compiled benchmark-run)
1685 ;;;;;; "benchmark" "emacs-lisp/benchmark.el" (19277 34919))
1686 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/benchmark.el
1688 (autoload 'benchmark-run "benchmark" "\
1689 Time execution of FORMS.
1690 If REPETITIONS is supplied as a number, run forms that many times,
1691 accounting for the overhead of the resulting loop. Otherwise run
1692 FORMS once.
1693 Return a list of the total elapsed time for execution, the number of
1694 garbage collections that ran, and the time taken by garbage collection.
1695 See also `benchmark-run-compiled'.
1697 \(fn &optional REPETITIONS &rest FORMS)" nil (quote macro))
1699 (autoload 'benchmark-run-compiled "benchmark" "\
1700 Time execution of compiled version of FORMS.
1701 This is like `benchmark-run', but what is timed is a funcall of the
1702 byte code obtained by wrapping FORMS in a `lambda' and compiling the
1703 result. The overhead of the `lambda's is accounted for.
1705 \(fn &optional REPETITIONS &rest FORMS)" nil (quote macro))
1707 (autoload 'benchmark "benchmark" "\
1708 Print the time taken for REPETITIONS executions of FORM.
1709 Interactively, REPETITIONS is taken from the prefix arg.
1710 For non-interactive use see also `benchmark-run' and
1711 `benchmark-run-compiled'.
1713 \(fn REPETITIONS FORM)" t nil)
1715 ;;;***
1717 ;;;### (autoloads (bibtex-search-entry bibtex-mode bibtex-initialize)
1718 ;;;;;; "bibtex" "textmodes/bibtex.el" (19279 53114))
1719 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/bibtex.el
1721 (autoload 'bibtex-initialize "bibtex" "\
1722 (Re)Initialize BibTeX buffers.
1723 Visit the BibTeX files defined by `bibtex-files' and return a list
1724 of corresponding buffers.
1725 Initialize in these buffers `bibtex-reference-keys' if not yet set.
1726 List of BibTeX buffers includes current buffer if CURRENT is non-nil.
1727 If FORCE is non-nil, (re)initialize `bibtex-reference-keys' even if
1728 already set. If SELECT is non-nil interactively select a BibTeX buffer.
1729 When called interactively, FORCE is t, CURRENT is t if current buffer uses
1730 `bibtex-mode', and SELECT is t if current buffer does not use `bibtex-mode',
1732 \(fn &optional CURRENT FORCE SELECT)" t nil)
1734 (autoload 'bibtex-mode "bibtex" "\
1735 Major mode for editing BibTeX files.
1737 General information on working with BibTeX mode:
1739 Use commands such as \\<bibtex-mode-map>\\[bibtex-Book] to get a template for a specific entry.
1740 Then fill in all desired fields using \\[bibtex-next-field] to jump from field
1741 to field. After having filled in all desired fields in the entry, clean the
1742 new entry with the command \\[bibtex-clean-entry].
1744 Some features of BibTeX mode are available only by setting the variable
1745 `bibtex-maintain-sorted-entries' to non-nil. However, then BibTeX mode
1746 works only with buffers containing valid (syntactical correct) and sorted
1747 entries. This is usually the case, if you have created a buffer completely
1748 with BibTeX mode and finished every new entry with \\[bibtex-clean-entry].
1750 For third party BibTeX files, call the command \\[bibtex-convert-alien]
1751 to fully take advantage of all features of BibTeX mode.
1754 Special information:
1756 A command such as \\[bibtex-Book] outlines the fields for a BibTeX book entry.
1758 The names of optional fields start with the string OPT, and are thus ignored
1759 by BibTeX. The names of alternative fields from which only one is required
1760 start with the string ALT. The OPT or ALT string may be removed from
1761 the name of a field with \\[bibtex-remove-OPT-or-ALT].
1762 \\[bibtex-make-field] inserts a new field after the current one.
1763 \\[bibtex-kill-field] kills the current field entirely.
1764 \\[bibtex-yank] yanks the last recently killed field after the current field.
1765 \\[bibtex-remove-delimiters] removes the double-quotes or braces around the text of the current field.
1766 \\[bibtex-empty-field] replaces the text of the current field with the default \"\" or {}.
1767 \\[bibtex-find-text] moves point to the end of the current field.
1768 \\[bibtex-complete] completes word fragment before point according to context.
1770 The command \\[bibtex-clean-entry] cleans the current entry, i.e. it removes OPT/ALT
1771 from the names of all non-empty optional or alternative fields, checks that
1772 no required fields are empty, and does some formatting dependent on the value
1773 of `bibtex-entry-format'. Furthermore, it can automatically generate a key
1774 for the BibTeX entry, see `bibtex-generate-autokey'.
1775 Note: some functions in BibTeX mode depend on entries being in a special
1776 format (all fields beginning on separate lines), so it is usually a bad
1777 idea to remove `realign' from `bibtex-entry-format'.
1779 BibTeX mode supports Imenu and hideshow minor mode (`hs-minor-mode').
1781 ----------------------------------------------------------
1782 Entry to BibTeX mode calls the value of `bibtex-mode-hook'
1783 if that value is non-nil.
1785 \\{bibtex-mode-map}
1787 \(fn)" t nil)
1789 (autoload 'bibtex-search-entry "bibtex" "\
1790 Move point to the beginning of BibTeX entry named KEY.
1791 Return position of entry if KEY is found or nil if not found.
1792 With GLOBAL non-nil, search KEY in `bibtex-files'. Otherwise the search
1793 is limited to the current buffer. Optional arg START is buffer position
1794 where the search starts. If it is nil, start search at beginning of buffer.
1795 If DISPLAY is non-nil, display the buffer containing KEY.
1796 Otherwise, use `set-buffer'.
1797 When called interactively, GLOBAL is t if there is a prefix arg or the current
1798 mode is not `bibtex-mode', START is nil, and DISPLAY is t.
1800 \(fn KEY &optional GLOBAL START DISPLAY)" t nil)
1802 ;;;***
1804 ;;;### (autoloads (bibtex-style-mode) "bibtex-style" "textmodes/bibtex-style.el"
1805 ;;;;;; (19277 34923))
1806 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/bibtex-style.el
1807 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist (cons (purecopy "\\.bst\\'") 'bibtex-style-mode))
1809 (autoload 'bibtex-style-mode "bibtex-style" "\
1810 Major mode for editing BibTeX style files.
1812 \(fn)" t nil)
1814 ;;;***
1816 ;;;### (autoloads (binhex-decode-region binhex-decode-region-external
1817 ;;;;;; binhex-decode-region-internal) "binhex" "mail/binhex.el"
1818 ;;;;;; (19277 34921))
1819 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/binhex.el
1821 (defconst binhex-begin-line "^:...............................................................$")
1823 (autoload 'binhex-decode-region-internal "binhex" "\
1824 Binhex decode region between START and END without using an external program.
1825 If HEADER-ONLY is non-nil only decode header and return filename.
1827 \(fn START END &optional HEADER-ONLY)" t nil)
1829 (autoload 'binhex-decode-region-external "binhex" "\
1830 Binhex decode region between START and END using external decoder.
1832 \(fn START END)" t nil)
1834 (autoload 'binhex-decode-region "binhex" "\
1835 Binhex decode region between START and END.
1837 \(fn START END)" t nil)
1839 ;;;***
1841 ;;;### (autoloads (blackbox) "blackbox" "play/blackbox.el" (19277
1842 ;;;;;; 34922))
1843 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/blackbox.el
1845 (autoload 'blackbox "blackbox" "\
1846 Play blackbox.
1847 Optional prefix argument is the number of balls; the default is 4.
1849 What is blackbox?
1851 Blackbox is a game of hide and seek played on an 8 by 8 grid (the
1852 Blackbox). Your opponent (Emacs, in this case) has hidden several
1853 balls (usually 4) within this box. By shooting rays into the box and
1854 observing where they emerge it is possible to deduce the positions of
1855 the hidden balls. The fewer rays you use to find the balls, the lower
1856 your score.
1858 Overview of play:
1860 \\<blackbox-mode-map>To play blackbox, type \\[blackbox]. An optional prefix argument
1861 specifies the number of balls to be hidden in the box; the default is
1862 four.
1864 The cursor can be moved around the box with the standard cursor
1865 movement keys.
1867 To shoot a ray, move the cursor to the edge of the box and press SPC.
1868 The result will be determined and the playfield updated.
1870 You may place or remove balls in the box by moving the cursor into the
1871 box and pressing \\[bb-romp].
1873 When you think the configuration of balls you have placed is correct,
1874 press \\[bb-done]. You will be informed whether you are correct or
1875 not, and be given your score. Your score is the number of letters and
1876 numbers around the outside of the box plus five for each incorrectly
1877 placed ball. If you placed any balls incorrectly, they will be
1878 indicated with `x', and their actual positions indicated with `o'.
1880 Details:
1882 There are three possible outcomes for each ray you send into the box:
1884 Detour: the ray is deflected and emerges somewhere other than
1885 where you sent it in. On the playfield, detours are
1886 denoted by matching pairs of numbers -- one where the
1887 ray went in, and the other where it came out.
1889 Reflection: the ray is reflected and emerges in the same place
1890 it was sent in. On the playfield, reflections are
1891 denoted by the letter `R'.
1893 Hit: the ray strikes a ball directly and is absorbed. It does
1894 not emerge from the box. On the playfield, hits are
1895 denoted by the letter `H'.
1897 The rules for how balls deflect rays are simple and are best shown by
1898 example.
1900 As a ray approaches a ball it is deflected ninety degrees. Rays can
1901 be deflected multiple times. In the diagrams below, the dashes
1902 represent empty box locations and the letter `O' represents a ball.
1903 The entrance and exit points of each ray are marked with numbers as
1904 described under \"Detour\" above. Note that the entrance and exit
1905 points are always interchangeable. `*' denotes the path taken by the
1906 ray.
1908 Note carefully the relative positions of the ball and the ninety
1909 degree deflection it causes.
1912 - * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1913 - * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1914 1 * * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - O -
1915 - - O - - - - - - - O - - - - - - - * * * * - -
1916 - - - - - - - - - - - * * * * * 2 3 * * * - - * - -
1917 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - O - * - -
1918 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - * * - -
1919 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - * - O -
1922 As mentioned above, a reflection occurs when a ray emerges from the same point
1923 it was sent in. This can happen in several ways:
1926 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1927 - - - - O - - - - - O - O - - - - - - - - - - -
1928 R * * * * - - - - - - - * - - - - O - - - - - - -
1929 - - - - O - - - - - - * - - - - R - - - - - - - -
1930 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - - - - -
1931 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - - - - -
1932 - - - - - - - - R * * * * - - - - - - - - - - - -
1933 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - - - - - - - -
1935 In the first example, the ray is deflected downwards by the upper
1936 ball, then left by the lower ball, and finally retraces its path to
1937 its point of origin. The second example is similar. The third
1938 example is a bit anomalous but can be rationalized by realizing the
1939 ray never gets a chance to get into the box. Alternatively, the ray
1940 can be thought of as being deflected downwards and immediately
1941 emerging from the box.
1943 A hit occurs when a ray runs straight into a ball:
1945 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1946 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - -
1947 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - H * * * * - - - -
1948 - - - - - - - - H * * * * O - - - - - - * - - - -
1949 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - - - O - - - -
1950 H * * * O - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1951 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1952 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1954 Be sure to compare the second example of a hit with the first example of
1955 a reflection.
1957 \(fn NUM)" t nil)
1959 ;;;***
1961 ;;;### (autoloads (bookmark-bmenu-search bookmark-bmenu-list bookmark-load
1962 ;;;;;; bookmark-save bookmark-write bookmark-delete bookmark-insert
1963 ;;;;;; bookmark-rename bookmark-insert-location bookmark-relocate
1964 ;;;;;; bookmark-jump-other-window bookmark-jump bookmark-set) "bookmark"
1965 ;;;;;; "bookmark.el" (19325 42040))
1966 ;;; Generated autoloads from bookmark.el
1967 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "b" 'bookmark-jump)
1968 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "m" 'bookmark-set)
1969 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "l" 'bookmark-bmenu-list)
1971 (defvar bookmark-map (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap))) (define-key map "x" 'bookmark-set) (define-key map "m" 'bookmark-set) (define-key map "j" 'bookmark-jump) (define-key map "g" 'bookmark-jump) (define-key map "o" 'bookmark-jump-other-window) (define-key map "i" 'bookmark-insert) (define-key map "e" 'edit-bookmarks) (define-key map "f" 'bookmark-insert-location) (define-key map "r" 'bookmark-rename) (define-key map "d" 'bookmark-delete) (define-key map "l" 'bookmark-load) (define-key map "w" 'bookmark-write) (define-key map "s" 'bookmark-save) map) "\
1972 Keymap containing bindings to bookmark functions.
1973 It is not bound to any key by default: to bind it
1974 so that you have a bookmark prefix, just use `global-set-key' and bind a
1975 key of your choice to `bookmark-map'. All interactive bookmark
1976 functions have a binding in this keymap.")
1977 (fset 'bookmark-map bookmark-map)
1979 (autoload 'bookmark-set "bookmark" "\
1980 Set a bookmark named NAME at the current location.
1981 If name is nil, then prompt the user.
1983 With a prefix arg (non-nil NO-OVERWRITE), do not overwrite any
1984 existing bookmark that has the same name as NAME, but instead push the
1985 new bookmark onto the bookmark alist. The most recently set bookmark
1986 with name NAME is thus the one in effect at any given time, but the
1987 others are still there, should the user decide to delete the most
1988 recent one.
1990 To yank words from the text of the buffer and use them as part of the
1991 bookmark name, type C-w while setting a bookmark. Successive C-w's
1992 yank successive words.
1994 Typing C-u inserts (at the bookmark name prompt) the name of the last
1995 bookmark used in the document where the new bookmark is being set;
1996 this helps you use a single bookmark name to track progress through a
1997 large document. If there is no prior bookmark for this document, then
1998 C-u inserts an appropriate name based on the buffer or file.
2000 Use \\[bookmark-delete] to remove bookmarks (you give it a name and
2001 it removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name from
2002 the list of bookmarks.)
2004 \(fn &optional NAME NO-OVERWRITE)" t nil)
2006 (autoload 'bookmark-jump "bookmark" "\
2007 Jump to bookmark BOOKMARK (a point in some file).
2008 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
2009 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
2010 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
2011 this.
2013 If the file pointed to by BOOKMARK no longer exists, you will be asked
2014 if you wish to give the bookmark a new location, and `bookmark-jump'
2015 will then jump to the new location, as well as recording it in place
2016 of the old one in the permanent bookmark record.
2018 BOOKMARK may be a bookmark name (a string) or a bookmark record, but
2019 the latter is usually only used by programmatic callers.
2021 If DISPLAY-FUNC is non-nil, it is a function to invoke to display the
2022 bookmark. It defaults to `switch-to-buffer'. A typical value for
2023 DISPLAY-FUNC would be `switch-to-buffer-other-window'.
2025 \(fn BOOKMARK &optional DISPLAY-FUNC)" t nil)
2027 (autoload 'bookmark-jump-other-window "bookmark" "\
2028 Jump to BOOKMARK in another window. See `bookmark-jump' for more.
2030 \(fn BOOKMARK)" t nil)
2032 (autoload 'bookmark-relocate "bookmark" "\
2033 Relocate BOOKMARK to another file (reading file name with minibuffer).
2034 BOOKMARK is a bookmark name (a string), not a bookmark record.
2036 This makes an already existing bookmark point to that file, instead of
2037 the one it used to point at. Useful when a file has been renamed
2038 after a bookmark was set in it.
2040 \(fn BOOKMARK)" t nil)
2042 (autoload 'bookmark-insert-location "bookmark" "\
2043 Insert the name of the file associated with BOOKMARK.
2044 BOOKMARK is a bookmark name (a string), not a bookmark record.
2046 Optional second arg NO-HISTORY means don't record this in the
2047 minibuffer history list `bookmark-history'.
2049 \(fn BOOKMARK &optional NO-HISTORY)" t nil)
2051 (defalias 'bookmark-locate 'bookmark-insert-location)
2053 (autoload 'bookmark-rename "bookmark" "\
2054 Change the name of OLD bookmark to NEW name.
2055 If called from keyboard, prompt for OLD and NEW. If called from
2056 menubar, select OLD from a menu and prompt for NEW.
2058 Both OLD and NEW are bookmark names (strings), never bookmark records.
2060 If called from Lisp, prompt for NEW if only OLD was passed as an
2061 argument. If called with two strings, then no prompting is done. You
2062 must pass at least OLD when calling from Lisp.
2064 While you are entering the new name, consecutive C-w's insert
2065 consecutive words from the text of the buffer into the new bookmark
2066 name.
2068 \(fn OLD &optional NEW)" t nil)
2070 (autoload 'bookmark-insert "bookmark" "\
2071 Insert the text of the file pointed to by bookmark BOOKMARK.
2072 BOOKMARK is a bookmark name (a string), not a bookmark record.
2074 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
2075 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
2076 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
2077 this.
2079 \(fn BOOKMARK)" t nil)
2081 (autoload 'bookmark-delete "bookmark" "\
2082 Delete BOOKMARK from the bookmark list.
2083 BOOKMARK is a bookmark name (a string), not a bookmark record.
2085 Removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name. If
2086 there are one or more other bookmarks with the same name, they will
2087 not be deleted. Defaults to the \"current\" bookmark (that is, the
2088 one most recently used in this file, if any).
2089 Optional second arg BATCH means don't update the bookmark list buffer,
2090 probably because we were called from there.
2092 \(fn BOOKMARK &optional BATCH)" t nil)
2094 (autoload 'bookmark-write "bookmark" "\
2095 Write bookmarks to a file (reading the file name with the minibuffer).
2096 Don't use this in Lisp programs; use `bookmark-save' instead.
2098 \(fn)" t nil)
2100 (autoload 'bookmark-save "bookmark" "\
2101 Save currently defined bookmarks.
2102 Saves by default in the file defined by the variable
2103 `bookmark-default-file'. With a prefix arg, save it in file FILE
2104 \(second argument).
2106 If you are calling this from Lisp, the two arguments are PARG and
2107 FILE, and if you just want it to write to the default file, then
2108 pass no arguments. Or pass in nil and FILE, and it will save in FILE
2109 instead. If you pass in one argument, and it is non-nil, then the
2110 user will be interactively queried for a file to save in.
2112 When you want to load in the bookmarks from a file, use
2113 `bookmark-load', \\[bookmark-load]. That function will prompt you
2114 for a file, defaulting to the file defined by variable
2115 `bookmark-default-file'.
2117 \(fn &optional PARG FILE)" t nil)
2119 (autoload 'bookmark-load "bookmark" "\
2120 Load bookmarks from FILE (which must be in bookmark format).
2121 Appends loaded bookmarks to the front of the list of bookmarks. If
2122 optional second argument OVERWRITE is non-nil, existing bookmarks are
2123 destroyed. Optional third arg NO-MSG means don't display any messages
2124 while loading.
2126 If you load a file that doesn't contain a proper bookmark alist, you
2127 will corrupt Emacs's bookmark list. Generally, you should only load
2128 in files that were created with the bookmark functions in the first
2129 place. Your own personal bookmark file, `~/.emacs.bmk', is
2130 maintained automatically by Emacs; you shouldn't need to load it
2131 explicitly.
2133 If you load a file containing bookmarks with the same names as
2134 bookmarks already present in your Emacs, the new bookmarks will get
2135 unique numeric suffixes \"<2>\", \"<3>\", ... following the same
2136 method buffers use to resolve name collisions.
2138 \(fn FILE &optional OVERWRITE NO-MSG)" t nil)
2140 (autoload 'bookmark-bmenu-list "bookmark" "\
2141 Display a list of existing bookmarks.
2142 The list is displayed in a buffer named `*Bookmark List*'.
2143 The leftmost column displays a D if the bookmark is flagged for
2144 deletion, or > if it is flagged for displaying.
2146 \(fn)" t nil)
2148 (defalias 'list-bookmarks 'bookmark-bmenu-list)
2150 (defalias 'edit-bookmarks 'bookmark-bmenu-list)
2152 (autoload 'bookmark-bmenu-search "bookmark" "\
2153 Incremental search of bookmarks, hiding the non-matches as we go.
2155 \(fn)" t nil)
2157 (defvar menu-bar-bookmark-map (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Bookmark functions"))) (define-key map [load] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Load a Bookmark File...") bookmark-load :help ,(purecopy "Load bookmarks from a bookmark file)"))) (define-key map [write] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Save Bookmarks As...") bookmark-write :help ,(purecopy "Write bookmarks to a file (reading the file name with the minibuffer)"))) (define-key map [save] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Save Bookmarks") bookmark-save :help ,(purecopy "Save currently defined bookmarks"))) (define-key map [edit] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Edit Bookmark List") bookmark-bmenu-list :help ,(purecopy "Display a list of existing bookmarks"))) (define-key map [delete] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Delete Bookmark...") bookmark-delete :help ,(purecopy "Delete a bookmark from the bookmark list"))) (define-key map [rename] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Rename Bookmark...") bookmark-rename :help ,(purecopy "Change the name of a bookmark"))) (define-key map [locate] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Insert Location...") bookmark-locate :help ,(purecopy "Insert the name of the file associated with a bookmark"))) (define-key map [insert] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Insert Contents...") bookmark-insert :help ,(purecopy "Insert the text of the file pointed to by a bookmark"))) (define-key map [set] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Set Bookmark...") bookmark-set :help ,(purecopy "Set a bookmark named inside a file."))) (define-key map [jump] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Jump to Bookmark...") bookmark-jump :help ,(purecopy "Jump to a bookmark (a point in some file)"))) map))
2159 (defalias 'menu-bar-bookmark-map menu-bar-bookmark-map)
2161 ;;;***
2163 ;;;### (autoloads (browse-url-elinks browse-url-kde browse-url-generic
2164 ;;;;;; browse-url-mail browse-url-text-emacs browse-url-text-xterm
2165 ;;;;;; browse-url-w3-gnudoit browse-url-w3 browse-url-cci browse-url-mosaic
2166 ;;;;;; browse-url-gnome-moz browse-url-emacs browse-url-galeon browse-url-firefox
2167 ;;;;;; browse-url-mozilla browse-url-netscape browse-url-default-browser
2168 ;;;;;; browse-url-at-mouse browse-url-at-point browse-url browse-url-of-region
2169 ;;;;;; browse-url-of-dired-file browse-url-of-buffer browse-url-of-file
2170 ;;;;;; browse-url-url-at-point browse-url-galeon-program browse-url-firefox-program
2171 ;;;;;; browse-url-browser-function) "browse-url" "net/browse-url.el"
2172 ;;;;;; (19360 14173))
2173 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/browse-url.el
2175 (defvar browse-url-browser-function (cond ((memq system-type '(windows-nt ms-dos cygwin)) 'browse-url-default-windows-browser) ((memq system-type '(darwin)) 'browse-url-default-macosx-browser) (t 'browse-url-default-browser)) "\
2176 Function to display the current buffer in a WWW browser.
2177 This is used by the `browse-url-at-point', `browse-url-at-mouse', and
2178 `browse-url-of-file' commands.
2180 If the value is not a function it should be a list of pairs
2181 \(REGEXP . FUNCTION). In this case the function called will be the one
2182 associated with the first REGEXP which matches the current URL. The
2183 function is passed the URL and any other args of `browse-url'. The last
2184 regexp should probably be \".\" to specify a default browser.")
2186 (custom-autoload 'browse-url-browser-function "browse-url" t)
2188 (defvar browse-url-firefox-program (purecopy "firefox") "\
2189 The name by which to invoke Firefox.")
2191 (custom-autoload 'browse-url-firefox-program "browse-url" t)
2193 (defvar browse-url-galeon-program (purecopy "galeon") "\
2194 The name by which to invoke Galeon.")
2196 (custom-autoload 'browse-url-galeon-program "browse-url" t)
2198 (autoload 'browse-url-url-at-point "browse-url" "\
2199 Not documented
2201 \(fn)" nil nil)
2203 (autoload 'browse-url-of-file "browse-url" "\
2204 Ask a WWW browser to display FILE.
2205 Display the current buffer's file if FILE is nil or if called
2206 interactively. Turn the filename into a URL with function
2207 `browse-url-file-url'. Pass the URL to a browser using the
2208 `browse-url' function then run `browse-url-of-file-hook'.
2210 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
2212 (autoload 'browse-url-of-buffer "browse-url" "\
2213 Ask a WWW browser to display BUFFER.
2214 Display the current buffer if BUFFER is nil. Display only the
2215 currently visible part of BUFFER (from a temporary file) if buffer is
2216 narrowed.
2218 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
2220 (autoload 'browse-url-of-dired-file "browse-url" "\
2221 In Dired, ask a WWW browser to display the file named on this line.
2223 \(fn)" t nil)
2225 (autoload 'browse-url-of-region "browse-url" "\
2226 Ask a WWW browser to display the current region.
2228 \(fn MIN MAX)" t nil)
2230 (autoload 'browse-url "browse-url" "\
2231 Ask a WWW browser to load URL.
2232 Prompts for a URL, defaulting to the URL at or before point. Variable
2233 `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser to use.
2235 \(fn URL &rest ARGS)" t nil)
2237 (autoload 'browse-url-at-point "browse-url" "\
2238 Ask a WWW browser to load the URL at or before point.
2239 Doesn't let you edit the URL like `browse-url'. Variable
2240 `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser to use.
2242 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2244 (autoload 'browse-url-at-mouse "browse-url" "\
2245 Ask a WWW browser to load a URL clicked with the mouse.
2246 The URL is the one around or before the position of the mouse click
2247 but point is not changed. Doesn't let you edit the URL like
2248 `browse-url'. Variable `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser
2249 to use.
2251 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
2253 (autoload 'browse-url-default-browser "browse-url" "\
2254 Find a suitable browser and ask it to load URL.
2255 Default to the URL around or before point.
2257 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2258 non-nil, load the document in a new window, if possible, otherwise use
2259 a random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2260 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2262 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2263 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2265 The order attempted is gnome-moz-remote, Mozilla, Firefox,
2266 Galeon, Konqueror, Netscape, Mosaic, Lynx in an xterm, and then W3.
2268 \(fn URL &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
2270 (autoload 'browse-url-netscape "browse-url" "\
2271 Ask the Netscape WWW browser to load URL.
2272 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2273 `browse-url-netscape-arguments' are also passed to Netscape.
2275 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2276 non-nil, load the document in a new Netscape window, otherwise use a
2277 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2278 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2280 If `browse-url-netscape-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then
2281 whenever a document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it
2282 is loaded in a new tab in an existing window instead.
2284 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2285 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2287 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2289 (autoload 'browse-url-mozilla "browse-url" "\
2290 Ask the Mozilla WWW browser to load URL.
2291 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2292 `browse-url-mozilla-arguments' are also passed to Mozilla.
2294 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2295 non-nil, load the document in a new Mozilla window, otherwise use a
2296 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2297 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2299 If `browse-url-mozilla-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then whenever a
2300 document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it is loaded in a
2301 new tab in an existing window instead.
2303 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2304 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2306 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2308 (autoload 'browse-url-firefox "browse-url" "\
2309 Ask the Firefox WWW browser to load URL.
2310 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in
2311 variable `browse-url-firefox-arguments' are also passed to
2312 Firefox.
2314 When called interactively, if variable
2315 `browse-url-new-window-flag' is non-nil, load the document in a
2316 new Firefox window, otherwise use a random existing one. A
2317 non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the effect of
2318 `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2320 If `browse-url-firefox-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then
2321 whenever a document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it
2322 is loaded in a new tab in an existing window instead.
2324 When called non-interactively, optional second argument
2325 NEW-WINDOW is used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2327 On MS-Windows systems the optional `new-window' parameter is
2328 ignored. Firefox for Windows does not support the \"-remote\"
2329 command line parameter. Therefore, the
2330 `browse-url-new-window-flag' and `browse-url-firefox-new-window-is-tab'
2331 are ignored as well. Firefox on Windows will always open the requested
2332 URL in a new window.
2334 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2336 (autoload 'browse-url-galeon "browse-url" "\
2337 Ask the Galeon WWW browser to load URL.
2338 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2339 `browse-url-galeon-arguments' are also passed to Galeon.
2341 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2342 non-nil, load the document in a new Galeon window, otherwise use a
2343 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2344 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2346 If `browse-url-galeon-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then whenever a
2347 document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it is loaded in a
2348 new tab in an existing window instead.
2350 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2351 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2353 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2355 (autoload 'browse-url-emacs "browse-url" "\
2356 Ask Emacs to load URL into a buffer and show it in another window.
2358 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2360 (autoload 'browse-url-gnome-moz "browse-url" "\
2361 Ask Mozilla/Netscape to load URL via the GNOME program `gnome-moz-remote'.
2362 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2363 `browse-url-gnome-moz-arguments' are also passed.
2365 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2366 non-nil, load the document in a new browser window, otherwise use an
2367 existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the
2368 effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2370 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2371 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2373 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2375 (autoload 'browse-url-mosaic "browse-url" "\
2376 Ask the XMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
2378 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2379 `browse-url-mosaic-arguments' are also passed to Mosaic and the
2380 program is invoked according to the variable
2381 `browse-url-mosaic-program'.
2383 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2384 non-nil, load the document in a new Mosaic window, otherwise use a
2385 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2386 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2388 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2389 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2391 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2393 (autoload 'browse-url-cci "browse-url" "\
2394 Ask the XMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
2395 Default to the URL around or before point.
2397 This function only works for XMosaic version 2.5 or later. You must
2398 select `CCI' from XMosaic's File menu, set the CCI Port Address to the
2399 value of variable `browse-url-CCI-port', and enable `Accept requests'.
2401 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2402 non-nil, load the document in a new browser window, otherwise use a
2403 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2404 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2406 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2407 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2409 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2411 (autoload 'browse-url-w3 "browse-url" "\
2412 Ask the w3 WWW browser to load URL.
2413 Default to the URL around or before point.
2415 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2416 non-nil, load the document in a new window. A non-nil interactive
2417 prefix argument reverses the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2419 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2420 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2422 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2424 (autoload 'browse-url-w3-gnudoit "browse-url" "\
2425 Ask another Emacs running gnuserv to load the URL using the W3 browser.
2426 The `browse-url-gnudoit-program' program is used with options given by
2427 `browse-url-gnudoit-args'. Default to the URL around or before point.
2429 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2431 (autoload 'browse-url-text-xterm "browse-url" "\
2432 Ask a text browser to load URL.
2433 URL defaults to the URL around or before point.
2434 This runs the text browser specified by `browse-url-text-browser'.
2435 in an Xterm window using the Xterm program named by `browse-url-xterm-program'
2436 with possible additional arguments `browse-url-xterm-args'.
2438 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2440 (autoload 'browse-url-text-emacs "browse-url" "\
2441 Ask a text browser to load URL.
2442 URL defaults to the URL around or before point.
2443 This runs the text browser specified by `browse-url-text-browser'.
2444 With a prefix argument, it runs a new browser process in a new buffer.
2446 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2447 non-nil, load the document in a new browser process in a new term window,
2448 otherwise use any existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument
2449 reverses the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2451 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2452 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2454 \(fn URL &optional NEW-BUFFER)" t nil)
2456 (autoload 'browse-url-mail "browse-url" "\
2457 Open a new mail message buffer within Emacs for the RFC 2368 URL.
2458 Default to using the mailto: URL around or before point as the
2459 recipient's address. Supplying a non-nil interactive prefix argument
2460 will cause the mail to be composed in another window rather than the
2461 current one.
2463 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2464 non-nil use `compose-mail-other-window', otherwise `compose-mail'. A
2465 non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the effect of
2466 `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2468 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2469 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2471 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2473 (autoload 'browse-url-generic "browse-url" "\
2474 Ask the WWW browser defined by `browse-url-generic-program' to load URL.
2475 Default to the URL around or before point. A fresh copy of the
2476 browser is started up in a new process with possible additional arguments
2477 `browse-url-generic-args'. This is appropriate for browsers which
2478 don't offer a form of remote control.
2480 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2482 (autoload 'browse-url-kde "browse-url" "\
2483 Ask the KDE WWW browser to load URL.
2484 Default to the URL around or before point.
2486 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2488 (autoload 'browse-url-elinks "browse-url" "\
2489 Ask the Elinks WWW browser to load URL.
2490 Default to the URL around the point.
2492 The document is loaded in a new tab of a running Elinks or, if
2493 none yet running, a newly started instance.
2495 The Elinks command will be prepended by the program+arguments
2496 from `browse-url-elinks-wrapper'.
2498 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2500 ;;;***
2502 ;;;### (autoloads (snarf-bruces bruce) "bruce" "play/bruce.el" (19277
2503 ;;;;;; 34922))
2504 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/bruce.el
2506 (autoload 'bruce "bruce" "\
2507 Adds that special touch of class to your outgoing mail.
2509 \(fn)" t nil)
2511 (autoload 'snarf-bruces "bruce" "\
2512 Return a vector containing the lines from `bruce-phrases-file'.
2514 \(fn)" nil nil)
2516 ;;;***
2518 ;;;### (autoloads (bs-show bs-customize bs-cycle-previous bs-cycle-next)
2519 ;;;;;; "bs" "bs.el" (19277 34915))
2520 ;;; Generated autoloads from bs.el
2522 (autoload 'bs-cycle-next "bs" "\
2523 Select next buffer defined by buffer cycling.
2524 The buffers taking part in buffer cycling are defined
2525 by buffer configuration `bs-cycle-configuration-name'.
2527 \(fn)" t nil)
2529 (autoload 'bs-cycle-previous "bs" "\
2530 Select previous buffer defined by buffer cycling.
2531 The buffers taking part in buffer cycling are defined
2532 by buffer configuration `bs-cycle-configuration-name'.
2534 \(fn)" t nil)
2536 (autoload 'bs-customize "bs" "\
2537 Customization of group bs for Buffer Selection Menu.
2539 \(fn)" t nil)
2541 (autoload 'bs-show "bs" "\
2542 Make a menu of buffers so you can manipulate buffers or the buffer list.
2543 \\<bs-mode-map>
2544 There are many key commands similar to `Buffer-menu-mode' for
2545 manipulating the buffer list and the buffers themselves.
2546 User can move with [up] or [down], select a buffer
2547 by \\[bs-select] or [SPC]
2549 Type \\[bs-kill] to leave Buffer Selection Menu without a selection.
2550 Type \\[bs-help] after invocation to get help on commands available.
2551 With prefix argument ARG show a different buffer list. Function
2552 `bs--configuration-name-for-prefix-arg' determine accordingly
2553 name of buffer configuration.
2555 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
2557 ;;;***
2559 ;;;### (autoloads (bubbles) "bubbles" "play/bubbles.el" (19277 34922))
2560 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/bubbles.el
2562 (autoload 'bubbles "bubbles" "\
2563 Play Bubbles game.
2564 \\<bubbles-mode-map>
2565 The goal is to remove all bubbles with as few moves as possible.
2566 \\[bubbles-plop] on a bubble removes that bubble and all
2567 connected bubbles of the same color. Unsupported bubbles fall
2568 down, and columns that do not contain any bubbles suck the
2569 columns on its right towards the left.
2571 \\[bubbles-set-game-easy] sets the difficulty to easy.
2572 \\[bubbles-set-game-medium] sets the difficulty to medium.
2573 \\[bubbles-set-game-difficult] sets the difficulty to difficult.
2574 \\[bubbles-set-game-hard] sets the difficulty to hard.
2576 \(fn)" t nil)
2578 ;;;***
2580 ;;;### (autoloads (bug-reference-prog-mode bug-reference-mode) "bug-reference"
2581 ;;;;;; "progmodes/bug-reference.el" (19277 34922))
2582 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/bug-reference.el
2584 (put 'bug-reference-url-format 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
2586 (autoload 'bug-reference-mode "bug-reference" "\
2587 Minor mode to buttonize bugzilla references in the current buffer.
2589 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2591 (autoload 'bug-reference-prog-mode "bug-reference" "\
2592 Like `bug-reference-mode', but only buttonize in comments and strings.
2594 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2596 ;;;***
2598 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-byte-recompile-directory batch-byte-compile
2599 ;;;;;; batch-byte-compile-if-not-done display-call-tree byte-compile
2600 ;;;;;; compile-defun byte-compile-file byte-recompile-directory
2601 ;;;;;; byte-force-recompile byte-compile-enable-warning byte-compile-disable-warning
2602 ;;;;;; byte-compile-warnings-safe-p) "bytecomp" "emacs-lisp/bytecomp.el"
2603 ;;;;;; (19277 34919))
2604 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/bytecomp.el
2605 (put 'byte-compile-dynamic 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2606 (put 'byte-compile-disable-print-circle 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2607 (put 'byte-compile-dynamic-docstrings 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2608 (put 'byte-compile-warnings 'safe-local-variable 'byte-compile-warnings-safe-p)
2610 (autoload 'byte-compile-warnings-safe-p "bytecomp" "\
2611 Return non-nil if X is valid as a value of `byte-compile-warnings'.
2613 \(fn X)" nil nil)
2615 (autoload 'byte-compile-disable-warning "bytecomp" "\
2616 Change `byte-compile-warnings' to disable WARNING.
2617 If `byte-compile-warnings' is t, set it to `(not WARNING)'.
2618 Otherwise, if the first element is `not', add WARNING, else remove it.
2619 Normally you should let-bind `byte-compile-warnings' before calling this,
2620 else the global value will be modified.
2622 \(fn WARNING)" nil nil)
2624 (autoload 'byte-compile-enable-warning "bytecomp" "\
2625 Change `byte-compile-warnings' to enable WARNING.
2626 If `byte-compile-warnings' is `t', do nothing. Otherwise, if the
2627 first element is `not', remove WARNING, else add it.
2628 Normally you should let-bind `byte-compile-warnings' before calling this,
2629 else the global value will be modified.
2631 \(fn WARNING)" nil nil)
2633 (autoload 'byte-force-recompile "bytecomp" "\
2634 Recompile every `.el' file in DIRECTORY that already has a `.elc' file.
2635 Files in subdirectories of DIRECTORY are processed also.
2637 \(fn DIRECTORY)" t nil)
2639 (autoload 'byte-recompile-directory "bytecomp" "\
2640 Recompile every `.el' file in BYTECOMP-DIRECTORY that needs recompilation.
2641 This happens when a `.elc' file exists but is older than the `.el' file.
2642 Files in subdirectories of BYTECOMP-DIRECTORY are processed also.
2644 If the `.elc' file does not exist, normally this function *does not*
2645 compile the corresponding `.el' file. However, if the prefix argument
2646 BYTECOMP-ARG is 0, that means do compile all those files. A nonzero
2647 BYTECOMP-ARG means ask the user, for each such `.el' file, whether to
2648 compile it. A nonzero BYTECOMP-ARG also means ask about each subdirectory
2649 before scanning it.
2651 If the third argument BYTECOMP-FORCE is non-nil, recompile every `.el' file
2652 that already has a `.elc' file.
2654 \(fn BYTECOMP-DIRECTORY &optional BYTECOMP-ARG BYTECOMP-FORCE)" t nil)
2655 (put 'no-byte-compile 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2657 (autoload 'byte-compile-file "bytecomp" "\
2658 Compile a file of Lisp code named BYTECOMP-FILENAME into a file of byte code.
2659 The output file's name is generated by passing BYTECOMP-FILENAME to the
2660 function `byte-compile-dest-file' (which see).
2661 With prefix arg (noninteractively: 2nd arg), LOAD the file after compiling.
2662 The value is non-nil if there were no errors, nil if errors.
2664 \(fn BYTECOMP-FILENAME &optional LOAD)" t nil)
2666 (autoload 'compile-defun "bytecomp" "\
2667 Compile and evaluate the current top-level form.
2668 Print the result in the echo area.
2669 With argument ARG, insert value in current buffer after the form.
2671 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2673 (autoload 'byte-compile "bytecomp" "\
2674 If FORM is a symbol, byte-compile its function definition.
2675 If FORM is a lambda or a macro, byte-compile it as a function.
2677 \(fn FORM)" nil nil)
2679 (autoload 'display-call-tree "bytecomp" "\
2680 Display a call graph of a specified file.
2681 This lists which functions have been called, what functions called
2682 them, and what functions they call. The list includes all functions
2683 whose definitions have been compiled in this Emacs session, as well as
2684 all functions called by those functions.
2686 The call graph does not include macros, inline functions, or
2687 primitives that the byte-code interpreter knows about directly (eq,
2688 cons, etc.).
2690 The call tree also lists those functions which are not known to be called
2691 \(that is, to which no calls have been compiled), and which cannot be
2692 invoked interactively.
2694 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
2696 (autoload 'batch-byte-compile-if-not-done "bytecomp" "\
2697 Like `byte-compile-file' but doesn't recompile if already up to date.
2698 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
2699 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
2701 \(fn)" nil nil)
2703 (autoload 'batch-byte-compile "bytecomp" "\
2704 Run `byte-compile-file' on the files remaining on the command line.
2705 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
2706 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
2707 Each file is processed even if an error occurred previously.
2708 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-byte-compile $emacs/ ~/*.el\".
2709 If NOFORCE is non-nil, don't recompile a file that seems to be
2710 already up-to-date.
2712 \(fn &optional NOFORCE)" nil nil)
2714 (autoload 'batch-byte-recompile-directory "bytecomp" "\
2715 Run `byte-recompile-directory' on the dirs remaining on the command line.
2716 Must be used only with `-batch', and kills Emacs on completion.
2717 For example, invoke `emacs -batch -f batch-byte-recompile-directory .'.
2719 Optional argument ARG is passed as second argument ARG to
2720 `byte-recompile-directory'; see there for its possible values
2721 and corresponding effects.
2723 \(fn &optional ARG)" nil nil)
2725 ;;;***
2727 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-china" "calendar/cal-china.el" (19277
2728 ;;;;;; 34917))
2729 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-china.el
2731 (put 'calendar-chinese-time-zone 'risky-local-variable t)
2733 (put 'chinese-calendar-time-zone 'risky-local-variable t)
2735 ;;;***
2737 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-dst" "calendar/cal-dst.el" (19277 34917))
2738 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-dst.el
2740 (put 'calendar-daylight-savings-starts 'risky-local-variable t)
2742 (put 'calendar-daylight-savings-ends 'risky-local-variable t)
2744 (put 'calendar-current-time-zone-cache 'risky-local-variable t)
2746 ;;;***
2748 ;;;### (autoloads (calendar-hebrew-list-yahrzeits) "cal-hebrew" "calendar/cal-hebrew.el"
2749 ;;;;;; (19340 9803))
2750 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-hebrew.el
2752 (autoload 'calendar-hebrew-list-yahrzeits "cal-hebrew" "\
2753 List Yahrzeit dates for *Gregorian* DEATH-DATE from START-YEAR to END-YEAR.
2754 When called interactively from the calendar window, the date of death is taken
2755 from the cursor position.
2757 \(fn DEATH-DATE START-YEAR END-YEAR)" t nil)
2759 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'list-yahrzeit-dates 'calendar-hebrew-list-yahrzeits "23.1")
2761 ;;;***
2763 ;;;### (autoloads (defmath calc-embedded-activate calc-embedded calc-grab-rectangle
2764 ;;;;;; calc-grab-region full-calc-keypad calc-keypad calc-eval quick-calc
2765 ;;;;;; full-calc calc calc-dispatch) "calc" "calc/calc.el" (19286
2766 ;;;;;; 4503))
2767 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc.el
2768 (define-key ctl-x-map "*" 'calc-dispatch)
2770 (autoload 'calc-dispatch "calc" "\
2771 Invoke the GNU Emacs Calculator. See `calc-dispatch-help' for details.
2773 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2775 (autoload 'calc "calc" "\
2776 The Emacs Calculator. Full documentation is listed under \"calc-mode\".
2778 \(fn &optional ARG FULL-DISPLAY INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2780 (autoload 'full-calc "calc" "\
2781 Invoke the Calculator and give it a full-sized window.
2783 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2785 (autoload 'quick-calc "calc" "\
2786 Do a quick calculation in the minibuffer without invoking full Calculator.
2788 \(fn)" t nil)
2790 (autoload 'calc-eval "calc" "\
2791 Do a quick calculation and return the result as a string.
2792 Return value will either be the formatted result in string form,
2793 or a list containing a character position and an error message in string form.
2795 \(fn STR &optional SEPARATOR &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
2797 (autoload 'calc-keypad "calc" "\
2798 Invoke the Calculator in \"visual keypad\" mode.
2799 This is most useful in the X window system.
2800 In this mode, click on the Calc \"buttons\" using the left mouse button.
2801 Or, position the cursor manually and do M-x calc-keypad-press.
2803 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2805 (autoload 'full-calc-keypad "calc" "\
2806 Invoke the Calculator in full-screen \"visual keypad\" mode.
2807 See calc-keypad for details.
2809 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2811 (autoload 'calc-grab-region "calc" "\
2812 Parse the region as a vector of numbers and push it on the Calculator stack.
2814 \(fn TOP BOT ARG)" t nil)
2816 (autoload 'calc-grab-rectangle "calc" "\
2817 Parse a rectangle as a matrix of numbers and push it on the Calculator stack.
2819 \(fn TOP BOT ARG)" t nil)
2821 (autoload 'calc-embedded "calc" "\
2822 Start Calc Embedded mode on the formula surrounding point.
2824 \(fn ARG &optional END OBEG OEND)" t nil)
2826 (autoload 'calc-embedded-activate "calc" "\
2827 Scan the current editing buffer for all embedded := and => formulas.
2828 Also looks for the equivalent TeX words, \\gets and \\evalto.
2830 \(fn &optional ARG CBUF)" t nil)
2832 (autoload 'defmath "calc" "\
2833 Define Calc function.
2835 Like `defun' except that code in the body of the definition can
2836 make use of the full range of Calc data types and the usual
2837 arithmetic operations are converted to their Calc equivalents.
2839 The prefix `calcFunc-' is added to the specified name to get the
2840 actual Lisp function name.
2842 See Info node `(calc)Defining Functions'.
2844 \(fn FUNC ARGS &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
2846 ;;;***
2848 ;;;### (autoloads (calculator) "calculator" "calculator.el" (19354
2849 ;;;;;; 34807))
2850 ;;; Generated autoloads from calculator.el
2852 (autoload 'calculator "calculator" "\
2853 Run the Emacs calculator.
2854 See the documentation for `calculator-mode' for more information.
2856 \(fn)" t nil)
2858 ;;;***
2860 ;;;### (autoloads (calendar) "calendar" "calendar/calendar.el" (19277
2861 ;;;;;; 34918))
2862 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/calendar.el
2864 (autoload 'calendar "calendar" "\
2865 Display a three-month Gregorian calendar.
2866 The three months appear side by side, with the current month in
2867 the middle surrounded by the previous and next months. The
2868 cursor is put on today's date. If optional prefix argument ARG
2869 is non-nil, prompts for the central month and year.
2871 Once in the calendar window, future or past months can be moved
2872 into view. Arbitrary months can be displayed, or the calendar
2873 can be scrolled forward or backward. The cursor can be moved
2874 forward or backward by one day, one week, one month, or one year.
2875 All of these commands take prefix arguments which, when negative,
2876 cause movement in the opposite direction. For convenience, the
2877 digit keys and the minus sign are automatically prefixes. Use
2878 \\[describe-mode] for details of the key bindings in the calendar
2879 window.
2881 Displays the calendar in a separate window, or optionally in a
2882 separate frame, depending on the value of `calendar-setup'.
2884 If `calendar-view-diary-initially-flag' is non-nil, also displays the
2885 diary entries for the current date (or however many days
2886 `diary-number-of-entries' specifies). This variable can be
2887 overridden by `calendar-setup'. As well as being displayed,
2888 diary entries can also be marked on the calendar (see
2889 `calendar-mark-diary-entries-flag').
2891 Runs the following hooks:
2893 `calendar-load-hook' - after loading calendar.el
2894 `calendar-today-visible-hook', `calendar-today-invisible-hook' - after
2895 generating a calendar, if today's date is visible or not, respectively
2896 `calendar-initial-window-hook' - after first creating a calendar
2898 This function is suitable for execution in a .emacs file.
2900 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2902 ;;;***
2904 ;;;### (autoloads (canlock-verify canlock-insert-header) "canlock"
2905 ;;;;;; "gnus/canlock.el" (19277 34919))
2906 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/canlock.el
2908 (autoload 'canlock-insert-header "canlock" "\
2909 Insert a Cancel-Key and/or a Cancel-Lock header if possible.
2911 \(fn &optional ID-FOR-KEY ID-FOR-LOCK PASSWORD)" nil nil)
2913 (autoload 'canlock-verify "canlock" "\
2914 Verify Cancel-Lock or Cancel-Key in BUFFER.
2915 If BUFFER is nil, the current buffer is assumed. Signal an error if
2916 it fails.
2918 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
2920 ;;;***
2922 ;;;### (autoloads (capitalized-words-mode) "cap-words" "progmodes/cap-words.el"
2923 ;;;;;; (19277 34922))
2924 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cap-words.el
2926 (autoload 'capitalized-words-mode "cap-words" "\
2927 Toggle Capitalized Words mode.
2929 In this minor mode, a word boundary occurs immediately before an
2930 uppercase letter in a symbol. This is in addition to all the normal
2931 boundaries given by the syntax and category tables. There is no
2932 restriction to ASCII.
2934 E.g. the beginning of words in the following identifier are as marked:
2936 capitalizedWorDD
2937 ^ ^ ^^
2939 Note that these word boundaries only apply for word motion and
2940 marking commands such as \\[forward-word]. This mode does not affect word
2941 boundaries found by regexp matching (`\\>', `\\w' &c).
2943 This style of identifiers is common in environments like Java ones,
2944 where underscores aren't trendy enough. Capitalization rules are
2945 sometimes part of the language, e.g. Haskell, which may thus encourage
2946 such a style. It is appropriate to add `capitalized-words-mode' to
2947 the mode hook for programming language modes in which you encounter
2948 variables like this, e.g. `java-mode-hook'. It's unlikely to cause
2949 trouble if such identifiers aren't used.
2951 See also `glasses-mode' and `studlify-word'.
2952 Obsoletes `c-forward-into-nomenclature'.
2954 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2956 ;;;***
2958 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-compat" "progmodes/cc-compat.el" (19277
2959 ;;;;;; 34922))
2960 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-compat.el
2961 (put 'c-indent-level 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
2963 ;;;***
2965 ;;;### (autoloads (c-guess-basic-syntax) "cc-engine" "progmodes/cc-engine.el"
2966 ;;;;;; (19340 34420))
2967 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-engine.el
2969 (autoload 'c-guess-basic-syntax "cc-engine" "\
2970 Return the syntactic context of the current line.
2972 \(fn)" nil nil)
2974 ;;;***
2976 ;;;### (autoloads (pike-mode idl-mode java-mode objc-mode c++-mode
2977 ;;;;;; c-mode c-initialize-cc-mode) "cc-mode" "progmodes/cc-mode.el"
2978 ;;;;;; (19335 21247))
2979 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-mode.el
2981 (autoload 'c-initialize-cc-mode "cc-mode" "\
2982 Initialize CC Mode for use in the current buffer.
2983 If the optional NEW-STYLE-INIT is nil or left out then all necessary
2984 initialization to run CC Mode for the C language is done. Otherwise
2985 only some basic setup is done, and a call to `c-init-language-vars' or
2986 `c-init-language-vars-for' is necessary too (which gives more
2987 control). See \"cc-mode.el\" for more info.
2989 \(fn &optional NEW-STYLE-INIT)" nil nil)
2991 (defvar c-mode-syntax-table nil "\
2992 Syntax table used in c-mode buffers.")
2993 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(cc\\|hh\\)\\'" . c++-mode))
2994 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.[ch]\\(pp\\|xx\\|\\+\\+\\)\\'" . c++-mode))
2995 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(CC?\\|HH?\\)\\'" . c++-mode))
2996 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.[ch]\\'" . c-mode))
2997 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.y\\(acc\\)?\\'" . c-mode))
2998 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.lex\\'" . c-mode))
2999 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.i\\'" . c-mode))
3000 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.ii\\'" . c++-mode))
3002 (autoload 'c-mode "cc-mode" "\
3003 Major mode for editing K&R and ANSI C code.
3004 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3005 c-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with version
3006 information already added. You just need to add a description of the
3007 problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the message.
3009 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3011 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3012 initialization, then `c-mode-hook'.
3014 Key bindings:
3015 \\{c-mode-map}
3017 \(fn)" t nil)
3019 (defvar c++-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3020 Syntax table used in c++-mode buffers.")
3022 (autoload 'c++-mode "cc-mode" "\
3023 Major mode for editing C++ code.
3024 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3025 c++-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3026 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3027 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3028 message.
3030 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3032 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3033 initialization, then `c++-mode-hook'.
3035 Key bindings:
3036 \\{c++-mode-map}
3038 \(fn)" t nil)
3040 (defvar objc-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3041 Syntax table used in objc-mode buffers.")
3042 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.m\\'" . objc-mode))
3044 (autoload 'objc-mode "cc-mode" "\
3045 Major mode for editing Objective C code.
3046 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an
3047 objc-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3048 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3049 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3050 message.
3052 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3054 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3055 initialization, then `objc-mode-hook'.
3057 Key bindings:
3058 \\{objc-mode-map}
3060 \(fn)" t nil)
3062 (defvar java-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3063 Syntax table used in java-mode buffers.")
3064 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.java\\'" . java-mode))
3066 (autoload 'java-mode "cc-mode" "\
3067 Major mode for editing Java code.
3068 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3069 java-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3070 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3071 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3072 message.
3074 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3076 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3077 initialization, then `java-mode-hook'.
3079 Key bindings:
3080 \\{java-mode-map}
3082 \(fn)" t nil)
3084 (defvar idl-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3085 Syntax table used in idl-mode buffers.")
3086 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.idl\\'" . idl-mode))
3088 (autoload 'idl-mode "cc-mode" "\
3089 Major mode for editing CORBA's IDL, PSDL and CIDL code.
3090 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an
3091 idl-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3092 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3093 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3094 message.
3096 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3098 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3099 initialization, then `idl-mode-hook'.
3101 Key bindings:
3102 \\{idl-mode-map}
3104 \(fn)" t nil)
3106 (defvar pike-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3107 Syntax table used in pike-mode buffers.")
3108 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(u?lpc\\|pike\\|pmod\\(.in\\)?\\)\\'" . pike-mode))
3109 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("pike" . pike-mode))
3111 (autoload 'pike-mode "cc-mode" "\
3112 Major mode for editing Pike code.
3113 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3114 pike-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3115 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3116 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3117 message.
3119 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3121 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3122 initialization, then `pike-mode-hook'.
3124 Key bindings:
3125 \\{pike-mode-map}
3127 \(fn)" t nil)
3128 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.awk\\'" . awk-mode))
3129 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("awk" . awk-mode))
3130 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("mawk" . awk-mode))
3131 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("nawk" . awk-mode))
3132 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("gawk" . awk-mode))
3133 (autoload 'awk-mode "cc-mode" "Major mode for editing AWK code." t)
3135 ;;;***
3137 ;;;### (autoloads (c-set-offset c-add-style c-set-style) "cc-styles"
3138 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-styles.el" (19277 34922))
3139 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-styles.el
3141 (autoload 'c-set-style "cc-styles" "\
3142 Set the current buffer to use the style STYLENAME.
3143 STYLENAME, a string, must be an existing CC Mode style - These are contained
3144 in the variable `c-style-alist'.
3146 The variable `c-indentation-style' will get set to STYLENAME.
3148 \"Setting the style\" is done by setting CC Mode's \"style variables\" to the
3149 values indicated by the pertinent entry in `c-style-alist'. Other variables
3150 might get set too.
3152 If DONT-OVERRIDE is neither nil nor t, style variables whose default values
3153 have been set (more precisely, whose default values are not the symbol
3154 `set-from-style') will not be changed. This avoids overriding global settings
3155 done in ~/.emacs. It is useful to call c-set-style from a mode hook in this
3156 way.
3158 If DONT-OVERRIDE is t, style variables that already have values (i.e., whose
3159 values are not the symbol `set-from-style') will not be overridden. CC Mode
3160 calls c-set-style internally in this way whilst initializing a buffer; if
3161 cc-set-style is called like this from anywhere else, it will usually behave as
3162 a null operation.
3164 \(fn STYLENAME &optional DONT-OVERRIDE)" t nil)
3166 (autoload 'c-add-style "cc-styles" "\
3167 Adds a style to `c-style-alist', or updates an existing one.
3168 STYLE is a string identifying the style to add or update. DESCRIPTION
3169 is an association list describing the style and must be of the form:
3171 ([BASESTYLE] (VARIABLE . VALUE) [(VARIABLE . VALUE) ...])
3173 See the variable `c-style-alist' for the semantics of BASESTYLE,
3174 VARIABLE and VALUE. This function also sets the current style to
3175 STYLE using `c-set-style' if the optional SET-P flag is non-nil.
3177 \(fn STYLE DESCRIPTION &optional SET-P)" t nil)
3179 (autoload 'c-set-offset "cc-styles" "\
3180 Change the value of a syntactic element symbol in `c-offsets-alist'.
3181 SYMBOL is the syntactic element symbol to change and OFFSET is the new
3182 offset for that syntactic element. The optional argument is not used
3183 and exists only for compatibility reasons.
3185 \(fn SYMBOL OFFSET &optional IGNORED)" t nil)
3187 ;;;***
3189 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-vars" "progmodes/cc-vars.el" (19277 34922))
3190 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-vars.el
3191 (put 'c-basic-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
3192 (put 'c-backslash-column 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
3193 (put 'c-file-style 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
3195 ;;;***
3197 ;;;### (autoloads (ccl-execute-with-args check-ccl-program define-ccl-program
3198 ;;;;;; declare-ccl-program ccl-dump ccl-compile) "ccl" "international/ccl.el"
3199 ;;;;;; (19277 34920))
3200 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/ccl.el
3202 (autoload 'ccl-compile "ccl" "\
3203 Return the compiled code of CCL-PROGRAM as a vector of integers.
3205 \(fn CCL-PROGRAM)" nil nil)
3207 (autoload 'ccl-dump "ccl" "\
3208 Disassemble compiled CCL-CODE.
3210 \(fn CCL-CODE)" nil nil)
3212 (autoload 'declare-ccl-program "ccl" "\
3213 Declare NAME as a name of CCL program.
3215 This macro exists for backward compatibility. In the old version of
3216 Emacs, to compile a CCL program which calls another CCL program not
3217 yet defined, it must be declared as a CCL program in advance. But,
3218 now CCL program names are resolved not at compile time but before
3219 execution.
3221 Optional arg VECTOR is a compiled CCL code of the CCL program.
3223 \(fn NAME &optional VECTOR)" nil (quote macro))
3225 (autoload 'define-ccl-program "ccl" "\
3226 Set NAME the compiled code of CCL-PROGRAM.
3228 CCL-PROGRAM has this form:
3229 (BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION
3230 CCL_MAIN_CODE
3231 [ CCL_EOF_CODE ])
3233 BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION is an integer value specifying the approximate
3234 output buffer magnification size compared with the bytes of input data
3235 text. It is assured that the actual output buffer has 256 bytes
3236 more than the size calculated by BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION.
3237 If the value is zero, the CCL program can't execute `read' and
3238 `write' commands.
3240 CCL_MAIN_CODE and CCL_EOF_CODE are CCL program codes. CCL_MAIN_CODE
3241 executed at first. If there's no more input data when `read' command
3242 is executed in CCL_MAIN_CODE, CCL_EOF_CODE is executed. If
3243 CCL_MAIN_CODE is terminated, CCL_EOF_CODE is not executed.
3245 Here's the syntax of CCL program code in BNF notation. The lines
3246 starting by two semicolons (and optional leading spaces) describe the
3247 semantics.
3249 CCL_MAIN_CODE := CCL_BLOCK
3251 CCL_EOF_CODE := CCL_BLOCK
3253 CCL_BLOCK := STATEMENT | (STATEMENT [STATEMENT ...])
3255 STATEMENT :=
3256 SET | IF | BRANCH | LOOP | REPEAT | BREAK | READ | WRITE | CALL
3257 | TRANSLATE | MAP | LOOKUP | END
3259 SET := (REG = EXPRESSION)
3260 | (REG ASSIGNMENT_OPERATOR EXPRESSION)
3261 ;; The following form is the same as (r0 = integer).
3262 | integer
3264 EXPRESSION := ARG | (EXPRESSION OPERATOR ARG)
3266 ;; Evaluate EXPRESSION. If the result is nonzero, execute
3267 ;; CCL_BLOCK_0. Otherwise, execute CCL_BLOCK_1.
3268 IF := (if EXPRESSION CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1)
3270 ;; Evaluate EXPRESSION. Provided that the result is N, execute
3271 ;; CCL_BLOCK_N.
3272 BRANCH := (branch EXPRESSION CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...])
3274 ;; Execute STATEMENTs until (break) or (end) is executed.
3275 LOOP := (loop STATEMENT [STATEMENT ...])
3277 ;; Terminate the most inner loop.
3278 BREAK := (break)
3280 REPEAT :=
3281 ;; Jump to the head of the most inner loop.
3282 (repeat)
3283 ;; Same as: ((write [REG | integer | string])
3284 ;; (repeat))
3285 | (write-repeat [REG | integer | string])
3286 ;; Same as: ((write REG [ARRAY])
3287 ;; (read REG)
3288 ;; (repeat))
3289 | (write-read-repeat REG [ARRAY])
3290 ;; Same as: ((write integer)
3291 ;; (read REG)
3292 ;; (repeat))
3293 | (write-read-repeat REG integer)
3295 READ := ;; Set REG_0 to a byte read from the input text, set REG_1
3296 ;; to the next byte read, and so on.
3297 (read REG_0 [REG_1 ...])
3298 ;; Same as: ((read REG)
3299 ;; (if (REG OPERATOR ARG) CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1))
3300 | (read-if (REG OPERATOR ARG) CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1)
3301 ;; Same as: ((read REG)
3302 ;; (branch REG CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...]))
3303 | (read-branch REG CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...])
3304 ;; Read a character from the input text while parsing
3305 ;; multibyte representation, set REG_0 to the charset ID of
3306 ;; the character, set REG_1 to the code point of the
3307 ;; character. If the dimension of charset is two, set REG_1
3308 ;; to ((CODE0 << 7) | CODE1), where CODE0 is the first code
3309 ;; point and CODE1 is the second code point.
3310 | (read-multibyte-character REG_0 REG_1)
3312 WRITE :=
3313 ;; Write REG_0, REG_1, ... to the output buffer. If REG_N is
3314 ;; a multibyte character, write the corresponding multibyte
3315 ;; representation.
3316 (write REG_0 [REG_1 ...])
3317 ;; Same as: ((r7 = EXPRESSION)
3318 ;; (write r7))
3319 | (write EXPRESSION)
3320 ;; Write the value of `integer' to the output buffer. If it
3321 ;; is a multibyte character, write the corresponding multibyte
3322 ;; representation.
3323 | (write integer)
3324 ;; Write the byte sequence of `string' as is to the output
3325 ;; buffer.
3326 | (write string)
3327 ;; Same as: (write string)
3328 | string
3329 ;; Provided that the value of REG is N, write Nth element of
3330 ;; ARRAY to the output buffer. If it is a multibyte
3331 ;; character, write the corresponding multibyte
3332 ;; representation.
3333 | (write REG ARRAY)
3334 ;; Write a multibyte representation of a character whose
3335 ;; charset ID is REG_0 and code point is REG_1. If the
3336 ;; dimension of the charset is two, REG_1 should be ((CODE0 <<
3337 ;; 7) | CODE1), where CODE0 is the first code point and CODE1
3338 ;; is the second code point of the character.
3339 | (write-multibyte-character REG_0 REG_1)
3341 ;; Call CCL program whose name is ccl-program-name.
3342 CALL := (call ccl-program-name)
3344 ;; Terminate the CCL program.
3345 END := (end)
3347 ;; CCL registers that can contain any integer value. As r7 is also
3348 ;; used by CCL interpreter, its value is changed unexpectedly.
3349 REG := r0 | r1 | r2 | r3 | r4 | r5 | r6 | r7
3351 ARG := REG | integer
3353 OPERATOR :=
3354 ;; Normal arithmethic operators (same meaning as C code).
3355 + | - | * | / | %
3357 ;; Bitwize operators (same meaning as C code)
3358 | & | `|' | ^
3360 ;; Shifting operators (same meaning as C code)
3361 | << | >>
3363 ;; (REG = ARG_0 <8 ARG_1) means:
3364 ;; (REG = ((ARG_0 << 8) | ARG_1))
3365 | <8
3367 ;; (REG = ARG_0 >8 ARG_1) means:
3368 ;; ((REG = (ARG_0 >> 8))
3369 ;; (r7 = (ARG_0 & 255)))
3370 | >8
3372 ;; (REG = ARG_0 // ARG_1) means:
3373 ;; ((REG = (ARG_0 / ARG_1))
3374 ;; (r7 = (ARG_0 % ARG_1)))
3375 | //
3377 ;; Normal comparing operators (same meaning as C code)
3378 | < | > | == | <= | >= | !=
3380 ;; If ARG_0 and ARG_1 are higher and lower byte of Shift-JIS
3381 ;; code, and CHAR is the corresponding JISX0208 character,
3382 ;; (REG = ARG_0 de-sjis ARG_1) means:
3383 ;; ((REG = CODE0)
3384 ;; (r7 = CODE1))
3385 ;; where CODE0 is the first code point of CHAR, CODE1 is the
3386 ;; second code point of CHAR.
3387 | de-sjis
3389 ;; If ARG_0 and ARG_1 are the first and second code point of
3390 ;; JISX0208 character CHAR, and SJIS is the correponding
3391 ;; Shift-JIS code,
3392 ;; (REG = ARG_0 en-sjis ARG_1) means:
3393 ;; ((REG = HIGH)
3394 ;; (r7 = LOW))
3395 ;; where HIGH is the higher byte of SJIS, LOW is the lower
3396 ;; byte of SJIS.
3397 | en-sjis
3399 ASSIGNMENT_OPERATOR :=
3400 ;; Same meaning as C code
3401 += | -= | *= | /= | %= | &= | `|=' | ^= | <<= | >>=
3403 ;; (REG <8= ARG) is the same as:
3404 ;; ((REG <<= 8)
3405 ;; (REG |= ARG))
3406 | <8=
3408 ;; (REG >8= ARG) is the same as:
3409 ;; ((r7 = (REG & 255))
3410 ;; (REG >>= 8))
3412 ;; (REG //= ARG) is the same as:
3413 ;; ((r7 = (REG % ARG))
3414 ;; (REG /= ARG))
3415 | //=
3417 ARRAY := `[' integer ... `]'
3420 TRANSLATE :=
3421 (translate-character REG(table) REG(charset) REG(codepoint))
3422 | (translate-character SYMBOL REG(charset) REG(codepoint))
3423 ;; SYMBOL must refer to a table defined by `define-translation-table'.
3424 LOOKUP :=
3425 (lookup-character SYMBOL REG(charset) REG(codepoint))
3426 | (lookup-integer SYMBOL REG(integer))
3427 ;; SYMBOL refers to a table defined by `define-translation-hash-table'.
3428 MAP :=
3429 (iterate-multiple-map REG REG MAP-IDs)
3430 | (map-multiple REG REG (MAP-SET))
3431 | (map-single REG REG MAP-ID)
3432 MAP-IDs := MAP-ID ...
3433 MAP-SET := MAP-IDs | (MAP-IDs) MAP-SET
3434 MAP-ID := integer
3436 \(fn NAME CCL-PROGRAM &optional DOC)" nil (quote macro))
3438 (autoload 'check-ccl-program "ccl" "\
3439 Check validity of CCL-PROGRAM.
3440 If CCL-PROGRAM is a symbol denoting a CCL program, return
3441 CCL-PROGRAM, else return nil.
3442 If CCL-PROGRAM is a vector and optional arg NAME (symbol) is supplied,
3443 register CCL-PROGRAM by name NAME, and return NAME.
3445 \(fn CCL-PROGRAM &optional NAME)" nil (quote macro))
3447 (autoload 'ccl-execute-with-args "ccl" "\
3448 Execute CCL-PROGRAM with registers initialized by the remaining args.
3449 The return value is a vector of resulting CCL registers.
3451 See the documentation of `define-ccl-program' for the detail of CCL program.
3453 \(fn CCL-PROG &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
3455 ;;;***
3457 ;;;### (autoloads (cfengine-mode) "cfengine" "progmodes/cfengine.el"
3458 ;;;;;; (19277 34922))
3459 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cfengine.el
3461 (autoload 'cfengine-mode "cfengine" "\
3462 Major mode for editing cfengine input.
3463 There are no special keybindings by default.
3465 Action blocks are treated as defuns, i.e. \\[beginning-of-defun] moves
3466 to the action header.
3468 \(fn)" t nil)
3470 ;;;***
3472 ;;;### (autoloads (check-declare-directory check-declare-file) "check-declare"
3473 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/check-declare.el" (19277 34919))
3474 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/check-declare.el
3476 (autoload 'check-declare-file "check-declare" "\
3477 Check veracity of all `declare-function' statements in FILE.
3478 See `check-declare-directory' for more information.
3480 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
3482 (autoload 'check-declare-directory "check-declare" "\
3483 Check veracity of all `declare-function' statements under directory ROOT.
3484 Returns non-nil if any false statements are found.
3486 \(fn ROOT)" t nil)
3488 ;;;***
3490 ;;;### (autoloads (checkdoc-minor-mode checkdoc-ispell-defun checkdoc-ispell-comments
3491 ;;;;;; checkdoc-ispell-continue checkdoc-ispell-start checkdoc-ispell-message-text
3492 ;;;;;; checkdoc-ispell-message-interactive checkdoc-ispell-interactive
3493 ;;;;;; checkdoc-ispell-current-buffer checkdoc-ispell checkdoc-defun
3494 ;;;;;; checkdoc-eval-defun checkdoc-message-text checkdoc-rogue-spaces
3495 ;;;;;; checkdoc-comments checkdoc-continue checkdoc-start checkdoc-current-buffer
3496 ;;;;;; checkdoc-eval-current-buffer checkdoc-message-interactive
3497 ;;;;;; checkdoc-interactive checkdoc checkdoc-list-of-strings-p)
3498 ;;;;;; "checkdoc" "emacs-lisp/checkdoc.el" (19277 34919))
3499 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/checkdoc.el
3500 (put 'checkdoc-force-docstrings-flag 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
3501 (put 'checkdoc-force-history-flag 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
3502 (put 'checkdoc-permit-comma-termination-flag 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
3503 (put 'checkdoc-arguments-in-order-flag 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
3504 (put 'checkdoc-symbol-words 'safe-local-variable 'checkdoc-list-of-strings-p)
3506 (autoload 'checkdoc-list-of-strings-p "checkdoc" "\
3507 Not documented
3509 \(fn OBJ)" nil nil)
3511 (autoload 'checkdoc "checkdoc" "\
3512 Interactively check the entire buffer for style errors.
3513 The current status of the check will be displayed in a buffer which
3514 the users will view as each check is completed.
3516 \(fn)" t nil)
3518 (autoload 'checkdoc-interactive "checkdoc" "\
3519 Interactively check the current buffer for doc string errors.
3520 Prefix argument START-HERE will start the checking from the current
3521 point, otherwise the check starts at the beginning of the current
3522 buffer. Allows navigation forward and backwards through document
3523 errors. Does not check for comment or space warnings.
3524 Optional argument SHOWSTATUS indicates that we should update the
3525 checkdoc status window instead of the usual behavior.
3527 \(fn &optional START-HERE SHOWSTATUS)" t nil)
3529 (autoload 'checkdoc-message-interactive "checkdoc" "\
3530 Interactively check the current buffer for message string errors.
3531 Prefix argument START-HERE will start the checking from the current
3532 point, otherwise the check starts at the beginning of the current
3533 buffer. Allows navigation forward and backwards through document
3534 errors. Does not check for comment or space warnings.
3535 Optional argument SHOWSTATUS indicates that we should update the
3536 checkdoc status window instead of the usual behavior.
3538 \(fn &optional START-HERE SHOWSTATUS)" t nil)
3540 (autoload 'checkdoc-eval-current-buffer "checkdoc" "\
3541 Evaluate and check documentation for the current buffer.
3542 Evaluation is done first because good documentation for something that
3543 doesn't work is just not useful. Comments, doc strings, and rogue
3544 spacing are all verified.
3546 \(fn)" t nil)
3548 (autoload 'checkdoc-current-buffer "checkdoc" "\
3549 Check current buffer for document, comment, error style, and rogue spaces.
3550 With a prefix argument (in Lisp, the argument TAKE-NOTES),
3551 store all errors found in a warnings buffer,
3552 otherwise stop after the first error.
3554 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3556 (autoload 'checkdoc-start "checkdoc" "\
3557 Start scanning the current buffer for documentation string style errors.
3558 Only documentation strings are checked.
3559 Use `checkdoc-continue' to continue checking if an error cannot be fixed.
3560 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES means to collect all the warning messages into
3561 a separate buffer.
3563 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3565 (autoload 'checkdoc-continue "checkdoc" "\
3566 Find the next doc string in the current buffer which has a style error.
3567 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES means to continue through the whole buffer and
3568 save warnings in a separate buffer. Second optional argument START-POINT
3569 is the starting location. If this is nil, `point-min' is used instead.
3571 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3573 (autoload 'checkdoc-comments "checkdoc" "\
3574 Find missing comment sections in the current Emacs Lisp file.
3575 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES non-nil means to save warnings in a
3576 separate buffer. Otherwise print a message. This returns the error
3577 if there is one.
3579 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3581 (autoload 'checkdoc-rogue-spaces "checkdoc" "\
3582 Find extra spaces at the end of lines in the current file.
3583 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES non-nil means to save warnings in a
3584 separate buffer. Otherwise print a message. This returns the error
3585 if there is one.
3586 Optional argument INTERACT permits more interactive fixing.
3588 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES INTERACT)" t nil)
3590 (autoload 'checkdoc-message-text "checkdoc" "\
3591 Scan the buffer for occurrences of the error function, and verify text.
3592 Optional argument TAKE-NOTES causes all errors to be logged.
3594 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3596 (autoload 'checkdoc-eval-defun "checkdoc" "\
3597 Evaluate the current form with `eval-defun' and check its documentation.
3598 Evaluation is done first so the form will be read before the
3599 documentation is checked. If there is a documentation error, then the display
3600 of what was evaluated will be overwritten by the diagnostic message.
3602 \(fn)" t nil)
3604 (autoload 'checkdoc-defun "checkdoc" "\
3605 Examine the doc string of the function or variable under point.
3606 Call `error' if the doc string has problems. If NO-ERROR is
3607 non-nil, then do not call error, but call `message' instead.
3608 If the doc string passes the test, then check the function for rogue white
3609 space at the end of each line.
3611 \(fn &optional NO-ERROR)" t nil)
3613 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell "checkdoc" "\
3614 Check the style and spelling of everything interactively.
3615 Calls `checkdoc' with spell-checking turned on.
3616 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc'
3618 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3620 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-current-buffer "checkdoc" "\
3621 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer.
3622 Calls `checkdoc-current-buffer' with spell-checking turned on.
3623 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-current-buffer'
3625 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3627 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-interactive "checkdoc" "\
3628 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer interactively.
3629 Calls `checkdoc-interactive' with spell-checking turned on.
3630 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-interactive'
3632 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3634 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-message-interactive "checkdoc" "\
3635 Check the style and spelling of message text interactively.
3636 Calls `checkdoc-message-interactive' with spell-checking turned on.
3637 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-message-interactive'
3639 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3641 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-message-text "checkdoc" "\
3642 Check the style and spelling of message text interactively.
3643 Calls `checkdoc-message-text' with spell-checking turned on.
3644 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-message-text'
3646 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3648 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-start "checkdoc" "\
3649 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer.
3650 Calls `checkdoc-start' with spell-checking turned on.
3651 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-start'
3653 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3655 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-continue "checkdoc" "\
3656 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer after point.
3657 Calls `checkdoc-continue' with spell-checking turned on.
3658 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-continue'
3660 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3662 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-comments "checkdoc" "\
3663 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer's comments.
3664 Calls `checkdoc-comments' with spell-checking turned on.
3665 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-comments'
3667 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3669 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-defun "checkdoc" "\
3670 Check the style and spelling of the current defun with Ispell.
3671 Calls `checkdoc-defun' with spell-checking turned on.
3672 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-defun'
3674 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3676 (autoload 'checkdoc-minor-mode "checkdoc" "\
3677 Toggle Checkdoc minor mode, a mode for checking Lisp doc strings.
3678 With prefix ARG, turn Checkdoc minor mode on if ARG is positive, otherwise
3679 turn it off.
3681 In Checkdoc minor mode, the usual bindings for `eval-defun' which is
3682 bound to \\<checkdoc-minor-mode-map>\\[checkdoc-eval-defun] and `checkdoc-eval-current-buffer' are overridden to include
3683 checking of documentation strings.
3685 \\{checkdoc-minor-mode-map}
3687 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
3689 ;;;***
3691 ;;;### (autoloads (pre-write-encode-hz post-read-decode-hz encode-hz-buffer
3692 ;;;;;; encode-hz-region decode-hz-buffer decode-hz-region) "china-util"
3693 ;;;;;; "language/china-util.el" (19277 34920))
3694 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/china-util.el
3696 (autoload 'decode-hz-region "china-util" "\
3697 Decode HZ/ZW encoded text in the current region.
3698 Return the length of resulting text.
3700 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
3702 (autoload 'decode-hz-buffer "china-util" "\
3703 Decode HZ/ZW encoded text in the current buffer.
3705 \(fn)" t nil)
3707 (autoload 'encode-hz-region "china-util" "\
3708 Encode the text in the current region to HZ.
3709 Return the length of resulting text.
3711 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
3713 (autoload 'encode-hz-buffer "china-util" "\
3714 Encode the text in the current buffer to HZ.
3716 \(fn)" t nil)
3718 (autoload 'post-read-decode-hz "china-util" "\
3719 Not documented
3721 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
3723 (autoload 'pre-write-encode-hz "china-util" "\
3724 Not documented
3726 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
3728 ;;;***
3730 ;;;### (autoloads (command-history list-command-history repeat-matching-complex-command)
3731 ;;;;;; "chistory" "chistory.el" (19277 34915))
3732 ;;; Generated autoloads from chistory.el
3734 (autoload 'repeat-matching-complex-command "chistory" "\
3735 Edit and re-evaluate complex command with name matching PATTERN.
3736 Matching occurrences are displayed, most recent first, until you select
3737 a form for evaluation. If PATTERN is empty (or nil), every form in the
3738 command history is offered. The form is placed in the minibuffer for
3739 editing and the result is evaluated.
3741 \(fn &optional PATTERN)" t nil)
3743 (autoload 'list-command-history "chistory" "\
3744 List history of commands typed to minibuffer.
3745 The number of commands listed is controlled by `list-command-history-max'.
3746 Calls value of `list-command-history-filter' (if non-nil) on each history
3747 element to judge if that element should be excluded from the list.
3749 The buffer is left in Command History mode.
3751 \(fn)" t nil)
3753 (autoload 'command-history "chistory" "\
3754 Examine commands from `command-history' in a buffer.
3755 The number of commands listed is controlled by `list-command-history-max'.
3756 The command history is filtered by `list-command-history-filter' if non-nil.
3757 Use \\<command-history-map>\\[command-history-repeat] to repeat the command on the current line.
3759 Otherwise much like Emacs-Lisp Mode except that there is no self-insertion
3760 and digits provide prefix arguments. Tab does not indent.
3761 \\{command-history-map}
3763 This command always recompiles the Command History listing
3764 and runs the normal hook `command-history-hook'.
3766 \(fn)" t nil)
3768 ;;;***
3770 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cl" "emacs-lisp/cl.el" (19277 34919))
3771 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cl.el
3773 (defvar custom-print-functions nil "\
3774 This is a list of functions that format user objects for printing.
3775 Each function is called in turn with three arguments: the object, the
3776 stream, and the print level (currently ignored). If it is able to
3777 print the object it returns true; otherwise it returns nil and the
3778 printer proceeds to the next function on the list.
3780 This variable is not used at present, but it is defined in hopes that
3781 a future Emacs interpreter will be able to use it.")
3783 ;;;***
3785 ;;;### (autoloads (common-lisp-indent-function) "cl-indent" "emacs-lisp/cl-indent.el"
3786 ;;;;;; (19277 34919))
3787 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cl-indent.el
3789 (autoload 'common-lisp-indent-function "cl-indent" "\
3790 Function to indent the arguments of a Lisp function call.
3791 This is suitable for use as the value of the variable
3792 `lisp-indent-function'. INDENT-POINT is the point at which the
3793 indentation function is called, and STATE is the
3794 `parse-partial-sexp' state at that position. Browse the
3795 `lisp-indent' customize group for options affecting the behavior
3796 of this function.
3798 If the indentation point is in a call to a Lisp function, that
3799 function's common-lisp-indent-function property specifies how
3800 this function should indent it. Possible values for this
3801 property are:
3803 * defun, meaning indent according to `lisp-indent-defun-method';
3804 i.e., like (4 &lambda &body), as explained below.
3806 * any other symbol, meaning a function to call. The function should
3807 take the arguments: PATH STATE INDENT-POINT SEXP-COLUMN NORMAL-INDENT.
3808 PATH is a list of integers describing the position of point in terms of
3809 list-structure with respect to the containing lists. For example, in
3810 ((a b c (d foo) f) g), foo has a path of (0 3 1). In other words,
3811 to reach foo take the 0th element of the outermost list, then
3812 the 3rd element of the next list, and finally the 1st element.
3813 STATE and INDENT-POINT are as in the arguments to
3814 `common-lisp-indent-function'. SEXP-COLUMN is the column of
3815 the open parenthesis of the innermost containing list.
3816 NORMAL-INDENT is the column the indentation point was
3817 originally in. This function should behave like `lisp-indent-259'.
3819 * an integer N, meaning indent the first N arguments like
3820 function arguments, and any further arguments like a body.
3821 This is equivalent to (4 4 ... &body).
3823 * a list. The list element in position M specifies how to indent the Mth
3824 function argument. If there are fewer elements than function arguments,
3825 the last list element applies to all remaining arguments. The accepted
3826 list elements are:
3828 * nil, meaning the default indentation.
3830 * an integer, specifying an explicit indentation.
3832 * &lambda. Indent the argument (which may be a list) by 4.
3834 * &rest. When used, this must be the penultimate element. The
3835 element after this one applies to all remaining arguments.
3837 * &body. This is equivalent to &rest lisp-body-indent, i.e., indent
3838 all remaining elements by `lisp-body-indent'.
3840 * &whole. This must be followed by nil, an integer, or a
3841 function symbol. This indentation is applied to the
3842 associated argument, and as a base indent for all remaining
3843 arguments. For example, an integer P means indent this
3844 argument by P, and all remaining arguments by P, plus the
3845 value specified by their associated list element.
3847 * a symbol. A function to call, with the 6 arguments specified above.
3849 * a list, with elements as described above. This applies when the
3850 associated function argument is itself a list. Each element of the list
3851 specifies how to indent the associated argument.
3853 For example, the function `case' has an indent property
3854 \(4 &rest (&whole 2 &rest 1)), meaning:
3855 * indent the first argument by 4.
3856 * arguments after the first should be lists, and there may be any number
3857 of them. The first list element has an offset of 2, all the rest
3858 have an offset of 2+1=3.
3860 \(fn INDENT-POINT STATE)" nil nil)
3862 ;;;***
3864 ;;;### (autoloads (c-macro-expand) "cmacexp" "progmodes/cmacexp.el"
3865 ;;;;;; (19277 34922))
3866 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cmacexp.el
3868 (autoload 'c-macro-expand "cmacexp" "\
3869 Expand C macros in the region, using the C preprocessor.
3870 Normally display output in temp buffer, but
3871 prefix arg means replace the region with it.
3873 `c-macro-preprocessor' specifies the preprocessor to use.
3874 Tf the user option `c-macro-prompt-flag' is non-nil
3875 prompt for arguments to the preprocessor (e.g. `-DDEBUG -I ./include'),
3876 otherwise use `c-macro-cppflags'.
3878 Noninteractive args are START, END, SUBST.
3879 For use inside Lisp programs, see also `c-macro-expansion'.
3881 \(fn START END SUBST)" t nil)
3883 ;;;***
3885 ;;;### (autoloads (run-scheme) "cmuscheme" "cmuscheme.el" (19277
3886 ;;;;;; 34915))
3887 ;;; Generated autoloads from cmuscheme.el
3889 (autoload 'run-scheme "cmuscheme" "\
3890 Run an inferior Scheme process, input and output via buffer `*scheme*'.
3891 If there is a process already running in `*scheme*', switch to that buffer.
3892 With argument, allows you to edit the command line (default is value
3893 of `scheme-program-name').
3894 If the file `~/.emacs_SCHEMENAME' or `~/.emacs.d/init_SCHEMENAME.scm' exists,
3895 it is given as initial input.
3896 Note that this may lose due to a timing error if the Scheme processor
3897 discards input when it starts up.
3898 Runs the hook `inferior-scheme-mode-hook' (after the `comint-mode-hook'
3899 is run).
3900 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the process buffer for a list of commands.)
3902 \(fn CMD)" t nil)
3903 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names (purecopy "*scheme*"))
3905 ;;;***
3907 ;;;### (autoloads (comint-redirect-results-list-from-process comint-redirect-results-list
3908 ;;;;;; comint-redirect-send-command-to-process comint-redirect-send-command
3909 ;;;;;; comint-run make-comint make-comint-in-buffer) "comint" "comint.el"
3910 ;;;;;; (19277 34915))
3911 ;;; Generated autoloads from comint.el
3913 (defvar comint-output-filter-functions '(comint-postoutput-scroll-to-bottom comint-watch-for-password-prompt) "\
3914 Functions to call after output is inserted into the buffer.
3915 One possible function is `comint-postoutput-scroll-to-bottom'.
3916 These functions get one argument, a string containing the text as originally
3917 inserted. Note that this might not be the same as the buffer contents between
3918 `comint-last-output-start' and the buffer's `process-mark', if other filter
3919 functions have already modified the buffer.
3921 See also `comint-preoutput-filter-functions'.
3923 You can use `add-hook' to add functions to this list
3924 either globally or locally.")
3926 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'comint-use-prompt-regexp-instead-of-fields 'comint-use-prompt-regexp "22.1")
3928 (autoload 'make-comint-in-buffer "comint" "\
3929 Make a Comint process NAME in BUFFER, running PROGRAM.
3930 If BUFFER is nil, it defaults to NAME surrounded by `*'s.
3931 PROGRAM should be either a string denoting an executable program to create
3932 via `start-file-process', or a cons pair of the form (HOST . SERVICE) denoting
3933 a TCP connection to be opened via `open-network-stream'. If there is already
3934 a running process in that buffer, it is not restarted. Optional fourth arg
3935 STARTFILE is the name of a file, whose contents are sent to the
3936 process as its initial input.
3938 If PROGRAM is a string, any more args are arguments to PROGRAM.
3940 \(fn NAME BUFFER PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil)
3942 (autoload 'make-comint "comint" "\
3943 Make a Comint process NAME in a buffer, running PROGRAM.
3944 The name of the buffer is made by surrounding NAME with `*'s.
3945 PROGRAM should be either a string denoting an executable program to create
3946 via `start-file-process', or a cons pair of the form (HOST . SERVICE) denoting
3947 a TCP connection to be opened via `open-network-stream'. If there is already
3948 a running process in that buffer, it is not restarted. Optional third arg
3949 STARTFILE is the name of a file, whose contents are sent to the
3950 process as its initial input.
3952 If PROGRAM is a string, any more args are arguments to PROGRAM.
3954 \(fn NAME PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil)
3956 (autoload 'comint-run "comint" "\
3957 Run PROGRAM in a Comint buffer and switch to it.
3958 The buffer name is made by surrounding the file name of PROGRAM with `*'s.
3959 The file name is used to make a symbol name, such as `comint-sh-hook', and any
3960 hooks on this symbol are run in the buffer.
3961 See `make-comint' and `comint-exec'.
3963 \(fn PROGRAM)" t nil)
3965 (defvar comint-file-name-prefix (purecopy "") "\
3966 Prefix prepended to absolute file names taken from process input.
3967 This is used by Comint's and shell's completion functions, and by shell's
3968 directory tracking functions.")
3970 (autoload 'comint-redirect-send-command "comint" "\
3971 Send COMMAND to process in current buffer, with output to OUTPUT-BUFFER.
3972 With prefix arg ECHO, echo output in process buffer.
3974 If NO-DISPLAY is non-nil, do not show the output buffer.
3976 \(fn COMMAND OUTPUT-BUFFER ECHO &optional NO-DISPLAY)" t nil)
3978 (autoload 'comint-redirect-send-command-to-process "comint" "\
3979 Send COMMAND to PROCESS, with output to OUTPUT-BUFFER.
3980 With prefix arg, echo output in process buffer.
3982 If NO-DISPLAY is non-nil, do not show the output buffer.
3984 \(fn COMMAND OUTPUT-BUFFER PROCESS ECHO &optional NO-DISPLAY)" t nil)
3986 (autoload 'comint-redirect-results-list "comint" "\
3987 Send COMMAND to current process.
3988 Return a list of expressions in the output which match REGEXP.
3989 REGEXP-GROUP is the regular expression group in REGEXP to use.
3991 \(fn COMMAND REGEXP REGEXP-GROUP)" nil nil)
3993 (autoload 'comint-redirect-results-list-from-process "comint" "\
3994 Send COMMAND to PROCESS.
3995 Return a list of expressions in the output which match REGEXP.
3996 REGEXP-GROUP is the regular expression group in REGEXP to use.
3998 \(fn PROCESS COMMAND REGEXP REGEXP-GROUP)" nil nil)
4000 ;;;***
4002 ;;;### (autoloads (compare-windows) "compare-w" "compare-w.el" (19277
4003 ;;;;;; 34915))
4004 ;;; Generated autoloads from compare-w.el
4006 (autoload 'compare-windows "compare-w" "\
4007 Compare text in current window with text in next window.
4008 Compares the text starting at point in each window,
4009 moving over text in each one as far as they match.
4011 This command pushes the mark in each window
4012 at the prior location of point in that window.
4013 If both windows display the same buffer,
4014 the mark is pushed twice in that buffer:
4015 first in the other window, then in the selected window.
4017 A prefix arg means reverse the value of variable
4018 `compare-ignore-whitespace'. If `compare-ignore-whitespace' is
4019 nil, then a prefix arg means ignore changes in whitespace. If
4020 `compare-ignore-whitespace' is non-nil, then a prefix arg means
4021 don't ignore changes in whitespace. The variable
4022 `compare-windows-whitespace' controls how whitespace is skipped.
4023 If `compare-ignore-case' is non-nil, changes in case are also
4024 ignored.
4026 If `compare-windows-sync' is non-nil, then successive calls of
4027 this command work in interlaced mode:
4028 on first call it advances points to the next difference,
4029 on second call it synchronizes points by skipping the difference,
4030 on third call it again advances points to the next difference and so on.
4032 \(fn IGNORE-WHITESPACE)" t nil)
4034 ;;;***
4036 ;;;### (autoloads (compilation-next-error-function compilation-minor-mode
4037 ;;;;;; compilation-shell-minor-mode compilation-mode compilation-start
4038 ;;;;;; compile compilation-disable-input compile-command compilation-search-path
4039 ;;;;;; compilation-ask-about-save compilation-window-height compilation-start-hook
4040 ;;;;;; compilation-mode-hook) "compile" "progmodes/compile.el" (19328
4041 ;;;;;; 18581))
4042 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/compile.el
4044 (defvar compilation-mode-hook nil "\
4045 List of hook functions run by `compilation-mode' (see `run-mode-hooks').")
4047 (custom-autoload 'compilation-mode-hook "compile" t)
4049 (defvar compilation-start-hook nil "\
4050 List of hook functions run by `compilation-start' on the compilation process.
4051 \(See `run-hook-with-args').
4052 If you use \"omake -P\" and do not want \\[save-buffers-kill-terminal] to ask whether you want
4053 the compilation to be killed, you can use this hook:
4054 (add-hook 'compilation-start-hook
4055 (lambda (process) (set-process-query-on-exit-flag process nil)) nil t)")
4057 (custom-autoload 'compilation-start-hook "compile" t)
4059 (defvar compilation-window-height nil "\
4060 Number of lines in a compilation window. If nil, use Emacs default.")
4062 (custom-autoload 'compilation-window-height "compile" t)
4064 (defvar compilation-process-setup-function nil "\
4065 *Function to call to customize the compilation process.
4066 This function is called immediately before the compilation process is
4067 started. It can be used to set any variables or functions that are used
4068 while processing the output of the compilation process. The function
4069 is called with variables `compilation-buffer' and `compilation-window'
4070 bound to the compilation buffer and window, respectively.")
4072 (defvar compilation-buffer-name-function nil "\
4073 Function to compute the name of a compilation buffer.
4074 The function receives one argument, the name of the major mode of the
4075 compilation buffer. It should return a string.
4076 If nil, compute the name with `(concat \"*\" (downcase major-mode) \"*\")'.")
4078 (defvar compilation-finish-function nil "\
4079 Function to call when a compilation process finishes.
4080 It is called with two arguments: the compilation buffer, and a string
4081 describing how the process finished.")
4083 (defvar compilation-finish-functions nil "\
4084 Functions to call when a compilation process finishes.
4085 Each function is called with two arguments: the compilation buffer,
4086 and a string describing how the process finished.")
4087 (put 'compilation-directory 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
4089 (defvar compilation-ask-about-save t "\
4090 Non-nil means \\[compile] asks which buffers to save before compiling.
4091 Otherwise, it saves all modified buffers without asking.")
4093 (custom-autoload 'compilation-ask-about-save "compile" t)
4095 (defvar compilation-search-path '(nil) "\
4096 List of directories to search for source files named in error messages.
4097 Elements should be directory names, not file names of directories.
4098 The value nil as an element means to try the default directory.")
4100 (custom-autoload 'compilation-search-path "compile" t)
4102 (defvar compile-command (purecopy "make -k ") "\
4103 Last shell command used to do a compilation; default for next compilation.
4105 Sometimes it is useful for files to supply local values for this variable.
4106 You might also use mode hooks to specify it in certain modes, like this:
4108 (add-hook 'c-mode-hook
4109 (lambda ()
4110 (unless (or (file-exists-p \"makefile\")
4111 (file-exists-p \"Makefile\"))
4112 (set (make-local-variable 'compile-command)
4113 (concat \"make -k \"
4114 (file-name-sans-extension buffer-file-name))))))")
4116 (custom-autoload 'compile-command "compile" t)
4117 (put 'compile-command 'safe-local-variable (lambda (a) (and (stringp a) (or (not (boundp 'compilation-read-command)) compilation-read-command))))
4119 (defvar compilation-disable-input nil "\
4120 If non-nil, send end-of-file as compilation process input.
4121 This only affects platforms that support asynchronous processes (see
4122 `start-process'); synchronous compilation processes never accept input.")
4124 (custom-autoload 'compilation-disable-input "compile" t)
4126 (autoload 'compile "compile" "\
4127 Compile the program including the current buffer. Default: run `make'.
4128 Runs COMMAND, a shell command, in a separate process asynchronously
4129 with output going to the buffer `*compilation*'.
4131 You can then use the command \\[next-error] to find the next error message
4132 and move to the source code that caused it.
4134 If optional second arg COMINT is t the buffer will be in Comint mode with
4135 `compilation-shell-minor-mode'.
4137 Interactively, prompts for the command if `compilation-read-command' is
4138 non-nil; otherwise uses `compile-command'. With prefix arg, always prompts.
4139 Additionally, with universal prefix arg, compilation buffer will be in
4140 comint mode, i.e. interactive.
4142 To run more than one compilation at once, start one then rename
4143 the `*compilation*' buffer to some other name with
4144 \\[rename-buffer]. Then _switch buffers_ and start the new compilation.
4145 It will create a new `*compilation*' buffer.
4147 On most systems, termination of the main compilation process
4148 kills its subprocesses.
4150 The name used for the buffer is actually whatever is returned by
4151 the function in `compilation-buffer-name-function', so you can set that
4152 to a function that generates a unique name.
4154 \(fn COMMAND &optional COMINT)" t nil)
4156 (autoload 'compilation-start "compile" "\
4157 Run compilation command COMMAND (low level interface).
4158 If COMMAND starts with a cd command, that becomes the `default-directory'.
4159 The rest of the arguments are optional; for them, nil means use the default.
4161 MODE is the major mode to set in the compilation buffer. Mode
4162 may also be t meaning use `compilation-shell-minor-mode' under `comint-mode'.
4164 If NAME-FUNCTION is non-nil, call it with one argument (the mode name)
4165 to determine the buffer name. Otherwise, the default is to
4166 reuses the current buffer if it has the proper major mode,
4167 else use or create a buffer with name based on the major mode.
4169 If HIGHLIGHT-REGEXP is non-nil, `next-error' will temporarily highlight
4170 the matching section of the visited source line; the default is to use the
4171 global value of `compilation-highlight-regexp'.
4173 Returns the compilation buffer created.
4175 \(fn COMMAND &optional MODE NAME-FUNCTION HIGHLIGHT-REGEXP)" nil nil)
4177 (autoload 'compilation-mode "compile" "\
4178 Major mode for compilation log buffers.
4179 \\<compilation-mode-map>To visit the source for a line-numbered error,
4180 move point to the error message line and type \\[compile-goto-error].
4181 To kill the compilation, type \\[kill-compilation].
4183 Runs `compilation-mode-hook' with `run-mode-hooks' (which see).
4185 \\{compilation-mode-map}
4187 \(fn &optional NAME-OF-MODE)" t nil)
4189 (autoload 'compilation-shell-minor-mode "compile" "\
4190 Toggle compilation shell minor mode.
4191 With arg, turn compilation mode on if and only if arg is positive.
4192 In this minor mode, all the error-parsing commands of the
4193 Compilation major mode are available but bound to keys that don't
4194 collide with Shell mode. See `compilation-mode'.
4195 Turning the mode on runs the normal hook `compilation-shell-minor-mode-hook'.
4197 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4199 (autoload 'compilation-minor-mode "compile" "\
4200 Toggle compilation minor mode.
4201 With arg, turn compilation mode on if and only if arg is positive.
4202 In this minor mode, all the error-parsing commands of the
4203 Compilation major mode are available. See `compilation-mode'.
4204 Turning the mode on runs the normal hook `compilation-minor-mode-hook'.
4206 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4208 (autoload 'compilation-next-error-function "compile" "\
4209 Advance to the next error message and visit the file where the error was.
4210 This is the value of `next-error-function' in Compilation buffers.
4212 \(fn N &optional RESET)" t nil)
4214 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist (cons (purecopy "\\.gcov\\'") 'compilation-mode))
4216 ;;;***
4218 ;;;### (autoloads (partial-completion-mode) "complete" "complete.el"
4219 ;;;;;; (19360 14173))
4220 ;;; Generated autoloads from complete.el
4222 (defvar partial-completion-mode nil "\
4223 Non-nil if Partial-Completion mode is enabled.
4224 See the command `partial-completion-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
4225 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
4226 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
4227 or call the function `partial-completion-mode'.")
4229 (custom-autoload 'partial-completion-mode "complete" nil)
4231 (autoload 'partial-completion-mode "complete" "\
4232 Toggle Partial Completion mode.
4233 With prefix ARG, turn Partial Completion mode on if ARG is positive.
4235 When Partial Completion mode is enabled, TAB (or M-TAB if `PC-meta-flag' is
4236 nil) is enhanced so that if some string is divided into words and each word is
4237 delimited by a character in `PC-word-delimiters', partial words are completed
4238 as much as possible and `*' characters are treated likewise in file names.
4240 For example, M-x p-c-m expands to M-x partial-completion-mode since no other
4241 command begins with that sequence of characters, and
4242 \\[find-file] f_b.c TAB might complete to foo_bar.c if that file existed and no
4243 other file in that directory begins with that sequence of characters.
4245 Unless `PC-disable-includes' is non-nil, the `<...>' sequence is interpreted
4246 specially in \\[find-file]. For example,
4247 \\[find-file] <sys/time.h> RET finds the file `/usr/include/sys/time.h'.
4248 See also the variable `PC-include-file-path'.
4250 Partial Completion mode extends the meaning of `completion-auto-help' (which
4251 see), so that if it is neither nil nor t, Emacs shows the `*Completions*'
4252 buffer only on the second attempt to complete. That is, if TAB finds nothing
4253 to complete, the first TAB just says \"Next char not unique\" and the
4254 second TAB brings up the `*Completions*' buffer.
4256 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4258 ;;;***
4260 ;;;### (autoloads (dynamic-completion-mode) "completion" "completion.el"
4261 ;;;;;; (19277 34915))
4262 ;;; Generated autoloads from completion.el
4264 (defvar dynamic-completion-mode nil "\
4265 Non-nil if Dynamic-Completion mode is enabled.
4266 See the command `dynamic-completion-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
4267 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
4268 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
4269 or call the function `dynamic-completion-mode'.")
4271 (custom-autoload 'dynamic-completion-mode "completion" nil)
4273 (autoload 'dynamic-completion-mode "completion" "\
4274 Enable dynamic word-completion.
4276 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4278 ;;;***
4280 ;;;### (autoloads (conf-xdefaults-mode conf-ppd-mode conf-colon-mode
4281 ;;;;;; conf-space-keywords conf-space-mode conf-javaprop-mode conf-windows-mode
4282 ;;;;;; conf-unix-mode conf-mode) "conf-mode" "textmodes/conf-mode.el"
4283 ;;;;;; (19277 34923))
4284 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/conf-mode.el
4286 (autoload 'conf-mode "conf-mode" "\
4287 Mode for Unix and Windows Conf files and Java properties.
4288 Most conf files know only three kinds of constructs: parameter
4289 assignments optionally grouped into sections and comments. Yet
4290 there is a great range of variation in the exact syntax of conf
4291 files. See below for various wrapper commands that set up the
4292 details for some of the most widespread variants.
4294 This mode sets up font locking, outline, imenu and it provides
4295 alignment support through `conf-align-assignments'. If strings
4296 come out wrong, try `conf-quote-normal'.
4298 Some files allow continuation lines, either with a backslash at
4299 the end of line, or by indenting the next line (further). These
4300 constructs cannot currently be recognized.
4302 Because of this great variety of nuances, which are often not
4303 even clearly specified, please don't expect it to get every file
4304 quite right. Patches that clearly identify some special case,
4305 without breaking the general ones, are welcome.
4307 If instead you start this mode with the generic `conf-mode'
4308 command, it will parse the buffer. It will generally well
4309 identify the first four cases listed below. If the buffer
4310 doesn't have enough contents to decide, this is identical to
4311 `conf-windows-mode' on Windows, elsewhere to `conf-unix-mode'.
4312 See also `conf-space-mode', `conf-colon-mode', `conf-javaprop-mode',
4313 `conf-ppd-mode' and `conf-xdefaults-mode'.
4315 \\{conf-mode-map}
4317 \(fn)" t nil)
4319 (autoload 'conf-unix-mode "conf-mode" "\
4320 Conf Mode starter for Unix style Conf files.
4321 Comments start with `#'.
4322 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4324 # Conf mode font-locks this right on Unix and with \\[conf-unix-mode]
4326 \[Desktop Entry]
4327 Encoding=UTF-8
4328 Name=The GIMP
4329 Name[ca]=El GIMP
4330 Name[cs]=GIMP
4332 \(fn)" t nil)
4334 (autoload 'conf-windows-mode "conf-mode" "\
4335 Conf Mode starter for Windows style Conf files.
4336 Comments start with `;'.
4337 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4339 ; Conf mode font-locks this right on Windows and with \\[conf-windows-mode]
4341 \[ExtShellFolderViews]
4342 Default={5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}
4343 {5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}={5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}
4345 \[{5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}]
4346 PersistMoniker=file://Folder.htt
4348 \(fn)" t nil)
4350 (autoload 'conf-javaprop-mode "conf-mode" "\
4351 Conf Mode starter for Java properties files.
4352 Comments start with `#' but are also recognized with `//' or
4353 between `/*' and `*/'.
4354 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4356 # Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-javaprop-mode] (Java properties)
4357 // another kind of comment
4358 /* yet another */
4360 name:value
4361 name=value
4362 name value
4363 x.1 =
4364 x.2.y.1.z.1 =
4365 x.2.y.1.z.2.zz =
4367 \(fn)" t nil)
4369 (autoload 'conf-space-mode "conf-mode" "\
4370 Conf Mode starter for space separated conf files.
4371 \"Assignments\" are with ` '. Keywords before the parameters are
4372 recognized according to the variable `conf-space-keywords-alist'.
4373 Alternatively, you can specify a value for the file local variable
4374 `conf-space-keywords'.
4375 Use the function `conf-space-keywords' if you want to specify keywords
4376 in an interactive fashion instead.
4378 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4380 # Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-space-mode] (space separated)
4382 image/jpeg jpeg jpg jpe
4383 image/png png
4384 image/tiff tiff tif
4386 # Or with keywords (from a recognized file name):
4387 class desktop
4388 # Standard multimedia devices
4389 add /dev/audio desktop
4390 add /dev/mixer desktop
4392 \(fn)" t nil)
4394 (autoload 'conf-space-keywords "conf-mode" "\
4395 Enter Conf Space mode using regexp KEYWORDS to match the keywords.
4396 See `conf-space-mode'.
4398 \(fn KEYWORDS)" t nil)
4400 (autoload 'conf-colon-mode "conf-mode" "\
4401 Conf Mode starter for Colon files.
4402 \"Assignments\" are with `:'.
4403 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4405 # Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-colon-mode] (colon)
4407 <Multi_key> <exclam> <exclam> : \"\\241\" exclamdown
4408 <Multi_key> <c> <slash> : \"\\242\" cent
4410 \(fn)" t nil)
4412 (autoload 'conf-ppd-mode "conf-mode" "\
4413 Conf Mode starter for Adobe/CUPS PPD files.
4414 Comments start with `*%' and \"assignments\" are with `:'.
4415 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4417 *% Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-ppd-mode] (PPD)
4419 *DefaultTransfer: Null
4420 *Transfer Null.Inverse: \"{ 1 exch sub }\"
4422 \(fn)" t nil)
4424 (autoload 'conf-xdefaults-mode "conf-mode" "\
4425 Conf Mode starter for Xdefaults files.
4426 Comments start with `!' and \"assignments\" are with `:'.
4427 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4429 ! Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-xdefaults-mode] (.Xdefaults)
4431 *background: gray99
4432 *foreground: black
4434 \(fn)" t nil)
4436 ;;;***
4438 ;;;### (autoloads (shuffle-vector cookie-snarf cookie-insert cookie)
4439 ;;;;;; "cookie1" "play/cookie1.el" (19277 34922))
4440 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/cookie1.el
4442 (autoload 'cookie "cookie1" "\
4443 Return a random phrase from PHRASE-FILE.
4444 When the phrase file is read in, display STARTMSG at the beginning
4445 of load, ENDMSG at the end.
4447 \(fn PHRASE-FILE STARTMSG ENDMSG)" nil nil)
4449 (autoload 'cookie-insert "cookie1" "\
4450 Insert random phrases from PHRASE-FILE; COUNT of them.
4451 When the phrase file is read in, display STARTMSG at the beginning
4452 of load, ENDMSG at the end.
4454 \(fn PHRASE-FILE &optional COUNT STARTMSG ENDMSG)" nil nil)
4456 (autoload 'cookie-snarf "cookie1" "\
4457 Reads in the PHRASE-FILE, returns it as a vector of strings.
4458 Emit STARTMSG and ENDMSG before and after. Caches the result; second
4459 and subsequent calls on the same file won't go to disk.
4461 \(fn PHRASE-FILE STARTMSG ENDMSG)" nil nil)
4463 (autoload 'shuffle-vector "cookie1" "\
4464 Randomly permute the elements of VECTOR (all permutations equally likely).
4466 \(fn VECTOR)" nil nil)
4468 ;;;***
4470 ;;;### (autoloads (copyright-update-directory copyright copyright-fix-years
4471 ;;;;;; copyright-update) "copyright" "emacs-lisp/copyright.el" (19277
4472 ;;;;;; 34919))
4473 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/copyright.el
4475 (autoload 'copyright-update "copyright" "\
4476 Update copyright notice to indicate the current year.
4477 With prefix ARG, replace the years in the notice rather than adding
4478 the current year after them. If necessary, and
4479 `copyright-current-gpl-version' is set, any copying permissions
4480 following the copyright are updated as well.
4481 If non-nil, INTERACTIVEP tells the function to behave as when it's called
4482 interactively.
4484 \(fn &optional ARG INTERACTIVEP)" t nil)
4486 (autoload 'copyright-fix-years "copyright" "\
4487 Convert 2 digit years to 4 digit years.
4488 Uses heuristic: year >= 50 means 19xx, < 50 means 20xx.
4490 \(fn)" t nil)
4492 (autoload 'copyright "copyright" "\
4493 Insert a copyright by $ORGANIZATION notice at cursor.
4495 \(fn &optional STR ARG)" t nil)
4497 (autoload 'copyright-update-directory "copyright" "\
4498 Update copyright notice for all files in DIRECTORY matching MATCH.
4500 \(fn DIRECTORY MATCH)" t nil)
4502 ;;;***
4504 ;;;### (autoloads (cperl-perldoc-at-point cperl-perldoc cperl-mode)
4505 ;;;;;; "cperl-mode" "progmodes/cperl-mode.el" (19277 34922))
4506 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cperl-mode.el
4507 (put 'cperl-indent-level 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4508 (put 'cperl-brace-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4509 (put 'cperl-continued-brace-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4510 (put 'cperl-label-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4511 (put 'cperl-continued-statement-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4512 (put 'cperl-extra-newline-before-brace 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
4513 (put 'cperl-merge-trailing-else 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
4515 (autoload 'cperl-mode "cperl-mode" "\
4516 Major mode for editing Perl code.
4517 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
4518 Tab indents for Perl code.
4519 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
4520 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
4522 Various characters in Perl almost always come in pairs: {}, (), [],
4523 sometimes <>. When the user types the first, she gets the second as
4524 well, with optional special formatting done on {}. (Disabled by
4525 default.) You can always quote (with \\[quoted-insert]) the left
4526 \"paren\" to avoid the expansion. The processing of < is special,
4527 since most the time you mean \"less\". CPerl mode tries to guess
4528 whether you want to type pair <>, and inserts is if it
4529 appropriate. You can set `cperl-electric-parens-string' to the string that
4530 contains the parenths from the above list you want to be electrical.
4531 Electricity of parenths is controlled by `cperl-electric-parens'.
4532 You may also set `cperl-electric-parens-mark' to have electric parens
4533 look for active mark and \"embrace\" a region if possible.'
4535 CPerl mode provides expansion of the Perl control constructs:
4537 if, else, elsif, unless, while, until, continue, do,
4538 for, foreach, formy and foreachmy.
4540 and POD directives (Disabled by default, see `cperl-electric-keywords'.)
4542 The user types the keyword immediately followed by a space, which
4543 causes the construct to be expanded, and the point is positioned where
4544 she is most likely to want to be. eg. when the user types a space
4545 following \"if\" the following appears in the buffer: if () { or if ()
4546 } { } and the cursor is between the parentheses. The user can then
4547 type some boolean expression within the parens. Having done that,
4548 typing \\[cperl-linefeed] places you - appropriately indented - on a
4549 new line between the braces (if you typed \\[cperl-linefeed] in a POD
4550 directive line, then appropriate number of new lines is inserted).
4552 If CPerl decides that you want to insert \"English\" style construct like
4554 bite if angry;
4556 it will not do any expansion. See also help on variable
4557 `cperl-extra-newline-before-brace'. (Note that one can switch the
4558 help message on expansion by setting `cperl-message-electric-keyword'
4559 to nil.)
4561 \\[cperl-linefeed] is a convenience replacement for typing carriage
4562 return. It places you in the next line with proper indentation, or if
4563 you type it inside the inline block of control construct, like
4565 foreach (@lines) {print; print}
4567 and you are on a boundary of a statement inside braces, it will
4568 transform the construct into a multiline and will place you into an
4569 appropriately indented blank line. If you need a usual
4570 `newline-and-indent' behavior, it is on \\[newline-and-indent],
4571 see documentation on `cperl-electric-linefeed'.
4573 Use \\[cperl-invert-if-unless] to change a construction of the form
4575 if (A) { B }
4577 into
4579 B if A;
4581 \\{cperl-mode-map}
4583 Setting the variable `cperl-font-lock' to t switches on font-lock-mode
4584 \(even with older Emacsen), `cperl-electric-lbrace-space' to t switches
4585 on electric space between $ and {, `cperl-electric-parens-string' is
4586 the string that contains parentheses that should be electric in CPerl
4587 \(see also `cperl-electric-parens-mark' and `cperl-electric-parens'),
4588 setting `cperl-electric-keywords' enables electric expansion of
4589 control structures in CPerl. `cperl-electric-linefeed' governs which
4590 one of two linefeed behavior is preferable. You can enable all these
4591 options simultaneously (recommended mode of use) by setting
4592 `cperl-hairy' to t. In this case you can switch separate options off
4593 by setting them to `null'. Note that one may undo the extra
4594 whitespace inserted by semis and braces in `auto-newline'-mode by
4595 consequent \\[cperl-electric-backspace].
4597 If your site has perl5 documentation in info format, you can use commands
4598 \\[cperl-info-on-current-command] and \\[cperl-info-on-command] to access it.
4599 These keys run commands `cperl-info-on-current-command' and
4600 `cperl-info-on-command', which one is which is controlled by variable
4601 `cperl-info-on-command-no-prompt' and `cperl-clobber-lisp-bindings'
4602 \(in turn affected by `cperl-hairy').
4604 Even if you have no info-format documentation, short one-liner-style
4605 help is available on \\[cperl-get-help], and one can run perldoc or
4606 man via menu.
4608 It is possible to show this help automatically after some idle time.
4609 This is regulated by variable `cperl-lazy-help-time'. Default with
4610 `cperl-hairy' (if the value of `cperl-lazy-help-time' is nil) is 5
4611 secs idle time . It is also possible to switch this on/off from the
4612 menu, or via \\[cperl-toggle-autohelp]. Requires `run-with-idle-timer'.
4614 Use \\[cperl-lineup] to vertically lineup some construction - put the
4615 beginning of the region at the start of construction, and make region
4616 span the needed amount of lines.
4618 Variables `cperl-pod-here-scan', `cperl-pod-here-fontify',
4619 `cperl-pod-face', `cperl-pod-head-face' control processing of POD and
4620 here-docs sections. With capable Emaxen results of scan are used
4621 for indentation too, otherwise they are used for highlighting only.
4623 Variables controlling indentation style:
4624 `cperl-tab-always-indent'
4625 Non-nil means TAB in CPerl mode should always reindent the current line,
4626 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
4627 `cperl-indent-left-aligned-comments'
4628 Non-nil means that the comment starting in leftmost column should indent.
4629 `cperl-auto-newline'
4630 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces,
4631 and after colons and semicolons, inserted in Perl code. The following
4632 \\[cperl-electric-backspace] will remove the inserted whitespace.
4633 Insertion after colons requires both this variable and
4634 `cperl-auto-newline-after-colon' set.
4635 `cperl-auto-newline-after-colon'
4636 Non-nil means automatically newline even after colons.
4637 Subject to `cperl-auto-newline' setting.
4638 `cperl-indent-level'
4639 Indentation of Perl statements within surrounding block.
4640 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
4641 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
4642 `cperl-continued-statement-offset'
4643 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
4644 then-clause of an if, or body of a while, or just a statement continuation.
4645 `cperl-continued-brace-offset'
4646 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
4647 This is in addition to `cperl-continued-statement-offset'.
4648 `cperl-brace-offset'
4649 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
4650 `cperl-brace-imaginary-offset'
4651 An open brace following other text is treated as if it the line started
4652 this far to the right of the actual line indentation.
4653 `cperl-label-offset'
4654 Extra indentation for line that is a label.
4655 `cperl-min-label-indent'
4656 Minimal indentation for line that is a label.
4658 Settings for classic indent-styles: K&R BSD=C++ GNU PerlStyle=Whitesmith
4659 `cperl-indent-level' 5 4 2 4
4660 `cperl-brace-offset' 0 0 0 0
4661 `cperl-continued-brace-offset' -5 -4 0 0
4662 `cperl-label-offset' -5 -4 -2 -4
4663 `cperl-continued-statement-offset' 5 4 2 4
4665 CPerl knows several indentation styles, and may bulk set the
4666 corresponding variables. Use \\[cperl-set-style] to do this. Use
4667 \\[cperl-set-style-back] to restore the memorized preexisting values
4668 \(both available from menu). See examples in `cperl-style-examples'.
4670 Part of the indentation style is how different parts of if/elsif/else
4671 statements are broken into lines; in CPerl, this is reflected on how
4672 templates for these constructs are created (controlled by
4673 `cperl-extra-newline-before-brace'), and how reflow-logic should treat
4674 \"continuation\" blocks of else/elsif/continue, controlled by the same
4675 variable, and by `cperl-extra-newline-before-brace-multiline',
4676 `cperl-merge-trailing-else', `cperl-indent-region-fix-constructs'.
4678 If `cperl-indent-level' is 0, the statement after opening brace in
4679 column 0 is indented on
4680 `cperl-brace-offset'+`cperl-continued-statement-offset'.
4682 Turning on CPerl mode calls the hooks in the variable `cperl-mode-hook'
4683 with no args.
4685 DO NOT FORGET to read micro-docs (available from `Perl' menu)
4686 or as help on variables `cperl-tips', `cperl-problems',
4687 `cperl-praise', `cperl-speed'.
4689 \(fn)" t nil)
4691 (autoload 'cperl-perldoc "cperl-mode" "\
4692 Run `perldoc' on WORD.
4694 \(fn WORD)" t nil)
4696 (autoload 'cperl-perldoc-at-point "cperl-mode" "\
4697 Run a `perldoc' on the word around point.
4699 \(fn)" t nil)
4701 ;;;***
4703 ;;;### (autoloads (cpp-parse-edit cpp-highlight-buffer) "cpp" "progmodes/cpp.el"
4704 ;;;;;; (19277 34922))
4705 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cpp.el
4707 (autoload 'cpp-highlight-buffer "cpp" "\
4708 Highlight C code according to preprocessor conditionals.
4709 This command pops up a buffer which you should edit to specify
4710 what kind of highlighting to use, and the criteria for highlighting.
4711 A prefix arg suppresses display of that buffer.
4713 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
4715 (autoload 'cpp-parse-edit "cpp" "\
4716 Edit display information for cpp conditionals.
4718 \(fn)" t nil)
4720 ;;;***
4722 ;;;### (autoloads (crisp-mode crisp-mode) "crisp" "emulation/crisp.el"
4723 ;;;;;; (19277 34919))
4724 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/crisp.el
4726 (defvar crisp-mode nil "\
4727 Track status of CRiSP emulation mode.
4728 A value of nil means CRiSP mode is not enabled. A value of t
4729 indicates CRiSP mode is enabled.
4731 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
4732 use either M-x customize or the function `crisp-mode'.")
4734 (custom-autoload 'crisp-mode "crisp" nil)
4736 (autoload 'crisp-mode "crisp" "\
4737 Toggle CRiSP/Brief emulation minor mode.
4738 With ARG, turn CRiSP mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
4740 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4742 (defalias 'brief-mode 'crisp-mode)
4744 ;;;***
4746 ;;;### (autoloads (completing-read-multiple) "crm" "emacs-lisp/crm.el"
4747 ;;;;;; (19277 34919))
4748 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/crm.el
4750 (autoload 'completing-read-multiple "crm" "\
4751 Read multiple strings in the minibuffer, with completion.
4752 By using this functionality, a user may specify multiple strings at a
4753 single prompt, optionally using completion.
4755 Multiple strings are specified by separating each of the strings with
4756 a prespecified separator character. For example, if the separator
4757 character is a comma, the strings 'alice', 'bob', and 'eve' would be
4758 specified as 'alice,bob,eve'.
4760 The default value for the separator character is the value of
4761 `crm-default-separator' (comma). The separator character may be
4762 changed by modifying the value of `crm-separator'.
4764 Contiguous strings of non-separator-characters are referred to as
4765 'elements'. In the aforementioned example, the elements are: 'alice',
4766 'bob', and 'eve'.
4768 Completion is available on a per-element basis. For example, if the
4769 contents of the minibuffer are 'alice,bob,eve' and point is between
4770 'l' and 'i', pressing TAB operates on the element 'alice'.
4772 The return value of this function is a list of the read strings.
4774 See the documentation for `completing-read' for details on the arguments:
4775 PROMPT, TABLE, PREDICATE, REQUIRE-MATCH, INITIAL-INPUT, HIST, DEF, and
4776 INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD.
4778 \(fn PROMPT TABLE &optional PREDICATE REQUIRE-MATCH INITIAL-INPUT HIST DEF INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD)" nil nil)
4780 ;;;***
4782 ;;;### (autoloads (css-mode) "css-mode" "textmodes/css-mode.el" (19277
4783 ;;;;;; 34923))
4784 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/css-mode.el
4785 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist (cons (purecopy "\\.css\\'") 'css-mode))
4787 (autoload 'css-mode "css-mode" "\
4788 Major mode to edit Cascading Style Sheets.
4790 \(fn)" t nil)
4792 ;;;***
4794 ;;;### (autoloads (cua-selection-mode cua-mode) "cua-base" "emulation/cua-base.el"
4795 ;;;;;; (19277 34919))
4796 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/cua-base.el
4798 (defvar cua-mode nil "\
4799 Non-nil if Cua mode is enabled.
4800 See the command `cua-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
4801 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
4802 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
4803 or call the function `cua-mode'.")
4805 (custom-autoload 'cua-mode "cua-base" nil)
4807 (autoload 'cua-mode "cua-base" "\
4808 Toggle CUA key-binding mode.
4809 When enabled, using shifted movement keys will activate the
4810 region (and highlight the region using `transient-mark-mode'),
4811 and typed text replaces the active selection.
4813 Also when enabled, you can use C-z, C-x, C-c, and C-v to undo,
4814 cut, copy, and paste in addition to the normal Emacs bindings.
4815 The C-x and C-c keys only do cut and copy when the region is
4816 active, so in most cases, they do not conflict with the normal
4817 function of these prefix keys.
4819 If you really need to perform a command which starts with one of
4820 the prefix keys even when the region is active, you have three
4821 options:
4822 - press the prefix key twice very quickly (within 0.2 seconds),
4823 - press the prefix key and the following key within 0.2 seconds, or
4824 - use the SHIFT key with the prefix key, i.e. C-S-x or C-S-c.
4826 You can customize `cua-enable-cua-keys' to completely disable the
4827 CUA bindings, or `cua-prefix-override-inhibit-delay' to change
4828 the prefix fallback behavior.
4830 CUA mode manages Transient Mark mode internally. Trying to disable
4831 Transient Mark mode while CUA mode is enabled does not work; if you
4832 only want to highlight the region when it is selected using a
4833 shifted movement key, set `cua-highlight-region-shift-only'.
4835 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4837 (autoload 'cua-selection-mode "cua-base" "\
4838 Enable CUA selection mode without the C-z/C-x/C-c/C-v bindings.
4840 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
4842 ;;;***
4844 ;;;### (autoloads (customize-menu-create custom-menu-create customize-save-customized
4845 ;;;;;; custom-save-all custom-file customize-browse custom-buffer-create-other-window
4846 ;;;;;; custom-buffer-create customize-apropos-groups customize-apropos-faces
4847 ;;;;;; customize-apropos-options customize-apropos customize-saved
4848 ;;;;;; customize-rogue customize-unsaved customize-face-other-window
4849 ;;;;;; customize-face customize-changed-options customize-option-other-window
4850 ;;;;;; customize-option customize-group-other-window customize-group
4851 ;;;;;; customize-mode customize customize-save-variable customize-set-variable
4852 ;;;;;; customize-set-value custom-menu-sort-alphabetically custom-buffer-sort-alphabetically
4853 ;;;;;; custom-browse-sort-alphabetically) "cus-edit" "cus-edit.el"
4854 ;;;;;; (19360 14173))
4855 ;;; Generated autoloads from cus-edit.el
4857 (defvar custom-browse-sort-alphabetically nil "\
4858 If non-nil, sort customization group alphabetically in `custom-browse'.")
4860 (custom-autoload 'custom-browse-sort-alphabetically "cus-edit" t)
4862 (defvar custom-buffer-sort-alphabetically t "\
4863 Whether to sort customization groups alphabetically in Custom buffer.")
4865 (custom-autoload 'custom-buffer-sort-alphabetically "cus-edit" t)
4867 (defvar custom-menu-sort-alphabetically nil "\
4868 If non-nil, sort each customization group alphabetically in menus.")
4870 (custom-autoload 'custom-menu-sort-alphabetically "cus-edit" t)
4871 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps (purecopy "\\`\\*Customiz.*\\*\\'"))
4873 (autoload 'customize-set-value "cus-edit" "\
4874 Set VARIABLE to VALUE, and return VALUE. VALUE is a Lisp object.
4876 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
4877 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
4879 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
4880 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
4882 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.
4884 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil)
4886 (autoload 'customize-set-variable "cus-edit" "\
4887 Set the default for VARIABLE to VALUE, and return VALUE.
4888 VALUE is a Lisp object.
4890 If VARIABLE has a `custom-set' property, that is used for setting
4891 VARIABLE, otherwise `set-default' is used.
4893 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
4894 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
4896 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
4897 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
4899 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.
4901 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil)
4903 (autoload 'customize-save-variable "cus-edit" "\
4904 Set the default for VARIABLE to VALUE, and save it for future sessions.
4905 Return VALUE.
4907 If VARIABLE has a `custom-set' property, that is used for setting
4908 VARIABLE, otherwise `set-default' is used.
4910 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
4911 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
4913 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
4914 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
4916 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.
4918 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil)
4920 (autoload 'customize "cus-edit" "\
4921 Select a customization buffer which you can use to set user options.
4922 User options are structured into \"groups\".
4923 Initially the top-level group `Emacs' and its immediate subgroups
4924 are shown; the contents of those subgroups are initially hidden.
4926 \(fn)" t nil)
4928 (autoload 'customize-mode "cus-edit" "\
4929 Customize options related to the current major mode.
4930 If a prefix \\[universal-argument] was given (or if the current major mode has no known group),
4931 then prompt for the MODE to customize.
4933 \(fn MODE)" t nil)
4935 (autoload 'customize-group "cus-edit" "\
4936 Customize GROUP, which must be a customization group.
4938 \(fn &optional GROUP)" t nil)
4940 (autoload 'customize-group-other-window "cus-edit" "\
4941 Customize GROUP, which must be a customization group, in another window.
4943 \(fn &optional GROUP)" t nil)
4945 (defalias 'customize-variable 'customize-option)
4947 (autoload 'customize-option "cus-edit" "\
4948 Customize SYMBOL, which must be a user option variable.
4950 \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
4952 (defalias 'customize-variable-other-window 'customize-option-other-window)
4954 (autoload 'customize-option-other-window "cus-edit" "\
4955 Customize SYMBOL, which must be a user option variable.
4956 Show the buffer in another window, but don't select it.
4958 \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
4960 (defvar customize-package-emacs-version-alist nil "\
4961 Alist mapping versions of a package to Emacs versions.
4962 We use this for packages that have their own names, but are released
4963 as part of Emacs itself.
4965 Each elements looks like this:
4967 (PACKAGE (PVERSION . EVERSION)...)
4969 Here PACKAGE is the name of a package, as a symbol. After
4970 PACKAGE come one or more elements, each associating a
4971 package version PVERSION with the first Emacs version
4972 EVERSION in which it (or a subsequent version of PACKAGE)
4973 was first released. Both PVERSION and EVERSION are strings.
4974 PVERSION should be a string that this package used in
4975 the :package-version keyword for `defcustom', `defgroup',
4976 and `defface'.
4978 For example, the MH-E package updates this alist as follows:
4980 (add-to-list 'customize-package-emacs-version-alist
4981 '(MH-E (\"6.0\" . \"22.1\") (\"6.1\" . \"22.1\")
4982 (\"7.0\" . \"22.1\") (\"7.1\" . \"22.1\")
4983 (\"7.2\" . \"22.1\") (\"7.3\" . \"22.1\")
4984 (\"7.4\" . \"22.1\") (\"8.0\" . \"22.1\")))
4986 The value of PACKAGE needs to be unique and it needs to match the
4987 PACKAGE value appearing in the :package-version keyword. Since
4988 the user might see the value in a error message, a good choice is
4989 the official name of the package, such as MH-E or Gnus.")
4991 (defalias 'customize-changed 'customize-changed-options)
4993 (autoload 'customize-changed-options "cus-edit" "\
4994 Customize all settings whose meanings have changed in Emacs itself.
4995 This includes new user option variables and faces, and new
4996 customization groups, as well as older options and faces whose meanings
4997 or default values have changed since the previous major Emacs release.
4999 With argument SINCE-VERSION (a string), customize all settings
5000 that were added or redefined since that version.
5002 \(fn &optional SINCE-VERSION)" t nil)
5004 (autoload 'customize-face "cus-edit" "\
5005 Customize FACE, which should be a face name or nil.
5006 If FACE is nil, customize all faces. If FACE is actually a
5007 face-alias, customize the face it is aliased to.
5009 Interactively, when point is on text which has a face specified,
5010 suggest to customize that face, if it's customizable.
5012 \(fn &optional FACE)" t nil)
5014 (autoload 'customize-face-other-window "cus-edit" "\
5015 Show customization buffer for face FACE in other window.
5016 If FACE is actually a face-alias, customize the face it is aliased to.
5018 Interactively, when point is on text which has a face specified,
5019 suggest to customize that face, if it's customizable.
5021 \(fn &optional FACE)" t nil)
5023 (autoload 'customize-unsaved "cus-edit" "\
5024 Customize all user options set in this session but not saved.
5026 \(fn)" t nil)
5028 (autoload 'customize-rogue "cus-edit" "\
5029 Customize all user variables modified outside customize.
5031 \(fn)" t nil)
5033 (autoload 'customize-saved "cus-edit" "\
5034 Customize all already saved user options.
5036 \(fn)" t nil)
5038 (autoload 'customize-apropos "cus-edit" "\
5039 Customize all loaded options, faces and groups matching PATTERN.
5040 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
5041 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
5042 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
5043 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
5045 If TYPE is `options', include only options.
5046 If TYPE is `faces', include only faces.
5047 If TYPE is `groups', include only groups.
5048 If TYPE is t (interactively, with prefix arg), include variables
5049 that are not customizable options, as well as faces and groups
5050 \(but we recommend using `apropos-variable' instead).
5052 \(fn PATTERN &optional TYPE)" t nil)
5054 (autoload 'customize-apropos-options "cus-edit" "\
5055 Customize all loaded customizable options matching REGEXP.
5056 With prefix ARG, include variables that are not customizable options
5057 \(but it is better to use `apropos-variable' if you want to find those).
5059 \(fn REGEXP &optional ARG)" t nil)
5061 (autoload 'customize-apropos-faces "cus-edit" "\
5062 Customize all loaded faces matching REGEXP.
5064 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
5066 (autoload 'customize-apropos-groups "cus-edit" "\
5067 Customize all loaded groups matching REGEXP.
5069 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
5071 (autoload 'custom-buffer-create "cus-edit" "\
5072 Create a buffer containing OPTIONS.
5073 Optional NAME is the name of the buffer.
5074 OPTIONS should be an alist of the form ((SYMBOL WIDGET)...), where
5075 SYMBOL is a customization option, and WIDGET is a widget for editing
5076 that option.
5078 \(fn OPTIONS &optional NAME DESCRIPTION)" nil nil)
5080 (autoload 'custom-buffer-create-other-window "cus-edit" "\
5081 Create a buffer containing OPTIONS, and display it in another window.
5082 The result includes selecting that window.
5083 Optional NAME is the name of the buffer.
5084 OPTIONS should be an alist of the form ((SYMBOL WIDGET)...), where
5085 SYMBOL is a customization option, and WIDGET is a widget for editing
5086 that option.
5088 \(fn OPTIONS &optional NAME DESCRIPTION)" nil nil)
5090 (autoload 'customize-browse "cus-edit" "\
5091 Create a tree browser for the customize hierarchy.
5093 \(fn &optional GROUP)" t nil)
5095 (defvar custom-file nil "\
5096 File used for storing customization information.
5097 The default is nil, which means to use your init file
5098 as specified by `user-init-file'. If the value is not nil,
5099 it should be an absolute file name.
5101 You can set this option through Custom, if you carefully read the
5102 last paragraph below. However, usually it is simpler to write
5103 something like the following in your init file:
5105 \(setq custom-file \"~/.emacs-custom.el\")
5106 \(load custom-file)
5108 Note that both lines are necessary: the first line tells Custom to
5109 save all customizations in this file, but does not load it.
5111 When you change this variable outside Custom, look in the
5112 previous custom file (usually your init file) for the
5113 forms `(custom-set-variables ...)' and `(custom-set-faces ...)',
5114 and copy them (whichever ones you find) to the new custom file.
5115 This will preserve your existing customizations.
5117 If you save this option using Custom, Custom will write all
5118 currently saved customizations, including the new one for this
5119 option itself, into the file you specify, overwriting any
5120 `custom-set-variables' and `custom-set-faces' forms already
5121 present in that file. It will not delete any customizations from
5122 the old custom file. You should do that manually if that is what you
5123 want. You also have to put something like `(load \"CUSTOM-FILE\")
5124 in your init file, where CUSTOM-FILE is the actual name of the
5125 file. Otherwise, Emacs will not load the file when it starts up,
5126 and hence will not set `custom-file' to that file either.")
5128 (custom-autoload 'custom-file "cus-edit" t)
5130 (autoload 'custom-save-all "cus-edit" "\
5131 Save all customizations in `custom-file'.
5133 \(fn)" nil nil)
5135 (autoload 'customize-save-customized "cus-edit" "\
5136 Save all user options which have been set in this session.
5138 \(fn)" t nil)
5140 (autoload 'custom-menu-create "cus-edit" "\
5141 Create menu for customization group SYMBOL.
5142 The menu is in a format applicable to `easy-menu-define'.
5144 \(fn SYMBOL)" nil nil)
5146 (autoload 'customize-menu-create "cus-edit" "\
5147 Return a customize menu for customization group SYMBOL.
5148 If optional NAME is given, use that as the name of the menu.
5149 Otherwise the menu will be named `Customize'.
5150 The format is suitable for use with `easy-menu-define'.
5152 \(fn SYMBOL &optional NAME)" nil nil)
5154 ;;;***
5156 ;;;### (autoloads (customize-create-theme) "cus-theme" "cus-theme.el"
5157 ;;;;;; (19277 34915))
5158 ;;; Generated autoloads from cus-theme.el
5160 (autoload 'customize-create-theme "cus-theme" "\
5161 Create a custom theme.
5163 \(fn)" t nil)
5165 ;;;***
5167 ;;;### (autoloads (cvs-status-mode) "cvs-status" "cvs-status.el"
5168 ;;;;;; (19277 34915))
5169 ;;; Generated autoloads from cvs-status.el
5171 (autoload 'cvs-status-mode "cvs-status" "\
5172 Mode used for cvs status output.
5174 \(fn)" t nil)
5176 ;;;***
5178 ;;;### (autoloads (global-cwarn-mode turn-on-cwarn-mode cwarn-mode)
5179 ;;;;;; "cwarn" "progmodes/cwarn.el" (19277 34922))
5180 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cwarn.el
5182 (autoload 'cwarn-mode "cwarn" "\
5183 Minor mode that highlights suspicious C and C++ constructions.
5185 Suspicious constructs are highlighted using `font-lock-warning-face'.
5187 Note, in addition to enabling this minor mode, the major mode must
5188 be included in the variable `cwarn-configuration'. By default C and
5189 C++ modes are included.
5191 With ARG, turn CWarn mode on if and only if arg is positive.
5193 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5195 (autoload 'turn-on-cwarn-mode "cwarn" "\
5196 Turn on CWarn mode.
5198 This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example:
5199 (add-hook 'c-mode-hook 'turn-on-cwarn-mode)
5201 \(fn)" nil nil)
5203 (defvar global-cwarn-mode nil "\
5204 Non-nil if Global-Cwarn mode is enabled.
5205 See the command `global-cwarn-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
5206 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5207 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
5208 or call the function `global-cwarn-mode'.")
5210 (custom-autoload 'global-cwarn-mode "cwarn" nil)
5212 (autoload 'global-cwarn-mode "cwarn" "\
5213 Toggle Cwarn mode in every possible buffer.
5214 With prefix ARG, turn Global-Cwarn mode on if and only if
5215 ARG is positive.
5216 Cwarn mode is enabled in all buffers where
5217 `turn-on-cwarn-mode-if-enabled' would do it.
5218 See `cwarn-mode' for more information on Cwarn mode.
5220 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5222 ;;;***
5224 ;;;### (autoloads (standard-display-cyrillic-translit cyrillic-encode-alternativnyj-char
5225 ;;;;;; cyrillic-encode-koi8-r-char) "cyril-util" "language/cyril-util.el"
5226 ;;;;;; (19277 34920))
5227 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/cyril-util.el
5229 (autoload 'cyrillic-encode-koi8-r-char "cyril-util" "\
5230 Return KOI8-R external character code of CHAR if appropriate.
5232 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
5234 (autoload 'cyrillic-encode-alternativnyj-char "cyril-util" "\
5235 Return ALTERNATIVNYJ external character code of CHAR if appropriate.
5237 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
5239 (autoload 'standard-display-cyrillic-translit "cyril-util" "\
5240 Display a cyrillic buffer using a transliteration.
5241 For readability, the table is slightly
5242 different from the one used for the input method `cyrillic-translit'.
5244 The argument is a string which specifies which language you are using;
5245 that affects the choice of transliterations slightly.
5246 Possible values are listed in `cyrillic-language-alist'.
5247 If the argument is t, we use the default cyrillic transliteration.
5248 If the argument is nil, we return the display table to its standard state.
5250 \(fn &optional CYRILLIC-LANGUAGE)" t nil)
5252 ;;;***
5254 ;;;### (autoloads (dabbrev-expand dabbrev-completion) "dabbrev" "dabbrev.el"
5255 ;;;;;; (19277 34915))
5256 ;;; Generated autoloads from dabbrev.el
5257 (put 'dabbrev-case-fold-search 'risky-local-variable t)
5258 (put 'dabbrev-case-replace 'risky-local-variable t)
5259 (define-key esc-map "/" 'dabbrev-expand)
5260 (define-key esc-map [?\C-/] 'dabbrev-completion)
5262 (autoload 'dabbrev-completion "dabbrev" "\
5263 Completion on current word.
5264 Like \\[dabbrev-expand] but finds all expansions in the current buffer
5265 and presents suggestions for completion.
5267 With a prefix argument ARG, it searches all buffers accepted by the
5268 function pointed out by `dabbrev-friend-buffer-function' to find the
5269 completions.
5271 If the prefix argument is 16 (which comes from \\[prefix-argument] \\[prefix-argument]),
5272 then it searches *all* buffers.
5274 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5276 (autoload 'dabbrev-expand "dabbrev" "\
5277 Expand previous word \"dynamically\".
5279 Expands to the most recent, preceding word for which this is a prefix.
5280 If no suitable preceding word is found, words following point are
5281 considered. If still no suitable word is found, then look in the
5282 buffers accepted by the function pointed out by variable
5283 `dabbrev-friend-buffer-function'.
5285 A positive prefix argument, N, says to take the Nth backward *distinct*
5286 possibility. A negative argument says search forward.
5288 If the cursor has not moved from the end of the previous expansion and
5289 no argument is given, replace the previously-made expansion
5290 with the next possible expansion not yet tried.
5292 The variable `dabbrev-backward-only' may be used to limit the
5293 direction of search to backward if set non-nil.
5295 See also `dabbrev-abbrev-char-regexp' and \\[dabbrev-completion].
5297 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
5299 ;;;***
5301 ;;;### (autoloads (data-debug-new-buffer) "data-debug" "cedet/data-debug.el"
5302 ;;;;;; (19324 55755))
5303 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/data-debug.el
5305 (autoload 'data-debug-new-buffer "data-debug" "\
5306 Create a new data-debug buffer with NAME.
5308 \(fn NAME)" nil nil)
5310 ;;;***
5312 ;;;### (autoloads (dbus-handle-event) "dbus" "net/dbus.el" (19339
5313 ;;;;;; 10551))
5314 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/dbus.el
5316 (autoload 'dbus-handle-event "dbus" "\
5317 Handle events from the D-Bus.
5318 EVENT is a D-Bus event, see `dbus-check-event'. HANDLER, being
5319 part of the event, is called with arguments ARGS.
5320 If the HANDLER returns an `dbus-error', it is propagated as return message.
5322 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
5324 ;;;***
5326 ;;;### (autoloads (dcl-mode) "dcl-mode" "progmodes/dcl-mode.el" (19277
5327 ;;;;;; 34922))
5328 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/dcl-mode.el
5330 (autoload 'dcl-mode "dcl-mode" "\
5331 Major mode for editing DCL-files.
5333 This mode indents command lines in blocks. (A block is commands between
5334 THEN-ELSE-ENDIF and between lines matching dcl-block-begin-regexp and
5335 dcl-block-end-regexp.)
5337 Labels are indented to a fixed position unless they begin or end a block.
5338 Whole-line comments (matching dcl-comment-line-regexp) are not indented.
5339 Data lines are not indented.
5341 Key bindings:
5343 \\{dcl-mode-map}
5344 Commands not usually bound to keys:
5346 \\[dcl-save-nondefault-options] Save changed options
5347 \\[dcl-save-all-options] Save all options
5348 \\[dcl-save-option] Save any option
5349 \\[dcl-save-mode] Save buffer mode
5351 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
5353 dcl-basic-offset
5354 Extra indentation within blocks.
5356 dcl-continuation-offset
5357 Extra indentation for continued lines.
5359 dcl-margin-offset
5360 Indentation for the first command line in a file or SUBROUTINE.
5362 dcl-margin-label-offset
5363 Indentation for a label.
5365 dcl-comment-line-regexp
5366 Lines matching this regexp will not be indented.
5368 dcl-block-begin-regexp
5369 dcl-block-end-regexp
5370 Regexps that match command lines that begin and end, respectively,
5371 a block of commmand lines that will be given extra indentation.
5372 Command lines between THEN-ELSE-ENDIF are always indented; these variables
5373 make it possible to define other places to indent.
5374 Set to nil to disable this feature.
5376 dcl-calc-command-indent-function
5377 Can be set to a function that customizes indentation for command lines.
5378 Two such functions are included in the package:
5379 dcl-calc-command-indent-multiple
5380 dcl-calc-command-indent-hang
5382 dcl-calc-cont-indent-function
5383 Can be set to a function that customizes indentation for continued lines.
5384 One such function is included in the package:
5385 dcl-calc-cont-indent-relative (set by default)
5387 dcl-tab-always-indent
5388 If t, pressing TAB always indents the current line.
5389 If nil, pressing TAB indents the current line if point is at the left
5390 margin.
5392 dcl-electric-characters
5393 Non-nil causes lines to be indented at once when a label, ELSE or ENDIF is
5394 typed.
5396 dcl-electric-reindent-regexps
5397 Use this variable and function dcl-electric-character to customize
5398 which words trigger electric indentation.
5400 dcl-tempo-comma
5401 dcl-tempo-left-paren
5402 dcl-tempo-right-paren
5403 These variables control the look of expanded templates.
5405 dcl-imenu-generic-expression
5406 Default value for imenu-generic-expression. The default includes
5407 SUBROUTINE labels in the main listing and sub-listings for
5408 other labels, CALL, GOTO and GOSUB statements.
5410 dcl-imenu-label-labels
5411 dcl-imenu-label-goto
5412 dcl-imenu-label-gosub
5413 dcl-imenu-label-call
5414 Change the text that is used as sub-listing labels in imenu.
5416 Loading this package calls the value of the variable
5417 `dcl-mode-load-hook' with no args, if that value is non-nil.
5418 Turning on DCL mode calls the value of the variable `dcl-mode-hook'
5419 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
5422 The following example uses the default values for all variables:
5424 $! This is a comment line that is not indented (it matches
5425 $! dcl-comment-line-regexp)
5426 $! Next follows the first command line. It is indented dcl-margin-offset.
5427 $ i = 1
5428 $ ! Other comments are indented like command lines.
5429 $ ! A margin label indented dcl-margin-label-offset:
5430 $ label:
5431 $ if i.eq.1
5432 $ then
5433 $ ! Lines between THEN-ELSE and ELSE-ENDIF are
5434 $ ! indented dcl-basic-offset
5435 $ loop1: ! This matches dcl-block-begin-regexp...
5436 $ ! ...so this line is indented dcl-basic-offset
5437 $ text = \"This \" + - ! is a continued line
5438 \"lined up with the command line\"
5439 $ type sys$input
5440 Data lines are not indented at all.
5441 $ endloop1: ! This matches dcl-block-end-regexp
5442 $ endif
5446 There is some minimal font-lock support (see vars
5447 `dcl-font-lock-defaults' and `dcl-font-lock-keywords').
5449 \(fn)" t nil)
5451 ;;;***
5453 ;;;### (autoloads (cancel-debug-on-entry debug-on-entry debug) "debug"
5454 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/debug.el" (19277 34919))
5455 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/debug.el
5457 (setq debugger 'debug)
5459 (autoload 'debug "debug" "\
5460 Enter debugger. To return, type \\<debugger-mode-map>`\\[debugger-continue]'.
5461 Arguments are mainly for use when this is called from the internals
5462 of the evaluator.
5464 You may call with no args, or you may pass nil as the first arg and
5465 any other args you like. In that case, the list of args after the
5466 first will be printed into the backtrace buffer.
5468 \(fn &rest DEBUGGER-ARGS)" t nil)
5470 (autoload 'debug-on-entry "debug" "\
5471 Request FUNCTION to invoke debugger each time it is called.
5473 When called interactively, prompt for FUNCTION in the minibuffer.
5475 This works by modifying the definition of FUNCTION. If you tell the
5476 debugger to continue, FUNCTION's execution proceeds. If FUNCTION is a
5477 normal function or a macro written in Lisp, you can also step through
5478 its execution. FUNCTION can also be a primitive that is not a special
5479 form, in which case stepping is not possible. Break-on-entry for
5480 primitive functions only works when that function is called from Lisp.
5482 Use \\[cancel-debug-on-entry] to cancel the effect of this command.
5483 Redefining FUNCTION also cancels it.
5485 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
5487 (autoload 'cancel-debug-on-entry "debug" "\
5488 Undo effect of \\[debug-on-entry] on FUNCTION.
5489 If FUNCTION is nil, cancel debug-on-entry for all functions.
5490 When called interactively, prompt for FUNCTION in the minibuffer.
5491 To specify a nil argument interactively, exit with an empty minibuffer.
5493 \(fn &optional FUNCTION)" t nil)
5495 ;;;***
5497 ;;;### (autoloads (decipher-mode decipher) "decipher" "play/decipher.el"
5498 ;;;;;; (19277 34922))
5499 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/decipher.el
5501 (autoload 'decipher "decipher" "\
5502 Format a buffer of ciphertext for cryptanalysis and enter Decipher mode.
5504 \(fn)" t nil)
5506 (autoload 'decipher-mode "decipher" "\
5507 Major mode for decrypting monoalphabetic substitution ciphers.
5508 Lower-case letters enter plaintext.
5509 Upper-case letters are commands.
5511 The buffer is made read-only so that normal Emacs commands cannot
5512 modify it.
5514 The most useful commands are:
5515 \\<decipher-mode-map>
5516 \\[decipher-digram-list] Display a list of all digrams & their frequency
5517 \\[decipher-frequency-count] Display the frequency of each ciphertext letter
5518 \\[decipher-adjacency-list] Show adjacency list for current letter (lists letters appearing next to it)
5519 \\[decipher-make-checkpoint] Save the current cipher alphabet (checkpoint)
5520 \\[decipher-restore-checkpoint] Restore a saved cipher alphabet (checkpoint)
5522 \(fn)" t nil)
5524 ;;;***
5526 ;;;### (autoloads (delimit-columns-rectangle delimit-columns-region
5527 ;;;;;; delimit-columns-customize) "delim-col" "delim-col.el" (19324
5528 ;;;;;; 55755))
5529 ;;; Generated autoloads from delim-col.el
5531 (autoload 'delimit-columns-customize "delim-col" "\
5532 Customization of `columns' group.
5534 \(fn)" t nil)
5536 (autoload 'delimit-columns-region "delim-col" "\
5537 Prettify all columns in a text region.
5539 START and END delimits the text region.
5541 \(fn START END)" t nil)
5543 (autoload 'delimit-columns-rectangle "delim-col" "\
5544 Prettify all columns in a text rectangle.
5546 START and END delimits the corners of text rectangle.
5548 \(fn START END)" t nil)
5550 ;;;***
5552 ;;;### (autoloads (delphi-mode) "delphi" "progmodes/delphi.el" (19279
5553 ;;;;;; 53114))
5554 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/delphi.el
5556 (autoload 'delphi-mode "delphi" "\
5557 Major mode for editing Delphi code. \\<delphi-mode-map>
5558 \\[delphi-tab] - Indents the current line (or region, if Transient Mark mode
5559 is enabled and the region is active) of Delphi code.
5560 \\[delphi-find-unit] - Search for a Delphi source file.
5561 \\[delphi-fill-comment] - Fill the current comment.
5562 \\[delphi-new-comment-line] - If in a // comment, do a new comment line.
5564 M-x indent-region also works for indenting a whole region.
5566 Customization:
5568 `delphi-indent-level' (default 3)
5569 Indentation of Delphi statements with respect to containing block.
5570 `delphi-compound-block-indent' (default 0)
5571 Extra indentation for blocks in compound statements.
5572 `delphi-case-label-indent' (default 0)
5573 Extra indentation for case statement labels.
5574 `delphi-tab-always-indents' (default t)
5575 Non-nil means TAB in Delphi mode should always reindent the current line,
5576 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
5577 `delphi-newline-always-indents' (default t)
5578 Non-nil means NEWLINE in Delphi mode should always reindent the current
5579 line, insert a blank line and move to the default indent column of the
5580 blank line.
5581 `delphi-search-path' (default .)
5582 Directories to search when finding external units.
5583 `delphi-verbose' (default nil)
5584 If true then delphi token processing progress is reported to the user.
5586 Coloring:
5588 `delphi-comment-face' (default font-lock-comment-face)
5589 Face used to color delphi comments.
5590 `delphi-string-face' (default font-lock-string-face)
5591 Face used to color delphi strings.
5592 `delphi-keyword-face' (default font-lock-keyword-face)
5593 Face used to color delphi keywords.
5594 `delphi-other-face' (default nil)
5595 Face used to color everything else.
5597 Turning on Delphi mode calls the value of the variable delphi-mode-hook with
5598 no args, if that value is non-nil.
5600 \(fn &optional SKIP-INITIAL-PARSING)" t nil)
5602 ;;;***
5604 ;;;### (autoloads (delete-selection-mode) "delsel" "delsel.el" (19277
5605 ;;;;;; 34915))
5606 ;;; Generated autoloads from delsel.el
5608 (defalias 'pending-delete-mode 'delete-selection-mode)
5610 (defvar delete-selection-mode nil "\
5611 Non-nil if Delete-Selection mode is enabled.
5612 See the command `delete-selection-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
5613 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5614 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
5615 or call the function `delete-selection-mode'.")
5617 (custom-autoload 'delete-selection-mode "delsel" nil)
5619 (autoload 'delete-selection-mode "delsel" "\
5620 Toggle Delete Selection mode.
5621 With prefix ARG, turn Delete Selection mode on if ARG is
5622 positive, off if ARG is not positive.
5624 When Delete Selection mode is enabled, Transient Mark mode is also
5625 enabled and typed text replaces the selection if the selection is
5626 active. Otherwise, typed text is just inserted at point regardless of
5627 any selection.
5629 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5631 ;;;***
5633 ;;;### (autoloads (derived-mode-init-mode-variables define-derived-mode)
5634 ;;;;;; "derived" "emacs-lisp/derived.el" (19277 34919))
5635 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/derived.el
5637 (autoload 'define-derived-mode "derived" "\
5638 Create a new mode as a variant of an existing mode.
5640 The arguments to this command are as follow:
5642 CHILD: the name of the command for the derived mode.
5643 PARENT: the name of the command for the parent mode (e.g. `text-mode')
5644 or nil if there is no parent.
5645 NAME: a string which will appear in the status line (e.g. \"Hypertext\")
5646 DOCSTRING: an optional documentation string--if you do not supply one,
5647 the function will attempt to invent something useful.
5648 BODY: forms to execute just before running the
5649 hooks for the new mode. Do not use `interactive' here.
5651 BODY can start with a bunch of keyword arguments. The following keyword
5652 arguments are currently understood:
5653 :group GROUP
5654 Declare the customization group that corresponds to this mode.
5655 The command `customize-mode' uses this.
5656 :syntax-table TABLE
5657 Use TABLE instead of the default.
5658 A nil value means to simply use the same syntax-table as the parent.
5659 :abbrev-table TABLE
5660 Use TABLE instead of the default.
5661 A nil value means to simply use the same abbrev-table as the parent.
5663 Here is how you could define LaTeX-Thesis mode as a variant of LaTeX mode:
5665 (define-derived-mode LaTeX-thesis-mode LaTeX-mode \"LaTeX-Thesis\")
5667 You could then make new key bindings for `LaTeX-thesis-mode-map'
5668 without changing regular LaTeX mode. In this example, BODY is empty,
5669 and DOCSTRING is generated by default.
5671 On a more complicated level, the following command uses `sgml-mode' as
5672 the parent, and then sets the variable `case-fold-search' to nil:
5674 (define-derived-mode article-mode sgml-mode \"Article\"
5675 \"Major mode for editing technical articles.\"
5676 (setq case-fold-search nil))
5678 Note that if the documentation string had been left out, it would have
5679 been generated automatically, with a reference to the keymap.
5681 The new mode runs the hook constructed by the function
5682 `derived-mode-hook-name'.
5684 See Info node `(elisp)Derived Modes' for more details.
5686 \(fn CHILD PARENT NAME &optional DOCSTRING &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
5688 (autoload 'derived-mode-init-mode-variables "derived" "\
5689 Initialize variables for a new MODE.
5690 Right now, if they don't already exist, set up a blank keymap, an
5691 empty syntax table, and an empty abbrev table -- these will be merged
5692 the first time the mode is used.
5694 \(fn MODE)" nil nil)
5696 ;;;***
5698 ;;;### (autoloads (describe-char describe-text-properties) "descr-text"
5699 ;;;;;; "descr-text.el" (19277 34915))
5700 ;;; Generated autoloads from descr-text.el
5702 (autoload 'describe-text-properties "descr-text" "\
5703 Describe widgets, buttons, overlays, and text properties at POS.
5704 POS is taken to be in BUFFER or in current buffer if nil.
5705 Interactively, describe them for the character after point.
5706 If optional second argument OUTPUT-BUFFER is non-nil,
5707 insert the output into that buffer, and don't initialize or clear it
5708 otherwise.
5710 \(fn POS &optional OUTPUT-BUFFER BUFFER)" t nil)
5712 (autoload 'describe-char "descr-text" "\
5713 Describe the character after POS (interactively, the character after point).
5714 Is POS is taken to be in buffer BUFFER or current buffer if nil.
5715 The information includes character code, charset and code points in it,
5716 syntax, category, how the character is encoded in a file,
5717 character composition information (if relevant),
5718 as well as widgets, buttons, overlays, and text properties.
5720 \(fn POS &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
5722 ;;;***
5724 ;;;### (autoloads (desktop-revert desktop-save-in-desktop-dir desktop-change-dir
5725 ;;;;;; desktop-load-default desktop-read desktop-remove desktop-save
5726 ;;;;;; desktop-clear desktop-locals-to-save desktop-save-mode) "desktop"
5727 ;;;;;; "desktop.el" (19277 34915))
5728 ;;; Generated autoloads from desktop.el
5730 (defvar desktop-save-mode nil "\
5731 Non-nil if Desktop-Save mode is enabled.
5732 See the command `desktop-save-mode' for a description of this minor mode.")
5734 (custom-autoload 'desktop-save-mode "desktop" nil)
5736 (autoload 'desktop-save-mode "desktop" "\
5737 Toggle desktop saving mode.
5738 With numeric ARG, turn desktop saving on if ARG is positive, off
5739 otherwise. If desktop saving is turned on, the state of Emacs is
5740 saved from one session to another. See variable `desktop-save'
5741 and function `desktop-read' for details.
5743 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5745 (defvar desktop-locals-to-save '(desktop-locals-to-save truncate-lines case-fold-search case-replace fill-column overwrite-mode change-log-default-name line-number-mode column-number-mode size-indication-mode buffer-file-coding-system indent-tabs-mode tab-width indicate-buffer-boundaries indicate-empty-lines show-trailing-whitespace) "\
5746 List of local variables to save for each buffer.
5747 The variables are saved only when they really are local. Conventional minor
5748 modes are restored automatically; they should not be listed here.")
5750 (custom-autoload 'desktop-locals-to-save "desktop" t)
5752 (defvar desktop-save-buffer nil "\
5753 When non-nil, save buffer status in desktop file.
5754 This variable becomes buffer local when set.
5756 If the value is a function, it is called by `desktop-save' with argument
5757 DESKTOP-DIRNAME to obtain auxiliary information to save in the desktop
5758 file along with the state of the buffer for which it was called.
5760 When file names are returned, they should be formatted using the call
5761 \"(desktop-file-name FILE-NAME DESKTOP-DIRNAME)\".
5763 Later, when `desktop-read' evaluates the desktop file, auxiliary information
5764 is passed as the argument DESKTOP-BUFFER-MISC to functions in
5765 `desktop-buffer-mode-handlers'.")
5767 (defvar desktop-buffer-mode-handlers nil "\
5768 Alist of major mode specific functions to restore a desktop buffer.
5769 Functions listed are called by `desktop-create-buffer' when `desktop-read'
5770 evaluates the desktop file. List elements must have the form
5772 (MAJOR-MODE . RESTORE-BUFFER-FUNCTION).
5774 Buffers with a major mode not specified here, are restored by the default
5775 handler `desktop-restore-file-buffer'.
5777 Handlers are called with argument list
5779 (DESKTOP-BUFFER-FILE-NAME DESKTOP-BUFFER-NAME DESKTOP-BUFFER-MISC)
5781 Furthermore, they may use the following variables:
5783 desktop-file-version
5784 desktop-buffer-major-mode
5785 desktop-buffer-minor-modes
5786 desktop-buffer-point
5787 desktop-buffer-mark
5788 desktop-buffer-read-only
5789 desktop-buffer-locals
5791 If a handler returns a buffer, then the saved mode settings
5792 and variable values for that buffer are copied into it.
5794 Modules that define a major mode that needs a special handler should contain
5795 code like
5797 (defun foo-restore-desktop-buffer
5799 (add-to-list 'desktop-buffer-mode-handlers
5800 '(foo-mode . foo-restore-desktop-buffer))
5802 Furthermore the major mode function must be autoloaded.")
5804 (put 'desktop-buffer-mode-handlers 'risky-local-variable t)
5806 (defvar desktop-minor-mode-handlers nil "\
5807 Alist of functions to restore non-standard minor modes.
5808 Functions are called by `desktop-create-buffer' to restore minor modes.
5809 List elements must have the form
5811 (MINOR-MODE . RESTORE-FUNCTION).
5813 Minor modes not specified here, are restored by the standard minor mode
5814 function.
5816 Handlers are called with argument list
5818 (DESKTOP-BUFFER-LOCALS)
5820 Furthermore, they may use the following variables:
5822 desktop-file-version
5823 desktop-buffer-file-name
5824 desktop-buffer-name
5825 desktop-buffer-major-mode
5826 desktop-buffer-minor-modes
5827 desktop-buffer-point
5828 desktop-buffer-mark
5829 desktop-buffer-read-only
5830 desktop-buffer-misc
5832 When a handler is called, the buffer has been created and the major mode has
5833 been set, but local variables listed in desktop-buffer-locals has not yet been
5834 created and set.
5836 Modules that define a minor mode that needs a special handler should contain
5837 code like
5839 (defun foo-desktop-restore
5841 (add-to-list 'desktop-minor-mode-handlers
5842 '(foo-mode . foo-desktop-restore))
5844 Furthermore the minor mode function must be autoloaded.
5846 See also `desktop-minor-mode-table'.")
5848 (put 'desktop-minor-mode-handlers 'risky-local-variable t)
5850 (autoload 'desktop-clear "desktop" "\
5851 Empty the Desktop.
5852 This kills all buffers except for internal ones and those with names matched by
5853 a regular expression in the list `desktop-clear-preserve-buffers'.
5854 Furthermore, it clears the variables listed in `desktop-globals-to-clear'.
5856 \(fn)" t nil)
5858 (autoload 'desktop-save "desktop" "\
5859 Save the desktop in a desktop file.
5860 Parameter DIRNAME specifies where to save the desktop file.
5861 Optional parameter RELEASE says whether we're done with this desktop.
5862 See also `desktop-base-file-name'.
5864 \(fn DIRNAME &optional RELEASE)" t nil)
5866 (autoload 'desktop-remove "desktop" "\
5867 Delete desktop file in `desktop-dirname'.
5868 This function also sets `desktop-dirname' to nil.
5870 \(fn)" t nil)
5872 (autoload 'desktop-read "desktop" "\
5873 Read and process the desktop file in directory DIRNAME.
5874 Look for a desktop file in DIRNAME, or if DIRNAME is omitted, look in
5875 directories listed in `desktop-path'. If a desktop file is found, it
5876 is processed and `desktop-after-read-hook' is run. If no desktop file
5877 is found, clear the desktop and run `desktop-no-desktop-file-hook'.
5878 This function is a no-op when Emacs is running in batch mode.
5879 It returns t if a desktop file was loaded, nil otherwise.
5881 \(fn &optional DIRNAME)" t nil)
5883 (autoload 'desktop-load-default "desktop" "\
5884 Load the `default' start-up library manually.
5885 Also inhibit further loading of it.
5887 \(fn)" nil nil)
5889 (autoload 'desktop-change-dir "desktop" "\
5890 Change to desktop saved in DIRNAME.
5891 Kill the desktop as specified by variables `desktop-save-mode' and
5892 `desktop-save', then clear the desktop and load the desktop file in
5893 directory DIRNAME.
5895 \(fn DIRNAME)" t nil)
5897 (autoload 'desktop-save-in-desktop-dir "desktop" "\
5898 Save the desktop in directory `desktop-dirname'.
5900 \(fn)" t nil)
5902 (autoload 'desktop-revert "desktop" "\
5903 Revert to the last loaded desktop.
5905 \(fn)" t nil)
5907 ;;;***
5909 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-article-outlook-deuglify-article gnus-outlook-deuglify-article
5910 ;;;;;; gnus-article-outlook-repair-attribution gnus-article-outlook-unwrap-lines)
5911 ;;;;;; "deuglify" "gnus/deuglify.el" (19277 34919))
5912 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/deuglify.el
5914 (autoload 'gnus-article-outlook-unwrap-lines "deuglify" "\
5915 Unwrap lines that appear to be wrapped citation lines.
5916 You can control what lines will be unwrapped by frobbing
5917 `gnus-outlook-deuglify-unwrap-min' and `gnus-outlook-deuglify-unwrap-max',
5918 indicating the minimum and maximum length of an unwrapped citation line. If
5919 NODISPLAY is non-nil, don't redisplay the article buffer.
5921 \(fn &optional NODISPLAY)" t nil)
5923 (autoload 'gnus-article-outlook-repair-attribution "deuglify" "\
5924 Repair a broken attribution line.
5925 If NODISPLAY is non-nil, don't redisplay the article buffer.
5927 \(fn &optional NODISPLAY)" t nil)
5929 (autoload 'gnus-outlook-deuglify-article "deuglify" "\
5930 Full deuglify of broken Outlook (Express) articles.
5931 Treat dumbquotes, unwrap lines, repair attribution and rearrange citation. If
5932 NODISPLAY is non-nil, don't redisplay the article buffer.
5934 \(fn &optional NODISPLAY)" t nil)
5936 (autoload 'gnus-article-outlook-deuglify-article "deuglify" "\
5937 Deuglify broken Outlook (Express) articles and redisplay.
5939 \(fn)" t nil)
5941 ;;;***
5943 ;;;### (autoloads (diary-mode diary-mail-entries diary) "diary-lib"
5944 ;;;;;; "calendar/diary-lib.el" (19295 48708))
5945 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/diary-lib.el
5947 (autoload 'diary "diary-lib" "\
5948 Generate the diary window for ARG days starting with the current date.
5949 If no argument is provided, the number of days of diary entries is governed
5950 by the variable `diary-number-of-entries'. A value of ARG less than 1
5951 does nothing. This function is suitable for execution in a `.emacs' file.
5953 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5955 (autoload 'diary-mail-entries "diary-lib" "\
5956 Send a mail message showing diary entries for next NDAYS days.
5957 If no prefix argument is given, NDAYS is set to `diary-mail-days'.
5958 Mail is sent to the address specified by `diary-mail-addr'.
5960 Here is an example of a script to call `diary-mail-entries',
5961 suitable for regular scheduling using cron (or at). Note that
5962 since `emacs -script' does not load your `.emacs' file, you
5963 should ensure that all relevant variables are set.
5965 #!/usr/bin/emacs -script
5966 ;; diary-rem.el - run the Emacs diary-reminder
5968 \(setq diary-mail-days 3
5969 diary-file \"/path/to/diary.file\"
5970 calendar-date-style 'european
5971 diary-mail-addr \"user@host.name\")
5973 \(diary-mail-entries)
5975 # diary-rem.el ends here
5977 \(fn &optional NDAYS)" t nil)
5979 (autoload 'diary-mode "diary-lib" "\
5980 Major mode for editing the diary file.
5982 \(fn)" t nil)
5984 ;;;***
5986 ;;;### (autoloads (diff-backup diff diff-command diff-switches) "diff"
5987 ;;;;;; "diff.el" (19277 34915))
5988 ;;; Generated autoloads from diff.el
5990 (defvar diff-switches (purecopy "-c") "\
5991 A string or list of strings specifying switches to be passed to diff.")
5993 (custom-autoload 'diff-switches "diff" t)
5995 (defvar diff-command (purecopy "diff") "\
5996 The command to use to run diff.")
5998 (custom-autoload 'diff-command "diff" t)
6000 (autoload 'diff "diff" "\
6001 Find and display the differences between OLD and NEW files.
6002 When called interactively, read OLD and NEW using the minibuffer;
6003 the default for NEW is the current buffer's file name, and the
6004 default for OLD is a backup file for NEW, if one exists.
6005 If NO-ASYNC is non-nil, call diff synchronously.
6007 When called interactively with a prefix argument, prompt
6008 interactively for diff switches. Otherwise, the switches
6009 specified in `diff-switches' are passed to the diff command.
6011 \(fn OLD NEW &optional SWITCHES NO-ASYNC)" t nil)
6013 (autoload 'diff-backup "diff" "\
6014 Diff this file with its backup file or vice versa.
6015 Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups.
6016 If this file is a backup, diff it with its original.
6017 The backup file is the first file given to `diff'.
6018 With prefix arg, prompt for diff switches.
6020 \(fn FILE &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6022 ;;;***
6024 ;;;### (autoloads (diff-minor-mode diff-mode) "diff-mode" "diff-mode.el"
6025 ;;;;;; (19354 34807))
6026 ;;; Generated autoloads from diff-mode.el
6028 (autoload 'diff-mode "diff-mode" "\
6029 Major mode for viewing/editing context diffs.
6030 Supports unified and context diffs as well as (to a lesser extent)
6031 normal diffs.
6033 When the buffer is read-only, the ESC prefix is not necessary.
6034 If you edit the buffer manually, diff-mode will try to update the hunk
6035 headers for you on-the-fly.
6037 You can also switch between context diff and unified diff with \\[diff-context->unified],
6038 or vice versa with \\[diff-unified->context] and you can also reverse the direction of
6039 a diff with \\[diff-reverse-direction].
6041 \\{diff-mode-map}
6043 \(fn)" t nil)
6045 (autoload 'diff-minor-mode "diff-mode" "\
6046 Minor mode for viewing/editing context diffs.
6047 \\{diff-minor-mode-map}
6049 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6051 ;;;***
6053 ;;;### (autoloads (dig) "dig" "net/dig.el" (19277 34921))
6054 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/dig.el
6056 (autoload 'dig "dig" "\
6057 Query addresses of a DOMAIN using dig, by calling `dig-invoke'.
6058 Optional arguments are passed to `dig-invoke'.
6060 \(fn DOMAIN &optional QUERY-TYPE QUERY-CLASS QUERY-OPTION DIG-OPTION SERVER)" t nil)
6062 ;;;***
6064 ;;;### (autoloads (dired-mode dired-auto-revert-buffer dired-noselect
6065 ;;;;;; dired-other-frame dired-other-window dired dired-trivial-filenames
6066 ;;;;;; dired-listing-switches) "dired" "dired.el" (19307 9881))
6067 ;;; Generated autoloads from dired.el
6069 (defvar dired-listing-switches (purecopy "-al") "\
6070 Switches passed to `ls' for Dired. MUST contain the `l' option.
6071 May contain all other options that don't contradict `-l';
6072 may contain even `F', `b', `i' and `s'. See also the variable
6073 `dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks' concerning the `F' switch.
6074 On systems such as MS-DOS and MS-Windows, which use `ls' emulation in Lisp,
6075 some of the `ls' switches are not supported; see the doc string of
6076 `insert-directory' in `ls-lisp.el' for more details.")
6078 (custom-autoload 'dired-listing-switches "dired" t)
6080 (defvar dired-chown-program (purecopy (if (memq system-type '(hpux usg-unix-v irix linux gnu/linux cygwin)) "chown" (if (file-exists-p "/usr/sbin/chown") "/usr/sbin/chown" "/etc/chown"))) "\
6081 Name of chown command (usually `chown' or `/etc/chown').")
6083 (defvar dired-trivial-filenames (purecopy "^\\.\\.?$\\|^#") "\
6084 Regexp of files to skip when finding first file of a directory.
6085 A value of nil means move to the subdir line.
6086 A value of t means move to first file.")
6088 (custom-autoload 'dired-trivial-filenames "dired" t)
6090 (defvar dired-directory nil "\
6091 The directory name or wildcard spec that this dired directory lists.
6092 Local to each dired buffer. May be a list, in which case the car is the
6093 directory name and the cdr is the list of files to mention.
6094 The directory name must be absolute, but need not be fully expanded.")
6095 (define-key ctl-x-map "d" 'dired)
6097 (autoload 'dired "dired" "\
6098 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME--delete, rename, print, etc. some files in it.
6099 Optional second argument SWITCHES specifies the `ls' options used.
6100 \(Interactively, use a prefix argument to be able to specify SWITCHES.)
6101 Dired displays a list of files in DIRNAME (which may also have
6102 shell wildcards appended to select certain files). If DIRNAME is a cons,
6103 its first element is taken as the directory name and the rest as an explicit
6104 list of files to make directory entries for.
6105 \\<dired-mode-map>You can move around in it with the usual commands.
6106 You can flag files for deletion with \\[dired-flag-file-deletion] and then
6107 delete them by typing \\[dired-do-flagged-delete].
6108 Type \\[describe-mode] after entering Dired for more info.
6110 If DIRNAME is already in a dired buffer, that buffer is used without refresh.
6112 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6113 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "d" 'dired-other-window)
6115 (autoload 'dired-other-window "dired" "\
6116 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME. Like `dired' but selects in another window.
6118 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6119 (define-key ctl-x-5-map "d" 'dired-other-frame)
6121 (autoload 'dired-other-frame "dired" "\
6122 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME. Like `dired' but makes a new frame.
6124 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6126 (autoload 'dired-noselect "dired" "\
6127 Like `dired' but returns the dired buffer as value, does not select it.
6129 \(fn DIR-OR-LIST &optional SWITCHES)" nil nil)
6131 (defvar dired-auto-revert-buffer nil "\
6132 Automatically revert dired buffer on revisiting.
6133 If t, revisiting an existing dired buffer automatically reverts it.
6134 If its value is a function, call this function with the directory
6135 name as single argument and revert the buffer if it returns non-nil.
6136 Otherwise, a message offering to revert the changed dired buffer
6137 is displayed.
6138 Note that this is not the same as `auto-revert-mode' that
6139 periodically reverts at specified time intervals.")
6141 (custom-autoload 'dired-auto-revert-buffer "dired" t)
6143 (autoload 'dired-mode "dired" "\
6144 Mode for \"editing\" directory listings.
6145 In Dired, you are \"editing\" a list of the files in a directory and
6146 (optionally) its subdirectories, in the format of `ls -lR'.
6147 Each directory is a page: use \\[backward-page] and \\[forward-page] to move pagewise.
6148 \"Editing\" means that you can run shell commands on files, visit,
6149 compress, load or byte-compile them, change their file attributes
6150 and insert subdirectories into the same buffer. You can \"mark\"
6151 files for later commands or \"flag\" them for deletion, either file
6152 by file or all files matching certain criteria.
6153 You can move using the usual cursor motion commands.\\<dired-mode-map>
6154 Letters no longer insert themselves. Digits are prefix arguments.
6155 Instead, type \\[dired-flag-file-deletion] to flag a file for Deletion.
6156 Type \\[dired-mark] to Mark a file or subdirectory for later commands.
6157 Most commands operate on the marked files and use the current file
6158 if no files are marked. Use a numeric prefix argument to operate on
6159 the next ARG (or previous -ARG if ARG<0) files, or just `1'
6160 to operate on the current file only. Prefix arguments override marks.
6161 Mark-using commands display a list of failures afterwards. Type \\[dired-summary]
6162 to see why something went wrong.
6163 Type \\[dired-unmark] to Unmark a file or all files of a subdirectory.
6164 Type \\[dired-unmark-backward] to back up one line and unflag.
6165 Type \\[dired-do-flagged-delete] to eXecute the deletions requested.
6166 Type \\[dired-find-file] to Find the current line's file
6167 (or dired it in another buffer, if it is a directory).
6168 Type \\[dired-find-file-other-window] to find file or dired directory in Other window.
6169 Type \\[dired-maybe-insert-subdir] to Insert a subdirectory in this buffer.
6170 Type \\[dired-do-rename] to Rename a file or move the marked files to another directory.
6171 Type \\[dired-do-copy] to Copy files.
6172 Type \\[dired-sort-toggle-or-edit] to toggle Sorting by name/date or change the `ls' switches.
6173 Type \\[revert-buffer] to read all currently expanded directories aGain.
6174 This retains all marks and hides subdirs again that were hidden before.
6175 SPC and DEL can be used to move down and up by lines.
6177 If Dired ever gets confused, you can either type \\[revert-buffer] to read the
6178 directories again, type \\[dired-do-redisplay] to relist a single or the marked files or a
6179 subdirectory, or type \\[dired-build-subdir-alist] to parse the buffer
6180 again for the directory tree.
6182 Customization variables (rename this buffer and type \\[describe-variable] on each line
6183 for more info):
6185 `dired-listing-switches'
6186 `dired-trivial-filenames'
6187 `dired-shrink-to-fit'
6188 `dired-marker-char'
6189 `dired-del-marker'
6190 `dired-keep-marker-rename'
6191 `dired-keep-marker-copy'
6192 `dired-keep-marker-hardlink'
6193 `dired-keep-marker-symlink'
6195 Hooks (use \\[describe-variable] to see their documentation):
6197 `dired-before-readin-hook'
6198 `dired-after-readin-hook'
6199 `dired-mode-hook'
6200 `dired-load-hook'
6202 Keybindings:
6203 \\{dired-mode-map}
6205 \(fn &optional DIRNAME SWITCHES)" nil nil)
6206 (put 'dired-find-alternate-file 'disabled t)
6208 ;;;***
6210 ;;;### (autoloads (dirtrack dirtrack-mode) "dirtrack" "dirtrack.el"
6211 ;;;;;; (19299 41380))
6212 ;;; Generated autoloads from dirtrack.el
6214 (autoload 'dirtrack-mode "dirtrack" "\
6215 Enable or disable Dirtrack directory tracking in a shell buffer.
6216 This method requires that your shell prompt contain the full
6217 current working directory at all times, and that `dirtrack-list'
6218 is set to match the prompt. This is an alternative to
6219 `shell-dirtrack-mode', which works differently, by tracking `cd'
6220 and similar commands which change the shell working directory.
6222 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6224 (autoload 'dirtrack "dirtrack" "\
6225 Determine the current directory by scanning the process output for a prompt.
6226 The prompt to look for is the first item in `dirtrack-list'.
6228 You can toggle directory tracking by using the function `dirtrack-mode'.
6230 If directory tracking does not seem to be working, you can use the
6231 function `dirtrack-debug-mode' to turn on debugging output.
6233 \(fn INPUT)" nil nil)
6235 ;;;***
6237 ;;;### (autoloads (disassemble) "disass" "emacs-lisp/disass.el" (19277
6238 ;;;;;; 34919))
6239 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/disass.el
6241 (autoload 'disassemble "disass" "\
6242 Print disassembled code for OBJECT in (optional) BUFFER.
6243 OBJECT can be a symbol defined as a function, or a function itself
6244 \(a lambda expression or a compiled-function object).
6245 If OBJECT is not already compiled, we compile it, but do not
6246 redefine OBJECT if it is a symbol.
6248 \(fn OBJECT &optional BUFFER INDENT INTERACTIVE-P)" t nil)
6250 ;;;***
6252 ;;;### (autoloads (standard-display-european glyph-face glyph-char
6253 ;;;;;; make-glyph-code create-glyph standard-display-underline standard-display-graphic
6254 ;;;;;; standard-display-g1 standard-display-ascii standard-display-default
6255 ;;;;;; standard-display-8bit describe-current-display-table describe-display-table
6256 ;;;;;; set-display-table-slot display-table-slot make-display-table)
6257 ;;;;;; "disp-table" "disp-table.el" (19277 34916))
6258 ;;; Generated autoloads from disp-table.el
6260 (autoload 'make-display-table "disp-table" "\
6261 Return a new, empty display table.
6263 \(fn)" nil nil)
6265 (autoload 'display-table-slot "disp-table" "\
6266 Return the value of the extra slot in DISPLAY-TABLE named SLOT.
6267 SLOT may be a number from 0 to 5 inclusive, or a slot name (symbol).
6268 Valid symbols are `truncation', `wrap', `escape', `control',
6269 `selective-display', and `vertical-border'.
6271 \(fn DISPLAY-TABLE SLOT)" nil nil)
6273 (autoload 'set-display-table-slot "disp-table" "\
6274 Set the value of the extra slot in DISPLAY-TABLE named SLOT to VALUE.
6275 SLOT may be a number from 0 to 5 inclusive, or a name (symbol).
6276 Valid symbols are `truncation', `wrap', `escape', `control',
6277 `selective-display', and `vertical-border'.
6279 \(fn DISPLAY-TABLE SLOT VALUE)" nil nil)
6281 (autoload 'describe-display-table "disp-table" "\
6282 Describe the display table DT in a help buffer.
6284 \(fn DT)" nil nil)
6286 (autoload 'describe-current-display-table "disp-table" "\
6287 Describe the display table in use in the selected window and buffer.
6289 \(fn)" t nil)
6291 (autoload 'standard-display-8bit "disp-table" "\
6292 Display characters in the range L to H literally.
6294 \(fn L H)" nil nil)
6296 (autoload 'standard-display-default "disp-table" "\
6297 Display characters in the range L to H using the default notation.
6299 \(fn L H)" nil nil)
6301 (autoload 'standard-display-ascii "disp-table" "\
6302 Display character C using printable string S.
6304 \(fn C S)" nil nil)
6306 (autoload 'standard-display-g1 "disp-table" "\
6307 Display character C as character SC in the g1 character set.
6308 This function assumes that your terminal uses the SO/SI characters;
6309 it is meaningless for an X frame.
6311 \(fn C SC)" nil nil)
6313 (autoload 'standard-display-graphic "disp-table" "\
6314 Display character C as character GC in graphics character set.
6315 This function assumes VT100-compatible escapes; it is meaningless for an
6316 X frame.
6318 \(fn C GC)" nil nil)
6320 (autoload 'standard-display-underline "disp-table" "\
6321 Display character C as character UC plus underlining.
6323 \(fn C UC)" nil nil)
6325 (autoload 'create-glyph "disp-table" "\
6326 Allocate a glyph code to display by sending STRING to the terminal.
6328 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
6330 (autoload 'make-glyph-code "disp-table" "\
6331 Return a glyph code representing char CHAR with face FACE.
6333 \(fn CHAR &optional FACE)" nil nil)
6335 (autoload 'glyph-char "disp-table" "\
6336 Return the character of glyph code GLYPH.
6338 \(fn GLYPH)" nil nil)
6340 (autoload 'glyph-face "disp-table" "\
6341 Return the face of glyph code GLYPH, or nil if glyph has default face.
6343 \(fn GLYPH)" nil nil)
6345 (autoload 'standard-display-european "disp-table" "\
6346 Semi-obsolete way to toggle display of ISO 8859 European characters.
6348 This function is semi-obsolete; you probably don't need it, or else you
6349 probably should use `set-language-environment' or `set-locale-environment'.
6351 This function enables European character display if ARG is positive,
6352 disables it if negative. Otherwise, it toggles European character display.
6354 When this mode is enabled, characters in the range of 160 to 255
6355 display not as octal escapes, but as accented characters. Codes 146
6356 and 160 display as apostrophe and space, even though they are not the
6357 ASCII codes for apostrophe and space.
6359 Enabling European character display with this command noninteractively
6360 from Lisp code also selects Latin-1 as the language environment.
6361 This provides increased compatibility for users who call this function
6362 in `.emacs'.
6364 \(fn ARG)" nil nil)
6366 ;;;***
6368 ;;;### (autoloads (dissociated-press) "dissociate" "play/dissociate.el"
6369 ;;;;;; (19277 34922))
6370 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/dissociate.el
6372 (autoload 'dissociated-press "dissociate" "\
6373 Dissociate the text of the current buffer.
6374 Output goes in buffer named *Dissociation*,
6375 which is redisplayed each time text is added to it.
6376 Every so often the user must say whether to continue.
6377 If ARG is positive, require ARG chars of continuity.
6378 If ARG is negative, require -ARG words of continuity.
6379 Default is 2.
6381 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6383 ;;;***
6385 ;;;### (autoloads (dnd-protocol-alist) "dnd" "dnd.el" (19277 34916))
6386 ;;; Generated autoloads from dnd.el
6388 (defvar dnd-protocol-alist `((,(purecopy "^file:///") . dnd-open-local-file) (,(purecopy "^file://") . dnd-open-file) (,(purecopy "^file:") . dnd-open-local-file) (,(purecopy "^\\(https?\\|ftp\\|file\\|nfs\\)://") . dnd-open-file)) "\
6389 The functions to call for different protocols when a drop is made.
6390 This variable is used by `dnd-handle-one-url' and `dnd-handle-file-name'.
6391 The list contains of (REGEXP . FUNCTION) pairs.
6392 The functions shall take two arguments, URL, which is the URL dropped and
6393 ACTION which is the action to be performed for the drop (move, copy, link,
6394 private or ask).
6395 If no match is found here, and the value of `browse-url-browser-function'
6396 is a pair of (REGEXP . FUNCTION), those regexps are tried for a match.
6397 If no match is found, the URL is inserted as text by calling `dnd-insert-text'.
6398 The function shall return the action done (move, copy, link or private)
6399 if some action was made, or nil if the URL is ignored.")
6401 (custom-autoload 'dnd-protocol-alist "dnd" t)
6403 ;;;***
6405 ;;;### (autoloads (dns-mode-soa-increment-serial dns-mode) "dns-mode"
6406 ;;;;;; "textmodes/dns-mode.el" (19277 34923))
6407 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/dns-mode.el
6409 (autoload 'dns-mode "dns-mode" "\
6410 Major mode for viewing and editing DNS master files.
6411 This mode is inherited from text mode. It add syntax
6412 highlighting, and some commands for handling DNS master files.
6413 Its keymap inherits from `text-mode' and it has the same
6414 variables for customizing indentation. It has its own abbrev
6415 table and its own syntax table.
6417 Turning on DNS mode runs `dns-mode-hook'.
6419 \(fn)" t nil)
6420 (defalias 'zone-mode 'dns-mode)
6422 (autoload 'dns-mode-soa-increment-serial "dns-mode" "\
6423 Locate SOA record and increment the serial field.
6425 \(fn)" t nil)
6426 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist (purecopy '("\\.soa\\'" . dns-mode)))
6428 ;;;***
6430 ;;;### (autoloads (doc-view-bookmark-jump doc-view-minor-mode doc-view-mode
6431 ;;;;;; doc-view-mode-p) "doc-view" "doc-view.el" (19324 55755))
6432 ;;; Generated autoloads from doc-view.el
6434 (autoload 'doc-view-mode-p "doc-view" "\
6435 Return non-nil if image type TYPE is available for `doc-view'.
6436 Image types are symbols like `dvi', `postscript' or `pdf'.
6438 \(fn TYPE)" nil nil)
6440 (autoload 'doc-view-mode "doc-view" "\
6441 Major mode in DocView buffers.
6443 DocView Mode is an Emacs document viewer. It displays PDF, PS
6444 and DVI files (as PNG images) in Emacs buffers.
6446 You can use \\<doc-view-mode-map>\\[doc-view-toggle-display] to
6447 toggle between displaying the document or editing it as text.
6448 \\{doc-view-mode-map}
6450 \(fn)" t nil)
6452 (autoload 'doc-view-minor-mode "doc-view" "\
6453 Toggle Doc view minor mode.
6454 With arg, turn Doc view minor mode on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
6455 See the command `doc-view-mode' for more information on this mode.
6457 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6459 (autoload 'doc-view-bookmark-jump "doc-view" "\
6460 Not documented
6462 \(fn BMK)" nil nil)
6464 ;;;***
6466 ;;;### (autoloads (doctor) "doctor" "play/doctor.el" (19277 34922))
6467 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/doctor.el
6469 (autoload 'doctor "doctor" "\
6470 Switch to *doctor* buffer and start giving psychotherapy.
6472 \(fn)" t nil)
6474 ;;;***
6476 ;;;### (autoloads (double-mode) "double" "double.el" (19277 34916))
6477 ;;; Generated autoloads from double.el
6479 (autoload 'double-mode "double" "\
6480 Toggle Double mode.
6481 With prefix argument ARG, turn Double mode on if ARG is positive, otherwise
6482 turn it off.
6484 When Double mode is on, some keys will insert different strings
6485 when pressed twice. See variable `double-map' for details.
6487 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6489 ;;;***
6491 ;;;### (autoloads (dunnet) "dunnet" "play/dunnet.el" (19277 34922))
6492 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/dunnet.el
6494 (autoload 'dunnet "dunnet" "\
6495 Switch to *dungeon* buffer and start game.
6497 \(fn)" t nil)
6499 ;;;***
6501 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-earcon-display) "earcon" "gnus/earcon.el"
6502 ;;;;;; (19277 34919))
6503 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/earcon.el
6505 (autoload 'gnus-earcon-display "earcon" "\
6506 Play sounds in message buffers.
6508 \(fn)" t nil)
6510 ;;;***
6512 ;;;### (autoloads (easy-mmode-defsyntax easy-mmode-defmap easy-mmode-define-keymap
6513 ;;;;;; define-globalized-minor-mode define-minor-mode) "easy-mmode"
6514 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/easy-mmode.el" (19277 34919))
6515 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/easy-mmode.el
6517 (defalias 'easy-mmode-define-minor-mode 'define-minor-mode)
6519 (autoload 'define-minor-mode "easy-mmode" "\
6520 Define a new minor mode MODE.
6521 This function defines the associated control variable MODE, keymap MODE-map,
6522 and toggle command MODE.
6524 DOC is the documentation for the mode toggle command.
6525 Optional INIT-VALUE is the initial value of the mode's variable.
6526 Optional LIGHTER is displayed in the modeline when the mode is on.
6527 Optional KEYMAP is the default (defvar) keymap bound to the mode keymap.
6528 If it is a list, it is passed to `easy-mmode-define-keymap'
6529 in order to build a valid keymap. It's generally better to use
6530 a separate MODE-map variable than to use this argument.
6531 The above three arguments can be skipped if keyword arguments are
6532 used (see below).
6534 BODY contains code to execute each time the mode is activated or deactivated.
6535 It is executed after toggling the mode,
6536 and before running the hook variable `MODE-hook'.
6537 Before the actual body code, you can write keyword arguments (alternating
6538 keywords and values). These following keyword arguments are supported (other
6539 keywords will be passed to `defcustom' if the minor mode is global):
6540 :group GROUP Custom group name to use in all generated `defcustom' forms.
6541 Defaults to MODE without the possible trailing \"-mode\".
6542 Don't use this default group name unless you have written a
6543 `defgroup' to define that group properly.
6544 :global GLOBAL If non-nil specifies that the minor mode is not meant to be
6545 buffer-local, so don't make the variable MODE buffer-local.
6546 By default, the mode is buffer-local.
6547 :init-value VAL Same as the INIT-VALUE argument.
6548 :lighter SPEC Same as the LIGHTER argument.
6549 :keymap MAP Same as the KEYMAP argument.
6550 :require SYM Same as in `defcustom'.
6552 For example, you could write
6553 (define-minor-mode foo-mode \"If enabled, foo on you!\"
6554 :lighter \" Foo\" :require 'foo :global t :group 'hassle :version \"27.5\"
6555 ...BODY CODE...)
6557 \(fn MODE DOC &optional INIT-VALUE LIGHTER KEYMAP &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
6559 (defalias 'easy-mmode-define-global-mode 'define-globalized-minor-mode)
6561 (defalias 'define-global-minor-mode 'define-globalized-minor-mode)
6563 (autoload 'define-globalized-minor-mode "easy-mmode" "\
6564 Make a global mode GLOBAL-MODE corresponding to buffer-local minor MODE.
6565 TURN-ON is a function that will be called with no args in every buffer
6566 and that should try to turn MODE on if applicable for that buffer.
6567 KEYS is a list of CL-style keyword arguments. As the minor mode
6568 defined by this function is always global, any :global keyword is
6569 ignored. Other keywords have the same meaning as in `define-minor-mode',
6570 which see. In particular, :group specifies the custom group.
6571 The most useful keywords are those that are passed on to the
6572 `defcustom'. It normally makes no sense to pass the :lighter
6573 or :keymap keywords to `define-globalized-minor-mode', since these
6574 are usually passed to the buffer-local version of the minor mode.
6576 If MODE's set-up depends on the major mode in effect when it was
6577 enabled, then disabling and reenabling MODE should make MODE work
6578 correctly with the current major mode. This is important to
6579 prevent problems with derived modes, that is, major modes that
6580 call another major mode in their body.
6582 \(fn GLOBAL-MODE MODE TURN-ON &rest KEYS)" nil (quote macro))
6584 (autoload 'easy-mmode-define-keymap "easy-mmode" "\
6585 Return a keymap built from bindings BS.
6586 BS must be a list of (KEY . BINDING) where
6587 KEY and BINDINGS are suitable for `define-key'.
6588 Optional NAME is passed to `make-sparse-keymap'.
6589 Optional map M can be used to modify an existing map.
6590 ARGS is a list of additional keyword arguments.
6592 Valid keywords and arguments are:
6594 :name Name of the keymap; overrides NAME argument.
6595 :dense Non-nil for a dense keymap.
6596 :inherit Parent keymap.
6597 :group Ignored.
6598 :suppress Non-nil to call `suppress-keymap' on keymap,
6599 'nodigits to suppress digits as prefix arguments.
6601 \(fn BS &optional NAME M ARGS)" nil nil)
6603 (autoload 'easy-mmode-defmap "easy-mmode" "\
6604 Define a constant M whose value is the result of `easy-mmode-define-keymap'.
6605 The M, BS, and ARGS arguments are as per that function. DOC is
6606 the constant's documentation.
6608 \(fn M BS DOC &rest ARGS)" nil (quote macro))
6610 (autoload 'easy-mmode-defsyntax "easy-mmode" "\
6611 Define variable ST as a syntax-table.
6612 CSS contains a list of syntax specifications of the form (CHAR . SYNTAX).
6614 \(fn ST CSS DOC &rest ARGS)" nil (quote macro))
6616 ;;;***
6618 ;;;### (autoloads (easy-menu-change easy-menu-create-menu easy-menu-do-define
6619 ;;;;;; easy-menu-define) "easymenu" "emacs-lisp/easymenu.el" (19277
6620 ;;;;;; 34919))
6621 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/easymenu.el
6623 (put 'easy-menu-define 'lisp-indent-function 'defun)
6625 (autoload 'easy-menu-define "easymenu" "\
6626 Define a menu bar submenu in maps MAPS, according to MENU.
6628 If SYMBOL is non-nil, store the menu keymap in the value of SYMBOL,
6629 and define SYMBOL as a function to pop up the menu, with DOC as its doc string.
6630 If SYMBOL is nil, just store the menu keymap into MAPS.
6632 The first element of MENU must be a string. It is the menu bar item name.
6633 It may be followed by the following keyword argument pairs
6635 :filter FUNCTION
6637 FUNCTION is a function with one argument, the rest of menu items.
6638 It returns the remaining items of the displayed menu.
6640 :visible INCLUDE
6642 INCLUDE is an expression; this menu is only visible if this
6643 expression has a non-nil value. `:included' is an alias for `:visible'.
6645 :active ENABLE
6647 ENABLE is an expression; the menu is enabled for selection
6648 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
6650 The rest of the elements in MENU, are menu items.
6652 A menu item is usually a vector of three elements: [NAME CALLBACK ENABLE]
6654 NAME is a string--the menu item name.
6656 CALLBACK is a command to run when the item is chosen,
6657 or a list to evaluate when the item is chosen.
6659 ENABLE is an expression; the item is enabled for selection
6660 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
6662 Alternatively, a menu item may have the form:
6664 [ NAME CALLBACK [ KEYWORD ARG ] ... ]
6666 Where KEYWORD is one of the symbols defined below.
6668 :keys KEYS
6670 KEYS is a string; a complex keyboard equivalent to this menu item.
6671 This is normally not needed because keyboard equivalents are usually
6672 computed automatically.
6673 KEYS is expanded with `substitute-command-keys' before it is used.
6675 :key-sequence KEYS
6677 KEYS is nil, a string or a vector; nil or a keyboard equivalent to this
6678 menu item.
6679 This is a hint that will considerably speed up Emacs' first display of
6680 a menu. Use `:key-sequence nil' when you know that this menu item has no
6681 keyboard equivalent.
6683 :active ENABLE
6685 ENABLE is an expression; the item is enabled for selection
6686 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
6688 :visible INCLUDE
6690 INCLUDE is an expression; this item is only visible if this
6691 expression has a non-nil value. `:included' is an alias for `:visible'.
6693 :label FORM
6695 FORM is an expression that will be dynamically evaluated and whose
6696 value will be used for the menu entry's text label (the default is NAME).
6698 :suffix FORM
6700 FORM is an expression that will be dynamically evaluated and whose
6701 value will be concatenated to the menu entry's label.
6703 :style STYLE
6705 STYLE is a symbol describing the type of menu item. The following are
6706 defined:
6708 toggle: A checkbox.
6709 Prepend the name with `(*) ' or `( ) ' depending on if selected or not.
6710 radio: A radio button.
6711 Prepend the name with `[X] ' or `[ ] ' depending on if selected or not.
6712 button: Surround the name with `[' and `]'. Use this for an item in the
6713 menu bar itself.
6714 anything else means an ordinary menu item.
6716 :selected SELECTED
6718 SELECTED is an expression; the checkbox or radio button is selected
6719 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
6721 :help HELP
6723 HELP is a string, the help to display for the menu item.
6725 A menu item can be a string. Then that string appears in the menu as
6726 unselectable text. A string consisting solely of hyphens is displayed
6727 as a solid horizontal line.
6729 A menu item can be a list with the same format as MENU. This is a submenu.
6731 \(fn SYMBOL MAPS DOC MENU)" nil (quote macro))
6733 (autoload 'easy-menu-do-define "easymenu" "\
6734 Not documented
6736 \(fn SYMBOL MAPS DOC MENU)" nil nil)
6738 (autoload 'easy-menu-create-menu "easymenu" "\
6739 Create a menu called MENU-NAME with items described in MENU-ITEMS.
6740 MENU-NAME is a string, the name of the menu. MENU-ITEMS is a list of items
6741 possibly preceded by keyword pairs as described in `easy-menu-define'.
6743 \(fn MENU-NAME MENU-ITEMS)" nil nil)
6745 (autoload 'easy-menu-change "easymenu" "\
6746 Change menu found at PATH as item NAME to contain ITEMS.
6747 PATH is a list of strings for locating the menu that
6748 should contain a submenu named NAME.
6749 ITEMS is a list of menu items, as in `easy-menu-define'.
6750 These items entirely replace the previous items in that submenu.
6752 If MAP is specified, it should normally be a keymap; nil stands for the local
6753 menu-bar keymap. It can also be a symbol, which has earlier been used as the
6754 first argument in a call to `easy-menu-define', or the value of such a symbol.
6756 If the menu located by PATH has no submenu named NAME, add one.
6757 If the optional argument BEFORE is present, add it just before
6758 the submenu named BEFORE, otherwise add it at the end of the menu.
6760 To implement dynamic menus, either call this from
6761 `menu-bar-update-hook' or use a menu filter.
6763 \(fn PATH NAME ITEMS &optional BEFORE MAP)" nil nil)
6765 ;;;***
6767 ;;;### (autoloads (ebnf-pop-style ebnf-push-style ebnf-reset-style
6768 ;;;;;; ebnf-apply-style ebnf-merge-style ebnf-delete-style ebnf-insert-style
6769 ;;;;;; ebnf-find-style ebnf-setup ebnf-syntax-region ebnf-syntax-buffer
6770 ;;;;;; ebnf-syntax-file ebnf-syntax-directory ebnf-eps-region ebnf-eps-buffer
6771 ;;;;;; ebnf-eps-file ebnf-eps-directory ebnf-spool-region ebnf-spool-buffer
6772 ;;;;;; ebnf-spool-file ebnf-spool-directory ebnf-print-region ebnf-print-buffer
6773 ;;;;;; ebnf-print-file ebnf-print-directory ebnf-customize) "ebnf2ps"
6774 ;;;;;; "progmodes/ebnf2ps.el" (19277 34922))
6775 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ebnf2ps.el
6777 (autoload 'ebnf-customize "ebnf2ps" "\
6778 Customization for ebnf group.
6780 \(fn)" t nil)
6782 (autoload 'ebnf-print-directory "ebnf2ps" "\
6783 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of DIRECTORY.
6785 If DIRECTORY is nil, it's used `default-directory'.
6787 The files in DIRECTORY that matches `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see) are
6788 processed.
6790 See also `ebnf-print-buffer'.
6792 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
6794 (autoload 'ebnf-print-file "ebnf2ps" "\
6795 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of the file FILE.
6797 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
6798 killed after process termination.
6800 See also `ebnf-print-buffer'.
6802 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
6804 (autoload 'ebnf-print-buffer "ebnf2ps" "\
6805 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of the buffer.
6807 When called with a numeric prefix argument (C-u), prompts the user for
6808 the name of a file to save the PostScript image in, instead of sending
6809 it to the printer.
6811 More specifically, the FILENAME argument is treated as follows: if it
6812 is nil, send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save
6813 the PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is a
6814 number, prompt the user for the name of the file to save in.
6816 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
6818 (autoload 'ebnf-print-region "ebnf2ps" "\
6819 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of the region.
6820 Like `ebnf-print-buffer', but prints just the current region.
6822 \(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
6824 (autoload 'ebnf-spool-directory "ebnf2ps" "\
6825 Generate and spool a PostScript syntactic chart image of DIRECTORY.
6827 If DIRECTORY is nil, it's used `default-directory'.
6829 The files in DIRECTORY that matches `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see) are
6830 processed.
6832 See also `ebnf-spool-buffer'.
6834 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
6836 (autoload 'ebnf-spool-file "ebnf2ps" "\
6837 Generate and spool a PostScript syntactic chart image of the file FILE.
6839 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
6840 killed after process termination.
6842 See also `ebnf-spool-buffer'.
6844 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
6846 (autoload 'ebnf-spool-buffer "ebnf2ps" "\
6847 Generate and spool a PostScript syntactic chart image of the buffer.
6848 Like `ebnf-print-buffer' except that the PostScript image is saved in a
6849 local buffer to be sent to the printer later.
6851 Use the command `ebnf-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
6853 \(fn)" t nil)
6855 (autoload 'ebnf-spool-region "ebnf2ps" "\
6856 Generate a PostScript syntactic chart image of the region and spool locally.
6857 Like `ebnf-spool-buffer', but spools just the current region.
6859 Use the command `ebnf-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
6861 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
6863 (autoload 'ebnf-eps-directory "ebnf2ps" "\
6864 Generate EPS files from EBNF files in DIRECTORY.
6866 If DIRECTORY is nil, it's used `default-directory'.
6868 The files in DIRECTORY that matches `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see) are
6869 processed.
6871 See also `ebnf-eps-buffer'.
6873 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
6875 (autoload 'ebnf-eps-file "ebnf2ps" "\
6876 Generate an EPS file from EBNF file FILE.
6878 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
6879 killed after EPS generation.
6881 See also `ebnf-eps-buffer'.
6883 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
6885 (autoload 'ebnf-eps-buffer "ebnf2ps" "\
6886 Generate a PostScript syntactic chart image of the buffer in an EPS file.
6888 Generate an EPS file for each production in the buffer.
6889 The EPS file name has the following form:
6891 <PREFIX><PRODUCTION>.eps
6893 <PREFIX> is given by variable `ebnf-eps-prefix'.
6894 The default value is \"ebnf--\".
6896 <PRODUCTION> is the production name.
6897 Some characters in the production file name are replaced to
6898 produce a valid file name. For example, the production name
6899 \"A/B + C\" is modified to produce \"A_B_+_C\", and the EPS
6900 file name used in this case will be \"ebnf--A_B_+_C.eps\".
6902 WARNING: This function does *NOT* ask any confirmation to override existing
6903 files.
6905 \(fn)" t nil)
6907 (autoload 'ebnf-eps-region "ebnf2ps" "\
6908 Generate a PostScript syntactic chart image of the region in an EPS file.
6910 Generate an EPS file for each production in the region.
6911 The EPS file name has the following form:
6913 <PREFIX><PRODUCTION>.eps
6915 <PREFIX> is given by variable `ebnf-eps-prefix'.
6916 The default value is \"ebnf--\".
6918 <PRODUCTION> is the production name.
6919 Some characters in the production file name are replaced to
6920 produce a valid file name. For example, the production name
6921 \"A/B + C\" is modified to produce \"A_B_+_C\", and the EPS
6922 file name used in this case will be \"ebnf--A_B_+_C.eps\".
6924 WARNING: This function does *NOT* ask any confirmation to override existing
6925 files.
6927 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
6929 (defalias 'ebnf-despool 'ps-despool)
6931 (autoload 'ebnf-syntax-directory "ebnf2ps" "\
6932 Do a syntactic analysis of the files in DIRECTORY.
6934 If DIRECTORY is nil, use `default-directory'.
6936 Only the files in DIRECTORY that match `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see)
6937 are processed.
6939 See also `ebnf-syntax-buffer'.
6941 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
6943 (autoload 'ebnf-syntax-file "ebnf2ps" "\
6944 Do a syntactic analysis of the named FILE.
6946 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
6947 killed after syntax checking.
6949 See also `ebnf-syntax-buffer'.
6951 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
6953 (autoload 'ebnf-syntax-buffer "ebnf2ps" "\
6954 Do a syntactic analysis of the current buffer.
6956 \(fn)" t nil)
6958 (autoload 'ebnf-syntax-region "ebnf2ps" "\
6959 Do a syntactic analysis of a region.
6961 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
6963 (autoload 'ebnf-setup "ebnf2ps" "\
6964 Return the current ebnf2ps setup.
6966 \(fn)" nil nil)
6968 (autoload 'ebnf-find-style "ebnf2ps" "\
6969 Return style definition if NAME is already defined; otherwise, return nil.
6971 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
6973 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
6975 (autoload 'ebnf-insert-style "ebnf2ps" "\
6976 Insert a new style NAME with inheritance INHERITS and values VALUES.
6978 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
6980 \(fn NAME INHERITS &rest VALUES)" t nil)
6982 (autoload 'ebnf-delete-style "ebnf2ps" "\
6983 Delete style NAME.
6985 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
6987 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
6989 (autoload 'ebnf-merge-style "ebnf2ps" "\
6990 Merge values of style NAME with style VALUES.
6992 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
6994 \(fn NAME &rest VALUES)" t nil)
6996 (autoload 'ebnf-apply-style "ebnf2ps" "\
6997 Set STYLE as the current style.
6999 Returns the old style symbol.
7001 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7003 \(fn STYLE)" t nil)
7005 (autoload 'ebnf-reset-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7006 Reset current style.
7008 Returns the old style symbol.
7010 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7012 \(fn &optional STYLE)" t nil)
7014 (autoload 'ebnf-push-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7015 Push the current style onto a stack and set STYLE as the current style.
7017 Returns the old style symbol.
7019 See also `ebnf-pop-style'.
7021 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7023 \(fn &optional STYLE)" t nil)
7025 (autoload 'ebnf-pop-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7026 Pop a style from the stack of pushed styles and set it as the current style.
7028 Returns the old style symbol.
7030 See also `ebnf-push-style'.
7032 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7034 \(fn)" t nil)
7036 ;;;***
7038 ;;;### (autoloads (ebrowse-statistics ebrowse-save-tree-as ebrowse-save-tree
7039 ;;;;;; ebrowse-electric-position-menu ebrowse-forward-in-position-stack
7040 ;;;;;; ebrowse-back-in-position-stack ebrowse-tags-search-member-use
7041 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-query-replace ebrowse-tags-search ebrowse-tags-loop-continue
7042 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-complete-symbol ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-frame
7043 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-frame ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-frame
7044 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-window ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-window
7045 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-window ebrowse-tags-find-definition
7046 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-view-definition ebrowse-tags-find-declaration
7047 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-view-declaration ebrowse-member-mode ebrowse-electric-choose-tree
7048 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tree-mode) "ebrowse" "progmodes/ebrowse.el" (19277
7049 ;;;;;; 34922))
7050 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ebrowse.el
7052 (autoload 'ebrowse-tree-mode "ebrowse" "\
7053 Major mode for Ebrowse class tree buffers.
7054 Each line corresponds to a class in a class tree.
7055 Letters do not insert themselves, they are commands.
7056 File operations in the tree buffer work on class tree data structures.
7057 E.g.\\[save-buffer] writes the tree to the file it was loaded from.
7059 Tree mode key bindings:
7060 \\{ebrowse-tree-mode-map}
7062 \(fn)" t nil)
7064 (autoload 'ebrowse-electric-choose-tree "ebrowse" "\
7065 Return a buffer containing a tree or nil if no tree found or canceled.
7067 \(fn)" t nil)
7069 (autoload 'ebrowse-member-mode "ebrowse" "\
7070 Major mode for Ebrowse member buffers.
7072 \\{ebrowse-member-mode-map}
7074 \(fn)" nil nil)
7076 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-view-declaration "ebrowse" "\
7077 View declaration of member at point.
7079 \(fn)" t nil)
7081 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-declaration "ebrowse" "\
7082 Find declaration of member at point.
7084 \(fn)" t nil)
7086 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-view-definition "ebrowse" "\
7087 View definition of member at point.
7089 \(fn)" t nil)
7091 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-definition "ebrowse" "\
7092 Find definition of member at point.
7094 \(fn)" t nil)
7096 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-window "ebrowse" "\
7097 Find declaration of member at point in other window.
7099 \(fn)" t nil)
7101 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-window "ebrowse" "\
7102 View definition of member at point in other window.
7104 \(fn)" t nil)
7106 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-window "ebrowse" "\
7107 Find definition of member at point in other window.
7109 \(fn)" t nil)
7111 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-frame "ebrowse" "\
7112 Find definition of member at point in other frame.
7114 \(fn)" t nil)
7116 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-frame "ebrowse" "\
7117 View definition of member at point in other frame.
7119 \(fn)" t nil)
7121 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-frame "ebrowse" "\
7122 Find definition of member at point in other frame.
7124 \(fn)" t nil)
7126 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-complete-symbol "ebrowse" "\
7127 Perform completion on the C++ symbol preceding point.
7128 A second call of this function without changing point inserts the next match.
7129 A call with prefix PREFIX reads the symbol to insert from the minibuffer with
7130 completion.
7132 \(fn PREFIX)" t nil)
7134 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-loop-continue "ebrowse" "\
7135 Repeat last operation on files in tree.
7136 FIRST-TIME non-nil means this is not a repetition, but the first time.
7137 TREE-BUFFER if indirectly specifies which files to loop over.
7139 \(fn &optional FIRST-TIME TREE-BUFFER)" t nil)
7141 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-search "ebrowse" "\
7142 Search for REGEXP in all files in a tree.
7143 If marked classes exist, process marked classes, only.
7144 If regular expression is nil, repeat last search.
7146 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
7148 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-query-replace "ebrowse" "\
7149 Query replace FROM with TO in all files of a class tree.
7150 With prefix arg, process files of marked classes only.
7152 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
7154 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-search-member-use "ebrowse" "\
7155 Search for call sites of a member.
7156 If FIX-NAME is specified, search uses of that member.
7157 Otherwise, read a member name from the minibuffer.
7158 Searches in all files mentioned in a class tree for something that
7159 looks like a function call to the member.
7161 \(fn &optional FIX-NAME)" t nil)
7163 (autoload 'ebrowse-back-in-position-stack "ebrowse" "\
7164 Move backward in the position stack.
7165 Prefix arg ARG says how much.
7167 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
7169 (autoload 'ebrowse-forward-in-position-stack "ebrowse" "\
7170 Move forward in the position stack.
7171 Prefix arg ARG says how much.
7173 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
7175 (autoload 'ebrowse-electric-position-menu "ebrowse" "\
7176 List positions in the position stack in an electric buffer.
7178 \(fn)" t nil)
7180 (autoload 'ebrowse-save-tree "ebrowse" "\
7181 Save current tree in same file it was loaded from.
7183 \(fn)" t nil)
7185 (autoload 'ebrowse-save-tree-as "ebrowse" "\
7186 Write the current tree data structure to a file.
7187 Read the file name from the minibuffer if interactive.
7188 Otherwise, FILE-NAME specifies the file to save the tree in.
7190 \(fn &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil)
7192 (autoload 'ebrowse-statistics "ebrowse" "\
7193 Display statistics for a class tree.
7195 \(fn)" t nil)
7197 ;;;***
7199 ;;;### (autoloads (electric-buffer-list) "ebuff-menu" "ebuff-menu.el"
7200 ;;;;;; (19277 34916))
7201 ;;; Generated autoloads from ebuff-menu.el
7203 (autoload 'electric-buffer-list "ebuff-menu" "\
7204 Pop up a buffer describing the set of Emacs buffers.
7205 Vaguely like ITS lunar select buffer; combining typeoutoid buffer
7206 listing with menuoid buffer selection.
7208 If the very next character typed is a space then the buffer list
7209 window disappears. Otherwise, one may move around in the buffer list
7210 window, marking buffers to be selected, saved or deleted.
7212 To exit and select a new buffer, type a space when the cursor is on
7213 the appropriate line of the buffer-list window. Other commands are
7214 much like those of `Buffer-menu-mode'.
7216 Run hooks in `electric-buffer-menu-mode-hook' on entry.
7218 \\{electric-buffer-menu-mode-map}
7220 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
7222 ;;;***
7224 ;;;### (autoloads (Electric-command-history-redo-expression) "echistory"
7225 ;;;;;; "echistory.el" (19277 34916))
7226 ;;; Generated autoloads from echistory.el
7228 (autoload 'Electric-command-history-redo-expression "echistory" "\
7229 Edit current history line in minibuffer and execute result.
7230 With prefix arg NOCONFIRM, execute current line as-is without editing.
7232 \(fn &optional NOCONFIRM)" t nil)
7234 ;;;***
7236 ;;;### (autoloads (ecomplete-setup) "ecomplete" "gnus/ecomplete.el"
7237 ;;;;;; (19277 34919))
7238 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/ecomplete.el
7240 (autoload 'ecomplete-setup "ecomplete" "\
7241 Not documented
7243 \(fn)" nil nil)
7245 ;;;***
7247 ;;;### (autoloads (global-ede-mode) "ede" "cedet/ede.el" (19324 55755))
7248 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede.el
7250 (defvar global-ede-mode nil "\
7251 Non-nil if Global-Ede mode is enabled.
7252 See the command `global-ede-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
7253 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
7254 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
7255 or call the function `global-ede-mode'.")
7257 (custom-autoload 'global-ede-mode "ede" nil)
7259 (autoload 'global-ede-mode "ede" "\
7260 Toggle global EDE (Emacs Development Environment) mode.
7261 With non-nil argument ARG, enable global EDE mode if ARG is
7262 positive; otherwise, disable it.
7264 This global minor mode enables `ede-minor-mode' in all buffers in
7265 an EDE controlled project.
7267 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7269 ;;;***
7271 ;;;### (autoloads (edebug-all-forms edebug-all-defs edebug-eval-top-level-form
7272 ;;;;;; edebug-basic-spec edebug-all-forms edebug-all-defs) "edebug"
7273 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/edebug.el" (19277 34919))
7274 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/edebug.el
7276 (defvar edebug-all-defs nil "\
7277 If non-nil, evaluating defining forms instruments for Edebug.
7278 This applies to `eval-defun', `eval-region', `eval-buffer', and
7279 `eval-current-buffer'. `eval-region' is also called by
7280 `eval-last-sexp', and `eval-print-last-sexp'.
7282 You can use the command `edebug-all-defs' to toggle the value of this
7283 variable. You may wish to make it local to each buffer with
7284 \(make-local-variable 'edebug-all-defs) in your
7285 `emacs-lisp-mode-hook'.")
7287 (custom-autoload 'edebug-all-defs "edebug" t)
7289 (defvar edebug-all-forms nil "\
7290 Non-nil means evaluation of all forms will instrument for Edebug.
7291 This doesn't apply to loading or evaluations in the minibuffer.
7292 Use the command `edebug-all-forms' to toggle the value of this option.")
7294 (custom-autoload 'edebug-all-forms "edebug" t)
7296 (autoload 'edebug-basic-spec "edebug" "\
7297 Return t if SPEC uses only extant spec symbols.
7298 An extant spec symbol is a symbol that is not a function and has a
7299 `edebug-form-spec' property.
7301 \(fn SPEC)" nil nil)
7303 (defalias 'edebug-defun 'edebug-eval-top-level-form)
7305 (autoload 'edebug-eval-top-level-form "edebug" "\
7306 Evaluate the top level form point is in, stepping through with Edebug.
7307 This is like `eval-defun' except that it steps the code for Edebug
7308 before evaluating it. It displays the value in the echo area
7309 using `eval-expression' (which see).
7311 If you do this on a function definition such as a defun or defmacro,
7312 it defines the function and instruments its definition for Edebug,
7313 so it will do Edebug stepping when called later. It displays
7314 `Edebug: FUNCTION' in the echo area to indicate that FUNCTION is now
7315 instrumented for Edebug.
7317 If the current defun is actually a call to `defvar' or `defcustom',
7318 evaluating it this way resets the variable using its initial value
7319 expression even if the variable already has some other value.
7320 \(Normally `defvar' and `defcustom' do not alter the value if there
7321 already is one.)
7323 \(fn)" t nil)
7325 (autoload 'edebug-all-defs "edebug" "\
7326 Toggle edebugging of all definitions.
7328 \(fn)" t nil)
7330 (autoload 'edebug-all-forms "edebug" "\
7331 Toggle edebugging of all forms.
7333 \(fn)" t nil)
7335 ;;;***
7337 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-documentation ediff-version ediff-revision
7338 ;;;;;; ediff-patch-buffer ediff-patch-file ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor
7339 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-revisions ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor ediff-merge-buffers
7340 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor ediff-merge-files ediff-regions-linewise
7341 ;;;;;; ediff-regions-wordwise ediff-windows-linewise ediff-windows-wordwise
7342 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor ediff-merge-directory-revisions
7343 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor ediff-merge-directories
7344 ;;;;;; ediff-directories3 ediff-directory-revisions ediff-directories
7345 ;;;;;; ediff-buffers3 ediff-buffers ediff-backup ediff-current-file
7346 ;;;;;; ediff-files3 ediff-files) "ediff" "ediff.el" (19277 34916))
7347 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff.el
7349 (autoload 'ediff-files "ediff" "\
7350 Run Ediff on a pair of files, FILE-A and FILE-B.
7352 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7354 (autoload 'ediff-files3 "ediff" "\
7355 Run Ediff on three files, FILE-A, FILE-B, and FILE-C.
7357 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-C &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7359 (defalias 'ediff3 'ediff-files3)
7361 (defalias 'ediff 'ediff-files)
7363 (autoload 'ediff-current-file "ediff" "\
7364 Start ediff between current buffer and its file on disk.
7365 This command can be used instead of `revert-buffer'. If there is
7366 nothing to revert then this command fails.
7368 \(fn)" t nil)
7370 (autoload 'ediff-backup "ediff" "\
7371 Run Ediff on FILE and its backup file.
7372 Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups.
7373 If this file is a backup, `ediff' it with its original.
7375 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
7377 (autoload 'ediff-buffers "ediff" "\
7378 Run Ediff on a pair of buffers, BUFFER-A and BUFFER-B.
7380 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME)" t nil)
7382 (defalias 'ebuffers 'ediff-buffers)
7384 (autoload 'ediff-buffers3 "ediff" "\
7385 Run Ediff on three buffers, BUFFER-A, BUFFER-B, and BUFFER-C.
7387 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-C &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME)" t nil)
7389 (defalias 'ebuffers3 'ediff-buffers3)
7391 (autoload 'ediff-directories "ediff" "\
7392 Run Ediff on a pair of directories, DIR1 and DIR2, comparing files that have
7393 the same name in both. The third argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular
7394 expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered.
7396 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 REGEXP)" t nil)
7398 (defalias 'edirs 'ediff-directories)
7400 (autoload 'ediff-directory-revisions "ediff" "\
7401 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, comparing its files with their revisions.
7402 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
7403 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.
7405 \(fn DIR1 REGEXP)" t nil)
7407 (defalias 'edir-revisions 'ediff-directory-revisions)
7409 (autoload 'ediff-directories3 "ediff" "\
7410 Run Ediff on three directories, DIR1, DIR2, and DIR3, comparing files that
7411 have the same name in all three. The last argument, REGEXP, is nil or a
7412 regular expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered.
7414 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 DIR3 REGEXP)" t nil)
7416 (defalias 'edirs3 'ediff-directories3)
7418 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directories "ediff" "\
7419 Run Ediff on a pair of directories, DIR1 and DIR2, merging files that have
7420 the same name in both. The third argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular
7421 expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered.
7423 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
7425 (defalias 'edirs-merge 'ediff-merge-directories)
7427 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
7428 Merge files in directories DIR1 and DIR2 using files in ANCESTOR-DIR as ancestors.
7429 Ediff merges files that have identical names in DIR1, DIR2. If a pair of files
7430 in DIR1 and DIR2 doesn't have an ancestor in ANCESTOR-DIR, Ediff will merge
7431 without ancestor. The fourth argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular expression;
7432 only file names that match the regexp are considered.
7434 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 ANCESTOR-DIR REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
7436 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directory-revisions "ediff" "\
7437 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, merging its files with their revisions.
7438 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
7439 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.
7441 \(fn DIR1 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
7443 (defalias 'edir-merge-revisions 'ediff-merge-directory-revisions)
7445 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
7446 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, merging its files with their revisions and ancestors.
7447 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
7448 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.
7450 \(fn DIR1 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
7452 (defalias 'edir-merge-revisions-with-ancestor 'ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor)
7454 (defalias 'edirs-merge-with-ancestor 'ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor)
7456 (autoload 'ediff-windows-wordwise "ediff" "\
7457 Compare WIND-A and WIND-B, which are selected by clicking, wordwise.
7458 With prefix argument, DUMB-MODE, or on a non-windowing display, works as
7459 follows:
7460 If WIND-A is nil, use selected window.
7461 If WIND-B is nil, use window next to WIND-A.
7463 \(fn DUMB-MODE &optional WIND-A WIND-B STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7465 (autoload 'ediff-windows-linewise "ediff" "\
7466 Compare WIND-A and WIND-B, which are selected by clicking, linewise.
7467 With prefix argument, DUMB-MODE, or on a non-windowing display, works as
7468 follows:
7469 If WIND-A is nil, use selected window.
7470 If WIND-B is nil, use window next to WIND-A.
7472 \(fn DUMB-MODE &optional WIND-A WIND-B STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7474 (autoload 'ediff-regions-wordwise "ediff" "\
7475 Run Ediff on a pair of regions in specified buffers.
7476 Regions (i.e., point and mark) can be set in advance or marked interactively.
7477 This function is effective only for relatively small regions, up to 200
7478 lines. For large regions, use `ediff-regions-linewise'.
7480 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7482 (autoload 'ediff-regions-linewise "ediff" "\
7483 Run Ediff on a pair of regions in specified buffers.
7484 Regions (i.e., point and mark) can be set in advance or marked interactively.
7485 Each region is enlarged to contain full lines.
7486 This function is effective for large regions, over 100-200
7487 lines. For small regions, use `ediff-regions-wordwise'.
7489 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7491 (defalias 'ediff-merge 'ediff-merge-files)
7493 (autoload 'ediff-merge-files "ediff" "\
7494 Merge two files without ancestor.
7496 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7498 (autoload 'ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
7499 Merge two files with ancestor.
7501 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7503 (defalias 'ediff-merge-with-ancestor 'ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor)
7505 (autoload 'ediff-merge-buffers "ediff" "\
7506 Merge buffers without ancestor.
7508 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7510 (autoload 'ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
7511 Merge buffers with ancestor.
7513 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7515 (autoload 'ediff-merge-revisions "ediff" "\
7516 Run Ediff by merging two revisions of a file.
7517 The file is the optional FILE argument or the file visited by the current
7518 buffer.
7520 \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7522 (autoload 'ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
7523 Run Ediff by merging two revisions of a file with a common ancestor.
7524 The file is the optional FILE argument or the file visited by the current
7525 buffer.
7527 \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7529 (autoload 'ediff-patch-file "ediff" "\
7530 Run Ediff by patching SOURCE-FILENAME.
7531 If optional PATCH-BUF is given, use the patch in that buffer
7532 and don't ask the user.
7533 If prefix argument, then: if even argument, assume that the patch is in a
7534 buffer. If odd -- assume it is in a file.
7536 \(fn &optional ARG PATCH-BUF)" t nil)
7538 (autoload 'ediff-patch-buffer "ediff" "\
7539 Run Ediff by patching the buffer specified at prompt.
7540 Without the optional prefix ARG, asks if the patch is in some buffer and
7541 prompts for the buffer or a file, depending on the answer.
7542 With ARG=1, assumes the patch is in a file and prompts for the file.
7543 With ARG=2, assumes the patch is in a buffer and prompts for the buffer.
7544 PATCH-BUF is an optional argument, which specifies the buffer that contains the
7545 patch. If not given, the user is prompted according to the prefix argument.
7547 \(fn &optional ARG PATCH-BUF)" t nil)
7549 (defalias 'epatch 'ediff-patch-file)
7551 (defalias 'epatch-buffer 'ediff-patch-buffer)
7553 (autoload 'ediff-revision "ediff" "\
7554 Run Ediff by comparing versions of a file.
7555 The file is an optional FILE argument or the file entered at the prompt.
7556 Default: the file visited by the current buffer.
7557 Uses `vc.el' or `rcs.el' depending on `ediff-version-control-package'.
7559 \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7561 (defalias 'erevision 'ediff-revision)
7563 (autoload 'ediff-version "ediff" "\
7564 Return string describing the version of Ediff.
7565 When called interactively, displays the version.
7567 \(fn)" t nil)
7569 (autoload 'ediff-documentation "ediff" "\
7570 Display Ediff's manual.
7571 With optional NODE, goes to that node.
7573 \(fn &optional NODE)" t nil)
7575 ;;;***
7577 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-customize) "ediff-help" "ediff-help.el"
7578 ;;;;;; (19277 34916))
7579 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff-help.el
7581 (autoload 'ediff-customize "ediff-help" "\
7582 Not documented
7584 \(fn)" t nil)
7586 ;;;***
7588 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-show-registry) "ediff-mult" "ediff-mult.el"
7589 ;;;;;; (19277 34916))
7590 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff-mult.el
7592 (autoload 'ediff-show-registry "ediff-mult" "\
7593 Display Ediff's registry.
7595 \(fn)" t nil)
7597 (defalias 'eregistry 'ediff-show-registry)
7599 ;;;***
7601 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-toggle-use-toolbar ediff-toggle-multiframe)
7602 ;;;;;; "ediff-util" "ediff-util.el" (19304 58663))
7603 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff-util.el
7605 (autoload 'ediff-toggle-multiframe "ediff-util" "\
7606 Switch from multiframe display to single-frame display and back.
7607 To change the default, set the variable `ediff-window-setup-function',
7608 which see.
7610 \(fn)" t nil)
7612 (autoload 'ediff-toggle-use-toolbar "ediff-util" "\
7613 Enable or disable Ediff toolbar.
7614 Works only in versions of Emacs that support toolbars.
7615 To change the default, set the variable `ediff-use-toolbar-p', which see.
7617 \(fn)" t nil)
7619 ;;;***
7621 ;;;### (autoloads (format-kbd-macro read-kbd-macro edit-named-kbd-macro
7622 ;;;;;; edit-last-kbd-macro edit-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "edmacro.el"
7623 ;;;;;; (19277 34916))
7624 ;;; Generated autoloads from edmacro.el
7626 (defvar edmacro-eight-bits nil "\
7627 *Non-nil if `edit-kbd-macro' should leave 8-bit characters intact.
7628 Default nil means to write characters above \\177 in octal notation.")
7630 (autoload 'edit-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
7631 Edit a keyboard macro.
7632 At the prompt, type any key sequence which is bound to a keyboard macro.
7633 Or, type `C-x e' or RET to edit the last keyboard macro, `C-h l' to edit
7634 the last 300 keystrokes as a keyboard macro, or `M-x' to edit a macro by
7635 its command name.
7636 With a prefix argument, format the macro in a more concise way.
7638 \(fn KEYS &optional PREFIX FINISH-HOOK STORE-HOOK)" t nil)
7640 (autoload 'edit-last-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
7641 Edit the most recently defined keyboard macro.
7643 \(fn &optional PREFIX)" t nil)
7645 (autoload 'edit-named-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
7646 Edit a keyboard macro which has been given a name by `name-last-kbd-macro'.
7648 \(fn &optional PREFIX)" t nil)
7650 (autoload 'read-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
7651 Read the region as a keyboard macro definition.
7652 The region is interpreted as spelled-out keystrokes, e.g., \"M-x abc RET\".
7653 See documentation for `edmacro-mode' for details.
7654 Leading/trailing \"C-x (\" and \"C-x )\" in the text are allowed and ignored.
7655 The resulting macro is installed as the \"current\" keyboard macro.
7657 In Lisp, may also be called with a single STRING argument in which case
7658 the result is returned rather than being installed as the current macro.
7659 The result will be a string if possible, otherwise an event vector.
7660 Second argument NEED-VECTOR means to return an event vector always.
7662 \(fn START &optional END)" t nil)
7664 (autoload 'format-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
7665 Return the keyboard macro MACRO as a human-readable string.
7666 This string is suitable for passing to `read-kbd-macro'.
7667 Second argument VERBOSE means to put one command per line with comments.
7668 If VERBOSE is `1', put everything on one line. If VERBOSE is omitted
7669 or nil, use a compact 80-column format.
7671 \(fn &optional MACRO VERBOSE)" nil nil)
7673 ;;;***
7675 ;;;### (autoloads (edt-emulation-on edt-set-scroll-margins) "edt"
7676 ;;;;;; "emulation/edt.el" (19280 45063))
7677 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/edt.el
7679 (autoload 'edt-set-scroll-margins "edt" "\
7680 Set scroll margins.
7681 Argument TOP is the top margin in number of lines or percent of window.
7682 Argument BOTTOM is the bottom margin in number of lines or percent of window.
7684 \(fn TOP BOTTOM)" t nil)
7686 (autoload 'edt-emulation-on "edt" "\
7687 Turn on EDT Emulation.
7689 \(fn)" t nil)
7691 ;;;***
7693 ;;;### (autoloads (electric-helpify with-electric-help) "ehelp" "ehelp.el"
7694 ;;;;;; (19277 34916))
7695 ;;; Generated autoloads from ehelp.el
7697 (autoload 'with-electric-help "ehelp" "\
7698 Pop up an \"electric\" help buffer.
7699 THUNK is a function of no arguments which is called to initialize the
7700 contents of BUFFER. BUFFER defaults to `*Help*'. BUFFER will be
7701 erased before THUNK is called unless NOERASE is non-nil. THUNK will
7702 be called while BUFFER is current and with `standard-output' bound to
7703 the buffer specified by BUFFER.
7705 If THUNK returns nil, we display BUFFER starting at the top, and shrink
7706 the window to fit. If THUNK returns non-nil, we don't do those things.
7708 After THUNK has been called, this function \"electrically\" pops up a
7709 window in which BUFFER is displayed and allows the user to scroll
7710 through that buffer in `electric-help-mode'. The window's height will
7711 be at least MINHEIGHT if this value is non-nil.
7713 If THUNK returns nil, we display BUFFER starting at the top, and
7714 shrink the window to fit if `electric-help-shrink-window' is non-nil.
7715 If THUNK returns non-nil, we don't do those things.
7717 When the user exits (with `electric-help-exit', or otherwise), the help
7718 buffer's window disappears (i.e., we use `save-window-excursion'), and
7719 BUFFER is put into default `major-mode' (or `fundamental-mode').
7721 \(fn THUNK &optional BUFFER NOERASE MINHEIGHT)" nil nil)
7723 (autoload 'electric-helpify "ehelp" "\
7724 Not documented
7726 \(fn FUN &optional NAME)" nil nil)
7728 ;;;***
7730 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-on-eldoc-mode eldoc-mode eldoc-minor-mode-string)
7731 ;;;;;; "eldoc" "emacs-lisp/eldoc.el" (19277 34919))
7732 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/eldoc.el
7734 (defvar eldoc-minor-mode-string (purecopy " ElDoc") "\
7735 String to display in mode line when ElDoc Mode is enabled; nil for none.")
7737 (custom-autoload 'eldoc-minor-mode-string "eldoc" t)
7739 (autoload 'eldoc-mode "eldoc" "\
7740 Toggle ElDoc mode on or off.
7741 In ElDoc mode, the echo area displays information about a
7742 function or variable in the text where point is. If point is
7743 on a documented variable, it displays the first line of that
7744 variable's doc string. Otherwise it displays the argument list
7745 of the function called in the expression point is on.
7747 With prefix ARG, turn ElDoc mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
7749 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7751 (autoload 'turn-on-eldoc-mode "eldoc" "\
7752 Unequivocally turn on ElDoc mode (see command `eldoc-mode').
7754 \(fn)" t nil)
7756 (defvar eldoc-documentation-function nil "\
7757 If non-nil, function to call to return doc string.
7758 The function of no args should return a one-line string for displaying
7759 doc about a function etc. appropriate to the context around point.
7760 It should return nil if there's no doc appropriate for the context.
7761 Typically doc is returned if point is on a function-like name or in its
7762 arg list.
7764 The result is used as is, so the function must explicitly handle
7765 the variables `eldoc-argument-case' and `eldoc-echo-area-use-multiline-p',
7766 and the face `eldoc-highlight-function-argument', if they are to have any
7767 effect.
7769 This variable is expected to be made buffer-local by modes (other than
7770 Emacs Lisp mode) that support ElDoc.")
7772 ;;;***
7774 ;;;### (autoloads (elide-head) "elide-head" "elide-head.el" (19277
7775 ;;;;;; 34916))
7776 ;;; Generated autoloads from elide-head.el
7778 (autoload 'elide-head "elide-head" "\
7779 Hide header material in buffer according to `elide-head-headers-to-hide'.
7781 The header is made invisible with an overlay. With a prefix arg, show
7782 an elided material again.
7784 This is suitable as an entry on `find-file-hook' or appropriate mode hooks.
7786 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7788 ;;;***
7790 ;;;### (autoloads (elint-initialize elint-defun elint-current-buffer
7791 ;;;;;; elint-directory elint-file) "elint" "emacs-lisp/elint.el"
7792 ;;;;;; (19339 10551))
7793 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/elint.el
7795 (autoload 'elint-file "elint" "\
7796 Lint the file FILE.
7798 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
7800 (autoload 'elint-directory "elint" "\
7801 Lint all the .el files in DIRECTORY.
7802 A complicated directory may require a lot of memory.
7804 \(fn DIRECTORY)" t nil)
7806 (autoload 'elint-current-buffer "elint" "\
7807 Lint the current buffer.
7808 If necessary, this first calls `elint-initialize'.
7810 \(fn)" t nil)
7812 (autoload 'elint-defun "elint" "\
7813 Lint the function at point.
7814 If necessary, this first calls `elint-initialize'.
7816 \(fn)" t nil)
7818 (autoload 'elint-initialize "elint" "\
7819 Initialize elint.
7820 If elint is already initialized, this does nothing, unless
7821 optional prefix argument REINIT is non-nil.
7823 \(fn &optional REINIT)" t nil)
7825 ;;;***
7827 ;;;### (autoloads (elp-results elp-instrument-package elp-instrument-list
7828 ;;;;;; elp-instrument-function) "elp" "emacs-lisp/elp.el" (19277
7829 ;;;;;; 34919))
7830 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/elp.el
7832 (autoload 'elp-instrument-function "elp" "\
7833 Instrument FUNSYM for profiling.
7834 FUNSYM must be a symbol of a defined function.
7836 \(fn FUNSYM)" t nil)
7838 (autoload 'elp-instrument-list "elp" "\
7839 Instrument, for profiling, all functions in `elp-function-list'.
7840 Use optional LIST if provided instead.
7841 If called interactively, read LIST using the minibuffer.
7843 \(fn &optional LIST)" t nil)
7845 (autoload 'elp-instrument-package "elp" "\
7846 Instrument for profiling, all functions which start with PREFIX.
7847 For example, to instrument all ELP functions, do the following:
7849 \\[elp-instrument-package] RET elp- RET
7851 \(fn PREFIX)" t nil)
7853 (autoload 'elp-results "elp" "\
7854 Display current profiling results.
7855 If `elp-reset-after-results' is non-nil, then current profiling
7856 information for all instrumented functions is reset after results are
7857 displayed.
7859 \(fn)" t nil)
7861 ;;;***
7863 ;;;### (autoloads (report-emacs-bug) "emacsbug" "mail/emacsbug.el"
7864 ;;;;;; (19361 52486))
7865 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/emacsbug.el
7867 (autoload 'report-emacs-bug "emacsbug" "\
7868 Report a bug in GNU Emacs.
7869 Prompts for bug subject. Leaves you in a mail buffer.
7871 \(fn TOPIC &optional RECENT-KEYS)" t nil)
7873 ;;;***
7875 ;;;### (autoloads (emerge-merge-directories emerge-revisions-with-ancestor
7876 ;;;;;; emerge-revisions emerge-files-with-ancestor-remote emerge-files-remote
7877 ;;;;;; emerge-files-with-ancestor-command emerge-files-command emerge-buffers-with-ancestor
7878 ;;;;;; emerge-buffers emerge-files-with-ancestor emerge-files) "emerge"
7879 ;;;;;; "emerge.el" (19267 61658))
7880 ;;; Generated autoloads from emerge.el
7882 (autoload 'emerge-files "emerge" "\
7883 Run Emerge on two files.
7885 \(fn ARG FILE-A FILE-B FILE-OUT &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
7887 (autoload 'emerge-files-with-ancestor "emerge" "\
7888 Run Emerge on two files, giving another file as the ancestor.
7890 \(fn ARG FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANCESTOR FILE-OUT &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
7892 (autoload 'emerge-buffers "emerge" "\
7893 Run Emerge on two buffers.
7895 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
7897 (autoload 'emerge-buffers-with-ancestor "emerge" "\
7898 Run Emerge on two buffers, giving another buffer as the ancestor.
7900 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
7902 (autoload 'emerge-files-command "emerge" "\
7903 Not documented
7905 \(fn)" nil nil)
7907 (autoload 'emerge-files-with-ancestor-command "emerge" "\
7908 Not documented
7910 \(fn)" nil nil)
7912 (autoload 'emerge-files-remote "emerge" "\
7913 Not documented
7915 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-OUT)" nil nil)
7917 (autoload 'emerge-files-with-ancestor-remote "emerge" "\
7918 Not documented
7920 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANC FILE-OUT)" nil nil)
7922 (autoload 'emerge-revisions "emerge" "\
7923 Emerge two RCS revisions of a file.
7925 \(fn ARG FILE REVISION-A REVISION-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
7927 (autoload 'emerge-revisions-with-ancestor "emerge" "\
7928 Emerge two RCS revisions of a file, with another revision as ancestor.
7930 \(fn ARG FILE REVISION-A REVISION-B ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
7932 (autoload 'emerge-merge-directories "emerge" "\
7933 Not documented
7935 \(fn A-DIR B-DIR ANCESTOR-DIR OUTPUT-DIR)" t nil)
7937 ;;;***
7939 ;;;### (autoloads (enriched-decode enriched-encode enriched-mode)
7940 ;;;;;; "enriched" "textmodes/enriched.el" (19277 34923))
7941 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/enriched.el
7943 (autoload 'enriched-mode "enriched" "\
7944 Minor mode for editing text/enriched files.
7945 These are files with embedded formatting information in the MIME standard
7946 text/enriched format.
7947 Turning the mode on or off runs `enriched-mode-hook'.
7949 More information about Enriched mode is available in the file
7950 etc/enriched.doc in the Emacs distribution directory.
7952 Commands:
7954 \\{enriched-mode-map}
7956 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7958 (autoload 'enriched-encode "enriched" "\
7959 Not documented
7961 \(fn FROM TO ORIG-BUF)" nil nil)
7963 (autoload 'enriched-decode "enriched" "\
7964 Not documented
7966 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
7968 ;;;***
7970 ;;;### (autoloads (epa-insert-keys epa-export-keys epa-import-armor-in-region
7971 ;;;;;; epa-import-keys-region epa-import-keys epa-delete-keys epa-encrypt-region
7972 ;;;;;; epa-sign-region epa-verify-cleartext-in-region epa-verify-region
7973 ;;;;;; epa-decrypt-armor-in-region epa-decrypt-region epa-encrypt-file
7974 ;;;;;; epa-sign-file epa-verify-file epa-decrypt-file epa-select-keys
7975 ;;;;;; epa-list-secret-keys epa-list-keys) "epa" "epa.el" (19277
7976 ;;;;;; 34916))
7977 ;;; Generated autoloads from epa.el
7979 (autoload 'epa-list-keys "epa" "\
7980 List all keys matched with NAME from the public keyring.
7982 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
7984 (autoload 'epa-list-secret-keys "epa" "\
7985 List all keys matched with NAME from the private keyring.
7987 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
7989 (autoload 'epa-select-keys "epa" "\
7990 Display a user's keyring and ask him to select keys.
7991 CONTEXT is an epg-context.
7992 PROMPT is a string to prompt with.
7993 NAMES is a list of strings to be matched with keys. If it is nil, all
7994 the keys are listed.
7995 If SECRET is non-nil, list secret keys instead of public keys.
7997 \(fn CONTEXT PROMPT &optional NAMES SECRET)" nil nil)
7999 (autoload 'epa-decrypt-file "epa" "\
8000 Decrypt FILE.
8002 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
8004 (autoload 'epa-verify-file "epa" "\
8005 Verify FILE.
8007 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
8009 (autoload 'epa-sign-file "epa" "\
8010 Sign FILE by SIGNERS keys selected.
8012 \(fn FILE SIGNERS MODE)" t nil)
8014 (autoload 'epa-encrypt-file "epa" "\
8015 Encrypt FILE for RECIPIENTS.
8017 \(fn FILE RECIPIENTS)" t nil)
8019 (autoload 'epa-decrypt-region "epa" "\
8020 Decrypt the current region between START and END.
8022 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8023 Since this function operates on regions, it does some tricks such
8024 as coding-system detection and unibyte/multibyte conversion. If
8025 you are sure how the data in the region should be treated, you
8026 should consider using the string based counterpart
8027 `epg-decrypt-string', or the file based counterpart
8028 `epg-decrypt-file' instead.
8030 For example:
8032 \(let ((context (epg-make-context 'OpenPGP)))
8033 (decode-coding-string
8034 (epg-decrypt-string context (buffer-substring start end))
8035 'utf-8))
8037 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8039 (autoload 'epa-decrypt-armor-in-region "epa" "\
8040 Decrypt OpenPGP armors in the current region between START and END.
8042 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8043 See the reason described in the `epa-decrypt-region' documentation.
8045 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8047 (autoload 'epa-verify-region "epa" "\
8048 Verify the current region between START and END.
8050 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8051 Since this function operates on regions, it does some tricks such
8052 as coding-system detection and unibyte/multibyte conversion. If
8053 you are sure how the data in the region should be treated, you
8054 should consider using the string based counterpart
8055 `epg-verify-string', or the file based counterpart
8056 `epg-verify-file' instead.
8058 For example:
8060 \(let ((context (epg-make-context 'OpenPGP)))
8061 (decode-coding-string
8062 (epg-verify-string context (buffer-substring start end))
8063 'utf-8))
8065 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8067 (autoload 'epa-verify-cleartext-in-region "epa" "\
8068 Verify OpenPGP cleartext signed messages in the current region
8069 between START and END.
8071 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8072 See the reason described in the `epa-verify-region' documentation.
8074 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8076 (autoload 'epa-sign-region "epa" "\
8077 Sign the current region between START and END by SIGNERS keys selected.
8079 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8080 Since this function operates on regions, it does some tricks such
8081 as coding-system detection and unibyte/multibyte conversion. If
8082 you are sure how the data should be treated, you should consider
8083 using the string based counterpart `epg-sign-string', or the file
8084 based counterpart `epg-sign-file' instead.
8086 For example:
8088 \(let ((context (epg-make-context 'OpenPGP)))
8089 (epg-sign-string
8090 context
8091 (encode-coding-string (buffer-substring start end) 'utf-8)))
8093 \(fn START END SIGNERS MODE)" t nil)
8095 (autoload 'epa-encrypt-region "epa" "\
8096 Encrypt the current region between START and END for RECIPIENTS.
8098 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8099 Since this function operates on regions, it does some tricks such
8100 as coding-system detection and unibyte/multibyte conversion. If
8101 you are sure how the data should be treated, you should consider
8102 using the string based counterpart `epg-encrypt-string', or the
8103 file based counterpart `epg-encrypt-file' instead.
8105 For example:
8107 \(let ((context (epg-make-context 'OpenPGP)))
8108 (epg-encrypt-string
8109 context
8110 (encode-coding-string (buffer-substring start end) 'utf-8)
8111 nil))
8113 \(fn START END RECIPIENTS SIGN SIGNERS)" t nil)
8115 (autoload 'epa-delete-keys "epa" "\
8116 Delete selected KEYS.
8118 \(fn KEYS &optional ALLOW-SECRET)" t nil)
8120 (autoload 'epa-import-keys "epa" "\
8121 Import keys from FILE.
8123 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
8125 (autoload 'epa-import-keys-region "epa" "\
8126 Import keys from the region.
8128 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8130 (autoload 'epa-import-armor-in-region "epa" "\
8131 Import keys in the OpenPGP armor format in the current region
8132 between START and END.
8134 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8136 (autoload 'epa-export-keys "epa" "\
8137 Export selected KEYS to FILE.
8139 \(fn KEYS FILE)" t nil)
8141 (autoload 'epa-insert-keys "epa" "\
8142 Insert selected KEYS after the point.
8144 \(fn KEYS)" t nil)
8146 ;;;***
8148 ;;;### (autoloads (epa-dired-do-encrypt epa-dired-do-sign epa-dired-do-verify
8149 ;;;;;; epa-dired-do-decrypt) "epa-dired" "epa-dired.el" (19277 34916))
8150 ;;; Generated autoloads from epa-dired.el
8152 (autoload 'epa-dired-do-decrypt "epa-dired" "\
8153 Decrypt marked files.
8155 \(fn)" t nil)
8157 (autoload 'epa-dired-do-verify "epa-dired" "\
8158 Verify marked files.
8160 \(fn)" t nil)
8162 (autoload 'epa-dired-do-sign "epa-dired" "\
8163 Sign marked files.
8165 \(fn)" t nil)
8167 (autoload 'epa-dired-do-encrypt "epa-dired" "\
8168 Encrypt marked files.
8170 \(fn)" t nil)
8172 ;;;***
8174 ;;;### (autoloads (epa-file-disable epa-file-enable epa-file-handler)
8175 ;;;;;; "epa-file" "epa-file.el" (19277 34916))
8176 ;;; Generated autoloads from epa-file.el
8178 (autoload 'epa-file-handler "epa-file" "\
8179 Not documented
8181 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
8183 (autoload 'epa-file-enable "epa-file" "\
8184 Not documented
8186 \(fn)" t nil)
8188 (autoload 'epa-file-disable "epa-file" "\
8189 Not documented
8191 \(fn)" t nil)
8193 ;;;***
8195 ;;;### (autoloads (epa-global-mail-mode epa-mail-import-keys epa-mail-encrypt
8196 ;;;;;; epa-mail-sign epa-mail-verify epa-mail-decrypt epa-mail-mode)
8197 ;;;;;; "epa-mail" "epa-mail.el" (19277 34916))
8198 ;;; Generated autoloads from epa-mail.el
8200 (autoload 'epa-mail-mode "epa-mail" "\
8201 A minor-mode for composing encrypted/clearsigned mails.
8203 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8205 (autoload 'epa-mail-decrypt "epa-mail" "\
8206 Decrypt OpenPGP armors in the current buffer.
8207 The buffer is expected to contain a mail message.
8209 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8211 \(fn)" t nil)
8213 (autoload 'epa-mail-verify "epa-mail" "\
8214 Verify OpenPGP cleartext signed messages in the current buffer.
8215 The buffer is expected to contain a mail message.
8217 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8219 \(fn)" t nil)
8221 (autoload 'epa-mail-sign "epa-mail" "\
8222 Sign the current buffer.
8223 The buffer is expected to contain a mail message.
8225 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8227 \(fn START END SIGNERS MODE)" t nil)
8229 (autoload 'epa-mail-encrypt "epa-mail" "\
8230 Encrypt the current buffer.
8231 The buffer is expected to contain a mail message.
8233 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8235 \(fn START END RECIPIENTS SIGN SIGNERS)" t nil)
8237 (autoload 'epa-mail-import-keys "epa-mail" "\
8238 Import keys in the OpenPGP armor format in the current buffer.
8239 The buffer is expected to contain a mail message.
8241 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8243 \(fn)" t nil)
8245 (defvar epa-global-mail-mode nil "\
8246 Non-nil if Epa-Global-Mail mode is enabled.
8247 See the command `epa-global-mail-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
8248 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
8249 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
8250 or call the function `epa-global-mail-mode'.")
8252 (custom-autoload 'epa-global-mail-mode "epa-mail" nil)
8254 (autoload 'epa-global-mail-mode "epa-mail" "\
8255 Minor mode to hook EasyPG into Mail mode.
8257 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8259 ;;;***
8261 ;;;### (autoloads (epg-make-context) "epg" "epg.el" (19277 34916))
8262 ;;; Generated autoloads from epg.el
8264 (autoload 'epg-make-context "epg" "\
8265 Return a context object.
8267 \(fn &optional PROTOCOL ARMOR TEXTMODE INCLUDE-CERTS CIPHER-ALGORITHM DIGEST-ALGORITHM COMPRESS-ALGORITHM)" nil nil)
8269 ;;;***
8271 ;;;### (autoloads (epg-expand-group epg-check-configuration epg-configuration)
8272 ;;;;;; "epg-config" "epg-config.el" (19354 34807))
8273 ;;; Generated autoloads from epg-config.el
8275 (autoload 'epg-configuration "epg-config" "\
8276 Return a list of internal configuration parameters of `epg-gpg-program'.
8278 \(fn)" nil nil)
8280 (autoload 'epg-check-configuration "epg-config" "\
8281 Verify that a sufficient version of GnuPG is installed.
8283 \(fn CONFIG &optional MINIMUM-VERSION)" nil nil)
8285 (autoload 'epg-expand-group "epg-config" "\
8286 Look at CONFIG and try to expand GROUP.
8288 \(fn CONFIG GROUP)" nil nil)
8290 ;;;***
8292 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-handle-irc-url erc erc-select-read-args) "erc"
8293 ;;;;;; "erc/erc.el" (19294 23005))
8294 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc.el
8296 (autoload 'erc-select-read-args "erc" "\
8297 Prompt the user for values of nick, server, port, and password.
8299 \(fn)" nil nil)
8301 (autoload 'erc "erc" "\
8302 ERC is a powerful, modular, and extensible IRC client.
8303 This function is the main entry point for ERC.
8305 It permits you to select connection parameters, and then starts ERC.
8307 Non-interactively, it takes the keyword arguments
8308 (server (erc-compute-server))
8309 (port (erc-compute-port))
8310 (nick (erc-compute-nick))
8311 password
8312 (full-name (erc-compute-full-name)))
8314 That is, if called with
8316 (erc :server \"irc.freenode.net\" :full-name \"Harry S Truman\")
8318 then the server and full-name will be set to those values, whereas
8319 `erc-compute-port', `erc-compute-nick' and `erc-compute-full-name' will
8320 be invoked for the values of the other parameters.
8322 \(fn &key (SERVER (erc-compute-server)) (PORT (erc-compute-port)) (NICK (erc-compute-nick)) PASSWORD (FULL-NAME (erc-compute-full-name)))" t nil)
8324 (defalias 'erc-select 'erc)
8326 (autoload 'erc-handle-irc-url "erc" "\
8327 Use ERC to IRC on HOST:PORT in CHANNEL as USER with PASSWORD.
8328 If ERC is already connected to HOST:PORT, simply /join CHANNEL.
8329 Otherwise, connect to HOST:PORT as USER and /join CHANNEL.
8331 \(fn HOST PORT CHANNEL USER PASSWORD)" nil nil)
8333 ;;;***
8335 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-autoaway" "erc/erc-autoaway.el" (19277
8336 ;;;;;; 34919))
8337 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-autoaway.el
8338 (autoload 'erc-autoaway-mode "erc-autoaway")
8340 ;;;***
8342 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-button" "erc/erc-button.el" (19277 34919))
8343 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-button.el
8344 (autoload 'erc-button-mode "erc-button" nil t)
8346 ;;;***
8348 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-capab" "erc/erc-capab.el" (19277 34919))
8349 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-capab.el
8350 (autoload 'erc-capab-identify-mode "erc-capab" nil t)
8352 ;;;***
8354 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-compat" "erc/erc-compat.el" (19277 34919))
8355 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-compat.el
8356 (autoload 'erc-define-minor-mode "erc-compat")
8358 ;;;***
8360 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-ctcp-query-DCC pcomplete/erc-mode/DCC erc-cmd-DCC)
8361 ;;;;;; "erc-dcc" "erc/erc-dcc.el" (19277 34919))
8362 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-dcc.el
8363 (autoload 'erc-dcc-mode "erc-dcc")
8365 (autoload 'erc-cmd-DCC "erc-dcc" "\
8366 Parser for /dcc command.
8367 This figures out the dcc subcommand and calls the appropriate routine to
8368 handle it. The function dispatched should be named \"erc-dcc-do-FOO-command\",
8369 where FOO is one of CLOSE, GET, SEND, LIST, CHAT, etc.
8371 \(fn CMD &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
8373 (autoload 'pcomplete/erc-mode/DCC "erc-dcc" "\
8374 Provides completion for the /DCC command.
8376 \(fn)" nil nil)
8378 (defvar erc-ctcp-query-DCC-hook '(erc-ctcp-query-DCC) "\
8379 Hook variable for CTCP DCC queries")
8381 (autoload 'erc-ctcp-query-DCC "erc-dcc" "\
8382 The function called when a CTCP DCC request is detected by the client.
8383 It examines the DCC subcommand, and calls the appropriate routine for
8384 that subcommand.
8386 \(fn PROC NICK LOGIN HOST TO QUERY)" nil nil)
8388 ;;;***
8390 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-ezb-initialize erc-ezb-select-session erc-ezb-select
8391 ;;;;;; erc-ezb-add-session erc-ezb-end-of-session-list erc-ezb-init-session-list
8392 ;;;;;; erc-ezb-identify erc-ezb-notice-autodetect erc-ezb-lookup-action
8393 ;;;;;; erc-ezb-get-login erc-cmd-ezb) "erc-ezbounce" "erc/erc-ezbounce.el"
8394 ;;;;;; (19277 34919))
8395 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-ezbounce.el
8397 (autoload 'erc-cmd-ezb "erc-ezbounce" "\
8398 Send EZB commands to the EZBouncer verbatim.
8400 \(fn LINE &optional FORCE)" nil nil)
8402 (autoload 'erc-ezb-get-login "erc-ezbounce" "\
8403 Return an appropriate EZBounce login for SERVER and PORT.
8404 Look up entries in `erc-ezb-login-alist'. If the username or password
8405 in the alist is `nil', prompt for the appropriate values.
8407 \(fn SERVER PORT)" nil nil)
8409 (autoload 'erc-ezb-lookup-action "erc-ezbounce" "\
8410 Not documented
8412 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
8414 (autoload 'erc-ezb-notice-autodetect "erc-ezbounce" "\
8415 React on an EZBounce NOTICE request.
8417 \(fn PROC PARSED)" nil nil)
8419 (autoload 'erc-ezb-identify "erc-ezbounce" "\
8420 Identify to the EZBouncer server.
8422 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
8424 (autoload 'erc-ezb-init-session-list "erc-ezbounce" "\
8425 Reset the EZBounce session list to nil.
8427 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
8429 (autoload 'erc-ezb-end-of-session-list "erc-ezbounce" "\
8430 Indicate the end of the EZBounce session listing.
8432 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
8434 (autoload 'erc-ezb-add-session "erc-ezbounce" "\
8435 Add an EZBounce session to the session list.
8437 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
8439 (autoload 'erc-ezb-select "erc-ezbounce" "\
8440 Select an IRC server to use by EZBounce, in ERC style.
8442 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
8444 (autoload 'erc-ezb-select-session "erc-ezbounce" "\
8445 Select a detached EZBounce session.
8447 \(fn)" nil nil)
8449 (autoload 'erc-ezb-initialize "erc-ezbounce" "\
8450 Add EZBouncer convenience functions to ERC.
8452 \(fn)" nil nil)
8454 ;;;***
8456 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-fill) "erc-fill" "erc/erc-fill.el" (19277
8457 ;;;;;; 34919))
8458 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-fill.el
8459 (autoload 'erc-fill-mode "erc-fill" nil t)
8461 (autoload 'erc-fill "erc-fill" "\
8462 Fill a region using the function referenced in `erc-fill-function'.
8463 You can put this on `erc-insert-modify-hook' and/or `erc-send-modify-hook'.
8465 \(fn)" nil nil)
8467 ;;;***
8469 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-hecomplete" "erc/erc-hecomplete.el" (19277
8470 ;;;;;; 34919))
8471 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-hecomplete.el
8472 (autoload 'erc-hecomplete-mode "erc-hecomplete" nil t)
8474 ;;;***
8476 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-identd-stop erc-identd-start) "erc-identd"
8477 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-identd.el" (19277 34919))
8478 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-identd.el
8479 (autoload 'erc-identd-mode "erc-identd")
8481 (autoload 'erc-identd-start "erc-identd" "\
8482 Start an identd server listening to port 8113.
8483 Port 113 (auth) will need to be redirected to port 8113 on your
8484 machine -- using iptables, or a program like redir which can be
8485 run from inetd. The idea is to provide a simple identd server
8486 when you need one, without having to install one globally on your
8487 system.
8489 \(fn &optional PORT)" t nil)
8491 (autoload 'erc-identd-stop "erc-identd" "\
8492 Not documented
8494 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
8496 ;;;***
8498 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-create-imenu-index) "erc-imenu" "erc/erc-imenu.el"
8499 ;;;;;; (19277 34919))
8500 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-imenu.el
8502 (autoload 'erc-create-imenu-index "erc-imenu" "\
8503 Not documented
8505 \(fn)" nil nil)
8507 ;;;***
8509 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-join" "erc/erc-join.el" (19277 34919))
8510 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-join.el
8511 (autoload 'erc-autojoin-mode "erc-join" nil t)
8513 ;;;***
8515 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-list" "erc/erc-list.el" (19277 34919))
8516 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-list.el
8517 (autoload 'erc-list-mode "erc-list")
8519 ;;;***
8521 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-save-buffer-in-logs erc-logging-enabled) "erc-log"
8522 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-log.el" (19277 34919))
8523 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-log.el
8524 (autoload 'erc-log-mode "erc-log" nil t)
8526 (autoload 'erc-logging-enabled "erc-log" "\
8527 Return non-nil if logging is enabled for BUFFER.
8528 If BUFFER is nil, the value of `current-buffer' is used.
8529 Logging is enabled if `erc-log-channels-directory' is non-nil, the directory
8530 is writeable (it will be created as necessary) and
8531 `erc-enable-logging' returns a non-nil value.
8533 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
8535 (autoload 'erc-save-buffer-in-logs "erc-log" "\
8536 Append BUFFER contents to the log file, if logging is enabled.
8537 If BUFFER is not provided, current buffer is used.
8538 Logging is enabled if `erc-logging-enabled' returns non-nil.
8540 This is normally done on exit, to save the unsaved portion of the
8541 buffer, since only the text that runs off the buffer limit is logged
8542 automatically.
8544 You can save every individual message by putting this function on
8545 `erc-insert-post-hook'.
8547 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
8549 ;;;***
8551 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-delete-dangerous-host erc-add-dangerous-host
8552 ;;;;;; erc-delete-keyword erc-add-keyword erc-delete-fool erc-add-fool
8553 ;;;;;; erc-delete-pal erc-add-pal) "erc-match" "erc/erc-match.el"
8554 ;;;;;; (19277 34919))
8555 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-match.el
8556 (autoload 'erc-match-mode "erc-match")
8558 (autoload 'erc-add-pal "erc-match" "\
8559 Add pal interactively to `erc-pals'.
8561 \(fn)" t nil)
8563 (autoload 'erc-delete-pal "erc-match" "\
8564 Delete pal interactively to `erc-pals'.
8566 \(fn)" t nil)
8568 (autoload 'erc-add-fool "erc-match" "\
8569 Add fool interactively to `erc-fools'.
8571 \(fn)" t nil)
8573 (autoload 'erc-delete-fool "erc-match" "\
8574 Delete fool interactively to `erc-fools'.
8576 \(fn)" t nil)
8578 (autoload 'erc-add-keyword "erc-match" "\
8579 Add keyword interactively to `erc-keywords'.
8581 \(fn)" t nil)
8583 (autoload 'erc-delete-keyword "erc-match" "\
8584 Delete keyword interactively to `erc-keywords'.
8586 \(fn)" t nil)
8588 (autoload 'erc-add-dangerous-host "erc-match" "\
8589 Add dangerous-host interactively to `erc-dangerous-hosts'.
8591 \(fn)" t nil)
8593 (autoload 'erc-delete-dangerous-host "erc-match" "\
8594 Delete dangerous-host interactively to `erc-dangerous-hosts'.
8596 \(fn)" t nil)
8598 ;;;***
8600 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-menu" "erc/erc-menu.el" (19277 34919))
8601 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-menu.el
8602 (autoload 'erc-menu-mode "erc-menu" nil t)
8604 ;;;***
8606 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-cmd-WHOLEFT) "erc-netsplit" "erc/erc-netsplit.el"
8607 ;;;;;; (19277 34919))
8608 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-netsplit.el
8609 (autoload 'erc-netsplit-mode "erc-netsplit")
8611 (autoload 'erc-cmd-WHOLEFT "erc-netsplit" "\
8612 Show who's gone.
8614 \(fn)" nil nil)
8616 ;;;***
8618 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-server-select erc-determine-network) "erc-networks"
8619 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-networks.el" (19277 34919))
8620 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-networks.el
8622 (autoload 'erc-determine-network "erc-networks" "\
8623 Return the name of the network or \"Unknown\" as a symbol. Use the
8624 server parameter NETWORK if provided, otherwise parse the server name and
8625 search for a match in `erc-networks-alist'.
8627 \(fn)" nil nil)
8629 (autoload 'erc-server-select "erc-networks" "\
8630 Interactively select a server to connect to using `erc-server-alist'.
8632 \(fn)" t nil)
8634 ;;;***
8636 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/erc-mode/NOTIFY erc-cmd-NOTIFY) "erc-notify"
8637 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-notify.el" (19277 34919))
8638 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-notify.el
8639 (autoload 'erc-notify-mode "erc-notify" nil t)
8641 (autoload 'erc-cmd-NOTIFY "erc-notify" "\
8642 Change `erc-notify-list' or list current notify-list members online.
8643 Without args, list the current list of notificated people online,
8644 with args, toggle notify status of people.
8646 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
8648 (autoload 'pcomplete/erc-mode/NOTIFY "erc-notify" "\
8649 Not documented
8651 \(fn)" nil nil)
8653 ;;;***
8655 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-page" "erc/erc-page.el" (19277 34919))
8656 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-page.el
8657 (autoload 'erc-page-mode "erc-page")
8659 ;;;***
8661 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-pcomplete" "erc/erc-pcomplete.el" (19277
8662 ;;;;;; 34919))
8663 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-pcomplete.el
8664 (autoload 'erc-completion-mode "erc-pcomplete" nil t)
8666 ;;;***
8668 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-replace" "erc/erc-replace.el" (19277 34919))
8669 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-replace.el
8670 (autoload 'erc-replace-mode "erc-replace")
8672 ;;;***
8674 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-ring" "erc/erc-ring.el" (19277 34919))
8675 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-ring.el
8676 (autoload 'erc-ring-mode "erc-ring" nil t)
8678 ;;;***
8680 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-nickserv-identify erc-nickserv-identify-mode)
8681 ;;;;;; "erc-services" "erc/erc-services.el" (19311 8632))
8682 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-services.el
8683 (autoload 'erc-services-mode "erc-services" nil t)
8685 (autoload 'erc-nickserv-identify-mode "erc-services" "\
8686 Set up hooks according to which MODE the user has chosen.
8688 \(fn MODE)" t nil)
8690 (autoload 'erc-nickserv-identify "erc-services" "\
8691 Send an \"identify <PASSWORD>\" message to NickServ.
8692 When called interactively, read the password using `read-passwd'.
8694 \(fn PASSWORD)" t nil)
8696 ;;;***
8698 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-sound" "erc/erc-sound.el" (19277 34919))
8699 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-sound.el
8700 (autoload 'erc-sound-mode "erc-sound")
8702 ;;;***
8704 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-speedbar-browser) "erc-speedbar" "erc/erc-speedbar.el"
8705 ;;;;;; (19277 34919))
8706 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-speedbar.el
8708 (autoload 'erc-speedbar-browser "erc-speedbar" "\
8709 Initialize speedbar to display an ERC browser.
8710 This will add a speedbar major display mode.
8712 \(fn)" t nil)
8714 ;;;***
8716 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-spelling" "erc/erc-spelling.el" (19277
8717 ;;;;;; 34919))
8718 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-spelling.el
8719 (autoload 'erc-spelling-mode "erc-spelling" nil t)
8721 ;;;***
8723 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-stamp" "erc/erc-stamp.el" (19277 34919))
8724 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-stamp.el
8725 (autoload 'erc-timestamp-mode "erc-stamp" nil t)
8727 ;;;***
8729 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-track-minor-mode) "erc-track" "erc/erc-track.el"
8730 ;;;;;; (19277 34919))
8731 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-track.el
8733 (defvar erc-track-minor-mode nil "\
8734 Non-nil if Erc-Track minor mode is enabled.
8735 See the command `erc-track-minor-mode' for a description of this minor mode.")
8737 (custom-autoload 'erc-track-minor-mode "erc-track" nil)
8739 (autoload 'erc-track-minor-mode "erc-track" "\
8740 Global minor mode for tracking ERC buffers and showing activity in the
8741 mode line.
8743 This exists for the sole purpose of providing the C-c C-SPC and
8744 C-c C-@ keybindings. Make sure that you have enabled the track
8745 module, otherwise the keybindings will not do anything useful.
8747 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8748 (autoload 'erc-track-mode "erc-track" nil t)
8750 ;;;***
8752 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-truncate-buffer erc-truncate-buffer-to-size)
8753 ;;;;;; "erc-truncate" "erc/erc-truncate.el" (19277 34919))
8754 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-truncate.el
8755 (autoload 'erc-truncate-mode "erc-truncate" nil t)
8757 (autoload 'erc-truncate-buffer-to-size "erc-truncate" "\
8758 Truncates the buffer to the size SIZE.
8759 If BUFFER is not provided, the current buffer is assumed. The deleted
8760 region is logged if `erc-logging-enabled' returns non-nil.
8762 \(fn SIZE &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
8764 (autoload 'erc-truncate-buffer "erc-truncate" "\
8765 Truncates the current buffer to `erc-max-buffer-size'.
8766 Meant to be used in hooks, like `erc-insert-post-hook'.
8768 \(fn)" t nil)
8770 ;;;***
8772 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-xdcc-add-file) "erc-xdcc" "erc/erc-xdcc.el"
8773 ;;;;;; (19277 34919))
8774 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-xdcc.el
8775 (autoload 'erc-xdcc-mode "erc-xdcc")
8777 (autoload 'erc-xdcc-add-file "erc-xdcc" "\
8778 Add a file to `erc-xdcc-files'.
8780 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
8782 ;;;***
8784 ;;;### (autoloads (eshell-mode) "esh-mode" "eshell/esh-mode.el" (19277
8785 ;;;;;; 34919))
8786 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/esh-mode.el
8788 (autoload 'eshell-mode "esh-mode" "\
8789 Emacs shell interactive mode.
8791 \\{eshell-mode-map}
8793 \(fn)" nil nil)
8795 ;;;***
8797 ;;;### (autoloads (eshell-test) "esh-test" "eshell/esh-test.el" (19277
8798 ;;;;;; 34919))
8799 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/esh-test.el
8801 (autoload 'eshell-test "esh-test" "\
8802 Test Eshell to verify that it works as expected.
8804 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8806 ;;;***
8808 ;;;### (autoloads (eshell-command-result eshell-command eshell) "eshell"
8809 ;;;;;; "eshell/eshell.el" (19330 62404))
8810 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/eshell.el
8812 (autoload 'eshell "eshell" "\
8813 Create an interactive Eshell buffer.
8814 The buffer used for Eshell sessions is determined by the value of
8815 `eshell-buffer-name'. If there is already an Eshell session active in
8816 that buffer, Emacs will simply switch to it. Otherwise, a new session
8817 will begin. A numeric prefix arg (as in `C-u 42 M-x eshell RET')
8818 switches to the session with that number, creating it if necessary. A
8819 nonnumeric prefix arg means to create a new session. Returns the
8820 buffer selected (or created).
8822 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8824 (autoload 'eshell-command "eshell" "\
8825 Execute the Eshell command string COMMAND.
8826 With prefix ARG, insert output into the current buffer at point.
8828 \(fn &optional COMMAND ARG)" t nil)
8830 (autoload 'eshell-command-result "eshell" "\
8831 Execute the given Eshell COMMAND, and return the result.
8832 The result might be any Lisp object.
8833 If STATUS-VAR is a symbol, it will be set to the exit status of the
8834 command. This is the only way to determine whether the value returned
8835 corresponding to a successful execution.
8837 \(fn COMMAND &optional STATUS-VAR)" nil nil)
8839 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'eshell-report-bug 'report-emacs-bug "23.1")
8841 ;;;***
8843 ;;;### (autoloads (complete-tag select-tags-table tags-apropos list-tags
8844 ;;;;;; tags-query-replace tags-search tags-loop-continue next-file
8845 ;;;;;; pop-tag-mark find-tag-regexp find-tag-other-frame find-tag-other-window
8846 ;;;;;; find-tag find-tag-noselect tags-table-files visit-tags-table-buffer
8847 ;;;;;; visit-tags-table tags-table-mode find-tag-default-function
8848 ;;;;;; find-tag-hook tags-add-tables tags-compression-info-list
8849 ;;;;;; tags-table-list tags-case-fold-search) "etags" "progmodes/etags.el"
8850 ;;;;;; (19277 34922))
8851 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/etags.el
8853 (defvar tags-file-name nil "\
8854 *File name of tags table.
8855 To switch to a new tags table, setting this variable is sufficient.
8856 If you set this variable, do not also set `tags-table-list'.
8857 Use the `etags' program to make a tags table file.")
8858 (put 'tags-file-name 'variable-interactive (purecopy "fVisit tags table: "))
8860 (defvar tags-case-fold-search 'default "\
8861 *Whether tags operations should be case-sensitive.
8862 A value of t means case-insensitive, a value of nil means case-sensitive.
8863 Any other value means use the setting of `case-fold-search'.")
8865 (custom-autoload 'tags-case-fold-search "etags" t)
8867 (defvar tags-table-list nil "\
8868 *List of file names of tags tables to search.
8869 An element that is a directory means the file \"TAGS\" in that directory.
8870 To switch to a new list of tags tables, setting this variable is sufficient.
8871 If you set this variable, do not also set `tags-file-name'.
8872 Use the `etags' program to make a tags table file.")
8874 (custom-autoload 'tags-table-list "etags" t)
8876 (defvar tags-compression-info-list (purecopy '("" ".Z" ".bz2" ".gz" ".tgz")) "\
8877 *List of extensions tried by etags when jka-compr is used.
8878 An empty string means search the non-compressed file.
8879 These extensions will be tried only if jka-compr was activated
8880 \(i.e. via customize of `auto-compression-mode' or by calling the function
8881 `auto-compression-mode').")
8883 (custom-autoload 'tags-compression-info-list "etags" t)
8885 (defvar tags-add-tables 'ask-user "\
8886 *Control whether to add a new tags table to the current list.
8887 t means do; nil means don't (always start a new list).
8888 Any other value means ask the user whether to add a new tags table
8889 to the current list (as opposed to starting a new list).")
8891 (custom-autoload 'tags-add-tables "etags" t)
8893 (defvar find-tag-hook nil "\
8894 *Hook to be run by \\[find-tag] after finding a tag. See `run-hooks'.
8895 The value in the buffer in which \\[find-tag] is done is used,
8896 not the value in the buffer \\[find-tag] goes to.")
8898 (custom-autoload 'find-tag-hook "etags" t)
8900 (defvar find-tag-default-function nil "\
8901 *A function of no arguments used by \\[find-tag] to pick a default tag.
8902 If nil, and the symbol that is the value of `major-mode'
8903 has a `find-tag-default-function' property (see `put'), that is used.
8904 Otherwise, `find-tag-default' is used.")
8906 (custom-autoload 'find-tag-default-function "etags" t)
8908 (autoload 'tags-table-mode "etags" "\
8909 Major mode for tags table file buffers.
8911 \(fn)" t nil)
8913 (autoload 'visit-tags-table "etags" "\
8914 Tell tags commands to use tags table file FILE.
8915 FILE should be the name of a file created with the `etags' program.
8916 A directory name is ok too; it means file TAGS in that directory.
8918 Normally \\[visit-tags-table] sets the global value of `tags-file-name'.
8919 With a prefix arg, set the buffer-local value instead.
8920 When you find a tag with \\[find-tag], the buffer it finds the tag
8921 in is given a local value of this variable which is the name of the tags
8922 file the tag was in.
8924 \(fn FILE &optional LOCAL)" t nil)
8926 (autoload 'visit-tags-table-buffer "etags" "\
8927 Select the buffer containing the current tags table.
8928 If optional arg is a string, visit that file as a tags table.
8929 If optional arg is t, visit the next table in `tags-table-list'.
8930 If optional arg is the atom `same', don't look for a new table;
8931 just select the buffer visiting `tags-file-name'.
8932 If arg is nil or absent, choose a first buffer from information in
8933 `tags-file-name', `tags-table-list', `tags-table-list-pointer'.
8934 Returns t if it visits a tags table, or nil if there are no more in the list.
8936 \(fn &optional CONT)" nil nil)
8938 (autoload 'tags-table-files "etags" "\
8939 Return a list of files in the current tags table.
8940 Assumes the tags table is the current buffer. The file names are returned
8941 as they appeared in the `etags' command that created the table, usually
8942 without directory names.
8944 \(fn)" nil nil)
8946 (autoload 'find-tag-noselect "etags" "\
8947 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
8948 Returns the buffer containing the tag's definition and moves its point there,
8949 but does not select the buffer.
8950 The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer near point.
8952 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
8953 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
8954 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
8955 is the atom `-' (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number
8956 or just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
8958 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
8960 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
8961 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
8962 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
8964 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
8966 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil)
8968 (autoload 'find-tag "etags" "\
8969 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
8970 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition, and move point there.
8971 The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer around or before point.
8973 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
8974 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
8975 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
8976 is the atom `-' (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number
8977 or just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
8979 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
8981 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
8982 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
8983 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
8985 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
8987 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil)
8988 (define-key esc-map "." 'find-tag)
8990 (autoload 'find-tag-other-window "etags" "\
8991 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
8992 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition in another window, and
8993 move point there. The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer
8994 around or before point.
8996 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
8997 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
8998 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
8999 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
9000 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9002 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9004 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9005 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9006 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9008 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9010 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil)
9011 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "." 'find-tag-other-window)
9013 (autoload 'find-tag-other-frame "etags" "\
9014 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9015 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition in another frame, and
9016 move point there. The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer
9017 around or before point.
9019 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9020 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9021 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9022 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
9023 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9025 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9027 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9028 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9029 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9031 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9033 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P)" t nil)
9034 (define-key ctl-x-5-map "." 'find-tag-other-frame)
9036 (autoload 'find-tag-regexp "etags" "\
9037 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name matches REGEXP.
9038 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition and move point there.
9040 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9041 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9042 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9043 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
9044 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9046 If third arg OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, select the buffer in another window.
9048 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9049 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9050 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9052 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9054 \(fn REGEXP &optional NEXT-P OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
9055 (define-key esc-map [?\C-.] 'find-tag-regexp)
9056 (define-key esc-map "*" 'pop-tag-mark)
9058 (autoload 'pop-tag-mark "etags" "\
9059 Pop back to where \\[find-tag] was last invoked.
9061 This is distinct from invoking \\[find-tag] with a negative argument
9062 since that pops a stack of markers at which tags were found, not from
9063 where they were found.
9065 \(fn)" t nil)
9067 (autoload 'next-file "etags" "\
9068 Select next file among files in current tags table.
9070 A first argument of t (prefix arg, if interactive) initializes to the
9071 beginning of the list of files in the tags table. If the argument is
9072 neither nil nor t, it is evalled to initialize the list of files.
9074 Non-nil second argument NOVISIT means use a temporary buffer
9075 to save time and avoid uninteresting warnings.
9077 Value is nil if the file was already visited;
9078 if the file was newly read in, the value is the filename.
9080 \(fn &optional INITIALIZE NOVISIT)" t nil)
9082 (autoload 'tags-loop-continue "etags" "\
9083 Continue last \\[tags-search] or \\[tags-query-replace] command.
9084 Used noninteractively with non-nil argument to begin such a command (the
9085 argument is passed to `next-file', which see).
9087 Two variables control the processing we do on each file: the value of
9088 `tags-loop-scan' is a form to be executed on each file to see if it is
9089 interesting (it returns non-nil if so) and `tags-loop-operate' is a form to
9090 evaluate to operate on an interesting file. If the latter evaluates to
9091 nil, we exit; otherwise we scan the next file.
9093 \(fn &optional FIRST-TIME)" t nil)
9094 (define-key esc-map "," 'tags-loop-continue)
9096 (autoload 'tags-search "etags" "\
9097 Search through all files listed in tags table for match for REGEXP.
9098 Stops when a match is found.
9099 To continue searching for next match, use command \\[tags-loop-continue].
9101 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9103 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILE-LIST-FORM)" t nil)
9105 (autoload 'tags-query-replace "etags" "\
9106 Do `query-replace-regexp' of FROM with TO on all files listed in tags table.
9107 Third arg DELIMITED (prefix arg) means replace only word-delimited matches.
9108 If you exit (\\[keyboard-quit], RET or q), you can resume the query replace
9109 with the command \\[tags-loop-continue].
9110 Fourth arg FILE-LIST-FORM non-nil means initialize the replacement loop.
9111 Fifth and sixth arguments START and END are accepted, for compatibility
9112 with `query-replace-regexp', and ignored.
9114 If FILE-LIST-FORM is non-nil, it is a form to evaluate to
9115 produce the list of files to search.
9117 See also the documentation of the variable `tags-file-name'.
9119 \(fn FROM TO &optional DELIMITED FILE-LIST-FORM)" t nil)
9121 (autoload 'list-tags "etags" "\
9122 Display list of tags in file FILE.
9123 This searches only the first table in the list, and no included tables.
9124 FILE should be as it appeared in the `etags' command, usually without a
9125 directory specification.
9127 \(fn FILE &optional NEXT-MATCH)" t nil)
9129 (autoload 'tags-apropos "etags" "\
9130 Display list of all tags in tags table REGEXP matches.
9132 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
9134 (autoload 'select-tags-table "etags" "\
9135 Select a tags table file from a menu of those you have already used.
9136 The list of tags tables to select from is stored in `tags-table-set-list';
9137 see the doc of that variable if you want to add names to the list.
9139 \(fn)" t nil)
9141 (autoload 'complete-tag "etags" "\
9142 Perform tags completion on the text around point.
9143 Completes to the set of names listed in the current tags table.
9144 The string to complete is chosen in the same way as the default
9145 for \\[find-tag] (which see).
9147 \(fn)" t nil)
9149 ;;;***
9151 ;;;### (autoloads (ethio-composition-function ethio-insert-ethio-space
9152 ;;;;;; ethio-write-file ethio-find-file ethio-java-to-fidel-buffer
9153 ;;;;;; ethio-fidel-to-java-buffer ethio-tex-to-fidel-buffer ethio-fidel-to-tex-buffer
9154 ;;;;;; ethio-input-special-character ethio-replace-space ethio-modify-vowel
9155 ;;;;;; ethio-fidel-to-sera-marker ethio-fidel-to-sera-region ethio-fidel-to-sera-buffer
9156 ;;;;;; ethio-sera-to-fidel-marker ethio-sera-to-fidel-region ethio-sera-to-fidel-buffer
9157 ;;;;;; setup-ethiopic-environment-internal) "ethio-util" "language/ethio-util.el"
9158 ;;;;;; (19277 34920))
9159 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/ethio-util.el
9161 (autoload 'setup-ethiopic-environment-internal "ethio-util" "\
9162 Not documented
9164 \(fn)" nil nil)
9166 (autoload 'ethio-sera-to-fidel-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9167 Convert the current buffer from SERA to FIDEL.
9169 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
9170 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
9172 If the 1st optional argument SECONDARY is non-nil, assume the
9173 buffer begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the
9174 primary language.
9176 If the 2nd optional argument FORCE is non-nil, perform conversion
9177 even if the buffer is read-only.
9179 See also the descriptions of the variables
9180 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon' and `ethio-use-three-dot-question'.
9182 \(fn &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
9184 (autoload 'ethio-sera-to-fidel-region "ethio-util" "\
9185 Convert the characters in region from SERA to FIDEL.
9187 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
9188 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
9190 If the 3rd argument SECONDARY is given and non-nil, assume the
9191 region begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the
9192 primary language.
9194 If the 4th argument FORCE is given and non-nil, perform
9195 conversion even if the buffer is read-only.
9197 See also the descriptions of the variables
9198 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon' and `ethio-use-three-dot-question'.
9200 \(fn BEGIN END &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
9202 (autoload 'ethio-sera-to-fidel-marker "ethio-util" "\
9203 Convert the regions surrounded by \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" from SERA to FIDEL.
9204 Assume that each region begins with `ethio-primary-language'.
9205 The markers \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" themselves are not deleted.
9207 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
9209 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-sera-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9210 Replace all the FIDEL characters in the current buffer to the SERA format.
9211 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
9212 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
9214 If the 1st optional argument SECONDARY is non-nil, try to convert the
9215 region so that it begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the
9216 primary language.
9218 If the 2nd optional argument FORCE is non-nil, convert even if the
9219 buffer is read-only.
9221 See also the descriptions of the variables
9222 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon', `ethio-use-three-dot-question',
9223 `ethio-quote-vowel-always' and `ethio-numeric-reduction'.
9225 \(fn &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
9227 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-sera-region "ethio-util" "\
9228 Replace all the FIDEL characters in the region to the SERA format.
9230 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
9231 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
9233 If the 3rd argument SECONDARY is given and non-nil, convert
9234 the region so that it begins with the secondary language; otherwise with
9235 the primary language.
9237 If the 4th argument FORCE is given and non-nil, convert even if the
9238 buffer is read-only.
9240 See also the descriptions of the variables
9241 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon', `ethio-use-three-dot-question',
9242 `ethio-quote-vowel-always' and `ethio-numeric-reduction'.
9244 \(fn BEGIN END &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
9246 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-sera-marker "ethio-util" "\
9247 Convert the regions surrounded by \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" from FIDEL to SERA.
9248 The markers \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" themselves are not deleted.
9250 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
9252 (autoload 'ethio-modify-vowel "ethio-util" "\
9253 Modify the vowel of the FIDEL that is under the cursor.
9255 \(fn)" t nil)
9257 (autoload 'ethio-replace-space "ethio-util" "\
9258 Replace ASCII spaces with Ethiopic word separators in the region.
9260 In the specified region, replace word separators surrounded by two
9261 Ethiopic characters, depending on the first argument CH, which should
9262 be 1, 2, or 3.
9264 If CH = 1, word separator will be replaced with an ASCII space.
9265 If CH = 2, with two ASCII spaces.
9266 If CH = 3, with the Ethiopic colon-like word separator.
9268 The 2nd and 3rd arguments BEGIN and END specify the region.
9270 \(fn CH BEGIN END)" t nil)
9272 (autoload 'ethio-input-special-character "ethio-util" "\
9273 This function is deprecated.
9275 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
9277 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-tex-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9278 Convert each fidel characters in the current buffer into a fidel-tex command.
9280 \(fn)" t nil)
9282 (autoload 'ethio-tex-to-fidel-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9283 Convert fidel-tex commands in the current buffer into fidel chars.
9285 \(fn)" t nil)
9287 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-java-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9288 Convert Ethiopic characters into the Java escape sequences.
9290 Each escape sequence is of the form \\uXXXX, where XXXX is the
9291 character's codepoint (in hex) in Unicode.
9293 If `ethio-java-save-lowercase' is non-nil, use [0-9a-f].
9294 Otherwise, [0-9A-F].
9296 \(fn)" nil nil)
9298 (autoload 'ethio-java-to-fidel-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9299 Convert the Java escape sequences into corresponding Ethiopic characters.
9301 \(fn)" nil nil)
9303 (autoload 'ethio-find-file "ethio-util" "\
9304 Transliterate file content into Ethiopic dependig on filename suffix.
9306 \(fn)" nil nil)
9308 (autoload 'ethio-write-file "ethio-util" "\
9309 Transliterate Ethiopic characters in ASCII depending on the file extension.
9311 \(fn)" nil nil)
9313 (autoload 'ethio-insert-ethio-space "ethio-util" "\
9314 Insert the Ethiopic word delimiter (the colon-like character).
9315 With ARG, insert that many delimiters.
9317 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
9319 (autoload 'ethio-composition-function "ethio-util" "\
9320 Not documented
9322 \(fn POS TO FONT-OBJECT STRING)" nil nil)
9324 ;;;***
9326 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-load-eudc eudc-query-form eudc-expand-inline
9327 ;;;;;; eudc-get-phone eudc-get-email eudc-set-server) "eudc" "net/eudc.el"
9328 ;;;;;; (19277 34921))
9329 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc.el
9331 (autoload 'eudc-set-server "eudc" "\
9332 Set the directory server to SERVER using PROTOCOL.
9333 Unless NO-SAVE is non-nil, the server is saved as the default
9334 server for future sessions.
9336 \(fn SERVER PROTOCOL &optional NO-SAVE)" t nil)
9338 (autoload 'eudc-get-email "eudc" "\
9339 Get the email field of NAME from the directory server.
9340 If ERROR is non-nil, report an error if there is none.
9342 \(fn NAME &optional ERROR)" t nil)
9344 (autoload 'eudc-get-phone "eudc" "\
9345 Get the phone field of NAME from the directory server.
9346 If ERROR is non-nil, report an error if there is none.
9348 \(fn NAME &optional ERROR)" t nil)
9350 (autoload 'eudc-expand-inline "eudc" "\
9351 Query the directory server, and expand the query string before point.
9352 The query string consists of the buffer substring from the point back to
9353 the preceding comma, colon or beginning of line.
9354 The variable `eudc-inline-query-format' controls how to associate the
9355 individual inline query words with directory attribute names.
9356 After querying the server for the given string, the expansion specified by
9357 `eudc-inline-expansion-format' is inserted in the buffer at point.
9358 If REPLACE is non-nil, then this expansion replaces the name in the buffer.
9359 `eudc-expansion-overwrites-query' being non-nil inverts the meaning of REPLACE.
9360 Multiple servers can be tried with the same query until one finds a match,
9361 see `eudc-inline-expansion-servers'
9363 \(fn &optional REPLACE)" t nil)
9365 (autoload 'eudc-query-form "eudc" "\
9366 Display a form to query the directory server.
9367 If given a non-nil argument GET-FIELDS-FROM-SERVER, the function first
9368 queries the server for the existing fields and displays a corresponding form.
9370 \(fn &optional GET-FIELDS-FROM-SERVER)" t nil)
9372 (autoload 'eudc-load-eudc "eudc" "\
9373 Load the Emacs Unified Directory Client.
9374 This does nothing except loading eudc by autoload side-effect.
9376 \(fn)" t nil)
9378 (cond ((not (featurep 'xemacs)) (defvar eudc-tools-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Directory Search"))) (define-key map [phone] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Get Phone") eudc-get-phone :help ,(purecopy "Get the phone field of name from the directory server"))) (define-key map [email] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Get Email") eudc-get-email :help ,(purecopy "Get the email field of NAME from the directory server"))) (define-key map [separator-eudc-email] menu-bar-separator) (define-key map [expand-inline] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Expand Inline Query") eudc-expand-inline :help ,(purecopy "Query the directory server, and expand the query string before point"))) (define-key map [query] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Query with Form") eudc-query-form :help ,(purecopy "Display a form to query the directory server"))) (define-key map [separator-eudc-query] menu-bar-separator) (define-key map [new] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "New Server") eudc-set-server :help ,(purecopy "Set the directory server to SERVER using PROTOCOL"))) (define-key map [load] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Load Hotlist of Servers") eudc-load-eudc :help ,(purecopy "Load the Emacs Unified Directory Client"))) map)) (fset 'eudc-tools-menu (symbol-value 'eudc-tools-menu))) (t (let ((menu '("Directory Search" ["Load Hotlist of Servers" eudc-load-eudc t] ["New Server" eudc-set-server t] ["---" nil nil] ["Query with Form" eudc-query-form t] ["Expand Inline Query" eudc-expand-inline t] ["---" nil nil] ["Get Email" eudc-get-email t] ["Get Phone" eudc-get-phone t]))) (if (not (featurep 'eudc-autoloads)) (if (featurep 'xemacs) (if (and (featurep 'menubar) (not (featurep 'infodock))) (add-submenu '("Tools") menu)) (require 'easymenu) (cond ((fboundp 'easy-menu-add-item) (easy-menu-add-item nil '("tools") (easy-menu-create-menu (car menu) (cdr menu)))) ((fboundp 'easy-menu-create-keymaps) (define-key global-map [menu-bar tools eudc] (cons "Directory Search" (easy-menu-create-keymaps "Directory Search" (cdr menu)))))))))))
9380 ;;;***
9382 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-display-jpeg-as-button eudc-display-jpeg-inline
9383 ;;;;;; eudc-display-sound eudc-display-mail eudc-display-url eudc-display-generic-binary)
9384 ;;;;;; "eudc-bob" "net/eudc-bob.el" (19277 34921))
9385 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-bob.el
9387 (autoload 'eudc-display-generic-binary "eudc-bob" "\
9388 Display a button for unidentified binary DATA.
9390 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
9392 (autoload 'eudc-display-url "eudc-bob" "\
9393 Display URL and make it clickable.
9395 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
9397 (autoload 'eudc-display-mail "eudc-bob" "\
9398 Display e-mail address and make it clickable.
9400 \(fn MAIL)" nil nil)
9402 (autoload 'eudc-display-sound "eudc-bob" "\
9403 Display a button to play the sound DATA.
9405 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
9407 (autoload 'eudc-display-jpeg-inline "eudc-bob" "\
9408 Display the JPEG DATA inline at point if possible.
9410 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
9412 (autoload 'eudc-display-jpeg-as-button "eudc-bob" "\
9413 Display a button for the JPEG DATA.
9415 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
9417 ;;;***
9419 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-try-bbdb-insert eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb)
9420 ;;;;;; "eudc-export" "net/eudc-export.el" (19277 34921))
9421 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-export.el
9423 (autoload 'eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb "eudc-export" "\
9424 Insert record at point into the BBDB database.
9425 This function can only be called from a directory query result buffer.
9427 \(fn)" t nil)
9429 (autoload 'eudc-try-bbdb-insert "eudc-export" "\
9430 Call `eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb' if on a record.
9432 \(fn)" t nil)
9434 ;;;***
9436 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-edit-hotlist) "eudc-hotlist" "net/eudc-hotlist.el"
9437 ;;;;;; (19277 34921))
9438 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-hotlist.el
9440 (autoload 'eudc-edit-hotlist "eudc-hotlist" "\
9441 Edit the hotlist of directory servers in a specialized buffer.
9443 \(fn)" t nil)
9445 ;;;***
9447 ;;;### (autoloads (ewoc-create) "ewoc" "emacs-lisp/ewoc.el" (19277
9448 ;;;;;; 34919))
9449 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ewoc.el
9451 (autoload 'ewoc-create "ewoc" "\
9452 Create an empty ewoc.
9454 The ewoc will be inserted in the current buffer at the current position.
9456 PRETTY-PRINTER should be a function that takes one argument, an
9457 element, and inserts a string representing it in the buffer (at
9458 point). The string PRETTY-PRINTER inserts may be empty or span
9459 several lines. The PRETTY-PRINTER should use `insert', and not
9460 `insert-before-markers'.
9462 Optional second and third arguments HEADER and FOOTER are strings,
9463 possibly empty, that will always be present at the top and bottom,
9464 respectively, of the ewoc.
9466 Normally, a newline is automatically inserted after the header,
9467 the footer and every node's printed representation. Optional
9468 fourth arg NOSEP non-nil inhibits this.
9470 \(fn PRETTY-PRINTER &optional HEADER FOOTER NOSEP)" nil nil)
9472 ;;;***
9474 ;;;### (autoloads (executable-make-buffer-file-executable-if-script-p
9475 ;;;;;; executable-self-display executable-set-magic executable-interpret
9476 ;;;;;; executable-command-find-posix-p) "executable" "progmodes/executable.el"
9477 ;;;;;; (19277 34922))
9478 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/executable.el
9480 (autoload 'executable-command-find-posix-p "executable" "\
9481 Check if PROGRAM handles arguments Posix-style.
9482 If PROGRAM is non-nil, use that instead of \"find\".
9484 \(fn &optional PROGRAM)" nil nil)
9486 (autoload 'executable-interpret "executable" "\
9487 Run script with user-specified args, and collect output in a buffer.
9488 While script runs asynchronously, you can use the \\[next-error]
9489 command to find the next error. The buffer is also in `comint-mode' and
9490 `compilation-shell-minor-mode', so that you can answer any prompts.
9492 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
9494 (autoload 'executable-set-magic "executable" "\
9495 Set this buffer's interpreter to INTERPRETER with optional ARGUMENT.
9496 The variables `executable-magicless-file-regexp', `executable-prefix',
9497 `executable-insert', `executable-query' and `executable-chmod' control
9498 when and how magic numbers are inserted or replaced and scripts made
9499 executable.
9501 \(fn INTERPRETER &optional ARGUMENT NO-QUERY-FLAG INSERT-FLAG)" t nil)
9503 (autoload 'executable-self-display "executable" "\
9504 Turn a text file into a self-displaying Un*x command.
9505 The magic number of such a command displays all lines but itself.
9507 \(fn)" t nil)
9509 (autoload 'executable-make-buffer-file-executable-if-script-p "executable" "\
9510 Make file executable according to umask if not already executable.
9511 If file already has any execute bits set at all, do not change existing
9512 file modes.
9514 \(fn)" nil nil)
9516 ;;;***
9518 ;;;### (autoloads (expand-jump-to-next-slot expand-jump-to-previous-slot
9519 ;;;;;; expand-abbrev-hook expand-add-abbrevs) "expand" "expand.el"
9520 ;;;;;; (19277 34916))
9521 ;;; Generated autoloads from expand.el
9523 (autoload 'expand-add-abbrevs "expand" "\
9524 Add a list of abbrev to abbrev table TABLE.
9525 ABBREVS is a list of abbrev definitions; each abbrev description entry
9526 has the form (ABBREV EXPANSION ARG).
9528 ABBREV is the abbreviation to replace.
9530 EXPANSION is the replacement string or a function which will make the
9531 expansion. For example you, could use the DMacros or skeleton packages
9532 to generate such functions.
9534 ARG is an optional argument which can be a number or a list of
9535 numbers. If ARG is a number, point is placed ARG chars from the
9536 beginning of the expanded text.
9538 If ARG is a list of numbers, point is placed according to the first
9539 member of the list, but you can visit the other specified positions
9540 cyclicaly with the functions `expand-jump-to-previous-slot' and
9541 `expand-jump-to-next-slot'.
9543 If ARG is omitted, point is placed at the end of the expanded text.
9545 \(fn TABLE ABBREVS)" nil nil)
9547 (autoload 'expand-abbrev-hook "expand" "\
9548 Abbrev hook used to do the expansion job of expand abbrevs.
9549 See `expand-add-abbrevs'. Value is non-nil if expansion was done.
9551 \(fn)" nil nil)
9553 (autoload 'expand-jump-to-previous-slot "expand" "\
9554 Move the cursor to the previous slot in the last abbrev expansion.
9555 This is used only in conjunction with `expand-add-abbrevs'.
9557 \(fn)" t nil)
9559 (autoload 'expand-jump-to-next-slot "expand" "\
9560 Move the cursor to the next slot in the last abbrev expansion.
9561 This is used only in conjunction with `expand-add-abbrevs'.
9563 \(fn)" t nil)
9564 (define-key abbrev-map "p" 'expand-jump-to-previous-slot)
9565 (define-key abbrev-map "n" 'expand-jump-to-next-slot)
9567 ;;;***
9569 ;;;### (autoloads (f90-mode) "f90" "progmodes/f90.el" (19325 45050))
9570 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/f90.el
9572 (autoload 'f90-mode "f90" "\
9573 Major mode for editing Fortran 90,95 code in free format.
9574 For fixed format code, use `fortran-mode'.
9576 \\[f90-indent-line] indents the current line.
9577 \\[f90-indent-new-line] indents current line and creates a new indented line.
9578 \\[f90-indent-subprogram] indents the current subprogram.
9580 Type `? or `\\[help-command] to display a list of built-in abbrevs for F90 keywords.
9582 Key definitions:
9583 \\{f90-mode-map}
9585 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
9587 `f90-do-indent'
9588 Extra indentation within do blocks (default 3).
9589 `f90-if-indent'
9590 Extra indentation within if/select/where/forall blocks (default 3).
9591 `f90-type-indent'
9592 Extra indentation within type/enum/interface/block-data blocks (default 3).
9593 `f90-program-indent'
9594 Extra indentation within program/module/subroutine/function blocks
9595 (default 2).
9596 `f90-continuation-indent'
9597 Extra indentation applied to continuation lines (default 5).
9598 `f90-comment-region'
9599 String inserted by function \\[f90-comment-region] at start of each
9600 line in region (default \"!!!$\").
9601 `f90-indented-comment-re'
9602 Regexp determining the type of comment to be intended like code
9603 (default \"!\").
9604 `f90-directive-comment-re'
9605 Regexp of comment-like directive like \"!HPF\\\\$\", not to be indented
9606 (default \"!hpf\\\\$\").
9607 `f90-break-delimiters'
9608 Regexp holding list of delimiters at which lines may be broken
9609 (default \"[-+*/><=,% \\t]\").
9610 `f90-break-before-delimiters'
9611 Non-nil causes `f90-do-auto-fill' to break lines before delimiters
9612 (default t).
9613 `f90-beginning-ampersand'
9614 Automatic insertion of & at beginning of continuation lines (default t).
9615 `f90-smart-end'
9616 From an END statement, check and fill the end using matching block start.
9617 Allowed values are 'blink, 'no-blink, and nil, which determine
9618 whether to blink the matching beginning (default 'blink).
9619 `f90-auto-keyword-case'
9620 Automatic change of case of keywords (default nil).
9621 The possibilities are 'downcase-word, 'upcase-word, 'capitalize-word.
9622 `f90-leave-line-no'
9623 Do not left-justify line numbers (default nil).
9625 Turning on F90 mode calls the value of the variable `f90-mode-hook'
9626 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
9628 \(fn)" t nil)
9630 ;;;***
9632 ;;;### (autoloads (variable-pitch-mode buffer-face-toggle buffer-face-set
9633 ;;;;;; buffer-face-mode text-scale-adjust text-scale-decrease text-scale-increase
9634 ;;;;;; text-scale-set face-remap-set-base face-remap-reset-base
9635 ;;;;;; face-remap-add-relative) "face-remap" "face-remap.el" (19360
9636 ;;;;;; 14173))
9637 ;;; Generated autoloads from face-remap.el
9639 (autoload 'face-remap-add-relative "face-remap" "\
9640 Add a face remapping entry of FACE to SPECS in the current buffer.
9642 Return a cookie which can be used to delete the remapping with
9643 `face-remap-remove-relative'.
9645 SPECS can be any value suitable for the `face' text property,
9646 including a face name, a list of face names, or a face-attribute
9647 property list. The attributes given by SPECS will be merged with
9648 any other currently active face remappings of FACE, and with the
9649 global definition of FACE. An attempt is made to sort multiple
9650 entries so that entries with relative face-attributes are applied
9651 after entries with absolute face-attributes.
9653 The base (lowest priority) remapping may be set to a specific
9654 value, instead of the default of the global face definition,
9655 using `face-remap-set-base'.
9657 \(fn FACE &rest SPECS)" nil nil)
9659 (autoload 'face-remap-reset-base "face-remap" "\
9660 Set the base remapping of FACE to inherit from FACE's global definition.
9662 \(fn FACE)" nil nil)
9664 (autoload 'face-remap-set-base "face-remap" "\
9665 Set the base remapping of FACE in the current buffer to SPECS.
9666 If SPECS is empty, the default base remapping is restored, which
9667 inherits from the global definition of FACE; note that this is
9668 different from SPECS containing a single value `nil', which does
9669 not inherit from the global definition of FACE.
9671 \(fn FACE &rest SPECS)" nil nil)
9673 (autoload 'text-scale-set "face-remap" "\
9674 Set the scale factor of the default face in the current buffer to LEVEL.
9675 If LEVEL is non-zero, `text-scale-mode' is enabled, otherwise it is disabled.
9677 LEVEL is a number of steps, with 0 representing the default size.
9678 Each step scales the height of the default face by the variable
9679 `text-scale-mode-step' (a negative number decreases the height by
9680 the same amount).
9682 \(fn LEVEL)" t nil)
9684 (autoload 'text-scale-increase "face-remap" "\
9685 Increase the height of the default face in the current buffer by INC steps.
9686 If the new height is other than the default, `text-scale-mode' is enabled.
9688 Each step scales the height of the default face by the variable
9689 `text-scale-mode-step' (a negative number of steps decreases the
9690 height by the same amount). As a special case, an argument of 0
9691 will remove any scaling currently active.
9693 \(fn INC)" t nil)
9695 (autoload 'text-scale-decrease "face-remap" "\
9696 Decrease the height of the default face in the current buffer by DEC steps.
9697 See `text-scale-increase' for more details.
9699 \(fn DEC)" t nil)
9700 (define-key ctl-x-map [(control ?+)] 'text-scale-adjust)
9701 (define-key ctl-x-map [(control ?-)] 'text-scale-adjust)
9702 (define-key ctl-x-map [(control ?=)] 'text-scale-adjust)
9703 (define-key ctl-x-map [(control ?0)] 'text-scale-adjust)
9705 (autoload 'text-scale-adjust "face-remap" "\
9706 Increase or decrease the height of the default face in the current buffer.
9708 The actual adjustment made depends on the final component of the
9709 key-binding used to invoke the command, with all modifiers removed:
9711 +, = Increase the default face height by one step
9712 - Decrease the default face height by one step
9713 0 Reset the default face height to the global default
9715 Then, continue to read input events and further adjust the face
9716 height as long as the input event read (with all modifiers removed)
9717 is one of the above.
9719 Each step scales the height of the default face by the variable
9720 `text-scale-mode-step' (a negative number of steps decreases the
9721 height by the same amount). As a special case, an argument of 0
9722 will remove any scaling currently active.
9724 This command is a special-purpose wrapper around the
9725 `text-scale-increase' command which makes repetition convenient
9726 even when it is bound in a non-top-level keymap. For binding in
9727 a top-level keymap, `text-scale-increase' or
9728 `text-scale-decrease' may be more appropriate.
9730 \(fn INC)" t nil)
9732 (autoload 'buffer-face-mode "face-remap" "\
9733 Minor mode for a buffer-specific default face.
9734 When enabled, the face specified by the variable
9735 `buffer-face-mode-face' is used to display the buffer text.
9737 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9739 (autoload 'buffer-face-set "face-remap" "\
9740 Enable `buffer-face-mode', using face specs SPECS.
9741 SPECS can be any value suitable for the `face' text property,
9742 including a face name, a list of face names, or a face-attribute
9743 If SPECS is nil, then `buffer-face-mode' is disabled.
9745 This function will make the variable `buffer-face-mode-face'
9746 buffer local, and set it to FACE.
9748 \(fn &rest SPECS)" t nil)
9750 (autoload 'buffer-face-toggle "face-remap" "\
9751 Toggle `buffer-face-mode', using face specs SPECS.
9752 SPECS can be any value suitable for the `face' text property,
9753 including a face name, a list of face names, or a face-attribute
9755 If `buffer-face-mode' is already enabled, and is currently using
9756 the face specs SPECS, then it is disabled; if buffer-face-mode is
9757 disabled, or is enabled and currently displaying some other face,
9758 then is left enabled, but the face changed to reflect SPECS.
9760 This function will make the variable `buffer-face-mode-face'
9761 buffer local, and set it to SPECS.
9763 \(fn &rest SPECS)" t nil)
9765 (autoload 'variable-pitch-mode "face-remap" "\
9766 Variable-pitch default-face mode.
9767 An interface to `buffer-face-mode' which uses the `variable-pitch' face.
9768 Besides the choice of face, it is the same as `buffer-face-mode'.
9770 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9772 ;;;***
9774 ;;;### (autoloads (feedmail-queue-reminder feedmail-run-the-queue
9775 ;;;;;; feedmail-run-the-queue-global-prompt feedmail-run-the-queue-no-prompts
9776 ;;;;;; feedmail-send-it) "feedmail" "mail/feedmail.el" (19267 61658))
9777 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/feedmail.el
9779 (autoload 'feedmail-send-it "feedmail" "\
9780 Send the current mail buffer using the Feedmail package.
9781 This is a suitable value for `send-mail-function'. It can be used
9782 with various lower-level mechanisms to provide features such as queueing.
9784 \(fn)" nil nil)
9786 (autoload 'feedmail-run-the-queue-no-prompts "feedmail" "\
9787 Like `feedmail-run-the-queue', but suppress confirmation prompts.
9789 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9791 (autoload 'feedmail-run-the-queue-global-prompt "feedmail" "\
9792 Like `feedmail-run-the-queue', but with a global confirmation prompt.
9793 This is generally most useful if run non-interactively, since you can
9794 bail out with an appropriate answer to the global confirmation prompt.
9796 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9798 (autoload 'feedmail-run-the-queue "feedmail" "\
9799 Visit each message in the feedmail queue directory and send it out.
9800 Return value is a list of three things: number of messages sent, number of
9801 messages skipped, and number of non-message things in the queue (commonly
9802 backup file names and the like).
9804 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9806 (autoload 'feedmail-queue-reminder "feedmail" "\
9807 Perform some kind of reminder activity about queued and draft messages.
9808 Called with an optional symbol argument which says what kind of event
9809 is triggering the reminder activity. The default is 'on-demand, which
9810 is what you typically would use if you were putting this in your Emacs start-up
9811 or mail hook code. Other recognized values for WHAT-EVENT (these are passed
9812 internally by feedmail):
9814 after-immediate (a message has just been sent in immediate mode)
9815 after-queue (a message has just been queued)
9816 after-draft (a message has just been placed in the draft directory)
9817 after-run (the queue has just been run, possibly sending messages)
9819 WHAT-EVENT is used as a key into the table `feedmail-queue-reminder-alist'. If
9820 the associated value is a function, it is called without arguments and is expected
9821 to perform the reminder activity. You can supply your own reminder functions
9822 by redefining `feedmail-queue-reminder-alist'. If you don't want any reminders,
9823 you can set `feedmail-queue-reminder-alist' to nil.
9825 \(fn &optional WHAT-EVENT)" t nil)
9827 ;;;***
9829 ;;;### (autoloads (ffap-bindings dired-at-point ffap-at-mouse ffap-menu
9830 ;;;;;; find-file-at-point ffap-next) "ffap" "ffap.el" (19318 65023))
9831 ;;; Generated autoloads from ffap.el
9833 (autoload 'ffap-next "ffap" "\
9834 Search buffer for next file or URL, and run ffap.
9835 Optional argument BACK says to search backwards.
9836 Optional argument WRAP says to try wrapping around if necessary.
9837 Interactively: use a single prefix to search backwards,
9838 double prefix to wrap forward, triple to wrap backwards.
9839 Actual search is done by `ffap-next-guess'.
9841 \(fn &optional BACK WRAP)" t nil)
9843 (autoload 'find-file-at-point "ffap" "\
9844 Find FILENAME, guessing a default from text around point.
9845 If `ffap-url-regexp' is not nil, the FILENAME may also be an URL.
9846 With a prefix, this command behaves exactly like `ffap-file-finder'.
9847 If `ffap-require-prefix' is set, the prefix meaning is reversed.
9848 See also the variables `ffap-dired-wildcards', `ffap-newfile-prompt',
9849 and the functions `ffap-file-at-point' and `ffap-url-at-point'.
9851 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
9853 (defalias 'ffap 'find-file-at-point)
9855 (autoload 'ffap-menu "ffap" "\
9856 Put up a menu of files and URLs mentioned in this buffer.
9857 Then set mark, jump to choice, and try to fetch it. The menu is
9858 cached in `ffap-menu-alist', and rebuilt by `ffap-menu-rescan'.
9859 The optional RESCAN argument (a prefix, interactively) forces
9860 a rebuild. Searches with `ffap-menu-regexp'.
9862 \(fn &optional RESCAN)" t nil)
9864 (autoload 'ffap-at-mouse "ffap" "\
9865 Find file or URL guessed from text around mouse click.
9866 Interactively, calls `ffap-at-mouse-fallback' if no guess is found.
9867 Return value:
9868 * if a guess string is found, return it (after finding it)
9869 * if the fallback is called, return whatever it returns
9870 * otherwise, nil
9872 \(fn E)" t nil)
9874 (autoload 'dired-at-point "ffap" "\
9875 Start Dired, defaulting to file at point. See `ffap'.
9876 If `dired-at-point-require-prefix' is set, the prefix meaning is reversed.
9878 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
9880 (defun ffap-guess-file-name-at-point nil "\
9881 Try to get a file name at point.
9882 This hook is intended to be put in `file-name-at-point-functions'." (when (fboundp (quote ffap-guesser)) (let ((guess (ffap-guesser))) (setq guess (if (or (not guess) (and (fboundp (quote ffap-url-p)) (ffap-url-p guess)) (and (fboundp (quote ffap-file-remote-p)) (ffap-file-remote-p guess))) guess (abbreviate-file-name (expand-file-name guess)))) (when guess (if (file-directory-p guess) (file-name-as-directory guess) guess)))))
9884 (autoload 'ffap-bindings "ffap" "\
9885 Evaluate the forms in variable `ffap-bindings'.
9887 \(fn)" t nil)
9889 ;;;***
9891 ;;;### (autoloads (file-cache-minibuffer-complete file-cache-add-directory-recursively
9892 ;;;;;; file-cache-add-directory-using-locate file-cache-add-directory-using-find
9893 ;;;;;; file-cache-add-file file-cache-add-directory-list file-cache-add-directory)
9894 ;;;;;; "filecache" "filecache.el" (19277 34916))
9895 ;;; Generated autoloads from filecache.el
9897 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory "filecache" "\
9898 Add DIRECTORY to the file cache.
9899 If the optional REGEXP argument is non-nil, only files which match it will
9900 be added to the cache.
9902 \(fn DIRECTORY &optional REGEXP)" t nil)
9904 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory-list "filecache" "\
9905 Add DIRECTORY-LIST (a list of directory names) to the file cache.
9906 If the optional REGEXP argument is non-nil, only files which match it
9907 will be added to the cache. Note that the REGEXP is applied to the files
9908 in each directory, not to the directory list itself.
9910 \(fn DIRECTORY-LIST &optional REGEXP)" t nil)
9912 (autoload 'file-cache-add-file "filecache" "\
9913 Add FILE to the file cache.
9915 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
9917 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory-using-find "filecache" "\
9918 Use the `find' command to add files to the file cache.
9919 Find is run in DIRECTORY.
9921 \(fn DIRECTORY)" t nil)
9923 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory-using-locate "filecache" "\
9924 Use the `locate' command to add files to the file cache.
9925 STRING is passed as an argument to the locate command.
9927 \(fn STRING)" t nil)
9929 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory-recursively "filecache" "\
9930 Adds DIR and any subdirectories to the file-cache.
9931 This function does not use any external programs
9932 If the optional REGEXP argument is non-nil, only files which match it
9933 will be added to the cache. Note that the REGEXP is applied to the files
9934 in each directory, not to the directory list itself.
9936 \(fn DIR &optional REGEXP)" t nil)
9938 (autoload 'file-cache-minibuffer-complete "filecache" "\
9939 Complete a filename in the minibuffer using a preloaded cache.
9940 Filecache does two kinds of substitution: it completes on names in
9941 the cache, and, once it has found a unique name, it cycles through
9942 the directories that the name is available in. With a prefix argument,
9943 the name is considered already unique; only the second substitution
9944 \(directories) is done.
9946 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
9948 ;;;***
9950 ;;;### (autoloads (copy-dir-locals-to-file-locals-prop-line copy-dir-locals-to-file-locals
9951 ;;;;;; copy-file-locals-to-dir-locals delete-dir-local-variable
9952 ;;;;;; add-dir-local-variable delete-file-local-variable-prop-line
9953 ;;;;;; add-file-local-variable-prop-line delete-file-local-variable
9954 ;;;;;; add-file-local-variable) "files-x" "files-x.el" (19277 34916))
9955 ;;; Generated autoloads from files-x.el
9957 (autoload 'add-file-local-variable "files-x" "\
9958 Add file-local VARIABLE with its VALUE to the Local Variables list.
9960 This command deletes all existing settings of VARIABLE (except `mode'
9961 and `eval') and adds a new file-local VARIABLE with VALUE to the
9962 Local Variables list.
9964 If there is no Local Variables list in the current file buffer
9965 then this function adds the first line containing the string
9966 `Local Variables:' and the last line containing the string `End:'.
9968 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE)" t nil)
9970 (autoload 'delete-file-local-variable "files-x" "\
9971 Delete all settings of file-local VARIABLE from the Local Variables list.
9973 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil)
9975 (autoload 'add-file-local-variable-prop-line "files-x" "\
9976 Add file-local VARIABLE with its VALUE to the -*- line.
9978 This command deletes all existing settings of VARIABLE (except `mode'
9979 and `eval') and adds a new file-local VARIABLE with VALUE to
9980 the -*- line.
9982 If there is no -*- line at the beginning of the current file buffer
9983 then this function adds it.
9985 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE)" t nil)
9987 (autoload 'delete-file-local-variable-prop-line "files-x" "\
9988 Delete all settings of file-local VARIABLE from the -*- line.
9990 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil)
9992 (autoload 'add-dir-local-variable "files-x" "\
9993 Add directory-local VARIABLE with its VALUE and MODE to .dir-locals.el.
9995 \(fn MODE VARIABLE VALUE)" t nil)
9997 (autoload 'delete-dir-local-variable "files-x" "\
9998 Delete all MODE settings of file-local VARIABLE from .dir-locals.el.
10000 \(fn MODE VARIABLE)" t nil)
10002 (autoload 'copy-file-locals-to-dir-locals "files-x" "\
10003 Copy file-local variables to .dir-locals.el.
10005 \(fn)" t nil)
10007 (autoload 'copy-dir-locals-to-file-locals "files-x" "\
10008 Copy directory-local variables to the Local Variables list.
10010 \(fn)" t nil)
10012 (autoload 'copy-dir-locals-to-file-locals-prop-line "files-x" "\
10013 Copy directory-local variables to the -*- line.
10015 \(fn)" t nil)
10017 ;;;***
10019 ;;;### (autoloads (filesets-init) "filesets" "filesets.el" (19277
10020 ;;;;;; 34916))
10021 ;;; Generated autoloads from filesets.el
10023 (autoload 'filesets-init "filesets" "\
10024 Filesets initialization.
10025 Set up hooks, load the cache file -- if existing -- and build the menu.
10027 \(fn)" nil nil)
10029 ;;;***
10031 ;;;### (autoloads (find-cmd) "find-cmd" "find-cmd.el" (19279 53114))
10032 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-cmd.el
10034 (autoload 'find-cmd "find-cmd" "\
10035 Initiate the building of a find command.
10036 For example:
10038 \(find-cmd '(prune (name \".svn\" \".git\" \".CVS\"))
10039 '(and (or (name \"*.pl\" \"*.pm\" \"*.t\")
10040 (mtime \"+1\"))
10041 (fstype \"nfs\" \"ufs\"))))
10043 `default-directory' is used as the initial search path. The
10044 result is a string that should be ready for the command line.
10046 \(fn &rest SUBFINDS)" nil nil)
10048 ;;;***
10050 ;;;### (autoloads (find-grep-dired find-name-dired find-dired find-grep-options
10051 ;;;;;; find-ls-subdir-switches find-ls-option) "find-dired" "find-dired.el"
10052 ;;;;;; (19277 34916))
10053 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-dired.el
10055 (defvar find-ls-option (if (eq system-type 'berkeley-unix) (purecopy '("-ls" . "-gilsb")) (purecopy '("-exec ls -ld {} \\;" . "-ld"))) "\
10056 Description of the option to `find' to produce an `ls -l'-type listing.
10057 This is a cons of two strings (FIND-OPTION . LS-SWITCHES). FIND-OPTION
10058 gives the option (or options) to `find' that produce the desired output.
10059 LS-SWITCHES is a list of `ls' switches to tell dired how to parse the output.")
10061 (custom-autoload 'find-ls-option "find-dired" t)
10063 (defvar find-ls-subdir-switches (purecopy "-al") "\
10064 `ls' switches for inserting subdirectories in `*Find*' buffers.
10065 This should contain the \"-l\" switch.
10066 Use the \"-F\" or \"-b\" switches if and only if you also use
10067 them for `find-ls-option'.")
10069 (custom-autoload 'find-ls-subdir-switches "find-dired" t)
10071 (defvar find-grep-options (purecopy (if (or (eq system-type 'berkeley-unix) (string-match "solaris2" system-configuration) (string-match "irix" system-configuration)) "-s" "-q")) "\
10072 Option to grep to be as silent as possible.
10073 On Berkeley systems, this is `-s'; on Posix, and with GNU grep, `-q' does it.
10074 On other systems, the closest you can come is to use `-l'.")
10076 (custom-autoload 'find-grep-options "find-dired" t)
10078 (autoload 'find-dired "find-dired" "\
10079 Run `find' and go into Dired mode on a buffer of the output.
10080 The command run (after changing into DIR) is
10082 find . \\( ARGS \\) -ls
10084 except that the variable `find-ls-option' specifies what to use
10085 as the final argument.
10087 \(fn DIR ARGS)" t nil)
10089 (autoload 'find-name-dired "find-dired" "\
10090 Search DIR recursively for files matching the globbing pattern PATTERN,
10091 and run dired on those files.
10092 PATTERN is a shell wildcard (not an Emacs regexp) and need not be quoted.
10093 The command run (after changing into DIR) is
10095 find . -name 'PATTERN' -ls
10097 \(fn DIR PATTERN)" t nil)
10099 (autoload 'find-grep-dired "find-dired" "\
10100 Find files in DIR containing a regexp REGEXP and start Dired on output.
10101 The command run (after changing into DIR) is
10103 find . -exec grep -s -e REGEXP {} \\; -ls
10105 Thus ARG can also contain additional grep options.
10107 \(fn DIR REGEXP)" t nil)
10109 ;;;***
10111 ;;;### (autoloads (ff-mouse-find-other-file-other-window ff-mouse-find-other-file
10112 ;;;;;; ff-find-other-file ff-get-other-file) "find-file" "find-file.el"
10113 ;;;;;; (19277 34916))
10114 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-file.el
10116 (defvar ff-special-constructs `((,(purecopy "^#\\s *\\(include\\|import\\)\\s +[<\"]\\(.*\\)[>\"]") lambda nil (buffer-substring (match-beginning 2) (match-end 2)))) "\
10117 *List of special constructs for `ff-treat-as-special' to recognize.
10118 Each element, tried in order, has the form (REGEXP . EXTRACT).
10119 If REGEXP matches the current line (from the beginning of the line),
10120 `ff-treat-as-special' calls function EXTRACT with no args.
10121 If EXTRACT returns nil, keep trying. Otherwise, return the
10122 filename that EXTRACT returned.")
10124 (autoload 'ff-get-other-file "find-file" "\
10125 Find the header or source file corresponding to this file.
10126 See also the documentation for `ff-find-other-file'.
10128 If optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, find the file in another window.
10130 \(fn &optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
10132 (defalias 'ff-find-related-file 'ff-find-other-file)
10134 (autoload 'ff-find-other-file "find-file" "\
10135 Find the header or source file corresponding to this file.
10136 Being on a `#include' line pulls in that file.
10138 If optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, find the file in the other window.
10139 If optional IGNORE-INCLUDE is non-nil, ignore being on `#include' lines.
10141 Variables of interest include:
10143 - `ff-case-fold-search'
10144 Non-nil means ignore cases in matches (see `case-fold-search').
10145 If you have extensions in different cases, you will want this to be nil.
10147 - `ff-always-in-other-window'
10148 If non-nil, always open the other file in another window, unless an
10149 argument is given to `ff-find-other-file'.
10151 - `ff-ignore-include'
10152 If non-nil, ignores #include lines.
10154 - `ff-always-try-to-create'
10155 If non-nil, always attempt to create the other file if it was not found.
10157 - `ff-quiet-mode'
10158 If non-nil, traces which directories are being searched.
10160 - `ff-special-constructs'
10161 A list of regular expressions specifying how to recognize special
10162 constructs such as include files etc, and an associated method for
10163 extracting the filename from that construct.
10165 - `ff-other-file-alist'
10166 Alist of extensions to find given the current file's extension.
10168 - `ff-search-directories'
10169 List of directories searched through with each extension specified in
10170 `ff-other-file-alist' that matches this file's extension.
10172 - `ff-pre-find-hook'
10173 List of functions to be called before the search for the file starts.
10175 - `ff-pre-load-hook'
10176 List of functions to be called before the other file is loaded.
10178 - `ff-post-load-hook'
10179 List of functions to be called after the other file is loaded.
10181 - `ff-not-found-hook'
10182 List of functions to be called if the other file could not be found.
10184 - `ff-file-created-hook'
10185 List of functions to be called if the other file has been created.
10187 \(fn &optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW IGNORE-INCLUDE)" t nil)
10189 (autoload 'ff-mouse-find-other-file "find-file" "\
10190 Visit the file you click on.
10192 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
10194 (autoload 'ff-mouse-find-other-file-other-window "find-file" "\
10195 Visit the file you click on in another window.
10197 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
10199 ;;;***
10201 ;;;### (autoloads (find-function-setup-keys find-variable-at-point
10202 ;;;;;; find-function-at-point find-function-on-key find-face-definition
10203 ;;;;;; find-definition-noselect find-variable-other-frame find-variable-other-window
10204 ;;;;;; find-variable find-variable-noselect find-function-other-frame
10205 ;;;;;; find-function-other-window find-function find-function-noselect
10206 ;;;;;; find-function-search-for-symbol find-library) "find-func"
10207 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/find-func.el" (19277 34919))
10208 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/find-func.el
10210 (autoload 'find-library "find-func" "\
10211 Find the Emacs Lisp source of LIBRARY.
10212 LIBRARY should be a string (the name of the library).
10214 \(fn LIBRARY)" t nil)
10216 (autoload 'find-function-search-for-symbol "find-func" "\
10217 Search for SYMBOL's definition of type TYPE in LIBRARY.
10218 Visit the library in a buffer, and return a cons cell (BUFFER . POSITION),
10219 or just (BUFFER . nil) if the definition can't be found in the file.
10221 If TYPE is nil, look for a function definition.
10222 Otherwise, TYPE specifies the kind of definition,
10223 and it is interpreted via `find-function-regexp-alist'.
10224 The search is done in the source for library LIBRARY.
10226 \(fn SYMBOL TYPE LIBRARY)" nil nil)
10228 (autoload 'find-function-noselect "find-func" "\
10229 Return a pair (BUFFER . POINT) pointing to the definition of FUNCTION.
10231 Finds the source file containing the definition of FUNCTION
10232 in a buffer and the point of the definition. The buffer is
10233 not selected. If the function definition can't be found in
10234 the buffer, returns (BUFFER).
10236 If the file where FUNCTION is defined is not known, then it is
10237 searched for in `find-function-source-path' if non-nil, otherwise
10238 in `load-path'.
10240 \(fn FUNCTION)" nil nil)
10242 (autoload 'find-function "find-func" "\
10243 Find the definition of the FUNCTION near point.
10245 Finds the source file containing the definition of the function
10246 near point (selected by `function-called-at-point') in a buffer and
10247 places point before the definition.
10248 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
10250 The library where FUNCTION is defined is searched for in
10251 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10252 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'.
10254 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
10256 (autoload 'find-function-other-window "find-func" "\
10257 Find, in another window, the definition of FUNCTION near point.
10259 See `find-function' for more details.
10261 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
10263 (autoload 'find-function-other-frame "find-func" "\
10264 Find, in another frame, the definition of FUNCTION near point.
10266 See `find-function' for more details.
10268 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
10270 (autoload 'find-variable-noselect "find-func" "\
10271 Return a pair `(BUFFER . POINT)' pointing to the definition of VARIABLE.
10273 Finds the library containing the definition of VARIABLE in a buffer and
10274 the point of the definition. The buffer is not selected.
10275 If the variable's definition can't be found in the buffer, return (BUFFER).
10277 The library where VARIABLE is defined is searched for in FILE or
10278 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10280 \(fn VARIABLE &optional FILE)" nil nil)
10282 (autoload 'find-variable "find-func" "\
10283 Find the definition of the VARIABLE at or before point.
10285 Finds the library containing the definition of the variable
10286 near point (selected by `variable-at-point') in a buffer and
10287 places point before the definition.
10289 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
10291 The library where VARIABLE is defined is searched for in
10292 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10293 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'.
10295 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil)
10297 (autoload 'find-variable-other-window "find-func" "\
10298 Find, in another window, the definition of VARIABLE near point.
10300 See `find-variable' for more details.
10302 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil)
10304 (autoload 'find-variable-other-frame "find-func" "\
10305 Find, in another frame, the definition of VARIABLE near point.
10307 See `find-variable' for more details.
10309 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil)
10311 (autoload 'find-definition-noselect "find-func" "\
10312 Return a pair `(BUFFER . POINT)' pointing to the definition of SYMBOL.
10313 If the definition can't be found in the buffer, return (BUFFER).
10314 TYPE says what type of definition: nil for a function, `defvar' for a
10315 variable, `defface' for a face. This function does not switch to the
10316 buffer nor display it.
10318 The library where SYMBOL is defined is searched for in FILE or
10319 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10321 \(fn SYMBOL TYPE &optional FILE)" nil nil)
10323 (autoload 'find-face-definition "find-func" "\
10324 Find the definition of FACE. FACE defaults to the name near point.
10326 Finds the Emacs Lisp library containing the definition of the face
10327 near point (selected by `variable-at-point') in a buffer and
10328 places point before the definition.
10330 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
10332 The library where FACE is defined is searched for in
10333 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10334 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'.
10336 \(fn FACE)" t nil)
10338 (autoload 'find-function-on-key "find-func" "\
10339 Find the function that KEY invokes. KEY is a string.
10340 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
10342 \(fn KEY)" t nil)
10344 (autoload 'find-function-at-point "find-func" "\
10345 Find directly the function at point in the other window.
10347 \(fn)" t nil)
10349 (autoload 'find-variable-at-point "find-func" "\
10350 Find directly the variable at point in the other window.
10352 \(fn)" t nil)
10354 (autoload 'find-function-setup-keys "find-func" "\
10355 Define some key bindings for the find-function family of functions.
10357 \(fn)" nil nil)
10359 ;;;***
10361 ;;;### (autoloads (find-lisp-find-dired-filter find-lisp-find-dired-subdirectories
10362 ;;;;;; find-lisp-find-dired) "find-lisp" "find-lisp.el" (19277 34916))
10363 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-lisp.el
10365 (autoload 'find-lisp-find-dired "find-lisp" "\
10366 Find files in DIR, matching REGEXP.
10368 \(fn DIR REGEXP)" t nil)
10370 (autoload 'find-lisp-find-dired-subdirectories "find-lisp" "\
10371 Find all subdirectories of DIR.
10373 \(fn DIR)" t nil)
10375 (autoload 'find-lisp-find-dired-filter "find-lisp" "\
10376 Change the filter on a find-lisp-find-dired buffer to REGEXP.
10378 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
10380 ;;;***
10382 ;;;### (autoloads (finder-by-keyword finder-commentary finder-list-keywords)
10383 ;;;;;; "finder" "finder.el" (19360 14173))
10384 ;;; Generated autoloads from finder.el
10386 (autoload 'finder-list-keywords "finder" "\
10387 Display descriptions of the keywords in the Finder buffer.
10389 \(fn)" t nil)
10391 (autoload 'finder-commentary "finder" "\
10392 Display FILE's commentary section.
10393 FILE should be in a form suitable for passing to `locate-library'.
10395 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
10397 (autoload 'finder-by-keyword "finder" "\
10398 Find packages matching a given keyword.
10400 \(fn)" t nil)
10402 ;;;***
10404 ;;;### (autoloads (enable-flow-control-on enable-flow-control) "flow-ctrl"
10405 ;;;;;; "flow-ctrl.el" (19277 34916))
10406 ;;; Generated autoloads from flow-ctrl.el
10408 (autoload 'enable-flow-control "flow-ctrl" "\
10409 Toggle flow control handling.
10410 When handling is enabled, user can type C-s as C-\\, and C-q as C-^.
10411 With arg, enable flow control mode if arg is positive, otherwise disable.
10413 \(fn &optional ARGUMENT)" t nil)
10415 (autoload 'enable-flow-control-on "flow-ctrl" "\
10416 Enable flow control if using one of a specified set of terminal types.
10417 Use `(enable-flow-control-on \"vt100\" \"h19\")' to enable flow control
10418 on VT-100 and H19 terminals. When flow control is enabled,
10419 you must type C-\\ to get the effect of a C-s, and type C-^
10420 to get the effect of a C-q.
10422 \(fn &rest LOSING-TERMINAL-TYPES)" nil nil)
10424 ;;;***
10426 ;;;### (autoloads (fill-flowed fill-flowed-encode) "flow-fill" "gnus/flow-fill.el"
10427 ;;;;;; (19277 34919))
10428 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/flow-fill.el
10430 (autoload 'fill-flowed-encode "flow-fill" "\
10431 Not documented
10433 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
10435 (autoload 'fill-flowed "flow-fill" "\
10436 Not documented
10438 \(fn &optional BUFFER DELETE-SPACE)" nil nil)
10440 ;;;***
10442 ;;;### (autoloads (flymake-mode-off flymake-mode-on flymake-mode)
10443 ;;;;;; "flymake" "progmodes/flymake.el" (19299 5862))
10444 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/flymake.el
10446 (autoload 'flymake-mode "flymake" "\
10447 Minor mode to do on-the-fly syntax checking.
10448 When called interactively, toggles the minor mode.
10449 With arg, turn Flymake mode on if and only if arg is positive.
10451 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10453 (autoload 'flymake-mode-on "flymake" "\
10454 Turn flymake mode on.
10456 \(fn)" nil nil)
10458 (autoload 'flymake-mode-off "flymake" "\
10459 Turn flymake mode off.
10461 \(fn)" nil nil)
10463 ;;;***
10465 ;;;### (autoloads (flyspell-buffer flyspell-region flyspell-mode-off
10466 ;;;;;; turn-off-flyspell turn-on-flyspell flyspell-mode flyspell-prog-mode)
10467 ;;;;;; "flyspell" "textmodes/flyspell.el" (19324 55756))
10468 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/flyspell.el
10470 (autoload 'flyspell-prog-mode "flyspell" "\
10471 Turn on `flyspell-mode' for comments and strings.
10473 \(fn)" t nil)
10474 (defvar flyspell-mode nil)
10476 (autoload 'flyspell-mode "flyspell" "\
10477 Minor mode performing on-the-fly spelling checking.
10478 This spawns a single Ispell process and checks each word.
10479 The default flyspell behavior is to highlight incorrect words.
10480 With no argument, this command toggles Flyspell mode.
10481 With a prefix argument ARG, turn Flyspell minor mode on if ARG is positive,
10482 otherwise turn it off.
10484 Bindings:
10485 \\[ispell-word]: correct words (using Ispell).
10486 \\[flyspell-auto-correct-word]: automatically correct word.
10487 \\[flyspell-auto-correct-previous-word]: automatically correct the last misspelled word.
10488 \\[flyspell-correct-word] (or down-mouse-2): popup correct words.
10490 Hooks:
10491 This runs `flyspell-mode-hook' after flyspell mode is entered or exit.
10493 Remark:
10494 `flyspell-mode' uses `ispell-mode'. Thus all Ispell options are
10495 valid. For instance, a different dictionary can be used by
10496 invoking `ispell-change-dictionary'.
10498 Consider using the `ispell-parser' to check your text. For instance
10499 consider adding:
10500 \(add-hook 'tex-mode-hook (function (lambda () (setq ispell-parser 'tex))))
10501 in your .emacs file.
10503 \\[flyspell-region] checks all words inside a region.
10504 \\[flyspell-buffer] checks the whole buffer.
10506 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10508 (autoload 'turn-on-flyspell "flyspell" "\
10509 Unconditionally turn on Flyspell mode.
10511 \(fn)" nil nil)
10513 (autoload 'turn-off-flyspell "flyspell" "\
10514 Unconditionally turn off Flyspell mode.
10516 \(fn)" nil nil)
10518 (autoload 'flyspell-mode-off "flyspell" "\
10519 Turn Flyspell mode off.
10521 \(fn)" nil nil)
10523 (autoload 'flyspell-region "flyspell" "\
10524 Flyspell text between BEG and END.
10526 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
10528 (autoload 'flyspell-buffer "flyspell" "\
10529 Flyspell whole buffer.
10531 \(fn)" t nil)
10533 ;;;***
10535 ;;;### (autoloads (follow-delete-other-windows-and-split follow-mode
10536 ;;;;;; turn-off-follow-mode turn-on-follow-mode) "follow" "follow.el"
10537 ;;;;;; (19277 34916))
10538 ;;; Generated autoloads from follow.el
10540 (autoload 'turn-on-follow-mode "follow" "\
10541 Turn on Follow mode. Please see the function `follow-mode'.
10543 \(fn)" nil nil)
10545 (autoload 'turn-off-follow-mode "follow" "\
10546 Turn off Follow mode. Please see the function `follow-mode'.
10548 \(fn)" nil nil)
10550 (autoload 'follow-mode "follow" "\
10551 Minor mode that combines windows into one tall virtual window.
10553 The feeling of a \"virtual window\" has been accomplished by the use
10554 of two major techniques:
10556 * The windows always displays adjacent sections of the buffer.
10557 This means that whenever one window is moved, all the
10558 others will follow. (Hence the name Follow mode.)
10560 * Should the point (cursor) end up outside a window, another
10561 window displaying that point is selected, if possible. This
10562 makes it possible to walk between windows using normal cursor
10563 movement commands.
10565 Follow mode comes to its prime when used on a large screen and two
10566 side-by-side windows are used. The user can, with the help of Follow
10567 mode, use two full-height windows as though they would have been
10568 one. Imagine yourself editing a large function, or section of text,
10569 and being able to use 144 lines instead of the normal 72... (your
10570 mileage may vary).
10572 To split one large window into two side-by-side windows, the commands
10573 `\\[split-window-horizontally]' or `M-x follow-delete-other-windows-and-split' can be used.
10575 Only windows displayed in the same frame follow each other.
10577 If the variable `follow-intercept-processes' is non-nil, Follow mode
10578 will listen to the output of processes and redisplay accordingly.
10579 \(This is the default.)
10581 This command runs the normal hook `follow-mode-hook'.
10583 Keys specific to Follow mode:
10584 \\{follow-mode-map}
10586 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10588 (autoload 'follow-delete-other-windows-and-split "follow" "\
10589 Create two side by side windows and enter Follow mode.
10591 Execute this command to display as much as possible of the text
10592 in the selected window. All other windows, in the current
10593 frame, are deleted and the selected window is split in two
10594 side-by-side windows. Follow mode is activated, hence the
10595 two windows always will display two successive pages.
10596 \(If one window is moved, the other one will follow.)
10598 If ARG is positive, the leftmost window is selected. If negative,
10599 the rightmost is selected. If ARG is nil, the leftmost window is
10600 selected if the original window is the first one in the frame.
10602 To bind this command to a hotkey, place the following line
10603 in your `~/.emacs' file, replacing [f7] by your favourite key:
10604 (global-set-key [f7] 'follow-delete-other-windows-and-split)
10606 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10608 ;;;***
10610 ;;;### (autoloads (footnote-mode) "footnote" "mail/footnote.el" (19277
10611 ;;;;;; 34921))
10612 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/footnote.el
10614 (autoload 'footnote-mode "footnote" "\
10615 Toggle footnote minor mode.
10616 This minor mode provides footnote support for `message-mode'. To get
10617 started, play around with the following keys:
10618 \\{footnote-minor-mode-map}
10620 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10622 ;;;***
10624 ;;;### (autoloads (forms-find-file-other-window forms-find-file forms-mode)
10625 ;;;;;; "forms" "forms.el" (19277 34916))
10626 ;;; Generated autoloads from forms.el
10628 (autoload 'forms-mode "forms" "\
10629 Major mode to visit files in a field-structured manner using a form.
10631 Commands: Equivalent keys in read-only mode:
10632 TAB forms-next-field TAB
10633 C-c TAB forms-next-field
10634 C-c < forms-first-record <
10635 C-c > forms-last-record >
10636 C-c ? describe-mode ?
10637 C-c C-k forms-delete-record
10638 C-c C-q forms-toggle-read-only q
10639 C-c C-o forms-insert-record
10640 C-c C-l forms-jump-record l
10641 C-c C-n forms-next-record n
10642 C-c C-p forms-prev-record p
10643 C-c C-r forms-search-reverse r
10644 C-c C-s forms-search-forward s
10645 C-c C-x forms-exit x
10647 \(fn &optional PRIMARY)" t nil)
10649 (autoload 'forms-find-file "forms" "\
10650 Visit a file in Forms mode.
10652 \(fn FN)" t nil)
10654 (autoload 'forms-find-file-other-window "forms" "\
10655 Visit a file in Forms mode in other window.
10657 \(fn FN)" t nil)
10659 ;;;***
10661 ;;;### (autoloads (fortran-mode) "fortran" "progmodes/fortran.el"
10662 ;;;;;; (19277 34922))
10663 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/fortran.el
10665 (autoload 'fortran-mode "fortran" "\
10666 Major mode for editing Fortran code in fixed format.
10667 For free format code, use `f90-mode'.
10669 \\[fortran-indent-line] indents the current Fortran line correctly.
10670 Note that DO statements must not share a common CONTINUE.
10672 Type ;? or ;\\[help-command] to display a list of built-in abbrevs for Fortran keywords.
10674 Key definitions:
10675 \\{fortran-mode-map}
10677 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
10679 `fortran-comment-line-start'
10680 To use comments starting with `!', set this to the string \"!\".
10681 `fortran-do-indent'
10682 Extra indentation within DO blocks (default 3).
10683 `fortran-if-indent'
10684 Extra indentation within IF blocks (default 3).
10685 `fortran-structure-indent'
10686 Extra indentation within STRUCTURE, UNION, MAP and INTERFACE blocks.
10687 (default 3)
10688 `fortran-continuation-indent'
10689 Extra indentation applied to continuation statements (default 5).
10690 `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent'
10691 Amount of extra indentation for text in full-line comments (default 0).
10692 `fortran-comment-indent-style'
10693 How to indent the text in full-line comments. Allowed values are:
10694 nil don't change the indentation
10695 fixed indent to `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent' beyond the
10696 value of either
10697 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-fixed' (fixed format) or
10698 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-tab' (TAB format),
10699 depending on the continuation format in use.
10700 relative indent to `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent' beyond the
10701 indentation for a line of code.
10702 (default 'fixed)
10703 `fortran-comment-indent-char'
10704 Single-character string to be inserted instead of space for
10705 full-line comment indentation (default \" \").
10706 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-fixed'
10707 Minimum indentation for statements in fixed format mode (default 6).
10708 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-tab'
10709 Minimum indentation for statements in TAB format mode (default 9).
10710 `fortran-line-number-indent'
10711 Maximum indentation for line numbers (default 1). A line number will
10712 get less than this much indentation if necessary to avoid reaching
10713 column 5.
10714 `fortran-check-all-num-for-matching-do'
10715 Non-nil causes all numbered lines to be treated as possible \"continue\"
10716 statements (default nil).
10717 `fortran-blink-matching-if'
10718 Non-nil causes \\[fortran-indent-line] on an ENDIF (or ENDDO) statement
10719 to blink on the matching IF (or DO [WHILE]). (default nil)
10720 `fortran-continuation-string'
10721 Single-character string to be inserted in column 5 of a continuation
10722 line (default \"$\").
10723 `fortran-comment-region'
10724 String inserted by \\[fortran-comment-region] at start of each line in
10725 the region (default \"c$$$\").
10726 `fortran-electric-line-number'
10727 Non-nil causes line number digits to be moved to the correct column
10728 as typed (default t).
10729 `fortran-break-before-delimiters'
10730 Non-nil causes lines to be broken before delimiters (default t).
10732 Turning on Fortran mode calls the value of the variable `fortran-mode-hook'
10733 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
10735 \(fn)" t nil)
10737 ;;;***
10739 ;;;### (autoloads (fortune fortune-to-signature fortune-compile fortune-from-region
10740 ;;;;;; fortune-add-fortune) "fortune" "play/fortune.el" (19277 34922))
10741 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/fortune.el
10743 (autoload 'fortune-add-fortune "fortune" "\
10744 Add STRING to a fortune file FILE.
10746 Interactively, if called with a prefix argument,
10747 read the file name to use. Otherwise use the value of `fortune-file'.
10749 \(fn STRING FILE)" t nil)
10751 (autoload 'fortune-from-region "fortune" "\
10752 Append the current region to a local fortune-like data file.
10754 Interactively, if called with a prefix argument,
10755 read the file name to use. Otherwise use the value of `fortune-file'.
10757 \(fn BEG END FILE)" t nil)
10759 (autoload 'fortune-compile "fortune" "\
10760 Compile fortune file.
10762 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to compile, otherwise uses
10763 the value of `fortune-file'. This currently cannot handle directories.
10765 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
10767 (autoload 'fortune-to-signature "fortune" "\
10768 Create signature from output of the fortune program.
10770 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to choose the fortune from,
10771 otherwise uses the value of `fortune-file'. If you want to have fortune
10772 choose from a set of files in a directory, call interactively with prefix
10773 and choose the directory as the fortune-file.
10775 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
10777 (autoload 'fortune "fortune" "\
10778 Display a fortune cookie.
10780 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to choose the fortune from,
10781 otherwise uses the value of `fortune-file'. If you want to have fortune
10782 choose from a set of files in a directory, call interactively with prefix
10783 and choose the directory as the fortune-file.
10785 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
10787 ;;;***
10789 ;;;### (autoloads (gdb-enable-debug gdb) "gdb-ui" "progmodes/gdb-ui.el"
10790 ;;;;;; (19326 57936))
10791 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/gdb-ui.el
10793 (autoload 'gdb "gdb-ui" "\
10794 Run gdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
10795 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working
10796 directory and source-file directory for your debugger.
10798 If `gdb-many-windows' is nil (the default value) then gdb just
10799 pops up the GUD buffer unless `gdb-show-main' is t. In this case
10800 it starts with two windows: one displaying the GUD buffer and the
10801 other with the source file with the main routine of the inferior.
10803 If `gdb-many-windows' is t, regardless of the value of
10804 `gdb-show-main', the layout below will appear unless
10805 `gdb-use-separate-io-buffer' is nil when the source buffer
10806 occupies the full width of the frame. Keybindings are shown in
10807 some of the buffers.
10809 Watch expressions appear in the speedbar/slowbar.
10811 The following commands help control operation :
10813 `gdb-many-windows' - Toggle the number of windows gdb uses.
10814 `gdb-restore-windows' - To restore the window layout.
10816 See Info node `(emacs)GDB Graphical Interface' for a more
10817 detailed description of this mode.
10819 +----------------------------------------------------------------------+
10820 | GDB Toolbar |
10821 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
10822 | GUD buffer (I/O of GDB) | Locals buffer |
10823 |-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
10824 | | |
10825 | Source buffer | I/O buffer for debugged program |
10826 | | |
10827 |-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
10828 | Stack buffer | Breakpoints/threads buffer |
10829 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
10831 The option \"--annotate=3\" must be included in this value. To
10832 run GDB in text command mode, use `gud-gdb'. You need to use
10833 text command mode to debug multiple programs within one Emacs
10834 session.
10836 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
10838 (defalias 'gdba 'gdb)
10840 (defvar gdb-enable-debug nil "\
10841 Non-nil means record the process input and output in `gdb-debug-log'.")
10843 (custom-autoload 'gdb-enable-debug "gdb-ui" t)
10845 ;;;***
10847 ;;;### (autoloads (generic-make-keywords-list generic-mode generic-mode-internal
10848 ;;;;;; define-generic-mode) "generic" "emacs-lisp/generic.el" (19277
10849 ;;;;;; 34919))
10850 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/generic.el
10852 (defvar generic-mode-list nil "\
10853 A list of mode names for `generic-mode'.
10854 Do not add entries to this list directly; use `define-generic-mode'
10855 instead (which see).")
10857 (autoload 'define-generic-mode "generic" "\
10858 Create a new generic mode MODE.
10860 MODE is the name of the command for the generic mode; don't quote it.
10861 The optional DOCSTRING is the documentation for the mode command. If
10862 you do not supply it, `define-generic-mode' uses a default
10863 documentation string instead.
10865 COMMENT-LIST is a list in which each element is either a character, a
10866 string of one or two characters, or a cons cell. A character or a
10867 string is set up in the mode's syntax table as a \"comment starter\".
10868 If the entry is a cons cell, the `car' is set up as a \"comment
10869 starter\" and the `cdr' as a \"comment ender\". (Use nil for the
10870 latter if you want comments to end at the end of the line.) Note that
10871 the syntax table has limitations about what comment starters and
10872 enders are actually possible.
10874 KEYWORD-LIST is a list of keywords to highlight with
10875 `font-lock-keyword-face'. Each keyword should be a string.
10877 FONT-LOCK-LIST is a list of additional expressions to highlight. Each
10878 element of this list should have the same form as an element of
10879 `font-lock-keywords'.
10881 AUTO-MODE-LIST is a list of regular expressions to add to
10882 `auto-mode-alist'. These regular expressions are added when Emacs
10883 runs the macro expansion.
10885 FUNCTION-LIST is a list of functions to call to do some additional
10886 setup. The mode command calls these functions just before it runs the
10887 mode hook `MODE-hook'.
10889 See the file generic-x.el for some examples of `define-generic-mode'.
10891 \(fn MODE COMMENT-LIST KEYWORD-LIST FONT-LOCK-LIST AUTO-MODE-LIST FUNCTION-LIST &optional DOCSTRING)" nil (quote macro))
10893 (autoload 'generic-mode-internal "generic" "\
10894 Go into the generic mode MODE.
10896 \(fn MODE COMMENT-LIST KEYWORD-LIST FONT-LOCK-LIST FUNCTION-LIST)" nil nil)
10898 (autoload 'generic-mode "generic" "\
10899 Enter generic mode MODE.
10901 Generic modes provide basic comment and font-lock functionality
10902 for \"generic\" files. (Files which are too small to warrant their
10903 own mode, but have comment characters, keywords, and the like.)
10905 To define a generic-mode, use the function `define-generic-mode'.
10906 Some generic modes are defined in `generic-x.el'.
10908 \(fn MODE)" t nil)
10910 (autoload 'generic-make-keywords-list "generic" "\
10911 Return a `font-lock-keywords' construct that highlights KEYWORD-LIST.
10912 KEYWORD-LIST is a list of keyword strings that should be
10913 highlighted with face FACE. This function calculates a regular
10914 expression that matches these keywords and concatenates it with
10915 PREFIX and SUFFIX. Then it returns a construct based on this
10916 regular expression that can be used as an element of
10917 `font-lock-keywords'.
10919 \(fn KEYWORD-LIST FACE &optional PREFIX SUFFIX)" nil nil)
10921 ;;;***
10923 ;;;### (autoloads (glasses-mode) "glasses" "progmodes/glasses.el"
10924 ;;;;;; (19277 34922))
10925 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/glasses.el
10927 (autoload 'glasses-mode "glasses" "\
10928 Minor mode for making identifiers likeThis readable.
10929 When this mode is active, it tries to add virtual separators (like underscores)
10930 at places they belong to.
10932 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10934 ;;;***
10936 ;;;### (autoloads (gmm-tool-bar-from-list gmm-widget-p gmm-error
10937 ;;;;;; gmm-message gmm-regexp-concat) "gmm-utils" "gnus/gmm-utils.el"
10938 ;;;;;; (19362 59593))
10939 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gmm-utils.el
10941 (autoload 'gmm-regexp-concat "gmm-utils" "\
10942 Potentially concat a list of regexps into a single one.
10943 The concatenation is done with logical ORs.
10945 \(fn REGEXP)" nil nil)
10947 (autoload 'gmm-message "gmm-utils" "\
10948 If LEVEL is lower than `gmm-verbose' print ARGS using `message'.
10950 Guideline for numbers:
10951 1 - error messages
10952 3 - non-serious error messages
10953 5 - messages for things that take a long time
10954 7 - not very important messages on stuff
10955 9 - messages inside loops.
10957 \(fn LEVEL &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
10959 (autoload 'gmm-error "gmm-utils" "\
10960 Beep an error if LEVEL is equal to or less than `gmm-verbose'.
10961 ARGS are passed to `message'.
10963 \(fn LEVEL &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
10965 (autoload 'gmm-widget-p "gmm-utils" "\
10966 Non-nil if SYMBOL is a widget.
10968 \(fn SYMBOL)" nil nil)
10970 (autoload 'gmm-tool-bar-from-list "gmm-utils" "\
10971 Make a tool bar from ICON-LIST.
10973 Within each entry of ICON-LIST, the first element is a menu
10974 command, the second element is an icon file name and the third
10975 element is a test function. You can use \\[describe-key]
10976 <menu-entry> to find out the name of a menu command. The fourth
10977 and all following elements are passed as the PROPS argument to the
10978 function `tool-bar-local-item'.
10980 If ZAP-LIST is a list, remove those item from the default
10981 `tool-bar-map'. If it is t, start with a new sparse map. You
10982 can use \\[describe-key] <icon> to find out the name of an icon
10983 item. When \\[describe-key] <icon> shows \"<tool-bar> <new-file>
10984 runs the command find-file\", then use `new-file' in ZAP-LIST.
10986 DEFAULT-MAP specifies the default key map for ICON-LIST.
10988 \(fn ICON-LIST ZAP-LIST DEFAULT-MAP)" nil nil)
10990 ;;;***
10992 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus gnus-other-frame gnus-slave gnus-no-server
10993 ;;;;;; gnus-slave-no-server) "gnus" "gnus/gnus.el" (19277 34920))
10994 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus.el
10995 (when (fboundp 'custom-autoload)
10996 (custom-autoload 'gnus-select-method "gnus"))
10998 (autoload 'gnus-slave-no-server "gnus" "\
10999 Read network news as a slave, without connecting to the local server.
11001 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11003 (autoload 'gnus-no-server "gnus" "\
11004 Read network news.
11005 If ARG is a positive number, Gnus will use that as the startup
11006 level. If ARG is nil, Gnus will be started at level 2. If ARG is
11007 non-nil and not a positive number, Gnus will prompt the user for the
11008 name of an NNTP server to use.
11009 As opposed to `gnus', this command will not connect to the local
11010 server.
11012 \(fn &optional ARG SLAVE)" t nil)
11014 (autoload 'gnus-slave "gnus" "\
11015 Read news as a slave.
11017 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11019 (autoload 'gnus-other-frame "gnus" "\
11020 Pop up a frame to read news.
11021 This will call one of the Gnus commands which is specified by the user
11022 option `gnus-other-frame-function' (default `gnus') with the argument
11023 ARG if Gnus is not running, otherwise just pop up a Gnus frame. The
11024 optional second argument DISPLAY should be a standard display string
11025 such as \"unix:0\" to specify where to pop up a frame. If DISPLAY is
11026 omitted or the function `make-frame-on-display' is not available, the
11027 current display is used.
11029 \(fn &optional ARG DISPLAY)" t nil)
11031 (autoload 'gnus "gnus" "\
11032 Read network news.
11033 If ARG is non-nil and a positive number, Gnus will use that as the
11034 startup level. If ARG is non-nil and not a positive number, Gnus will
11035 prompt the user for the name of an NNTP server to use.
11037 \(fn &optional ARG DONT-CONNECT SLAVE)" t nil)
11039 ;;;***
11041 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-agent-regenerate gnus-agent-batch gnus-agent-batch-fetch
11042 ;;;;;; gnus-agent-find-parameter gnus-agent-possibly-alter-active
11043 ;;;;;; gnus-agent-get-undownloaded-list gnus-agent-delete-group
11044 ;;;;;; gnus-agent-rename-group gnus-agent-possibly-save-gcc gnus-agentize
11045 ;;;;;; gnus-slave-unplugged gnus-plugged gnus-unplugged) "gnus-agent"
11046 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-agent.el" (19277 34920))
11047 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-agent.el
11049 (autoload 'gnus-unplugged "gnus-agent" "\
11050 Start Gnus unplugged.
11052 \(fn)" t nil)
11054 (autoload 'gnus-plugged "gnus-agent" "\
11055 Start Gnus plugged.
11057 \(fn)" t nil)
11059 (autoload 'gnus-slave-unplugged "gnus-agent" "\
11060 Read news as a slave unplugged.
11062 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11064 (autoload 'gnus-agentize "gnus-agent" "\
11065 Allow Gnus to be an offline newsreader.
11067 The gnus-agentize function is now called internally by gnus when
11068 gnus-agent is set. If you wish to avoid calling gnus-agentize,
11069 customize gnus-agent to nil.
11071 This will modify the `gnus-setup-news-hook', and
11072 `message-send-mail-real-function' variables, and install the Gnus agent
11073 minor mode in all Gnus buffers.
11075 \(fn)" t nil)
11077 (autoload 'gnus-agent-possibly-save-gcc "gnus-agent" "\
11078 Save GCC if Gnus is unplugged.
11080 \(fn)" nil nil)
11082 (autoload 'gnus-agent-rename-group "gnus-agent" "\
11083 Rename fully-qualified OLD-GROUP as NEW-GROUP.
11084 Always updates the agent, even when disabled, as the old agent
11085 files would corrupt gnus when the agent was next enabled.
11086 Depends upon the caller to determine whether group renaming is
11087 supported.
11089 \(fn OLD-GROUP NEW-GROUP)" nil nil)
11091 (autoload 'gnus-agent-delete-group "gnus-agent" "\
11092 Delete fully-qualified GROUP.
11093 Always updates the agent, even when disabled, as the old agent
11094 files would corrupt gnus when the agent was next enabled.
11095 Depends upon the caller to determine whether group deletion is
11096 supported.
11098 \(fn GROUP)" nil nil)
11100 (autoload 'gnus-agent-get-undownloaded-list "gnus-agent" "\
11101 Construct list of articles that have not been downloaded.
11103 \(fn)" nil nil)
11105 (autoload 'gnus-agent-possibly-alter-active "gnus-agent" "\
11106 Possibly expand a group's active range to include articles
11107 downloaded into the agent.
11109 \(fn GROUP ACTIVE &optional INFO)" nil nil)
11111 (autoload 'gnus-agent-find-parameter "gnus-agent" "\
11112 Search for GROUPs SYMBOL in the group's parameters, the group's
11113 topic parameters, the group's category, or the customizable
11114 variables. Returns the first non-nil value found.
11116 \(fn GROUP SYMBOL)" nil nil)
11118 (autoload 'gnus-agent-batch-fetch "gnus-agent" "\
11119 Start Gnus and fetch session.
11121 \(fn)" t nil)
11123 (autoload 'gnus-agent-batch "gnus-agent" "\
11124 Start Gnus, send queue and fetch session.
11126 \(fn)" t nil)
11128 (autoload 'gnus-agent-regenerate "gnus-agent" "\
11129 Regenerate all agent covered files.
11130 If CLEAN, obsolete (ignore).
11132 \(fn &optional CLEAN REREAD)" t nil)
11134 ;;;***
11136 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-article-prepare-display) "gnus-art" "gnus/gnus-art.el"
11137 ;;;;;; (19333 26940))
11138 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-art.el
11140 (autoload 'gnus-article-prepare-display "gnus-art" "\
11141 Make the current buffer look like a nice article.
11143 \(fn)" nil nil)
11145 ;;;***
11147 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-audio-play) "gnus-audio" "gnus/gnus-audio.el"
11148 ;;;;;; (19277 34920))
11149 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-audio.el
11151 (autoload 'gnus-audio-play "gnus-audio" "\
11152 Play a sound FILE through the speaker.
11154 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
11156 ;;;***
11158 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-bookmark-bmenu-list gnus-bookmark-jump gnus-bookmark-set)
11159 ;;;;;; "gnus-bookmark" "gnus/gnus-bookmark.el" (19277 34920))
11160 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-bookmark.el
11162 (autoload 'gnus-bookmark-set "gnus-bookmark" "\
11163 Set a bookmark for this article.
11165 \(fn)" t nil)
11167 (autoload 'gnus-bookmark-jump "gnus-bookmark" "\
11168 Jump to a Gnus bookmark (BMK-NAME).
11170 \(fn &optional BMK-NAME)" t nil)
11172 (autoload 'gnus-bookmark-bmenu-list "gnus-bookmark" "\
11173 Display a list of existing Gnus bookmarks.
11174 The list is displayed in a buffer named `*Gnus Bookmark List*'.
11175 The leftmost column displays a D if the bookmark is flagged for
11176 deletion, or > if it is flagged for displaying.
11178 \(fn)" t nil)
11180 ;;;***
11182 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-cache-delete-group gnus-cache-rename-group
11183 ;;;;;; gnus-cache-generate-nov-databases gnus-cache-generate-active
11184 ;;;;;; gnus-jog-cache) "gnus-cache" "gnus/gnus-cache.el" (19277
11185 ;;;;;; 34920))
11186 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-cache.el
11188 (autoload 'gnus-jog-cache "gnus-cache" "\
11189 Go through all groups and put the articles into the cache.
11191 Usage:
11192 $ emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l gnus -f gnus-jog-cache
11194 \(fn)" t nil)
11196 (autoload 'gnus-cache-generate-active "gnus-cache" "\
11197 Generate the cache active file.
11199 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
11201 (autoload 'gnus-cache-generate-nov-databases "gnus-cache" "\
11202 Generate NOV files recursively starting in DIR.
11204 \(fn DIR)" t nil)
11206 (autoload 'gnus-cache-rename-group "gnus-cache" "\
11207 Rename OLD-GROUP as NEW-GROUP.
11208 Always updates the cache, even when disabled, as the old cache
11209 files would corrupt Gnus when the cache was next enabled. It
11210 depends on the caller to determine whether group renaming is
11211 supported.
11213 \(fn OLD-GROUP NEW-GROUP)" nil nil)
11215 (autoload 'gnus-cache-delete-group "gnus-cache" "\
11216 Delete GROUP from the cache.
11217 Always updates the cache, even when disabled, as the old cache
11218 files would corrupt gnus when the cache was next enabled.
11219 Depends upon the caller to determine whether group deletion is
11220 supported.
11222 \(fn GROUP)" nil nil)
11224 ;;;***
11226 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-delay-initialize gnus-delay-send-queue gnus-delay-article)
11227 ;;;;;; "gnus-delay" "gnus/gnus-delay.el" (19277 34920))
11228 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-delay.el
11230 (autoload 'gnus-delay-article "gnus-delay" "\
11231 Delay this article by some time.
11232 DELAY is a string, giving the length of the time. Possible values are:
11234 * <digits><units> for <units> in minutes (`m'), hours (`h'), days (`d'),
11235 weeks (`w'), months (`M'), or years (`Y');
11237 * YYYY-MM-DD for a specific date. The time of day is given by the
11238 variable `gnus-delay-default-hour', minute and second are zero.
11240 * hh:mm for a specific time. Use 24h format. If it is later than this
11241 time, then the deadline is tomorrow, else today.
11243 \(fn DELAY)" t nil)
11245 (autoload 'gnus-delay-send-queue "gnus-delay" "\
11246 Send all the delayed messages that are due now.
11248 \(fn)" t nil)
11250 (autoload 'gnus-delay-initialize "gnus-delay" "\
11251 Initialize the gnus-delay package.
11252 This sets up a key binding in `message-mode' to delay a message.
11253 This tells Gnus to look for delayed messages after getting new news.
11255 The optional arg NO-KEYMAP is ignored.
11256 Checking delayed messages is skipped if optional arg NO-CHECK is non-nil.
11258 \(fn &optional NO-KEYMAP NO-CHECK)" nil nil)
11260 ;;;***
11262 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-user-format-function-D gnus-user-format-function-d)
11263 ;;;;;; "gnus-diary" "gnus/gnus-diary.el" (19279 53114))
11264 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-diary.el
11266 (autoload 'gnus-user-format-function-d "gnus-diary" "\
11267 Not documented
11269 \(fn HEADER)" nil nil)
11271 (autoload 'gnus-user-format-function-D "gnus-diary" "\
11272 Not documented
11274 \(fn HEADER)" nil nil)
11276 ;;;***
11278 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-on-gnus-dired-mode) "gnus-dired" "gnus/gnus-dired.el"
11279 ;;;;;; (19277 34920))
11280 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-dired.el
11282 (autoload 'turn-on-gnus-dired-mode "gnus-dired" "\
11283 Convenience method to turn on gnus-dired-mode.
11285 \(fn)" t nil)
11287 ;;;***
11289 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-draft-reminder) "gnus-draft" "gnus/gnus-draft.el"
11290 ;;;;;; (19277 34920))
11291 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-draft.el
11293 (autoload 'gnus-draft-reminder "gnus-draft" "\
11294 Reminder user if there are unsent drafts.
11296 \(fn)" t nil)
11298 ;;;***
11300 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-convert-png-to-face gnus-convert-face-to-png
11301 ;;;;;; gnus-face-from-file gnus-x-face-from-file gnus-insert-random-x-face-header
11302 ;;;;;; gnus-random-x-face) "gnus-fun" "gnus/gnus-fun.el" (19277
11303 ;;;;;; 34920))
11304 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-fun.el
11306 (autoload 'gnus-random-x-face "gnus-fun" "\
11307 Return X-Face header data chosen randomly from `gnus-x-face-directory'.
11309 \(fn)" t nil)
11311 (autoload 'gnus-insert-random-x-face-header "gnus-fun" "\
11312 Insert a random X-Face header from `gnus-x-face-directory'.
11314 \(fn)" t nil)
11316 (autoload 'gnus-x-face-from-file "gnus-fun" "\
11317 Insert an X-Face header based on an image file.
11319 Depending on `gnus-convert-image-to-x-face-command' it may accept
11320 different input formats.
11322 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
11324 (autoload 'gnus-face-from-file "gnus-fun" "\
11325 Return a Face header based on an image file.
11327 Depending on `gnus-convert-image-to-face-command' it may accept
11328 different input formats.
11330 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
11332 (autoload 'gnus-convert-face-to-png "gnus-fun" "\
11333 Convert FACE (which is base64-encoded) to a PNG.
11334 The PNG is returned as a string.
11336 \(fn FACE)" nil nil)
11338 (autoload 'gnus-convert-png-to-face "gnus-fun" "\
11339 Convert FILE to a Face.
11340 FILE should be a PNG file that's 48x48 and smaller than or equal to
11341 726 bytes.
11343 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
11345 ;;;***
11347 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-fetch-group-other-frame gnus-fetch-group)
11348 ;;;;;; "gnus-group" "gnus/gnus-group.el" (19277 34920))
11349 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-group.el
11351 (autoload 'gnus-fetch-group "gnus-group" "\
11352 Start Gnus if necessary and enter GROUP.
11353 If ARTICLES, display those articles.
11354 Returns whether the fetching was successful or not.
11356 \(fn GROUP &optional ARTICLES)" t nil)
11358 (autoload 'gnus-fetch-group-other-frame "gnus-group" "\
11359 Pop up a frame and enter GROUP.
11361 \(fn GROUP)" t nil)
11363 ;;;***
11365 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-batch-score) "gnus-kill" "gnus/gnus-kill.el"
11366 ;;;;;; (19277 34920))
11367 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-kill.el
11369 (defalias 'gnus-batch-kill 'gnus-batch-score)
11371 (autoload 'gnus-batch-score "gnus-kill" "\
11372 Run batched scoring.
11373 Usage: emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l gnus -f gnus-batch-score
11375 \(fn)" t nil)
11377 ;;;***
11379 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-mailing-list-mode gnus-mailing-list-insinuate
11380 ;;;;;; turn-on-gnus-mailing-list-mode) "gnus-ml" "gnus/gnus-ml.el"
11381 ;;;;;; (19277 34920))
11382 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-ml.el
11384 (autoload 'turn-on-gnus-mailing-list-mode "gnus-ml" "\
11385 Not documented
11387 \(fn)" nil nil)
11389 (autoload 'gnus-mailing-list-insinuate "gnus-ml" "\
11390 Setup group parameters from List-Post header.
11391 If FORCE is non-nil, replace the old ones.
11393 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
11395 (autoload 'gnus-mailing-list-mode "gnus-ml" "\
11396 Minor mode for providing mailing-list commands.
11398 \\{gnus-mailing-list-mode-map}
11400 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11402 ;;;***
11404 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-group-split-fancy gnus-group-split gnus-group-split-update
11405 ;;;;;; gnus-group-split-setup) "gnus-mlspl" "gnus/gnus-mlspl.el"
11406 ;;;;;; (19277 34920))
11407 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-mlspl.el
11409 (autoload 'gnus-group-split-setup "gnus-mlspl" "\
11410 Set up the split for `nnmail-split-fancy'.
11411 Sets things up so that nnmail-split-fancy is used for mail
11412 splitting, and defines the variable nnmail-split-fancy according with
11413 group parameters.
11415 If AUTO-UPDATE is non-nil (prefix argument accepted, if called
11416 interactively), it makes sure nnmail-split-fancy is re-computed before
11417 getting new mail, by adding `gnus-group-split-update' to
11418 `nnmail-pre-get-new-mail-hook'.
11420 A non-nil CATCH-ALL replaces the current value of
11421 `gnus-group-split-default-catch-all-group'. This variable is only used
11422 by gnus-group-split-update, and only when its CATCH-ALL argument is
11423 nil. This argument may contain any fancy split, that will be added as
11424 the last split in a `|' split produced by `gnus-group-split-fancy',
11425 unless overridden by any group marked as a catch-all group. Typical
11426 uses are as simple as the name of a default mail group, but more
11427 elaborate fancy splits may also be useful to split mail that doesn't
11428 match any of the group-specified splitting rules. See
11429 `gnus-group-split-fancy' for details.
11431 \(fn &optional AUTO-UPDATE CATCH-ALL)" t nil)
11433 (autoload 'gnus-group-split-update "gnus-mlspl" "\
11434 Computes nnmail-split-fancy from group params and CATCH-ALL.
11435 It does this by calling by calling (gnus-group-split-fancy nil
11436 nil CATCH-ALL).
11438 If CATCH-ALL is nil, `gnus-group-split-default-catch-all-group' is used
11439 instead. This variable is set by `gnus-group-split-setup'.
11441 \(fn &optional CATCH-ALL)" t nil)
11443 (autoload 'gnus-group-split "gnus-mlspl" "\
11444 Use information from group parameters in order to split mail.
11445 See `gnus-group-split-fancy' for more information.
11447 `gnus-group-split' is a valid value for `nnmail-split-methods'.
11449 \(fn)" nil nil)
11451 (autoload 'gnus-group-split-fancy "gnus-mlspl" "\
11452 Uses information from group parameters in order to split mail.
11453 It can be embedded into `nnmail-split-fancy' lists with the SPLIT
11455 \(: gnus-group-split-fancy GROUPS NO-CROSSPOST CATCH-ALL)
11457 GROUPS may be a regular expression or a list of group names, that will
11458 be used to select candidate groups. If it is omitted or nil, all
11459 existing groups are considered.
11461 if NO-CROSSPOST is omitted or nil, a & split will be returned,
11462 otherwise, a | split, that does not allow crossposting, will be
11463 returned.
11465 For each selected group, a SPLIT is composed like this: if SPLIT-SPEC
11466 is specified, this split is returned as-is (unless it is nil: in this
11467 case, the group is ignored). Otherwise, if TO-ADDRESS, TO-LIST and/or
11468 EXTRA-ALIASES are specified, a regexp that matches any of them is
11469 constructed (extra-aliases may be a list). Additionally, if
11470 SPLIT-REGEXP is specified, the regexp will be extended so that it
11471 matches this regexp too, and if SPLIT-EXCLUDE is specified, RESTRICT
11472 clauses will be generated.
11474 If CATCH-ALL is nil, no catch-all handling is performed, regardless of
11475 catch-all marks in group parameters. Otherwise, if there is no
11476 selected group whose SPLIT-REGEXP matches the empty string, nor is
11477 there a selected group whose SPLIT-SPEC is 'catch-all, this fancy
11478 split (say, a group name) will be appended to the returned SPLIT list,
11479 as the last element of a '| SPLIT.
11481 For example, given the following group parameters:
11483 nnml:mail.bar:
11484 \((to-address . \"bar@femail.com\")
11485 (split-regexp . \".*@femail\\\\.com\"))
11486 nnml:mail.foo:
11487 \((to-list . \"foo@nowhere.gov\")
11488 (extra-aliases \"foo@localhost\" \"foo-redist@home\")
11489 (split-exclude \"bugs-foo\" \"rambling-foo\")
11490 (admin-address . \"foo-request@nowhere.gov\"))
11491 nnml:mail.others:
11492 \((split-spec . catch-all))
11494 Calling (gnus-group-split-fancy nil nil \"mail.others\") returns:
11496 \(| (& (any \"\\\\(bar@femail\\\\.com\\\\|.*@femail\\\\.com\\\\)\"
11497 \"mail.bar\")
11498 (any \"\\\\(foo@nowhere\\\\.gov\\\\|foo@localhost\\\\|foo-redist@home\\\\)\"
11499 - \"bugs-foo\" - \"rambling-foo\" \"mail.foo\"))
11500 \"mail.others\")
11502 \(fn &optional GROUPS NO-CROSSPOST CATCH-ALL)" nil nil)
11504 ;;;***
11506 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-change-server) "gnus-move" "gnus/gnus-move.el"
11507 ;;;;;; (19277 34920))
11508 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-move.el
11510 (autoload 'gnus-change-server "gnus-move" "\
11511 Move from FROM-SERVER to TO-SERVER.
11512 Update the .newsrc.eld file to reflect the change of nntp server.
11514 \(fn FROM-SERVER TO-SERVER)" t nil)
11516 ;;;***
11518 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-button-reply gnus-button-mailto gnus-msg-mail)
11519 ;;;;;; "gnus-msg" "gnus/gnus-msg.el" (19277 34920))
11520 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-msg.el
11522 (autoload 'gnus-msg-mail "gnus-msg" "\
11523 Start editing a mail message to be sent.
11524 Like `message-mail', but with Gnus paraphernalia, particularly the
11525 Gcc: header for archiving purposes.
11527 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-ACTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS)" t nil)
11529 (autoload 'gnus-button-mailto "gnus-msg" "\
11530 Mail to ADDRESS.
11532 \(fn ADDRESS)" nil nil)
11534 (autoload 'gnus-button-reply "gnus-msg" "\
11535 Like `message-reply'.
11537 \(fn &optional TO-ADDRESS WIDE)" t nil)
11539 (define-mail-user-agent 'gnus-user-agent 'gnus-msg-mail 'message-send-and-exit 'message-kill-buffer 'message-send-hook)
11541 ;;;***
11543 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-nocem-load-cache gnus-nocem-scan-groups)
11544 ;;;;;; "gnus-nocem" "gnus/gnus-nocem.el" (19277 34920))
11545 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-nocem.el
11547 (autoload 'gnus-nocem-scan-groups "gnus-nocem" "\
11548 Scan all NoCeM groups for new NoCeM messages.
11550 \(fn)" t nil)
11552 (autoload 'gnus-nocem-load-cache "gnus-nocem" "\
11553 Load the NoCeM cache.
11555 \(fn)" t nil)
11557 ;;;***
11559 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-treat-newsgroups-picon gnus-treat-mail-picon
11560 ;;;;;; gnus-treat-from-picon) "gnus-picon" "gnus/gnus-picon.el"
11561 ;;;;;; (19277 34920))
11562 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-picon.el
11564 (autoload 'gnus-treat-from-picon "gnus-picon" "\
11565 Display picons in the From header.
11566 If picons are already displayed, remove them.
11568 \(fn)" t nil)
11570 (autoload 'gnus-treat-mail-picon "gnus-picon" "\
11571 Display picons in the Cc and To headers.
11572 If picons are already displayed, remove them.
11574 \(fn)" t nil)
11576 (autoload 'gnus-treat-newsgroups-picon "gnus-picon" "\
11577 Display picons in the Newsgroups and Followup-To headers.
11578 If picons are already displayed, remove them.
11580 \(fn)" t nil)
11582 ;;;***
11584 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-add-to-sorted-list gnus-sorted-nunion gnus-sorted-union
11585 ;;;;;; gnus-sorted-nintersection gnus-sorted-range-intersection
11586 ;;;;;; gnus-sorted-intersection gnus-intersection gnus-sorted-complement
11587 ;;;;;; gnus-sorted-ndifference gnus-sorted-difference) "gnus-range"
11588 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-range.el" (19277 34920))
11589 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-range.el
11591 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-difference "gnus-range" "\
11592 Return a list of elements of LIST1 that do not appear in LIST2.
11593 Both lists have to be sorted over <.
11594 The tail of LIST1 is not copied.
11596 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
11598 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-ndifference "gnus-range" "\
11599 Return a list of elements of LIST1 that do not appear in LIST2.
11600 Both lists have to be sorted over <.
11601 LIST1 is modified.
11603 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
11605 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-complement "gnus-range" "\
11606 Return a list of elements that are in LIST1 or LIST2 but not both.
11607 Both lists have to be sorted over <.
11609 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
11611 (autoload 'gnus-intersection "gnus-range" "\
11612 Not documented
11614 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
11616 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-intersection "gnus-range" "\
11617 Return intersection of LIST1 and LIST2.
11618 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
11620 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
11622 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-range-intersection "gnus-range" "\
11623 Return intersection of RANGE1 and RANGE2.
11624 RANGE1 and RANGE2 have to be sorted over <.
11626 \(fn RANGE1 RANGE2)" nil nil)
11628 (defalias 'gnus-set-sorted-intersection 'gnus-sorted-nintersection)
11630 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-nintersection "gnus-range" "\
11631 Return intersection of LIST1 and LIST2 by modifying cdr pointers of LIST1.
11632 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
11634 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
11636 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-union "gnus-range" "\
11637 Return union of LIST1 and LIST2.
11638 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
11640 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
11642 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-nunion "gnus-range" "\
11643 Return union of LIST1 and LIST2 by modifying cdr pointers of LIST1.
11644 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
11646 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
11648 (autoload 'gnus-add-to-sorted-list "gnus-range" "\
11649 Add NUM into sorted LIST by side effect.
11651 \(fn LIST NUM)" nil nil)
11653 ;;;***
11655 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-registry-install-hooks gnus-registry-initialize)
11656 ;;;;;; "gnus-registry" "gnus/gnus-registry.el" (19277 34920))
11657 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-registry.el
11659 (autoload 'gnus-registry-initialize "gnus-registry" "\
11660 Initialize the Gnus registry.
11662 \(fn)" t nil)
11664 (autoload 'gnus-registry-install-hooks "gnus-registry" "\
11665 Install the registry hooks.
11667 \(fn)" t nil)
11669 ;;;***
11671 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-sieve-article-add-rule gnus-sieve-generate
11672 ;;;;;; gnus-sieve-update) "gnus-sieve" "gnus/gnus-sieve.el" (19277
11673 ;;;;;; 34920))
11674 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-sieve.el
11676 (autoload 'gnus-sieve-update "gnus-sieve" "\
11677 Update the Sieve script in gnus-sieve-file, by replacing the region
11678 between gnus-sieve-region-start and gnus-sieve-region-end with
11679 \(gnus-sieve-script gnus-sieve-select-method gnus-sieve-crosspost), then
11680 execute gnus-sieve-update-shell-command.
11681 See the documentation for these variables and functions for details.
11683 \(fn)" t nil)
11685 (autoload 'gnus-sieve-generate "gnus-sieve" "\
11686 Generate the Sieve script in gnus-sieve-file, by replacing the region
11687 between gnus-sieve-region-start and gnus-sieve-region-end with
11688 \(gnus-sieve-script gnus-sieve-select-method gnus-sieve-crosspost).
11689 See the documentation for these variables and functions for details.
11691 \(fn)" t nil)
11693 (autoload 'gnus-sieve-article-add-rule "gnus-sieve" "\
11694 Not documented
11696 \(fn)" t nil)
11698 ;;;***
11700 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-batch-brew-soup) "gnus-soup" "gnus/gnus-soup.el"
11701 ;;;;;; (19277 34920))
11702 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-soup.el
11704 (autoload 'gnus-batch-brew-soup "gnus-soup" "\
11705 Brew a SOUP packet from groups mention on the command line.
11706 Will use the remaining command line arguments as regular expressions
11707 for matching on group names.
11709 For instance, if you want to brew on all the nnml groups, as well as
11710 groups with \"emacs\" in the name, you could say something like:
11712 $ emacs -batch -f gnus-batch-brew-soup ^nnml \".*emacs.*\"
11714 Note -- this function hasn't been implemented yet.
11716 \(fn)" t nil)
11718 ;;;***
11720 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-update-format) "gnus-spec" "gnus/gnus-spec.el"
11721 ;;;;;; (19277 34920))
11722 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-spec.el
11724 (autoload 'gnus-update-format "gnus-spec" "\
11725 Update the format specification near point.
11727 \(fn VAR)" t nil)
11729 ;;;***
11731 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-fixup-nnimap-unread-after-getting-new-news
11732 ;;;;;; gnus-declare-backend) "gnus-start" "gnus/gnus-start.el" (19277
11733 ;;;;;; 34920))
11734 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-start.el
11736 (autoload 'gnus-declare-backend "gnus-start" "\
11737 Declare back end NAME with ABILITIES as a Gnus back end.
11739 \(fn NAME &rest ABILITIES)" nil nil)
11741 (autoload 'gnus-fixup-nnimap-unread-after-getting-new-news "gnus-start" "\
11742 Not documented
11744 \(fn)" nil nil)
11746 ;;;***
11748 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-add-configuration) "gnus-win" "gnus/gnus-win.el"
11749 ;;;;;; (19277 34920))
11750 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-win.el
11752 (autoload 'gnus-add-configuration "gnus-win" "\
11753 Add the window configuration CONF to `gnus-buffer-configuration'.
11755 \(fn CONF)" nil nil)
11757 ;;;***
11759 ;;;### (autoloads (gomoku) "gomoku" "play/gomoku.el" (19277 34922))
11760 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/gomoku.el
11762 (autoload 'gomoku "gomoku" "\
11763 Start a Gomoku game between you and Emacs.
11765 If a game is in progress, this command allows you to resume it.
11766 If optional arguments N and M are given, an N by M board is used.
11767 If prefix arg is given for N, M is prompted for.
11769 You and Emacs play in turn by marking a free square. You mark it with X
11770 and Emacs marks it with O. The winner is the first to get five contiguous
11771 marks horizontally, vertically or in diagonal.
11773 You play by moving the cursor over the square you choose and hitting
11774 \\<gomoku-mode-map>\\[gomoku-human-plays].
11776 This program actually plays a simplified or archaic version of the
11777 Gomoku game, and ought to be upgraded to use the full modern rules.
11779 Use \\[describe-mode] for more info.
11781 \(fn &optional N M)" t nil)
11783 ;;;***
11785 ;;;### (autoloads (goto-address-prog-mode goto-address-mode goto-address
11786 ;;;;;; goto-address-at-point) "goto-addr" "net/goto-addr.el" (19360
11787 ;;;;;; 14173))
11788 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/goto-addr.el
11790 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'goto-address-at-mouse 'goto-address-at-point "22.1")
11792 (autoload 'goto-address-at-point "goto-addr" "\
11793 Send to the e-mail address or load the URL at point.
11794 Send mail to address at point. See documentation for
11795 `goto-address-find-address-at-point'. If no address is found
11796 there, then load the URL at or before point.
11798 \(fn &optional EVENT)" t nil)
11800 (autoload 'goto-address "goto-addr" "\
11801 Sets up goto-address functionality in the current buffer.
11802 Allows user to use mouse/keyboard command to click to go to a URL
11803 or to send e-mail.
11804 By default, goto-address binds `goto-address-at-point' to mouse-2 and C-c RET
11805 only on URLs and e-mail addresses.
11807 Also fontifies the buffer appropriately (see `goto-address-fontify-p' and
11808 `goto-address-highlight-p' for more information).
11810 \(fn)" t nil)
11811 (put 'goto-address 'safe-local-eval-function t)
11813 (autoload 'goto-address-mode "goto-addr" "\
11814 Minor mode to buttonize URLs and e-mail addresses in the current buffer.
11816 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11818 (autoload 'goto-address-prog-mode "goto-addr" "\
11819 Turn on `goto-address-mode', but only in comments and strings.
11821 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11823 ;;;***
11825 ;;;### (autoloads (zrgrep rgrep lgrep grep-find grep grep-mode grep-compute-defaults
11826 ;;;;;; grep-process-setup grep-setup-hook grep-find-command grep-command
11827 ;;;;;; grep-window-height) "grep" "progmodes/grep.el" (19304 58663))
11828 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/grep.el
11830 (defvar grep-window-height nil "\
11831 *Number of lines in a grep window. If nil, use `compilation-window-height'.")
11833 (custom-autoload 'grep-window-height "grep" t)
11835 (defvar grep-command nil "\
11836 The default grep command for \\[grep].
11837 If the grep program used supports an option to always include file names
11838 in its output (such as the `-H' option to GNU grep), it's a good idea to
11839 include it when specifying `grep-command'.
11841 In interactive usage, the actual value of this variable is set up
11842 by `grep-compute-defaults'; to change the default value, use
11843 Customize or call the function `grep-apply-setting'.")
11845 (custom-autoload 'grep-command "grep" nil)
11847 (defvar grep-find-command nil "\
11848 The default find command for \\[grep-find].
11849 In interactive usage, the actual value of this variable is set up
11850 by `grep-compute-defaults'; to change the default value, use
11851 Customize or call the function `grep-apply-setting'.")
11853 (custom-autoload 'grep-find-command "grep" nil)
11855 (defvar grep-setup-hook nil "\
11856 List of hook functions run by `grep-process-setup' (see `run-hooks').")
11858 (custom-autoload 'grep-setup-hook "grep" t)
11860 (defconst grep-regexp-alist '(("^\\(.+?\\)\\(:[ ]*\\)\\([0-9]+\\)\\2" 1 3) ("^\\(\\(.+?\\):\\([0-9]+\\):\\).*?\\(\e\\[01;31m\\(?:\e\\[K\\)?\\)\\(.*?\\)\\(\e\\[[0-9]*m\\)" 2 3 ((lambda nil (setq compilation-error-screen-columns nil) (- (match-beginning 4) (match-end 1))) lambda nil (- (match-end 5) (match-end 1) (- (match-end 4) (match-beginning 4)))) nil 1) ("^Binary file \\(.+\\) matches$" 1 nil nil 0 1)) "\
11861 Regexp used to match grep hits. See `compilation-error-regexp-alist'.")
11863 (defvar grep-program (purecopy "grep") "\
11864 The default grep program for `grep-command' and `grep-find-command'.
11865 This variable's value takes effect when `grep-compute-defaults' is called.")
11867 (defvar find-program (purecopy "find") "\
11868 The default find program for `grep-find-command'.
11869 This variable's value takes effect when `grep-compute-defaults' is called.")
11871 (defvar xargs-program (purecopy "xargs") "\
11872 The default xargs program for `grep-find-command'.
11873 See `grep-find-use-xargs'.
11874 This variable's value takes effect when `grep-compute-defaults' is called.")
11876 (defvar grep-find-use-xargs nil "\
11877 Non-nil means that `grep-find' uses the `xargs' utility by default.
11878 If `exec', use `find -exec'.
11879 If `gnu', use `find -print0' and `xargs -0'.
11880 Any other non-nil value means to use `find -print' and `xargs'.
11882 This variable's value takes effect when `grep-compute-defaults' is called.")
11884 (defvar grep-history nil)
11886 (defvar grep-find-history nil)
11888 (autoload 'grep-process-setup "grep" "\
11889 Setup compilation variables and buffer for `grep'.
11890 Set up `compilation-exit-message-function' and run `grep-setup-hook'.
11892 \(fn)" nil nil)
11894 (autoload 'grep-compute-defaults "grep" "\
11895 Not documented
11897 \(fn)" nil nil)
11899 (autoload 'grep-mode "grep" "\
11900 Sets `grep-last-buffer' and `compilation-window-height'.
11902 \(fn)" nil nil)
11904 (autoload 'grep "grep" "\
11905 Run grep, with user-specified args, and collect output in a buffer.
11906 While grep runs asynchronously, you can use \\[next-error] (M-x next-error),
11907 or \\<grep-mode-map>\\[compile-goto-error] in the grep output buffer, to go to the lines where grep
11908 found matches.
11910 For doing a recursive `grep', see the `rgrep' command. For running
11911 `grep' in a specific directory, see `lgrep'.
11913 This command uses a special history list for its COMMAND-ARGS, so you
11914 can easily repeat a grep command.
11916 A prefix argument says to default the argument based upon the current
11917 tag the cursor is over, substituting it into the last grep command
11918 in the grep command history (or into `grep-command' if that history
11919 list is empty).
11921 \(fn COMMAND-ARGS)" t nil)
11923 (autoload 'grep-find "grep" "\
11924 Run grep via find, with user-specified args COMMAND-ARGS.
11925 Collect output in a buffer.
11926 While find runs asynchronously, you can use the \\[next-error] command
11927 to find the text that grep hits refer to.
11929 This command uses a special history list for its arguments, so you can
11930 easily repeat a find command.
11932 \(fn COMMAND-ARGS)" t nil)
11934 (defalias 'find-grep 'grep-find)
11936 (autoload 'lgrep "grep" "\
11937 Run grep, searching for REGEXP in FILES in directory DIR.
11938 The search is limited to file names matching shell pattern FILES.
11939 FILES may use abbreviations defined in `grep-files-aliases', e.g.
11940 entering `ch' is equivalent to `*.[ch]'.
11942 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, you can edit the constructed shell command line
11943 before it is executed.
11944 With two \\[universal-argument] prefixes, directly edit and run `grep-command'.
11946 Collect output in a buffer. While grep runs asynchronously, you
11947 can use \\[next-error] (M-x next-error), or \\<grep-mode-map>\\[compile-goto-error] in the grep output buffer,
11948 to go to the lines where grep found matches.
11950 This command shares argument histories with \\[rgrep] and \\[grep].
11952 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILES DIR CONFIRM)" t nil)
11954 (autoload 'rgrep "grep" "\
11955 Recursively grep for REGEXP in FILES in directory tree rooted at DIR.
11956 The search is limited to file names matching shell pattern FILES.
11957 FILES may use abbreviations defined in `grep-files-aliases', e.g.
11958 entering `ch' is equivalent to `*.[ch]'.
11960 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, you can edit the constructed shell command line
11961 before it is executed.
11962 With two \\[universal-argument] prefixes, directly edit and run `grep-find-command'.
11964 Collect output in a buffer. While find runs asynchronously, you
11965 can use \\[next-error] (M-x next-error), or \\<grep-mode-map>\\[compile-goto-error] in the grep output buffer,
11966 to go to the lines where grep found matches.
11968 This command shares argument histories with \\[lgrep] and \\[grep-find].
11970 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILES DIR CONFIRM)" t nil)
11972 (autoload 'zrgrep "grep" "\
11973 Recursively grep for REGEXP in gzipped FILES in tree rooted at DIR.
11974 Like `rgrep' but uses `zgrep' for `grep-program', sets the default
11975 file name to `*.gz', and sets `grep-highlight-matches' to `always'.
11977 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILES DIR CONFIRM GREP-FIND-TEMPLATE)" t nil)
11979 (defalias 'rzgrep 'zrgrep)
11981 ;;;***
11983 ;;;### (autoloads (gs-load-image) "gs" "gs.el" (19277 34916))
11984 ;;; Generated autoloads from gs.el
11986 (autoload 'gs-load-image "gs" "\
11987 Load a PS image for display on FRAME.
11988 SPEC is an image specification, IMG-HEIGHT and IMG-WIDTH are width
11989 and height of the image in pixels. WINDOW-AND-PIXMAP-ID is a string of
11990 the form \"WINDOW-ID PIXMAP-ID\". Value is non-nil if successful.
11992 \(fn FRAME SPEC IMG-WIDTH IMG-HEIGHT WINDOW-AND-PIXMAP-ID PIXEL-COLORS)" nil nil)
11994 ;;;***
11996 ;;;### (autoloads (gud-tooltip-mode gdb-script-mode jdb pdb perldb
11997 ;;;;;; xdb dbx sdb gud-gdb) "gud" "progmodes/gud.el" (19277 34922))
11998 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/gud.el
12000 (autoload 'gud-gdb "gud" "\
12001 Run gdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12002 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working
12003 directory and source-file directory for your debugger.
12005 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12007 (autoload 'sdb "gud" "\
12008 Run sdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12009 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12010 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12012 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12014 (autoload 'dbx "gud" "\
12015 Run dbx on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12016 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12017 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12019 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12021 (autoload 'xdb "gud" "\
12022 Run xdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12023 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12024 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12026 You can set the variable `gud-xdb-directories' to a list of program source
12027 directories if your program contains sources from more than one directory.
12029 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12031 (autoload 'perldb "gud" "\
12032 Run perldb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12033 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12034 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12036 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12038 (autoload 'pdb "gud" "\
12039 Run pdb on program FILE in buffer `*gud-FILE*'.
12040 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12041 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12043 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12045 (autoload 'jdb "gud" "\
12046 Run jdb with command line COMMAND-LINE in a buffer.
12047 The buffer is named \"*gud*\" if no initial class is given or
12048 \"*gud-<initial-class-basename>*\" if there is. If the \"-classpath\"
12049 switch is given, omit all whitespace between it and its value.
12051 See `gud-jdb-use-classpath' and `gud-jdb-classpath' documentation for
12052 information on how jdb accesses source files. Alternatively (if
12053 `gud-jdb-use-classpath' is nil), see `gud-jdb-directories' for the
12054 original source file access method.
12056 For general information about commands available to control jdb from
12057 gud, see `gud-mode'.
12059 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12060 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps (purecopy "\\*gud-.*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]+>\\)"))
12062 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist (cons (purecopy "/\\.[a-z0-9-]*gdbinit") 'gdb-script-mode))
12064 (autoload 'gdb-script-mode "gud" "\
12065 Major mode for editing GDB scripts.
12067 \(fn)" t nil)
12069 (defvar gud-tooltip-mode nil "\
12070 Non-nil if Gud-Tooltip mode is enabled.
12071 See the command `gud-tooltip-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
12072 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
12073 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
12074 or call the function `gud-tooltip-mode'.")
12076 (custom-autoload 'gud-tooltip-mode "gud" nil)
12078 (autoload 'gud-tooltip-mode "gud" "\
12079 Toggle the display of GUD tooltips.
12081 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12083 ;;;***
12085 ;;;### (autoloads (handwrite) "handwrite" "play/handwrite.el" (19277
12086 ;;;;;; 34922))
12087 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/handwrite.el
12089 (autoload 'handwrite "handwrite" "\
12090 Turns the buffer into a \"handwritten\" document.
12091 The functions `handwrite-10pt', `handwrite-11pt', `handwrite-12pt'
12092 and `handwrite-13pt' set up for various sizes of output.
12094 Variables: handwrite-linespace (default 12)
12095 handwrite-fontsize (default 11)
12096 handwrite-numlines (default 60)
12097 handwrite-pagenumbering (default nil)
12099 \(fn)" t nil)
12101 ;;;***
12103 ;;;### (autoloads (hanoi-unix-64 hanoi-unix hanoi) "hanoi" "play/hanoi.el"
12104 ;;;;;; (19267 61658))
12105 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/hanoi.el
12107 (autoload 'hanoi "hanoi" "\
12108 Towers of Hanoi diversion. Use NRINGS rings.
12110 \(fn NRINGS)" t nil)
12112 (autoload 'hanoi-unix "hanoi" "\
12113 Towers of Hanoi, UNIX doomsday version.
12114 Displays 32-ring towers that have been progressing at one move per
12115 second since 1970-01-01 00:00:00 GMT.
12117 Repent before ring 31 moves.
12119 \(fn)" t nil)
12121 (autoload 'hanoi-unix-64 "hanoi" "\
12122 Like hanoi-unix, but pretend to have a 64-bit clock.
12123 This is, necessarily (as of Emacs 20.3), a crock. When the
12124 current-time interface is made s2G-compliant, hanoi.el will need
12125 to be updated.
12127 \(fn)" t nil)
12129 ;;;***
12131 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-check-payment mail-add-payment-async mail-add-payment
12132 ;;;;;; hashcash-verify-payment hashcash-insert-payment-async hashcash-insert-payment)
12133 ;;;;;; "hashcash" "mail/hashcash.el" (19361 52486))
12134 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/hashcash.el
12136 (autoload 'hashcash-insert-payment "hashcash" "\
12137 Insert X-Payment and X-Hashcash headers with a payment for ARG
12139 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
12141 (autoload 'hashcash-insert-payment-async "hashcash" "\
12142 Insert X-Payment and X-Hashcash headers with a payment for ARG
12143 Only start calculation. Results are inserted when ready.
12145 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
12147 (autoload 'hashcash-verify-payment "hashcash" "\
12148 Verify a hashcash payment
12150 \(fn TOKEN &optional RESOURCE AMOUNT)" nil nil)
12152 (autoload 'mail-add-payment "hashcash" "\
12153 Add X-Payment: and X-Hashcash: headers with a hashcash payment
12154 for each recipient address. Prefix arg sets default payment temporarily.
12155 Set ASYNC to t to start asynchronous calculation. (See
12156 `mail-add-payment-async').
12158 \(fn &optional ARG ASYNC)" t nil)
12160 (autoload 'mail-add-payment-async "hashcash" "\
12161 Add X-Payment: and X-Hashcash: headers with a hashcash payment
12162 for each recipient address. Prefix arg sets default payment temporarily.
12163 Calculation is asynchronous.
12165 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12167 (autoload 'mail-check-payment "hashcash" "\
12168 Look for a valid X-Payment: or X-Hashcash: header.
12169 Prefix arg sets default accept amount temporarily.
12171 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12173 ;;;***
12175 ;;;### (autoloads (scan-buf-previous-region scan-buf-next-region
12176 ;;;;;; scan-buf-move-to-region help-at-pt-display-when-idle help-at-pt-set-timer
12177 ;;;;;; help-at-pt-cancel-timer display-local-help help-at-pt-kbd-string
12178 ;;;;;; help-at-pt-string) "help-at-pt" "help-at-pt.el" (19277 34916))
12179 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-at-pt.el
12181 (autoload 'help-at-pt-string "help-at-pt" "\
12182 Return the help-echo string at point.
12183 Normally, the string produced by the `help-echo' text or overlay
12184 property, or nil, is returned.
12185 If KBD is non-nil, `kbd-help' is used instead, and any
12186 `help-echo' property is ignored. In this case, the return value
12187 can also be t, if that is the value of the `kbd-help' property.
12189 \(fn &optional KBD)" nil nil)
12191 (autoload 'help-at-pt-kbd-string "help-at-pt" "\
12192 Return the keyboard help string at point.
12193 If the `kbd-help' text or overlay property at point produces a
12194 string, return it. Otherwise, use the `help-echo' property.
12195 If this produces no string either, return nil.
12197 \(fn)" nil nil)
12199 (autoload 'display-local-help "help-at-pt" "\
12200 Display local help in the echo area.
12201 This displays a short help message, namely the string produced by
12202 the `kbd-help' property at point. If `kbd-help' does not produce
12203 a string, but the `help-echo' property does, then that string is
12204 printed instead.
12206 A numeric argument ARG prevents display of a message in case
12207 there is no help. While ARG can be used interactively, it is
12208 mainly meant for use from Lisp.
12210 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12212 (autoload 'help-at-pt-cancel-timer "help-at-pt" "\
12213 Cancel any timer set by `help-at-pt-set-timer'.
12214 This disables `help-at-pt-display-when-idle'.
12216 \(fn)" t nil)
12218 (autoload 'help-at-pt-set-timer "help-at-pt" "\
12219 Enable `help-at-pt-display-when-idle'.
12220 This is done by setting a timer, if none is currently active.
12222 \(fn)" t nil)
12224 (defvar help-at-pt-display-when-idle 'never "\
12225 Automatically show local help on point-over.
12226 If the value is t, the string obtained from any `kbd-help' or
12227 `help-echo' property at point is automatically printed in the
12228 echo area, if nothing else is already displayed there, or after a
12229 quit. If both `kbd-help' and `help-echo' produce help strings,
12230 `kbd-help' is used. If the value is a list, the help only gets
12231 printed if there is a text or overlay property at point that is
12232 included in this list. Suggested properties are `keymap',
12233 `local-map', `button' and `kbd-help'. Any value other than t or
12234 a non-empty list disables the feature.
12236 This variable only takes effect after a call to
12237 `help-at-pt-set-timer'. The help gets printed after Emacs has
12238 been idle for `help-at-pt-timer-delay' seconds. You can call
12239 `help-at-pt-cancel-timer' to cancel the timer set by, and the
12240 effect of, `help-at-pt-set-timer'.
12242 When this variable is set through Custom, `help-at-pt-set-timer'
12243 is called automatically, unless the value is `never', in which
12244 case `help-at-pt-cancel-timer' is called. Specifying an empty
12245 list of properties through Custom will set the timer, thus
12246 enabling buffer local values. It sets the actual value to nil.
12247 Thus, Custom distinguishes between a nil value and other values
12248 that disable the feature, which Custom identifies with `never'.
12249 The default is `never'.")
12251 (custom-autoload 'help-at-pt-display-when-idle "help-at-pt" nil)
12253 (autoload 'scan-buf-move-to-region "help-at-pt" "\
12254 Go to the start of the next region with non-nil PROP property.
12255 Then run HOOK, which should be a quoted symbol that is a normal
12256 hook variable, or an expression evaluating to such a symbol.
12257 Adjacent areas with different non-nil PROP properties are
12258 considered different regions.
12260 With numeric argument ARG, move to the start of the ARGth next
12261 such region, then run HOOK. If ARG is negative, move backward.
12262 If point is already in a region, then that region does not count
12263 toward ARG. If ARG is 0 and point is inside a region, move to
12264 the start of that region. If ARG is 0 and point is not in a
12265 region, print a message to that effect, but do not move point and
12266 do not run HOOK. If there are not enough regions to move over,
12267 an error results and the number of available regions is mentioned
12268 in the error message. Point is not moved and HOOK is not run.
12270 \(fn PROP &optional ARG HOOK)" nil nil)
12272 (autoload 'scan-buf-next-region "help-at-pt" "\
12273 Go to the start of the next region with non-nil help-echo.
12274 Print the help found there using `display-local-help'. Adjacent
12275 areas with different non-nil help-echo properties are considered
12276 different regions.
12278 With numeric argument ARG, move to the start of the ARGth next
12279 help-echo region. If ARG is negative, move backward. If point
12280 is already in a help-echo region, then that region does not count
12281 toward ARG. If ARG is 0 and point is inside a help-echo region,
12282 move to the start of that region. If ARG is 0 and point is not
12283 in such a region, just print a message to that effect. If there
12284 are not enough regions to move over, an error results and the
12285 number of available regions is mentioned in the error message.
12287 A potentially confusing subtlety is that point can be in a
12288 help-echo region without any local help being available. This is
12289 because `help-echo' can be a function evaluating to nil. This
12290 rarely happens in practice.
12292 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12294 (autoload 'scan-buf-previous-region "help-at-pt" "\
12295 Go to the start of the previous region with non-nil help-echo.
12296 Print the help found there using `display-local-help'. Adjacent
12297 areas with different non-nil help-echo properties are considered
12298 different regions. With numeric argument ARG, behaves like
12299 `scan-buf-next-region' with argument -ARG.
12301 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12303 ;;;***
12305 ;;;### (autoloads (describe-categories describe-syntax describe-variable
12306 ;;;;;; variable-at-point describe-function-1 find-lisp-object-file-name
12307 ;;;;;; help-C-file-name describe-function) "help-fns" "help-fns.el"
12308 ;;;;;; (19277 34916))
12309 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-fns.el
12311 (autoload 'describe-function "help-fns" "\
12312 Display the full documentation of FUNCTION (a symbol).
12314 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
12316 (autoload 'help-C-file-name "help-fns" "\
12317 Return the name of the C file where SUBR-OR-VAR is defined.
12318 KIND should be `var' for a variable or `subr' for a subroutine.
12320 \(fn SUBR-OR-VAR KIND)" nil nil)
12322 (autoload 'find-lisp-object-file-name "help-fns" "\
12323 Guess the file that defined the Lisp object OBJECT, of type TYPE.
12324 OBJECT should be a symbol associated with a function, variable, or face;
12325 alternatively, it can be a function definition.
12326 If TYPE is `variable', search for a variable definition.
12327 If TYPE is `face', search for a face definition.
12328 If TYPE is the value returned by `symbol-function' for a function symbol,
12329 search for a function definition.
12331 The return value is the absolute name of a readable file where OBJECT is
12332 defined. If several such files exist, preference is given to a file
12333 found via `load-path'. The return value can also be `C-source', which
12334 means that OBJECT is a function or variable defined in C. If no
12335 suitable file is found, return nil.
12337 \(fn OBJECT TYPE)" nil nil)
12339 (autoload 'describe-function-1 "help-fns" "\
12340 Not documented
12342 \(fn FUNCTION)" nil nil)
12344 (autoload 'variable-at-point "help-fns" "\
12345 Return the bound variable symbol found at or before point.
12346 Return 0 if there is no such symbol.
12347 If ANY-SYMBOL is non-nil, don't insist the symbol be bound.
12349 \(fn &optional ANY-SYMBOL)" nil nil)
12351 (autoload 'describe-variable "help-fns" "\
12352 Display the full documentation of VARIABLE (a symbol).
12353 Returns the documentation as a string, also.
12354 If VARIABLE has a buffer-local value in BUFFER or FRAME
12355 \(default to the current buffer and current frame),
12356 it is displayed along with the global value.
12358 \(fn VARIABLE &optional BUFFER FRAME)" t nil)
12360 (autoload 'describe-syntax "help-fns" "\
12361 Describe the syntax specifications in the syntax table of BUFFER.
12362 The descriptions are inserted in a help buffer, which is then displayed.
12363 BUFFER defaults to the current buffer.
12365 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
12367 (autoload 'describe-categories "help-fns" "\
12368 Describe the category specifications in the current category table.
12369 The descriptions are inserted in a buffer, which is then displayed.
12370 If BUFFER is non-nil, then describe BUFFER's category table instead.
12371 BUFFER should be a buffer or a buffer name.
12373 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
12375 ;;;***
12377 ;;;### (autoloads (three-step-help) "help-macro" "help-macro.el"
12378 ;;;;;; (19277 34916))
12379 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-macro.el
12381 (defvar three-step-help nil "\
12382 Non-nil means give more info about Help command in three steps.
12383 The three steps are simple prompt, prompt with all options, and
12384 window listing and describing the options.
12385 A value of nil means skip the middle step, so that \\[help-command] \\[help-command]
12386 gives the window that lists the options.")
12388 (custom-autoload 'three-step-help "help-macro" t)
12390 ;;;***
12392 ;;;### (autoloads (help-xref-on-pp help-insert-xref-button help-xref-button
12393 ;;;;;; help-make-xrefs help-buffer help-setup-xref help-mode-finish
12394 ;;;;;; help-mode-setup help-mode) "help-mode" "help-mode.el" (19277
12395 ;;;;;; 34916))
12396 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-mode.el
12398 (autoload 'help-mode "help-mode" "\
12399 Major mode for viewing help text and navigating references in it.
12400 Entry to this mode runs the normal hook `help-mode-hook'.
12401 Commands:
12402 \\{help-mode-map}
12404 \(fn)" t nil)
12406 (autoload 'help-mode-setup "help-mode" "\
12407 Not documented
12409 \(fn)" nil nil)
12411 (autoload 'help-mode-finish "help-mode" "\
12412 Not documented
12414 \(fn)" nil nil)
12416 (autoload 'help-setup-xref "help-mode" "\
12417 Invoked from commands using the \"*Help*\" buffer to install some xref info.
12419 ITEM is a (FUNCTION . ARGS) pair appropriate for recreating the help
12420 buffer after following a reference. INTERACTIVE-P is non-nil if the
12421 calling command was invoked interactively. In this case the stack of
12422 items for help buffer \"back\" buttons is cleared.
12424 This should be called very early, before the output buffer is cleared,
12425 because we want to record the \"previous\" position of point so we can
12426 restore it properly when going back.
12428 \(fn ITEM INTERACTIVE-P)" nil nil)
12430 (autoload 'help-buffer "help-mode" "\
12431 Return the name of a buffer for inserting help.
12432 If `help-xref-following' is non-nil, this is the name of the
12433 current buffer.
12434 Otherwise, it is *Help*; if no buffer with that name currently
12435 exists, it is created.
12437 \(fn)" nil nil)
12439 (autoload 'help-make-xrefs "help-mode" "\
12440 Parse and hyperlink documentation cross-references in the given BUFFER.
12442 Find cross-reference information in a buffer and activate such cross
12443 references for selection with `help-follow'. Cross-references have
12444 the canonical form `...' and the type of reference may be
12445 disambiguated by the preceding word(s) used in
12446 `help-xref-symbol-regexp'. Faces only get cross-referenced if
12447 preceded or followed by the word `face'. Variables without
12448 variable documentation do not get cross-referenced, unless
12449 preceded by the word `variable' or `option'.
12451 If the variable `help-xref-mule-regexp' is non-nil, find also
12452 cross-reference information related to multilingual environment
12453 \(e.g., coding-systems). This variable is also used to disambiguate
12454 the type of reference as the same way as `help-xref-symbol-regexp'.
12456 A special reference `back' is made to return back through a stack of
12457 help buffers. Variable `help-back-label' specifies the text for
12458 that.
12460 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
12462 (autoload 'help-xref-button "help-mode" "\
12463 Make a hyperlink for cross-reference text previously matched.
12464 MATCH-NUMBER is the subexpression of interest in the last matched
12465 regexp. TYPE is the type of button to use. Any remaining arguments are
12466 passed to the button's help-function when it is invoked.
12467 See `help-make-xrefs'.
12469 \(fn MATCH-NUMBER TYPE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
12471 (autoload 'help-insert-xref-button "help-mode" "\
12472 Insert STRING and make a hyperlink from cross-reference text on it.
12473 TYPE is the type of button to use. Any remaining arguments are passed
12474 to the button's help-function when it is invoked.
12475 See `help-make-xrefs'.
12477 \(fn STRING TYPE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
12479 (autoload 'help-xref-on-pp "help-mode" "\
12480 Add xrefs for symbols in `pp's output between FROM and TO.
12482 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
12484 ;;;***
12486 ;;;### (autoloads (Helper-help Helper-describe-bindings) "helper"
12487 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/helper.el" (19277 34919))
12488 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/helper.el
12490 (autoload 'Helper-describe-bindings "helper" "\
12491 Describe local key bindings of current mode.
12493 \(fn)" t nil)
12495 (autoload 'Helper-help "helper" "\
12496 Provide help for current mode.
12498 \(fn)" t nil)
12500 ;;;***
12502 ;;;### (autoloads (hexlify-buffer hexl-find-file hexl-mode) "hexl"
12503 ;;;;;; "hexl.el" (19279 53114))
12504 ;;; Generated autoloads from hexl.el
12506 (autoload 'hexl-mode "hexl" "\
12507 \\<hexl-mode-map>A mode for editing binary files in hex dump format.
12508 This is not an ordinary major mode; it alters some aspects
12509 of the current mode's behavior, but not all; also, you can exit
12510 Hexl mode and return to the previous mode using `hexl-mode-exit'.
12512 This function automatically converts a buffer into the hexl format
12513 using the function `hexlify-buffer'.
12515 Each line in the buffer has an \"address\" (displayed in hexadecimal)
12516 representing the offset into the file that the characters on this line
12517 are at and 16 characters from the file (displayed as hexadecimal
12518 values grouped every 16 bits) and as their ASCII values.
12520 If any of the characters (displayed as ASCII characters) are
12521 unprintable (control or meta characters) they will be replaced as
12522 periods.
12524 If `hexl-mode' is invoked with an argument the buffer is assumed to be
12525 in hexl format.
12527 A sample format:
12529 HEX ADDR: 0001 0203 0405 0607 0809 0a0b 0c0d 0e0f ASCII-TEXT
12530 -------- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ----------------
12531 00000000: 5468 6973 2069 7320 6865 786c 2d6d 6f64 This is hexl-mod
12532 00000010: 652e 2020 4561 6368 206c 696e 6520 7265 e. Each line re
12533 00000020: 7072 6573 656e 7473 2031 3620 6279 7465 presents 16 byte
12534 00000030: 7320 6173 2068 6578 6164 6563 696d 616c s as hexadecimal
12535 00000040: 2041 5343 4949 0a61 6e64 2070 7269 6e74 ASCII.and print
12536 00000050: 6162 6c65 2041 5343 4949 2063 6861 7261 able ASCII chara
12537 00000060: 6374 6572 732e 2020 416e 7920 636f 6e74 cters. Any cont
12538 00000070: 726f 6c20 6f72 206e 6f6e 2d41 5343 4949 rol or non-ASCII
12539 00000080: 2063 6861 7261 6374 6572 730a 6172 6520 characters.are
12540 00000090: 6469 7370 6c61 7965 6420 6173 2070 6572 displayed as per
12541 000000a0: 696f 6473 2069 6e20 7468 6520 7072 696e iods in the prin
12542 000000b0: 7461 626c 6520 6368 6172 6163 7465 7220 table character
12543 000000c0: 7265 6769 6f6e 2e0a region..
12545 Movement is as simple as movement in a normal Emacs text buffer. Most
12546 cursor movement bindings are the same (ie. Use \\[hexl-backward-char], \\[hexl-forward-char], \\[hexl-next-line], and \\[hexl-previous-line]
12547 to move the cursor left, right, down, and up).
12549 Advanced cursor movement commands (ala \\[hexl-beginning-of-line], \\[hexl-end-of-line], \\[hexl-beginning-of-buffer], and \\[hexl-end-of-buffer]) are
12550 also supported.
12552 There are several ways to change text in hexl mode:
12554 ASCII characters (character between space (0x20) and tilde (0x7E)) are
12555 bound to self-insert so you can simply type the character and it will
12556 insert itself (actually overstrike) into the buffer.
12558 \\[hexl-quoted-insert] followed by another keystroke allows you to insert the key even if
12559 it isn't bound to self-insert. An octal number can be supplied in place
12560 of another key to insert the octal number's ASCII representation.
12562 \\[hexl-insert-hex-char] will insert a given hexadecimal value (if it is between 0 and 0xFF)
12563 into the buffer at the current point.
12565 \\[hexl-insert-octal-char] will insert a given octal value (if it is between 0 and 0377)
12566 into the buffer at the current point.
12568 \\[hexl-insert-decimal-char] will insert a given decimal value (if it is between 0 and 255)
12569 into the buffer at the current point.
12571 \\[hexl-mode-exit] will exit hexl-mode.
12573 Note: saving the file with any of the usual Emacs commands
12574 will actually convert it back to binary format while saving.
12576 You can use \\[hexl-find-file] to visit a file in Hexl mode.
12578 \\[describe-bindings] for advanced commands.
12580 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12582 (autoload 'hexl-find-file "hexl" "\
12583 Edit file FILENAME as a binary file in hex dump format.
12584 Switch to a buffer visiting file FILENAME, creating one if none exists,
12585 and edit the file in `hexl-mode'.
12587 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
12589 (autoload 'hexlify-buffer "hexl" "\
12590 Convert a binary buffer to hexl format.
12591 This discards the buffer's undo information.
12593 \(fn)" t nil)
12595 ;;;***
12597 ;;;### (autoloads (hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns hi-lock-unface-buffer
12598 ;;;;;; hi-lock-face-phrase-buffer hi-lock-face-buffer hi-lock-line-face-buffer
12599 ;;;;;; global-hi-lock-mode hi-lock-mode) "hi-lock" "hi-lock.el"
12600 ;;;;;; (19277 34916))
12601 ;;; Generated autoloads from hi-lock.el
12603 (autoload 'hi-lock-mode "hi-lock" "\
12604 Toggle minor mode for interactively adding font-lock highlighting patterns.
12606 If ARG positive, turn hi-lock on. Issuing a hi-lock command will also
12607 turn hi-lock on. To turn hi-lock on in all buffers use
12608 `global-hi-lock-mode' or in your .emacs file (global-hi-lock-mode 1).
12609 When hi-lock is turned on, a \"Regexp Highlighting\" submenu is added
12610 to the \"Edit\" menu. The commands in the submenu, which can be
12611 called interactively, are:
12613 \\[highlight-regexp] REGEXP FACE
12614 Highlight matches of pattern REGEXP in current buffer with FACE.
12616 \\[highlight-phrase] PHRASE FACE
12617 Highlight matches of phrase PHRASE in current buffer with FACE.
12618 (PHRASE can be any REGEXP, but spaces will be replaced by matches
12619 to whitespace and initial lower-case letters will become case insensitive.)
12621 \\[highlight-lines-matching-regexp] REGEXP FACE
12622 Highlight lines containing matches of REGEXP in current buffer with FACE.
12624 \\[unhighlight-regexp] REGEXP
12625 Remove highlighting on matches of REGEXP in current buffer.
12627 \\[hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns]
12628 Write active REGEXPs into buffer as comments (if possible). They may
12629 be read the next time file is loaded or when the \\[hi-lock-find-patterns] command
12630 is issued. The inserted regexps are in the form of font lock keywords.
12631 (See `font-lock-keywords'.) They may be edited and re-loaded with \\[hi-lock-find-patterns],
12632 any valid `font-lock-keywords' form is acceptable. When a file is
12633 loaded the patterns are read if `hi-lock-file-patterns-policy' is
12634 'ask and the user responds y to the prompt, or if
12635 `hi-lock-file-patterns-policy' is bound to a function and that
12636 function returns t.
12638 \\[hi-lock-find-patterns]
12639 Re-read patterns stored in buffer (in the format produced by \\[hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns]).
12641 When hi-lock is started and if the mode is not excluded or patterns
12642 rejected, the beginning of the buffer is searched for lines of the
12643 form:
12644 Hi-lock: FOO
12645 where FOO is a list of patterns. These are added to the font lock
12646 keywords already present. The patterns must start before position
12647 \(number of characters into buffer) `hi-lock-file-patterns-range'.
12648 Patterns will be read until
12649 Hi-lock: end
12650 is found. A mode is excluded if it's in the list `hi-lock-exclude-modes'.
12652 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12654 (defvar global-hi-lock-mode nil "\
12655 Non-nil if Global-Hi-Lock mode is enabled.
12656 See the command `global-hi-lock-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
12657 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
12658 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
12659 or call the function `global-hi-lock-mode'.")
12661 (custom-autoload 'global-hi-lock-mode "hi-lock" nil)
12663 (autoload 'global-hi-lock-mode "hi-lock" "\
12664 Toggle Hi-Lock mode in every possible buffer.
12665 With prefix ARG, turn Global-Hi-Lock mode on if and only if
12666 ARG is positive.
12667 Hi-Lock mode is enabled in all buffers where
12668 `turn-on-hi-lock-if-enabled' would do it.
12669 See `hi-lock-mode' for more information on Hi-Lock mode.
12671 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12673 (defalias 'highlight-lines-matching-regexp 'hi-lock-line-face-buffer)
12675 (autoload 'hi-lock-line-face-buffer "hi-lock" "\
12676 Set face of all lines containing a match of REGEXP to FACE.
12678 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP then FACE. Buffer-local history
12679 list maintained for regexps, global history maintained for faces.
12680 \\<minibuffer-local-map>Use \\[previous-history-element] to retrieve previous history items,
12681 and \\[next-history-element] to retrieve default values.
12682 \(See info node `Minibuffer History'.)
12684 \(fn REGEXP &optional FACE)" t nil)
12686 (defalias 'highlight-regexp 'hi-lock-face-buffer)
12688 (autoload 'hi-lock-face-buffer "hi-lock" "\
12689 Set face of each match of REGEXP to FACE.
12691 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP then FACE. Buffer-local history
12692 list maintained for regexps, global history maintained for faces.
12693 \\<minibuffer-local-map>Use \\[previous-history-element] to retrieve previous history items,
12694 and \\[next-history-element] to retrieve default values.
12695 \(See info node `Minibuffer History'.)
12697 \(fn REGEXP &optional FACE)" t nil)
12699 (defalias 'highlight-phrase 'hi-lock-face-phrase-buffer)
12701 (autoload 'hi-lock-face-phrase-buffer "hi-lock" "\
12702 Set face of each match of phrase REGEXP to FACE.
12704 Whitespace in REGEXP converted to arbitrary whitespace and initial
12705 lower-case letters made case insensitive.
12707 \(fn REGEXP &optional FACE)" t nil)
12709 (defalias 'unhighlight-regexp 'hi-lock-unface-buffer)
12711 (autoload 'hi-lock-unface-buffer "hi-lock" "\
12712 Remove highlighting of each match to REGEXP set by hi-lock.
12714 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP. Buffer-local history of inserted
12715 regexp's maintained. Will accept only regexps inserted by hi-lock
12716 interactive functions. (See `hi-lock-interactive-patterns'.)
12717 \\<minibuffer-local-must-match-map>Use \\[minibuffer-complete] to complete a partially typed regexp.
12718 \(See info node `Minibuffer History'.)
12720 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
12722 (autoload 'hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns "hi-lock" "\
12723 Write interactively added patterns, if any, into buffer at point.
12725 Interactively added patterns are those normally specified using
12726 `highlight-regexp' and `highlight-lines-matching-regexp'; they can
12727 be found in variable `hi-lock-interactive-patterns'.
12729 \(fn)" t nil)
12731 ;;;***
12733 ;;;### (autoloads (hide-ifdef-mode) "hideif" "progmodes/hideif.el"
12734 ;;;;;; (19277 34922))
12735 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/hideif.el
12737 (autoload 'hide-ifdef-mode "hideif" "\
12738 Toggle Hide-Ifdef mode. This is a minor mode, albeit a large one.
12739 With ARG, turn Hide-Ifdef mode on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
12740 In Hide-Ifdef mode, code within #ifdef constructs that the C preprocessor
12741 would eliminate may be hidden from view. Several variables affect
12742 how the hiding is done:
12744 `hide-ifdef-env'
12745 An association list of defined and undefined symbols for the
12746 current buffer. Initially, the global value of `hide-ifdef-env'
12747 is used.
12749 `hide-ifdef-define-alist'
12750 An association list of defined symbol lists.
12751 Use `hide-ifdef-set-define-alist' to save the current `hide-ifdef-env'
12752 and `hide-ifdef-use-define-alist' to set the current `hide-ifdef-env'
12753 from one of the lists in `hide-ifdef-define-alist'.
12755 `hide-ifdef-lines'
12756 Set to non-nil to not show #if, #ifdef, #ifndef, #else, and
12757 #endif lines when hiding.
12759 `hide-ifdef-initially'
12760 Indicates whether `hide-ifdefs' should be called when Hide-Ifdef mode
12761 is activated.
12763 `hide-ifdef-read-only'
12764 Set to non-nil if you want to make buffers read only while hiding.
12765 After `show-ifdefs', read-only status is restored to previous value.
12767 \\{hide-ifdef-mode-map}
12769 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12771 ;;;***
12773 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-off-hideshow hs-minor-mode) "hideshow" "progmodes/hideshow.el"
12774 ;;;;;; (19277 34922))
12775 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/hideshow.el
12777 (defvar hs-special-modes-alist (mapcar 'purecopy '((c-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil nil) (c++-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil nil) (bibtex-mode ("@\\S(*\\(\\s(\\)" 1)) (java-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil nil) (js-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil))) "\
12778 *Alist for initializing the hideshow variables for different modes.
12779 Each element has the form
12780 (MODE START END COMMENT-START FORWARD-SEXP-FUNC ADJUST-BEG-FUNC).
12782 If non-nil, hideshow will use these values as regexps to define blocks
12783 and comments, respectively for major mode MODE.
12785 START, END and COMMENT-START are regular expressions. A block is
12786 defined as text surrounded by START and END.
12788 As a special case, START may be a list of the form (COMPLEX-START
12789 MDATA-SELECTOR), where COMPLEX-START is a regexp w/ multiple parts and
12790 MDATA-SELECTOR an integer that specifies which sub-match is the proper
12791 place to adjust point, before calling `hs-forward-sexp-func'. Point
12792 is adjusted to the beginning of the specified match. For example,
12793 see the `hs-special-modes-alist' entry for `bibtex-mode'.
12795 For some major modes, `forward-sexp' does not work properly. In those
12796 cases, FORWARD-SEXP-FUNC specifies another function to use instead.
12798 See the documentation for `hs-adjust-block-beginning' to see what is the
12799 use of ADJUST-BEG-FUNC.
12801 If any of the elements is left nil or omitted, hideshow tries to guess
12802 appropriate values. The regexps should not contain leading or trailing
12803 whitespace. Case does not matter.")
12805 (autoload 'hs-minor-mode "hideshow" "\
12806 Minor mode to selectively hide/show code and comment blocks.
12807 When hideshow minor mode is on, the menu bar is augmented with hideshow
12808 commands and the hideshow commands are enabled.
12809 The value '(hs . t) is added to `buffer-invisibility-spec'.
12811 The main commands are: `hs-hide-all', `hs-show-all', `hs-hide-block',
12812 `hs-show-block', `hs-hide-level' and `hs-toggle-hiding'. There is also
12813 `hs-hide-initial-comment-block' and `hs-mouse-toggle-hiding'.
12815 Turning hideshow minor mode off reverts the menu bar and the
12816 variables to default values and disables the hideshow commands.
12818 Lastly, the normal hook `hs-minor-mode-hook' is run using `run-hooks'.
12820 Key bindings:
12821 \\{hs-minor-mode-map}
12823 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12825 (autoload 'turn-off-hideshow "hideshow" "\
12826 Unconditionally turn off `hs-minor-mode'.
12828 \(fn)" nil nil)
12830 ;;;***
12832 ;;;### (autoloads (global-highlight-changes-mode highlight-compare-with-file
12833 ;;;;;; highlight-compare-buffers highlight-changes-rotate-faces
12834 ;;;;;; highlight-changes-previous-change highlight-changes-next-change
12835 ;;;;;; highlight-changes-remove-highlight highlight-changes-visible-mode
12836 ;;;;;; highlight-changes-mode) "hilit-chg" "hilit-chg.el" (19277
12837 ;;;;;; 34916))
12838 ;;; Generated autoloads from hilit-chg.el
12840 (autoload 'highlight-changes-mode "hilit-chg" "\
12841 Toggle Highlight Changes mode.
12843 With ARG, turn Highlight Changes mode on if and only if arg is positive.
12845 In Highlight Changes mode changes are recorded with a text property.
12846 Normally they are displayed in a distinctive face, but command
12847 \\[highlight-changes-visible-mode] can be used to toggles this
12848 on and off.
12850 Other functions for buffers in this mode include:
12851 \\[highlight-changes-next-change] - move point to beginning of next change
12852 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] - move to beginning of previous change
12853 \\[highlight-changes-remove-highlight] - remove the change face from the region
12854 \\[highlight-changes-rotate-faces] - rotate different \"ages\" of changes
12855 through various faces.
12856 \\[highlight-compare-with-file] - mark text as changed by comparing this
12857 buffer with the contents of a file
12858 \\[highlight-compare-buffers] highlights differences between two buffers.
12860 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12862 (autoload 'highlight-changes-visible-mode "hilit-chg" "\
12863 Toggle visiblility of changes when buffer is in Highlight Changes mode.
12865 This mode only has an effect when Highlight Changes mode is on.
12866 It allows toggling between whether or not the changed text is displayed
12867 in a distinctive face.
12869 The default value can be customized with variable
12870 `highlight-changes-visibility-initial-state'
12872 This command does not itself set highlight-changes mode.
12874 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12876 (autoload 'highlight-changes-remove-highlight "hilit-chg" "\
12877 Remove the change face from the region between BEG and END.
12878 This allows you to manually remove highlighting from uninteresting changes.
12880 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
12882 (autoload 'highlight-changes-next-change "hilit-chg" "\
12883 Move to the beginning of the next change, if in Highlight Changes mode.
12885 \(fn)" t nil)
12887 (autoload 'highlight-changes-previous-change "hilit-chg" "\
12888 Move to the beginning of the previous change, if in Highlight Changes mode.
12890 \(fn)" t nil)
12892 (autoload 'highlight-changes-rotate-faces "hilit-chg" "\
12893 Rotate the faces if in Highlight Changes mode and the changes are visible.
12895 Current changes are displayed in the face described by the first element
12896 of `highlight-changes-face-list', one level older changes are shown in
12897 face described by the second element, and so on. Very old changes remain
12898 shown in the last face in the list.
12900 You can automatically rotate colors when the buffer is saved by adding
12901 this function to `write-file-functions' as a buffer-local value. To do
12902 this, eval the following in the buffer to be saved:
12904 (add-hook 'write-file-functions 'highlight-changes-rotate-faces nil t)
12906 \(fn)" t nil)
12908 (autoload 'highlight-compare-buffers "hilit-chg" "\
12909 Compare two buffers and highlight the differences.
12911 The default is the current buffer and the one in the next window.
12913 If either buffer is modified and is visiting a file, you are prompted
12914 to save the file.
12916 Unless the buffer is unmodified and visiting a file, the buffer is
12917 written to a temporary file for comparison.
12919 If a buffer is read-only, differences will be highlighted but no property
12920 changes are made, so \\[highlight-changes-next-change] and
12921 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] will not work.
12923 \(fn BUF-A BUF-B)" t nil)
12925 (autoload 'highlight-compare-with-file "hilit-chg" "\
12926 Compare this buffer with a file, and highlight differences.
12928 If the buffer has a backup filename, it is used as the default when
12929 this function is called interactively.
12931 If the current buffer is visiting the file being compared against, it
12932 also will have its differences highlighted. Otherwise, the file is
12933 read in temporarily but the buffer is deleted.
12935 If the buffer is read-only, differences will be highlighted but no property
12936 changes are made, so \\[highlight-changes-next-change] and
12937 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] will not work.
12939 \(fn FILE-B)" t nil)
12941 (defvar global-highlight-changes-mode nil "\
12942 Non-nil if Global-Highlight-Changes mode is enabled.
12943 See the command `global-highlight-changes-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
12944 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
12945 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
12946 or call the function `global-highlight-changes-mode'.")
12948 (custom-autoload 'global-highlight-changes-mode "hilit-chg" nil)
12950 (autoload 'global-highlight-changes-mode "hilit-chg" "\
12951 Toggle Highlight-Changes mode in every possible buffer.
12952 With prefix ARG, turn Global-Highlight-Changes mode on if and only if
12953 ARG is positive.
12954 Highlight-Changes mode is enabled in all buffers where
12955 `highlight-changes-mode-turn-on' would do it.
12956 See `highlight-changes-mode' for more information on Highlight-Changes mode.
12958 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12960 ;;;***
12962 ;;;### (autoloads (make-hippie-expand-function hippie-expand hippie-expand-only-buffers
12963 ;;;;;; hippie-expand-ignore-buffers hippie-expand-max-buffers hippie-expand-no-restriction
12964 ;;;;;; hippie-expand-dabbrev-as-symbol hippie-expand-dabbrev-skip-space
12965 ;;;;;; hippie-expand-verbose hippie-expand-try-functions-list) "hippie-exp"
12966 ;;;;;; "hippie-exp.el" (19277 34916))
12967 ;;; Generated autoloads from hippie-exp.el
12969 (defvar hippie-expand-try-functions-list '(try-complete-file-name-partially try-complete-file-name try-expand-all-abbrevs try-expand-list try-expand-line try-expand-dabbrev try-expand-dabbrev-all-buffers try-expand-dabbrev-from-kill try-complete-lisp-symbol-partially try-complete-lisp-symbol) "\
12970 The list of expansion functions tried in order by `hippie-expand'.
12971 To change the behavior of `hippie-expand', remove, change the order of,
12972 or insert functions in this list.")
12974 (custom-autoload 'hippie-expand-try-functions-list "hippie-exp" t)
12976 (defvar hippie-expand-verbose t "\
12977 Non-nil makes `hippie-expand' output which function it is trying.")
12979 (custom-autoload 'hippie-expand-verbose "hippie-exp" t)
12981 (defvar hippie-expand-dabbrev-skip-space nil "\
12982 Non-nil means tolerate trailing spaces in the abbreviation to expand.")
12984 (custom-autoload 'hippie-expand-dabbrev-skip-space "hippie-exp" t)
12986 (defvar hippie-expand-dabbrev-as-symbol t "\
12987 Non-nil means expand as symbols, i.e. syntax `_' is considered a letter.")
12989 (custom-autoload 'hippie-expand-dabbrev-as-symbol "hippie-exp" t)
12991 (defvar hippie-expand-no-restriction t "\
12992 Non-nil means that narrowed buffers are widened during search.")
12994 (custom-autoload 'hippie-expand-no-restriction "hippie-exp" t)
12996 (defvar hippie-expand-max-buffers nil "\
12997 The maximum number of buffers (apart from the current) searched.
12998 If nil, all buffers are searched.")
13000 (custom-autoload 'hippie-expand-max-buffers "hippie-exp" t)
13002 (defvar hippie-expand-ignore-buffers (list (purecopy "^ \\*.*\\*$") 'dired-mode) "\
13003 A list specifying which buffers not to search (if not current).
13004 Can contain both regexps matching buffer names (as strings) and major modes
13005 \(as atoms)")
13007 (custom-autoload 'hippie-expand-ignore-buffers "hippie-exp" t)
13009 (defvar hippie-expand-only-buffers nil "\
13010 A list specifying the only buffers to search (in addition to current).
13011 Can contain both regexps matching buffer names (as strings) and major modes
13012 \(as atoms). If non-nil, this variable overrides the variable
13013 `hippie-expand-ignore-buffers'.")
13015 (custom-autoload 'hippie-expand-only-buffers "hippie-exp" t)
13017 (autoload 'hippie-expand "hippie-exp" "\
13018 Try to expand text before point, using multiple methods.
13019 The expansion functions in `hippie-expand-try-functions-list' are
13020 tried in order, until a possible expansion is found. Repeated
13021 application of `hippie-expand' inserts successively possible
13022 expansions.
13023 With a positive numeric argument, jumps directly to the ARG next
13024 function in this list. With a negative argument or just \\[universal-argument],
13025 undoes the expansion.
13027 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
13029 (autoload 'make-hippie-expand-function "hippie-exp" "\
13030 Construct a function similar to `hippie-expand'.
13031 Make it use the expansion functions in TRY-LIST. An optional second
13032 argument VERBOSE non-nil makes the function verbose.
13034 \(fn TRY-LIST &optional VERBOSE)" nil (quote macro))
13036 ;;;***
13038 ;;;### (autoloads (global-hl-line-mode hl-line-mode) "hl-line" "hl-line.el"
13039 ;;;;;; (19354 34807))
13040 ;;; Generated autoloads from hl-line.el
13042 (autoload 'hl-line-mode "hl-line" "\
13043 Buffer-local minor mode to highlight the line about point.
13044 With ARG, turn Hl-Line mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
13046 If `hl-line-sticky-flag' is non-nil, Hl-Line mode highlights the
13047 line about the buffer's point in all windows. Caveat: the
13048 buffer's point might be different from the point of a
13049 non-selected window. Hl-Line mode uses the function
13050 `hl-line-highlight' on `post-command-hook' in this case.
13052 When `hl-line-sticky-flag' is nil, Hl-Line mode highlights the
13053 line about point in the selected window only. In this case, it
13054 uses the function `hl-line-unhighlight' on `pre-command-hook' in
13055 addition to `hl-line-highlight' on `post-command-hook'.
13057 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13059 (defvar global-hl-line-mode nil "\
13060 Non-nil if Global-Hl-Line mode is enabled.
13061 See the command `global-hl-line-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
13062 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
13063 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
13064 or call the function `global-hl-line-mode'.")
13066 (custom-autoload 'global-hl-line-mode "hl-line" nil)
13068 (autoload 'global-hl-line-mode "hl-line" "\
13069 Global minor mode to highlight the line about point in the current window.
13070 With ARG, turn Global-Hl-Line mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
13072 Global-Hl-Line mode uses the functions `global-hl-line-unhighlight' and
13073 `global-hl-line-highlight' on `pre-command-hook' and `post-command-hook'.
13075 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13077 ;;;***
13079 ;;;### (autoloads (list-holidays holidays holiday-solar-holidays
13080 ;;;;;; holiday-bahai-holidays holiday-islamic-holidays holiday-christian-holidays
13081 ;;;;;; holiday-hebrew-holidays holiday-other-holidays holiday-local-holidays
13082 ;;;;;; holiday-oriental-holidays holiday-general-holidays) "holidays"
13083 ;;;;;; "calendar/holidays.el" (19277 34918))
13084 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/holidays.el
13086 (defvar holiday-general-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-fixed 1 1 "New Year's Day") (holiday-float 1 1 3 "Martin Luther King Day") (holiday-fixed 2 2 "Groundhog Day") (holiday-fixed 2 14 "Valentine's Day") (holiday-float 2 1 3 "President's Day") (holiday-fixed 3 17 "St. Patrick's Day") (holiday-fixed 4 1 "April Fools' Day") (holiday-float 5 0 2 "Mother's Day") (holiday-float 5 1 -1 "Memorial Day") (holiday-fixed 6 14 "Flag Day") (holiday-float 6 0 3 "Father's Day") (holiday-fixed 7 4 "Independence Day") (holiday-float 9 1 1 "Labor Day") (holiday-float 10 1 2 "Columbus Day") (holiday-fixed 10 31 "Halloween") (holiday-fixed 11 11 "Veteran's Day") (holiday-float 11 4 4 "Thanksgiving"))) "\
13087 General holidays. Default value is for the United States.
13088 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
13090 (custom-autoload 'holiday-general-holidays "holidays" t)
13092 (put 'holiday-general-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
13094 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'general-holidays 'holiday-general-holidays "23.1")
13096 (defvar holiday-oriental-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-chinese-new-year) (if calendar-chinese-all-holidays-flag (append (holiday-chinese 1 15 "Lantern Festival") (holiday-chinese-qingming) (holiday-chinese 5 5 "Dragon Boat Festival") (holiday-chinese 7 7 "Double Seventh Festival") (holiday-chinese 8 15 "Mid-Autumn Festival") (holiday-chinese 9 9 "Double Ninth Festival") (holiday-chinese-winter-solstice))))) "\
13097 Oriental holidays.
13098 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
13100 (custom-autoload 'holiday-oriental-holidays "holidays" t)
13102 (put 'holiday-oriental-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
13104 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'oriental-holidays 'holiday-oriental-holidays "23.1")
13106 (defvar holiday-local-holidays nil "\
13107 Local holidays.
13108 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
13110 (custom-autoload 'holiday-local-holidays "holidays" t)
13112 (put 'holiday-local-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
13114 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'local-holidays 'holiday-local-holidays "23.1")
13116 (defvar holiday-other-holidays nil "\
13117 User defined holidays.
13118 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
13120 (custom-autoload 'holiday-other-holidays "holidays" t)
13122 (put 'holiday-other-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
13124 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'other-holidays 'holiday-other-holidays "23.1")
13126 (defvar hebrew-holidays-1 (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-hebrew-rosh-hashanah) (if calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag (holiday-julian 11 (let ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year) year) (calendar-increment-month m y -1) (setq year (calendar-extract-year (calendar-julian-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m 1 y))))) (if (zerop (% (1+ year) 4)) 22 21)) "\"Tal Umatar\" (evening)")))) "\
13127 Component of the old default value of `holiday-hebrew-holidays'.")
13129 (put 'hebrew-holidays-1 'risky-local-variable t)
13131 (defvar hebrew-holidays-2 (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-hebrew-hanukkah) (if calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag (holiday-hebrew 10 (let ((h-year (calendar-extract-year (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list displayed-month 28 displayed-year)))))) (if (= 6 (% (calendar-hebrew-to-absolute (list 10 10 h-year)) 7)) 11 10)) "Tzom Teveth")) (if calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag (holiday-hebrew 11 15 "Tu B'Shevat")))) "\
13132 Component of the old default value of `holiday-hebrew-holidays'.")
13134 (put 'hebrew-holidays-2 'risky-local-variable t)
13136 (defvar hebrew-holidays-3 (mapcar 'purecopy '((if calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag (holiday-hebrew 11 (let* ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year) (h-year (progn (calendar-increment-month m y 1) (calendar-extract-year (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m (calendar-last-day-of-month m y) y)))))) (s-s (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (if (= 6 (% (calendar-hebrew-to-absolute (list 7 1 h-year)) 7)) (calendar-dayname-on-or-before 6 (calendar-hebrew-to-absolute (list 11 17 h-year))) (calendar-dayname-on-or-before 6 (calendar-hebrew-to-absolute (list 11 16 h-year)))))) (day (calendar-extract-day s-s))) day) "Shabbat Shirah")))) "\
13137 Component of the old default value of `holiday-hebrew-holidays'.")
13139 (put 'hebrew-holidays-3 'risky-local-variable t)
13141 (defvar hebrew-holidays-4 (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-hebrew-passover) (and calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag (let* ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year) (year (progn (calendar-increment-month m y -1) (calendar-extract-year (calendar-julian-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m 1 y))))))) (= 21 (% year 28))) (holiday-julian 3 26 "Kiddush HaHamah")) (if calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag (holiday-hebrew-tisha-b-av)))) "\
13142 Component of the old default value of `holiday-hebrew-holidays'.")
13144 (put 'hebrew-holidays-4 'risky-local-variable t)
13146 (defvar holiday-hebrew-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-hebrew-passover) (holiday-hebrew-rosh-hashanah) (holiday-hebrew-hanukkah) (if calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag (append (holiday-hebrew-tisha-b-av) (holiday-hebrew-misc))))) "\
13147 Jewish holidays.
13148 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
13150 (custom-autoload 'holiday-hebrew-holidays "holidays" t)
13152 (put 'holiday-hebrew-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
13154 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'hebrew-holidays 'holiday-hebrew-holidays "23.1")
13156 (defvar holiday-christian-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-easter-etc) (holiday-fixed 12 25 "Christmas") (if calendar-christian-all-holidays-flag (append (holiday-fixed 1 6 "Epiphany") (holiday-julian 12 25 "Eastern Orthodox Christmas") (holiday-greek-orthodox-easter) (holiday-fixed 8 15 "Assumption") (holiday-advent 0 "Advent"))))) "\
13157 Christian holidays.
13158 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
13160 (custom-autoload 'holiday-christian-holidays "holidays" t)
13162 (put 'holiday-christian-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
13164 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'christian-holidays 'holiday-christian-holidays "23.1")
13166 (defvar holiday-islamic-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-islamic-new-year) (holiday-islamic 9 1 "Ramadan Begins") (if calendar-islamic-all-holidays-flag (append (holiday-islamic 1 10 "Ashura") (holiday-islamic 3 12 "Mulad-al-Nabi") (holiday-islamic 7 26 "Shab-e-Mi'raj") (holiday-islamic 8 15 "Shab-e-Bara't") (holiday-islamic 9 27 "Shab-e Qadr") (holiday-islamic 10 1 "Id-al-Fitr") (holiday-islamic 12 10 "Id-al-Adha"))))) "\
13167 Islamic holidays.
13168 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
13170 (custom-autoload 'holiday-islamic-holidays "holidays" t)
13172 (put 'holiday-islamic-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
13174 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'islamic-holidays 'holiday-islamic-holidays "23.1")
13176 (defvar holiday-bahai-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-bahai-new-year) (holiday-bahai-ridvan) (holiday-fixed 5 23 "Declaration of the Bab") (holiday-fixed 5 29 "Ascension of Baha'u'llah") (holiday-fixed 7 9 "Martyrdom of the Bab") (holiday-fixed 10 20 "Birth of the Bab") (holiday-fixed 11 12 "Birth of Baha'u'llah") (if calendar-bahai-all-holidays-flag (append (holiday-fixed 11 26 "Day of the Covenant") (holiday-fixed 11 28 "Ascension of `Abdu'l-Baha"))))) "\
13177 Baha'i holidays.
13178 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
13180 (custom-autoload 'holiday-bahai-holidays "holidays" t)
13182 (put 'holiday-bahai-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
13184 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'bahai-holidays 'holiday-bahai-holidays "23.1")
13186 (defvar holiday-solar-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((solar-equinoxes-solstices) (holiday-sexp calendar-daylight-savings-starts (format "Daylight Saving Time Begins %s" (solar-time-string (/ calendar-daylight-savings-starts-time (float 60)) calendar-standard-time-zone-name))) (holiday-sexp calendar-daylight-savings-ends (format "Daylight Saving Time Ends %s" (solar-time-string (/ calendar-daylight-savings-ends-time (float 60)) calendar-daylight-time-zone-name))))) "\
13187 Sun-related holidays.
13188 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
13190 (custom-autoload 'holiday-solar-holidays "holidays" t)
13192 (put 'holiday-solar-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
13194 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'solar-holidays 'holiday-solar-holidays "23.1")
13196 (put 'calendar-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
13198 (autoload 'holidays "holidays" "\
13199 Display the holidays for last month, this month, and next month.
13200 If called with an optional prefix argument ARG, prompts for month and year.
13201 This function is suitable for execution in a .emacs file.
13203 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13205 (autoload 'list-holidays "holidays" "\
13206 Display holidays for years Y1 to Y2 (inclusive).
13207 Y2 defaults to Y1. The optional list of holidays L defaults to
13208 `calendar-holidays'. If you want to control what holidays are
13209 displayed, use a different list. For example,
13211 (list-holidays 2006 2006
13212 (append holiday-general-holidays holiday-local-holidays))
13214 will display holidays for the year 2006 defined in the two
13215 mentioned lists, and nothing else.
13217 When called interactively, this command offers a choice of
13218 holidays, based on the variables `holiday-solar-holidays' etc. See the
13219 documentation of `calendar-holidays' for a list of the variables
13220 that control the choices, as well as a description of the format
13221 of a holiday list.
13223 The optional LABEL is used to label the buffer created.
13225 \(fn Y1 &optional Y2 L LABEL)" t nil)
13227 (defalias 'holiday-list 'list-holidays)
13229 ;;;***
13231 ;;;### (autoloads (html2text) "html2text" "gnus/html2text.el" (19277
13232 ;;;;;; 34920))
13233 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/html2text.el
13235 (autoload 'html2text "html2text" "\
13236 Convert HTML to plain text in the current buffer.
13238 \(fn)" t nil)
13240 ;;;***
13242 ;;;### (autoloads (define-ibuffer-filter define-ibuffer-op define-ibuffer-sorter
13243 ;;;;;; define-ibuffer-column) "ibuf-macs" "ibuf-macs.el" (19277
13244 ;;;;;; 34916))
13245 ;;; Generated autoloads from ibuf-macs.el
13247 (autoload 'define-ibuffer-column "ibuf-macs" "\
13248 Define a column SYMBOL for use with `ibuffer-formats'.
13250 BODY will be called with `buffer' bound to the buffer object, and
13251 `mark' bound to the current mark on the buffer. The original ibuffer
13252 buffer will be bound to `ibuffer-buf'.
13254 If NAME is given, it will be used as a title for the column.
13255 Otherwise, the title will default to a capitalized version of the
13256 SYMBOL's name. PROPS is a plist of additional properties to add to
13257 the text, such as `mouse-face'. And SUMMARIZER, if given, is a
13258 function which will be passed a list of all the strings in its column;
13259 it should return a string to display at the bottom.
13261 If HEADER-MOUSE-MAP is given, it will be used as a keymap for the
13262 title of the column.
13264 Note that this macro expands into a `defun' for a function named
13265 ibuffer-make-column-NAME. If INLINE is non-nil, then the form will be
13266 inlined into the compiled format versions. This means that if you
13267 change its definition, you should explicitly call
13268 `ibuffer-recompile-formats'.
13270 \(fn SYMBOL (&key NAME INLINE PROPS SUMMARIZER) &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
13272 (autoload 'define-ibuffer-sorter "ibuf-macs" "\
13273 Define a method of sorting named NAME.
13274 DOCUMENTATION is the documentation of the function, which will be called
13275 `ibuffer-do-sort-by-NAME'.
13276 DESCRIPTION is a short string describing the sorting method.
13278 For sorting, the forms in BODY will be evaluated with `a' bound to one
13279 buffer object, and `b' bound to another. BODY should return a non-nil
13280 value if and only if `a' is \"less than\" `b'.
13282 \(fn NAME DOCUMENTATION (&key DESCRIPTION) &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
13284 (autoload 'define-ibuffer-op "ibuf-macs" "\
13285 Generate a function which operates on a buffer.
13286 OP becomes the name of the function; if it doesn't begin with
13287 `ibuffer-do-', then that is prepended to it.
13288 When an operation is performed, this function will be called once for
13289 each marked buffer, with that buffer current.
13291 ARGS becomes the formal parameters of the function.
13292 DOCUMENTATION becomes the docstring of the function.
13293 INTERACTIVE becomes the interactive specification of the function.
13294 MARK describes which type of mark (:deletion, or nil) this operation
13295 uses. :deletion means the function operates on buffers marked for
13296 deletion, otherwise it acts on normally marked buffers.
13297 MODIFIER-P describes how the function modifies buffers. This is used
13298 to set the modification flag of the Ibuffer buffer itself. Valid
13299 values are:
13300 nil - the function never modifiers buffers
13301 t - the function it always modifies buffers
13302 :maybe - attempt to discover this information by comparing the
13303 buffer's modification flag.
13304 DANGEROUS is a boolean which should be set if the user should be
13305 prompted before performing this operation.
13306 OPSTRING is a string which will be displayed to the user after the
13307 operation is complete, in the form:
13308 \"Operation complete; OPSTRING x buffers\"
13309 ACTIVE-OPSTRING is a string which will be displayed to the user in a
13310 confirmation message, in the form:
13311 \"Really ACTIVE-OPSTRING x buffers?\"
13312 COMPLEX means this function is special; see the source code of this
13313 macro for exactly what it does.
13315 \(fn OP ARGS DOCUMENTATION (&key INTERACTIVE MARK MODIFIER-P DANGEROUS OPSTRING ACTIVE-OPSTRING COMPLEX) &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
13317 (autoload 'define-ibuffer-filter "ibuf-macs" "\
13318 Define a filter named NAME.
13319 DOCUMENTATION is the documentation of the function.
13320 READER is a form which should read a qualifier from the user.
13321 DESCRIPTION is a short string describing the filter.
13323 BODY should contain forms which will be evaluated to test whether or
13324 not a particular buffer should be displayed or not. The forms in BODY
13325 will be evaluated with BUF bound to the buffer object, and QUALIFIER
13326 bound to the current value of the filter.
13328 \(fn NAME DOCUMENTATION (&key READER DESCRIPTION) &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
13330 ;;;***
13332 ;;;### (autoloads (ibuffer ibuffer-other-window ibuffer-list-buffers)
13333 ;;;;;; "ibuffer" "ibuffer.el" (19279 53114))
13334 ;;; Generated autoloads from ibuffer.el
13336 (autoload 'ibuffer-list-buffers "ibuffer" "\
13337 Display a list of buffers, in another window.
13338 If optional argument FILES-ONLY is non-nil, then add a filter for
13339 buffers which are visiting a file.
13341 \(fn &optional FILES-ONLY)" t nil)
13343 (autoload 'ibuffer-other-window "ibuffer" "\
13344 Like `ibuffer', but displayed in another window by default.
13345 If optional argument FILES-ONLY is non-nil, then add a filter for
13346 buffers which are visiting a file.
13348 \(fn &optional FILES-ONLY)" t nil)
13350 (autoload 'ibuffer "ibuffer" "\
13351 Begin using Ibuffer to edit a list of buffers.
13352 Type 'h' after entering ibuffer for more information.
13354 All arguments are optional.
13355 OTHER-WINDOW-P says to use another window.
13356 NAME specifies the name of the buffer (defaults to \"*Ibuffer*\").
13357 QUALIFIERS is an initial set of filtering qualifiers to use;
13358 see `ibuffer-filtering-qualifiers'.
13359 NOSELECT means don't select the Ibuffer buffer.
13360 SHRINK means shrink the buffer to minimal size. The special
13361 value `onewindow' means always use another window.
13362 FILTER-GROUPS is an initial set of filtering groups to use;
13363 see `ibuffer-filter-groups'.
13364 FORMATS is the value to use for `ibuffer-formats'.
13365 If specified, then the variable `ibuffer-formats' will have
13366 that value locally in this buffer.
13368 \(fn &optional OTHER-WINDOW-P NAME QUALIFIERS NOSELECT SHRINK FILTER-GROUPS FORMATS)" t nil)
13370 ;;;***
13372 ;;;### (autoloads (icalendar-import-buffer icalendar-import-file
13373 ;;;;;; icalendar-export-region icalendar-export-file) "icalendar"
13374 ;;;;;; "calendar/icalendar.el" (19339 10551))
13375 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/icalendar.el
13377 (autoload 'icalendar-export-file "icalendar" "\
13378 Export diary file to iCalendar format.
13379 All diary entries in the file DIARY-FILENAME are converted to iCalendar
13380 format. The result is appended to the file ICAL-FILENAME.
13382 \(fn DIARY-FILENAME ICAL-FILENAME)" t nil)
13384 (autoload 'icalendar-export-region "icalendar" "\
13385 Export region in diary file to iCalendar format.
13386 All diary entries in the region from MIN to MAX in the current buffer are
13387 converted to iCalendar format. The result is appended to the file
13388 ICAL-FILENAME.
13389 This function attempts to return t if something goes wrong. In this
13390 case an error string which describes all the errors and problems is
13391 written into the buffer `*icalendar-errors*'.
13393 \(fn MIN MAX ICAL-FILENAME)" t nil)
13395 (autoload 'icalendar-import-file "icalendar" "\
13396 Import an iCalendar file and append to a diary file.
13397 Argument ICAL-FILENAME output iCalendar file.
13398 Argument DIARY-FILENAME input `diary-file'.
13399 Optional argument NON-MARKING determines whether events are created as
13400 non-marking or not.
13402 \(fn ICAL-FILENAME DIARY-FILENAME &optional NON-MARKING)" t nil)
13404 (autoload 'icalendar-import-buffer "icalendar" "\
13405 Extract iCalendar events from current buffer.
13407 This function searches the current buffer for the first iCalendar
13408 object, reads it and adds all VEVENT elements to the diary
13409 DIARY-FILE.
13411 It will ask for each appointment whether to add it to the diary
13412 unless DO-NOT-ASK is non-nil. When called interactively,
13413 DO-NOT-ASK is nil, so that you are asked for each event.
13415 NON-MARKING determines whether diary events are created as
13416 non-marking.
13418 Return code t means that importing worked well, return code nil
13419 means that an error has occurred. Error messages will be in the
13420 buffer `*icalendar-errors*'.
13422 \(fn &optional DIARY-FILE DO-NOT-ASK NON-MARKING)" t nil)
13424 ;;;***
13426 ;;;### (autoloads (icomplete-mode) "icomplete" "icomplete.el" (19277
13427 ;;;;;; 34916))
13428 ;;; Generated autoloads from icomplete.el
13430 (defvar icomplete-mode nil "\
13431 Non-nil if Icomplete mode is enabled.
13432 See the command `icomplete-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
13433 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
13434 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
13435 or call the function `icomplete-mode'.")
13437 (custom-autoload 'icomplete-mode "icomplete" nil)
13439 (autoload 'icomplete-mode "icomplete" "\
13440 Toggle incremental minibuffer completion for this Emacs session.
13441 With a numeric argument, turn Icomplete mode on if ARG is positive,
13442 otherwise turn it off.
13444 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13446 ;;;***
13448 ;;;### (autoloads (icon-mode) "icon" "progmodes/icon.el" (19277 34922))
13449 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/icon.el
13451 (autoload 'icon-mode "icon" "\
13452 Major mode for editing Icon code.
13453 Expression and list commands understand all Icon brackets.
13454 Tab indents for Icon code.
13455 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
13456 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
13457 \\{icon-mode-map}
13458 Variables controlling indentation style:
13459 icon-tab-always-indent
13460 Non-nil means TAB in Icon mode should always reindent the current line,
13461 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
13462 icon-auto-newline
13463 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces
13464 inserted in Icon code.
13465 icon-indent-level
13466 Indentation of Icon statements within surrounding block.
13467 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
13468 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
13469 icon-continued-statement-offset
13470 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
13471 then-clause of an if or body of a while.
13472 icon-continued-brace-offset
13473 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
13474 This is in addition to `icon-continued-statement-offset'.
13475 icon-brace-offset
13476 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
13477 icon-brace-imaginary-offset
13478 An open brace following other text is treated as if it were
13479 this far to the right of the start of its line.
13481 Turning on Icon mode calls the value of the variable `icon-mode-hook'
13482 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
13484 \(fn)" t nil)
13486 ;;;***
13488 ;;;### (autoloads (idlwave-shell) "idlw-shell" "progmodes/idlw-shell.el"
13489 ;;;;;; (19277 34922))
13490 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/idlw-shell.el
13492 (autoload 'idlwave-shell "idlw-shell" "\
13493 Run an inferior IDL, with I/O through buffer `(idlwave-shell-buffer)'.
13494 If buffer exists but shell process is not running, start new IDL.
13495 If buffer exists and shell process is running, just switch to the buffer.
13497 When called with a prefix ARG, or when `idlwave-shell-use-dedicated-frame'
13498 is non-nil, the shell buffer and the source buffers will be in
13499 separate frames.
13501 The command to run comes from variable `idlwave-shell-explicit-file-name',
13502 with options taken from `idlwave-shell-command-line-options'.
13504 The buffer is put in `idlwave-shell-mode', providing commands for sending
13505 input and controlling the IDL job. See help on `idlwave-shell-mode'.
13506 See also the variable `idlwave-shell-prompt-pattern'.
13508 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the shell buffer for a list of commands.)
13510 \(fn &optional ARG QUICK)" t nil)
13512 ;;;***
13514 ;;;### (autoloads (idlwave-mode) "idlwave" "progmodes/idlwave.el"
13515 ;;;;;; (19279 53114))
13516 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/idlwave.el
13518 (autoload 'idlwave-mode "idlwave" "\
13519 Major mode for editing IDL source files (version 6.1_em22).
13521 The main features of this mode are
13523 1. Indentation and Formatting
13524 --------------------------
13525 Like other Emacs programming modes, C-j inserts a newline and indents.
13526 TAB is used for explicit indentation of the current line.
13528 To start a continuation line, use \\[idlwave-split-line]. This
13529 function can also be used in the middle of a line to split the line
13530 at that point. When used inside a long constant string, the string
13531 is split at that point with the `+' concatenation operator.
13533 Comments are indented as follows:
13535 `;;;' Indentation remains unchanged.
13536 `;;' Indent like the surrounding code
13537 `;' Indent to a minimum column.
13539 The indentation of comments starting in column 0 is never changed.
13541 Use \\[idlwave-fill-paragraph] to refill a paragraph inside a
13542 comment. The indentation of the second line of the paragraph
13543 relative to the first will be retained. Use
13544 \\[idlwave-auto-fill-mode] to toggle auto-fill mode for these
13545 comments. When the variable `idlwave-fill-comment-line-only' is
13546 nil, code can also be auto-filled and auto-indented.
13548 To convert pre-existing IDL code to your formatting style, mark the
13549 entire buffer with \\[mark-whole-buffer] and execute
13550 \\[idlwave-expand-region-abbrevs]. Then mark the entire buffer
13551 again followed by \\[indent-region] (`indent-region').
13553 2. Routine Info
13554 ------------
13555 IDLWAVE displays information about the calling sequence and the
13556 accepted keyword parameters of a procedure or function with
13557 \\[idlwave-routine-info]. \\[idlwave-find-module] jumps to the
13558 source file of a module. These commands know about system
13559 routines, all routines in idlwave-mode buffers and (when the
13560 idlwave-shell is active) about all modules currently compiled under
13561 this shell. It also makes use of pre-compiled or custom-scanned
13562 user and library catalogs many popular libraries ship with by
13563 default. Use \\[idlwave-update-routine-info] to update this
13564 information, which is also used for completion (see item 4).
13566 3. Online IDL Help
13567 ---------------
13569 \\[idlwave-context-help] displays the IDL documentation relevant
13570 for the system variable, keyword, or routines at point. A single
13571 key stroke gets you directly to the right place in the docs. See
13572 the manual to configure where and how the HTML help is displayed.
13574 4. Completion
13575 ----------
13576 \\[idlwave-complete] completes the names of procedures, functions
13577 class names, keyword parameters, system variables and tags, class
13578 tags, structure tags, filenames and much more. It is context
13579 sensitive and figures out what is expected at point. Lower case
13580 strings are completed in lower case, other strings in mixed or
13581 upper case.
13583 5. Code Templates and Abbreviations
13584 --------------------------------
13585 Many Abbreviations are predefined to expand to code fragments and templates.
13586 The abbreviations start generally with a `\\`. Some examples:
13588 \\pr PROCEDURE template
13589 \\fu FUNCTION template
13590 \\c CASE statement template
13591 \\sw SWITCH statement template
13592 \\f FOR loop template
13593 \\r REPEAT Loop template
13594 \\w WHILE loop template
13595 \\i IF statement template
13596 \\elif IF-ELSE statement template
13597 \\b BEGIN
13599 For a full list, use \\[idlwave-list-abbrevs]. Some templates also
13600 have direct keybindings - see the list of keybindings below.
13602 \\[idlwave-doc-header] inserts a documentation header at the
13603 beginning of the current program unit (pro, function or main).
13604 Change log entries can be added to the current program unit with
13605 \\[idlwave-doc-modification].
13607 6. Automatic Case Conversion
13608 -------------------------
13609 The case of reserved words and some abbrevs is controlled by
13610 `idlwave-reserved-word-upcase' and `idlwave-abbrev-change-case'.
13612 7. Automatic END completion
13613 ------------------------
13614 If the variable `idlwave-expand-generic-end' is non-nil, each END typed
13615 will be converted to the specific version, like ENDIF, ENDFOR, etc.
13617 8. Hooks
13618 -----
13619 Loading idlwave.el runs `idlwave-load-hook'.
13620 Turning on `idlwave-mode' runs `idlwave-mode-hook'.
13622 9. Documentation and Customization
13623 -------------------------------
13624 Info documentation for this package is available. Use
13625 \\[idlwave-info] to display (complain to your sysadmin if that does
13626 not work). For Postscript, PDF, and HTML versions of the
13627 documentation, check IDLWAVE's homepage at URL `http://idlwave.org'.
13628 IDLWAVE has customize support - see the group `idlwave'.
13630 10.Keybindings
13631 -----------
13632 Here is a list of all keybindings of this mode.
13633 If some of the key bindings below show with ??, use \\[describe-key]
13634 followed by the key sequence to see what the key sequence does.
13636 \\{idlwave-mode-map}
13638 \(fn)" t nil)
13640 ;;;***
13642 ;;;### (autoloads (ido-completing-read ido-read-directory-name ido-read-file-name
13643 ;;;;;; ido-read-buffer ido-dired ido-insert-file ido-write-file
13644 ;;;;;; ido-find-file-other-frame ido-display-file ido-find-file-read-only-other-frame
13645 ;;;;;; ido-find-file-read-only-other-window ido-find-file-read-only
13646 ;;;;;; ido-find-alternate-file ido-find-file-other-window ido-find-file
13647 ;;;;;; ido-find-file-in-dir ido-switch-buffer-other-frame ido-insert-buffer
13648 ;;;;;; ido-kill-buffer ido-display-buffer ido-switch-buffer-other-window
13649 ;;;;;; ido-switch-buffer ido-mode ido-mode) "ido" "ido.el" (19286
13650 ;;;;;; 4503))
13651 ;;; Generated autoloads from ido.el
13653 (defvar ido-mode nil "\
13654 Determines for which functional group (buffer and files) ido behavior
13655 should be enabled. The following values are possible:
13656 - `buffer': Turn only on ido buffer behavior (switching, killing,
13657 displaying...)
13658 - `file': Turn only on ido file behavior (finding, writing, inserting...)
13659 - `both': Turn on ido buffer and file behavior.
13660 - `nil': Turn off any ido switching.
13662 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
13663 use either \\[customize] or the function `ido-mode'.")
13665 (custom-autoload 'ido-mode "ido" nil)
13667 (autoload 'ido-mode "ido" "\
13668 Toggle ido speed-ups on or off.
13669 With ARG, turn ido speed-up on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
13670 Turning on ido-mode will remap (via a minor-mode keymap) the default
13671 keybindings for the `find-file' and `switch-to-buffer' families of
13672 commands to the ido versions of these functions.
13673 However, if ARG arg equals 'files, remap only commands for files, or
13674 if it equals 'buffers, remap only commands for buffer switching.
13675 This function also adds a hook to the minibuffer.
13677 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13679 (autoload 'ido-switch-buffer "ido" "\
13680 Switch to another buffer.
13681 The buffer is displayed according to `ido-default-buffer-method' -- the
13682 default is to show it in the same window, unless it is already visible
13683 in another frame.
13685 As you type in a string, all of the buffers matching the string are
13686 displayed if substring-matching is used (default). Look at
13687 `ido-enable-prefix' and `ido-toggle-prefix'. When you have found the
13688 buffer you want, it can then be selected. As you type, most keys have
13689 their normal keybindings, except for the following: \\<ido-buffer-completion-map>
13691 RET Select the buffer at the front of the list of matches. If the
13692 list is empty, possibly prompt to create new buffer.
13694 \\[ido-select-text] Select the current prompt as the buffer.
13695 If no buffer is found, prompt for a new one.
13697 \\[ido-next-match] Put the first element at the end of the list.
13698 \\[ido-prev-match] Put the last element at the start of the list.
13699 \\[ido-complete] Complete a common suffix to the current string that
13700 matches all buffers. If there is only one match, select that buffer.
13701 If there is no common suffix, show a list of all matching buffers
13702 in a separate window.
13703 \\[ido-edit-input] Edit input string.
13704 \\[ido-fallback-command] Fallback to non-ido version of current command.
13705 \\[ido-toggle-regexp] Toggle regexp searching.
13706 \\[ido-toggle-prefix] Toggle between substring and prefix matching.
13707 \\[ido-toggle-case] Toggle case-sensitive searching of buffer names.
13708 \\[ido-completion-help] Show list of matching buffers in separate window.
13709 \\[ido-enter-find-file] Drop into `ido-find-file'.
13710 \\[ido-kill-buffer-at-head] Kill buffer at head of buffer list.
13711 \\[ido-toggle-ignore] Toggle ignoring buffers listed in `ido-ignore-buffers'.
13713 \(fn)" t nil)
13715 (autoload 'ido-switch-buffer-other-window "ido" "\
13716 Switch to another buffer and show it in another window.
13717 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
13718 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
13720 \(fn)" t nil)
13722 (autoload 'ido-display-buffer "ido" "\
13723 Display a buffer in another window but don't select it.
13724 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
13725 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
13727 \(fn)" t nil)
13729 (autoload 'ido-kill-buffer "ido" "\
13730 Kill a buffer.
13731 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
13732 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
13734 \(fn)" t nil)
13736 (autoload 'ido-insert-buffer "ido" "\
13737 Insert contents of a buffer in current buffer after point.
13738 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
13739 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
13741 \(fn)" t nil)
13743 (autoload 'ido-switch-buffer-other-frame "ido" "\
13744 Switch to another buffer and show it in another frame.
13745 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
13746 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
13748 \(fn)" t nil)
13750 (autoload 'ido-find-file-in-dir "ido" "\
13751 Switch to another file starting from DIR.
13753 \(fn DIR)" t nil)
13755 (autoload 'ido-find-file "ido" "\
13756 Edit file with name obtained via minibuffer.
13757 The file is displayed according to `ido-default-file-method' -- the
13758 default is to show it in the same window, unless it is already
13759 visible in another frame.
13761 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring. As you
13762 type in a string, all of the filenames matching the string are displayed
13763 if substring-matching is used (default). Look at `ido-enable-prefix' and
13764 `ido-toggle-prefix'. When you have found the filename you want, it can
13765 then be selected. As you type, most keys have their normal keybindings,
13766 except for the following: \\<ido-file-completion-map>
13768 RET Select the file at the front of the list of matches. If the
13769 list is empty, possibly prompt to create new file.
13771 \\[ido-select-text] Select the current prompt as the buffer or file.
13772 If no buffer or file is found, prompt for a new one.
13774 \\[ido-next-match] Put the first element at the end of the list.
13775 \\[ido-prev-match] Put the last element at the start of the list.
13776 \\[ido-complete] Complete a common suffix to the current string that
13777 matches all files. If there is only one match, select that file.
13778 If there is no common suffix, show a list of all matching files
13779 in a separate window.
13780 \\[ido-edit-input] Edit input string (including directory).
13781 \\[ido-prev-work-directory] or \\[ido-next-work-directory] go to previous/next directory in work directory history.
13782 \\[ido-merge-work-directories] search for file in the work directory history.
13783 \\[ido-forget-work-directory] removes current directory from the work directory history.
13784 \\[ido-prev-work-file] or \\[ido-next-work-file] cycle through the work file history.
13785 \\[ido-wide-find-file-or-pop-dir] and \\[ido-wide-find-dir-or-delete-dir] prompts and uses find to locate files or directories.
13786 \\[ido-make-directory] prompts for a directory to create in current directory.
13787 \\[ido-fallback-command] Fallback to non-ido version of current command.
13788 \\[ido-toggle-regexp] Toggle regexp searching.
13789 \\[ido-toggle-prefix] Toggle between substring and prefix matching.
13790 \\[ido-toggle-case] Toggle case-sensitive searching of file names.
13791 \\[ido-toggle-vc] Toggle version control for this file.
13792 \\[ido-toggle-literal] Toggle literal reading of this file.
13793 \\[ido-completion-help] Show list of matching files in separate window.
13794 \\[ido-toggle-ignore] Toggle ignoring files listed in `ido-ignore-files'.
13796 \(fn)" t nil)
13798 (autoload 'ido-find-file-other-window "ido" "\
13799 Switch to another file and show it in another window.
13800 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
13801 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
13803 \(fn)" t nil)
13805 (autoload 'ido-find-alternate-file "ido" "\
13806 Switch to another file and show it in another window.
13807 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
13808 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
13810 \(fn)" t nil)
13812 (autoload 'ido-find-file-read-only "ido" "\
13813 Edit file read-only with name obtained via minibuffer.
13814 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
13815 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
13817 \(fn)" t nil)
13819 (autoload 'ido-find-file-read-only-other-window "ido" "\
13820 Edit file read-only in other window with name obtained via minibuffer.
13821 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
13822 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
13824 \(fn)" t nil)
13826 (autoload 'ido-find-file-read-only-other-frame "ido" "\
13827 Edit file read-only in other frame with name obtained via minibuffer.
13828 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
13829 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
13831 \(fn)" t nil)
13833 (autoload 'ido-display-file "ido" "\
13834 Display a file in another window but don't select it.
13835 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
13836 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
13838 \(fn)" t nil)
13840 (autoload 'ido-find-file-other-frame "ido" "\
13841 Switch to another file and show it in another frame.
13842 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
13843 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
13845 \(fn)" t nil)
13847 (autoload 'ido-write-file "ido" "\
13848 Write current buffer to a file.
13849 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
13850 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
13852 \(fn)" t nil)
13854 (autoload 'ido-insert-file "ido" "\
13855 Insert contents of file in current buffer.
13856 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
13857 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
13859 \(fn)" t nil)
13861 (autoload 'ido-dired "ido" "\
13862 Call `dired' the ido way.
13863 The directory is selected interactively by typing a substring.
13864 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
13866 \(fn)" t nil)
13868 (autoload 'ido-read-buffer "ido" "\
13869 Ido replacement for the built-in `read-buffer'.
13870 Return the name of a buffer selected.
13871 PROMPT is the prompt to give to the user. DEFAULT if given is the default
13872 buffer to be selected, which will go to the front of the list.
13873 If REQUIRE-MATCH is non-nil, an existing buffer must be selected.
13875 \(fn PROMPT &optional DEFAULT REQUIRE-MATCH)" nil nil)
13877 (autoload 'ido-read-file-name "ido" "\
13878 Ido replacement for the built-in `read-file-name'.
13879 Read file name, prompting with PROMPT and completing in directory DIR.
13880 See `read-file-name' for additional parameters.
13882 \(fn PROMPT &optional DIR DEFAULT-FILENAME MUSTMATCH INITIAL PREDICATE)" nil nil)
13884 (autoload 'ido-read-directory-name "ido" "\
13885 Ido replacement for the built-in `read-directory-name'.
13886 Read directory name, prompting with PROMPT and completing in directory DIR.
13887 See `read-directory-name' for additional parameters.
13889 \(fn PROMPT &optional DIR DEFAULT-DIRNAME MUSTMATCH INITIAL)" nil nil)
13891 (autoload 'ido-completing-read "ido" "\
13892 Ido replacement for the built-in `completing-read'.
13893 Read a string in the minibuffer with ido-style completion.
13894 PROMPT is a string to prompt with; normally it ends in a colon and a space.
13895 CHOICES is a list of strings which are the possible completions.
13896 PREDICATE is currently ignored; it is included to be compatible
13897 with `completing-read'.
13898 If REQUIRE-MATCH is non-nil, the user is not allowed to exit unless
13899 the input is (or completes to) an element of CHOICES or is null.
13900 If the input is null, `ido-completing-read' returns DEF, or an empty
13901 string if DEF is nil, regardless of the value of REQUIRE-MATCH.
13902 If INITIAL-INPUT is non-nil, insert it in the minibuffer initially,
13903 with point positioned at the end.
13904 HIST, if non-nil, specifies a history list.
13905 DEF, if non-nil, is the default value.
13907 \(fn PROMPT CHOICES &optional PREDICATE REQUIRE-MATCH INITIAL-INPUT HIST DEF)" nil nil)
13909 ;;;***
13911 ;;;### (autoloads (ielm) "ielm" "ielm.el" (19277 34916))
13912 ;;; Generated autoloads from ielm.el
13913 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names (purecopy "*ielm*"))
13915 (autoload 'ielm "ielm" "\
13916 Interactively evaluate Emacs Lisp expressions.
13917 Switches to the buffer `*ielm*', or creates it if it does not exist.
13919 \(fn)" t nil)
13921 ;;;***
13923 ;;;### (autoloads (iimage-mode turn-on-iimage-mode) "iimage" "iimage.el"
13924 ;;;;;; (19277 34916))
13925 ;;; Generated autoloads from iimage.el
13927 (autoload 'turn-on-iimage-mode "iimage" "\
13928 Unconditionally turn on iimage mode.
13930 \(fn)" t nil)
13932 (autoload 'iimage-mode "iimage" "\
13933 Toggle inline image minor mode.
13935 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13937 ;;;***
13939 ;;;### (autoloads (create-animated-image defimage find-image remove-images
13940 ;;;;;; insert-sliced-image insert-image put-image create-image image-type-auto-detected-p
13941 ;;;;;; image-type-available-p image-type image-type-from-file-name
13942 ;;;;;; image-type-from-file-header image-type-from-buffer image-type-from-data)
13943 ;;;;;; "image" "image.el" (19351 60740))
13944 ;;; Generated autoloads from image.el
13946 (autoload 'image-type-from-data "image" "\
13947 Determine the image type from image data DATA.
13948 Value is a symbol specifying the image type or nil if type cannot
13949 be determined.
13951 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
13953 (autoload 'image-type-from-buffer "image" "\
13954 Determine the image type from data in the current buffer.
13955 Value is a symbol specifying the image type or nil if type cannot
13956 be determined.
13958 \(fn)" nil nil)
13960 (autoload 'image-type-from-file-header "image" "\
13961 Determine the type of image file FILE from its first few bytes.
13962 Value is a symbol specifying the image type, or nil if type cannot
13963 be determined.
13965 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
13967 (autoload 'image-type-from-file-name "image" "\
13968 Determine the type of image file FILE from its name.
13969 Value is a symbol specifying the image type, or nil if type cannot
13970 be determined.
13972 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
13974 (autoload 'image-type "image" "\
13975 Determine and return image type.
13976 SOURCE is an image file name or image data.
13977 Optional TYPE is a symbol describing the image type. If TYPE is omitted
13978 or nil, try to determine the image type from its first few bytes
13979 of image data. If that doesn't work, and SOURCE is a file name,
13980 use its file extension as image type.
13981 Optional DATA-P non-nil means SOURCE is a string containing image data.
13983 \(fn SOURCE &optional TYPE DATA-P)" nil nil)
13985 (autoload 'image-type-available-p "image" "\
13986 Return non-nil if image type TYPE is available.
13987 Image types are symbols like `xbm' or `jpeg'.
13989 \(fn TYPE)" nil nil)
13991 (autoload 'image-type-auto-detected-p "image" "\
13992 Return t if the current buffer contains an auto-detectable image.
13993 This function is intended to be used from `magic-fallback-mode-alist'.
13995 The buffer is considered to contain an auto-detectable image if
13996 its beginning matches an image type in `image-type-header-regexps',
13997 and that image type is present in `image-type-auto-detectable' with a
13998 non-nil value. If that value is non-nil, but not t, then the image type
13999 must be available.
14001 \(fn)" nil nil)
14003 (autoload 'create-image "image" "\
14004 Create an image.
14005 FILE-OR-DATA is an image file name or image data.
14006 Optional TYPE is a symbol describing the image type. If TYPE is omitted
14007 or nil, try to determine the image type from its first few bytes
14008 of image data. If that doesn't work, and FILE-OR-DATA is a file name,
14009 use its file extension as image type.
14010 Optional DATA-P non-nil means FILE-OR-DATA is a string containing image data.
14011 Optional PROPS are additional image attributes to assign to the image,
14012 like, e.g. `:mask MASK'.
14013 Value is the image created, or nil if images of type TYPE are not supported.
14015 Images should not be larger than specified by `max-image-size'.
14017 Image file names that are not absolute are searched for in the
14018 \"images\" sub-directory of `data-directory' and
14019 `x-bitmap-file-path' (in that order).
14021 \(fn FILE-OR-DATA &optional TYPE DATA-P &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
14023 (autoload 'put-image "image" "\
14024 Put image IMAGE in front of POS in the current buffer.
14025 IMAGE must be an image created with `create-image' or `defimage'.
14026 IMAGE is displayed by putting an overlay into the current buffer with a
14027 `before-string' STRING that has a `display' property whose value is the
14028 image. STRING is defaulted if you omit it.
14029 POS may be an integer or marker.
14030 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
14031 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
14032 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
14033 means display it in the right marginal area.
14035 \(fn IMAGE POS &optional STRING AREA)" nil nil)
14037 (autoload 'insert-image "image" "\
14038 Insert IMAGE into current buffer at point.
14039 IMAGE is displayed by inserting STRING into the current buffer
14040 with a `display' property whose value is the image. STRING is
14041 defaulted if you omit it.
14042 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
14043 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
14044 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
14045 means display it in the right marginal area.
14046 SLICE specifies slice of IMAGE to insert. SLICE nil or omitted
14047 means insert whole image. SLICE is a list (X Y WIDTH HEIGHT)
14048 specifying the X and Y positions and WIDTH and HEIGHT of image area
14049 to insert. A float value 0.0 - 1.0 means relative to the width or
14050 height of the image; integer values are taken as pixel values.
14052 \(fn IMAGE &optional STRING AREA SLICE)" nil nil)
14054 (autoload 'insert-sliced-image "image" "\
14055 Insert IMAGE into current buffer at point.
14056 IMAGE is displayed by inserting STRING into the current buffer
14057 with a `display' property whose value is the image. STRING is
14058 defaulted if you omit it.
14059 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
14060 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
14061 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
14062 means display it in the right marginal area.
14063 The image is automatically split into ROWS x COLS slices.
14065 \(fn IMAGE &optional STRING AREA ROWS COLS)" nil nil)
14067 (autoload 'remove-images "image" "\
14068 Remove images between START and END in BUFFER.
14069 Remove only images that were put in BUFFER with calls to `put-image'.
14070 BUFFER nil or omitted means use the current buffer.
14072 \(fn START END &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
14074 (autoload 'find-image "image" "\
14075 Find an image, choosing one of a list of image specifications.
14077 SPECS is a list of image specifications.
14079 Each image specification in SPECS is a property list. The contents of
14080 a specification are image type dependent. All specifications must at
14081 least contain the properties `:type TYPE' and either `:file FILE' or
14082 `:data DATA', where TYPE is a symbol specifying the image type,
14083 e.g. `xbm', FILE is the file to load the image from, and DATA is a
14084 string containing the actual image data. The specification whose TYPE
14085 is supported, and FILE exists, is used to construct the image
14086 specification to be returned. Return nil if no specification is
14087 satisfied.
14089 The image is looked for in `image-load-path'.
14091 Image files should not be larger than specified by `max-image-size'.
14093 \(fn SPECS)" nil nil)
14095 (autoload 'defimage "image" "\
14096 Define SYMBOL as an image.
14098 SPECS is a list of image specifications. DOC is an optional
14099 documentation string.
14101 Each image specification in SPECS is a property list. The contents of
14102 a specification are image type dependent. All specifications must at
14103 least contain the properties `:type TYPE' and either `:file FILE' or
14104 `:data DATA', where TYPE is a symbol specifying the image type,
14105 e.g. `xbm', FILE is the file to load the image from, and DATA is a
14106 string containing the actual image data. The first image
14107 specification whose TYPE is supported, and FILE exists, is used to
14108 define SYMBOL.
14110 Example:
14112 (defimage test-image ((:type xpm :file \"~/test1.xpm\")
14113 (:type xbm :file \"~/test1.xbm\")))
14115 \(fn SYMBOL SPECS &optional DOC)" nil (quote macro))
14117 (autoload 'create-animated-image "image" "\
14118 Create an animated image.
14119 FILE-OR-DATA is an image file name or image data.
14120 Optional TYPE is a symbol describing the image type. If TYPE is omitted
14121 or nil, try to determine the image type from its first few bytes
14122 of image data. If that doesn't work, and FILE-OR-DATA is a file name,
14123 use its file extension as image type.
14124 Optional DATA-P non-nil means FILE-OR-DATA is a string containing image data.
14125 Optional PROPS are additional image attributes to assign to the image,
14126 like, e.g. `:mask MASK'.
14127 Value is the image created, or nil if images of type TYPE are not supported.
14129 Images should not be larger than specified by `max-image-size'.
14131 \(fn FILE-OR-DATA &optional TYPE DATA-P &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
14133 ;;;***
14135 ;;;### (autoloads (image-dired-dired-edit-comment-and-tags image-dired-mark-tagged-files
14136 ;;;;;; image-dired-dired-comment-files image-dired-dired-display-image
14137 ;;;;;; image-dired-dired-display-external image-dired-display-thumb
14138 ;;;;;; image-dired-display-thumbs-append image-dired-setup-dired-keybindings
14139 ;;;;;; image-dired-jump-thumbnail-buffer image-dired-delete-tag
14140 ;;;;;; image-dired-tag-files image-dired-show-all-from-dir image-dired-display-thumbs
14141 ;;;;;; image-dired-dired-with-window-configuration image-dired-dired-insert-marked-thumbs)
14142 ;;;;;; "image-dired" "image-dired.el" (19277 34916))
14143 ;;; Generated autoloads from image-dired.el
14145 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-insert-marked-thumbs "image-dired" "\
14146 Insert thumbnails before file names of marked files in the dired buffer.
14148 \(fn)" t nil)
14150 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-with-window-configuration "image-dired" "\
14151 Open directory DIR and create a default window configuration.
14153 Convenience command that:
14155 - Opens dired in folder DIR
14156 - Splits windows in most useful (?) way
14157 - Set `truncate-lines' to t
14159 After the command has finished, you would typically mark some
14160 image files in dired and type
14161 \\[image-dired-display-thumbs] (`image-dired-display-thumbs').
14163 If called with prefix argument ARG, skip splitting of windows.
14165 The current window configuration is saved and can be restored by
14166 calling `image-dired-restore-window-configuration'.
14168 \(fn DIR &optional ARG)" t nil)
14170 (autoload 'image-dired-display-thumbs "image-dired" "\
14171 Display thumbnails of all marked files, in `image-dired-thumbnail-buffer'.
14172 If a thumbnail image does not exist for a file, it is created on the
14173 fly. With prefix argument ARG, display only thumbnail for file at
14174 point (this is useful if you have marked some files but want to show
14175 another one).
14177 Recommended usage is to split the current frame horizontally so that
14178 you have the dired buffer in the left window and the
14179 `image-dired-thumbnail-buffer' buffer in the right window.
14181 With optional argument APPEND, append thumbnail to thumbnail buffer
14182 instead of erasing it first.
14184 Option argument DO-NOT-POP controls if `pop-to-buffer' should be
14185 used or not. If non-nil, use `display-buffer' instead of
14186 `pop-to-buffer'. This is used from functions like
14187 `image-dired-next-line-and-display' and
14188 `image-dired-previous-line-and-display' where we do not want the
14189 thumbnail buffer to be selected.
14191 \(fn &optional ARG APPEND DO-NOT-POP)" t nil)
14193 (autoload 'image-dired-show-all-from-dir "image-dired" "\
14194 Make a preview buffer for all images in DIR and display it.
14195 If the number of files in DIR matching `image-file-name-regexp'
14196 exceeds `image-dired-show-all-from-dir-max-files', a warning will be
14197 displayed.
14199 \(fn DIR)" t nil)
14201 (defalias 'image-dired 'image-dired-show-all-from-dir)
14203 (defalias 'tumme 'image-dired-show-all-from-dir)
14205 (autoload 'image-dired-tag-files "image-dired" "\
14206 Tag marked file(s) in dired. With prefix ARG, tag file at point.
14208 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
14210 (autoload 'image-dired-delete-tag "image-dired" "\
14211 Remove tag for selected file(s).
14212 With prefix argument ARG, remove tag from file at point.
14214 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
14216 (autoload 'image-dired-jump-thumbnail-buffer "image-dired" "\
14217 Jump to thumbnail buffer.
14219 \(fn)" t nil)
14221 (autoload 'image-dired-setup-dired-keybindings "image-dired" "\
14222 Setup easy-to-use keybindings for the commands to be used in dired mode.
14223 Note that n, p and <down> and <up> will be hijacked and bound to
14224 `image-dired-dired-x-line'.
14226 \(fn)" t nil)
14228 (autoload 'image-dired-display-thumbs-append "image-dired" "\
14229 Append thumbnails to `image-dired-thumbnail-buffer'.
14231 \(fn)" t nil)
14233 (autoload 'image-dired-display-thumb "image-dired" "\
14234 Shorthand for `image-dired-display-thumbs' with prefix argument.
14236 \(fn)" t nil)
14238 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-display-external "image-dired" "\
14239 Display file at point using an external viewer.
14241 \(fn)" t nil)
14243 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-display-image "image-dired" "\
14244 Display current image file.
14245 See documentation for `image-dired-display-image' for more information.
14246 With prefix argument ARG, display image in its original size.
14248 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14250 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-comment-files "image-dired" "\
14251 Add comment to current or marked files in dired.
14253 \(fn)" t nil)
14255 (autoload 'image-dired-mark-tagged-files "image-dired" "\
14256 Use regexp to mark files with matching tag.
14257 A `tag' is a keyword, a piece of meta data, associated with an
14258 image file and stored in image-dired's database file. This command
14259 lets you input a regexp and this will be matched against all tags
14260 on all image files in the database file. The files that have a
14261 matching tag will be marked in the dired buffer.
14263 \(fn)" t nil)
14265 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-edit-comment-and-tags "image-dired" "\
14266 Edit comment and tags of current or marked image files.
14267 Edit comment and tags for all marked image files in an
14268 easy-to-use form.
14270 \(fn)" t nil)
14272 ;;;***
14274 ;;;### (autoloads (auto-image-file-mode insert-image-file image-file-name-regexp
14275 ;;;;;; image-file-name-regexps image-file-name-extensions) "image-file"
14276 ;;;;;; "image-file.el" (19277 34916))
14277 ;;; Generated autoloads from image-file.el
14279 (defvar image-file-name-extensions (purecopy '("png" "jpeg" "jpg" "gif" "tiff" "tif" "xbm" "xpm" "pbm" "pgm" "ppm" "pnm" "svg")) "\
14280 A list of image-file filename extensions.
14281 Filenames having one of these extensions are considered image files,
14282 in addition to those matching `image-file-name-regexps'.
14284 See `auto-image-file-mode'; if `auto-image-file-mode' is enabled,
14285 setting this variable directly does not take effect unless
14286 `auto-image-file-mode' is re-enabled; this happens automatically when
14287 the variable is set using \\[customize].")
14289 (custom-autoload 'image-file-name-extensions "image-file" nil)
14291 (defvar image-file-name-regexps nil "\
14292 List of regexps matching image-file filenames.
14293 Filenames matching one of these regexps are considered image files,
14294 in addition to those with an extension in `image-file-name-extensions'.
14296 See function `auto-image-file-mode'; if `auto-image-file-mode' is
14297 enabled, setting this variable directly does not take effect unless
14298 `auto-image-file-mode' is re-enabled; this happens automatically when
14299 the variable is set using \\[customize].")
14301 (custom-autoload 'image-file-name-regexps "image-file" nil)
14303 (autoload 'image-file-name-regexp "image-file" "\
14304 Return a regular expression matching image-file filenames.
14306 \(fn)" nil nil)
14308 (autoload 'insert-image-file "image-file" "\
14309 Insert the image file FILE into the current buffer.
14310 Optional arguments VISIT, BEG, END, and REPLACE are interpreted as for
14311 the command `insert-file-contents'.
14313 \(fn FILE &optional VISIT BEG END REPLACE)" nil nil)
14315 (defvar auto-image-file-mode nil "\
14316 Non-nil if Auto-Image-File mode is enabled.
14317 See the command `auto-image-file-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
14318 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
14319 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
14320 or call the function `auto-image-file-mode'.")
14322 (custom-autoload 'auto-image-file-mode "image-file" nil)
14324 (autoload 'auto-image-file-mode "image-file" "\
14325 Toggle visiting of image files as images.
14326 With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off.
14327 Returns non-nil if the new state is enabled.
14329 Image files are those whose name has an extension in
14330 `image-file-name-extensions', or matches a regexp in
14331 `image-file-name-regexps'.
14333 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14335 ;;;***
14337 ;;;### (autoloads (image-bookmark-jump image-mode-as-text image-minor-mode
14338 ;;;;;; image-mode) "image-mode" "image-mode.el" (19351 60435))
14339 ;;; Generated autoloads from image-mode.el
14340 (push (cons (purecopy "\\.jpe?g\\'") 'image-mode) auto-mode-alist)
14341 (push (cons (purecopy "\\.png\\'") 'image-mode) auto-mode-alist)
14342 (push (cons (purecopy "\\.gif\\'") 'image-mode) auto-mode-alist)
14343 (push (cons (purecopy "\\.tiff?\\'") 'image-mode) auto-mode-alist)
14344 (push (cons (purecopy "\\.p[bpgn]m\\'") 'image-mode) auto-mode-alist)
14345 (push (cons (purecopy "\\.x[bp]m\\'") 'c-mode) auto-mode-alist)
14346 (push (cons (purecopy "\\.x[bp]m\\'") 'image-mode) auto-mode-alist)
14347 (push (cons (purecopy "\\.svgz?\\'") 'xml-mode) auto-mode-alist)
14348 (push (cons (purecopy "\\.svgz?\\'") 'image-mode) auto-mode-alist)
14350 (autoload 'image-mode "image-mode" "\
14351 Major mode for image files.
14352 You can use \\<image-mode-map>\\[image-toggle-display]
14353 to toggle between display as an image and display as text.
14355 \(fn)" t nil)
14357 (autoload 'image-minor-mode "image-mode" "\
14358 Toggle Image minor mode.
14359 With arg, turn Image minor mode on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
14360 It provides the key \\<image-mode-map>\\[image-toggle-display] to switch back to `image-mode'
14361 to display an image file as the actual image.
14363 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14365 (autoload 'image-mode-as-text "image-mode" "\
14366 Set a non-image mode as major mode in combination with image minor mode.
14367 A non-image major mode found from `auto-mode-alist' or Fundamental mode
14368 displays an image file as text. `image-minor-mode' provides the key
14369 \\<image-mode-map>\\[image-toggle-display] to switch back to `image-mode'
14370 to display an image file as the actual image.
14372 You can use `image-mode-as-text' in `auto-mode-alist' when you want
14373 to display an image file as text inititally.
14375 See commands `image-mode' and `image-minor-mode' for more information
14376 on these modes.
14378 \(fn)" t nil)
14380 (autoload 'image-bookmark-jump "image-mode" "\
14381 Not documented
14383 \(fn BMK)" nil nil)
14385 ;;;***
14387 ;;;### (autoloads (imenu imenu-add-menubar-index imenu-add-to-menubar
14388 ;;;;;; imenu-sort-function) "imenu" "imenu.el" (19277 34916))
14389 ;;; Generated autoloads from imenu.el
14391 (defvar imenu-sort-function nil "\
14392 The function to use for sorting the index mouse-menu.
14394 Affects only the mouse index menu.
14396 Set this to nil if you don't want any sorting (faster).
14397 The items in the menu are then presented in the order they were found
14398 in the buffer.
14400 Set it to `imenu--sort-by-name' if you want alphabetic sorting.
14402 The function should take two arguments and return t if the first
14403 element should come before the second. The arguments are cons cells;
14404 \(NAME . POSITION). Look at `imenu--sort-by-name' for an example.")
14406 (custom-autoload 'imenu-sort-function "imenu" t)
14408 (defvar imenu-generic-expression nil "\
14409 The regex pattern to use for creating a buffer index.
14411 If non-nil this pattern is passed to `imenu--generic-function' to
14412 create a buffer index. Look there for the documentation of this
14413 pattern's structure.
14415 For example, see the value of `fortran-imenu-generic-expression' used by
14416 `fortran-mode' with `imenu-syntax-alist' set locally to give the
14417 characters which normally have \"symbol\" syntax \"word\" syntax
14418 during matching.")
14419 (put 'imenu-generic-expression 'risky-local-variable t)
14421 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-generic-expression)
14423 (defvar imenu-create-index-function 'imenu-default-create-index-function "\
14424 The function to use for creating an index alist of the current buffer.
14426 It should be a function that takes no arguments and returns
14427 an index alist of the current buffer. The function is
14428 called within a `save-excursion'.
14430 See `imenu--index-alist' for the format of the buffer index alist.")
14432 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-create-index-function)
14434 (defvar imenu-prev-index-position-function 'beginning-of-defun "\
14435 Function for finding the next index position.
14437 If `imenu-create-index-function' is set to
14438 `imenu-default-create-index-function', then you must set this variable
14439 to a function that will find the next index, looking backwards in the
14440 file.
14442 The function should leave point at the place to be connected to the
14443 index and it should return nil when it doesn't find another index.")
14445 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-prev-index-position-function)
14447 (defvar imenu-extract-index-name-function nil "\
14448 Function for extracting the index item name, given a position.
14450 This function is called after `imenu-prev-index-position-function'
14451 finds a position for an index item, with point at that position.
14452 It should return the name for that index item.")
14454 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-extract-index-name-function)
14456 (defvar imenu-name-lookup-function nil "\
14457 Function to compare string with index item.
14459 This function will be called with two strings, and should return
14460 non-nil if they match.
14462 If nil, comparison is done with `string='.
14463 Set this to some other function for more advanced comparisons,
14464 such as \"begins with\" or \"name matches and number of
14465 arguments match\".")
14467 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-name-lookup-function)
14469 (defvar imenu-default-goto-function 'imenu-default-goto-function "\
14470 The default function called when selecting an Imenu item.
14471 The function in this variable is called when selecting a normal index-item.")
14473 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-default-goto-function)
14474 (put 'imenu--index-alist 'risky-local-variable t)
14476 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-syntax-alist)
14478 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-case-fold-search)
14480 (autoload 'imenu-add-to-menubar "imenu" "\
14481 Add an `imenu' entry to the menu bar for the current buffer.
14482 NAME is a string used to name the menu bar item.
14483 See the command `imenu' for more information.
14485 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
14487 (autoload 'imenu-add-menubar-index "imenu" "\
14488 Add an Imenu \"Index\" entry on the menu bar for the current buffer.
14490 A trivial interface to `imenu-add-to-menubar' suitable for use in a hook.
14492 \(fn)" t nil)
14494 (autoload 'imenu "imenu" "\
14495 Jump to a place in the buffer chosen using a buffer menu or mouse menu.
14496 INDEX-ITEM specifies the position. See `imenu-choose-buffer-index'
14497 for more information.
14499 \(fn INDEX-ITEM)" t nil)
14501 ;;;***
14503 ;;;### (autoloads (indian-2-column-to-ucs-region in-is13194-pre-write-conversion
14504 ;;;;;; in-is13194-post-read-conversion indian-compose-string indian-compose-region)
14505 ;;;;;; "ind-util" "language/ind-util.el" (19277 34920))
14506 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/ind-util.el
14508 (autoload 'indian-compose-region "ind-util" "\
14509 Compose the region according to `composition-function-table'.
14511 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
14513 (autoload 'indian-compose-string "ind-util" "\
14514 Not documented
14516 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
14518 (autoload 'in-is13194-post-read-conversion "ind-util" "\
14519 Not documented
14521 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
14523 (autoload 'in-is13194-pre-write-conversion "ind-util" "\
14524 Not documented
14526 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
14528 (autoload 'indian-2-column-to-ucs-region "ind-util" "\
14529 Convert old Emacs Devanagari characters to UCS.
14531 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
14533 ;;;***
14535 ;;;### (autoloads (inferior-lisp inferior-lisp-prompt inferior-lisp-load-command
14536 ;;;;;; inferior-lisp-program inferior-lisp-filter-regexp) "inf-lisp"
14537 ;;;;;; "progmodes/inf-lisp.el" (19277 34922))
14538 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/inf-lisp.el
14540 (defvar inferior-lisp-filter-regexp (purecopy "\\`\\s *\\(:\\(\\w\\|\\s_\\)\\)?\\s *\\'") "\
14541 *What not to save on inferior Lisp's input history.
14542 Input matching this regexp is not saved on the input history in Inferior Lisp
14543 mode. Default is whitespace followed by 0 or 1 single-letter colon-keyword
14544 \(as in :a, :c, etc.)")
14546 (custom-autoload 'inferior-lisp-filter-regexp "inf-lisp" t)
14548 (defvar inferior-lisp-program (purecopy "lisp") "\
14549 *Program name for invoking an inferior Lisp in Inferior Lisp mode.")
14551 (custom-autoload 'inferior-lisp-program "inf-lisp" t)
14553 (defvar inferior-lisp-load-command (purecopy "(load \"%s\")\n") "\
14554 *Format-string for building a Lisp expression to load a file.
14555 This format string should use `%s' to substitute a file name
14556 and should result in a Lisp expression that will command the inferior Lisp
14557 to load that file. The default works acceptably on most Lisps.
14558 The string \"(progn (load \\\"%s\\\" :verbose nil :print t) (values))\\n\"
14559 produces cosmetically superior output for this application,
14560 but it works only in Common Lisp.")
14562 (custom-autoload 'inferior-lisp-load-command "inf-lisp" t)
14564 (defvar inferior-lisp-prompt (purecopy "^[^> \n]*>+:? *") "\
14565 Regexp to recognize prompts in the Inferior Lisp mode.
14566 Defaults to \"^[^> \\n]*>+:? *\", which works pretty good for Lucid, kcl,
14567 and franz. This variable is used to initialize `comint-prompt-regexp' in the
14568 Inferior Lisp buffer.
14570 This variable is only used if the variable
14571 `comint-use-prompt-regexp' is non-nil.
14573 More precise choices:
14574 Lucid Common Lisp: \"^\\\\(>\\\\|\\\\(->\\\\)+\\\\) *\"
14575 franz: \"^\\\\(->\\\\|<[0-9]*>:\\\\) *\"
14576 kcl: \"^>+ *\"
14578 This is a fine thing to set in your .emacs file or through Custom.")
14580 (custom-autoload 'inferior-lisp-prompt "inf-lisp" t)
14582 (defvar inferior-lisp-mode-hook 'nil "\
14583 *Hook for customizing Inferior Lisp mode.")
14585 (autoload 'inferior-lisp "inf-lisp" "\
14586 Run an inferior Lisp process, input and output via buffer `*inferior-lisp*'.
14587 If there is a process already running in `*inferior-lisp*', just switch
14588 to that buffer.
14589 With argument, allows you to edit the command line (default is value
14590 of `inferior-lisp-program'). Runs the hooks from
14591 `inferior-lisp-mode-hook' (after the `comint-mode-hook' is run).
14592 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the process buffer for a list of commands.)
14594 \(fn CMD)" t nil)
14595 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names (purecopy "*inferior-lisp*"))
14597 (defalias 'run-lisp 'inferior-lisp)
14599 ;;;***
14601 ;;;### (autoloads (Info-bookmark-jump Info-speedbar-browser Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node
14602 ;;;;;; Info-goto-emacs-command-node Info-mode info-finder info-apropos
14603 ;;;;;; Info-index Info-directory Info-on-current-buffer info-standalone
14604 ;;;;;; info-emacs-manual info info-other-window) "info" "info.el"
14605 ;;;;;; (19360 14173))
14606 ;;; Generated autoloads from info.el
14608 (autoload 'info-other-window "info" "\
14609 Like `info' but show the Info buffer in another window.
14611 \(fn &optional FILE-OR-NODE)" t nil)
14612 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps (purecopy "\\*info\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]+>\\)"))
14613 (put 'info 'info-file (purecopy "emacs"))
14615 (autoload 'info "info" "\
14616 Enter Info, the documentation browser.
14617 Optional argument FILE-OR-NODE specifies the file to examine;
14618 the default is the top-level directory of Info.
14619 Called from a program, FILE-OR-NODE may specify an Info node of the form
14620 `(FILENAME)NODENAME'.
14621 Optional argument BUFFER specifies the Info buffer name;
14622 the default buffer name is *info*. If BUFFER exists,
14623 just switch to BUFFER. Otherwise, create a new buffer
14624 with the top-level Info directory.
14626 In interactive use, a non-numeric prefix argument directs
14627 this command to read a file name from the minibuffer.
14628 A numeric prefix argument selects an Info buffer with the prefix number
14629 appended to the Info buffer name.
14631 The search path for Info files is in the variable `Info-directory-list'.
14632 The top-level Info directory is made by combining all the files named `dir'
14633 in all the directories in that path.
14635 See a list of available Info commands in `Info-mode'.
14637 \(fn &optional FILE-OR-NODE BUFFER)" t nil)
14639 (autoload 'info-emacs-manual "info" "\
14640 Display the Emacs manual in Info mode.
14642 \(fn)" t nil)
14644 (autoload 'info-standalone "info" "\
14645 Run Emacs as a standalone Info reader.
14646 Usage: emacs -f info-standalone [filename]
14647 In standalone mode, \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-exit] exits Emacs itself.
14649 \(fn)" nil nil)
14651 (autoload 'Info-on-current-buffer "info" "\
14652 Use Info mode to browse the current Info buffer.
14653 With a prefix arg, this queries for the node name to visit first;
14654 otherwise, that defaults to `Top'.
14656 \(fn &optional NODENAME)" t nil)
14658 (autoload 'Info-directory "info" "\
14659 Go to the Info directory node.
14661 \(fn)" t nil)
14663 (autoload 'Info-index "info" "\
14664 Look up a string TOPIC in the index for this manual and go to that entry.
14665 If there are no exact matches to the specified topic, this chooses
14666 the first match which is a case-insensitive substring of a topic.
14667 Use the \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-index-next] command to see the other matches.
14668 Give an empty topic name to go to the Index node itself.
14670 \(fn TOPIC)" t nil)
14672 (autoload 'info-apropos "info" "\
14673 Grovel indices of all known Info files on your system for STRING.
14674 Build a menu of the possible matches.
14676 \(fn STRING)" t nil)
14678 (autoload 'info-finder "info" "\
14679 Display descriptions of the keywords in the Finder virtual manual.
14681 \(fn)" t nil)
14683 (autoload 'Info-mode "info" "\
14684 Info mode provides commands for browsing through the Info documentation tree.
14685 Documentation in Info is divided into \"nodes\", each of which discusses
14686 one topic and contains references to other nodes which discuss related
14687 topics. Info has commands to follow the references and show you other nodes.
14689 \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-help] Invoke the Info tutorial.
14690 \\[Info-exit] Quit Info: reselect previously selected buffer.
14692 Selecting other nodes:
14693 \\[Info-mouse-follow-nearest-node]
14694 Follow a node reference you click on.
14695 This works with menu items, cross references, and
14696 the \"next\", \"previous\" and \"up\", depending on where you click.
14697 \\[Info-follow-nearest-node] Follow a node reference near point, like \\[Info-mouse-follow-nearest-node].
14698 \\[Info-next] Move to the \"next\" node of this node.
14699 \\[Info-prev] Move to the \"previous\" node of this node.
14700 \\[Info-up] Move \"up\" from this node.
14701 \\[Info-menu] Pick menu item specified by name (or abbreviation).
14702 Picking a menu item causes another node to be selected.
14703 \\[Info-directory] Go to the Info directory node.
14704 \\[Info-top-node] Go to the Top node of this file.
14705 \\[Info-final-node] Go to the final node in this file.
14706 \\[Info-backward-node] Go backward one node, considering all nodes as forming one sequence.
14707 \\[Info-forward-node] Go forward one node, considering all nodes as forming one sequence.
14708 \\[Info-next-reference] Move cursor to next cross-reference or menu item.
14709 \\[Info-prev-reference] Move cursor to previous cross-reference or menu item.
14710 \\[Info-follow-reference] Follow a cross reference. Reads name of reference.
14711 \\[Info-history-back] Move back in history to the last node you were at.
14712 \\[Info-history-forward] Move forward in history to the node you returned from after using \\[Info-history-back].
14713 \\[Info-history] Go to menu of visited nodes.
14714 \\[Info-toc] Go to table of contents of the current Info file.
14716 Moving within a node:
14717 \\[Info-scroll-up] Normally, scroll forward a full screen.
14718 Once you scroll far enough in a node that its menu appears on the
14719 screen but after point, the next scroll moves into its first
14720 subnode. When after all menu items (or if there is no menu),
14721 move up to the parent node.
14722 \\[Info-scroll-down] Normally, scroll backward. If the beginning of the buffer is
14723 already visible, try to go to the previous menu entry, or up
14724 if there is none.
14725 \\[beginning-of-buffer] Go to beginning of node.
14727 Advanced commands:
14728 \\[Info-search] Search through this Info file for specified regexp,
14729 and select the node in which the next occurrence is found.
14730 \\[Info-search-case-sensitively] Search through this Info file for specified regexp case-sensitively.
14731 \\[isearch-forward], \\[isearch-forward-regexp] Use Isearch to search through multiple Info nodes.
14732 \\[Info-index] Search for a topic in this manual's Index and go to index entry.
14733 \\[Info-index-next] (comma) Move to the next match from a previous \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-index] command.
14734 \\[Info-virtual-index] Look for a string and display the index node with results.
14735 \\[info-apropos] Look for a string in the indices of all manuals.
14736 \\[Info-goto-node] Move to node specified by name.
14737 You may include a filename as well, as (FILENAME)NODENAME.
14738 1 .. 9 Pick first ... ninth item in node's menu.
14739 Every third `*' is highlighted to help pick the right number.
14740 \\[Info-copy-current-node-name] Put name of current Info node in the kill ring.
14741 \\[clone-buffer] Select a new cloned Info buffer in another window.
14742 \\[universal-argument] \\[info] Move to new Info file with completion.
14743 \\[universal-argument] N \\[info] Select Info buffer with prefix number in the name *info*<N>.
14745 \(fn)" nil nil)
14746 (put 'Info-goto-emacs-command-node 'info-file (purecopy "emacs"))
14748 (autoload 'Info-goto-emacs-command-node "info" "\
14749 Go to the Info node in the Emacs manual for command COMMAND.
14750 The command is found by looking up in Emacs manual's indices
14751 or in another manual found via COMMAND's `info-file' property or
14752 the variable `Info-file-list-for-emacs'.
14753 COMMAND must be a symbol or string.
14755 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
14756 (put 'Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node 'info-file (purecopy "emacs"))
14758 (autoload 'Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node "info" "\
14759 Go to the node in the Emacs manual which describes the command bound to KEY.
14760 KEY is a string.
14761 Interactively, if the binding is `execute-extended-command', a command is read.
14762 The command is found by looking up in Emacs manual's indices
14763 or in another manual found via COMMAND's `info-file' property or
14764 the variable `Info-file-list-for-emacs'.
14766 \(fn KEY)" t nil)
14768 (autoload 'Info-speedbar-browser "info" "\
14769 Initialize speedbar to display an Info node browser.
14770 This will add a speedbar major display mode.
14772 \(fn)" t nil)
14774 (autoload 'Info-bookmark-jump "info" "\
14775 This implements the `handler' function interface for the record
14776 type returned by `Info-bookmark-make-record', which see.
14778 \(fn BMK)" nil nil)
14780 ;;;***
14782 ;;;### (autoloads (info-complete-file info-complete-symbol info-lookup-file
14783 ;;;;;; info-lookup-symbol info-lookup-reset) "info-look" "info-look.el"
14784 ;;;;;; (19277 34916))
14785 ;;; Generated autoloads from info-look.el
14787 (autoload 'info-lookup-reset "info-look" "\
14788 Throw away all cached data.
14789 This command is useful if the user wants to start at the beginning without
14790 quitting Emacs, for example, after some Info documents were updated on the
14791 system.
14793 \(fn)" t nil)
14794 (put 'info-lookup-symbol 'info-file "emacs")
14796 (autoload 'info-lookup-symbol "info-look" "\
14797 Display the definition of SYMBOL, as found in the relevant manual.
14798 When this command is called interactively, it reads SYMBOL from the
14799 minibuffer. In the minibuffer, use M-n to yank the default argument
14800 value into the minibuffer so you can edit it. The default symbol is the
14801 one found at point.
14803 With prefix arg a query for the symbol help mode is offered.
14805 \(fn SYMBOL &optional MODE)" t nil)
14806 (put 'info-lookup-file 'info-file "emacs")
14808 (autoload 'info-lookup-file "info-look" "\
14809 Display the documentation of a file.
14810 When this command is called interactively, it reads FILE from the minibuffer.
14811 In the minibuffer, use M-n to yank the default file name
14812 into the minibuffer so you can edit it.
14813 The default file name is the one found at point.
14815 With prefix arg a query for the file help mode is offered.
14817 \(fn FILE &optional MODE)" t nil)
14819 (autoload 'info-complete-symbol "info-look" "\
14820 Perform completion on symbol preceding point.
14822 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil)
14824 (autoload 'info-complete-file "info-look" "\
14825 Perform completion on file preceding point.
14827 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil)
14829 ;;;***
14831 ;;;### (autoloads (info-xref-check-all-custom info-xref-check-all
14832 ;;;;;; info-xref-check) "info-xref" "info-xref.el" (19277 34916))
14833 ;;; Generated autoloads from info-xref.el
14835 (autoload 'info-xref-check "info-xref" "\
14836 Check external references in FILENAME, an info document.
14838 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
14840 (autoload 'info-xref-check-all "info-xref" "\
14841 Check external references in all info documents in the usual path.
14842 The usual path is `Info-directory-list' and `Info-additional-directory-list'.
14844 \(fn)" t nil)
14846 (autoload 'info-xref-check-all-custom "info-xref" "\
14847 Check info references in all customize groups and variables.
14848 `custom-manual' and `info-link' entries in the `custom-links' list are checked.
14850 `custom-load' autoloads for all symbols are loaded in order to get all the
14851 link information. This will be a lot of lisp packages loaded, and can take
14852 quite a while.
14854 \(fn)" t nil)
14856 ;;;***
14858 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-info-validate Info-validate Info-split Info-split-threshold
14859 ;;;;;; Info-tagify) "informat" "informat.el" (19277 34916))
14860 ;;; Generated autoloads from informat.el
14862 (autoload 'Info-tagify "informat" "\
14863 Create or update Info file tag table in current buffer or in a region.
14865 \(fn &optional INPUT-BUFFER-NAME)" t nil)
14867 (defvar Info-split-threshold 262144 "\
14868 The number of characters by which `Info-split' splits an info file.")
14870 (custom-autoload 'Info-split-threshold "informat" t)
14872 (autoload 'Info-split "informat" "\
14873 Split an info file into an indirect file plus bounded-size subfiles.
14874 Each subfile will be up to the number of characters that
14875 `Info-split-threshold' specifies, plus one node.
14877 To use this command, first visit a large Info file that has a tag
14878 table. The buffer is modified into a (small) indirect info file which
14879 should be saved in place of the original visited file.
14881 The subfiles are written in the same directory the original file is
14882 in, with names generated by appending `-' and a number to the original
14883 file name. The indirect file still functions as an Info file, but it
14884 contains just the tag table and a directory of subfiles.
14886 \(fn)" t nil)
14888 (autoload 'Info-validate "informat" "\
14889 Check current buffer for validity as an Info file.
14890 Check that every node pointer points to an existing node.
14892 \(fn)" t nil)
14894 (autoload 'batch-info-validate "informat" "\
14895 Runs `Info-validate' on the files remaining on the command line.
14896 Must be used only with -batch, and kills Emacs on completion.
14897 Each file will be processed even if an error occurred previously.
14898 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-info-validate $info/ ~/*.info\"
14900 \(fn)" nil nil)
14902 ;;;***
14904 ;;;### (autoloads (isearch-process-search-multibyte-characters isearch-toggle-input-method
14905 ;;;;;; isearch-toggle-specified-input-method) "isearch-x" "international/isearch-x.el"
14906 ;;;;;; (19277 34920))
14907 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/isearch-x.el
14909 (autoload 'isearch-toggle-specified-input-method "isearch-x" "\
14910 Select an input method and turn it on in interactive search.
14912 \(fn)" t nil)
14914 (autoload 'isearch-toggle-input-method "isearch-x" "\
14915 Toggle input method in interactive search.
14917 \(fn)" t nil)
14919 (autoload 'isearch-process-search-multibyte-characters "isearch-x" "\
14920 Not documented
14922 \(fn LAST-CHAR)" nil nil)
14924 ;;;***
14926 ;;;### (autoloads (isearchb-activate) "isearchb" "isearchb.el" (19277
14927 ;;;;;; 34916))
14928 ;;; Generated autoloads from isearchb.el
14930 (autoload 'isearchb-activate "isearchb" "\
14931 Active isearchb mode for subsequent alphanumeric keystrokes.
14932 Executing this command again will terminate the search; or, if
14933 the search has not yet begun, will toggle to the last buffer
14934 accessed via isearchb.
14936 \(fn)" t nil)
14938 ;;;***
14940 ;;;### (autoloads (iso-cvt-define-menu iso-cvt-write-only iso-cvt-read-only
14941 ;;;;;; iso-sgml2iso iso-iso2sgml iso-iso2duden iso-iso2gtex iso-gtex2iso
14942 ;;;;;; iso-tex2iso iso-iso2tex iso-german iso-spanish) "iso-cvt"
14943 ;;;;;; "international/iso-cvt.el" (19277 34920))
14944 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/iso-cvt.el
14946 (autoload 'iso-spanish "iso-cvt" "\
14947 Translate net conventions for Spanish to ISO 8859-1.
14948 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
14949 `iso-spanish-trans-tab'.
14950 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
14952 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
14954 (autoload 'iso-german "iso-cvt" "\
14955 Translate net conventions for German to ISO 8859-1.
14956 Translate the region FROM and TO using the table
14957 `iso-german-trans-tab'.
14958 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
14960 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
14962 (autoload 'iso-iso2tex "iso-cvt" "\
14963 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to TeX sequences.
14964 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
14965 `iso-iso2tex-trans-tab'.
14966 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
14968 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
14970 (autoload 'iso-tex2iso "iso-cvt" "\
14971 Translate TeX sequences to ISO 8859-1 characters.
14972 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
14973 `iso-tex2iso-trans-tab'.
14974 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
14976 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
14978 (autoload 'iso-gtex2iso "iso-cvt" "\
14979 Translate German TeX sequences to ISO 8859-1 characters.
14980 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
14981 `iso-gtex2iso-trans-tab'.
14982 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
14984 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
14986 (autoload 'iso-iso2gtex "iso-cvt" "\
14987 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to German TeX sequences.
14988 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
14989 `iso-iso2gtex-trans-tab'.
14990 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
14992 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
14994 (autoload 'iso-iso2duden "iso-cvt" "\
14995 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to Duden sequences.
14996 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
14997 `iso-iso2duden-trans-tab'.
14998 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15000 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15002 (autoload 'iso-iso2sgml "iso-cvt" "\
15003 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters in the region to SGML entities.
15004 Use entities from \"ISO 8879:1986//ENTITIES Added Latin 1//EN\".
15005 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15007 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15009 (autoload 'iso-sgml2iso "iso-cvt" "\
15010 Translate SGML entities in the region to ISO 8859-1 characters.
15011 Use entities from \"ISO 8879:1986//ENTITIES Added Latin 1//EN\".
15012 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15014 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15016 (autoload 'iso-cvt-read-only "iso-cvt" "\
15017 Warn that format is read-only.
15019 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
15021 (autoload 'iso-cvt-write-only "iso-cvt" "\
15022 Warn that format is write-only.
15024 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
15026 (autoload 'iso-cvt-define-menu "iso-cvt" "\
15027 Add submenus to the File menu, to convert to and from various formats.
15029 \(fn)" t nil)
15031 ;;;***
15033 ;;;### (autoloads nil "iso-transl" "international/iso-transl.el"
15034 ;;;;;; (19277 34920))
15035 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/iso-transl.el
15036 (or key-translation-map (setq key-translation-map (make-sparse-keymap)))
15037 (define-key key-translation-map "\C-x8" 'iso-transl-ctl-x-8-map)
15038 (autoload 'iso-transl-ctl-x-8-map "iso-transl" "Keymap for C-x 8 prefix." t 'keymap)
15040 ;;;***
15042 ;;;### (autoloads (ispell-message ispell-minor-mode ispell ispell-complete-word-interior-frag
15043 ;;;;;; ispell-complete-word ispell-continue ispell-buffer ispell-comments-and-strings
15044 ;;;;;; ispell-region ispell-change-dictionary ispell-kill-ispell
15045 ;;;;;; ispell-help ispell-pdict-save ispell-word ispell-personal-dictionary)
15046 ;;;;;; "ispell" "textmodes/ispell.el" (19304 58663))
15047 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/ispell.el
15048 (put 'ispell-check-comments 'safe-local-variable (lambda (a) (memq a '(nil t exclusive))))
15050 (defvar ispell-personal-dictionary nil "\
15051 *File name of your personal spelling dictionary, or nil.
15052 If nil, the default personal dictionary, (\"~/.ispell_DICTNAME\" for ispell or
15053 \"~/.aspell.LANG.pws\" for aspell) is used, where DICTNAME is the name of your
15054 default dictionary and LANG the two letter language code.")
15056 (custom-autoload 'ispell-personal-dictionary "ispell" t)
15057 (put 'ispell-local-dictionary 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
15059 (defvar ispell-menu-map nil "\
15060 Key map for ispell menu.")
15062 (defvar ispell-menu-xemacs nil "\
15063 Spelling menu for XEmacs.
15064 If nil when package is loaded, a standard menu will be set,
15065 and added as a submenu of the \"Edit\" menu.")
15067 (defvar ispell-menu-map-needed (and (not ispell-menu-map) (not (featurep 'xemacs)) 'reload))
15069 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (setq ispell-menu-map (make-sparse-keymap "Spell")) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-change-dictionary] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Change Dictionary...") ispell-change-dictionary :help ,(purecopy "Supply explicit dictionary file name"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-kill-ispell] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Kill Process") ispell-kill-ispell :enable (and (boundp 'ispell-process) ispell-process (eq (ispell-process-status) 'run)) :help ,(purecopy "Terminate Ispell subprocess"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-pdict-save] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Save Dictionary") (lambda nil (interactive) (ispell-pdict-save t t)) :help ,(purecopy "Save personal dictionary"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-customize] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Customize...") (lambda nil (interactive) (customize-group 'ispell)) :help ,(purecopy "Customize spell checking options"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-help] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Help") (lambda nil (interactive) (describe-function 'ispell-help)) :help ,(purecopy "Show standard Ispell keybindings and commands"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [flyspell-mode] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Automatic spell checking (Flyspell)") flyspell-mode :help ,(purecopy "Check spelling while you edit the text") :button (:toggle bound-and-true-p flyspell-mode))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-complete-word] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Complete Word") ispell-complete-word :help ,(purecopy "Complete word at cursor using dictionary"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-complete-word-interior-frag] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Complete Word Fragment") ispell-complete-word-interior-frag :help ,(purecopy "Complete word fragment at cursor")))))
15071 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-continue] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Continue Spell-Checking") ispell-continue :enable (and (boundp 'ispell-region-end) (marker-position ispell-region-end) (equal (marker-buffer ispell-region-end) (current-buffer))) :help ,(purecopy "Continue spell checking last region"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-word] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Spell-Check Word") ispell-word :help ,(purecopy "Spell-check word at cursor"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-comments-and-strings] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Spell-Check Comments") ispell-comments-and-strings :help ,(purecopy "Spell-check only comments and strings")))))
15073 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-region] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Spell-Check Region") ispell-region :enable mark-active :help ,(purecopy "Spell-check text in marked region"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-message] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Spell-Check Message") ispell-message :visible (eq major-mode 'mail-mode) :help ,(purecopy "Skip headers and included message text"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-buffer] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Spell-Check Buffer") ispell-buffer :help ,(purecopy "Check spelling of selected buffer"))) (fset 'ispell-menu-map (symbol-value 'ispell-menu-map))))
15075 (defvar ispell-skip-region-alist `((ispell-words-keyword forward-line) (ispell-dictionary-keyword forward-line) (ispell-pdict-keyword forward-line) (ispell-parsing-keyword forward-line) (,(purecopy "^---*BEGIN PGP [A-Z ]*--*") \, (purecopy "^---*END PGP [A-Z ]*--*")) (,(purecopy "^begin [0-9][0-9][0-9] [^ ]+$") \, (purecopy "\nend\n")) (,(purecopy "^%!PS-Adobe-[123].0") \, (purecopy "\n%%EOF\n")) (,(purecopy "^---* \\(Start of \\)?[Ff]orwarded [Mm]essage") \, (purecopy "^---* End of [Ff]orwarded [Mm]essage")) (,(purecopy "\\(--+\\|_+\\|\\(/\\w\\|\\(\\(\\w\\|[-_]\\)+[.:@]\\)\\)\\(\\w\\|[-_]\\)*\\([.:/@]+\\(\\w\\|[-_~=?&]\\)+\\)+\\)"))) "\
15076 Alist expressing beginning and end of regions not to spell check.
15077 The alist key must be a regular expression.
15078 Valid forms include:
15079 (KEY) - just skip the key.
15080 (KEY . REGEXP) - skip to the end of REGEXP. REGEXP may be string or symbol.
15081 (KEY REGEXP) - skip to end of REGEXP. REGEXP must be a string.
15082 (KEY FUNCTION ARGS) - FUNCTION called with ARGS returns end of region.")
15084 (defvar ispell-tex-skip-alists (purecopy '((("\\\\addcontentsline" ispell-tex-arg-end 2) ("\\\\add\\(tocontents\\|vspace\\)" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\\\([aA]lph\\|arabic\\)" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\bibliographystyle" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\makebox" ispell-tex-arg-end 0) ("\\\\e?psfig" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\document\\(class\\|style\\)" . "\\\\begin[ \n]*{[ \n]*document[ \n]*}")) (("\\(figure\\|table\\)\\*?" ispell-tex-arg-end 0) ("list" ispell-tex-arg-end 2) ("program" . "\\\\end[ \n]*{[ \n]*program[ \n]*}") ("verbatim\\*?" . "\\\\end[ \n]*{[ \n]*verbatim\\*?[ \n]*}")))) "\
15085 *Lists of regions to be skipped in TeX mode.
15086 First list is used raw.
15087 Second list has key placed inside \\begin{}.
15089 Delete or add any regions you want to be automatically selected
15090 for skipping in latex mode.")
15092 (defconst ispell-html-skip-alists '(("<[cC][oO][dD][eE]\\>[^>]*>" "</[cC][oO][dD][eE]*>") ("<[sS][cC][rR][iI][pP][tT]\\>[^>]*>" "</[sS][cC][rR][iI][pP][tT]>") ("<[aA][pP][pP][lL][eE][tT]\\>[^>]*>" "</[aA][pP][pP][lL][eE][tT]>") ("<[vV][eE][rR][bB]\\>[^>]*>" "<[vV][eE][rR][bB]\\>[^>]*>") ("<[tT][tT]/" "/") ("<[^ \n>]" ">") ("&[^ \n;]" "[; \n]")) "\
15093 *Lists of start and end keys to skip in HTML buffers.
15094 Same format as `ispell-skip-region-alist'.
15095 Note - substrings of other matches must come last
15096 (e.g. \"<[tT][tT]/\" and \"<[^ \\t\\n>]\").")
15097 (put 'ispell-local-pdict 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
15098 (define-key esc-map "$" 'ispell-word)
15100 (autoload 'ispell-word "ispell" "\
15101 Check spelling of word under or before the cursor.
15102 If the word is not found in dictionary, display possible corrections
15103 in a window allowing you to choose one.
15105 If optional argument FOLLOWING is non-nil or if `ispell-following-word'
15106 is non-nil when called interactively, then the following word
15107 \(rather than preceding) is checked when the cursor is not over a word.
15108 When the optional argument QUIETLY is non-nil or `ispell-quietly' is non-nil
15109 when called interactively, non-corrective messages are suppressed.
15111 With a prefix argument (or if CONTINUE is non-nil),
15112 resume interrupted spell-checking of a buffer or region.
15114 Interactively, in Transient Mark mode when the mark is active, call
15115 `ispell-region' to check the active region for spelling errors.
15117 Word syntax is controlled by the definition of the chosen dictionary,
15118 which is in `ispell-local-dictionary-alist' or `ispell-dictionary-alist'.
15120 This will check or reload the dictionary. Use \\[ispell-change-dictionary]
15121 or \\[ispell-region] to update the Ispell process.
15123 Return values:
15124 nil word is correct or spelling is accepted.
15125 0 word is inserted into buffer-local definitions.
15126 \"word\" word corrected from word list.
15127 \(\"word\" arg) word is hand entered.
15128 quit spell session exited.
15130 \(fn &optional FOLLOWING QUIETLY CONTINUE REGION)" t nil)
15132 (autoload 'ispell-pdict-save "ispell" "\
15133 Check to see if the personal dictionary has been modified.
15134 If so, ask if it needs to be saved.
15136 \(fn &optional NO-QUERY FORCE-SAVE)" t nil)
15138 (autoload 'ispell-help "ispell" "\
15139 Display a list of the options available when a misspelling is encountered.
15141 Selections are:
15143 DIGIT: Replace the word with a digit offered in the *Choices* buffer.
15144 SPC: Accept word this time.
15145 `i': Accept word and insert into private dictionary.
15146 `a': Accept word for this session.
15147 `A': Accept word and place in `buffer-local dictionary'.
15148 `r': Replace word with typed-in value. Rechecked.
15149 `R': Replace word with typed-in value. Query-replaced in buffer. Rechecked.
15150 `?': Show these commands.
15151 `x': Exit spelling buffer. Move cursor to original point.
15152 `X': Exit spelling buffer. Leaves cursor at the current point, and permits
15153 the aborted check to be completed later.
15154 `q': Quit spelling session (Kills ispell process).
15155 `l': Look up typed-in replacement in alternate dictionary. Wildcards okay.
15156 `u': Like `i', but the word is lower-cased first.
15157 `m': Place typed-in value in personal dictionary, then recheck current word.
15158 `C-l': Redraw screen.
15159 `C-r': Recursive edit.
15160 `C-z': Suspend Emacs or iconify frame.
15162 \(fn)" nil nil)
15164 (autoload 'ispell-kill-ispell "ispell" "\
15165 Kill current Ispell process (so that you may start a fresh one).
15166 With NO-ERROR, just return non-nil if there was no Ispell running.
15168 \(fn &optional NO-ERROR)" t nil)
15170 (autoload 'ispell-change-dictionary "ispell" "\
15171 Change to dictionary DICT for Ispell.
15172 With a prefix arg, set it \"globally\", for all buffers.
15173 Without a prefix arg, set it \"locally\", just for this buffer.
15175 By just answering RET you can find out what the current dictionary is.
15177 \(fn DICT &optional ARG)" t nil)
15179 (autoload 'ispell-region "ispell" "\
15180 Interactively check a region for spelling errors.
15181 Return nil if spell session is quit,
15182 otherwise returns shift offset amount for last line processed.
15184 \(fn REG-START REG-END &optional RECHECKP SHIFT)" t nil)
15186 (autoload 'ispell-comments-and-strings "ispell" "\
15187 Check comments and strings in the current buffer for spelling errors.
15189 \(fn)" t nil)
15191 (autoload 'ispell-buffer "ispell" "\
15192 Check the current buffer for spelling errors interactively.
15194 \(fn)" t nil)
15196 (autoload 'ispell-continue "ispell" "\
15197 Continue a halted spelling session beginning with the current word.
15199 \(fn)" t nil)
15201 (autoload 'ispell-complete-word "ispell" "\
15202 Try to complete the word before or under point (see `lookup-words').
15203 If optional INTERIOR-FRAG is non-nil then the word may be a character
15204 sequence inside of a word.
15206 Standard ispell choices are then available.
15208 \(fn &optional INTERIOR-FRAG)" t nil)
15210 (autoload 'ispell-complete-word-interior-frag "ispell" "\
15211 Completes word matching character sequence inside a word.
15213 \(fn)" t nil)
15215 (autoload 'ispell "ispell" "\
15216 Interactively check a region or buffer for spelling errors.
15217 If `transient-mark-mode' is on, and a region is active, spell-check
15218 that region. Otherwise spell-check the buffer.
15220 Ispell dictionaries are not distributed with Emacs. If you are
15221 looking for a dictionary, please see the distribution of the GNU ispell
15222 program, or do an Internet search; there are various dictionaries
15223 available on the net.
15225 \(fn)" t nil)
15227 (autoload 'ispell-minor-mode "ispell" "\
15228 Toggle Ispell minor mode.
15229 With prefix argument ARG, turn Ispell minor mode on if ARG is positive,
15230 otherwise turn it off.
15232 In Ispell minor mode, pressing SPC or RET
15233 warns you if the previous word is incorrectly spelled.
15235 All the buffer-local variables and dictionaries are ignored -- to read
15236 them into the running ispell process, type \\[ispell-word] SPC.
15238 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15240 (autoload 'ispell-message "ispell" "\
15241 Check the spelling of a mail message or news post.
15242 Don't check spelling of message headers except the Subject field.
15243 Don't check included messages.
15245 To abort spell checking of a message region and send the message anyway,
15246 use the `x' command. (Any subsequent regions will be checked.)
15247 The `X' command aborts the message send so that you can edit the buffer.
15249 To spell-check whenever a message is sent, include the appropriate lines
15250 in your .emacs file:
15251 (add-hook 'message-send-hook 'ispell-message) ;; GNUS 5
15252 (add-hook 'news-inews-hook 'ispell-message) ;; GNUS 4
15253 (add-hook 'mail-send-hook 'ispell-message)
15254 (add-hook 'mh-before-send-letter-hook 'ispell-message)
15256 You can bind this to the key C-c i in GNUS or mail by adding to
15257 `news-reply-mode-hook' or `mail-mode-hook' the following lambda expression:
15258 (function (lambda () (local-set-key \"\\C-ci\" 'ispell-message)))
15260 \(fn)" t nil)
15262 ;;;***
15264 ;;;### (autoloads (iswitchb-mode) "iswitchb" "iswitchb.el" (19315
15265 ;;;;;; 24485))
15266 ;;; Generated autoloads from iswitchb.el
15268 (defvar iswitchb-mode nil "\
15269 Non-nil if Iswitchb mode is enabled.
15270 See the command `iswitchb-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
15271 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
15272 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
15273 or call the function `iswitchb-mode'.")
15275 (custom-autoload 'iswitchb-mode "iswitchb" nil)
15277 (autoload 'iswitchb-mode "iswitchb" "\
15278 Toggle Iswitchb global minor mode.
15279 With arg, turn Iswitchb mode on if ARG is positive, otherwise turn it off.
15280 This mode enables switching between buffers using substrings. See
15281 `iswitchb' for details.
15283 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15285 ;;;***
15287 ;;;### (autoloads (read-hiragana-string japanese-zenkaku-region japanese-hankaku-region
15288 ;;;;;; japanese-hiragana-region japanese-katakana-region japanese-zenkaku
15289 ;;;;;; japanese-hankaku japanese-hiragana japanese-katakana setup-japanese-environment-internal)
15290 ;;;;;; "japan-util" "language/japan-util.el" (19277 34920))
15291 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/japan-util.el
15293 (autoload 'setup-japanese-environment-internal "japan-util" "\
15294 Not documented
15296 \(fn)" nil nil)
15298 (autoload 'japanese-katakana "japan-util" "\
15299 Convert argument to Katakana and return that.
15300 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
15301 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
15302 Optional argument HANKAKU t means to convert to `hankaku' Katakana
15303 (`japanese-jisx0201-kana'), in which case return value
15304 may be a string even if OBJ is a character if two Katakanas are
15305 necessary to represent OBJ.
15307 \(fn OBJ &optional HANKAKU)" nil nil)
15309 (autoload 'japanese-hiragana "japan-util" "\
15310 Convert argument to Hiragana and return that.
15311 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
15312 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
15314 \(fn OBJ)" nil nil)
15316 (autoload 'japanese-hankaku "japan-util" "\
15317 Convert argument to `hankaku' and return that.
15318 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
15319 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
15320 Optional argument ASCII-ONLY non-nil means to return only ASCII character.
15322 \(fn OBJ &optional ASCII-ONLY)" nil nil)
15324 (autoload 'japanese-zenkaku "japan-util" "\
15325 Convert argument to `zenkaku' and return that.
15326 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
15327 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
15329 \(fn OBJ)" nil nil)
15331 (autoload 'japanese-katakana-region "japan-util" "\
15332 Convert Japanese `hiragana' chars in the region to `katakana' chars.
15333 Optional argument HANKAKU t means to convert to `hankaku katakana' character
15334 of which charset is `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
15336 \(fn FROM TO &optional HANKAKU)" t nil)
15338 (autoload 'japanese-hiragana-region "japan-util" "\
15339 Convert Japanese `katakana' chars in the region to `hiragana' chars.
15341 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
15343 (autoload 'japanese-hankaku-region "japan-util" "\
15344 Convert Japanese `zenkaku' chars in the region to `hankaku' chars.
15345 `Zenkaku' chars belong to `japanese-jisx0208'
15346 `Hankaku' chars belong to `ascii' or `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
15347 Optional argument ASCII-ONLY non-nil means to convert only to ASCII char.
15349 \(fn FROM TO &optional ASCII-ONLY)" t nil)
15351 (autoload 'japanese-zenkaku-region "japan-util" "\
15352 Convert hankaku' chars in the region to Japanese `zenkaku' chars.
15353 `Zenkaku' chars belong to `japanese-jisx0208'
15354 `Hankaku' chars belong to `ascii' or `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
15355 Optional argument KATAKANA-ONLY non-nil means to convert only KATAKANA char.
15357 \(fn FROM TO &optional KATAKANA-ONLY)" t nil)
15359 (autoload 'read-hiragana-string "japan-util" "\
15360 Read a Hiragana string from the minibuffer, prompting with string PROMPT.
15361 If non-nil, second arg INITIAL-INPUT is a string to insert before reading.
15363 \(fn PROMPT &optional INITIAL-INPUT)" nil nil)
15365 ;;;***
15367 ;;;### (autoloads (jka-compr-uninstall jka-compr-handler) "jka-compr"
15368 ;;;;;; "jka-compr.el" (19294 23005))
15369 ;;; Generated autoloads from jka-compr.el
15371 (defvar jka-compr-inhibit nil "\
15372 Non-nil means inhibit automatic uncompression temporarily.
15373 Lisp programs can bind this to t to do that.
15374 It is not recommended to set this variable permanently to anything but nil.")
15376 (autoload 'jka-compr-handler "jka-compr" "\
15377 Not documented
15379 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
15381 (autoload 'jka-compr-uninstall "jka-compr" "\
15382 Uninstall jka-compr.
15383 This removes the entries in `file-name-handler-alist' and `auto-mode-alist'
15384 and `inhibit-first-line-modes-suffixes' that were added
15385 by `jka-compr-installed'.
15387 \(fn)" nil nil)
15389 ;;;***
15391 ;;;### (autoloads (js-mode) "js" "progmodes/js.el" (19277 34922))
15392 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/js.el
15394 (autoload 'js-mode "js" "\
15395 Major mode for editing JavaScript.
15397 Key bindings:
15399 \\{js-mode-map}
15401 \(fn)" t nil)
15403 (defalias 'javascript-mode 'js-mode)
15405 ;;;***
15407 ;;;### (autoloads (keypad-setup keypad-numlock-shifted-setup keypad-shifted-setup
15408 ;;;;;; keypad-numlock-setup keypad-setup) "keypad" "emulation/keypad.el"
15409 ;;;;;; (19277 34919))
15410 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/keypad.el
15412 (defvar keypad-setup nil "\
15413 Specifies the keypad setup for unshifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
15414 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
15415 decimal key must be specified.")
15417 (custom-autoload 'keypad-setup "keypad" nil)
15419 (defvar keypad-numlock-setup nil "\
15420 Specifies the keypad setup for unshifted keypad keys when NumLock is on.
15421 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
15422 decimal key must be specified.")
15424 (custom-autoload 'keypad-numlock-setup "keypad" nil)
15426 (defvar keypad-shifted-setup nil "\
15427 Specifies the keypad setup for shifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
15428 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
15429 decimal key must be specified.")
15431 (custom-autoload 'keypad-shifted-setup "keypad" nil)
15433 (defvar keypad-numlock-shifted-setup nil "\
15434 Specifies the keypad setup for shifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
15435 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
15436 decimal key must be specified.")
15438 (custom-autoload 'keypad-numlock-shifted-setup "keypad" nil)
15440 (autoload 'keypad-setup "keypad" "\
15441 Set keypad bindings in `function-key-map' according to SETUP.
15442 If optional second argument NUMLOCK is non-nil, the NumLock On bindings
15443 are changed. Otherwise, the NumLock Off bindings are changed.
15444 If optional third argument SHIFT is non-nil, the shifted keypad
15445 keys are bound.
15447 Setup Binding
15448 -------------------------------------------------------------
15449 'prefix Command prefix argument, i.e. M-0 .. M-9 and M--
15450 'S-cursor Bind shifted keypad keys to the shifted cursor movement keys.
15451 'cursor Bind keypad keys to the cursor movement keys.
15452 'numeric Plain numeric keypad, i.e. 0 .. 9 and . (or DECIMAL arg)
15453 'none Removes all bindings for keypad keys in function-key-map;
15454 this enables any user-defined bindings for the keypad keys
15455 in the global and local keymaps.
15457 If SETUP is 'numeric and the optional fourth argument DECIMAL is non-nil,
15458 the decimal key on the keypad is mapped to DECIMAL instead of `.'
15460 \(fn SETUP &optional NUMLOCK SHIFT DECIMAL)" nil nil)
15462 ;;;***
15464 ;;;### (autoloads (kinsoku) "kinsoku" "international/kinsoku.el"
15465 ;;;;;; (19277 34920))
15466 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/kinsoku.el
15468 (autoload 'kinsoku "kinsoku" "\
15469 Go to a line breaking position near point by doing `kinsoku' processing.
15470 LINEBEG is a buffer position we can't break a line before.
15472 `Kinsoku' processing is to prohibit specific characters to be placed
15473 at beginning of line or at end of line. Characters not to be placed
15474 at beginning and end of line have character category `>' and `<'
15475 respectively. This restriction is dissolved by making a line longer or
15476 shorter.
15478 `Kinsoku' is a Japanese word which originally means ordering to stay
15479 in one place, and is used for the text processing described above in
15480 the context of text formatting.
15482 \(fn LINEBEG)" nil nil)
15484 ;;;***
15486 ;;;### (autoloads (kkc-region) "kkc" "international/kkc.el" (19277
15487 ;;;;;; 34920))
15488 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/kkc.el
15490 (defvar kkc-after-update-conversion-functions nil "\
15491 Functions to run after a conversion is selected in `japanese' input method.
15492 With this input method, a user can select a proper conversion from
15493 candidate list. Each time he changes the selection, functions in this
15494 list are called with two arguments; starting and ending buffer
15495 positions that contains the current selection.")
15497 (autoload 'kkc-region "kkc" "\
15498 Convert Kana string in the current region to Kanji-Kana mixed string.
15499 Users can select a desirable conversion interactively.
15500 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
15501 positions FROM and TO (integers or markers) specifying the target region.
15502 When it returns, the point is at the tail of the selected conversion,
15503 and the return value is the length of the conversion.
15505 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
15507 ;;;***
15509 ;;;### (autoloads (kmacro-end-call-mouse kmacro-end-and-call-macro
15510 ;;;;;; kmacro-end-or-call-macro kmacro-start-macro-or-insert-counter
15511 ;;;;;; kmacro-call-macro kmacro-end-macro kmacro-start-macro kmacro-exec-ring-item)
15512 ;;;;;; "kmacro" "kmacro.el" (19277 34916))
15513 ;;; Generated autoloads from kmacro.el
15514 (global-set-key "\C-x(" 'kmacro-start-macro)
15515 (global-set-key "\C-x)" 'kmacro-end-macro)
15516 (global-set-key "\C-xe" 'kmacro-end-and-call-macro)
15517 (global-set-key [f3] 'kmacro-start-macro-or-insert-counter)
15518 (global-set-key [f4] 'kmacro-end-or-call-macro)
15519 (global-set-key "\C-x\C-k" 'kmacro-keymap)
15520 (autoload 'kmacro-keymap "kmacro" "Keymap for keyboard macro commands." t 'keymap)
15522 (autoload 'kmacro-exec-ring-item "kmacro" "\
15523 Execute item ITEM from the macro ring.
15525 \(fn ITEM ARG)" nil nil)
15527 (autoload 'kmacro-start-macro "kmacro" "\
15528 Record subsequent keyboard input, defining a keyboard macro.
15529 The commands are recorded even as they are executed.
15530 Use \\[kmacro-end-macro] to finish recording and make the macro available.
15531 Use \\[kmacro-end-and-call-macro] to execute the macro.
15533 Non-nil arg (prefix arg) means append to last macro defined.
15535 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, append to last keyboard macro
15536 defined. Depending on `kmacro-execute-before-append', this may begin
15537 by re-executing the last macro as if you typed it again.
15539 Otherwise, it sets `kmacro-counter' to ARG or 0 if missing before
15540 defining the macro.
15542 Use \\[kmacro-insert-counter] to insert (and increment) the macro counter.
15543 The counter value can be set or modified via \\[kmacro-set-counter] and \\[kmacro-add-counter].
15544 The format of the counter can be modified via \\[kmacro-set-format].
15546 Use \\[kmacro-name-last-macro] to give it a permanent name.
15547 Use \\[kmacro-bind-to-key] to bind it to a key sequence.
15549 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
15551 (autoload 'kmacro-end-macro "kmacro" "\
15552 Finish defining a keyboard macro.
15553 The definition was started by \\[kmacro-start-macro].
15554 The macro is now available for use via \\[kmacro-call-macro],
15555 or it can be given a name with \\[kmacro-name-last-macro] and then invoked
15556 under that name.
15558 With numeric arg, repeat macro now that many times,
15559 counting the definition just completed as the first repetition.
15560 An argument of zero means repeat until error.
15562 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
15564 (autoload 'kmacro-call-macro "kmacro" "\
15565 Call the last keyboard macro that you defined with \\[kmacro-start-macro].
15566 A prefix argument serves as a repeat count. Zero means repeat until error.
15568 When you call the macro, you can call the macro again by repeating
15569 just the last key in the key sequence that you used to call this
15570 command. See `kmacro-call-repeat-key' and `kmacro-call-repeat-with-arg'
15571 for details on how to adjust or disable this behavior.
15573 To make a macro permanent so you can call it even after defining
15574 others, use \\[kmacro-name-last-macro].
15576 \(fn ARG &optional NO-REPEAT END-MACRO)" t nil)
15578 (autoload 'kmacro-start-macro-or-insert-counter "kmacro" "\
15579 Record subsequent keyboard input, defining a keyboard macro.
15580 The commands are recorded even as they are executed.
15582 Sets the `kmacro-counter' to ARG (or 0 if no prefix arg) before defining the
15583 macro.
15585 With \\[universal-argument], appends to current keyboard macro (keeping
15586 the current value of `kmacro-counter').
15588 When defining/executing macro, inserts macro counter and increments
15589 the counter with ARG or 1 if missing. With \\[universal-argument],
15590 inserts previous `kmacro-counter' (but do not modify counter).
15592 The macro counter can be modified via \\[kmacro-set-counter] and \\[kmacro-add-counter].
15593 The format of the counter can be modified via \\[kmacro-set-format].
15595 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
15597 (autoload 'kmacro-end-or-call-macro "kmacro" "\
15598 End kbd macro if currently being defined; else call last kbd macro.
15599 With numeric prefix ARG, repeat macro that many times.
15600 With \\[universal-argument], call second macro in macro ring.
15602 \(fn ARG &optional NO-REPEAT)" t nil)
15604 (autoload 'kmacro-end-and-call-macro "kmacro" "\
15605 Call last keyboard macro, ending it first if currently being defined.
15606 With numeric prefix ARG, repeat macro that many times.
15607 Zero argument means repeat until there is an error.
15609 To give a macro a permanent name, so you can call it
15610 even after defining other macros, use \\[kmacro-name-last-macro].
15612 \(fn ARG &optional NO-REPEAT)" t nil)
15614 (autoload 'kmacro-end-call-mouse "kmacro" "\
15615 Move point to the position clicked with the mouse and call last kbd macro.
15616 If kbd macro currently being defined end it before activating it.
15618 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
15620 ;;;***
15622 ;;;### (autoloads (setup-korean-environment-internal) "korea-util"
15623 ;;;;;; "language/korea-util.el" (19277 34920))
15624 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/korea-util.el
15626 (defvar default-korean-keyboard (purecopy (if (string-match "3" (or (getenv "HANGUL_KEYBOARD_TYPE") "")) "3" "")) "\
15627 *The kind of Korean keyboard for Korean input method.
15628 \"\" for 2, \"3\" for 3.")
15630 (autoload 'setup-korean-environment-internal "korea-util" "\
15631 Not documented
15633 \(fn)" nil nil)
15635 ;;;***
15637 ;;;### (autoloads (lm lm-test-run) "landmark" "play/landmark.el"
15638 ;;;;;; (19277 34922))
15639 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/landmark.el
15641 (defalias 'landmark-repeat 'lm-test-run)
15643 (autoload 'lm-test-run "landmark" "\
15644 Run 100 Lm games, each time saving the weights from the previous game.
15646 \(fn)" t nil)
15648 (defalias 'landmark 'lm)
15650 (autoload 'lm "landmark" "\
15651 Start or resume an Lm game.
15652 If a game is in progress, this command allows you to resume it.
15653 Here is the relation between prefix args and game options:
15655 prefix arg | robot is auto-started | weights are saved from last game
15656 ---------------------------------------------------------------------
15657 none / 1 | yes | no
15658 2 | yes | yes
15659 3 | no | yes
15660 4 | no | no
15662 You start by moving to a square and typing \\[lm-start-robot],
15663 if you did not use a prefix arg to ask for automatic start.
15664 Use \\[describe-mode] for more info.
15666 \(fn PARG)" t nil)
15668 ;;;***
15670 ;;;### (autoloads (lao-compose-region lao-composition-function lao-transcribe-roman-to-lao-string
15671 ;;;;;; lao-transcribe-single-roman-syllable-to-lao lao-compose-string)
15672 ;;;;;; "lao-util" "language/lao-util.el" (19277 34920))
15673 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/lao-util.el
15675 (autoload 'lao-compose-string "lao-util" "\
15676 Not documented
15678 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
15680 (autoload 'lao-transcribe-single-roman-syllable-to-lao "lao-util" "\
15681 Transcribe a Romanized Lao syllable in the region FROM and TO to Lao string.
15682 Only the first syllable is transcribed.
15683 The value has the form: (START END LAO-STRING), where
15684 START and END are the beggining and end positions of the Roman Lao syllable,
15685 LAO-STRING is the Lao character transcription of it.
15687 Optional 3rd arg STR, if non-nil, is a string to search for Roman Lao
15688 syllable. In that case, FROM and TO are indexes to STR.
15690 \(fn FROM TO &optional STR)" nil nil)
15692 (autoload 'lao-transcribe-roman-to-lao-string "lao-util" "\
15693 Transcribe Romanized Lao string STR to Lao character string.
15695 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
15697 (autoload 'lao-composition-function "lao-util" "\
15698 Not documented
15700 \(fn GSTRING)" nil nil)
15702 (autoload 'lao-compose-region "lao-util" "\
15703 Not documented
15705 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
15707 ;;;***
15709 ;;;### (autoloads (latexenc-find-file-coding-system latexenc-coding-system-to-inputenc
15710 ;;;;;; latexenc-inputenc-to-coding-system latex-inputenc-coding-alist)
15711 ;;;;;; "latexenc" "international/latexenc.el" (19277 34920))
15712 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/latexenc.el
15714 (defvar latex-inputenc-coding-alist (purecopy '(("ansinew" . windows-1252) ("applemac" . mac-roman) ("ascii" . us-ascii) ("cp1250" . windows-1250) ("cp1252" . windows-1252) ("cp1257" . cp1257) ("cp437de" . cp437) ("cp437" . cp437) ("cp850" . cp850) ("cp852" . cp852) ("cp858" . cp858) ("cp865" . cp865) ("latin1" . iso-8859-1) ("latin2" . iso-8859-2) ("latin3" . iso-8859-3) ("latin4" . iso-8859-4) ("latin5" . iso-8859-5) ("latin9" . iso-8859-15) ("next" . next) ("utf8" . utf-8) ("utf8x" . utf-8))) "\
15715 Mapping from LaTeX encodings in \"inputenc.sty\" to Emacs coding systems.
15716 LaTeX encodings are specified with \"\\usepackage[encoding]{inputenc}\".
15717 Used by the function `latexenc-find-file-coding-system'.")
15719 (custom-autoload 'latex-inputenc-coding-alist "latexenc" t)
15721 (autoload 'latexenc-inputenc-to-coding-system "latexenc" "\
15722 Return the corresponding coding-system for the specified input encoding.
15723 Return nil if no matching coding system can be found.
15725 \(fn INPUTENC)" nil nil)
15727 (autoload 'latexenc-coding-system-to-inputenc "latexenc" "\
15728 Return the corresponding input encoding for the specified coding system.
15729 Return nil if no matching input encoding can be found.
15731 \(fn CS)" nil nil)
15733 (autoload 'latexenc-find-file-coding-system "latexenc" "\
15734 Determine the coding system of a LaTeX file if it uses \"inputenc.sty\".
15735 The mapping from LaTeX's \"inputenc.sty\" encoding names to Emacs
15736 coding system names is determined from `latex-inputenc-coding-alist'.
15738 \(fn ARG-LIST)" nil nil)
15740 ;;;***
15742 ;;;### (autoloads (latin1-display-ucs-per-lynx latin1-display latin1-display)
15743 ;;;;;; "latin1-disp" "international/latin1-disp.el" (19277 34920))
15744 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/latin1-disp.el
15746 (defvar latin1-display nil "\
15747 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for ISO8859 character sets.
15748 This is done for each character set in the list `latin1-display-sets',
15749 if no font is available to display it. Characters are displayed using
15750 the corresponding Latin-1 characters where they match. Otherwise
15751 ASCII sequences are used, mostly following the Latin prefix input
15752 methods. Some different ASCII sequences are used if
15753 `latin1-display-mnemonic' is non-nil.
15755 This option also treats some characters in the `mule-unicode-...'
15756 charsets if you don't have a Unicode font with which to display them.
15758 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
15759 use either \\[customize] or the function `latin1-display'.")
15761 (custom-autoload 'latin1-display "latin1-disp" nil)
15763 (autoload 'latin1-display "latin1-disp" "\
15764 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for the arguments character SETS.
15765 See option `latin1-display' for the method. The members of the list
15766 must be in `latin1-display-sets'. With no arguments, reset the
15767 display for all of `latin1-display-sets'. See also
15768 `latin1-display-setup'.
15770 \(fn &rest SETS)" nil nil)
15772 (defvar latin1-display-ucs-per-lynx nil "\
15773 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for Unicode characters.
15774 This uses the transliterations of the Lynx browser. The display isn't
15775 changed if the display can render Unicode characters.
15777 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
15778 use either \\[customize] or the function `latin1-display'.")
15780 (custom-autoload 'latin1-display-ucs-per-lynx "latin1-disp" nil)
15782 ;;;***
15784 ;;;### (autoloads (ld-script-mode) "ld-script" "progmodes/ld-script.el"
15785 ;;;;;; (19277 34922))
15786 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ld-script.el
15788 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist (purecopy '("\\.ld[si]?\\>" . ld-script-mode)))
15790 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist (purecopy '("ld\\.?script\\>" . ld-script-mode)))
15792 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist (purecopy '("\\.x[bdsru]?[cn]?\\'" . ld-script-mode)))
15794 (autoload 'ld-script-mode "ld-script" "\
15795 A major mode to edit GNU ld script files
15797 \(fn)" t nil)
15799 ;;;***
15801 ;;;### (autoloads (ledit-from-lisp-mode ledit-mode) "ledit" "ledit.el"
15802 ;;;;;; (19277 34916))
15803 ;;; Generated autoloads from ledit.el
15805 (defconst ledit-save-files t "\
15806 *Non-nil means Ledit should save files before transferring to Lisp.")
15808 (defconst ledit-go-to-lisp-string "%?lisp" "\
15809 *Shell commands to execute to resume Lisp job.")
15811 (defconst ledit-go-to-liszt-string "%?liszt" "\
15812 *Shell commands to execute to resume Lisp compiler job.")
15814 (autoload 'ledit-mode "ledit" "\
15815 \\<ledit-mode-map>Major mode for editing text and stuffing it to a Lisp job.
15816 Like Lisp mode, plus these special commands:
15817 \\[ledit-save-defun] -- record defun at or after point
15818 for later transmission to Lisp job.
15819 \\[ledit-save-region] -- record region for later transmission to Lisp job.
15820 \\[ledit-go-to-lisp] -- transfer to Lisp job and transmit saved text.
15821 \\[ledit-go-to-liszt] -- transfer to Liszt (Lisp compiler) job
15822 and transmit saved text.
15824 \\{ledit-mode-map}
15825 To make Lisp mode automatically change to Ledit mode,
15826 do (setq lisp-mode-hook 'ledit-from-lisp-mode)
15828 \(fn)" t nil)
15830 (autoload 'ledit-from-lisp-mode "ledit" "\
15831 Not documented
15833 \(fn)" nil nil)
15835 ;;;***
15837 ;;;### (autoloads (life) "life" "play/life.el" (19277 34922))
15838 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/life.el
15840 (autoload 'life "life" "\
15841 Run Conway's Life simulation.
15842 The starting pattern is randomly selected. Prefix arg (optional first
15843 arg non-nil from a program) is the number of seconds to sleep between
15844 generations (this defaults to 1).
15846 \(fn &optional SLEEPTIME)" t nil)
15848 ;;;***
15850 ;;;### (autoloads (global-linum-mode linum-mode linum-format) "linum"
15851 ;;;;;; "linum.el" (19277 34916))
15852 ;;; Generated autoloads from linum.el
15854 (defvar linum-format 'dynamic "\
15855 Format used to display line numbers.
15856 Either a format string like \"%7d\", `dynamic' to adapt the width
15857 as needed, or a function that is called with a line number as its
15858 argument and should evaluate to a string to be shown on that line.
15859 See also `linum-before-numbering-hook'.")
15861 (custom-autoload 'linum-format "linum" t)
15863 (autoload 'linum-mode "linum" "\
15864 Toggle display of line numbers in the left margin.
15866 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15868 (defvar global-linum-mode nil "\
15869 Non-nil if Global-Linum mode is enabled.
15870 See the command `global-linum-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
15871 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
15872 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
15873 or call the function `global-linum-mode'.")
15875 (custom-autoload 'global-linum-mode "linum" nil)
15877 (autoload 'global-linum-mode "linum" "\
15878 Toggle Linum mode in every possible buffer.
15879 With prefix ARG, turn Global-Linum mode on if and only if
15880 ARG is positive.
15881 Linum mode is enabled in all buffers where
15882 `linum-on' would do it.
15883 See `linum-mode' for more information on Linum mode.
15885 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15887 ;;;***
15889 ;;;### (autoloads (unload-feature) "loadhist" "loadhist.el" (19277
15890 ;;;;;; 34916))
15891 ;;; Generated autoloads from loadhist.el
15893 (autoload 'unload-feature "loadhist" "\
15894 Unload the library that provided FEATURE.
15895 If the feature is required by any other loaded code, and prefix arg FORCE
15896 is nil, raise an error.
15898 Standard unloading activities include restoring old autoloads for
15899 functions defined by the library, undoing any additions that the
15900 library has made to hook variables or to `auto-mode-alist', undoing
15901 ELP profiling of functions in that library, unproviding any features
15902 provided by the library, and canceling timers held in variables
15903 defined by the library.
15905 If a function `FEATURE-unload-function' is defined, this function
15906 calls it with no arguments, before doing anything else. That function
15907 can do whatever is appropriate to undo the loading of the library. If
15908 `FEATURE-unload-function' returns non-nil, that suppresses the
15909 standard unloading of the library. Otherwise the standard unloading
15910 proceeds.
15912 `FEATURE-unload-function' has access to the package's list of
15913 definitions in the variable `unload-function-defs-list' and could
15914 remove symbols from it in the event that the package has done
15915 something strange, such as redefining an Emacs function.
15917 \(fn FEATURE &optional FORCE)" t nil)
15919 ;;;***
15921 ;;;### (autoloads (locate-with-filter locate locate-ls-subdir-switches)
15922 ;;;;;; "locate" "locate.el" (19277 34916))
15923 ;;; Generated autoloads from locate.el
15925 (defvar locate-ls-subdir-switches (purecopy "-al") "\
15926 `ls' switches for inserting subdirectories in `*Locate*' buffers.
15927 This should contain the \"-l\" switch, but not the \"-F\" or \"-b\" switches.")
15929 (custom-autoload 'locate-ls-subdir-switches "locate" t)
15931 (autoload 'locate "locate" "\
15932 Run the program `locate', putting results in `*Locate*' buffer.
15933 Pass it SEARCH-STRING as argument. Interactively, prompt for SEARCH-STRING.
15934 With prefix arg, prompt for the exact shell command to run instead.
15936 This program searches for those file names in a database that match
15937 SEARCH-STRING and normally outputs all matching absolute file names,
15938 one per line. The database normally consists of all files on your
15939 system, or of all files that you have access to. Consult the
15940 documentation of the program for the details about how it determines
15941 which file names match SEARCH-STRING. (Those details vary highly with
15942 the version.)
15944 You can specify another program for this command to run by customizing
15945 the variables `locate-command' or `locate-make-command-line'.
15947 The main use of FILTER is to implement `locate-with-filter'. See
15948 the docstring of that function for its meaning.
15950 ARG is the interactive prefix arg.
15952 \(fn SEARCH-STRING &optional FILTER ARG)" t nil)
15954 (autoload 'locate-with-filter "locate" "\
15955 Run the executable program `locate' with a filter.
15956 This function is similar to the function `locate', which see.
15957 The difference is that, when invoked interactively, the present function
15958 prompts for both SEARCH-STRING and FILTER. It passes SEARCH-STRING
15959 to the locate executable program. It produces a `*Locate*' buffer
15960 that lists only those lines in the output of the locate program that
15961 contain a match for the regular expression FILTER; this is often useful
15962 to constrain a big search.
15964 ARG is the interactive prefix arg, which has the same effect as in `locate'.
15966 When called from Lisp, this function is identical with `locate',
15967 except that FILTER is not optional.
15969 \(fn SEARCH-STRING FILTER &optional ARG)" t nil)
15971 ;;;***
15973 ;;;### (autoloads (log-edit) "log-edit" "log-edit.el" (19354 34807))
15974 ;;; Generated autoloads from log-edit.el
15976 (autoload 'log-edit "log-edit" "\
15977 Setup a buffer to enter a log message.
15978 \\<log-edit-mode-map>The buffer will be put in `log-edit-mode'.
15979 If SETUP is non-nil, the buffer is then erased and `log-edit-hook' is run.
15980 Mark and point will be set around the entire contents of the buffer so
15981 that it is easy to kill the contents of the buffer with \\[kill-region].
15982 Once you're done editing the message, pressing \\[log-edit-done] will call
15983 `log-edit-done' which will end up calling CALLBACK to do the actual commit.
15985 PARAMS if non-nil is an alist. Possible keys and associated values:
15986 `log-edit-listfun' -- function taking no arguments that returns the list of
15987 files that are concerned by the current operation (using relative names);
15988 `log-edit-diff-function' -- function taking no arguments that
15989 displays a diff of the files concerned by the current operation.
15991 If BUFFER is non-nil `log-edit' will jump to that buffer, use it to edit the
15992 log message and go back to the current buffer when done. Otherwise, it
15993 uses the current buffer.
15995 \(fn CALLBACK &optional SETUP PARAMS BUFFER &rest IGNORE)" nil nil)
15997 ;;;***
15999 ;;;### (autoloads (log-view-mode) "log-view" "log-view.el" (19360
16000 ;;;;;; 14173))
16001 ;;; Generated autoloads from log-view.el
16003 (autoload 'log-view-mode "log-view" "\
16004 Major mode for browsing CVS log output.
16006 \(fn)" t nil)
16008 ;;;***
16010 ;;;### (autoloads (longlines-mode) "longlines" "longlines.el" (19277
16011 ;;;;;; 34916))
16012 ;;; Generated autoloads from longlines.el
16014 (autoload 'longlines-mode "longlines" "\
16015 Toggle Long Lines mode.
16016 In Long Lines mode, long lines are wrapped if they extend beyond
16017 `fill-column'. The soft newlines used for line wrapping will not
16018 show up when the text is yanked or saved to disk.
16020 If the variable `longlines-auto-wrap' is non-nil, lines are automatically
16021 wrapped whenever the buffer is changed. You can always call
16022 `fill-paragraph' to fill individual paragraphs.
16024 If the variable `longlines-show-hard-newlines' is non-nil, hard newlines
16025 are indicated with a symbol.
16027 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16029 ;;;***
16031 ;;;### (autoloads (print-region lpr-region print-buffer lpr-buffer
16032 ;;;;;; lpr-command lpr-switches printer-name) "lpr" "lpr.el" (19277
16033 ;;;;;; 34916))
16034 ;;; Generated autoloads from lpr.el
16036 (defvar lpr-windows-system (memq system-type '(ms-dos windows-nt)))
16038 (defvar lpr-lp-system (memq system-type '(usg-unix-v hpux irix)))
16040 (defvar printer-name (and (eq system-type 'ms-dos) "PRN") "\
16041 The name of a local printer to which data is sent for printing.
16042 \(Note that PostScript files are sent to `ps-printer-name', which see.)
16044 On Unix-like systems, a string value should be a name understood by
16045 lpr's -P option; otherwise the value should be nil.
16047 On MS-DOS and MS-Windows systems, a string value is taken as the name of
16048 a printer device or port, provided `lpr-command' is set to \"\".
16049 Typical non-default settings would be \"LPT1\" to \"LPT3\" for parallel
16050 printers, or \"COM1\" to \"COM4\" or \"AUX\" for serial printers, or
16051 \"//hostname/printer\" for a shared network printer. You can also set
16052 it to the name of a file, in which case the output gets appended to that
16053 file. If you want to discard the printed output, set this to \"NUL\".")
16055 (custom-autoload 'printer-name "lpr" t)
16057 (defvar lpr-switches nil "\
16058 List of strings to pass as extra options for the printer program.
16059 It is recommended to set `printer-name' instead of including an explicit
16060 switch on this list.
16061 See `lpr-command'.")
16063 (custom-autoload 'lpr-switches "lpr" t)
16065 (defvar lpr-command (purecopy (cond (lpr-windows-system "") (lpr-lp-system "lp") (t "lpr"))) "\
16066 Name of program for printing a file.
16068 On MS-DOS and MS-Windows systems, if the value is an empty string then
16069 Emacs will write directly to the printer port named by `printer-name'.
16070 The programs `print' and `nprint' (the standard print programs on
16071 Windows NT and Novell Netware respectively) are handled specially, using
16072 `printer-name' as the destination for output; any other program is
16073 treated like `lpr' except that an explicit filename is given as the last
16074 argument.")
16076 (custom-autoload 'lpr-command "lpr" t)
16078 (autoload 'lpr-buffer "lpr" "\
16079 Print buffer contents without pagination or page headers.
16080 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
16081 for customization of the printer command.
16083 \(fn)" t nil)
16085 (autoload 'print-buffer "lpr" "\
16086 Paginate and print buffer contents.
16088 The variable `lpr-headers-switches' controls how to paginate.
16089 If it is nil (the default), we run the `pr' program (or whatever program
16090 `lpr-page-header-program' specifies) to paginate.
16091 `lpr-page-header-switches' specifies the switches for that program.
16093 Otherwise, the switches in `lpr-headers-switches' are used
16094 in the print command itself; we expect them to request pagination.
16096 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
16097 for further customization of the printer command.
16099 \(fn)" t nil)
16101 (autoload 'lpr-region "lpr" "\
16102 Print region contents without pagination or page headers.
16103 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
16104 for customization of the printer command.
16106 \(fn START END)" t nil)
16108 (autoload 'print-region "lpr" "\
16109 Paginate and print the region contents.
16111 The variable `lpr-headers-switches' controls how to paginate.
16112 If it is nil (the default), we run the `pr' program (or whatever program
16113 `lpr-page-header-program' specifies) to paginate.
16114 `lpr-page-header-switches' specifies the switches for that program.
16116 Otherwise, the switches in `lpr-headers-switches' are used
16117 in the print command itself; we expect them to request pagination.
16119 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
16120 for further customization of the printer command.
16122 \(fn START END)" t nil)
16124 ;;;***
16126 ;;;### (autoloads (ls-lisp-support-shell-wildcards) "ls-lisp" "ls-lisp.el"
16127 ;;;;;; (19315 24485))
16128 ;;; Generated autoloads from ls-lisp.el
16130 (defvar ls-lisp-support-shell-wildcards t "\
16131 Non-nil means ls-lisp treats file patterns as shell wildcards.
16132 Otherwise they are treated as Emacs regexps (for backward compatibility).")
16134 (custom-autoload 'ls-lisp-support-shell-wildcards "ls-lisp" t)
16136 ;;;***
16138 ;;;### (autoloads (lunar-phases) "lunar" "calendar/lunar.el" (19277
16139 ;;;;;; 34918))
16140 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/lunar.el
16142 (autoload 'lunar-phases "lunar" "\
16143 Display the quarters of the moon for last month, this month, and next month.
16144 If called with an optional prefix argument ARG, prompts for month and year.
16145 This function is suitable for execution in a .emacs file.
16147 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16149 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'phases-of-moon 'lunar-phases "23.1")
16151 ;;;***
16153 ;;;### (autoloads (m4-mode) "m4-mode" "progmodes/m4-mode.el" (19277
16154 ;;;;;; 34922))
16155 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/m4-mode.el
16157 (autoload 'm4-mode "m4-mode" "\
16158 A major mode to edit m4 macro files.
16159 \\{m4-mode-map}
16161 \(fn)" t nil)
16163 ;;;***
16165 ;;;### (autoloads (macroexpand-all) "macroexp" "emacs-lisp/macroexp.el"
16166 ;;;;;; (19277 34919))
16167 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/macroexp.el
16169 (autoload 'macroexpand-all "macroexp" "\
16170 Return result of expanding macros at all levels in FORM.
16171 If no macros are expanded, FORM is returned unchanged.
16172 The second optional arg ENVIRONMENT specifies an environment of macro
16173 definitions to shadow the loaded ones for use in file byte-compilation.
16175 \(fn FORM &optional ENVIRONMENT)" nil nil)
16177 ;;;***
16179 ;;;### (autoloads (apply-macro-to-region-lines kbd-macro-query insert-kbd-macro
16180 ;;;;;; name-last-kbd-macro) "macros" "macros.el" (19344 29797))
16181 ;;; Generated autoloads from macros.el
16183 (autoload 'name-last-kbd-macro "macros" "\
16184 Assign a name to the last keyboard macro defined.
16185 Argument SYMBOL is the name to define.
16186 The symbol's function definition becomes the keyboard macro string.
16187 Such a \"function\" cannot be called from Lisp, but it is a valid editor command.
16189 \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
16191 (autoload 'insert-kbd-macro "macros" "\
16192 Insert in buffer the definition of kbd macro NAME, as Lisp code.
16193 Optional second arg KEYS means also record the keys it is on
16194 \(this is the prefix argument, when calling interactively).
16196 This Lisp code will, when executed, define the kbd macro with the same
16197 definition it has now. If you say to record the keys, the Lisp code
16198 will also rebind those keys to the macro. Only global key bindings
16199 are recorded since executing this Lisp code always makes global
16200 bindings.
16202 To save a kbd macro, visit a file of Lisp code such as your `~/.emacs',
16203 use this command, and then save the file.
16205 \(fn MACRONAME &optional KEYS)" t nil)
16207 (autoload 'kbd-macro-query "macros" "\
16208 Query user during kbd macro execution.
16209 With prefix argument, enters recursive edit, reading keyboard
16210 commands even within a kbd macro. You can give different commands
16211 each time the macro executes.
16212 Without prefix argument, asks whether to continue running the macro.
16213 Your options are: \\<query-replace-map>
16214 \\[act] Finish this iteration normally and continue with the next.
16215 \\[skip] Skip the rest of this iteration, and start the next.
16216 \\[exit] Stop the macro entirely right now.
16217 \\[recenter] Redisplay the screen, then ask again.
16218 \\[edit] Enter recursive edit; ask again when you exit from that.
16220 \(fn FLAG)" t nil)
16222 (autoload 'apply-macro-to-region-lines "macros" "\
16223 Apply last keyboard macro to all lines in the region.
16224 For each line that begins in the region, move to the beginning of
16225 the line, and run the last keyboard macro.
16227 When called from lisp, this function takes two arguments TOP and
16228 BOTTOM, describing the current region. TOP must be before BOTTOM.
16229 The optional third argument MACRO specifies a keyboard macro to
16230 execute.
16232 This is useful for quoting or unquoting included text, adding and
16233 removing comments, or producing tables where the entries are regular.
16235 For example, in Usenet articles, sections of text quoted from another
16236 author are indented, or have each line start with `>'. To quote a
16237 section of text, define a keyboard macro which inserts `>', put point
16238 and mark at opposite ends of the quoted section, and use
16239 `\\[apply-macro-to-region-lines]' to mark the entire section.
16241 Suppose you wanted to build a keyword table in C where each entry
16242 looked like this:
16244 { \"foo\", foo_data, foo_function },
16245 { \"bar\", bar_data, bar_function },
16246 { \"baz\", baz_data, baz_function },
16248 You could enter the names in this format:
16254 and write a macro to massage a word into a table entry:
16256 \\C-x (
16257 \\M-d { \"\\C-y\", \\C-y_data, \\C-y_function },
16258 \\C-x )
16260 and then select the region of un-tablified names and use
16261 `\\[apply-macro-to-region-lines]' to build the table from the names.
16263 \(fn TOP BOTTOM &optional MACRO)" t nil)
16264 (define-key ctl-x-map "q" 'kbd-macro-query)
16266 ;;;***
16268 ;;;### (autoloads (what-domain mail-extract-address-components) "mail-extr"
16269 ;;;;;; "mail/mail-extr.el" (19277 34921))
16270 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-extr.el
16272 (autoload 'mail-extract-address-components "mail-extr" "\
16273 Given an RFC-822 address ADDRESS, extract full name and canonical address.
16274 Returns a list of the form (FULL-NAME CANONICAL-ADDRESS). If no
16275 name can be extracted, FULL-NAME will be nil. Also see
16276 `mail-extr-ignore-single-names' and
16277 `mail-extr-ignore-realname-equals-mailbox-name'.
16279 If the optional argument ALL is non-nil, then ADDRESS can contain zero
16280 or more recipients, separated by commas, and we return a list of
16281 the form ((FULL-NAME CANONICAL-ADDRESS) ...) with one element for
16282 each recipient. If ALL is nil, then if ADDRESS contains more than
16283 one recipients, all but the first is ignored.
16285 ADDRESS may be a string or a buffer. If it is a buffer, the visible
16286 \(narrowed) portion of the buffer will be interpreted as the address.
16287 \(This feature exists so that the clever caller might be able to avoid
16288 consing a string.)
16290 \(fn ADDRESS &optional ALL)" nil nil)
16292 (autoload 'what-domain "mail-extr" "\
16293 Convert mail domain DOMAIN to the country it corresponds to.
16295 \(fn DOMAIN)" t nil)
16297 ;;;***
16299 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-hist-put-headers-into-history mail-hist-keep-history
16300 ;;;;;; mail-hist-enable mail-hist-define-keys) "mail-hist" "mail/mail-hist.el"
16301 ;;;;;; (19277 34921))
16302 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-hist.el
16304 (autoload 'mail-hist-define-keys "mail-hist" "\
16305 Define keys for accessing mail header history. For use in hooks.
16307 \(fn)" nil nil)
16309 (autoload 'mail-hist-enable "mail-hist" "\
16310 Not documented
16312 \(fn)" nil nil)
16314 (defvar mail-hist-keep-history t "\
16315 *Non-nil means keep a history for headers and text of outgoing mail.")
16317 (custom-autoload 'mail-hist-keep-history "mail-hist" t)
16319 (autoload 'mail-hist-put-headers-into-history "mail-hist" "\
16320 Put headers and contents of this message into mail header history.
16321 Each header has its own independent history, as does the body of the
16322 message.
16324 This function normally would be called when the message is sent.
16326 \(fn)" nil nil)
16328 ;;;***
16330 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-fetch-field mail-unquote-printable-region
16331 ;;;;;; mail-unquote-printable mail-quote-printable-region mail-quote-printable
16332 ;;;;;; mail-file-babyl-p mail-use-rfc822) "mail-utils" "mail/mail-utils.el"
16333 ;;;;;; (19306 22782))
16334 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-utils.el
16336 (defvar mail-use-rfc822 nil "\
16337 If non-nil, use a full, hairy RFC822 parser on mail addresses.
16338 Otherwise, (the default) use a smaller, somewhat faster, and
16339 often correct parser.")
16341 (custom-autoload 'mail-use-rfc822 "mail-utils" t)
16343 (autoload 'mail-file-babyl-p "mail-utils" "\
16344 Return non-nil if FILE is a Babyl file.
16346 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
16348 (autoload 'mail-quote-printable "mail-utils" "\
16349 Convert a string to the \"quoted printable\" Q encoding.
16350 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
16351 we add the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
16353 \(fn STRING &optional WRAPPER)" nil nil)
16355 (autoload 'mail-quote-printable-region "mail-utils" "\
16356 Convert the region to the \"quoted printable\" Q encoding.
16357 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
16358 we add the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
16360 \(fn BEG END &optional WRAPPER)" t nil)
16362 (autoload 'mail-unquote-printable "mail-utils" "\
16363 Undo the \"quoted printable\" encoding.
16364 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
16365 we expect to find and remove the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
16367 \(fn STRING &optional WRAPPER)" nil nil)
16369 (autoload 'mail-unquote-printable-region "mail-utils" "\
16370 Undo the \"quoted printable\" encoding in buffer from BEG to END.
16371 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
16372 we expect to find and remove the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
16373 On encountering malformed quoted-printable text, exits with an error,
16374 unless NOERROR is non-nil, in which case it continues, and returns nil
16375 when finished. Returns non-nil on successful completion.
16376 If UNIBYTE is non-nil, insert converted characters as unibyte.
16377 That is useful if you are going to character code decoding afterward,
16378 as Rmail does.
16380 \(fn BEG END &optional WRAPPER NOERROR UNIBYTE)" t nil)
16382 (autoload 'mail-fetch-field "mail-utils" "\
16383 Return the value of the header field whose type is FIELD-NAME.
16384 If second arg LAST is non-nil, use the last field of type FIELD-NAME.
16385 If third arg ALL is non-nil, concatenate all such fields with commas between.
16386 If 4th arg LIST is non-nil, return a list of all such fields.
16387 The buffer should be narrowed to just the header, else false
16388 matches may be returned from the message body.
16390 \(fn FIELD-NAME &optional LAST ALL LIST)" nil nil)
16392 ;;;***
16394 ;;;### (autoloads (define-mail-abbrev build-mail-abbrevs mail-abbrevs-setup
16395 ;;;;;; mail-abbrevs-mode) "mailabbrev" "mail/mailabbrev.el" (19277
16396 ;;;;;; 34921))
16397 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailabbrev.el
16399 (defvar mail-abbrevs-mode nil "\
16400 Non-nil if Mail-Abbrevs mode is enabled.
16401 See the command `mail-abbrevs-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
16402 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
16403 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
16404 or call the function `mail-abbrevs-mode'.")
16406 (custom-autoload 'mail-abbrevs-mode "mailabbrev" nil)
16408 (autoload 'mail-abbrevs-mode "mailabbrev" "\
16409 Non-nil means expand mail aliases as abbrevs, in certain message headers.
16411 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16413 (autoload 'mail-abbrevs-setup "mailabbrev" "\
16414 Initialize use of the `mailabbrev' package.
16416 \(fn)" nil nil)
16418 (autoload 'build-mail-abbrevs "mailabbrev" "\
16419 Read mail aliases from personal mail alias file and set `mail-abbrevs'.
16420 By default this is the file specified by `mail-personal-alias-file'.
16422 \(fn &optional FILE RECURSIVEP)" nil nil)
16424 (autoload 'define-mail-abbrev "mailabbrev" "\
16425 Define NAME as a mail alias abbrev that translates to DEFINITION.
16426 If DEFINITION contains multiple addresses, separate them with commas.
16428 Optional argument FROM-MAILRC-FILE means that DEFINITION comes
16429 from a mailrc file. In that case, addresses are separated with
16430 spaces and addresses with embedded spaces are surrounded by
16431 double-quotes.
16433 \(fn NAME DEFINITION &optional FROM-MAILRC-FILE)" t nil)
16435 ;;;***
16437 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-complete define-mail-alias expand-mail-aliases
16438 ;;;;;; mail-complete-style) "mailalias" "mail/mailalias.el" (19277
16439 ;;;;;; 34921))
16440 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailalias.el
16442 (defvar mail-complete-style 'angles "\
16443 Specifies how \\[mail-complete] formats the full name when it completes.
16444 If `nil', they contain just the return address like:
16445 king@grassland.com
16446 If `parens', they look like:
16447 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
16448 If `angles', they look like:
16449 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>")
16451 (custom-autoload 'mail-complete-style "mailalias" t)
16453 (autoload 'expand-mail-aliases "mailalias" "\
16454 Expand all mail aliases in suitable header fields found between BEG and END.
16455 If interactive, expand in header fields.
16456 Suitable header fields are `To', `From', `CC' and `BCC', `Reply-to', and
16457 their `Resent-' variants.
16459 Optional second arg EXCLUDE may be a regular expression defining text to be
16460 removed from alias expansions.
16462 \(fn BEG END &optional EXCLUDE)" t nil)
16464 (autoload 'define-mail-alias "mailalias" "\
16465 Define NAME as a mail alias that translates to DEFINITION.
16466 This means that sending a message to NAME will actually send to DEFINITION.
16468 Normally, the addresses in DEFINITION must be separated by commas.
16469 If FROM-MAILRC-FILE is non-nil, then addresses in DEFINITION
16470 can be separated by spaces; an address can contain spaces
16471 if it is quoted with double-quotes.
16473 \(fn NAME DEFINITION &optional FROM-MAILRC-FILE)" t nil)
16475 (autoload 'mail-complete "mailalias" "\
16476 Perform completion on header field or word preceding point.
16477 Completable headers are according to `mail-complete-alist'. If none matches
16478 current header, calls `mail-complete-function' and passes prefix arg if any.
16480 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
16482 ;;;***
16484 ;;;### (autoloads (mailclient-send-it) "mailclient" "mail/mailclient.el"
16485 ;;;;;; (19277 34921))
16486 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailclient.el
16488 (autoload 'mailclient-send-it "mailclient" "\
16489 Pass current buffer on to the system's mail client.
16490 Suitable value for `send-mail-function'.
16491 The mail client is taken to be the handler of mailto URLs.
16493 \(fn)" nil nil)
16495 ;;;***
16497 ;;;### (autoloads (makefile-imake-mode makefile-bsdmake-mode makefile-makepp-mode
16498 ;;;;;; makefile-gmake-mode makefile-automake-mode makefile-mode)
16499 ;;;;;; "make-mode" "progmodes/make-mode.el" (19277 34922))
16500 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/make-mode.el
16502 (autoload 'makefile-mode "make-mode" "\
16503 Major mode for editing standard Makefiles.
16505 If you are editing a file for a different make, try one of the
16506 variants `makefile-automake-mode', `makefile-gmake-mode',
16507 `makefile-makepp-mode', `makefile-bsdmake-mode' or,
16508 `makefile-imake-mode'. All but the last should be correctly
16509 chosen based on the file name, except if it is *.mk. This
16510 function ends by invoking the function(s) `makefile-mode-hook'.
16512 It is strongly recommended to use `font-lock-mode', because that
16513 provides additional parsing information. This is used for
16514 example to see that a rule action `echo foo: bar' is a not rule
16515 dependency, despite the colon.
16517 \\{makefile-mode-map}
16519 In the browser, use the following keys:
16521 \\{makefile-browser-map}
16523 Makefile mode can be configured by modifying the following variables:
16525 `makefile-browser-buffer-name':
16526 Name of the macro- and target browser buffer.
16528 `makefile-target-colon':
16529 The string that gets appended to all target names
16530 inserted by `makefile-insert-target'.
16531 \":\" or \"::\" are quite common values.
16533 `makefile-macro-assign':
16534 The string that gets appended to all macro names
16535 inserted by `makefile-insert-macro'.
16536 The normal value should be \" = \", since this is what
16537 standard make expects. However, newer makes such as dmake
16538 allow a larger variety of different macro assignments, so you
16539 might prefer to use \" += \" or \" := \" .
16541 `makefile-tab-after-target-colon':
16542 If you want a TAB (instead of a space) to be appended after the
16543 target colon, then set this to a non-nil value.
16545 `makefile-browser-leftmost-column':
16546 Number of blanks to the left of the browser selection mark.
16548 `makefile-browser-cursor-column':
16549 Column in which the cursor is positioned when it moves
16550 up or down in the browser.
16552 `makefile-browser-selected-mark':
16553 String used to mark selected entries in the browser.
16555 `makefile-browser-unselected-mark':
16556 String used to mark unselected entries in the browser.
16558 `makefile-browser-auto-advance-after-selection-p':
16559 If this variable is set to a non-nil value the cursor
16560 will automagically advance to the next line after an item
16561 has been selected in the browser.
16563 `makefile-pickup-everything-picks-up-filenames-p':
16564 If this variable is set to a non-nil value then
16565 `makefile-pickup-everything' also picks up filenames as targets
16566 (i.e. it calls `makefile-pickup-filenames-as-targets'), otherwise
16567 filenames are omitted.
16569 `makefile-cleanup-continuations':
16570 If this variable is set to a non-nil value then Makefile mode
16571 will assure that no line in the file ends with a backslash
16572 (the continuation character) followed by any whitespace.
16573 This is done by silently removing the trailing whitespace, leaving
16574 the backslash itself intact.
16575 IMPORTANT: Please note that enabling this option causes Makefile mode
16576 to MODIFY A FILE WITHOUT YOUR CONFIRMATION when \"it seems necessary\".
16578 `makefile-browser-hook':
16579 A function or list of functions to be called just before the
16580 browser is entered. This is executed in the makefile buffer.
16582 `makefile-special-targets-list':
16583 List of special targets. You will be offered to complete
16584 on one of those in the minibuffer whenever you enter a `.'.
16585 at the beginning of a line in Makefile mode.
16587 \(fn)" t nil)
16589 (autoload 'makefile-automake-mode "make-mode" "\
16590 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about automake.
16592 \(fn)" t nil)
16594 (autoload 'makefile-gmake-mode "make-mode" "\
16595 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about gmake.
16597 \(fn)" t nil)
16599 (autoload 'makefile-makepp-mode "make-mode" "\
16600 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about makepp.
16602 \(fn)" t nil)
16604 (autoload 'makefile-bsdmake-mode "make-mode" "\
16605 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about BSD make.
16607 \(fn)" t nil)
16609 (autoload 'makefile-imake-mode "make-mode" "\
16610 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about imake.
16612 \(fn)" t nil)
16614 ;;;***
16616 ;;;### (autoloads (make-command-summary) "makesum" "makesum.el" (19277
16617 ;;;;;; 34916))
16618 ;;; Generated autoloads from makesum.el
16620 (autoload 'make-command-summary "makesum" "\
16621 Make a summary of current key bindings in the buffer *Summary*.
16622 Previous contents of that buffer are killed first.
16624 \(fn)" t nil)
16626 ;;;***
16628 ;;;### (autoloads (man-follow man) "man" "man.el" (19345 51357))
16629 ;;; Generated autoloads from man.el
16631 (defalias 'manual-entry 'man)
16633 (autoload 'man "man" "\
16634 Get a Un*x manual page and put it in a buffer.
16635 This command is the top-level command in the man package. It
16636 runs a Un*x command to retrieve and clean a manpage in the
16637 background and places the results in a `Man-mode' browsing
16638 buffer. See variable `Man-notify-method' for what happens when
16639 the buffer is ready. If a buffer already exists for this man
16640 page, it will display immediately.
16642 For a manpage from a particular section, use either of the
16643 following. \"cat(1)\" is how cross-references appear and is
16644 passed to man as \"1 cat\".
16646 cat(1)
16647 1 cat
16649 To see manpages from all sections related to a subject, use an
16650 \"all pages\" option (which might be \"-a\" if it's not the
16651 default), then step through with `Man-next-manpage' (\\<Man-mode-map>\\[Man-next-manpage]) etc.
16652 Add to `Man-switches' to make this option permanent.
16654 -a chmod
16656 An explicit filename can be given too. Use -l if it might
16657 otherwise look like a page name.
16659 /my/file/name.1.gz
16660 -l somefile.1
16662 An \"apropos\" query with -k gives a buffer of matching page
16663 names or descriptions. The pattern argument is usually an
16664 \"egrep\" style regexp.
16666 -k pattern
16668 \(fn MAN-ARGS)" t nil)
16670 (autoload 'man-follow "man" "\
16671 Get a Un*x manual page of the item under point and put it in a buffer.
16673 \(fn MAN-ARGS)" t nil)
16675 ;;;***
16677 ;;;### (autoloads (master-mode) "master" "master.el" (19277 34916))
16678 ;;; Generated autoloads from master.el
16680 (autoload 'master-mode "master" "\
16681 Toggle Master mode.
16682 With no argument, this command toggles the mode.
16683 Non-null prefix argument turns on the mode.
16684 Null prefix argument turns off the mode.
16686 When Master mode is enabled, you can scroll the slave buffer using the
16687 following commands:
16689 \\{master-mode-map}
16691 The slave buffer is stored in the buffer-local variable `master-of'.
16692 You can set this variable using `master-set-slave'. You can show
16693 yourself the value of `master-of' by calling `master-show-slave'.
16695 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16697 ;;;***
16699 ;;;### (autoloads (minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode) "mb-depth" "mb-depth.el"
16700 ;;;;;; (19277 34916))
16701 ;;; Generated autoloads from mb-depth.el
16703 (defvar minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode nil "\
16704 Non-nil if Minibuffer-Depth-Indicate mode is enabled.
16705 See the command `minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
16706 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
16707 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
16708 or call the function `minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode'.")
16710 (custom-autoload 'minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode "mb-depth" nil)
16712 (autoload 'minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode "mb-depth" "\
16713 Toggle Minibuffer Depth Indication mode.
16714 When active, any recursive use of the minibuffer will show
16715 the recursion depth in the minibuffer prompt. This is only
16716 useful if `enable-recursive-minibuffers' is non-nil.
16718 With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off.
16719 Returns non-nil if the new state is enabled.
16721 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16723 ;;;***
16725 ;;;### (autoloads (message-unbold-region message-bold-region message-news-other-frame
16726 ;;;;;; message-news-other-window message-mail-other-frame message-mail-other-window
16727 ;;;;;; message-bounce message-resend message-insinuate-rmail message-forward-rmail-make-body
16728 ;;;;;; message-forward-make-body message-forward message-recover
16729 ;;;;;; message-supersede message-cancel-news message-followup message-wide-reply
16730 ;;;;;; message-reply message-news message-mail message-mode) "message"
16731 ;;;;;; "gnus/message.el" (19362 59593))
16732 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/message.el
16734 (define-mail-user-agent 'message-user-agent 'message-mail 'message-send-and-exit 'message-kill-buffer 'message-send-hook)
16736 (autoload 'message-mode "message" "\
16737 Major mode for editing mail and news to be sent.
16738 Like Text Mode but with these additional commands:\\<message-mode-map>
16739 C-c C-s `message-send' (send the message) C-c C-c `message-send-and-exit'
16740 C-c C-d Postpone sending the message C-c C-k Kill the message
16741 C-c C-f move to a header field (and create it if there isn't):
16742 C-c C-f C-t move to To C-c C-f C-s move to Subject
16743 C-c C-f C-c move to Cc C-c C-f C-b move to Bcc
16744 C-c C-f C-w move to Fcc C-c C-f C-r move to Reply-To
16745 C-c C-f C-u move to Summary C-c C-f C-n move to Newsgroups
16746 C-c C-f C-k move to Keywords C-c C-f C-d move to Distribution
16747 C-c C-f C-o move to From (\"Originator\")
16748 C-c C-f C-f move to Followup-To
16749 C-c C-f C-m move to Mail-Followup-To
16750 C-c C-f C-e move to Expires
16751 C-c C-f C-i cycle through Importance values
16752 C-c C-f s change subject and append \"(was: <Old Subject>)\"
16753 C-c C-f x crossposting with FollowUp-To header and note in body
16754 C-c C-f t replace To: header with contents of Cc: or Bcc:
16755 C-c C-f a Insert X-No-Archive: header and a note in the body
16756 C-c C-t `message-insert-to' (add a To header to a news followup)
16757 C-c C-l `message-to-list-only' (removes all but list address in to/cc)
16758 C-c C-n `message-insert-newsgroups' (add a Newsgroup header to a news reply)
16759 C-c C-b `message-goto-body' (move to beginning of message text).
16760 C-c C-i `message-goto-signature' (move to the beginning of the signature).
16761 C-c C-w `message-insert-signature' (insert `message-signature-file' file).
16762 C-c C-y `message-yank-original' (insert current message, if any).
16763 C-c C-q `message-fill-yanked-message' (fill what was yanked).
16764 C-c C-e `message-elide-region' (elide the text between point and mark).
16765 C-c C-v `message-delete-not-region' (remove the text outside the region).
16766 C-c C-z `message-kill-to-signature' (kill the text up to the signature).
16767 C-c C-r `message-caesar-buffer-body' (rot13 the message body).
16768 C-c C-a `mml-attach-file' (attach a file as MIME).
16769 C-c C-u `message-insert-or-toggle-importance' (insert or cycle importance).
16770 C-c M-n `message-insert-disposition-notification-to' (request receipt).
16771 C-c M-m `message-mark-inserted-region' (mark region with enclosing tags).
16772 C-c M-f `message-mark-insert-file' (insert file marked with enclosing tags).
16773 M-RET `message-newline-and-reformat' (break the line and reformat).
16775 \(fn)" t nil)
16777 (autoload 'message-mail "message" "\
16778 Start editing a mail message to be sent.
16779 OTHER-HEADERS is an alist of header/value pairs. CONTINUE says whether
16780 to continue editing a message already being composed. SWITCH-FUNCTION
16781 is a function used to switch to and display the mail buffer.
16783 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-FUNCTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS)" t nil)
16785 (autoload 'message-news "message" "\
16786 Start editing a news article to be sent.
16788 \(fn &optional NEWSGROUPS SUBJECT)" t nil)
16790 (autoload 'message-reply "message" "\
16791 Start editing a reply to the article in the current buffer.
16793 \(fn &optional TO-ADDRESS WIDE)" t nil)
16795 (autoload 'message-wide-reply "message" "\
16796 Make a \"wide\" reply to the message in the current buffer.
16798 \(fn &optional TO-ADDRESS)" t nil)
16800 (autoload 'message-followup "message" "\
16801 Follow up to the message in the current buffer.
16802 If TO-NEWSGROUPS, use that as the new Newsgroups line.
16804 \(fn &optional TO-NEWSGROUPS)" t nil)
16806 (autoload 'message-cancel-news "message" "\
16807 Cancel an article you posted.
16808 If ARG, allow editing of the cancellation message.
16810 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16812 (autoload 'message-supersede "message" "\
16813 Start composing a message to supersede the current message.
16814 This is done simply by taking the old article and adding a Supersedes
16815 header line with the old Message-ID.
16817 \(fn)" t nil)
16819 (autoload 'message-recover "message" "\
16820 Reread contents of current buffer from its last auto-save file.
16822 \(fn)" t nil)
16824 (autoload 'message-forward "message" "\
16825 Forward the current message via mail.
16826 Optional NEWS will use news to forward instead of mail.
16827 Optional DIGEST will use digest to forward.
16829 \(fn &optional NEWS DIGEST)" t nil)
16831 (autoload 'message-forward-make-body "message" "\
16832 Not documented
16834 \(fn FORWARD-BUFFER &optional DIGEST)" nil nil)
16836 (autoload 'message-forward-rmail-make-body "message" "\
16837 Not documented
16839 \(fn FORWARD-BUFFER)" nil nil)
16841 (autoload 'message-insinuate-rmail "message" "\
16842 Let RMAIL use message to forward.
16844 \(fn)" t nil)
16846 (autoload 'message-resend "message" "\
16847 Resend the current article to ADDRESS.
16849 \(fn ADDRESS)" t nil)
16851 (autoload 'message-bounce "message" "\
16852 Re-mail the current message.
16853 This only makes sense if the current message is a bounce message that
16854 contains some mail you have written which has been bounced back to
16855 you.
16857 \(fn)" t nil)
16859 (autoload 'message-mail-other-window "message" "\
16860 Like `message-mail' command, but display mail buffer in another window.
16862 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT)" t nil)
16864 (autoload 'message-mail-other-frame "message" "\
16865 Like `message-mail' command, but display mail buffer in another frame.
16867 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT)" t nil)
16869 (autoload 'message-news-other-window "message" "\
16870 Start editing a news article to be sent.
16872 \(fn &optional NEWSGROUPS SUBJECT)" t nil)
16874 (autoload 'message-news-other-frame "message" "\
16875 Start editing a news article to be sent.
16877 \(fn &optional NEWSGROUPS SUBJECT)" t nil)
16879 (autoload 'message-bold-region "message" "\
16880 Bold all nonblank characters in the region.
16881 Works by overstriking characters.
16882 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
16883 which specify the range to operate on.
16885 \(fn START END)" t nil)
16887 (autoload 'message-unbold-region "message" "\
16888 Remove all boldness (overstruck characters) in the region.
16889 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
16890 which specify the range to operate on.
16892 \(fn START END)" t nil)
16894 ;;;***
16896 ;;;### (autoloads (metapost-mode metafont-mode) "meta-mode" "progmodes/meta-mode.el"
16897 ;;;;;; (19277 34922))
16898 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/meta-mode.el
16900 (autoload 'metafont-mode "meta-mode" "\
16901 Major mode for editing Metafont sources.
16902 Special commands:
16903 \\{meta-mode-map}
16905 Turning on Metafont mode calls the value of the variables
16906 `meta-common-mode-hook' and `metafont-mode-hook'.
16908 \(fn)" t nil)
16910 (autoload 'metapost-mode "meta-mode" "\
16911 Major mode for editing MetaPost sources.
16912 Special commands:
16913 \\{meta-mode-map}
16915 Turning on MetaPost mode calls the value of the variable
16916 `meta-common-mode-hook' and `metafont-mode-hook'.
16918 \(fn)" t nil)
16920 ;;;***
16922 ;;;### (autoloads (metamail-region metamail-buffer metamail-interpret-body
16923 ;;;;;; metamail-interpret-header) "metamail" "mail/metamail.el"
16924 ;;;;;; (19354 34807))
16925 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/metamail.el
16927 (autoload 'metamail-interpret-header "metamail" "\
16928 Interpret a header part of a MIME message in current buffer.
16929 Its body part is not interpreted at all.
16931 \(fn)" t nil)
16933 (autoload 'metamail-interpret-body "metamail" "\
16934 Interpret a body part of a MIME message in current buffer.
16935 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
16936 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
16937 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
16938 redisplayed as output is inserted.
16939 Its header part is not interpreted at all.
16941 \(fn &optional VIEWMODE NODISPLAY)" t nil)
16943 (autoload 'metamail-buffer "metamail" "\
16944 Process current buffer through `metamail'.
16945 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
16946 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
16947 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to be filled (nil
16948 means current).
16949 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
16950 redisplayed as output is inserted.
16952 \(fn &optional VIEWMODE BUFFER NODISPLAY)" t nil)
16954 (autoload 'metamail-region "metamail" "\
16955 Process current region through 'metamail'.
16956 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
16957 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
16958 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to be filled (nil
16959 means current).
16960 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
16961 redisplayed as output is inserted.
16963 \(fn BEG END &optional VIEWMODE BUFFER NODISPLAY)" t nil)
16965 ;;;***
16967 ;;;### (autoloads (mh-fully-kill-draft mh-send-letter mh-user-agent-compose
16968 ;;;;;; mh-smail-batch mh-smail-other-window mh-smail) "mh-comp"
16969 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-comp.el" (19277 34921))
16970 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-comp.el
16972 (autoload 'mh-smail "mh-comp" "\
16973 Compose a message with the MH mail system.
16974 See `mh-send' for more details on composing mail.
16976 \(fn)" t nil)
16978 (autoload 'mh-smail-other-window "mh-comp" "\
16979 Compose a message with the MH mail system in other window.
16980 See `mh-send' for more details on composing mail.
16982 \(fn)" t nil)
16984 (autoload 'mh-smail-batch "mh-comp" "\
16985 Compose a message with the MH mail system.
16987 This function does not prompt the user for any header fields, and
16988 thus is suitable for use by programs that want to create a mail
16989 buffer. Users should use \\[mh-smail] to compose mail.
16991 Optional arguments for setting certain fields include TO,
16992 SUBJECT, and OTHER-HEADERS. Additional arguments are IGNORED.
16994 This function remains for Emacs 21 compatibility. New
16995 applications should use `mh-user-agent-compose'.
16997 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS &rest IGNORED)" nil nil)
16999 (define-mail-user-agent 'mh-e-user-agent 'mh-user-agent-compose 'mh-send-letter 'mh-fully-kill-draft 'mh-before-send-letter-hook)
17001 (autoload 'mh-user-agent-compose "mh-comp" "\
17002 Set up mail composition draft with the MH mail system.
17003 This is the `mail-user-agent' entry point to MH-E. This function
17004 conforms to the contract specified by `define-mail-user-agent'
17005 which means that this function should accept the same arguments
17006 as `compose-mail'.
17008 The optional arguments TO and SUBJECT specify recipients and the
17009 initial Subject field, respectively.
17011 OTHER-HEADERS is an alist specifying additional header fields.
17012 Elements look like (HEADER . VALUE) where both HEADER and VALUE
17013 are strings.
17015 CONTINUE, SWITCH-FUNCTION, YANK-ACTION and SEND-ACTIONS are
17016 ignored.
17018 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-FUNCTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS)" nil nil)
17020 (autoload 'mh-send-letter "mh-comp" "\
17021 Save draft and send message.
17023 When you are all through editing a message, you send it with this
17024 command. You can give a prefix argument ARG to monitor the first stage
17025 of the delivery; this output can be found in a buffer called \"*MH-E
17026 Mail Delivery*\".
17028 The hook `mh-before-send-letter-hook' is run at the beginning of
17029 this command. For example, if you want to check your spelling in
17030 your message before sending, add the function `ispell-message'.
17032 Unless `mh-insert-auto-fields' had previously been called
17033 manually, the function `mh-insert-auto-fields' is called to
17034 insert fields based upon the recipients. If fields are added, you
17035 are given a chance to see and to confirm these fields before the
17036 message is actually sent. You can do away with this confirmation
17037 by turning off the option `mh-auto-fields-prompt-flag'.
17039 In case the MH \"send\" program is installed under a different name,
17040 use `mh-send-prog' to tell MH-E the name.
17042 The hook `mh-annotate-msg-hook' is run after annotating the
17043 message and scan line.
17045 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17047 (autoload 'mh-fully-kill-draft "mh-comp" "\
17048 Quit editing and delete draft message.
17050 If for some reason you are not happy with the draft, you can use
17051 this command to kill the draft buffer and delete the draft
17052 message. Use the command \\[kill-buffer] if you don't want to
17053 delete the draft message.
17055 \(fn)" t nil)
17057 ;;;***
17059 ;;;### (autoloads (mh-version) "mh-e" "mh-e/mh-e.el" (19277 34921))
17060 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-e.el
17062 (put 'mh-progs 'risky-local-variable t)
17064 (put 'mh-lib 'risky-local-variable t)
17066 (put 'mh-lib-progs 'risky-local-variable t)
17068 (autoload 'mh-version "mh-e" "\
17069 Display version information about MH-E and the MH mail handling system.
17071 \(fn)" t nil)
17073 ;;;***
17075 ;;;### (autoloads (mh-folder-mode mh-nmail mh-rmail) "mh-folder"
17076 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-folder.el" (19277 34921))
17077 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-folder.el
17079 (autoload 'mh-rmail "mh-folder" "\
17080 Incorporate new mail with MH.
17081 Scan an MH folder if ARG is non-nil.
17083 This function is an entry point to MH-E, the Emacs interface to
17084 the MH mail system.
17086 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17088 (autoload 'mh-nmail "mh-folder" "\
17089 Check for new mail in inbox folder.
17090 Scan an MH folder if ARG is non-nil.
17092 This function is an entry point to MH-E, the Emacs interface to
17093 the MH mail system.
17095 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17097 (autoload 'mh-folder-mode "mh-folder" "\
17098 Major MH-E mode for \"editing\" an MH folder scan listing.\\<mh-folder-mode-map>
17100 You can show the message the cursor is pointing to, and step through
17101 the messages. Messages can be marked for deletion or refiling into
17102 another folder; these commands are executed all at once with a
17103 separate command.
17105 Options that control this mode can be changed with
17106 \\[customize-group]; specify the \"mh\" group. In particular, please
17107 see the `mh-scan-format-file' option if you wish to modify scan's
17108 format.
17110 When a folder is visited, the hook `mh-folder-mode-hook' is run.
17112 Ranges
17113 ======
17114 Many commands that operate on individual messages, such as
17115 `mh-forward' or `mh-refile-msg' take a RANGE argument. This argument
17116 can be used in several ways.
17118 If you provide the prefix argument (\\[universal-argument]) to
17119 these commands, then you will be prompted for the message range.
17120 This can be any valid MH range which can include messages,
17121 sequences, and the abbreviations (described in the mh(1) man
17122 page):
17124 <num1>-<num2>
17125 Indicates all messages in the range <num1> to <num2>, inclusive.
17126 The range must be nonempty.
17128 <num>:N
17129 <num>:+N
17130 <num>:-N
17131 Up to N messages beginning with (or ending with) message num. Num
17132 may be any of the predefined symbols: first, prev, cur, next or
17133 last.
17135 first:N
17136 prev:N
17137 next:N
17138 last:N
17139 The first, previous, next or last messages, if they exist.
17142 All of the messages.
17144 For example, a range that shows all of these things is `1 2 3
17145 5-10 last:5 unseen'.
17147 If the option `transient-mark-mode' is set to t and you set a
17148 region in the MH-Folder buffer, then the MH-E command will
17149 perform the operation on all messages in that region.
17151 \\{mh-folder-mode-map}
17153 \(fn)" t nil)
17155 ;;;***
17157 ;;;### (autoloads (midnight-delay-set clean-buffer-list) "midnight"
17158 ;;;;;; "midnight.el" (19277 34917))
17159 ;;; Generated autoloads from midnight.el
17161 (autoload 'clean-buffer-list "midnight" "\
17162 Kill old buffers that have not been displayed recently.
17163 The relevant variables are `clean-buffer-list-delay-general',
17164 `clean-buffer-list-delay-special', `clean-buffer-list-kill-buffer-names',
17165 `clean-buffer-list-kill-never-buffer-names',
17166 `clean-buffer-list-kill-regexps' and
17167 `clean-buffer-list-kill-never-regexps'.
17168 While processing buffers, this procedure displays messages containing
17169 the current date/time, buffer name, how many seconds ago it was
17170 displayed (can be nil if the buffer was never displayed) and its
17171 lifetime, i.e., its \"age\" when it will be purged.
17173 \(fn)" t nil)
17175 (autoload 'midnight-delay-set "midnight" "\
17176 Modify `midnight-timer' according to `midnight-delay'.
17177 Sets the first argument SYMB (which must be symbol `midnight-delay')
17178 to its second argument TM.
17180 \(fn SYMB TM)" nil nil)
17182 ;;;***
17184 ;;;### (autoloads (minibuffer-electric-default-mode) "minibuf-eldef"
17185 ;;;;;; "minibuf-eldef.el" (19277 34917))
17186 ;;; Generated autoloads from minibuf-eldef.el
17188 (defvar minibuffer-electric-default-mode nil "\
17189 Non-nil if Minibuffer-Electric-Default mode is enabled.
17190 See the command `minibuffer-electric-default-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
17191 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
17192 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
17193 or call the function `minibuffer-electric-default-mode'.")
17195 (custom-autoload 'minibuffer-electric-default-mode "minibuf-eldef" nil)
17197 (autoload 'minibuffer-electric-default-mode "minibuf-eldef" "\
17198 Toggle Minibuffer Electric Default mode.
17199 When active, minibuffer prompts that show a default value only show the
17200 default when it's applicable -- that is, when hitting RET would yield
17201 the default value. If the user modifies the input such that hitting RET
17202 would enter a non-default value, the prompt is modified to remove the
17203 default indication.
17205 With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off.
17206 Returns non-nil if the new state is enabled.
17208 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17210 ;;;***
17212 ;;;### (autoloads (butterfly) "misc" "misc.el" (19277 34917))
17213 ;;; Generated autoloads from misc.el
17215 (autoload 'butterfly "misc" "\
17216 Use butterflies to flip the desired bit on the drive platter.
17217 Open hands and let the delicate wings flap once. The disturbance
17218 ripples outward, changing the flow of the eddy currents in the
17219 upper atmosphere. These cause momentary pockets of higher-pressure
17220 air to form, which act as lenses that deflect incoming cosmic rays,
17221 focusing them to strike the drive platter and flip the desired bit.
17222 You can type `M-x butterfly C-M-c' to run it. This is a permuted
17223 variation of `C-x M-c M-butterfly' from url `http://xkcd.com/378/'.
17225 \(fn)" t nil)
17227 ;;;***
17229 ;;;### (autoloads (multi-isearch-files-regexp multi-isearch-files
17230 ;;;;;; multi-isearch-buffers-regexp multi-isearch-buffers multi-isearch-setup)
17231 ;;;;;; "misearch" "misearch.el" (19277 34917))
17232 ;;; Generated autoloads from misearch.el
17233 (add-hook 'isearch-mode-hook 'multi-isearch-setup)
17235 (defvar multi-isearch-next-buffer-function nil "\
17236 Function to call to get the next buffer to search.
17238 When this variable is set to a function that returns a buffer, then
17239 after typing another \\[isearch-forward] or \\[isearch-backward] at a failing search, the search goes
17240 to the next buffer in the series and continues searching for the
17241 next occurrence.
17243 This function should return the next buffer (it doesn't need to switch
17244 to it), or nil if it can't find the next buffer (when it reaches the
17245 end of the search space).
17247 The first argument of this function is the current buffer where the
17248 search is currently searching. It defines the base buffer relative to
17249 which this function should find the next buffer. When the isearch
17250 direction is backward (when `isearch-forward' is nil), this function
17251 should return the previous buffer to search.
17253 If the second argument of this function WRAP is non-nil, then it
17254 should return the first buffer in the series; and for the backward
17255 search, it should return the last buffer in the series.")
17257 (defvar multi-isearch-next-buffer-current-function nil "\
17258 The currently active function to get the next buffer to search.
17259 Initialized from `multi-isearch-next-buffer-function' when
17260 Isearch starts.")
17262 (defvar multi-isearch-current-buffer nil "\
17263 The buffer where the search is currently searching.
17264 The value is nil when the search still is in the initial buffer.")
17266 (autoload 'multi-isearch-setup "misearch" "\
17267 Set up isearch to search multiple buffers.
17268 Intended to be added to `isearch-mode-hook'.
17270 \(fn)" nil nil)
17272 (autoload 'multi-isearch-buffers "misearch" "\
17273 Start multi-buffer Isearch on a list of BUFFERS.
17274 This list can contain live buffers or their names.
17275 Interactively read buffer names to search, one by one, ended with RET.
17276 With a prefix argument, ask for a regexp, and search in buffers
17277 whose names match the specified regexp.
17279 \(fn BUFFERS)" t nil)
17281 (autoload 'multi-isearch-buffers-regexp "misearch" "\
17282 Start multi-buffer regexp Isearch on a list of BUFFERS.
17283 This list can contain live buffers or their names.
17284 Interactively read buffer names to search, one by one, ended with RET.
17285 With a prefix argument, ask for a regexp, and search in buffers
17286 whose names match the specified regexp.
17288 \(fn BUFFERS)" t nil)
17290 (autoload 'multi-isearch-files "misearch" "\
17291 Start multi-buffer Isearch on a list of FILES.
17292 Relative file names in this list are expanded to absolute
17293 file names using the current buffer's value of `default-directory'.
17294 Interactively read file names to search, one by one, ended with RET.
17295 With a prefix argument, ask for a wildcard, and search in file buffers
17296 whose file names match the specified wildcard.
17298 \(fn FILES)" t nil)
17300 (autoload 'multi-isearch-files-regexp "misearch" "\
17301 Start multi-buffer regexp Isearch on a list of FILES.
17302 Relative file names in this list are expanded to absolute
17303 file names using the current buffer's value of `default-directory'.
17304 Interactively read file names to search, one by one, ended with RET.
17305 With a prefix argument, ask for a wildcard, and search in file buffers
17306 whose file names match the specified wildcard.
17308 \(fn FILES)" t nil)
17310 ;;;***
17312 ;;;### (autoloads (mixal-mode) "mixal-mode" "progmodes/mixal-mode.el"
17313 ;;;;;; (19360 14173))
17314 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/mixal-mode.el
17316 (autoload 'mixal-mode "mixal-mode" "\
17317 Major mode for the mixal asm language.
17318 \\{mixal-mode-map}
17320 \(fn)" t nil)
17322 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.mixal\\'" . mixal-mode))
17324 ;;;***
17326 ;;;### (autoloads (mm-inline-external-body mm-extern-cache-contents)
17327 ;;;;;; "mm-extern" "gnus/mm-extern.el" (19277 34920))
17328 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-extern.el
17330 (autoload 'mm-extern-cache-contents "mm-extern" "\
17331 Put the external-body part of HANDLE into its cache.
17333 \(fn HANDLE)" nil nil)
17335 (autoload 'mm-inline-external-body "mm-extern" "\
17336 Show the external-body part of HANDLE.
17337 This function replaces the buffer of HANDLE with a buffer contains
17338 the entire message.
17339 If NO-DISPLAY is nil, display it. Otherwise, do nothing after replacing.
17341 \(fn HANDLE &optional NO-DISPLAY)" nil nil)
17343 ;;;***
17345 ;;;### (autoloads (mm-inline-partial) "mm-partial" "gnus/mm-partial.el"
17346 ;;;;;; (19277 34920))
17347 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-partial.el
17349 (autoload 'mm-inline-partial "mm-partial" "\
17350 Show the partial part of HANDLE.
17351 This function replaces the buffer of HANDLE with a buffer contains
17352 the entire message.
17353 If NO-DISPLAY is nil, display it. Otherwise, do nothing after replacing.
17355 \(fn HANDLE &optional NO-DISPLAY)" nil nil)
17357 ;;;***
17359 ;;;### (autoloads (mm-url-insert-file-contents-external mm-url-insert-file-contents)
17360 ;;;;;; "mm-url" "gnus/mm-url.el" (19277 34920))
17361 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-url.el
17363 (autoload 'mm-url-insert-file-contents "mm-url" "\
17364 Insert file contents of URL.
17365 If `mm-url-use-external' is non-nil, use `mm-url-program'.
17367 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
17369 (autoload 'mm-url-insert-file-contents-external "mm-url" "\
17370 Insert file contents of URL using `mm-url-program'.
17372 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
17374 ;;;***
17376 ;;;### (autoloads (mm-uu-dissect-text-parts mm-uu-dissect) "mm-uu"
17377 ;;;;;; "gnus/mm-uu.el" (19277 34920))
17378 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-uu.el
17380 (autoload 'mm-uu-dissect "mm-uu" "\
17381 Dissect the current buffer and return a list of uu handles.
17382 The optional NOHEADER means there's no header in the buffer.
17383 MIME-TYPE specifies a MIME type and parameters, which defaults to the
17384 value of `mm-uu-text-plain-type'.
17386 \(fn &optional NOHEADER MIME-TYPE)" nil nil)
17388 (autoload 'mm-uu-dissect-text-parts "mm-uu" "\
17389 Dissect text parts and put uu handles into HANDLE.
17390 Assume text has been decoded if DECODED is non-nil.
17392 \(fn HANDLE &optional DECODED)" nil nil)
17394 ;;;***
17396 ;;;### (autoloads (mml1991-sign mml1991-encrypt) "mml1991" "gnus/mml1991.el"
17397 ;;;;;; (19362 59593))
17398 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mml1991.el
17400 (autoload 'mml1991-encrypt "mml1991" "\
17401 Not documented
17403 \(fn CONT &optional SIGN)" nil nil)
17405 (autoload 'mml1991-sign "mml1991" "\
17406 Not documented
17408 \(fn CONT)" nil nil)
17410 ;;;***
17412 ;;;### (autoloads (mml2015-self-encrypt mml2015-sign mml2015-encrypt
17413 ;;;;;; mml2015-verify-test mml2015-verify mml2015-decrypt-test mml2015-decrypt)
17414 ;;;;;; "mml2015" "gnus/mml2015.el" (19362 59593))
17415 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mml2015.el
17417 (autoload 'mml2015-decrypt "mml2015" "\
17418 Not documented
17420 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
17422 (autoload 'mml2015-decrypt-test "mml2015" "\
17423 Not documented
17425 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
17427 (autoload 'mml2015-verify "mml2015" "\
17428 Not documented
17430 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
17432 (autoload 'mml2015-verify-test "mml2015" "\
17433 Not documented
17435 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
17437 (autoload 'mml2015-encrypt "mml2015" "\
17438 Not documented
17440 \(fn CONT &optional SIGN)" nil nil)
17442 (autoload 'mml2015-sign "mml2015" "\
17443 Not documented
17445 \(fn CONT)" nil nil)
17447 (autoload 'mml2015-self-encrypt "mml2015" "\
17448 Not documented
17450 \(fn)" nil nil)
17452 ;;;***
17454 ;;;### (autoloads (modula-2-mode) "modula2" "progmodes/modula2.el"
17455 ;;;;;; (19267 61659))
17456 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/modula2.el
17458 (autoload 'modula-2-mode "modula2" "\
17459 This is a mode intended to support program development in Modula-2.
17460 All control constructs of Modula-2 can be reached by typing C-c
17461 followed by the first character of the construct.
17462 \\<m2-mode-map>
17463 \\[m2-begin] begin \\[m2-case] case
17464 \\[m2-definition] definition \\[m2-else] else
17465 \\[m2-for] for \\[m2-header] header
17466 \\[m2-if] if \\[m2-module] module
17467 \\[m2-loop] loop \\[m2-or] or
17468 \\[m2-procedure] procedure Control-c Control-w with
17469 \\[m2-record] record \\[m2-stdio] stdio
17470 \\[m2-type] type \\[m2-until] until
17471 \\[m2-var] var \\[m2-while] while
17472 \\[m2-export] export \\[m2-import] import
17473 \\[m2-begin-comment] begin-comment \\[m2-end-comment] end-comment
17474 \\[suspend-emacs] suspend Emacs \\[m2-toggle] toggle
17475 \\[m2-compile] compile \\[m2-next-error] next-error
17476 \\[m2-link] link
17478 `m2-indent' controls the number of spaces for each indentation.
17479 `m2-compile-command' holds the command to compile a Modula-2 program.
17480 `m2-link-command' holds the command to link a Modula-2 program.
17482 \(fn)" t nil)
17484 ;;;***
17486 ;;;### (autoloads (unmorse-region morse-region) "morse" "play/morse.el"
17487 ;;;;;; (19277 34922))
17488 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/morse.el
17490 (autoload 'morse-region "morse" "\
17491 Convert all text in a given region to morse code.
17493 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
17495 (autoload 'unmorse-region "morse" "\
17496 Convert morse coded text in region to ordinary ASCII text.
17498 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
17500 ;;;***
17502 ;;;### (autoloads (mouse-drag-drag mouse-drag-throw) "mouse-drag"
17503 ;;;;;; "mouse-drag.el" (19277 34917))
17504 ;;; Generated autoloads from mouse-drag.el
17506 (autoload 'mouse-drag-throw "mouse-drag" "\
17507 \"Throw\" the page according to a mouse drag.
17509 A \"throw\" is scrolling the page at a speed relative to the distance
17510 from the original mouse click to the current mouse location. Try it;
17511 you'll like it. It's easier to observe than to explain.
17513 If the mouse is clicked and released in the same place of time we
17514 assume that the user didn't want to scdebugroll but wanted to whatever
17515 mouse-2 used to do, so we pass it through.
17517 Throw scrolling was inspired (but is not identical to) the \"hand\"
17518 option in MacPaint, or the middle button in Tk text widgets.
17520 If `mouse-throw-with-scroll-bar' is non-nil, then this command scrolls
17521 in the opposite direction. (Different people have different ideas
17522 about which direction is natural. Perhaps it has to do with which
17523 hemisphere you're in.)
17525 To test this function, evaluate:
17526 (global-set-key [down-mouse-2] 'mouse-drag-throw)
17528 \(fn START-EVENT)" t nil)
17530 (autoload 'mouse-drag-drag "mouse-drag" "\
17531 \"Drag\" the page according to a mouse drag.
17533 Drag scrolling moves the page according to the movement of the mouse.
17534 You \"grab\" the character under the mouse and move it around.
17536 If the mouse is clicked and released in the same place of time we
17537 assume that the user didn't want to scroll but wanted to whatever
17538 mouse-2 used to do, so we pass it through.
17540 Drag scrolling is identical to the \"hand\" option in MacPaint, or the
17541 middle button in Tk text widgets.
17543 To test this function, evaluate:
17544 (global-set-key [down-mouse-2] 'mouse-drag-drag)
17546 \(fn START-EVENT)" t nil)
17548 ;;;***
17550 ;;;### (autoloads (mouse-sel-mode) "mouse-sel" "mouse-sel.el" (19277
17551 ;;;;;; 34917))
17552 ;;; Generated autoloads from mouse-sel.el
17554 (defvar mouse-sel-mode nil "\
17555 Non-nil if Mouse-Sel mode is enabled.
17556 See the command `mouse-sel-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
17557 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
17558 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
17559 or call the function `mouse-sel-mode'.")
17561 (custom-autoload 'mouse-sel-mode "mouse-sel" nil)
17563 (autoload 'mouse-sel-mode "mouse-sel" "\
17564 Toggle Mouse Sel mode.
17565 With prefix ARG, turn Mouse Sel mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
17566 Returns the new status of Mouse Sel mode (non-nil means on).
17568 When Mouse Sel mode is enabled, mouse selection is enhanced in various ways:
17570 - Clicking mouse-1 starts (cancels) selection, dragging extends it.
17572 - Clicking or dragging mouse-3 extends the selection as well.
17574 - Double-clicking on word constituents selects words.
17575 Double-clicking on symbol constituents selects symbols.
17576 Double-clicking on quotes or parentheses selects sexps.
17577 Double-clicking on whitespace selects whitespace.
17578 Triple-clicking selects lines.
17579 Quad-clicking selects paragraphs.
17581 - Selecting sets the region & X primary selection, but does NOT affect
17582 the `kill-ring', nor do the kill-ring functions change the X selection.
17583 Because the mouse handlers set the primary selection directly,
17584 mouse-sel sets the variables `interprogram-cut-function' and
17585 `interprogram-paste-function' to nil.
17587 - Clicking mouse-2 inserts the contents of the primary selection at
17588 the mouse position (or point, if `mouse-yank-at-point' is non-nil).
17590 - Pressing mouse-2 while selecting or extending copies selection
17591 to the kill ring. Pressing mouse-1 or mouse-3 kills it.
17593 - Double-clicking mouse-3 also kills selection.
17595 - M-mouse-1, M-mouse-2 & M-mouse-3 work similarly to mouse-1, mouse-2
17596 & mouse-3, but operate on the X secondary selection rather than the
17597 primary selection and region.
17599 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17601 ;;;***
17603 ;;;### (autoloads (mpc) "mpc" "mpc.el" (19277 34917))
17604 ;;; Generated autoloads from mpc.el
17606 (autoload 'mpc "mpc" "\
17607 Main entry point for MPC.
17609 \(fn)" t nil)
17611 ;;;***
17613 ;;;### (autoloads (mpuz) "mpuz" "play/mpuz.el" (19277 34922))
17614 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/mpuz.el
17616 (autoload 'mpuz "mpuz" "\
17617 Multiplication puzzle with GNU Emacs.
17619 \(fn)" t nil)
17621 ;;;***
17623 ;;;### (autoloads (msb-mode) "msb" "msb.el" (19277 34917))
17624 ;;; Generated autoloads from msb.el
17626 (defvar msb-mode nil "\
17627 Non-nil if Msb mode is enabled.
17628 See the command `msb-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
17629 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
17630 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
17631 or call the function `msb-mode'.")
17633 (custom-autoload 'msb-mode "msb" nil)
17635 (autoload 'msb-mode "msb" "\
17636 Toggle Msb mode.
17637 With arg, turn Msb mode on if and only if arg is positive.
17638 This mode overrides the binding(s) of `mouse-buffer-menu' to provide a
17639 different buffer menu using the function `msb'.
17641 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17643 ;;;***
17645 ;;;### (autoloads (font-show-log mule-diag list-input-methods list-fontsets
17646 ;;;;;; describe-fontset describe-font list-coding-categories list-coding-systems
17647 ;;;;;; describe-current-coding-system describe-current-coding-system-briefly
17648 ;;;;;; describe-coding-system describe-character-set list-charset-chars
17649 ;;;;;; read-charset list-character-sets) "mule-diag" "international/mule-diag.el"
17650 ;;;;;; (19277 34920))
17651 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/mule-diag.el
17653 (autoload 'list-character-sets "mule-diag" "\
17654 Display a list of all character sets.
17656 The D column contains the dimension of this character set. The CH
17657 column contains the number of characters in a block of this character
17658 set. The FINAL-BYTE column contains an ISO-2022 <final-byte> to use
17659 in the designation escape sequence for this character set in
17660 ISO-2022-based coding systems.
17662 With prefix ARG, the output format gets more cryptic,
17663 but still shows the full information.
17665 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
17667 (autoload 'read-charset "mule-diag" "\
17668 Read a character set from the minibuffer, prompting with string PROMPT.
17669 It must be an Emacs character set listed in the variable `charset-list'.
17671 Optional arguments are DEFAULT-VALUE and INITIAL-INPUT.
17672 DEFAULT-VALUE, if non-nil, is the default value.
17673 INITIAL-INPUT, if non-nil, is a string inserted in the minibuffer initially.
17674 See the documentation of the function `completing-read' for the detailed
17675 meanings of these arguments.
17677 \(fn PROMPT &optional DEFAULT-VALUE INITIAL-INPUT)" nil nil)
17679 (autoload 'list-charset-chars "mule-diag" "\
17680 Display a list of characters in character set CHARSET.
17682 \(fn CHARSET)" t nil)
17684 (autoload 'describe-character-set "mule-diag" "\
17685 Display information about built-in character set CHARSET.
17687 \(fn CHARSET)" t nil)
17689 (autoload 'describe-coding-system "mule-diag" "\
17690 Display information about CODING-SYSTEM.
17692 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" t nil)
17694 (autoload 'describe-current-coding-system-briefly "mule-diag" "\
17695 Display coding systems currently used in a brief format in echo area.
17697 The format is \"F[..],K[..],T[..],P>[..],P<[..], default F[..],P<[..],P<[..]\",
17698 where mnemonics of the following coding systems come in this order
17699 in place of `..':
17700 `buffer-file-coding-system' (of the current buffer)
17701 eol-type of `buffer-file-coding-system' (of the current buffer)
17702 Value returned by `keyboard-coding-system'
17703 eol-type of `keyboard-coding-system'
17704 Value returned by `terminal-coding-system'.
17705 eol-type of `terminal-coding-system'
17706 `process-coding-system' for read (of the current buffer, if any)
17707 eol-type of `process-coding-system' for read (of the current buffer, if any)
17708 `process-coding-system' for write (of the current buffer, if any)
17709 eol-type of `process-coding-system' for write (of the current buffer, if any)
17710 default `buffer-file-coding-system'
17711 eol-type of default `buffer-file-coding-system'
17712 `default-process-coding-system' for read
17713 eol-type of `default-process-coding-system' for read
17714 `default-process-coding-system' for write
17715 eol-type of `default-process-coding-system'
17717 \(fn)" t nil)
17719 (autoload 'describe-current-coding-system "mule-diag" "\
17720 Display coding systems currently used, in detail.
17722 \(fn)" t nil)
17724 (autoload 'list-coding-systems "mule-diag" "\
17725 Display a list of all coding systems.
17726 This shows the mnemonic letter, name, and description of each coding system.
17728 With prefix ARG, the output format gets more cryptic,
17729 but still contains full information about each coding system.
17731 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17733 (autoload 'list-coding-categories "mule-diag" "\
17734 Display a list of all coding categories.
17736 \(fn)" nil nil)
17738 (autoload 'describe-font "mule-diag" "\
17739 Display information about a font whose name is FONTNAME.
17740 The font must be already used by Emacs.
17742 \(fn FONTNAME)" t nil)
17744 (autoload 'describe-fontset "mule-diag" "\
17745 Display information about FONTSET.
17746 This shows which font is used for which character(s).
17748 \(fn FONTSET)" t nil)
17750 (autoload 'list-fontsets "mule-diag" "\
17751 Display a list of all fontsets.
17752 This shows the name, size, and style of each fontset.
17753 With prefix arg, also list the fonts contained in each fontset;
17754 see the function `describe-fontset' for the format of the list.
17756 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
17758 (autoload 'list-input-methods "mule-diag" "\
17759 Display information about all input methods.
17761 \(fn)" t nil)
17763 (autoload 'mule-diag "mule-diag" "\
17764 Display diagnosis of the multilingual environment (Mule).
17766 This shows various information related to the current multilingual
17767 environment, including lists of input methods, coding systems,
17768 character sets, and fontsets (if Emacs is running under a window
17769 system which uses fontsets).
17771 \(fn)" t nil)
17773 (autoload 'font-show-log "mule-diag" "\
17774 Show log of font listing and opening.
17775 Prefix arg LIMIT says how many fonts to show for each listing.
17776 The default is 20. If LIMIT is negative, do not limit the listing.
17778 \(fn &optional LIMIT)" t nil)
17780 ;;;***
17782 ;;;### (autoloads (char-displayable-p detect-coding-with-language-environment
17783 ;;;;;; detect-coding-with-priority with-coding-priority coding-system-translation-table-for-encode
17784 ;;;;;; coding-system-translation-table-for-decode coding-system-pre-write-conversion
17785 ;;;;;; coding-system-post-read-conversion lookup-nested-alist set-nested-alist
17786 ;;;;;; truncate-string-to-width store-substring string-to-sequence)
17787 ;;;;;; "mule-util" "international/mule-util.el" (19312 33528))
17788 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/mule-util.el
17790 (autoload 'string-to-sequence "mule-util" "\
17791 Convert STRING to a sequence of TYPE which contains characters in STRING.
17792 TYPE should be `list' or `vector'.
17794 \(fn STRING TYPE)" nil nil)
17796 (make-obsolete 'string-to-sequence "use `string-to-list' or `string-to-vector'." "22.1")
17798 (defsubst string-to-list (string) "\
17799 Return a list of characters in STRING." (append string nil))
17801 (defsubst string-to-vector (string) "\
17802 Return a vector of characters in STRING." (vconcat string))
17804 (autoload 'store-substring "mule-util" "\
17805 Embed OBJ (string or character) at index IDX of STRING.
17807 \(fn STRING IDX OBJ)" nil nil)
17809 (autoload 'truncate-string-to-width "mule-util" "\
17810 Truncate string STR to end at column END-COLUMN.
17811 The optional 3rd arg START-COLUMN, if non-nil, specifies the starting
17812 column; that means to return the characters occupying columns
17813 START-COLUMN ... END-COLUMN of STR. Both END-COLUMN and START-COLUMN
17814 are specified in terms of character display width in the current
17815 buffer; see also `char-width'.
17817 The optional 4th arg PADDING, if non-nil, specifies a padding
17818 character (which should have a display width of 1) to add at the end
17819 of the result if STR doesn't reach column END-COLUMN, or if END-COLUMN
17820 comes in the middle of a character in STR. PADDING is also added at
17821 the beginning of the result if column START-COLUMN appears in the
17822 middle of a character in STR.
17824 If PADDING is nil, no padding is added in these cases, so
17825 the resulting string may be narrower than END-COLUMN.
17827 If ELLIPSIS is non-nil, it should be a string which will replace the
17828 end of STR (including any padding) if it extends beyond END-COLUMN,
17829 unless the display width of STR is equal to or less than the display
17830 width of ELLIPSIS. If it is non-nil and not a string, then ELLIPSIS
17831 defaults to \"...\".
17833 \(fn STR END-COLUMN &optional START-COLUMN PADDING ELLIPSIS)" nil nil)
17835 (defsubst nested-alist-p (obj) "\
17836 Return t if OBJ is a nested alist.
17838 Nested alist is a list of the form (ENTRY . BRANCHES), where ENTRY is
17839 any Lisp object, and BRANCHES is a list of cons cells of the form
17840 \(KEY-ELEMENT . NESTED-ALIST).
17842 You can use a nested alist to store any Lisp object (ENTRY) for a key
17843 sequence KEYSEQ, where KEYSEQ is a sequence of KEY-ELEMENT. KEYSEQ
17844 can be a string, a vector, or a list." (and obj (listp obj) (listp (cdr obj))))
17846 (autoload 'set-nested-alist "mule-util" "\
17847 Set ENTRY for KEYSEQ in a nested alist ALIST.
17848 Optional 4th arg LEN non-nil means the first LEN elements in KEYSEQ
17849 are considered.
17850 Optional 5th argument BRANCHES if non-nil is branches for a keyseq
17851 longer than KEYSEQ.
17852 See the documentation of `nested-alist-p' for more detail.
17854 \(fn KEYSEQ ENTRY ALIST &optional LEN BRANCHES)" nil nil)
17856 (autoload 'lookup-nested-alist "mule-util" "\
17857 Look up key sequence KEYSEQ in nested alist ALIST. Return the definition.
17858 Optional 3rd argument LEN specifies the length of KEYSEQ.
17859 Optional 4th argument START specifies index of the starting key.
17860 The returned value is normally a nested alist of which
17861 car part is the entry for KEYSEQ.
17862 If ALIST is not deep enough for KEYSEQ, return number which is
17863 how many key elements at the front of KEYSEQ it takes
17864 to reach a leaf in ALIST.
17865 Optional 5th argument NIL-FOR-TOO-LONG non-nil means return nil
17866 even if ALIST is not deep enough.
17868 \(fn KEYSEQ ALIST &optional LEN START NIL-FOR-TOO-LONG)" nil nil)
17870 (autoload 'coding-system-post-read-conversion "mule-util" "\
17871 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `post-read-conversion' property.
17873 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
17875 (autoload 'coding-system-pre-write-conversion "mule-util" "\
17876 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `pre-write-conversion' property.
17878 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
17880 (autoload 'coding-system-translation-table-for-decode "mule-util" "\
17881 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `decode-translation-table' property.
17883 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
17885 (autoload 'coding-system-translation-table-for-encode "mule-util" "\
17886 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `encode-translation-table' property.
17888 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
17890 (autoload 'with-coding-priority "mule-util" "\
17891 Execute BODY like `progn' with CODING-SYSTEMS at the front of priority list.
17892 CODING-SYSTEMS is a list of coding systems. See `set-coding-priority'.
17893 This affects the implicit sorting of lists of coding sysems returned by
17894 operations such as `find-coding-systems-region'.
17896 \(fn CODING-SYSTEMS &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
17897 (put 'with-coding-priority 'lisp-indent-function 1)
17899 (autoload 'detect-coding-with-priority "mule-util" "\
17900 Detect a coding system of the text between FROM and TO with PRIORITY-LIST.
17901 PRIORITY-LIST is an alist of coding categories vs the corresponding
17902 coding systems ordered by priority.
17904 \(fn FROM TO PRIORITY-LIST)" nil (quote macro))
17906 (autoload 'detect-coding-with-language-environment "mule-util" "\
17907 Detect a coding system for the text between FROM and TO with LANG-ENV.
17908 The detection takes into account the coding system priorities for the
17909 language environment LANG-ENV.
17911 \(fn FROM TO LANG-ENV)" nil nil)
17913 (autoload 'char-displayable-p "mule-util" "\
17914 Return non-nil if we should be able to display CHAR.
17915 On a multi-font display, the test is only whether there is an
17916 appropriate font from the selected frame's fontset to display
17917 CHAR's charset in general. Since fonts may be specified on a
17918 per-character basis, this may not be accurate.
17920 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
17922 ;;;***
17924 ;;;### (autoloads (network-connection network-connection-to-service
17925 ;;;;;; whois-reverse-lookup whois finger ftp run-dig dns-lookup-host
17926 ;;;;;; nslookup nslookup-host ping traceroute route arp netstat
17927 ;;;;;; iwconfig ifconfig) "net-utils" "net/net-utils.el" (19277
17928 ;;;;;; 34921))
17929 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/net-utils.el
17931 (autoload 'ifconfig "net-utils" "\
17932 Run ifconfig and display diagnostic output.
17934 \(fn)" t nil)
17936 (autoload 'iwconfig "net-utils" "\
17937 Run iwconfig and display diagnostic output.
17939 \(fn)" t nil)
17941 (autoload 'netstat "net-utils" "\
17942 Run netstat and display diagnostic output.
17944 \(fn)" t nil)
17946 (autoload 'arp "net-utils" "\
17947 Run arp and display diagnostic output.
17949 \(fn)" t nil)
17951 (autoload 'route "net-utils" "\
17952 Run route and display diagnostic output.
17954 \(fn)" t nil)
17956 (autoload 'traceroute "net-utils" "\
17957 Run traceroute program for TARGET.
17959 \(fn TARGET)" t nil)
17961 (autoload 'ping "net-utils" "\
17962 Ping HOST.
17963 If your system's ping continues until interrupted, you can try setting
17964 `ping-program-options'.
17966 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
17968 (autoload 'nslookup-host "net-utils" "\
17969 Lookup the DNS information for HOST.
17971 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
17973 (autoload 'nslookup "net-utils" "\
17974 Run nslookup program.
17976 \(fn)" t nil)
17978 (autoload 'dns-lookup-host "net-utils" "\
17979 Lookup the DNS information for HOST (name or IP address).
17981 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
17983 (autoload 'run-dig "net-utils" "\
17984 Run dig program.
17986 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
17988 (autoload 'ftp "net-utils" "\
17989 Run ftp program.
17991 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
17993 (autoload 'finger "net-utils" "\
17994 Finger USER on HOST.
17996 \(fn USER HOST)" t nil)
17998 (autoload 'whois "net-utils" "\
17999 Send SEARCH-STRING to server defined by the `whois-server-name' variable.
18000 If `whois-guess-server' is non-nil, then try to deduce the correct server
18001 from SEARCH-STRING. With argument, prompt for whois server.
18003 \(fn ARG SEARCH-STRING)" t nil)
18005 (autoload 'whois-reverse-lookup "net-utils" "\
18006 Not documented
18008 \(fn)" t nil)
18010 (autoload 'network-connection-to-service "net-utils" "\
18011 Open a network connection to SERVICE on HOST.
18013 \(fn HOST SERVICE)" t nil)
18015 (autoload 'network-connection "net-utils" "\
18016 Open a network connection to HOST on PORT.
18018 \(fn HOST PORT)" t nil)
18020 ;;;***
18022 ;;;### (autoloads (comment-indent-new-line comment-auto-fill-only-comments
18023 ;;;;;; comment-dwim comment-or-uncomment-region comment-box comment-region
18024 ;;;;;; uncomment-region comment-kill comment-set-column comment-indent
18025 ;;;;;; comment-indent-default comment-normalize-vars comment-multi-line
18026 ;;;;;; comment-padding comment-style comment-column) "newcomment"
18027 ;;;;;; "newcomment.el" (19277 34917))
18028 ;;; Generated autoloads from newcomment.el
18030 (defalias 'indent-for-comment 'comment-indent)
18032 (defalias 'set-comment-column 'comment-set-column)
18034 (defalias 'kill-comment 'comment-kill)
18036 (defalias 'indent-new-comment-line 'comment-indent-new-line)
18038 (defvar comment-use-syntax 'undecided "\
18039 Non-nil if syntax-tables can be used instead of regexps.
18040 Can also be `undecided' which means that a somewhat expensive test will
18041 be used to try to determine whether syntax-tables should be trusted
18042 to understand comments or not in the given buffer.
18043 Major modes should set this variable.")
18045 (defvar comment-column 32 "\
18046 Column to indent right-margin comments to.
18047 Each mode may establish a different default value for this variable; you
18048 can set the value for a particular mode using that mode's hook.
18049 Comments might be indented to a different value in order not to go beyond
18050 `comment-fill-column' or in order to align them with surrounding comments.")
18052 (custom-autoload 'comment-column "newcomment" t)
18053 (put 'comment-column 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
18055 (defvar comment-start nil "\
18056 *String to insert to start a new comment, or nil if no comment syntax.")
18057 (put 'comment-start 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
18059 (defvar comment-start-skip nil "\
18060 *Regexp to match the start of a comment plus everything up to its body.
18061 If there are any \\(...\\) pairs, the comment delimiter text is held to begin
18062 at the place matched by the close of the first pair.")
18063 (put 'comment-start-skip 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
18065 (defvar comment-end-skip nil "\
18066 Regexp to match the end of a comment plus everything up to its body.")
18067 (put 'comment-end-skip 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
18069 (defvar comment-end (purecopy "") "\
18070 *String to insert to end a new comment.
18071 Should be an empty string if comments are terminated by end-of-line.")
18072 (put 'comment-end 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
18074 (defvar comment-indent-function 'comment-indent-default "\
18075 Function to compute desired indentation for a comment.
18076 This function is called with no args with point at the beginning of
18077 the comment's starting delimiter and should return either the desired
18078 column indentation or nil.
18079 If nil is returned, indentation is delegated to `indent-according-to-mode'.")
18081 (defvar comment-insert-comment-function nil "\
18082 Function to insert a comment when a line doesn't contain one.
18083 The function has no args.
18085 Applicable at least in modes for languages like fixed-format Fortran where
18086 comments always start in column zero.")
18088 (defvar comment-style 'indent "\
18089 Style to be used for `comment-region'.
18090 See `comment-styles' for a list of available styles.")
18092 (custom-autoload 'comment-style "newcomment" t)
18094 (defvar comment-padding (purecopy " ") "\
18095 Padding string that `comment-region' puts between comment chars and text.
18096 Can also be an integer which will be automatically turned into a string
18097 of the corresponding number of spaces.
18099 Extra spacing between the comment characters and the comment text
18100 makes the comment easier to read. Default is 1. nil means 0.")
18102 (custom-autoload 'comment-padding "newcomment" t)
18104 (defvar comment-multi-line nil "\
18105 Non-nil means `comment-indent-new-line' continues comments.
18106 That is, it inserts no new terminator or starter.
18107 This affects `auto-fill-mode', which is the main reason to
18108 customize this variable.
18110 It also affects \\[indent-new-comment-line]. However, if you want this
18111 behavior for explicit filling, you might as well use \\[newline-and-indent].")
18113 (custom-autoload 'comment-multi-line "newcomment" t)
18115 (autoload 'comment-normalize-vars "newcomment" "\
18116 Check and setup the variables needed by other commenting functions.
18117 Functions autoloaded from newcomment.el, being entry points, should call
18118 this function before any other, so the rest of the code can assume that
18119 the variables are properly set.
18121 \(fn &optional NOERROR)" nil nil)
18123 (autoload 'comment-indent-default "newcomment" "\
18124 Default for `comment-indent-function'.
18126 \(fn)" nil nil)
18128 (autoload 'comment-indent "newcomment" "\
18129 Indent this line's comment to `comment-column', or insert an empty comment.
18130 If CONTINUE is non-nil, use the `comment-continue' markers if any.
18132 \(fn &optional CONTINUE)" t nil)
18134 (autoload 'comment-set-column "newcomment" "\
18135 Set the comment column based on point.
18136 With no ARG, set the comment column to the current column.
18137 With just minus as arg, kill any comment on this line.
18138 With any other arg, set comment column to indentation of the previous comment
18139 and then align or create a comment on this line at that column.
18141 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
18143 (autoload 'comment-kill "newcomment" "\
18144 Kill the first comment on this line, if any.
18145 With prefix ARG, kill comments on that many lines starting with this one.
18147 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
18149 (autoload 'uncomment-region "newcomment" "\
18150 Uncomment each line in the BEG .. END region.
18151 The numeric prefix ARG can specify a number of chars to remove from the
18152 comment markers.
18154 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
18156 (autoload 'comment-region "newcomment" "\
18157 Comment or uncomment each line in the region.
18158 With just \\[universal-argument] prefix arg, uncomment each line in region BEG .. END.
18159 Numeric prefix ARG means use ARG comment characters.
18160 If ARG is negative, delete that many comment characters instead.
18162 The strings used as comment starts are built from `comment-start'
18163 and `comment-padding'; the strings used as comment ends are built
18164 from `comment-end' and `comment-padding'.
18166 By default, the `comment-start' markers are inserted at the
18167 current indentation of the region, and comments are terminated on
18168 each line (even for syntaxes in which newline does not end the
18169 comment and blank lines do not get comments). This can be
18170 changed with `comment-style'.
18172 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
18174 (autoload 'comment-box "newcomment" "\
18175 Comment out the BEG .. END region, putting it inside a box.
18176 The numeric prefix ARG specifies how many characters to add to begin- and
18177 end- comment markers additionally to what `comment-add' already specifies.
18179 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
18181 (autoload 'comment-or-uncomment-region "newcomment" "\
18182 Call `comment-region', unless the region only consists of comments,
18183 in which case call `uncomment-region'. If a prefix arg is given, it
18184 is passed on to the respective function.
18186 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
18188 (autoload 'comment-dwim "newcomment" "\
18189 Call the comment command you want (Do What I Mean).
18190 If the region is active and `transient-mark-mode' is on, call
18191 `comment-region' (unless it only consists of comments, in which
18192 case it calls `uncomment-region').
18193 Else, if the current line is empty, call `comment-insert-comment-function'
18194 if it is defined, otherwise insert a comment and indent it.
18195 Else if a prefix ARG is specified, call `comment-kill'.
18196 Else, call `comment-indent'.
18197 You can configure `comment-style' to change the way regions are commented.
18199 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
18201 (defvar comment-auto-fill-only-comments nil "\
18202 Non-nil means to only auto-fill inside comments.
18203 This has no effect in modes that do not define a comment syntax.")
18205 (custom-autoload 'comment-auto-fill-only-comments "newcomment" t)
18207 (autoload 'comment-indent-new-line "newcomment" "\
18208 Break line at point and indent, continuing comment if within one.
18209 This indents the body of the continued comment
18210 under the previous comment line.
18212 This command is intended for styles where you write a comment per line,
18213 starting a new comment (and terminating it if necessary) on each line.
18214 If you want to continue one comment across several lines, use \\[newline-and-indent].
18216 If a fill column is specified, it overrides the use of the comment column
18217 or comment indentation.
18219 The inserted newline is marked hard if variable `use-hard-newlines' is true,
18220 unless optional argument SOFT is non-nil.
18222 \(fn &optional SOFT)" t nil)
18224 ;;;***
18226 ;;;### (autoloads (newsticker-start newsticker-running-p) "newst-backend"
18227 ;;;;;; "net/newst-backend.el" (19277 34921))
18228 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-backend.el
18230 (autoload 'newsticker-running-p "newst-backend" "\
18231 Check whether newsticker is running.
18232 Return t if newsticker is running, nil otherwise. Newsticker is
18233 considered to be running if the newsticker timer list is not empty.
18235 \(fn)" nil nil)
18237 (autoload 'newsticker-start "newst-backend" "\
18238 Start the newsticker.
18239 Start the timers for display and retrieval. If the newsticker, i.e. the
18240 timers, are running already a warning message is printed unless
18241 DO-NOT-COMPLAIN-IF-RUNNING is not nil.
18242 Run `newsticker-start-hook' if newsticker was not running already.
18244 \(fn &optional DO-NOT-COMPLAIN-IF-RUNNING)" t nil)
18246 ;;;***
18248 ;;;### (autoloads (newsticker-plainview) "newst-plainview" "net/newst-plainview.el"
18249 ;;;;;; (19277 34921))
18250 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-plainview.el
18252 (autoload 'newsticker-plainview "newst-plainview" "\
18253 Start newsticker plainview.
18255 \(fn)" t nil)
18257 ;;;***
18259 ;;;### (autoloads (newsticker-show-news) "newst-reader" "net/newst-reader.el"
18260 ;;;;;; (19277 34921))
18261 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-reader.el
18263 (autoload 'newsticker-show-news "newst-reader" "\
18264 Start reading news. You may want to bind this to a key.
18266 \(fn)" t nil)
18268 ;;;***
18270 ;;;### (autoloads (newsticker-start-ticker newsticker-ticker-running-p)
18271 ;;;;;; "newst-ticker" "net/newst-ticker.el" (19277 34921))
18272 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-ticker.el
18274 (autoload 'newsticker-ticker-running-p "newst-ticker" "\
18275 Check whether newsticker's actual ticker is running.
18276 Return t if ticker is running, nil otherwise. Newsticker is
18277 considered to be running if the newsticker timer list is not
18278 empty.
18280 \(fn)" nil nil)
18282 (autoload 'newsticker-start-ticker "newst-ticker" "\
18283 Start newsticker's ticker (but not the news retrieval).
18284 Start display timer for the actual ticker if wanted and not
18285 running already.
18287 \(fn)" t nil)
18289 ;;;***
18291 ;;;### (autoloads (newsticker-treeview) "newst-treeview" "net/newst-treeview.el"
18292 ;;;;;; (19277 34921))
18293 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-treeview.el
18295 (autoload 'newsticker-treeview "newst-treeview" "\
18296 Start newsticker treeview.
18298 \(fn)" t nil)
18300 ;;;***
18302 ;;;### (autoloads (nndiary-generate-nov-databases) "nndiary" "gnus/nndiary.el"
18303 ;;;;;; (19279 53114))
18304 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nndiary.el
18306 (autoload 'nndiary-generate-nov-databases "nndiary" "\
18307 Generate NOV databases in all nndiary directories.
18309 \(fn &optional SERVER)" t nil)
18311 ;;;***
18313 ;;;### (autoloads (nndoc-add-type) "nndoc" "gnus/nndoc.el" (19277
18314 ;;;;;; 34920))
18315 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nndoc.el
18317 (autoload 'nndoc-add-type "nndoc" "\
18318 Add document DEFINITION to the list of nndoc document definitions.
18319 If POSITION is nil or `last', the definition will be added
18320 as the last checked definition, if t or `first', add as the
18321 first definition, and if any other symbol, add after that
18322 symbol in the alist.
18324 \(fn DEFINITION &optional POSITION)" nil nil)
18326 ;;;***
18328 ;;;### (autoloads (nnfolder-generate-active-file) "nnfolder" "gnus/nnfolder.el"
18329 ;;;;;; (19277 34920))
18330 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnfolder.el
18332 (autoload 'nnfolder-generate-active-file "nnfolder" "\
18333 Look for mbox folders in the nnfolder directory and make them into groups.
18334 This command does not work if you use short group names.
18336 \(fn)" t nil)
18338 ;;;***
18340 ;;;### (autoloads (nnkiboze-generate-groups) "nnkiboze" "gnus/nnkiboze.el"
18341 ;;;;;; (19277 34920))
18342 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnkiboze.el
18344 (autoload 'nnkiboze-generate-groups "nnkiboze" "\
18345 \"Usage: emacs -batch -l nnkiboze -f nnkiboze-generate-groups\".
18346 Finds out what articles are to be part of the nnkiboze groups.
18348 \(fn)" t nil)
18350 ;;;***
18352 ;;;### (autoloads (nnml-generate-nov-databases) "nnml" "gnus/nnml.el"
18353 ;;;;;; (19279 53114))
18354 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnml.el
18356 (autoload 'nnml-generate-nov-databases "nnml" "\
18357 Generate NOV databases in all nnml directories.
18359 \(fn &optional SERVER)" t nil)
18361 ;;;***
18363 ;;;### (autoloads (nnsoup-revert-variables nnsoup-set-variables nnsoup-pack-replies)
18364 ;;;;;; "nnsoup" "gnus/nnsoup.el" (19277 34920))
18365 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnsoup.el
18367 (autoload 'nnsoup-pack-replies "nnsoup" "\
18368 Make an outbound package of SOUP replies.
18370 \(fn)" t nil)
18372 (autoload 'nnsoup-set-variables "nnsoup" "\
18373 Use the SOUP methods for posting news and mailing mail.
18375 \(fn)" t nil)
18377 (autoload 'nnsoup-revert-variables "nnsoup" "\
18378 Revert posting and mailing methods to the standard Emacs methods.
18380 \(fn)" t nil)
18382 ;;;***
18384 ;;;### (autoloads (disable-command enable-command disabled-command-function)
18385 ;;;;;; "novice" "novice.el" (19277 34917))
18386 ;;; Generated autoloads from novice.el
18388 (defvar disabled-command-function 'disabled-command-function "\
18389 Function to call to handle disabled commands.
18390 If nil, the feature is disabled, i.e., all commands work normally.")
18392 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'disabled-command-hook 'disabled-command-function "22.1")
18394 (autoload 'disabled-command-function "novice" "\
18395 Not documented
18397 \(fn &optional CMD KEYS)" nil nil)
18399 (autoload 'enable-command "novice" "\
18400 Allow COMMAND to be executed without special confirmation from now on.
18401 COMMAND must be a symbol.
18402 This command alters the user's .emacs file so that this will apply
18403 to future sessions.
18405 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
18407 (autoload 'disable-command "novice" "\
18408 Require special confirmation to execute COMMAND from now on.
18409 COMMAND must be a symbol.
18410 This command alters the user's .emacs file so that this will apply
18411 to future sessions.
18413 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
18415 ;;;***
18417 ;;;### (autoloads (nroff-mode) "nroff-mode" "textmodes/nroff-mode.el"
18418 ;;;;;; (19277 34923))
18419 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/nroff-mode.el
18421 (autoload 'nroff-mode "nroff-mode" "\
18422 Major mode for editing text intended for nroff to format.
18423 \\{nroff-mode-map}
18424 Turning on Nroff mode runs `text-mode-hook', then `nroff-mode-hook'.
18425 Also, try `nroff-electric-mode', for automatically inserting
18426 closing requests for requests that are used in matched pairs.
18428 \(fn)" t nil)
18430 ;;;***
18432 ;;;### (autoloads (nxml-glyph-display-string) "nxml-glyph" "nxml/nxml-glyph.el"
18433 ;;;;;; (19277 34921))
18434 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/nxml-glyph.el
18436 (autoload 'nxml-glyph-display-string "nxml-glyph" "\
18437 Return a string that can display a glyph for Unicode code-point N.
18438 FACE gives the face that will be used for displaying the string.
18439 Return nil if the face cannot display a glyph for N.
18441 \(fn N FACE)" nil nil)
18443 ;;;***
18445 ;;;### (autoloads (nxml-mode) "nxml-mode" "nxml/nxml-mode.el" (19354
18446 ;;;;;; 34807))
18447 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/nxml-mode.el
18449 (autoload 'nxml-mode "nxml-mode" "\
18450 Major mode for editing XML.
18452 \\[nxml-finish-element] finishes the current element by inserting an end-tag.
18453 C-c C-i closes a start-tag with `>' and then inserts a balancing end-tag
18454 leaving point between the start-tag and end-tag.
18455 \\[nxml-balanced-close-start-tag-block] is similar but for block rather than inline elements:
18456 the start-tag, point, and end-tag are all left on separate lines.
18457 If `nxml-slash-auto-complete-flag' is non-nil, then inserting a `</'
18458 automatically inserts the rest of the end-tag.
18460 \\[nxml-complete] performs completion on the symbol preceding point.
18462 \\[nxml-dynamic-markup-word] uses the contents of the current buffer
18463 to choose a tag to put around the word preceding point.
18465 Sections of the document can be displayed in outline form. The
18466 variable `nxml-section-element-name-regexp' controls when an element
18467 is recognized as a section. The same key sequences that change
18468 visibility in outline mode are used except that they start with C-c C-o
18469 instead of C-c.
18471 Validation is provided by the related minor-mode `rng-validate-mode'.
18472 This also makes completion schema- and context- sensitive. Element
18473 names, attribute names, attribute values and namespace URIs can all be
18474 completed. By default, `rng-validate-mode' is automatically enabled.
18475 You can toggle it using \\[rng-validate-mode] or change the default by
18476 customizing `rng-nxml-auto-validate-flag'.
18478 \\[indent-for-tab-command] indents the current line appropriately.
18479 This can be customized using the variable `nxml-child-indent'
18480 and the variable `nxml-attribute-indent'.
18482 \\[nxml-insert-named-char] inserts a character reference using
18483 the character's name (by default, the Unicode name).
18484 \\[universal-argument] \\[nxml-insert-named-char] inserts the character directly.
18486 The Emacs commands that normally operate on balanced expressions will
18487 operate on XML markup items. Thus \\[forward-sexp] will move forward
18488 across one markup item; \\[backward-sexp] will move backward across
18489 one markup item; \\[kill-sexp] will kill the following markup item;
18490 \\[mark-sexp] will mark the following markup item. By default, each
18491 tag each treated as a single markup item; to make the complete element
18492 be treated as a single markup item, set the variable
18493 `nxml-sexp-element-flag' to t. For more details, see the function
18494 `nxml-forward-balanced-item'.
18496 \\[nxml-backward-up-element] and \\[nxml-down-element] move up and down the element structure.
18498 Many aspects this mode can be customized using
18499 \\[customize-group] nxml RET.
18501 \(fn)" t nil)
18503 (defalias 'xml-mode 'nxml-mode)
18505 ;;;***
18507 ;;;### (autoloads (nxml-enable-unicode-char-name-sets) "nxml-uchnm"
18508 ;;;;;; "nxml/nxml-uchnm.el" (19277 34921))
18509 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/nxml-uchnm.el
18511 (autoload 'nxml-enable-unicode-char-name-sets "nxml-uchnm" "\
18512 Enable the use of Unicode standard names for characters.
18513 The Unicode blocks for which names are enabled is controlled by
18514 the variable `nxml-enabled-unicode-blocks'.
18516 \(fn)" t nil)
18518 ;;;***
18520 ;;;### (autoloads (inferior-octave) "octave-inf" "progmodes/octave-inf.el"
18521 ;;;;;; (19277 34922))
18522 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/octave-inf.el
18524 (autoload 'inferior-octave "octave-inf" "\
18525 Run an inferior Octave process, I/O via `inferior-octave-buffer'.
18526 This buffer is put in Inferior Octave mode. See `inferior-octave-mode'.
18528 Unless ARG is non-nil, switches to this buffer.
18530 The elements of the list `inferior-octave-startup-args' are sent as
18531 command line arguments to the inferior Octave process on startup.
18533 Additional commands to be executed on startup can be provided either in
18534 the file specified by `inferior-octave-startup-file' or by the default
18535 startup file, `~/.emacs-octave'.
18537 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18539 (defalias 'run-octave 'inferior-octave)
18541 ;;;***
18543 ;;;### (autoloads (octave-mode) "octave-mod" "progmodes/octave-mod.el"
18544 ;;;;;; (19277 34922))
18545 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/octave-mod.el
18547 (autoload 'octave-mode "octave-mod" "\
18548 Major mode for editing Octave code.
18550 This mode makes it easier to write Octave code by helping with
18551 indentation, doing some of the typing for you (with Abbrev mode) and by
18552 showing keywords, comments, strings, etc. in different faces (with
18553 Font Lock mode on terminals that support it).
18555 Octave itself is a high-level language, primarily intended for numerical
18556 computations. It provides a convenient command line interface for
18557 solving linear and nonlinear problems numerically. Function definitions
18558 can also be stored in files, and it can be used in a batch mode (which
18559 is why you need this mode!).
18561 The latest released version of Octave is always available via anonymous
18562 ftp from ftp.octave.org in the directory `/pub/octave'. Complete
18563 source and binaries for several popular systems are available.
18565 Type \\[list-abbrevs] to display the built-in abbrevs for Octave keywords.
18567 Keybindings
18568 ===========
18570 \\{octave-mode-map}
18572 Variables you can use to customize Octave mode
18573 ==============================================
18575 `octave-auto-indent'
18576 Non-nil means indent current line after a semicolon or space.
18577 Default is nil.
18579 `octave-auto-newline'
18580 Non-nil means auto-insert a newline and indent after a semicolon.
18581 Default is nil.
18583 `octave-blink-matching-block'
18584 Non-nil means show matching begin of block when inserting a space,
18585 newline or semicolon after an else or end keyword. Default is t.
18587 `octave-block-offset'
18588 Extra indentation applied to statements in block structures.
18589 Default is 2.
18591 `octave-continuation-offset'
18592 Extra indentation applied to Octave continuation lines.
18593 Default is 4.
18595 `octave-continuation-string'
18596 String used for Octave continuation lines.
18597 Default is a backslash.
18599 `octave-send-echo-input'
18600 Non-nil means always display `inferior-octave-buffer' after sending a
18601 command to the inferior Octave process.
18603 `octave-send-line-auto-forward'
18604 Non-nil means always go to the next unsent line of Octave code after
18605 sending a line to the inferior Octave process.
18607 `octave-send-echo-input'
18608 Non-nil means echo input sent to the inferior Octave process.
18610 Turning on Octave mode runs the hook `octave-mode-hook'.
18612 To begin using this mode for all `.m' files that you edit, add the
18613 following lines to your `.emacs' file:
18615 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '(\"\\\\.m\\\\'\" . octave-mode))
18617 To automatically turn on the abbrev and auto-fill features,
18618 add the following lines to your `.emacs' file as well:
18620 (add-hook 'octave-mode-hook
18621 (lambda ()
18622 (abbrev-mode 1)
18623 (auto-fill-mode 1)))
18625 To submit a problem report, enter \\[octave-submit-bug-report] from an Octave mode buffer.
18626 This automatically sets up a mail buffer with version information
18627 already added. You just need to add a description of the problem,
18628 including a reproducible test case and send the message.
18630 \(fn)" t nil)
18632 ;;;***
18634 ;;;### (autoloads (org-customize org-reload org-require-autoloaded-modules
18635 ;;;;;; org-submit-bug-report org-cycle-agenda-files org-iswitchb
18636 ;;;;;; org-map-entries org-open-link-from-string org-open-at-point-global
18637 ;;;;;; org-insert-link-global org-store-link org-run-like-in-org-mode
18638 ;;;;;; turn-on-orgstruct++ turn-on-orgstruct orgstruct-mode org-global-cycle
18639 ;;;;;; org-mode) "org" "org/org.el" (19354 34807))
18640 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org.el
18642 (autoload 'org-mode "org" "\
18643 Outline-based notes management and organizer, alias
18644 \"Carsten's outline-mode for keeping track of everything.\"
18646 Org-mode develops organizational tasks around a NOTES file which
18647 contains information about projects as plain text. Org-mode is
18648 implemented on top of outline-mode, which is ideal to keep the content
18649 of large files well structured. It supports ToDo items, deadlines and
18650 time stamps, which magically appear in the diary listing of the Emacs
18651 calendar. Tables are easily created with a built-in table editor.
18652 Plain text URL-like links connect to websites, emails (VM), Usenet
18653 messages (Gnus), BBDB entries, and any files related to the project.
18654 For printing and sharing of notes, an Org-mode file (or a part of it)
18655 can be exported as a structured ASCII or HTML file.
18657 The following commands are available:
18659 \\{org-mode-map}
18661 \(fn)" t nil)
18663 (defvar org-inlinetask-min-level)
18665 (autoload 'org-global-cycle "org" "\
18666 Cycle the global visibility. For details see `org-cycle'.
18667 With C-u prefix arg, switch to startup visibility.
18668 With a numeric prefix, show all headlines up to that level.
18670 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18672 (autoload 'orgstruct-mode "org" "\
18673 Toggle the minor more `orgstruct-mode'.
18674 This mode is for using Org-mode structure commands in other modes.
18675 The following key behave as if Org-mode was active, if the cursor
18676 is on a headline, or on a plain list item (both in the definition
18677 of Org-mode).
18679 M-up Move entry/item up
18680 M-down Move entry/item down
18681 M-left Promote
18682 M-right Demote
18683 M-S-up Move entry/item up
18684 M-S-down Move entry/item down
18685 M-S-left Promote subtree
18686 M-S-right Demote subtree
18687 M-q Fill paragraph and items like in Org-mode
18688 C-c ^ Sort entries
18689 C-c - Cycle list bullet
18690 TAB Cycle item visibility
18691 M-RET Insert new heading/item
18692 S-M-RET Insert new TODO heading / Checkbox item
18693 C-c C-c Set tags / toggle checkbox
18695 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18697 (autoload 'turn-on-orgstruct "org" "\
18698 Unconditionally turn on `orgstruct-mode'.
18700 \(fn)" nil nil)
18702 (autoload 'turn-on-orgstruct++ "org" "\
18703 Unconditionally turn on `orgstruct++-mode'.
18705 \(fn)" nil nil)
18707 (autoload 'org-run-like-in-org-mode "org" "\
18708 Run a command, pretending that the current buffer is in Org-mode.
18709 This will temporarily bind local variables that are typically bound in
18710 Org-mode to the values they have in Org-mode, and then interactively
18711 call CMD.
18713 \(fn CMD)" nil nil)
18715 (autoload 'org-store-link "org" "\
18716 \\<org-mode-map>Store an org-link to the current location.
18717 This link is added to `org-stored-links' and can later be inserted
18718 into an org-buffer with \\[org-insert-link].
18720 For some link types, a prefix arg is interpreted:
18721 For links to usenet articles, arg negates `org-gnus-prefer-web-links'.
18722 For file links, arg negates `org-context-in-file-links'.
18724 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
18726 (autoload 'org-insert-link-global "org" "\
18727 Insert a link like Org-mode does.
18728 This command can be called in any mode to insert a link in Org-mode syntax.
18730 \(fn)" t nil)
18732 (autoload 'org-open-at-point-global "org" "\
18733 Follow a link like Org-mode does.
18734 This command can be called in any mode to follow a link that has
18735 Org-mode syntax.
18737 \(fn)" t nil)
18739 (autoload 'org-open-link-from-string "org" "\
18740 Open a link in the string S, as if it was in Org-mode.
18742 \(fn S &optional ARG REFERENCE-BUFFER)" t nil)
18744 (autoload 'org-map-entries "org" "\
18745 Call FUNC at each headline selected by MATCH in SCOPE.
18747 FUNC is a function or a lisp form. The function will be called without
18748 arguments, with the cursor positioned at the beginning of the headline.
18749 The return values of all calls to the function will be collected and
18750 returned as a list.
18752 The call to FUNC will be wrapped into a save-excursion form, so FUNC
18753 does not need to preserve point. After evaluation, the cursor will be
18754 moved to the end of the line (presumably of the headline of the
18755 processed entry) and search continues from there. Under some
18756 circumstances, this may not produce the wanted results. For example,
18757 if you have removed (e.g. archived) the current (sub)tree it could
18758 mean that the next entry will be skipped entirely. In such cases, you
18759 can specify the position from where search should continue by making
18760 FUNC set the variable `org-map-continue-from' to the desired buffer
18761 position.
18763 MATCH is a tags/property/todo match as it is used in the agenda tags view.
18764 Only headlines that are matched by this query will be considered during
18765 the iteration. When MATCH is nil or t, all headlines will be
18766 visited by the iteration.
18768 SCOPE determines the scope of this command. It can be any of:
18770 nil The current buffer, respecting the restriction if any
18771 tree The subtree started with the entry at point
18772 file The current buffer, without restriction
18773 file-with-archives
18774 The current buffer, and any archives associated with it
18775 agenda All agenda files
18776 agenda-with-archives
18777 All agenda files with any archive files associated with them
18778 \(file1 file2 ...)
18779 If this is a list, all files in the list will be scanned
18781 The remaining args are treated as settings for the skipping facilities of
18782 the scanner. The following items can be given here:
18784 archive skip trees with the archive tag.
18785 comment skip trees with the COMMENT keyword
18786 function or Emacs Lisp form:
18787 will be used as value for `org-agenda-skip-function', so whenever
18788 the function returns t, FUNC will not be called for that
18789 entry and search will continue from the point where the
18790 function leaves it.
18792 If your function needs to retrieve the tags including inherited tags
18793 at the *current* entry, you can use the value of the variable
18794 `org-scanner-tags' which will be much faster than getting the value
18795 with `org-get-tags-at'. If your function gets properties with
18796 `org-entry-properties' at the *current* entry, bind `org-trust-scanner-tags'
18797 to t around the call to `org-entry-properties' to get the same speedup.
18798 Note that if your function moves around to retrieve tags and properties at
18799 a *different* entry, you cannot use these techniques.
18801 \(fn FUNC &optional MATCH SCOPE &rest SKIP)" nil nil)
18803 (autoload 'org-iswitchb "org" "\
18804 Use `org-icompleting-read' to prompt for an Org buffer to switch to.
18805 With a prefix argument, restrict available to files.
18806 With two prefix arguments, restrict available buffers to agenda files.
18808 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18810 (defalias 'org-ido-switchb 'org-iswitchb)
18812 (autoload 'org-cycle-agenda-files "org" "\
18813 Cycle through the files in `org-agenda-files'.
18814 If the current buffer visits an agenda file, find the next one in the list.
18815 If the current buffer does not, find the first agenda file.
18817 \(fn)" t nil)
18819 (autoload 'org-submit-bug-report "org" "\
18820 Submit a bug report on Org-mode via mail.
18822 Don't hesitate to report any problems or inaccurate documentation.
18824 If you don't have setup sending mail from (X)Emacs, please copy the
18825 output buffer into your mail program, as it gives us important
18826 information about your Org-mode version and configuration.
18828 \(fn)" t nil)
18830 (autoload 'org-require-autoloaded-modules "org" "\
18831 Not documented
18833 \(fn)" t nil)
18835 (autoload 'org-reload "org" "\
18836 Reload all org lisp files.
18837 With prefix arg UNCOMPILED, load the uncompiled versions.
18839 \(fn &optional UNCOMPILED)" t nil)
18841 (autoload 'org-customize "org" "\
18842 Call the customize function with org as argument.
18844 \(fn)" t nil)
18846 ;;;***
18848 ;;;### (autoloads (org-agenda-to-appt org-calendar-goto-agenda org-agenda-check-for-timestamp-as-reason-to-ignore-todo-item
18849 ;;;;;; org-diary org-agenda-list-stuck-projects org-tags-view org-todo-list
18850 ;;;;;; org-search-view org-agenda-list org-batch-store-agenda-views
18851 ;;;;;; org-store-agenda-views org-batch-agenda-csv org-batch-agenda
18852 ;;;;;; org-agenda) "org-agenda" "org/org-agenda.el" (19277 34922))
18853 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-agenda.el
18855 (autoload 'org-agenda "org-agenda" "\
18856 Dispatch agenda commands to collect entries to the agenda buffer.
18857 Prompts for a command to execute. Any prefix arg will be passed
18858 on to the selected command. The default selections are:
18860 a Call `org-agenda-list' to display the agenda for current day or week.
18861 t Call `org-todo-list' to display the global todo list.
18862 T Call `org-todo-list' to display the global todo list, select only
18863 entries with a specific TODO keyword (the user gets a prompt).
18864 m Call `org-tags-view' to display headlines with tags matching
18865 a condition (the user is prompted for the condition).
18866 M Like `m', but select only TODO entries, no ordinary headlines.
18867 L Create a timeline for the current buffer.
18868 e Export views to associated files.
18869 s Search entries for keywords.
18870 / Multi occur across all agenda files and also files listed
18871 in `org-agenda-text-search-extra-files'.
18872 < Restrict agenda commands to buffer, subtree, or region.
18873 Press several times to get the desired effect.
18874 > Remove a previous restriction.
18875 # List \"stuck\" projects.
18876 ! Configure what \"stuck\" means.
18877 C Configure custom agenda commands.
18879 More commands can be added by configuring the variable
18880 `org-agenda-custom-commands'. In particular, specific tags and TODO keyword
18881 searches can be pre-defined in this way.
18883 If the current buffer is in Org-mode and visiting a file, you can also
18884 first press `<' once to indicate that the agenda should be temporarily
18885 \(until the next use of \\[org-agenda]) restricted to the current file.
18886 Pressing `<' twice means to restrict to the current subtree or region
18887 \(if active).
18889 \(fn &optional ARG KEYS RESTRICTION)" t nil)
18891 (autoload 'org-batch-agenda "org-agenda" "\
18892 Run an agenda command in batch mode and send the result to STDOUT.
18893 If CMD-KEY is a string of length 1, it is used as a key in
18894 `org-agenda-custom-commands' and triggers this command. If it is a
18895 longer string it is used as a tags/todo match string.
18896 Paramters are alternating variable names and values that will be bound
18897 before running the agenda command.
18899 \(fn CMD-KEY &rest PARAMETERS)" nil (quote macro))
18901 (autoload 'org-batch-agenda-csv "org-agenda" "\
18902 Run an agenda command in batch mode and send the result to STDOUT.
18903 If CMD-KEY is a string of length 1, it is used as a key in
18904 `org-agenda-custom-commands' and triggers this command. If it is a
18905 longer string it is used as a tags/todo match string.
18906 Paramters are alternating variable names and values that will be bound
18907 before running the agenda command.
18909 The output gives a line for each selected agenda item. Each
18910 item is a list of comma-separated values, like this:
18912 category,head,type,todo,tags,date,time,extra,priority-l,priority-n
18914 category The category of the item
18915 head The headline, without TODO kwd, TAGS and PRIORITY
18916 type The type of the agenda entry, can be
18917 todo selected in TODO match
18918 tagsmatch selected in tags match
18919 diary imported from diary
18920 deadline a deadline on given date
18921 scheduled scheduled on given date
18922 timestamp entry has timestamp on given date
18923 closed entry was closed on given date
18924 upcoming-deadline warning about deadline
18925 past-scheduled forwarded scheduled item
18926 block entry has date block including g. date
18927 todo The todo keyword, if any
18928 tags All tags including inherited ones, separated by colons
18929 date The relevant date, like 2007-2-14
18930 time The time, like 15:00-16:50
18931 extra Sting with extra planning info
18932 priority-l The priority letter if any was given
18933 priority-n The computed numerical priority
18934 agenda-day The day in the agenda where this is listed
18936 \(fn CMD-KEY &rest PARAMETERS)" nil (quote macro))
18938 (autoload 'org-store-agenda-views "org-agenda" "\
18939 Not documented
18941 \(fn &rest PARAMETERS)" t nil)
18943 (autoload 'org-batch-store-agenda-views "org-agenda" "\
18944 Run all custom agenda commands that have a file argument.
18946 \(fn &rest PARAMETERS)" nil (quote macro))
18948 (autoload 'org-agenda-list "org-agenda" "\
18949 Produce a daily/weekly view from all files in variable `org-agenda-files'.
18950 The view will be for the current day or week, but from the overview buffer
18951 you will be able to go to other days/weeks.
18953 With one \\[universal-argument] prefix argument INCLUDE-ALL,
18954 all unfinished TODO items will also be shown, before the agenda.
18955 This feature is considered obsolete, please use the TODO list or a block
18956 agenda instead.
18958 With a numeric prefix argument in an interactive call, the agenda will
18959 span INCLUDE-ALL days. Lisp programs should instead specify NDAYS to change
18960 the number of days. NDAYS defaults to `org-agenda-ndays'.
18962 START-DAY defaults to TODAY, or to the most recent match for the weekday
18963 given in `org-agenda-start-on-weekday'.
18965 \(fn &optional INCLUDE-ALL START-DAY NDAYS)" t nil)
18967 (autoload 'org-search-view "org-agenda" "\
18968 Show all entries that contain words or regular expressions.
18969 If the first character of the search string is an asterisks,
18970 search only the headlines.
18972 With optional prefix argument TODO-ONLY, only consider entries that are
18973 TODO entries. The argument STRING can be used to pass a default search
18974 string into this function. If EDIT-AT is non-nil, it means that the
18975 user should get a chance to edit this string, with cursor at position
18976 EDIT-AT.
18978 The search string is broken into \"words\" by splitting at whitespace.
18979 Depending on the variable `org-agenda-search-view-search-words-only'
18980 and on whether the first character in the search string is \"+\" or \"-\",
18981 The string is then interpreted either as a substring with variable amounts
18982 of whitespace, or as a list or individual words that should be matched.
18984 The default is a substring match, where each space in the search string
18985 can expand to an arbitrary amount of whitespace, including newlines.
18987 If matching individual words, these words are then interpreted as a
18988 boolean expression with logical AND. Words prefixed with a minus must
18989 not occur in the entry. Words without a prefix or prefixed with a plus
18990 must occur in the entry. Matching is case-insensitive and the words
18991 are enclosed by word delimiters.
18993 Words enclosed by curly braces are interpreted as regular expressions
18994 that must or must not match in the entry.
18996 If the search string starts with an asterisk, search only in headlines.
18997 If (possibly after the leading star) the search string starts with an
18998 exclamation mark, this also means to look at TODO entries only, an effect
18999 that can also be achieved with a prefix argument.
19001 This command searches the agenda files, and in addition the files listed
19002 in `org-agenda-text-search-extra-files'.
19004 \(fn &optional TODO-ONLY STRING EDIT-AT)" t nil)
19006 (autoload 'org-todo-list "org-agenda" "\
19007 Show all TODO entries from all agenda file in a single list.
19008 The prefix arg can be used to select a specific TODO keyword and limit
19009 the list to these. When using \\[universal-argument], you will be prompted
19010 for a keyword. A numeric prefix directly selects the Nth keyword in
19011 `org-todo-keywords-1'.
19013 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
19015 (autoload 'org-tags-view "org-agenda" "\
19016 Show all headlines for all `org-agenda-files' matching a TAGS criterion.
19017 The prefix arg TODO-ONLY limits the search to TODO entries.
19019 \(fn &optional TODO-ONLY MATCH)" t nil)
19021 (autoload 'org-agenda-list-stuck-projects "org-agenda" "\
19022 Create agenda view for projects that are stuck.
19023 Stuck projects are project that have no next actions. For the definitions
19024 of what a project is and how to check if it stuck, customize the variable
19025 `org-stuck-projects'.
19026 MATCH is being ignored.
19028 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
19030 (autoload 'org-diary "org-agenda" "\
19031 Return diary information from org-files.
19032 This function can be used in a \"sexp\" diary entry in the Emacs calendar.
19033 It accesses org files and extracts information from those files to be
19034 listed in the diary. The function accepts arguments specifying what
19035 items should be listed. The following arguments are allowed:
19037 :timestamp List the headlines of items containing a date stamp or
19038 date range matching the selected date. Deadlines will
19039 also be listed, on the expiration day.
19041 :sexp List entries resulting from diary-like sexps.
19043 :deadline List any deadlines past due, or due within
19044 `org-deadline-warning-days'. The listing occurs only
19045 in the diary for *today*, not at any other date. If
19046 an entry is marked DONE, it is no longer listed.
19048 :scheduled List all items which are scheduled for the given date.
19049 The diary for *today* also contains items which were
19050 scheduled earlier and are not yet marked DONE.
19052 :todo List all TODO items from the org-file. This may be a
19053 long list - so this is not turned on by default.
19054 Like deadlines, these entries only show up in the
19055 diary for *today*, not at any other date.
19057 The call in the diary file should look like this:
19059 &%%(org-diary) ~/path/to/some/orgfile.org
19061 Use a separate line for each org file to check. Or, if you omit the file name,
19062 all files listed in `org-agenda-files' will be checked automatically:
19064 &%%(org-diary)
19066 If you don't give any arguments (as in the example above), the default
19067 arguments (:deadline :scheduled :timestamp :sexp) are used.
19068 So the example above may also be written as
19070 &%%(org-diary :deadline :timestamp :sexp :scheduled)
19072 The function expects the lisp variables `entry' and `date' to be provided
19073 by the caller, because this is how the calendar works. Don't use this
19074 function from a program - use `org-agenda-get-day-entries' instead.
19076 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
19078 (autoload 'org-agenda-check-for-timestamp-as-reason-to-ignore-todo-item "org-agenda" "\
19079 Do we have a reason to ignore this todo entry because it has a time stamp?
19081 \(fn &optional END)" nil nil)
19083 (autoload 'org-calendar-goto-agenda "org-agenda" "\
19084 Compute the Org-mode agenda for the calendar date displayed at the cursor.
19085 This is a command that has to be installed in `calendar-mode-map'.
19087 \(fn)" t nil)
19089 (autoload 'org-agenda-to-appt "org-agenda" "\
19090 Activate appointments found in `org-agenda-files'.
19091 With a \\[universal-argument] prefix, refresh the list of
19092 appointments.
19094 If FILTER is t, interactively prompt the user for a regular
19095 expression, and filter out entries that don't match it.
19097 If FILTER is a string, use this string as a regular expression
19098 for filtering entries out.
19100 FILTER can also be an alist with the car of each cell being
19101 either 'headline or 'category. For example:
19103 '((headline \"IMPORTANT\")
19104 (category \"Work\"))
19106 will only add headlines containing IMPORTANT or headlines
19107 belonging to the \"Work\" category.
19109 \(fn &optional REFRESH FILTER)" t nil)
19111 ;;;***
19113 ;;;### (autoloads (org-archive-subtree-default-with-confirmation
19114 ;;;;;; org-archive-subtree-default) "org-archive" "org/org-archive.el"
19115 ;;;;;; (19277 34922))
19116 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-archive.el
19118 (autoload 'org-archive-subtree-default "org-archive" "\
19119 Archive the current subtree with the default command.
19120 This command is set with the variable `org-archive-default-command'.
19122 \(fn)" t nil)
19124 (autoload 'org-archive-subtree-default-with-confirmation "org-archive" "\
19125 Archive the current subtree with the default command.
19126 This command is set with the variable `org-archive-default-command'.
19128 \(fn)" t nil)
19130 ;;;***
19132 ;;;### (autoloads (org-export-as-ascii org-export-region-as-ascii
19133 ;;;;;; org-replace-region-by-ascii org-export-as-ascii-to-buffer)
19134 ;;;;;; "org-ascii" "org/org-ascii.el" (19277 34922))
19135 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-ascii.el
19137 (autoload 'org-export-as-ascii-to-buffer "org-ascii" "\
19138 Call `org-export-as-ascii` with output to a temporary buffer.
19139 No file is created. The prefix ARG is passed through to `org-export-as-ascii'.
19141 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
19143 (autoload 'org-replace-region-by-ascii "org-ascii" "\
19144 Assume the current region has org-mode syntax, and convert it to plain ASCII.
19145 This can be used in any buffer. For example, you could write an
19146 itemized list in org-mode syntax in a Mail buffer and then use this
19147 command to convert it.
19149 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
19151 (autoload 'org-export-region-as-ascii "org-ascii" "\
19152 Convert region from BEG to END in org-mode buffer to plain ASCII.
19153 If prefix arg BODY-ONLY is set, omit file header, footer, and table of
19154 contents, and only produce the region of converted text, useful for
19155 cut-and-paste operations.
19156 If BUFFER is a buffer or a string, use/create that buffer as a target
19157 of the converted ASCII. If BUFFER is the symbol `string', return the
19158 produced ASCII as a string and leave not buffer behind. For example,
19159 a Lisp program could call this function in the following way:
19161 (setq ascii (org-export-region-as-ascii beg end t 'string))
19163 When called interactively, the output buffer is selected, and shown
19164 in a window. A non-interactive call will only return the buffer.
19166 \(fn BEG END &optional BODY-ONLY BUFFER)" t nil)
19168 (autoload 'org-export-as-ascii "org-ascii" "\
19169 Export the outline as a pretty ASCII file.
19170 If there is an active region, export only the region.
19171 The prefix ARG specifies how many levels of the outline should become
19172 underlined headlines, default is 3. Lower levels will become bulleted
19173 lists. When HIDDEN is non-nil, don't display the ASCII buffer.
19174 EXT-PLIST is a property list with external parameters overriding
19175 org-mode's default settings, but still inferior to file-local
19176 settings. When TO-BUFFER is non-nil, create a buffer with that
19177 name and export to that buffer. If TO-BUFFER is the symbol
19178 `string', don't leave any buffer behind but just return the
19179 resulting ASCII as a string. When BODY-ONLY is set, don't produce
19180 the file header and footer. When PUB-DIR is set, use this as the
19181 publishing directory.
19183 \(fn ARG &optional HIDDEN EXT-PLIST TO-BUFFER BODY-ONLY PUB-DIR)" t nil)
19185 ;;;***
19187 ;;;### (autoloads (org-attach) "org-attach" "org/org-attach.el" (19277
19188 ;;;;;; 34922))
19189 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-attach.el
19191 (autoload 'org-attach "org-attach" "\
19192 The dispatcher for attachment commands.
19193 Shows a list of commands and prompts for another key to execute a command.
19195 \(fn)" t nil)
19197 ;;;***
19199 ;;;### (autoloads (org-bbdb-anniversaries) "org-bbdb" "org/org-bbdb.el"
19200 ;;;;;; (19277 34922))
19201 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-bbdb.el
19203 (autoload 'org-bbdb-anniversaries "org-bbdb" "\
19204 Extract anniversaries from BBDB for display in the agenda.
19206 \(fn)" nil nil)
19208 ;;;***
19210 ;;;### (autoloads (org-clock-persistence-insinuate org-get-clocktable)
19211 ;;;;;; "org-clock" "org/org-clock.el" (19277 34922))
19212 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-clock.el
19214 (autoload 'org-get-clocktable "org-clock" "\
19215 Get a formatted clocktable with parameters according to PROPS.
19216 The table is created in a temporary buffer, fully formatted and
19217 fontified, and then returned.
19219 \(fn &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
19221 (autoload 'org-clock-persistence-insinuate "org-clock" "\
19222 Set up hooks for clock persistence
19224 \(fn)" nil nil)
19226 ;;;***
19228 ;;;### (autoloads (org-export-as-docbook org-export-as-docbook-pdf-and-open
19229 ;;;;;; org-export-as-docbook-pdf org-export-region-as-docbook org-replace-region-by-docbook
19230 ;;;;;; org-export-as-docbook-to-buffer org-export-as-docbook-batch)
19231 ;;;;;; "org-docbook" "org/org-docbook.el" (19277 34922))
19232 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-docbook.el
19234 (autoload 'org-export-as-docbook-batch "org-docbook" "\
19235 Call `org-export-as-docbook' in batch style.
19236 This function can be used in batch processing.
19238 For example:
19240 $ emacs --batch
19241 --load=$HOME/lib/emacs/org.el
19242 --visit=MyOrgFile.org --funcall org-export-as-docbook-batch
19244 \(fn)" nil nil)
19246 (autoload 'org-export-as-docbook-to-buffer "org-docbook" "\
19247 Call `org-export-as-docbook' with output to a temporary buffer.
19248 No file is created.
19250 \(fn)" t nil)
19252 (autoload 'org-replace-region-by-docbook "org-docbook" "\
19253 Replace the region from BEG to END with its DocBook export.
19254 It assumes the region has `org-mode' syntax, and then convert it to
19255 DocBook. This can be used in any buffer. For example, you could
19256 write an itemized list in `org-mode' syntax in an DocBook buffer and
19257 then use this command to convert it.
19259 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
19261 (autoload 'org-export-region-as-docbook "org-docbook" "\
19262 Convert region from BEG to END in `org-mode' buffer to DocBook.
19263 If prefix arg BODY-ONLY is set, omit file header and footer and
19264 only produce the region of converted text, useful for
19265 cut-and-paste operations. If BUFFER is a buffer or a string,
19266 use/create that buffer as a target of the converted DocBook. If
19267 BUFFER is the symbol `string', return the produced DocBook as a
19268 string and leave not buffer behind. For example, a Lisp program
19269 could call this function in the following way:
19271 (setq docbook (org-export-region-as-docbook beg end t 'string))
19273 When called interactively, the output buffer is selected, and shown
19274 in a window. A non-interactive call will only return the buffer.
19276 \(fn BEG END &optional BODY-ONLY BUFFER)" t nil)
19278 (autoload 'org-export-as-docbook-pdf "org-docbook" "\
19279 Export as DocBook XML file, and generate PDF file.
19281 \(fn &optional HIDDEN EXT-PLIST TO-BUFFER BODY-ONLY PUB-DIR)" t nil)
19283 (autoload 'org-export-as-docbook-pdf-and-open "org-docbook" "\
19284 Export as DocBook XML file, generate PDF file, and open it.
19286 \(fn)" t nil)
19288 (autoload 'org-export-as-docbook "org-docbook" "\
19289 Export the current buffer as a DocBook file.
19290 If there is an active region, export only the region. When
19291 HIDDEN is obsolete and does nothing. EXT-PLIST is a
19292 property list with external parameters overriding org-mode's
19293 default settings, but still inferior to file-local settings.
19294 When TO-BUFFER is non-nil, create a buffer with that name and
19295 export to that buffer. If TO-BUFFER is the symbol `string',
19296 don't leave any buffer behind but just return the resulting HTML
19297 as a string. When BODY-ONLY is set, don't produce the file
19298 header and footer, simply return the content of the document (all
19299 top-level sections). When PUB-DIR is set, use this as the
19300 publishing directory.
19302 \(fn &optional HIDDEN EXT-PLIST TO-BUFFER BODY-ONLY PUB-DIR)" t nil)
19304 ;;;***
19306 ;;;### (autoloads (org-insert-export-options-template org-export-as-org
19307 ;;;;;; org-export-visible org-export) "org-exp" "org/org-exp.el"
19308 ;;;;;; (19277 34922))
19309 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-exp.el
19311 (autoload 'org-export "org-exp" "\
19312 Export dispatcher for Org-mode.
19313 When `org-export-run-in-background' is non-nil, try to run the command
19314 in the background. This will be done only for commands that write
19315 to a file. For details see the docstring of `org-export-run-in-background'.
19317 The prefix argument ARG will be passed to the exporter. However, if
19318 ARG is a double universal prefix `C-u C-u', that means to inverse the
19319 value of `org-export-run-in-background'.
19321 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19323 (autoload 'org-export-visible "org-exp" "\
19324 Create a copy of the visible part of the current buffer, and export it.
19325 The copy is created in a temporary buffer and removed after use.
19326 TYPE is the final key (as a string) that also select the export command in
19327 the `C-c C-e' export dispatcher.
19328 As a special case, if the you type SPC at the prompt, the temporary
19329 org-mode file will not be removed but presented to you so that you can
19330 continue to use it. The prefix arg ARG is passed through to the exporting
19331 command.
19333 \(fn TYPE ARG)" t nil)
19335 (autoload 'org-export-as-org "org-exp" "\
19336 Make a copy with not-exporting stuff removed.
19337 The purpose of this function is to provide a way to export the source
19338 Org file of a webpage in Org format, but with sensitive and/or irrelevant
19339 stuff removed. This command will remove the following:
19341 - archived trees (if the variable `org-export-with-archived-trees' is nil)
19342 - comment blocks and trees starting with the COMMENT keyword
19343 - only trees that are consistent with `org-export-select-tags'
19344 and `org-export-exclude-tags'.
19346 The only arguments that will be used are EXT-PLIST and PUB-DIR,
19347 all the others will be ignored (but are present so that the general
19348 mechanism to call publishing functions will work).
19350 EXT-PLIST is a property list with external parameters overriding
19351 org-mode's default settings, but still inferior to file-local
19352 settings. When PUB-DIR is set, use this as the publishing
19353 directory.
19355 \(fn ARG &optional HIDDEN EXT-PLIST TO-BUFFER BODY-ONLY PUB-DIR)" t nil)
19357 (autoload 'org-insert-export-options-template "org-exp" "\
19358 Insert into the buffer a template with information for exporting.
19360 \(fn)" t nil)
19362 ;;;***
19364 ;;;### (autoloads (org-feed-show-raw-feed org-feed-goto-inbox org-feed-update
19365 ;;;;;; org-feed-update-all) "org-feed" "org/org-feed.el" (19277
19366 ;;;;;; 34922))
19367 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-feed.el
19369 (autoload 'org-feed-update-all "org-feed" "\
19370 Get inbox items from all feeds in `org-feed-alist'.
19372 \(fn)" t nil)
19374 (autoload 'org-feed-update "org-feed" "\
19375 Get inbox items from FEED.
19376 FEED can be a string with an association in `org-feed-alist', or
19377 it can be a list structured like an entry in `org-feed-alist'.
19379 \(fn FEED &optional RETRIEVE-ONLY)" t nil)
19381 (autoload 'org-feed-goto-inbox "org-feed" "\
19382 Go to the inbox that captures the feed named FEED.
19384 \(fn FEED)" t nil)
19386 (autoload 'org-feed-show-raw-feed "org-feed" "\
19387 Show the raw feed buffer of a feed.
19389 \(fn FEED)" t nil)
19391 ;;;***
19393 ;;;### (autoloads (org-footnote-normalize org-footnote-action) "org-footnote"
19394 ;;;;;; "org/org-footnote.el" (19277 34922))
19395 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-footnote.el
19397 (autoload 'org-footnote-action "org-footnote" "\
19398 Do the right thing for footnotes.
19399 When at a footnote reference, jump to the definition. When at a definition,
19400 jump to the references. When neither at definition or reference,
19401 create a new footnote, interactively.
19402 With prefix arg SPECIAL, offer additional commands in a menu.
19404 \(fn &optional SPECIAL)" t nil)
19406 (autoload 'org-footnote-normalize "org-footnote" "\
19407 Collect the footnotes in various formats and normalize them.
19408 This finds the different sorts of footnotes allowed in Org, and
19409 normalizes them to the usual [N] format that is understood by the
19410 Org-mode exporters.
19411 When SORT-ONLY is set, only sort the footnote definitions into the
19412 referenced sequence.
19414 \(fn &optional SORT-ONLY FOR-PREPROCESSOR)" nil nil)
19416 ;;;***
19418 ;;;### (autoloads (org-freemind-to-org-mode org-freemind-from-org-sparse-tree
19419 ;;;;;; org-freemind-from-org-mode org-freemind-from-org-mode-node
19420 ;;;;;; org-freemind-show org-export-as-freemind) "org-freemind"
19421 ;;;;;; "org/org-freemind.el" (19324 55756))
19422 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-freemind.el
19424 (autoload 'org-export-as-freemind "org-freemind" "\
19425 Not documented
19427 \(fn ARG &optional HIDDEN EXT-PLIST TO-BUFFER BODY-ONLY PUB-DIR)" t nil)
19429 (autoload 'org-freemind-show "org-freemind" "\
19430 Show file MM-FILE in Freemind.
19432 \(fn MM-FILE)" t nil)
19434 (autoload 'org-freemind-from-org-mode-node "org-freemind" "\
19435 Convert node at line NODE-LINE to the FreeMind file MM-FILE.
19437 \(fn NODE-LINE MM-FILE)" t nil)
19439 (autoload 'org-freemind-from-org-mode "org-freemind" "\
19440 Convert the `org-mode' file ORG-FILE to the FreeMind file MM-FILE.
19442 \(fn ORG-FILE MM-FILE)" t nil)
19444 (autoload 'org-freemind-from-org-sparse-tree "org-freemind" "\
19445 Convert visible part of buffer ORG-BUFFER to FreeMind file MM-FILE.
19447 \(fn ORG-BUFFER MM-FILE)" t nil)
19449 (autoload 'org-freemind-to-org-mode "org-freemind" "\
19450 Convert FreeMind file MM-FILE to `org-mode' file ORG-FILE.
19452 \(fn MM-FILE ORG-FILE)" t nil)
19454 ;;;***
19456 ;;;### (autoloads (org-export-htmlize-generate-css org-export-as-html
19457 ;;;;;; org-export-region-as-html org-replace-region-by-html org-export-as-html-to-buffer
19458 ;;;;;; org-export-as-html-batch org-export-as-html-and-open) "org-html"
19459 ;;;;;; "org/org-html.el" (19277 34922))
19460 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-html.el
19462 (put 'org-export-html-style-include-default 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
19464 (put 'org-export-html-style 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
19466 (put 'org-export-html-style-extra 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
19468 (autoload 'org-export-as-html-and-open "org-html" "\
19469 Export the outline as HTML and immediately open it with a browser.
19470 If there is an active region, export only the region.
19471 The prefix ARG specifies how many levels of the outline should become
19472 headlines. The default is 3. Lower levels will become bulleted lists.
19474 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
19476 (autoload 'org-export-as-html-batch "org-html" "\
19477 Call `org-export-as-html', may be used in batch processing as
19478 emacs --batch
19479 --load=$HOME/lib/emacs/org.el
19480 --eval \"(setq org-export-headline-levels 2)\"
19481 --visit=MyFile --funcall org-export-as-html-batch
19483 \(fn)" nil nil)
19485 (autoload 'org-export-as-html-to-buffer "org-html" "\
19486 Call `org-export-as-html` with output to a temporary buffer.
19487 No file is created. The prefix ARG is passed through to `org-export-as-html'.
19489 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
19491 (autoload 'org-replace-region-by-html "org-html" "\
19492 Assume the current region has org-mode syntax, and convert it to HTML.
19493 This can be used in any buffer. For example, you could write an
19494 itemized list in org-mode syntax in an HTML buffer and then use this
19495 command to convert it.
19497 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
19499 (autoload 'org-export-region-as-html "org-html" "\
19500 Convert region from BEG to END in org-mode buffer to HTML.
19501 If prefix arg BODY-ONLY is set, omit file header, footer, and table of
19502 contents, and only produce the region of converted text, useful for
19503 cut-and-paste operations.
19504 If BUFFER is a buffer or a string, use/create that buffer as a target
19505 of the converted HTML. If BUFFER is the symbol `string', return the
19506 produced HTML as a string and leave not buffer behind. For example,
19507 a Lisp program could call this function in the following way:
19509 (setq html (org-export-region-as-html beg end t 'string))
19511 When called interactively, the output buffer is selected, and shown
19512 in a window. A non-interactive call will only return the buffer.
19514 \(fn BEG END &optional BODY-ONLY BUFFER)" t nil)
19516 (autoload 'org-export-as-html "org-html" "\
19517 Export the outline as a pretty HTML file.
19518 If there is an active region, export only the region. The prefix
19519 ARG specifies how many levels of the outline should become
19520 headlines. The default is 3. Lower levels will become bulleted
19521 lists. HIDDEN is obsolete and does nothing.
19522 EXT-PLIST is a property list with external parameters overriding
19523 org-mode's default settings, but still inferior to file-local
19524 settings. When TO-BUFFER is non-nil, create a buffer with that
19525 name and export to that buffer. If TO-BUFFER is the symbol
19526 `string', don't leave any buffer behind but just return the
19527 resulting HTML as a string. When BODY-ONLY is set, don't produce
19528 the file header and footer, simply return the content of
19529 <body>...</body>, without even the body tags themselves. When
19530 PUB-DIR is set, use this as the publishing directory.
19532 \(fn ARG &optional HIDDEN EXT-PLIST TO-BUFFER BODY-ONLY PUB-DIR)" t nil)
19534 (autoload 'org-export-htmlize-generate-css "org-html" "\
19535 Create the CSS for all font definitions in the current Emacs session.
19536 Use this to create face definitions in your CSS style file that can then
19537 be used by code snippets transformed by htmlize.
19538 This command just produces a buffer that contains class definitions for all
19539 faces used in the current Emacs session. You can copy and paste the ones you
19540 need into your CSS file.
19542 If you then set `org-export-htmlize-output-type' to `css', calls to
19543 the function `org-export-htmlize-region-for-paste' will produce code
19544 that uses these same face definitions.
19546 \(fn)" t nil)
19548 ;;;***
19550 ;;;### (autoloads (org-export-icalendar-combine-agenda-files org-export-icalendar-all-agenda-files
19551 ;;;;;; org-export-icalendar-this-file) "org-icalendar" "org/org-icalendar.el"
19552 ;;;;;; (19277 34922))
19553 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-icalendar.el
19555 (autoload 'org-export-icalendar-this-file "org-icalendar" "\
19556 Export current file as an iCalendar file.
19557 The iCalendar file will be located in the same directory as the Org-mode
19558 file, but with extension `.ics'.
19560 \(fn)" t nil)
19562 (autoload 'org-export-icalendar-all-agenda-files "org-icalendar" "\
19563 Export all files in `org-agenda-files' to iCalendar .ics files.
19564 Each iCalendar file will be located in the same directory as the Org-mode
19565 file, but with extension `.ics'.
19567 \(fn)" t nil)
19569 (autoload 'org-export-icalendar-combine-agenda-files "org-icalendar" "\
19570 Export all files in `org-agenda-files' to a single combined iCalendar file.
19571 The file is stored under the name `org-combined-agenda-icalendar-file'.
19573 \(fn)" t nil)
19575 ;;;***
19577 ;;;### (autoloads (org-id-find-id-file org-id-find org-id-goto org-id-get-with-outline-drilling
19578 ;;;;;; org-id-get-with-outline-path-completion org-id-get org-id-copy
19579 ;;;;;; org-id-get-create) "org-id" "org/org-id.el" (19277 34922))
19580 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-id.el
19582 (autoload 'org-id-get-create "org-id" "\
19583 Create an ID for the current entry and return it.
19584 If the entry already has an ID, just return it.
19585 With optional argument FORCE, force the creation of a new ID.
19587 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
19589 (autoload 'org-id-copy "org-id" "\
19590 Copy the ID of the entry at point to the kill ring.
19591 Create an ID if necessary.
19593 \(fn)" t nil)
19595 (autoload 'org-id-get "org-id" "\
19596 Get the ID property of the entry at point-or-marker POM.
19597 If POM is nil, refer to the entry at point.
19598 If the entry does not have an ID, the function returns nil.
19599 However, when CREATE is non nil, create an ID if none is present already.
19600 PREFIX will be passed through to `org-id-new'.
19601 In any case, the ID of the entry is returned.
19603 \(fn &optional POM CREATE PREFIX)" nil nil)
19605 (autoload 'org-id-get-with-outline-path-completion "org-id" "\
19606 Use outline-path-completion to retrieve the ID of an entry.
19607 TARGETS may be a setting for `org-refile-targets' to define the eligible
19608 headlines. When omitted, all headlines in all agenda files are
19609 eligible.
19610 It returns the ID of the entry. If necessary, the ID is created.
19612 \(fn &optional TARGETS)" nil nil)
19614 (autoload 'org-id-get-with-outline-drilling "org-id" "\
19615 Use an outline-cycling interface to retrieve the ID of an entry.
19616 This only finds entries in the current buffer, using `org-get-location'.
19617 It returns the ID of the entry. If necessary, the ID is created.
19619 \(fn &optional TARGETS)" nil nil)
19621 (autoload 'org-id-goto "org-id" "\
19622 Switch to the buffer containing the entry with id ID.
19623 Move the cursor to that entry in that buffer.
19625 \(fn ID)" t nil)
19627 (autoload 'org-id-find "org-id" "\
19628 Return the location of the entry with the id ID.
19629 The return value is a cons cell (file-name . position), or nil
19630 if there is no entry with that ID.
19631 With optional argument MARKERP, return the position as a new marker.
19633 \(fn ID &optional MARKERP)" nil nil)
19635 (autoload 'org-id-find-id-file "org-id" "\
19636 Query the id database for the file in which this ID is located.
19638 \(fn ID)" nil nil)
19640 ;;;***
19642 ;;;### (autoloads (org-indent-mode) "org-indent" "org/org-indent.el"
19643 ;;;;;; (19277 34922))
19644 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-indent.el
19646 (autoload 'org-indent-mode "org-indent" "\
19647 When active, indent text according to outline structure.
19649 Internally this works by adding `line-prefix' properties to all non-headlines.
19650 These properties are updated locally in idle time.
19651 FIXME: How to update when broken?
19653 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19655 ;;;***
19657 ;;;### (autoloads (org-irc-store-link) "org-irc" "org/org-irc.el"
19658 ;;;;;; (19277 34922))
19659 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-irc.el
19661 (autoload 'org-irc-store-link "org-irc" "\
19662 Dispatch to the appropriate function to store a link to an IRC session.
19664 \(fn)" nil nil)
19666 ;;;***
19668 ;;;### (autoloads (org-export-as-pdf-and-open org-export-as-pdf org-export-as-latex
19669 ;;;;;; org-export-region-as-latex org-replace-region-by-latex org-export-as-latex-to-buffer
19670 ;;;;;; org-export-as-latex-batch) "org-latex" "org/org-latex.el"
19671 ;;;;;; (19277 34922))
19672 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-latex.el
19674 (autoload 'org-export-as-latex-batch "org-latex" "\
19675 Call `org-export-as-latex', may be used in batch processing.
19676 For example:
19678 emacs --batch
19679 --load=$HOME/lib/emacs/org.el
19680 --eval \"(setq org-export-headline-levels 2)\"
19681 --visit=MyFile --funcall org-export-as-latex-batch
19683 \(fn)" nil nil)
19685 (autoload 'org-export-as-latex-to-buffer "org-latex" "\
19686 Call `org-export-as-latex` with output to a temporary buffer.
19687 No file is created. The prefix ARG is passed through to `org-export-as-latex'.
19689 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
19691 (autoload 'org-replace-region-by-latex "org-latex" "\
19692 Replace the region from BEG to END with its LaTeX export.
19693 It assumes the region has `org-mode' syntax, and then convert it to
19694 LaTeX. This can be used in any buffer. For example, you could
19695 write an itemized list in `org-mode' syntax in an LaTeX buffer and
19696 then use this command to convert it.
19698 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
19700 (autoload 'org-export-region-as-latex "org-latex" "\
19701 Convert region from BEG to END in `org-mode' buffer to LaTeX.
19702 If prefix arg BODY-ONLY is set, omit file header, footer, and table of
19703 contents, and only produce the region of converted text, useful for
19704 cut-and-paste operations.
19705 If BUFFER is a buffer or a string, use/create that buffer as a target
19706 of the converted LaTeX. If BUFFER is the symbol `string', return the
19707 produced LaTeX as a string and leave no buffer behind. For example,
19708 a Lisp program could call this function in the following way:
19710 (setq latex (org-export-region-as-latex beg end t 'string))
19712 When called interactively, the output buffer is selected, and shown
19713 in a window. A non-interactive call will only return the buffer.
19715 \(fn BEG END &optional BODY-ONLY BUFFER)" t nil)
19717 (autoload 'org-export-as-latex "org-latex" "\
19718 Export current buffer to a LaTeX file.
19719 If there is an active region, export only the region. The prefix
19720 ARG specifies how many levels of the outline should become
19721 headlines. The default is 3. Lower levels will be exported
19722 depending on `org-export-latex-low-levels'. The default is to
19723 convert them as description lists.
19724 HIDDEN is obsolete and does nothing.
19725 EXT-PLIST is a property list with
19726 external parameters overriding org-mode's default settings, but
19727 still inferior to file-local settings. When TO-BUFFER is
19728 non-nil, create a buffer with that name and export to that
19729 buffer. If TO-BUFFER is the symbol `string', don't leave any
19730 buffer behind but just return the resulting LaTeX as a string.
19731 When BODY-ONLY is set, don't produce the file header and footer,
19732 simply return the content of \begin{document}...\end{document},
19733 without even the \begin{document} and \end{document} commands.
19734 when PUB-DIR is set, use this as the publishing directory.
19736 \(fn ARG &optional HIDDEN EXT-PLIST TO-BUFFER BODY-ONLY PUB-DIR)" t nil)
19738 (autoload 'org-export-as-pdf "org-latex" "\
19739 Export as LaTeX, then process through to PDF.
19741 \(fn ARG &optional HIDDEN EXT-PLIST TO-BUFFER BODY-ONLY PUB-DIR)" t nil)
19743 (autoload 'org-export-as-pdf-and-open "org-latex" "\
19744 Export as LaTeX, then process through to PDF, and open.
19746 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
19748 ;;;***
19750 ;;;### (autoloads (org-mobile-create-sumo-agenda org-mobile-pull
19751 ;;;;;; org-mobile-push) "org-mobile" "org/org-mobile.el" (19277
19752 ;;;;;; 34922))
19753 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-mobile.el
19755 (autoload 'org-mobile-push "org-mobile" "\
19756 Push the current state of Org affairs to the WebDAV directory.
19757 This will create the index file, copy all agenda files there, and also
19758 create all custom agenda views, for upload to the mobile phone.
19760 \(fn)" t nil)
19762 (autoload 'org-mobile-pull "org-mobile" "\
19763 Pull the contents of `org-mobile-capture-file' and integrate them.
19764 Apply all flagged actions, flag entries to be flagged and then call an
19765 agenda view showing the flagged items.
19767 \(fn)" t nil)
19769 (autoload 'org-mobile-create-sumo-agenda "org-mobile" "\
19770 Create a file that contains all custom agenda views.
19772 \(fn)" t nil)
19774 ;;;***
19776 ;;;### (autoloads (org-plot/gnuplot) "org-plot" "org/org-plot.el"
19777 ;;;;;; (19277 34922))
19778 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-plot.el
19780 (autoload 'org-plot/gnuplot "org-plot" "\
19781 Plot table using gnuplot. Gnuplot options can be specified with PARAMS.
19782 If not given options will be taken from the +PLOT
19783 line directly before or after the table.
19785 \(fn &optional PARAMS)" t nil)
19787 ;;;***
19789 ;;;### (autoloads (org-publish-current-project org-publish-current-file
19790 ;;;;;; org-publish-all org-publish) "org-publish" "org/org-publish.el"
19791 ;;;;;; (19277 34922))
19792 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-publish.el
19794 (defalias 'org-publish-project 'org-publish)
19796 (autoload 'org-publish "org-publish" "\
19797 Publish PROJECT.
19799 \(fn PROJECT &optional FORCE)" t nil)
19801 (autoload 'org-publish-all "org-publish" "\
19802 Publish all projects.
19803 With prefix argument, remove all files in the timestamp
19804 directory and force publishing all files.
19806 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
19808 (autoload 'org-publish-current-file "org-publish" "\
19809 Publish the current file.
19810 With prefix argument, force publish the file.
19812 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
19814 (autoload 'org-publish-current-project "org-publish" "\
19815 Publish the project associated with the current file.
19816 With a prefix argument, force publishing of all files in
19817 the project.
19819 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
19821 ;;;***
19823 ;;;### (autoloads (org-remember-handler org-remember org-remember-apply-template
19824 ;;;;;; org-remember-annotation org-remember-insinuate) "org-remember"
19825 ;;;;;; "org/org-remember.el" (19277 34922))
19826 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-remember.el
19828 (autoload 'org-remember-insinuate "org-remember" "\
19829 Setup remember.el for use with Org-mode.
19831 \(fn)" nil nil)
19833 (autoload 'org-remember-annotation "org-remember" "\
19834 Return a link to the current location as an annotation for remember.el.
19835 If you are using Org-mode files as target for data storage with
19836 remember.el, then the annotations should include a link compatible with the
19837 conventions in Org-mode. This function returns such a link.
19839 \(fn)" nil nil)
19841 (autoload 'org-remember-apply-template "org-remember" "\
19842 Initialize *remember* buffer with template, invoke `org-mode'.
19843 This function should be placed into `remember-mode-hook' and in fact requires
19844 to be run from that hook to function properly.
19846 \(fn &optional USE-CHAR SKIP-INTERACTIVE)" nil nil)
19848 (autoload 'org-remember "org-remember" "\
19849 Call `remember'. If this is already a remember buffer, re-apply template.
19850 If there is an active region, make sure remember uses it as initial content
19851 of the remember buffer.
19853 When called interactively with a `C-u' prefix argument GOTO, don't remember
19854 anything, just go to the file/headline where the selected template usually
19855 stores its notes. With a double prefix arg `C-u C-u', go to the last
19856 note stored by remember.
19858 Lisp programs can set ORG-FORCE-REMEMBER-TEMPLATE-CHAR to a character
19859 associated with a template in `org-remember-templates'.
19861 \(fn &optional GOTO ORG-FORCE-REMEMBER-TEMPLATE-CHAR)" t nil)
19863 (autoload 'org-remember-handler "org-remember" "\
19864 Store stuff from remember.el into an org file.
19865 When the template has specified a file and a headline, the entry is filed
19866 there, or in the location defined by `org-default-notes-file' and
19867 `org-remember-default-headline'.
19869 If no defaults have been defined, or if the current prefix argument
19870 is 1 (so you must use `C-1 C-c C-c' to exit remember), an interactive
19871 process is used to select the target location.
19873 When the prefix is 0 (i.e. when remember is exited with `C-0 C-c C-c'),
19874 the entry is filed to the same location as the previous note.
19876 When the prefix is 2 (i.e. when remember is exited with `C-2 C-c C-c'),
19877 the entry is filed as a subentry of the entry where the clock is
19878 currently running.
19880 When `C-u' has been used as prefix argument, the note is stored and emacs
19881 moves point to the new location of the note, so that editing can be
19882 continued there (similar to inserting \"%&\" into the template).
19884 Before storing the note, the function ensures that the text has an
19885 org-mode-style headline, i.e. a first line that starts with
19886 a \"*\". If not, a headline is constructed from the current date and
19887 some additional data.
19889 If the variable `org-adapt-indentation' is non-nil, the entire text is
19890 also indented so that it starts in the same column as the headline
19891 \(i.e. after the stars).
19893 See also the variable `org-reverse-note-order'.
19895 \(fn)" nil nil)
19897 ;;;***
19899 ;;;### (autoloads (org-table-to-lisp orgtbl-mode turn-on-orgtbl)
19900 ;;;;;; "org-table" "org/org-table.el" (19277 34922))
19901 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-table.el
19903 (autoload 'turn-on-orgtbl "org-table" "\
19904 Unconditionally turn on `orgtbl-mode'.
19906 \(fn)" nil nil)
19908 (autoload 'orgtbl-mode "org-table" "\
19909 The `org-mode' table editor as a minor mode for use in other modes.
19911 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19913 (autoload 'org-table-to-lisp "org-table" "\
19914 Convert the table at point to a Lisp structure.
19915 The structure will be a list. Each item is either the symbol `hline'
19916 for a horizontal separator line, or a list of field values as strings.
19917 The table is taken from the parameter TXT, or from the buffer at point.
19919 \(fn &optional TXT)" nil nil)
19921 ;;;***
19923 ;;;### (autoloads (org-timer-set-timer org-timer-item org-timer-change-times-in-region
19924 ;;;;;; org-timer org-timer-start) "org-timer" "org/org-timer.el"
19925 ;;;;;; (19277 34922))
19926 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-timer.el
19928 (autoload 'org-timer-start "org-timer" "\
19929 Set the starting time for the relative timer to now.
19930 When called with prefix argument OFFSET, prompt the user for an offset time,
19931 with the default taken from a timer stamp at point, if any.
19932 If OFFSET is a string or an integer, it is directly taken to be the offset
19933 without user interaction.
19934 When called with a double prefix arg, all timer strings in the active
19935 region will be shifted by a specific amount. You will be prompted for
19936 the amount, with the default to make the first timer string in
19937 the region 0:00:00.
19939 \(fn &optional OFFSET)" t nil)
19941 (autoload 'org-timer "org-timer" "\
19942 Insert a H:MM:SS string from the timer into the buffer.
19943 The first time this command is used, the timer is started. When used with
19944 a `C-u' prefix, force restarting the timer.
19945 When used with a double prefix arg `C-u C-u', change all the timer string
19946 in the region by a fixed amount. This can be used to recalibrate a timer
19947 that was not started at the correct moment.
19949 \(fn &optional RESTART)" t nil)
19951 (autoload 'org-timer-change-times-in-region "org-timer" "\
19952 Change all h:mm:ss time in region by a DELTA.
19954 \(fn BEG END DELTA)" t nil)
19956 (autoload 'org-timer-item "org-timer" "\
19957 Insert a description-type item with the current timer value.
19959 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19961 (autoload 'org-timer-set-timer "org-timer" "\
19962 Set a timer.
19964 \(fn MINUTES)" t nil)
19966 ;;;***
19968 ;;;### (autoloads (org-export-as-xoxo) "org-xoxo" "org/org-xoxo.el"
19969 ;;;;;; (19277 34922))
19970 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-xoxo.el
19972 (autoload 'org-export-as-xoxo "org-xoxo" "\
19973 Export the org buffer as XOXO.
19974 The XOXO buffer is named *xoxo-<source buffer name>*
19976 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
19978 ;;;***
19980 ;;;### (autoloads (outline-minor-mode outline-mode) "outline" "outline.el"
19981 ;;;;;; (19354 34807))
19982 ;;; Generated autoloads from outline.el
19983 (put 'outline-regexp 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
19985 (autoload 'outline-mode "outline" "\
19986 Set major mode for editing outlines with selective display.
19987 Headings are lines which start with asterisks: one for major headings,
19988 two for subheadings, etc. Lines not starting with asterisks are body lines.
19990 Body text or subheadings under a heading can be made temporarily
19991 invisible, or visible again. Invisible lines are attached to the end
19992 of the heading, so they move with it, if the line is killed and yanked
19993 back. A heading with text hidden under it is marked with an ellipsis (...).
19995 Commands:\\<outline-mode-map>
19996 \\[outline-next-visible-heading] outline-next-visible-heading move by visible headings
19997 \\[outline-previous-visible-heading] outline-previous-visible-heading
19998 \\[outline-forward-same-level] outline-forward-same-level similar but skip subheadings
19999 \\[outline-backward-same-level] outline-backward-same-level
20000 \\[outline-up-heading] outline-up-heading move from subheading to heading
20002 \\[hide-body] make all text invisible (not headings).
20003 \\[show-all] make everything in buffer visible.
20004 \\[hide-sublevels] make only the first N levels of headers visible.
20006 The remaining commands are used when point is on a heading line.
20007 They apply to some of the body or subheadings of that heading.
20008 \\[hide-subtree] hide-subtree make body and subheadings invisible.
20009 \\[show-subtree] show-subtree make body and subheadings visible.
20010 \\[show-children] show-children make direct subheadings visible.
20011 No effect on body, or subheadings 2 or more levels down.
20012 With arg N, affects subheadings N levels down.
20013 \\[hide-entry] make immediately following body invisible.
20014 \\[show-entry] make it visible.
20015 \\[hide-leaves] make body under heading and under its subheadings invisible.
20016 The subheadings remain visible.
20017 \\[show-branches] make all subheadings at all levels visible.
20019 The variable `outline-regexp' can be changed to control what is a heading.
20020 A line is a heading if `outline-regexp' matches something at the
20021 beginning of the line. The longer the match, the deeper the level.
20023 Turning on outline mode calls the value of `text-mode-hook' and then of
20024 `outline-mode-hook', if they are non-nil.
20026 \(fn)" t nil)
20028 (autoload 'outline-minor-mode "outline" "\
20029 Toggle Outline minor mode.
20030 With arg, turn Outline minor mode on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
20031 See the command `outline-mode' for more information on this mode.
20033 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
20034 (put 'outline-level 'risky-local-variable t)
20036 ;;;***
20038 ;;;### (autoloads (show-paren-mode) "paren" "paren.el" (19277 34917))
20039 ;;; Generated autoloads from paren.el
20041 (defvar show-paren-mode nil "\
20042 Non-nil if Show-Paren mode is enabled.
20043 See the command `show-paren-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
20044 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
20045 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
20046 or call the function `show-paren-mode'.")
20048 (custom-autoload 'show-paren-mode "paren" nil)
20050 (autoload 'show-paren-mode "paren" "\
20051 Toggle Show Paren mode.
20052 With prefix ARG, turn Show Paren mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
20053 Returns the new status of Show Paren mode (non-nil means on).
20055 When Show Paren mode is enabled, any matching parenthesis is highlighted
20056 in `show-paren-style' after `show-paren-delay' seconds of Emacs idle time.
20058 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
20060 ;;;***
20062 ;;;### (autoloads (parse-time-string) "parse-time" "calendar/parse-time.el"
20063 ;;;;;; (19277 34918))
20064 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/parse-time.el
20065 (put 'parse-time-rules 'risky-local-variable t)
20067 (autoload 'parse-time-string "parse-time" "\
20068 Parse the time-string STRING into (SEC MIN HOUR DAY MON YEAR DOW DST TZ).
20069 The values are identical to those of `decode-time', but any values that are
20070 unknown are returned as nil.
20072 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
20074 ;;;***
20076 ;;;### (autoloads (pascal-mode) "pascal" "progmodes/pascal.el" (19277
20077 ;;;;;; 34922))
20078 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/pascal.el
20080 (autoload 'pascal-mode "pascal" "\
20081 Major mode for editing Pascal code. \\<pascal-mode-map>
20082 TAB indents for Pascal code. Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
20084 \\[pascal-complete-word] completes the word around current point with respect to position in code
20085 \\[pascal-show-completions] shows all possible completions at this point.
20087 Other useful functions are:
20089 \\[pascal-mark-defun] - Mark function.
20090 \\[pascal-insert-block] - insert begin ... end;
20091 \\[pascal-star-comment] - insert (* ... *)
20092 \\[pascal-comment-area] - Put marked area in a comment, fixing nested comments.
20093 \\[pascal-uncomment-area] - Uncomment an area commented with \\[pascal-comment-area].
20094 \\[pascal-beg-of-defun] - Move to beginning of current function.
20095 \\[pascal-end-of-defun] - Move to end of current function.
20096 \\[pascal-goto-defun] - Goto function prompted for in the minibuffer.
20097 \\[pascal-outline-mode] - Enter `pascal-outline-mode'.
20099 Variables controlling indentation/edit style:
20101 pascal-indent-level (default 3)
20102 Indentation of Pascal statements with respect to containing block.
20103 pascal-case-indent (default 2)
20104 Indentation for case statements.
20105 pascal-auto-newline (default nil)
20106 Non-nil means automatically newline after semicolons and the punctuation
20107 mark after an end.
20108 pascal-indent-nested-functions (default t)
20109 Non-nil means nested functions are indented.
20110 pascal-tab-always-indent (default t)
20111 Non-nil means TAB in Pascal mode should always reindent the current line,
20112 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
20113 pascal-auto-endcomments (default t)
20114 Non-nil means a comment { ... } is set after the ends which ends cases and
20115 functions. The name of the function or case will be set between the braces.
20116 pascal-auto-lineup (default t)
20117 List of contexts where auto lineup of :'s or ='s should be done.
20119 See also the user variables pascal-type-keywords, pascal-start-keywords and
20120 pascal-separator-keywords.
20122 Turning on Pascal mode calls the value of the variable pascal-mode-hook with
20123 no args, if that value is non-nil.
20125 \(fn)" t nil)
20127 ;;;***
20129 ;;;### (autoloads (password-cache-expiry password-cache) "password-cache"
20130 ;;;;;; "password-cache.el" (19362 59593))
20131 ;;; Generated autoloads from password-cache.el
20133 (defvar password-cache t "\
20134 Whether to cache passwords.")
20136 (custom-autoload 'password-cache "password-cache" t)
20138 (defvar password-cache-expiry 16 "\
20139 How many seconds passwords are cached, or nil to disable expiring.
20140 Whether passwords are cached at all is controlled by `password-cache'.")
20142 (custom-autoload 'password-cache-expiry "password-cache" t)
20144 ;;;***
20146 ;;;### (autoloads (pc-bindings-mode) "pc-mode" "emulation/pc-mode.el"
20147 ;;;;;; (19277 34919))
20148 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/pc-mode.el
20150 (autoload 'pc-bindings-mode "pc-mode" "\
20151 Set up certain key bindings for PC compatibility.
20152 The keys affected are:
20153 Delete (and its variants) delete forward instead of backward.
20154 C-Backspace kills backward a word (as C-Delete normally would).
20155 M-Backspace does undo.
20156 Home and End move to beginning and end of line
20157 C-Home and C-End move to beginning and end of buffer.
20158 C-Escape does list-buffers.
20160 \(fn)" t nil)
20162 ;;;***
20164 ;;;### (autoloads (pc-selection-mode) "pc-select" "emulation/pc-select.el"
20165 ;;;;;; (19354 34807))
20166 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/pc-select.el
20168 (defvar pc-selection-mode nil "\
20169 Non-nil if Pc-Selection mode is enabled.
20170 See the command `pc-selection-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
20171 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
20172 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
20173 or call the function `pc-selection-mode'.")
20175 (custom-autoload 'pc-selection-mode "pc-select" nil)
20177 (autoload 'pc-selection-mode "pc-select" "\
20178 Change mark behavior to emulate Motif, MAC or MS-Windows cut and paste style.
20180 This mode enables Delete Selection mode and Transient Mark mode.
20182 The arrow keys (and others) are bound to new functions
20183 which modify the status of the mark.
20185 The ordinary arrow keys disable the mark.
20186 The shift-arrow keys move, leaving the mark behind.
20188 C-LEFT and C-RIGHT move back or forward one word, disabling the mark.
20189 S-C-LEFT and S-C-RIGHT move back or forward one word, leaving the mark behind.
20191 M-LEFT and M-RIGHT move back or forward one word or sexp, disabling the mark.
20192 S-M-LEFT and S-M-RIGHT move back or forward one word or sexp, leaving the mark
20193 behind. To control whether these keys move word-wise or sexp-wise set the
20194 variable `pc-select-meta-moves-sexps' after loading pc-select.el but before
20195 turning PC Selection mode on.
20197 C-DOWN and C-UP move back or forward a paragraph, disabling the mark.
20198 S-C-DOWN and S-C-UP move back or forward a paragraph, leaving the mark behind.
20200 HOME moves to beginning of line, disabling the mark.
20201 S-HOME moves to beginning of line, leaving the mark behind.
20202 With Ctrl or Meta, these keys move to beginning of buffer instead.
20204 END moves to end of line, disabling the mark.
20205 S-END moves to end of line, leaving the mark behind.
20206 With Ctrl or Meta, these keys move to end of buffer instead.
20208 PRIOR or PAGE-UP scrolls and disables the mark.
20209 S-PRIOR or S-PAGE-UP scrolls and leaves the mark behind.
20211 S-DELETE kills the region (`kill-region').
20212 S-INSERT yanks text from the kill ring (`yank').
20213 C-INSERT copies the region into the kill ring (`copy-region-as-kill').
20215 In addition, certain other PC bindings are imitated (to avoid this, set
20216 the variable `pc-select-selection-keys-only' to t after loading pc-select.el
20217 but before calling PC Selection mode):
20219 F6 other-window
20220 DELETE delete-char
20221 C-DELETE kill-line
20222 M-DELETE kill-word
20223 C-M-DELETE kill-sexp
20224 C-BACKSPACE backward-kill-word
20225 M-BACKSPACE undo
20227 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
20229 ;;;***
20231 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/cvs) "pcmpl-cvs" "pcmpl-cvs.el" (19277
20232 ;;;;;; 34917))
20233 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-cvs.el
20235 (autoload 'pcomplete/cvs "pcmpl-cvs" "\
20236 Completion rules for the `cvs' command.
20238 \(fn)" nil nil)
20240 ;;;***
20242 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/tar pcomplete/make pcomplete/bzip2 pcomplete/gzip)
20243 ;;;;;; "pcmpl-gnu" "pcmpl-gnu.el" (19277 34917))
20244 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-gnu.el
20246 (autoload 'pcomplete/gzip "pcmpl-gnu" "\
20247 Completion for `gzip'.
20249 \(fn)" nil nil)
20251 (autoload 'pcomplete/bzip2 "pcmpl-gnu" "\
20252 Completion for `bzip2'.
20254 \(fn)" nil nil)
20256 (autoload 'pcomplete/make "pcmpl-gnu" "\
20257 Completion for GNU `make'.
20259 \(fn)" nil nil)
20261 (autoload 'pcomplete/tar "pcmpl-gnu" "\
20262 Completion for the GNU tar utility.
20264 \(fn)" nil nil)
20266 (defalias 'pcomplete/gdb 'pcomplete/xargs)
20268 ;;;***
20270 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/mount pcomplete/umount pcomplete/kill)
20271 ;;;;;; "pcmpl-linux" "pcmpl-linux.el" (19277 34917))
20272 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-linux.el
20274 (autoload 'pcomplete/kill "pcmpl-linux" "\
20275 Completion for GNU/Linux `kill', using /proc filesystem.
20277 \(fn)" nil nil)
20279 (autoload 'pcomplete/umount "pcmpl-linux" "\
20280 Completion for GNU/Linux `umount'.
20282 \(fn)" nil nil)
20284 (autoload 'pcomplete/mount "pcmpl-linux" "\
20285 Completion for GNU/Linux `mount'.
20287 \(fn)" nil nil)
20289 ;;;***
20291 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/rpm) "pcmpl-rpm" "pcmpl-rpm.el" (19277
20292 ;;;;;; 34917))
20293 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-rpm.el
20295 (autoload 'pcomplete/rpm "pcmpl-rpm" "\
20296 Completion for the `rpm' command.
20298 \(fn)" nil nil)
20300 ;;;***
20302 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/scp pcomplete/ssh pcomplete/chgrp pcomplete/chown
20303 ;;;;;; pcomplete/which pcomplete/xargs pcomplete/rm pcomplete/rmdir
20304 ;;;;;; pcomplete/cd) "pcmpl-unix" "pcmpl-unix.el" (19286 4503))
20305 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-unix.el
20307 (autoload 'pcomplete/cd "pcmpl-unix" "\
20308 Completion for `cd'.
20310 \(fn)" nil nil)
20312 (defalias 'pcomplete/pushd 'pcomplete/cd)
20314 (autoload 'pcomplete/rmdir "pcmpl-unix" "\
20315 Completion for `rmdir'.
20317 \(fn)" nil nil)
20319 (autoload 'pcomplete/rm "pcmpl-unix" "\
20320 Completion for `rm'.
20322 \(fn)" nil nil)
20324 (autoload 'pcomplete/xargs "pcmpl-unix" "\
20325 Completion for `xargs'.
20327 \(fn)" nil nil)
20329 (defalias 'pcomplete/time 'pcomplete/xargs)
20331 (autoload 'pcomplete/which "pcmpl-unix" "\
20332 Completion for `which'.
20334 \(fn)" nil nil)
20336 (autoload 'pcomplete/chown "pcmpl-unix" "\
20337 Completion for the `chown' command.
20339 \(fn)" nil nil)
20341 (autoload 'pcomplete/chgrp "pcmpl-unix" "\
20342 Completion for the `chgrp' command.
20344 \(fn)" nil nil)
20346 (autoload 'pcomplete/ssh "pcmpl-unix" "\
20347 Completion rules for the `ssh' command.
20349 \(fn)" nil nil)
20351 (autoload 'pcomplete/scp "pcmpl-unix" "\
20352 Completion rules for the `scp' command.
20353 Includes files as well as host names followed by a colon.
20355 \(fn)" nil nil)
20357 ;;;***
20359 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete-shell-setup pcomplete-comint-setup pcomplete-list
20360 ;;;;;; pcomplete-help pcomplete-expand pcomplete-continue pcomplete-expand-and-complete
20361 ;;;;;; pcomplete-reverse pcomplete) "pcomplete" "pcomplete.el" (19277
20362 ;;;;;; 34917))
20363 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcomplete.el
20365 (autoload 'pcomplete "pcomplete" "\
20366 Support extensible programmable completion.
20367 To use this function, just bind the TAB key to it, or add it to your
20368 completion functions list (it should occur fairly early in the list).
20370 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVELY)" t nil)
20372 (autoload 'pcomplete-reverse "pcomplete" "\
20373 If cycling completion is in use, cycle backwards.
20375 \(fn)" t nil)
20377 (autoload 'pcomplete-expand-and-complete "pcomplete" "\
20378 Expand the textual value of the current argument.
20379 This will modify the current buffer.
20381 \(fn)" t nil)
20383 (autoload 'pcomplete-continue "pcomplete" "\
20384 Complete without reference to any cycling completions.
20386 \(fn)" t nil)
20388 (autoload 'pcomplete-expand "pcomplete" "\
20389 Expand the textual value of the current argument.
20390 This will modify the current buffer.
20392 \(fn)" t nil)
20394 (autoload 'pcomplete-help "pcomplete" "\
20395 Display any help information relative to the current argument.
20397 \(fn)" t nil)
20399 (autoload 'pcomplete-list "pcomplete" "\
20400 Show the list of possible completions for the current argument.
20402 \(fn)" t nil)
20404 (autoload 'pcomplete-comint-setup "pcomplete" "\
20405 Setup a comint buffer to use pcomplete.
20406 COMPLETEF-SYM should be the symbol where the
20407 dynamic-complete-functions are kept. For comint mode itself,
20408 this is `comint-dynamic-complete-functions'.
20410 \(fn COMPLETEF-SYM)" nil nil)
20412 (autoload 'pcomplete-shell-setup "pcomplete" "\
20413 Setup `shell-mode' to use pcomplete.
20415 \(fn)" nil nil)
20417 ;;;***
20419 ;;;### (autoloads (cvs-dired-use-hook cvs-dired-action cvs-status
20420 ;;;;;; cvs-update cvs-examine cvs-quickdir cvs-checkout) "pcvs"
20421 ;;;;;; "pcvs.el" (19277 34917))
20422 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcvs.el
20424 (autoload 'cvs-checkout "pcvs" "\
20425 Run a 'cvs checkout MODULES' in DIR.
20426 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer, display it in the current window,
20427 and run `cvs-mode' on it.
20429 With a prefix argument, prompt for cvs FLAGS to use.
20431 \(fn MODULES DIR FLAGS &optional ROOT)" t nil)
20433 (autoload 'cvs-quickdir "pcvs" "\
20434 Open a *cvs* buffer on DIR without running cvs.
20435 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory to use.
20436 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
20437 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
20438 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
20439 FLAGS is ignored.
20441 \(fn DIR &optional FLAGS NOSHOW)" t nil)
20443 (autoload 'cvs-examine "pcvs" "\
20444 Run a `cvs -n update' in the specified DIRECTORY.
20445 That is, check what needs to be done, but don't change the disc.
20446 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
20447 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory and cvs FLAGS to use.
20448 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
20449 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
20450 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
20452 \(fn DIRECTORY FLAGS &optional NOSHOW)" t nil)
20454 (autoload 'cvs-update "pcvs" "\
20455 Run a `cvs update' in the current working DIRECTORY.
20456 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
20457 With a \\[universal-argument] prefix argument, prompt for a directory to use.
20458 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
20459 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
20460 The prefix is also passed to `cvs-flags-query' to select the FLAGS
20461 passed to cvs.
20463 \(fn DIRECTORY FLAGS)" t nil)
20465 (autoload 'cvs-status "pcvs" "\
20466 Run a `cvs status' in the current working DIRECTORY.
20467 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
20468 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory and cvs FLAGS to use.
20469 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
20470 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
20471 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
20473 \(fn DIRECTORY FLAGS &optional NOSHOW)" t nil)
20475 (defvar cvs-dired-action 'cvs-quickdir "\
20476 The action to be performed when opening a CVS directory.
20477 Sensible values are `cvs-examine', `cvs-status' and `cvs-quickdir'.")
20479 (custom-autoload 'cvs-dired-action "pcvs" t)
20481 (defvar cvs-dired-use-hook '(4) "\
20482 Whether or not opening a CVS directory should run PCL-CVS.
20483 A value of nil means never do it.
20484 ALWAYS means to always do it unless a prefix argument is given to the
20485 command that prompted the opening of the directory.
20486 Anything else means to do it only if the prefix arg is equal to this value.")
20488 (custom-autoload 'cvs-dired-use-hook "pcvs" t)
20490 (defun cvs-dired-noselect (dir) "\
20491 Run `cvs-examine' if DIR is a CVS administrative directory.
20492 The exact behavior is determined also by `cvs-dired-use-hook'." (when (stringp dir) (setq dir (directory-file-name dir)) (when (and (string= "CVS" (file-name-nondirectory dir)) (file-readable-p (expand-file-name "Entries" dir)) cvs-dired-use-hook (if (eq cvs-dired-use-hook (quote always)) (not current-prefix-arg) (equal current-prefix-arg cvs-dired-use-hook))) (save-excursion (funcall cvs-dired-action (file-name-directory dir) t t)))))
20494 ;;;***
20496 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcvs-defs" "pcvs-defs.el" (19277 34917))
20497 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcvs-defs.el
20499 (defvar cvs-global-menu (let ((m (make-sparse-keymap "PCL-CVS"))) (define-key m [status] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Directory Status") cvs-status :help ,(purecopy "A more verbose status of a workarea"))) (define-key m [checkout] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Checkout Module") cvs-checkout :help ,(purecopy "Check out a module from the repository"))) (define-key m [update] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Update Directory") cvs-update :help ,(purecopy "Fetch updates from the repository"))) (define-key m [examine] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Examine Directory") cvs-examine :help ,(purecopy "Examine the current state of a workarea"))) (fset 'cvs-global-menu m)))
20501 ;;;***
20503 ;;;### (autoloads (perl-mode) "perl-mode" "progmodes/perl-mode.el"
20504 ;;;;;; (19277 34922))
20505 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/perl-mode.el
20506 (put 'perl-indent-level 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
20507 (put 'perl-continued-statement-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
20508 (put 'perl-continued-brace-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
20509 (put 'perl-brace-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
20510 (put 'perl-brace-imaginary-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
20511 (put 'perl-label-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
20513 (autoload 'perl-mode "perl-mode" "\
20514 Major mode for editing Perl code.
20515 Expression and list commands understand all Perl brackets.
20516 Tab indents for Perl code.
20517 Comments are delimited with # ... \\n.
20518 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
20519 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
20520 \\{perl-mode-map}
20521 Variables controlling indentation style:
20522 `perl-tab-always-indent'
20523 Non-nil means TAB in Perl mode should always indent the current line,
20524 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
20525 `perl-tab-to-comment'
20526 Non-nil means that for lines which don't need indenting, TAB will
20527 either delete an empty comment, indent an existing comment, move
20528 to end-of-line, or if at end-of-line already, create a new comment.
20529 `perl-nochange'
20530 Lines starting with this regular expression are not auto-indented.
20531 `perl-indent-level'
20532 Indentation of Perl statements within surrounding block.
20533 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
20534 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
20535 `perl-continued-statement-offset'
20536 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
20537 then-clause of an if or body of a while.
20538 `perl-continued-brace-offset'
20539 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
20540 This is in addition to `perl-continued-statement-offset'.
20541 `perl-brace-offset'
20542 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
20543 `perl-brace-imaginary-offset'
20544 An open brace following other text is treated as if it were
20545 this far to the right of the start of its line.
20546 `perl-label-offset'
20547 Extra indentation for line that is a label.
20548 `perl-indent-continued-arguments'
20549 Offset of argument lines relative to usual indentation.
20551 Various indentation styles: K&R BSD BLK GNU LW
20552 perl-indent-level 5 8 0 2 4
20553 perl-continued-statement-offset 5 8 4 2 4
20554 perl-continued-brace-offset 0 0 0 0 -4
20555 perl-brace-offset -5 -8 0 0 0
20556 perl-brace-imaginary-offset 0 0 4 0 0
20557 perl-label-offset -5 -8 -2 -2 -2
20559 Turning on Perl mode runs the normal hook `perl-mode-hook'.
20561 \(fn)" t nil)
20563 ;;;***
20565 ;;;### (autoloads (pgg-snarf-keys pgg-snarf-keys-region pgg-insert-key
20566 ;;;;;; pgg-verify pgg-verify-region pgg-sign pgg-sign-region pgg-decrypt
20567 ;;;;;; pgg-decrypt-region pgg-encrypt pgg-encrypt-symmetric pgg-encrypt-symmetric-region
20568 ;;;;;; pgg-encrypt-region) "pgg" "pgg.el" (19277 34917))
20569 ;;; Generated autoloads from pgg.el
20571 (autoload 'pgg-encrypt-region "pgg" "\
20572 Encrypt the current region between START and END for RCPTS.
20574 If optional argument SIGN is non-nil, do a combined sign and encrypt.
20576 If optional PASSPHRASE is not specified, it will be obtained from the
20577 passphrase cache or user.
20579 \(fn START END RCPTS &optional SIGN PASSPHRASE)" t nil)
20581 (autoload 'pgg-encrypt-symmetric-region "pgg" "\
20582 Encrypt the current region between START and END symmetric with passphrase.
20584 If optional PASSPHRASE is not specified, it will be obtained from the
20585 cache or user.
20587 \(fn START END &optional PASSPHRASE)" t nil)
20589 (autoload 'pgg-encrypt-symmetric "pgg" "\
20590 Encrypt the current buffer using a symmetric, rather than key-pair, cipher.
20592 If optional arguments START and END are specified, only encrypt within
20593 the region.
20595 If optional PASSPHRASE is not specified, it will be obtained from the
20596 passphrase cache or user.
20598 \(fn &optional START END PASSPHRASE)" t nil)
20600 (autoload 'pgg-encrypt "pgg" "\
20601 Encrypt the current buffer for RCPTS.
20603 If optional argument SIGN is non-nil, do a combined sign and encrypt.
20605 If optional arguments START and END are specified, only encrypt within
20606 the region.
20608 If optional PASSPHRASE is not specified, it will be obtained from the
20609 passphrase cache or user.
20611 \(fn RCPTS &optional SIGN START END PASSPHRASE)" t nil)
20613 (autoload 'pgg-decrypt-region "pgg" "\
20614 Decrypt the current region between START and END.
20616 If optional PASSPHRASE is not specified, it will be obtained from the
20617 passphrase cache or user.
20619 \(fn START END &optional PASSPHRASE)" t nil)
20621 (autoload 'pgg-decrypt "pgg" "\
20622 Decrypt the current buffer.
20624 If optional arguments START and END are specified, only decrypt within
20625 the region.
20627 If optional PASSPHRASE is not specified, it will be obtained from the
20628 passphrase cache or user.
20630 \(fn &optional START END PASSPHRASE)" t nil)
20632 (autoload 'pgg-sign-region "pgg" "\
20633 Make the signature from text between START and END.
20635 If the optional 3rd argument CLEARTEXT is non-nil, it does not create
20636 a detached signature.
20638 If this function is called interactively, CLEARTEXT is enabled
20639 and the output is displayed.
20641 If optional PASSPHRASE is not specified, it will be obtained from the
20642 passphrase cache or user.
20644 \(fn START END &optional CLEARTEXT PASSPHRASE)" t nil)
20646 (autoload 'pgg-sign "pgg" "\
20647 Sign the current buffer.
20649 If the optional argument CLEARTEXT is non-nil, it does not create a
20650 detached signature.
20652 If optional arguments START and END are specified, only sign data
20653 within the region.
20655 If this function is called interactively, CLEARTEXT is enabled
20656 and the output is displayed.
20658 If optional PASSPHRASE is not specified, it will be obtained from the
20659 passphrase cache or user.
20661 \(fn &optional CLEARTEXT START END PASSPHRASE)" t nil)
20663 (autoload 'pgg-verify-region "pgg" "\
20664 Verify the current region between START and END.
20665 If the optional 3rd argument SIGNATURE is non-nil, it is treated as
20666 the detached signature of the current region.
20668 If the optional 4th argument FETCH is non-nil, we attempt to fetch the
20669 signer's public key from `pgg-default-keyserver-address'.
20671 \(fn START END &optional SIGNATURE FETCH)" t nil)
20673 (autoload 'pgg-verify "pgg" "\
20674 Verify the current buffer.
20675 If the optional argument SIGNATURE is non-nil, it is treated as
20676 the detached signature of the current region.
20677 If the optional argument FETCH is non-nil, we attempt to fetch the
20678 signer's public key from `pgg-default-keyserver-address'.
20679 If optional arguments START and END are specified, only verify data
20680 within the region.
20682 \(fn &optional SIGNATURE FETCH START END)" t nil)
20684 (autoload 'pgg-insert-key "pgg" "\
20685 Insert the ASCII armored public key.
20687 \(fn)" t nil)
20689 (autoload 'pgg-snarf-keys-region "pgg" "\
20690 Import public keys in the current region between START and END.
20692 \(fn START END)" t nil)
20694 (autoload 'pgg-snarf-keys "pgg" "\
20695 Import public keys in the current buffer.
20697 \(fn)" t nil)
20699 ;;;***
20701 ;;;### (autoloads (pgg-gpg-symmetric-key-p) "pgg-gpg" "pgg-gpg.el"
20702 ;;;;;; (19277 34917))
20703 ;;; Generated autoloads from pgg-gpg.el
20705 (autoload 'pgg-gpg-symmetric-key-p "pgg-gpg" "\
20706 True if decoded armor MESSAGE-KEYS has symmetric encryption indicator.
20708 \(fn MESSAGE-KEYS)" nil nil)
20710 ;;;***
20712 ;;;### (autoloads (picture-mode) "picture" "textmodes/picture.el"
20713 ;;;;;; (19354 34807))
20714 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/picture.el
20716 (autoload 'picture-mode "picture" "\
20717 Switch to Picture mode, in which a quarter-plane screen model is used.
20718 \\<picture-mode-map>
20719 Printing characters replace instead of inserting themselves with motion
20720 afterwards settable by these commands:
20722 Move left after insertion: \\[picture-movement-left]
20723 Move right after insertion: \\[picture-movement-right]
20724 Move up after insertion: \\[picture-movement-up]
20725 Move down after insertion: \\[picture-movement-down]
20727 Move northwest (nw) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-nw]
20728 Move northeast (ne) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-ne]
20729 Move southwest (sw) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-sw]
20730 Move southeast (se) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-se]
20732 Move westnorthwest (wnw) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-nw]
20733 Move eastnortheast (ene) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-ne]
20734 Move westsouthwest (wsw) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-sw]
20735 Move eastsoutheast (ese) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-se]
20737 The current direction is displayed in the mode line. The initial
20738 direction is right. Whitespace is inserted and tabs are changed to
20739 spaces when required by movement. You can move around in the buffer
20740 with these commands:
20742 Move vertically to SAME column in previous line: \\[picture-move-down]
20743 Move vertically to SAME column in next line: \\[picture-move-up]
20744 Move to column following last
20745 non-whitespace character: \\[picture-end-of-line]
20746 Move right, inserting spaces if required: \\[picture-forward-column]
20747 Move left changing tabs to spaces if required: \\[picture-backward-column]
20748 Move in direction of current picture motion: \\[picture-motion]
20749 Move opposite to current picture motion: \\[picture-motion-reverse]
20750 Move to beginning of next line: \\[next-line]
20752 You can edit tabular text with these commands:
20754 Move to column beneath (or at) next interesting
20755 character (see variable `picture-tab-chars'): \\[picture-tab-search]
20756 Move to next stop in tab stop list: \\[picture-tab]
20757 Set tab stops according to context of this line: \\[picture-set-tab-stops]
20758 (With ARG, resets tab stops to default value.)
20759 Change the tab stop list: \\[edit-tab-stops]
20761 You can manipulate text with these commands:
20762 Clear ARG columns after point without moving: \\[picture-clear-column]
20763 Delete char at point: \\[delete-char]
20764 Clear ARG columns backward: \\[picture-backward-clear-column]
20765 Clear ARG lines, advancing over them: \\[picture-clear-line]
20766 (the cleared text is saved in the kill ring)
20767 Open blank line(s) beneath current line: \\[picture-open-line]
20769 You can manipulate rectangles with these commands:
20770 Clear a rectangle and save it: \\[picture-clear-rectangle]
20771 Clear a rectangle, saving in a named register: \\[picture-clear-rectangle-to-register]
20772 Insert currently saved rectangle at point: \\[picture-yank-rectangle]
20773 Insert rectangle from named register: \\[picture-yank-rectangle-from-register]
20774 Draw a rectangular box around mark and point: \\[picture-draw-rectangle]
20775 Copies a rectangle to a register: \\[copy-rectangle-to-register]
20776 Undo effects of rectangle overlay commands: \\[undo]
20778 You can return to the previous mode with \\[picture-mode-exit], which
20779 also strips trailing whitespace from every line. Stripping is suppressed
20780 by supplying an argument.
20782 Entry to this mode calls the value of `picture-mode-hook' if non-nil.
20784 Note that Picture mode commands will work outside of Picture mode, but
20785 they are not defaultly assigned to keys.
20787 \(fn)" t nil)
20789 (defalias 'edit-picture 'picture-mode)
20791 ;;;***
20793 ;;;### (autoloads (po-find-file-coding-system) "po" "textmodes/po.el"
20794 ;;;;;; (19277 34923))
20795 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/po.el
20797 (autoload 'po-find-file-coding-system "po" "\
20798 Return a (DECODING . ENCODING) pair, according to PO file's charset.
20799 Called through `file-coding-system-alist', before the file is visited for real.
20801 \(fn ARG-LIST)" nil nil)
20803 ;;;***
20805 ;;;### (autoloads (pong) "pong" "play/pong.el" (19277 34922))
20806 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/pong.el
20808 (autoload 'pong "pong" "\
20809 Play pong and waste time.
20810 This is an implementation of the classical game pong.
20811 Move left and right bats and try to bounce the ball to your opponent.
20813 pong-mode keybindings:\\<pong-mode-map>
20815 \\{pong-mode-map}
20817 \(fn)" t nil)
20819 ;;;***
20821 ;;;### (autoloads (pp-macroexpand-last-sexp pp-eval-last-sexp pp-macroexpand-expression
20822 ;;;;;; pp-eval-expression pp pp-buffer pp-to-string) "pp" "emacs-lisp/pp.el"
20823 ;;;;;; (19277 34919))
20824 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/pp.el
20826 (autoload 'pp-to-string "pp" "\
20827 Return a string containing the pretty-printed representation of OBJECT.
20828 OBJECT can be any Lisp object. Quoting characters are used as needed
20829 to make output that `read' can handle, whenever this is possible.
20831 \(fn OBJECT)" nil nil)
20833 (autoload 'pp-buffer "pp" "\
20834 Prettify the current buffer with printed representation of a Lisp object.
20836 \(fn)" nil nil)
20838 (autoload 'pp "pp" "\
20839 Output the pretty-printed representation of OBJECT, any Lisp object.
20840 Quoting characters are printed as needed to make output that `read'
20841 can handle, whenever this is possible.
20842 Output stream is STREAM, or value of `standard-output' (which see).
20844 \(fn OBJECT &optional STREAM)" nil nil)
20846 (autoload 'pp-eval-expression "pp" "\
20847 Evaluate EXPRESSION and pretty-print its value.
20848 Also add the value to the front of the list in the variable `values'.
20850 \(fn EXPRESSION)" t nil)
20852 (autoload 'pp-macroexpand-expression "pp" "\
20853 Macroexpand EXPRESSION and pretty-print its value.
20855 \(fn EXPRESSION)" t nil)
20857 (autoload 'pp-eval-last-sexp "pp" "\
20858 Run `pp-eval-expression' on sexp before point.
20859 With argument, pretty-print output into current buffer.
20860 Ignores leading comment characters.
20862 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
20864 (autoload 'pp-macroexpand-last-sexp "pp" "\
20865 Run `pp-macroexpand-expression' on sexp before point.
20866 With argument, pretty-print output into current buffer.
20867 Ignores leading comment characters.
20869 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
20871 ;;;***
20873 ;;;### (autoloads (pr-txt-fast-fire pr-ps-fast-fire pr-show-lpr-setup
20874 ;;;;;; pr-show-pr-setup pr-show-ps-setup pr-ps-utility pr-txt-name
20875 ;;;;;; pr-ps-name pr-help lpr-customize pr-customize pr-toggle-mode
20876 ;;;;;; pr-toggle-region pr-toggle-lock pr-toggle-header-frame pr-toggle-header
20877 ;;;;;; pr-toggle-zebra pr-toggle-line pr-toggle-upside-down pr-toggle-landscape
20878 ;;;;;; pr-toggle-tumble pr-toggle-duplex pr-toggle-spool pr-toggle-faces
20879 ;;;;;; pr-toggle-ghostscript pr-toggle-file-landscape pr-toggle-file-tumble
20880 ;;;;;; pr-toggle-file-duplex pr-ps-file-up-ps-print pr-ps-file-ps-print
20881 ;;;;;; pr-ps-file-print pr-ps-file-using-ghostscript pr-ps-file-up-preview
20882 ;;;;;; pr-ps-file-preview pr-despool-ps-print pr-despool-print pr-despool-using-ghostscript
20883 ;;;;;; pr-despool-preview pr-txt-mode pr-txt-region pr-txt-buffer
20884 ;;;;;; pr-txt-directory pr-printify-region pr-printify-buffer pr-printify-directory
20885 ;;;;;; pr-ps-mode-ps-print pr-ps-mode-print pr-ps-mode-using-ghostscript
20886 ;;;;;; pr-ps-mode-preview pr-ps-region-ps-print pr-ps-region-print
20887 ;;;;;; pr-ps-region-using-ghostscript pr-ps-region-preview pr-ps-buffer-ps-print
20888 ;;;;;; pr-ps-buffer-print pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript pr-ps-buffer-preview
20889 ;;;;;; pr-ps-directory-ps-print pr-ps-directory-print pr-ps-directory-using-ghostscript
20890 ;;;;;; pr-ps-directory-preview pr-interface) "printing" "printing.el"
20891 ;;;;;; (19277 34917))
20892 ;;; Generated autoloads from printing.el
20894 (autoload 'pr-interface "printing" "\
20895 Activate the printing interface buffer.
20897 If BUFFER is nil, the current buffer is used for printing.
20899 For more information, type \\[pr-interface-help].
20901 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
20903 (autoload 'pr-ps-directory-preview "printing" "\
20904 Preview directory using ghostview.
20906 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
20907 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
20908 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
20909 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
20911 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
20912 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
20913 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
20914 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
20915 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
20916 file name.
20918 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
20920 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20922 (autoload 'pr-ps-directory-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
20923 Print directory using PostScript through ghostscript.
20925 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
20926 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
20927 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
20928 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
20930 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
20931 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
20932 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
20933 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
20934 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
20935 file name.
20937 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
20939 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20941 (autoload 'pr-ps-directory-print "printing" "\
20942 Print directory using PostScript printer.
20944 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
20945 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
20946 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
20947 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
20949 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
20950 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
20951 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
20952 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
20953 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
20954 file name.
20956 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
20958 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20960 (autoload 'pr-ps-directory-ps-print "printing" "\
20961 Print directory using PostScript printer or through ghostscript.
20963 It depends on `pr-print-using-ghostscript'.
20965 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
20966 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
20967 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
20968 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
20970 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
20971 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
20972 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
20973 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
20974 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
20975 file name.
20977 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
20979 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20981 (autoload 'pr-ps-buffer-preview "printing" "\
20982 Preview buffer using ghostview.
20984 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
20985 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
20986 the PostScript image in that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
20988 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
20989 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, save the image in a
20990 temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file
20991 with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
20993 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20995 (autoload 'pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
20996 Print buffer using PostScript through ghostscript.
20998 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
20999 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
21000 the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
21002 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
21003 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, send the image to the
21004 printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file with
21005 that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
21007 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21009 (autoload 'pr-ps-buffer-print "printing" "\
21010 Print buffer using PostScript printer.
21012 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
21013 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
21014 the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
21016 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
21017 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, send the image to the
21018 printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file with
21019 that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
21021 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21023 (autoload 'pr-ps-buffer-ps-print "printing" "\
21024 Print buffer using PostScript printer or through ghostscript.
21026 It depends on `pr-print-using-ghostscript'.
21028 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
21029 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
21030 the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
21032 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
21033 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, send the image to the
21034 printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file with
21035 that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
21037 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21039 (autoload 'pr-ps-region-preview "printing" "\
21040 Preview region using ghostview.
21042 See also `pr-ps-buffer-preview'.
21044 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21046 (autoload 'pr-ps-region-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
21047 Print region using PostScript through ghostscript.
21049 See also `pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript'.
21051 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21053 (autoload 'pr-ps-region-print "printing" "\
21054 Print region using PostScript printer.
21056 See also `pr-ps-buffer-print'.
21058 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21060 (autoload 'pr-ps-region-ps-print "printing" "\
21061 Print region using PostScript printer or through ghostscript.
21063 See also `pr-ps-buffer-ps-print'.
21065 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21067 (autoload 'pr-ps-mode-preview "printing" "\
21068 Preview major mode using ghostview.
21070 See also `pr-ps-buffer-preview'.
21072 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21074 (autoload 'pr-ps-mode-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
21075 Print major mode using PostScript through ghostscript.
21077 See also `pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript'.
21079 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21081 (autoload 'pr-ps-mode-print "printing" "\
21082 Print major mode using PostScript printer.
21084 See also `pr-ps-buffer-print'.
21086 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21088 (autoload 'pr-ps-mode-ps-print "printing" "\
21089 Print major mode using PostScript or through ghostscript.
21091 See also `pr-ps-buffer-ps-print'.
21093 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21095 (autoload 'pr-printify-directory "printing" "\
21096 Replace nonprinting characters in directory with printable representations.
21097 The printable representations use ^ (for ASCII control characters) or hex.
21098 The characters tab, linefeed, space, return and formfeed are not affected.
21100 Interactively, the command prompts for a directory and a file name regexp for
21101 matching.
21103 Noninteractively, if DIR is nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil,
21104 prompts for FILE(name)-REGEXP.
21106 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
21108 \(fn &optional DIR FILE-REGEXP)" t nil)
21110 (autoload 'pr-printify-buffer "printing" "\
21111 Replace nonprinting characters in buffer with printable representations.
21112 The printable representations use ^ (for ASCII control characters) or hex.
21113 The characters tab, linefeed, space, return and formfeed are not affected.
21115 \(fn)" t nil)
21117 (autoload 'pr-printify-region "printing" "\
21118 Replace nonprinting characters in region with printable representations.
21119 The printable representations use ^ (for ASCII control characters) or hex.
21120 The characters tab, linefeed, space, return and formfeed are not affected.
21122 \(fn)" t nil)
21124 (autoload 'pr-txt-directory "printing" "\
21125 Print directory using text printer.
21127 Interactively, the command prompts for a directory and a file name regexp for
21128 matching.
21130 Noninteractively, if DIR is nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil,
21131 prompts for FILE(name)-REGEXP.
21133 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
21135 \(fn &optional DIR FILE-REGEXP)" t nil)
21137 (autoload 'pr-txt-buffer "printing" "\
21138 Print buffer using text printer.
21140 \(fn)" t nil)
21142 (autoload 'pr-txt-region "printing" "\
21143 Print region using text printer.
21145 \(fn)" t nil)
21147 (autoload 'pr-txt-mode "printing" "\
21148 Print major mode using text printer.
21150 \(fn)" t nil)
21152 (autoload 'pr-despool-preview "printing" "\
21153 Preview spooled PostScript.
21155 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
21156 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
21157 instead of saving it in a temporary file.
21159 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21160 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
21161 PostScript image in a file with that name.
21163 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21165 (autoload 'pr-despool-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
21166 Print spooled PostScript using ghostscript.
21168 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
21169 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
21170 instead of sending it to the printer.
21172 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21173 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
21174 image in a file with that name.
21176 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21178 (autoload 'pr-despool-print "printing" "\
21179 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer.
21181 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
21182 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
21183 instead of sending it to the printer.
21185 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21186 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
21187 image in a file with that name.
21189 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21191 (autoload 'pr-despool-ps-print "printing" "\
21192 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer or use ghostscript to print it.
21194 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
21195 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
21196 instead of sending it to the printer.
21198 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21199 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
21200 image in a file with that name.
21202 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21204 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-preview "printing" "\
21205 Preview PostScript file FILENAME.
21207 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21209 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-up-preview "printing" "\
21210 Preview PostScript file FILENAME.
21212 \(fn N-UP IFILENAME &optional OFILENAME)" t nil)
21214 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
21215 Print PostScript file FILENAME using ghostscript.
21217 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21219 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-print "printing" "\
21220 Print PostScript file FILENAME.
21222 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21224 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-ps-print "printing" "\
21225 Send PostScript file FILENAME to printer or use ghostscript to print it.
21227 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21229 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-up-ps-print "printing" "\
21230 Process a PostScript file IFILENAME and send it to printer.
21232 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, for an input
21233 PostScript file IFILENAME and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
21234 command prompts the user for an output PostScript file name OFILENAME, and
21235 saves the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
21237 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
21238 argument IFILENAME is treated as follows: if it's t, prompts for an input
21239 PostScript file name; otherwise, it *must* be a string that it's an input
21240 PostScript file name. The argument OFILENAME is treated as follows: if it's
21241 nil, send the image to the printer. If OFILENAME is a string, save the
21242 PostScript image in a file with that name. If OFILENAME is t, prompts for a
21243 file name.
21245 \(fn N-UP IFILENAME &optional OFILENAME)" t nil)
21247 (autoload 'pr-toggle-file-duplex "printing" "\
21248 Toggle duplex for PostScript file.
21250 \(fn)" t nil)
21252 (autoload 'pr-toggle-file-tumble "printing" "\
21253 Toggle tumble for PostScript file.
21255 If tumble is off, produces a printing suitable for binding on the left or
21256 right.
21257 If tumble is on, produces a printing suitable for binding at the top or
21258 bottom.
21260 \(fn)" t nil)
21262 (autoload 'pr-toggle-file-landscape "printing" "\
21263 Toggle landscape for PostScript file.
21265 \(fn)" t nil)
21267 (autoload 'pr-toggle-ghostscript "printing" "\
21268 Toggle printing using ghostscript.
21270 \(fn)" t nil)
21272 (autoload 'pr-toggle-faces "printing" "\
21273 Toggle printing with faces.
21275 \(fn)" t nil)
21277 (autoload 'pr-toggle-spool "printing" "\
21278 Toggle spooling.
21280 \(fn)" t nil)
21282 (autoload 'pr-toggle-duplex "printing" "\
21283 Toggle duplex.
21285 \(fn)" t nil)
21287 (autoload 'pr-toggle-tumble "printing" "\
21288 Toggle tumble.
21290 If tumble is off, produces a printing suitable for binding on the left or
21291 right.
21292 If tumble is on, produces a printing suitable for binding at the top or
21293 bottom.
21295 \(fn)" t nil)
21297 (autoload 'pr-toggle-landscape "printing" "\
21298 Toggle landscape.
21300 \(fn)" t nil)
21302 (autoload 'pr-toggle-upside-down "printing" "\
21303 Toggle upside-down.
21305 \(fn)" t nil)
21307 (autoload 'pr-toggle-line "printing" "\
21308 Toggle line number.
21310 \(fn)" t nil)
21312 (autoload 'pr-toggle-zebra "printing" "\
21313 Toggle zebra stripes.
21315 \(fn)" t nil)
21317 (autoload 'pr-toggle-header "printing" "\
21318 Toggle printing header.
21320 \(fn)" t nil)
21322 (autoload 'pr-toggle-header-frame "printing" "\
21323 Toggle printing header frame.
21325 \(fn)" t nil)
21327 (autoload 'pr-toggle-lock "printing" "\
21328 Toggle menu lock.
21330 \(fn)" t nil)
21332 (autoload 'pr-toggle-region "printing" "\
21333 Toggle auto region.
21335 \(fn)" t nil)
21337 (autoload 'pr-toggle-mode "printing" "\
21338 Toggle auto mode.
21340 \(fn)" t nil)
21342 (autoload 'pr-customize "printing" "\
21343 Customization of the `printing' group.
21345 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21347 (autoload 'lpr-customize "printing" "\
21348 Customization of the `lpr' group.
21350 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21352 (autoload 'pr-help "printing" "\
21353 Help for the printing package.
21355 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21357 (autoload 'pr-ps-name "printing" "\
21358 Interactively select a PostScript printer.
21360 \(fn)" t nil)
21362 (autoload 'pr-txt-name "printing" "\
21363 Interactively select a text printer.
21365 \(fn)" t nil)
21367 (autoload 'pr-ps-utility "printing" "\
21368 Interactively select a PostScript utility.
21370 \(fn)" t nil)
21372 (autoload 'pr-show-ps-setup "printing" "\
21373 Show current ps-print settings.
21375 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21377 (autoload 'pr-show-pr-setup "printing" "\
21378 Show current printing settings.
21380 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21382 (autoload 'pr-show-lpr-setup "printing" "\
21383 Show current lpr settings.
21385 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21387 (autoload 'pr-ps-fast-fire "printing" "\
21388 Fast fire function for PostScript printing.
21390 If a region is active, the region will be printed instead of the whole buffer.
21391 Also if the current major-mode is defined in `pr-mode-alist', the settings in
21392 `pr-mode-alist' will be used, that is, the current buffer or region will be
21393 printed using `pr-ps-mode-ps-print'.
21396 Interactively, you have the following situations:
21398 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21399 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value and printing will
21400 immediatelly be done using the current active printer.
21402 C-u M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21403 C-u 0 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21404 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value and also for a current
21405 PostScript printer, then printing will immediatelly be done using the new
21406 current active printer.
21408 C-u 1 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21409 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value and also for a file name,
21410 and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the
21411 printer.
21413 C-u 2 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21414 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value, then for a current
21415 PostScript printer and, finally, for a file name. Then change the active
21416 printer to that chosen by user and saves the PostScript image in
21417 that file instead of sending it to the printer.
21420 Noninteractively, the argument N-UP should be a positive integer greater than
21421 zero and the argument SELECT is treated as follows:
21423 If it's nil, send the image to the printer.
21425 If it's a list or an integer lesser or equal to zero, the command prompts
21426 the user for a current PostScript printer, then printing will immediatelly
21427 be done using the new current active printer.
21429 If it's an integer equal to 1, the command prompts the user for a file name
21430 and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the
21431 printer.
21433 If it's an integer greater or equal to 2, the command prompts the user for a
21434 current PostScript printer and for a file name. Then change the active
21435 printer to that chosen by user and saves the PostScript image in that file
21436 instead of sending it to the printer.
21438 If it's a symbol which it's defined in `pr-ps-printer-alist', it's the new
21439 active printer and printing will immediatelly be done using the new active
21440 printer.
21442 Otherwise, send the image to the printer.
21445 Note that this command always behaves as if `pr-auto-region' and `pr-auto-mode'
21446 are both set to t.
21448 \(fn N-UP &optional SELECT)" t nil)
21450 (autoload 'pr-txt-fast-fire "printing" "\
21451 Fast fire function for text printing.
21453 If a region is active, the region will be printed instead of the whole buffer.
21454 Also if the current major-mode is defined in `pr-mode-alist', the settings in
21455 `pr-mode-alist' will be used, that is, the current buffer or region will be
21456 printed using `pr-txt-mode'.
21458 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
21459 user for a new active text printer.
21461 Noninteractively, the argument SELECT-PRINTER is treated as follows:
21463 If it's nil, the printing is sent to the current active text printer.
21465 If it's a symbol which it's defined in `pr-txt-printer-alist', it's the new
21466 active printer and printing will immediatelly be done using the new active
21467 printer.
21469 If it's non-nil, the command prompts the user for a new active text printer.
21471 Note that this command always behaves as if `pr-auto-region' and `pr-auto-mode'
21472 are both set to t.
21474 \(fn &optional SELECT-PRINTER)" t nil)
21476 ;;;***
21478 ;;;### (autoloads (proced) "proced" "proced.el" (19277 34917))
21479 ;;; Generated autoloads from proced.el
21481 (autoload 'proced "proced" "\
21482 Generate a listing of UNIX system processes.
21483 If invoked with optional ARG the window displaying the process
21484 information will be displayed but not selected.
21485 Runs the normal hook `proced-post-display-hook'.
21487 See `proced-mode' for a description of features available in Proced buffers.
21489 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
21491 ;;;***
21493 ;;;### (autoloads (switch-to-prolog prolog-mode) "prolog" "progmodes/prolog.el"
21494 ;;;;;; (19277 34922))
21495 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/prolog.el
21497 (autoload 'prolog-mode "prolog" "\
21498 Major mode for editing Prolog code for Prologs.
21499 Blank lines and `%%...' separate paragraphs. `%'s start comments.
21500 Commands:
21501 \\{prolog-mode-map}
21502 Entry to this mode calls the value of `prolog-mode-hook'
21503 if that value is non-nil.
21505 \(fn)" t nil)
21507 (defalias 'run-prolog 'switch-to-prolog)
21509 (autoload 'switch-to-prolog "prolog" "\
21510 Run an inferior Prolog process, input and output via buffer *prolog*.
21511 With prefix argument \\[universal-prefix], prompt for the program to use.
21513 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
21515 ;;;***
21517 ;;;### (autoloads (bdf-directory-list) "ps-bdf" "ps-bdf.el" (19277
21518 ;;;;;; 34917))
21519 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-bdf.el
21521 (defvar bdf-directory-list (if (memq system-type '(ms-dos windows-nt)) (list (expand-file-name "fonts/bdf" installation-directory)) '("/usr/local/share/emacs/fonts/bdf")) "\
21522 List of directories to search for `BDF' font files.
21523 The default value is '(\"/usr/local/share/emacs/fonts/bdf\").")
21525 (custom-autoload 'bdf-directory-list "ps-bdf" t)
21527 ;;;***
21529 ;;;### (autoloads (ps-mode) "ps-mode" "progmodes/ps-mode.el" (19277
21530 ;;;;;; 34922))
21531 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ps-mode.el
21533 (autoload 'ps-mode "ps-mode" "\
21534 Major mode for editing PostScript with GNU Emacs.
21536 Entry to this mode calls `ps-mode-hook'.
21538 The following variables hold user options, and can
21539 be set through the `customize' command:
21541 `ps-mode-auto-indent'
21542 `ps-mode-tab'
21543 `ps-mode-paper-size'
21544 `ps-mode-print-function'
21545 `ps-run-prompt'
21546 `ps-run-font-lock-keywords-2'
21547 `ps-run-x'
21548 `ps-run-dumb'
21549 `ps-run-init'
21550 `ps-run-error-line-numbers'
21551 `ps-run-tmp-dir'
21553 Type \\[describe-variable] for documentation on these options.
21556 \\{ps-mode-map}
21559 When starting an interactive PostScript process with \\[ps-run-start],
21560 a second window will be displayed, and `ps-run-mode-hook' will be called.
21561 The keymap for this second window is:
21563 \\{ps-run-mode-map}
21566 When Ghostscript encounters an error it displays an error message
21567 with a file position. Clicking mouse-2 on this number will bring
21568 point to the corresponding spot in the PostScript window, if input
21569 to the interpreter was sent from that window.
21570 Typing \\<ps-run-mode-map>\\[ps-run-goto-error] when the cursor is at the number has the same effect.
21572 \(fn)" t nil)
21574 ;;;***
21576 ;;;### (autoloads (ps-extend-face ps-extend-face-list ps-setup ps-nb-pages-region
21577 ;;;;;; ps-nb-pages-buffer ps-line-lengths ps-despool ps-spool-region-with-faces
21578 ;;;;;; ps-spool-region ps-spool-buffer-with-faces ps-spool-buffer
21579 ;;;;;; ps-print-region-with-faces ps-print-region ps-print-buffer-with-faces
21580 ;;;;;; ps-print-buffer ps-print-customize ps-print-color-p ps-paper-type
21581 ;;;;;; ps-page-dimensions-database) "ps-print" "ps-print.el" (19354
21582 ;;;;;; 34807))
21583 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-print.el
21585 (defvar ps-page-dimensions-database (purecopy (list (list 'a4 (/ (* 72 21.0) 2.54) (/ (* 72 29.7) 2.54) "A4") (list 'a3 (/ (* 72 29.7) 2.54) (/ (* 72 42.0) 2.54) "A3") (list 'letter (* 72 8.5) (* 72 11.0) "Letter") (list 'legal (* 72 8.5) (* 72 14.0) "Legal") (list 'letter-small (* 72 7.68) (* 72 10.16) "LetterSmall") (list 'tabloid (* 72 11.0) (* 72 17.0) "Tabloid") (list 'ledger (* 72 17.0) (* 72 11.0) "Ledger") (list 'statement (* 72 5.5) (* 72 8.5) "Statement") (list 'executive (* 72 7.5) (* 72 10.0) "Executive") (list 'a4small (* 72 7.47) (* 72 10.85) "A4Small") (list 'b4 (* 72 10.125) (* 72 14.33) "B4") (list 'b5 (* 72 7.16) (* 72 10.125) "B5") '(addresslarge 236.0 99.0 "AddressLarge") '(addresssmall 236.0 68.0 "AddressSmall") '(cuthanging13 90.0 222.0 "CutHanging13") '(cuthanging15 90.0 114.0 "CutHanging15") '(diskette 181.0 136.0 "Diskette") '(eurofilefolder 139.0 112.0 "EuropeanFilefolder") '(eurofoldernarrow 526.0 107.0 "EuroFolderNarrow") '(eurofolderwide 526.0 136.0 "EuroFolderWide") '(euronamebadge 189.0 108.0 "EuroNameBadge") '(euronamebadgelarge 223.0 136.0 "EuroNameBadgeLarge") '(filefolder 230.0 37.0 "FileFolder") '(jewelry 76.0 136.0 "Jewelry") '(mediabadge 180.0 136.0 "MediaBadge") '(multipurpose 126.0 68.0 "MultiPurpose") '(retaillabel 90.0 104.0 "RetailLabel") '(shipping 271.0 136.0 "Shipping") '(slide35mm 26.0 104.0 "Slide35mm") '(spine8mm 187.0 26.0 "Spine8mm") '(topcoated 425.19685 136.0 "TopCoatedPaper") '(topcoatedpaper 396.0 136.0 "TopcoatedPaper150") '(vhsface 205.0 127.0 "VHSFace") '(vhsspine 400.0 50.0 "VHSSpine") '(zipdisk 156.0 136.0 "ZipDisk"))) "\
21586 List associating a symbolic paper type to its width, height and doc media.
21587 See `ps-paper-type'.")
21589 (custom-autoload 'ps-page-dimensions-database "ps-print" t)
21591 (defvar ps-paper-type 'letter "\
21592 Specify the size of paper to format for.
21593 Should be one of the paper types defined in `ps-page-dimensions-database', for
21594 example `letter', `legal' or `a4'.")
21596 (custom-autoload 'ps-paper-type "ps-print" t)
21598 (defvar ps-print-color-p (or (fboundp 'x-color-values) (fboundp 'color-instance-rgb-components)) "\
21599 Specify how buffer's text color is printed.
21601 Valid values are:
21603 nil Do not print colors.
21605 t Print colors.
21607 black-white Print colors on black/white printer.
21608 See also `ps-black-white-faces'.
21610 Any other value is treated as t.")
21612 (custom-autoload 'ps-print-color-p "ps-print" t)
21614 (autoload 'ps-print-customize "ps-print" "\
21615 Customization of ps-print group.
21617 \(fn)" t nil)
21619 (autoload 'ps-print-buffer "ps-print" "\
21620 Generate and print a PostScript image of the buffer.
21622 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (\\[universal-argument]), the command prompts the
21623 user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of
21624 sending it to the printer.
21626 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21627 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
21628 image in a file with that name.
21630 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21632 (autoload 'ps-print-buffer-with-faces "ps-print" "\
21633 Generate and print a PostScript image of the buffer.
21634 Like `ps-print-buffer', but includes font, color, and underline information in
21635 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
21636 so it has a way to determine color values.
21638 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21640 (autoload 'ps-print-region "ps-print" "\
21641 Generate and print a PostScript image of the region.
21642 Like `ps-print-buffer', but prints just the current region.
21644 \(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21646 (autoload 'ps-print-region-with-faces "ps-print" "\
21647 Generate and print a PostScript image of the region.
21648 Like `ps-print-region', but includes font, color, and underline information in
21649 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
21650 so it has a way to determine color values.
21652 \(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21654 (autoload 'ps-spool-buffer "ps-print" "\
21655 Generate and spool a PostScript image of the buffer.
21656 Like `ps-print-buffer' except that the PostScript image is saved in a local
21657 buffer to be sent to the printer later.
21659 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
21661 \(fn)" t nil)
21663 (autoload 'ps-spool-buffer-with-faces "ps-print" "\
21664 Generate and spool a PostScript image of the buffer.
21665 Like `ps-spool-buffer', but includes font, color, and underline information in
21666 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
21667 so it has a way to determine color values.
21669 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
21671 \(fn)" t nil)
21673 (autoload 'ps-spool-region "ps-print" "\
21674 Generate a PostScript image of the region and spool locally.
21675 Like `ps-spool-buffer', but spools just the current region.
21677 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
21679 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
21681 (autoload 'ps-spool-region-with-faces "ps-print" "\
21682 Generate a PostScript image of the region and spool locally.
21683 Like `ps-spool-region', but includes font, color, and underline information in
21684 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
21685 so it has a way to determine color values.
21687 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
21689 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
21691 (autoload 'ps-despool "ps-print" "\
21692 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer.
21694 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (\\[universal-argument]), the command prompts the
21695 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
21696 instead of sending it to the printer.
21698 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21699 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
21700 image in a file with that name.
21702 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21704 (autoload 'ps-line-lengths "ps-print" "\
21705 Display the correspondence between a line length and a font size.
21706 Done using the current ps-print setup.
21707 Try: pr -t file | awk '{printf \"%3d %s
21708 \", length($0), $0}' | sort -r | head
21710 \(fn)" t nil)
21712 (autoload 'ps-nb-pages-buffer "ps-print" "\
21713 Display number of pages to print this buffer, for various font heights.
21714 The table depends on the current ps-print setup.
21716 \(fn NB-LINES)" t nil)
21718 (autoload 'ps-nb-pages-region "ps-print" "\
21719 Display number of pages to print the region, for various font heights.
21720 The table depends on the current ps-print setup.
21722 \(fn NB-LINES)" t nil)
21724 (autoload 'ps-setup "ps-print" "\
21725 Return the current PostScript-generation setup.
21727 \(fn)" nil nil)
21729 (autoload 'ps-extend-face-list "ps-print" "\
21730 Extend face in ALIST-SYM.
21732 If optional MERGE-P is non-nil, extensions in FACE-EXTENSION-LIST are merged
21733 with face extension in ALIST-SYM; otherwise, overrides.
21735 If optional ALIST-SYM is nil, `ps-print-face-extension-alist' is used;
21736 otherwise, it should be an alist symbol.
21738 The elements in FACE-EXTENSION-LIST are like those for `ps-extend-face'.
21740 See `ps-extend-face' for documentation.
21742 \(fn FACE-EXTENSION-LIST &optional MERGE-P ALIST-SYM)" nil nil)
21744 (autoload 'ps-extend-face "ps-print" "\
21745 Extend face in ALIST-SYM.
21747 If optional MERGE-P is non-nil, extensions in FACE-EXTENSION list are merged
21748 with face extensions in ALIST-SYM; otherwise, overrides.
21750 If optional ALIST-SYM is nil, `ps-print-face-extension-alist' is used;
21751 otherwise, it should be an alist symbol.
21753 The elements of FACE-EXTENSION list have the form:
21755 (FACE-NAME FOREGROUND BACKGROUND EXTENSION...)
21757 FACE-NAME is a face name symbol.
21759 FOREGROUND and BACKGROUND may be nil or a string that denotes the
21760 foreground and background colors respectively.
21762 EXTENSION is one of the following symbols:
21763 bold - use bold font.
21764 italic - use italic font.
21765 underline - put a line under text.
21766 strikeout - like underline, but the line is in middle of text.
21767 overline - like underline, but the line is over the text.
21768 shadow - text will have a shadow.
21769 box - text will be surrounded by a box.
21770 outline - print characters as hollow outlines.
21772 If EXTENSION is any other symbol, it is ignored.
21774 \(fn FACE-EXTENSION &optional MERGE-P ALIST-SYM)" nil nil)
21776 ;;;***
21778 ;;;### (autoloads (python-shell jython-mode python-mode run-python)
21779 ;;;;;; "python" "progmodes/python.el" (19336 30736))
21780 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/python.el
21782 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist (cons (purecopy "jython") 'jython-mode))
21784 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist (cons (purecopy "python") 'python-mode))
21786 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist (cons (purecopy "\\.py\\'") 'python-mode))
21788 (autoload 'run-python "python" "\
21789 Run an inferior Python process, input and output via buffer *Python*.
21790 CMD is the Python command to run. NOSHOW non-nil means don't show the
21791 buffer automatically.
21793 Normally, if there is a process already running in `python-buffer',
21794 switch to that buffer. Interactively, a prefix arg allows you to edit
21795 the initial command line (default is `python-command'); `-i' etc. args
21796 will be added to this as appropriate. A new process is started if:
21797 one isn't running attached to `python-buffer', or interactively the
21798 default `python-command', or argument NEW is non-nil. See also the
21799 documentation for `python-buffer'.
21801 Runs the hook `inferior-python-mode-hook' (after the
21802 `comint-mode-hook' is run). (Type \\[describe-mode] in the process
21803 buffer for a list of commands.)
21805 \(fn &optional CMD NOSHOW NEW)" t nil)
21807 (autoload 'python-mode "python" "\
21808 Major mode for editing Python files.
21809 Turns on Font Lock mode unconditionally since it is currently required
21810 for correct parsing of the source.
21811 See also `jython-mode', which is actually invoked if the buffer appears to
21812 contain Jython code. See also `run-python' and associated Python mode
21813 commands for running Python under Emacs.
21815 The Emacs commands which work with `defun's, e.g. \\[beginning-of-defun], deal
21816 with nested `def' and `class' blocks. They take the innermost one as
21817 current without distinguishing method and class definitions. Used multiple
21818 times, they move over others at the same indentation level until they reach
21819 the end of definitions at that level, when they move up a level.
21820 \\<python-mode-map>
21821 Colon is electric: it outdents the line if appropriate, e.g. for
21822 an else statement. \\[python-backspace] at the beginning of an indented statement
21823 deletes a level of indentation to close the current block; otherwise it
21824 deletes a character backward. TAB indents the current line relative to
21825 the preceding code. Successive TABs, with no intervening command, cycle
21826 through the possibilities for indentation on the basis of enclosing blocks.
21828 \\[fill-paragraph] fills comments and multi-line strings appropriately, but has no
21829 effect outside them.
21831 Supports Eldoc mode (only for functions, using a Python process),
21832 Info-Look and Imenu. In Outline minor mode, `class' and `def'
21833 lines count as headers. Symbol completion is available in the
21834 same way as in the Python shell using the `rlcompleter' module
21835 and this is added to the Hippie Expand functions locally if
21836 Hippie Expand mode is turned on. Completion of symbols of the
21837 form x.y only works if the components are literal
21838 module/attribute names, not variables. An abbrev table is set up
21839 with skeleton expansions for compound statement templates.
21841 \\{python-mode-map}
21843 \(fn)" t nil)
21845 (autoload 'jython-mode "python" "\
21846 Major mode for editing Jython files.
21847 Like `python-mode', but sets up parameters for Jython subprocesses.
21848 Runs `jython-mode-hook' after `python-mode-hook'.
21850 \(fn)" t nil)
21852 (autoload 'python-shell "python" "\
21853 Start an interactive Python interpreter in another window.
21854 This is like Shell mode, except that Python is running in the window
21855 instead of a shell. See the `Interactive Shell' and `Shell Mode'
21856 sections of the Emacs manual for details, especially for the key
21857 bindings active in the `*Python*' buffer.
21859 With optional \\[universal-argument], the user is prompted for the
21860 flags to pass to the Python interpreter. This has no effect when this
21861 command is used to switch to an existing process, only when a new
21862 process is started. If you use this, you will probably want to ensure
21863 that the current arguments are retained (they will be included in the
21864 prompt). This argument is ignored when this function is called
21865 programmatically, or when running in Emacs 19.34 or older.
21867 Note: You can toggle between using the CPython interpreter and the
21868 JPython interpreter by hitting \\[python-toggle-shells]. This toggles
21869 buffer local variables which control whether all your subshell
21870 interactions happen to the `*JPython*' or `*Python*' buffers (the
21871 latter is the name used for the CPython buffer).
21873 Warning: Don't use an interactive Python if you change sys.ps1 or
21874 sys.ps2 from their default values, or if you're running code that
21875 prints `>>> ' or `... ' at the start of a line. `python-mode' can't
21876 distinguish your output from Python's output, and assumes that `>>> '
21877 at the start of a line is a prompt from Python. Similarly, the Emacs
21878 Shell mode code assumes that both `>>> ' and `... ' at the start of a
21879 line are Python prompts. Bad things can happen if you fool either
21880 mode.
21882 Warning: If you do any editing *in* the process buffer *while* the
21883 buffer is accepting output from Python, do NOT attempt to `undo' the
21884 changes. Some of the output (nowhere near the parts you changed!) may
21885 be lost if you do. This appears to be an Emacs bug, an unfortunate
21886 interaction between undo and process filters; the same problem exists in
21887 non-Python process buffers using the default (Emacs-supplied) process
21888 filter.
21890 \(fn &optional ARGPROMPT)" t nil)
21892 ;;;***
21894 ;;;### (autoloads (quoted-printable-decode-region) "qp" "gnus/qp.el"
21895 ;;;;;; (19277 34920))
21896 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/qp.el
21898 (autoload 'quoted-printable-decode-region "qp" "\
21899 Decode quoted-printable in the region between FROM and TO, per RFC 2045.
21900 If CODING-SYSTEM is non-nil, decode bytes into characters with that
21901 coding-system.
21903 Interactively, you can supply the CODING-SYSTEM argument
21904 with \\[universal-coding-system-argument].
21906 The CODING-SYSTEM argument is a historical hangover and is deprecated.
21907 QP encodes raw bytes and should be decoded into raw bytes. Decoding
21908 them into characters should be done separately.
21910 \(fn FROM TO &optional CODING-SYSTEM)" t nil)
21912 ;;;***
21914 ;;;### (autoloads (quail-update-leim-list-file quail-defrule-internal
21915 ;;;;;; quail-defrule quail-install-decode-map quail-install-map
21916 ;;;;;; quail-define-rules quail-show-keyboard-layout quail-set-keyboard-layout
21917 ;;;;;; quail-define-package quail-use-package quail-title) "quail"
21918 ;;;;;; "international/quail.el" (19277 34920))
21919 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/quail.el
21921 (autoload 'quail-title "quail" "\
21922 Return the title of the current Quail package.
21924 \(fn)" nil nil)
21926 (autoload 'quail-use-package "quail" "\
21927 Start using Quail package PACKAGE-NAME.
21928 The remaining arguments are LIBRARIES to be loaded before using the package.
21930 This activates input method defined by PACKAGE-NAME by running
21931 `quail-activate', which see.
21933 \(fn PACKAGE-NAME &rest LIBRARIES)" nil nil)
21935 (autoload 'quail-define-package "quail" "\
21936 Define NAME as a new Quail package for input LANGUAGE.
21937 TITLE is a string to be displayed at mode-line to indicate this package.
21938 Optional arguments are GUIDANCE, DOCSTRING, TRANSLATION-KEYS,
21939 FORGET-LAST-SELECTION, DETERMINISTIC, KBD-TRANSLATE, SHOW-LAYOUT,
21940 CREATE-DECODE-MAP, MAXIMUM-SHORTEST, OVERLAY-PLIST,
21941 UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION, CONVERSION-KEYS and SIMPLE.
21943 GUIDANCE specifies how a guidance string is shown in echo area.
21944 If it is t, list of all possible translations for the current key is shown
21945 with the currently selected translation being highlighted.
21946 If it is an alist, the element has the form (CHAR . STRING). Each character
21947 in the current key is searched in the list and the corresponding string is
21948 shown.
21949 If it is nil, the current key is shown.
21951 DOCSTRING is the documentation string of this package. The command
21952 `describe-input-method' shows this string while replacing the form
21953 \\=\\<VAR> in the string by the value of VAR. That value should be a
21954 string. For instance, the form \\=\\<quail-translation-docstring> is
21955 replaced by a description about how to select a translation from a
21956 list of candidates.
21958 TRANSLATION-KEYS specifies additional key bindings used while translation
21959 region is active. It is an alist of single key character vs. corresponding
21960 command to be called.
21962 FORGET-LAST-SELECTION non-nil means a selected translation is not kept
21963 for the future to translate the same key. If this flag is nil, a
21964 translation selected for a key is remembered so that it can be the
21965 first candidate when the same key is entered later.
21967 DETERMINISTIC non-nil means the first candidate of translation is
21968 selected automatically without allowing users to select another
21969 translation for a key. In this case, unselected translations are of
21970 no use for an interactive use of Quail but can be used by some other
21971 programs. If this flag is non-nil, FORGET-LAST-SELECTION is also set
21972 to t.
21974 KBD-TRANSLATE non-nil means input characters are translated from a
21975 user's keyboard layout to the standard keyboard layout. See the
21976 documentation of `quail-keyboard-layout' and
21977 `quail-keyboard-layout-standard' for more detail.
21979 SHOW-LAYOUT non-nil means the `quail-help' command should show
21980 the user's keyboard layout visually with translated characters.
21981 If KBD-TRANSLATE is set, it is desirable to set also this flag unless
21982 this package defines no translations for single character keys.
21984 CREATE-DECODE-MAP non-nil means decode map is also created. A decode
21985 map is an alist of translations and corresponding original keys.
21986 Although this map is not used by Quail itself, it can be used by some
21987 other programs. For instance, Vietnamese supporting needs this map to
21988 convert Vietnamese text to VIQR format which uses only ASCII
21989 characters to represent Vietnamese characters.
21991 MAXIMUM-SHORTEST non-nil means break key sequence to get maximum
21992 length of the shortest sequence. When we don't have a translation of
21993 key \"..ABCD\" but have translations of \"..AB\" and \"CD..\", break
21994 the key at \"..AB\" and start translation of \"CD..\". Hangul
21995 packages, for instance, use this facility. If this flag is nil, we
21996 break the key just at \"..ABC\" and start translation of \"D..\".
21998 OVERLAY-PLIST if non-nil is a property list put on an overlay which
21999 covers Quail translation region.
22001 UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION if non-nil is a function to call to update
22002 the current translation region according to a new translation data. By
22003 default, a translated text or a user's key sequence (if no translation
22004 for it) is inserted.
22006 CONVERSION-KEYS specifies additional key bindings used while
22007 conversion region is active. It is an alist of single key character
22008 vs. corresponding command to be called.
22010 If SIMPLE is non-nil, then we do not alter the meanings of
22011 commands such as C-f, C-b, C-n, C-p and TAB; they are treated as
22012 non-Quail commands.
22014 \(fn NAME LANGUAGE TITLE &optional GUIDANCE DOCSTRING TRANSLATION-KEYS FORGET-LAST-SELECTION DETERMINISTIC KBD-TRANSLATE SHOW-LAYOUT CREATE-DECODE-MAP MAXIMUM-SHORTEST OVERLAY-PLIST UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION CONVERSION-KEYS SIMPLE)" nil nil)
22016 (autoload 'quail-set-keyboard-layout "quail" "\
22017 Set the current keyboard layout to the same as keyboard KBD-TYPE.
22019 Since some Quail packages depends on a physical layout of keys (not
22020 characters generated by them), those are created by assuming the
22021 standard layout defined in `quail-keyboard-layout-standard'. This
22022 function tells Quail system the layout of your keyboard so that what
22023 you type is correctly handled.
22025 \(fn KBD-TYPE)" t nil)
22027 (autoload 'quail-show-keyboard-layout "quail" "\
22028 Show the physical layout of the keyboard type KEYBOARD-TYPE.
22030 The variable `quail-keyboard-layout-type' holds the currently selected
22031 keyboard type.
22033 \(fn &optional KEYBOARD-TYPE)" t nil)
22035 (autoload 'quail-define-rules "quail" "\
22036 Define translation rules of the current Quail package.
22037 Each argument is a list of KEY and TRANSLATION.
22038 KEY is a string meaning a sequence of keystrokes to be translated.
22039 TRANSLATION is a character, a string, a vector, a Quail map, or a function.
22040 If it is a character, it is the sole translation of KEY.
22041 If it is a string, each character is a candidate for the translation.
22042 If it is a vector, each element (string or character) is a candidate
22043 for the translation.
22044 In these cases, a key specific Quail map is generated and assigned to KEY.
22046 If TRANSLATION is a Quail map or a function symbol which returns a Quail map,
22047 it is used to handle KEY.
22049 The first argument may be an alist of annotations for the following
22050 rules. Each element has the form (ANNOTATION . VALUE), where
22051 ANNOTATION is a symbol indicating the annotation type. Currently
22052 the following annotation types are supported.
22054 append -- the value non-nil means that the following rules should
22055 be appended to the rules of the current Quail package.
22057 face -- the value is a face to use for displaying TRANSLATIONs in
22058 candidate list.
22060 advice -- the value is a function to call after one of RULES is
22061 selected. The function is called with one argument, the
22062 selected TRANSLATION string, after the TRANSLATION is
22063 inserted.
22065 no-decode-map --- the value non-nil means that decoding map is not
22066 generated for the following translations.
22068 \(fn &rest RULES)" nil (quote macro))
22070 (autoload 'quail-install-map "quail" "\
22071 Install the Quail map MAP in the current Quail package.
22073 Optional 2nd arg NAME, if non-nil, is a name of Quail package for
22074 which to install MAP.
22076 The installed map can be referred by the function `quail-map'.
22078 \(fn MAP &optional NAME)" nil nil)
22080 (autoload 'quail-install-decode-map "quail" "\
22081 Install the Quail decode map DECODE-MAP in the current Quail package.
22083 Optional 2nd arg NAME, if non-nil, is a name of Quail package for
22084 which to install MAP.
22086 The installed decode map can be referred by the function `quail-decode-map'.
22088 \(fn DECODE-MAP &optional NAME)" nil nil)
22090 (autoload 'quail-defrule "quail" "\
22091 Add one translation rule, KEY to TRANSLATION, in the current Quail package.
22092 KEY is a string meaning a sequence of keystrokes to be translated.
22093 TRANSLATION is a character, a string, a vector, a Quail map,
22094 a function, or a cons.
22095 It it is a character, it is the sole translation of KEY.
22096 If it is a string, each character is a candidate for the translation.
22097 If it is a vector, each element (string or character) is a candidate
22098 for the translation.
22099 If it is a cons, the car is one of the above and the cdr is a function
22100 to call when translating KEY (the return value is assigned to the
22101 variable `quail-current-data'). If the cdr part is not a function,
22102 the value itself is assigned to `quail-current-data'.
22103 In these cases, a key specific Quail map is generated and assigned to KEY.
22105 If TRANSLATION is a Quail map or a function symbol which returns a Quail map,
22106 it is used to handle KEY.
22108 Optional 3rd argument NAME, if specified, says which Quail package
22109 to define this translation rule in. The default is to define it in the
22110 current Quail package.
22112 Optional 4th argument APPEND, if non-nil, appends TRANSLATION
22113 to the current translations for KEY instead of replacing them.
22115 \(fn KEY TRANSLATION &optional NAME APPEND)" nil nil)
22117 (autoload 'quail-defrule-internal "quail" "\
22118 Define KEY as TRANS in a Quail map MAP.
22120 If Optional 4th arg APPEND is non-nil, TRANS is appended to the
22121 current translations for KEY instead of replacing them.
22123 Optional 5th arg DECODE-MAP is a Quail decode map.
22125 Optional 6th arg PROPS is a property list annotating TRANS. See the
22126 function `quail-define-rules' for the detail.
22128 \(fn KEY TRANS MAP &optional APPEND DECODE-MAP PROPS)" nil nil)
22130 (autoload 'quail-update-leim-list-file "quail" "\
22131 Update entries for Quail packages in `LEIM' list file in directory DIRNAME.
22132 DIRNAME is a directory containing Emacs input methods;
22133 normally, it should specify the `leim' subdirectory
22134 of the Emacs source tree.
22136 It searches for Quail packages under `quail' subdirectory of DIRNAME,
22137 and update the file \"leim-list.el\" in DIRNAME.
22139 When called from a program, the remaining arguments are additional
22140 directory names to search for Quail packages under `quail' subdirectory
22141 of each directory.
22143 \(fn DIRNAME &rest DIRNAMES)" t nil)
22145 ;;;***
22147 ;;;### (autoloads (quickurl-list quickurl-list-mode quickurl-edit-urls
22148 ;;;;;; quickurl-browse-url-ask quickurl-browse-url quickurl-add-url
22149 ;;;;;; quickurl-ask quickurl) "quickurl" "net/quickurl.el" (19277
22150 ;;;;;; 34921))
22151 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/quickurl.el
22153 (defconst quickurl-reread-hook-postfix "\n;; Local Variables:\n;; eval: (progn (require 'quickurl) (add-hook 'local-write-file-hooks (lambda () (quickurl-read) nil)))\n;; End:\n" "\
22154 Example `quickurl-postfix' text that adds a local variable to the
22155 `quickurl-url-file' so that if you edit it by hand it will ensure that
22156 `quickurl-urls' is updated with the new URL list.
22158 To make use of this do something like:
22160 (setq quickurl-postfix quickurl-reread-hook-postfix)
22162 in your ~/.emacs (after loading/requiring quickurl).")
22164 (autoload 'quickurl "quickurl" "\
22165 Insert an URL based on LOOKUP.
22167 If not supplied LOOKUP is taken to be the word at point in the current
22168 buffer, this default action can be modifed via
22169 `quickurl-grab-lookup-function'.
22171 \(fn &optional LOOKUP)" t nil)
22173 (autoload 'quickurl-ask "quickurl" "\
22174 Insert an URL, with `completing-read' prompt, based on LOOKUP.
22176 \(fn LOOKUP)" t nil)
22178 (autoload 'quickurl-add-url "quickurl" "\
22179 Allow the user to interactively add a new URL associated with WORD.
22181 See `quickurl-grab-url' for details on how the default word/url combination
22182 is decided.
22184 \(fn WORD URL COMMENT)" t nil)
22186 (autoload 'quickurl-browse-url "quickurl" "\
22187 Browse the URL associated with LOOKUP.
22189 If not supplied LOOKUP is taken to be the word at point in the
22190 current buffer, this default action can be modifed via
22191 `quickurl-grab-lookup-function'.
22193 \(fn &optional LOOKUP)" t nil)
22195 (autoload 'quickurl-browse-url-ask "quickurl" "\
22196 Browse the URL, with `completing-read' prompt, associated with LOOKUP.
22198 \(fn LOOKUP)" t nil)
22200 (autoload 'quickurl-edit-urls "quickurl" "\
22201 Pull `quickurl-url-file' into a buffer for hand editing.
22203 \(fn)" t nil)
22205 (autoload 'quickurl-list-mode "quickurl" "\
22206 A mode for browsing the quickurl URL list.
22208 The key bindings for `quickurl-list-mode' are:
22210 \\{quickurl-list-mode-map}
22212 \(fn)" t nil)
22214 (autoload 'quickurl-list "quickurl" "\
22215 Display `quickurl-list' as a formatted list using `quickurl-list-mode'.
22217 \(fn)" t nil)
22219 ;;;***
22221 ;;;### (autoloads (rcirc-track-minor-mode rcirc-connect rcirc) "rcirc"
22222 ;;;;;; "net/rcirc.el" (19277 34921))
22223 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rcirc.el
22225 (autoload 'rcirc "rcirc" "\
22226 Connect to all servers in `rcirc-server-alist'.
22228 Do not connect to a server if it is already connected.
22230 If ARG is non-nil, instead prompt for connection parameters.
22232 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
22234 (defalias 'irc 'rcirc)
22236 (autoload 'rcirc-connect "rcirc" "\
22237 Not documented
22239 \(fn SERVER &optional PORT NICK USER-NAME FULL-NAME STARTUP-CHANNELS)" nil nil)
22241 (defvar rcirc-track-minor-mode nil "\
22242 Non-nil if Rcirc-Track minor mode is enabled.
22243 See the command `rcirc-track-minor-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
22244 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
22245 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
22246 or call the function `rcirc-track-minor-mode'.")
22248 (custom-autoload 'rcirc-track-minor-mode "rcirc" nil)
22250 (autoload 'rcirc-track-minor-mode "rcirc" "\
22251 Global minor mode for tracking activity in rcirc buffers.
22253 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22255 ;;;***
22257 ;;;### (autoloads (remote-compile) "rcompile" "net/rcompile.el" (19277
22258 ;;;;;; 34921))
22259 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rcompile.el
22261 (autoload 'remote-compile "rcompile" "\
22262 Compile the current buffer's directory on HOST. Log in as USER.
22263 See \\[compile].
22265 \(fn HOST USER COMMAND)" t nil)
22267 ;;;***
22269 ;;;### (autoloads (re-builder) "re-builder" "emacs-lisp/re-builder.el"
22270 ;;;;;; (19277 34919))
22271 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/re-builder.el
22273 (defalias 'regexp-builder 're-builder)
22275 (autoload 're-builder "re-builder" "\
22276 Construct a regexp interactively.
22278 \(fn)" t nil)
22280 ;;;***
22282 ;;;### (autoloads (recentf-mode) "recentf" "recentf.el" (19277 34917))
22283 ;;; Generated autoloads from recentf.el
22285 (defvar recentf-mode nil "\
22286 Non-nil if Recentf mode is enabled.
22287 See the command `recentf-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
22288 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
22289 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
22290 or call the function `recentf-mode'.")
22292 (custom-autoload 'recentf-mode "recentf" nil)
22294 (autoload 'recentf-mode "recentf" "\
22295 Toggle recentf mode.
22296 With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off.
22297 Returns non-nil if the new state is enabled.
22299 When recentf mode is enabled, it maintains a menu for visiting files
22300 that were operated on recently.
22302 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22304 ;;;***
22306 ;;;### (autoloads (clear-rectangle string-insert-rectangle string-rectangle
22307 ;;;;;; delete-whitespace-rectangle open-rectangle insert-rectangle
22308 ;;;;;; yank-rectangle kill-rectangle extract-rectangle delete-extract-rectangle
22309 ;;;;;; delete-rectangle move-to-column-force) "rect" "rect.el" (19277
22310 ;;;;;; 34917))
22311 ;;; Generated autoloads from rect.el
22312 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "c" 'clear-rectangle)
22313 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "k" 'kill-rectangle)
22314 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "d" 'delete-rectangle)
22315 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "y" 'yank-rectangle)
22316 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "o" 'open-rectangle)
22317 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "t" 'string-rectangle)
22319 (autoload 'move-to-column-force "rect" "\
22320 If COLUMN is within a multi-column character, replace it by spaces and tab.
22321 As for `move-to-column', passing anything but nil or t in FLAG will move to
22322 the desired column only if the line is long enough.
22324 \(fn COLUMN &optional FLAG)" nil nil)
22326 (make-obsolete 'move-to-column-force 'move-to-column "21.2")
22328 (autoload 'delete-rectangle "rect" "\
22329 Delete (don't save) text in the region-rectangle.
22330 The same range of columns is deleted in each line starting with the
22331 line where the region begins and ending with the line where the region
22332 ends.
22334 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22335 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill lines where nothing has
22336 to be deleted.
22338 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22340 (autoload 'delete-extract-rectangle "rect" "\
22341 Delete the contents of the rectangle with corners at START and END.
22342 Return it as a list of strings, one for each line of the rectangle.
22344 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22345 With an optional FILL argument, also fill lines where nothing has to be
22346 deleted.
22348 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" nil nil)
22350 (autoload 'extract-rectangle "rect" "\
22351 Return the contents of the rectangle with corners at START and END.
22352 Return it as a list of strings, one for each line of the rectangle.
22354 \(fn START END)" nil nil)
22356 (autoload 'kill-rectangle "rect" "\
22357 Delete the region-rectangle and save it as the last killed one.
22359 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22360 You might prefer to use `delete-extract-rectangle' from a program.
22362 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill lines where nothing has to be
22363 deleted.
22365 If the buffer is read-only, Emacs will beep and refrain from deleting
22366 the rectangle, but put it in the kill ring anyway. This means that
22367 you can use this command to copy text from a read-only buffer.
22368 \(If the variable `kill-read-only-ok' is non-nil, then this won't
22369 even beep.)
22371 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22373 (autoload 'yank-rectangle "rect" "\
22374 Yank the last killed rectangle with upper left corner at point.
22376 \(fn)" t nil)
22378 (autoload 'insert-rectangle "rect" "\
22379 Insert text of RECTANGLE with upper left corner at point.
22380 RECTANGLE's first line is inserted at point, its second
22381 line is inserted at a point vertically under point, etc.
22382 RECTANGLE should be a list of strings.
22383 After this command, the mark is at the upper left corner
22384 and point is at the lower right corner.
22386 \(fn RECTANGLE)" nil nil)
22388 (autoload 'open-rectangle "rect" "\
22389 Blank out the region-rectangle, shifting text right.
22391 The text previously in the region is not overwritten by the blanks,
22392 but instead winds up to the right of the rectangle.
22394 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22395 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, fill with blanks even if there is
22396 no text on the right side of the rectangle.
22398 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22400 (defalias 'close-rectangle 'delete-whitespace-rectangle)
22402 (autoload 'delete-whitespace-rectangle "rect" "\
22403 Delete all whitespace following a specified column in each line.
22404 The left edge of the rectangle specifies the position in each line
22405 at which whitespace deletion should begin. On each line in the
22406 rectangle, all continuous whitespace starting at that column is deleted.
22408 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22409 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill too short lines.
22411 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22413 (autoload 'string-rectangle "rect" "\
22414 Replace rectangle contents with STRING on each line.
22415 The length of STRING need not be the same as the rectangle width.
22417 Called from a program, takes three args; START, END and STRING.
22419 \(fn START END STRING)" t nil)
22421 (defalias 'replace-rectangle 'string-rectangle)
22423 (autoload 'string-insert-rectangle "rect" "\
22424 Insert STRING on each line of region-rectangle, shifting text right.
22426 When called from a program, the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22427 The left edge of the rectangle specifies the column for insertion.
22428 This command does not delete or overwrite any existing text.
22430 \(fn START END STRING)" t nil)
22432 (autoload 'clear-rectangle "rect" "\
22433 Blank out the region-rectangle.
22434 The text previously in the region is overwritten with blanks.
22436 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22437 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill with blanks the parts of the
22438 rectangle which were empty.
22440 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22442 ;;;***
22444 ;;;### (autoloads (refill-mode) "refill" "textmodes/refill.el" (19277
22445 ;;;;;; 34923))
22446 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/refill.el
22448 (autoload 'refill-mode "refill" "\
22449 Toggle Refill minor mode.
22450 With prefix arg, turn Refill mode on if arg is positive, otherwise turn it off.
22452 When Refill mode is on, the current paragraph will be formatted when
22453 changes are made within it. Self-inserting characters only cause
22454 refilling if they would cause auto-filling.
22456 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22458 ;;;***
22460 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-reset-scanning-information reftex-mode
22461 ;;;;;; turn-on-reftex) "reftex" "textmodes/reftex.el" (19277 34923))
22462 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex.el
22464 (autoload 'turn-on-reftex "reftex" "\
22465 Turn on RefTeX mode.
22467 \(fn)" nil nil)
22469 (autoload 'reftex-mode "reftex" "\
22470 Minor mode with distinct support for \\label, \\ref and \\cite in LaTeX.
22472 \\<reftex-mode-map>A Table of Contents of the entire (multifile) document with browsing
22473 capabilities is available with `\\[reftex-toc]'.
22475 Labels can be created with `\\[reftex-label]' and referenced with `\\[reftex-reference]'.
22476 When referencing, you get a menu with all labels of a given type and
22477 context of the label definition. The selected label is inserted as a
22478 \\ref macro.
22480 Citations can be made with `\\[reftex-citation]' which will use a regular expression
22481 to pull out a *formatted* list of articles from your BibTeX
22482 database. The selected citation is inserted as a \\cite macro.
22484 Index entries can be made with `\\[reftex-index-selection-or-word]' which indexes the word at point
22485 or the current selection. More general index entries are created with
22486 `\\[reftex-index]'. `\\[reftex-display-index]' displays the compiled index.
22488 Most command have help available on the fly. This help is accessed by
22489 pressing `?' to any prompt mentioning this feature.
22491 Extensive documentation about RefTeX is available in Info format.
22492 You can view this information with `\\[reftex-info]'.
22494 \\{reftex-mode-map}
22495 Under X, these and other functions will also be available as `Ref' menu
22496 on the menu bar.
22498 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
22500 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22502 (autoload 'reftex-reset-scanning-information "reftex" "\
22503 Reset the symbols containing information from buffer scanning.
22504 This enforces rescanning the buffer on next use.
22506 \(fn)" nil nil)
22508 ;;;***
22510 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-citation) "reftex-cite" "textmodes/reftex-cite.el"
22511 ;;;;;; (19277 34923))
22512 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-cite.el
22514 (autoload 'reftex-citation "reftex-cite" "\
22515 Make a citation using BibTeX database files.
22516 After prompting for a regular expression, scans the buffers with
22517 bibtex entries (taken from the \\bibliography command) and offers the
22518 matching entries for selection. The selected entry is formatted according
22519 to `reftex-cite-format' and inserted into the buffer.
22521 If NO-INSERT is non-nil, nothing is inserted, only the selected key returned.
22523 FORMAT-KEY can be used to pre-select a citation format.
22525 When called with a `C-u' prefix, prompt for optional arguments in
22526 cite macros. When called with a numeric prefix, make that many
22527 citations. When called with point inside the braces of a `\\cite'
22528 command, it will add another key, ignoring the value of
22529 `reftex-cite-format'.
22531 The regular expression uses an expanded syntax: && is interpreted as `and'.
22532 Thus, `aaaa&&bbb' matches entries which contain both `aaaa' and `bbb'.
22533 While entering the regexp, completion on knows citation keys is possible.
22534 `=' is a good regular expression to match all entries in all files.
22536 \(fn &optional NO-INSERT FORMAT-KEY)" t nil)
22538 ;;;***
22540 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-isearch-minor-mode) "reftex-global" "textmodes/reftex-global.el"
22541 ;;;;;; (19277 34923))
22542 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-global.el
22544 (autoload 'reftex-isearch-minor-mode "reftex-global" "\
22545 When on, isearch searches the whole document, not only the current file.
22546 This minor mode allows isearch to search through all the files of
22547 the current TeX document.
22549 With no argument, this command toggles
22550 `reftex-isearch-minor-mode'. With a prefix argument ARG, turn
22551 `reftex-isearch-minor-mode' on if ARG is positive, otherwise turn it off.
22553 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22555 ;;;***
22557 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-index-phrases-mode) "reftex-index" "textmodes/reftex-index.el"
22558 ;;;;;; (19277 34923))
22559 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-index.el
22561 (autoload 'reftex-index-phrases-mode "reftex-index" "\
22562 Major mode for managing the Index phrases of a LaTeX document.
22563 This buffer was created with RefTeX.
22565 To insert new phrases, use
22566 - `C-c \\' in the LaTeX document to copy selection or word
22567 - `\\[reftex-index-new-phrase]' in the phrases buffer.
22569 To index phrases use one of:
22571 \\[reftex-index-this-phrase] index current phrase
22572 \\[reftex-index-next-phrase] index next phrase (or N with prefix arg)
22573 \\[reftex-index-all-phrases] index all phrases
22574 \\[reftex-index-remaining-phrases] index current and following phrases
22575 \\[reftex-index-region-phrases] index the phrases in the region
22577 You can sort the phrases in this buffer with \\[reftex-index-sort-phrases].
22578 To display information about the phrase at point, use \\[reftex-index-phrases-info].
22580 For more information see the RefTeX User Manual.
22582 Here are all local bindings.
22584 \\{reftex-index-phrases-map}
22586 \(fn)" t nil)
22588 ;;;***
22590 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-all-document-files) "reftex-parse" "textmodes/reftex-parse.el"
22591 ;;;;;; (19277 34923))
22592 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-parse.el
22594 (autoload 'reftex-all-document-files "reftex-parse" "\
22595 Return a list of all files belonging to the current document.
22596 When RELATIVE is non-nil, give file names relative to directory
22597 of master file.
22599 \(fn &optional RELATIVE)" nil nil)
22601 ;;;***
22603 ;;;### (autoloads nil "reftex-vars" "textmodes/reftex-vars.el" (19277
22604 ;;;;;; 34923))
22605 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-vars.el
22606 (put 'reftex-vref-is-default 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (symbolp x))))
22607 (put 'reftex-fref-is-default 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (symbolp x))))
22608 (put 'reftex-level-indent 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
22609 (put 'reftex-guess-label-type 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (memq x '(nil t))))
22611 ;;;***
22613 ;;;### (autoloads (regexp-opt-depth regexp-opt) "regexp-opt" "emacs-lisp/regexp-opt.el"
22614 ;;;;;; (19277 34919))
22615 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/regexp-opt.el
22617 (autoload 'regexp-opt "regexp-opt" "\
22618 Return a regexp to match a string in the list STRINGS.
22619 Each string should be unique in STRINGS and should not contain any regexps,
22620 quoted or not. If optional PAREN is non-nil, ensure that the returned regexp
22621 is enclosed by at least one regexp grouping construct.
22622 The returned regexp is typically more efficient than the equivalent regexp:
22624 (let ((open (if PAREN \"\\\\(\" \"\")) (close (if PAREN \"\\\\)\" \"\")))
22625 (concat open (mapconcat 'regexp-quote STRINGS \"\\\\|\") close))
22627 If PAREN is `words', then the resulting regexp is additionally surrounded
22628 by \\=\\< and \\>.
22630 \(fn STRINGS &optional PAREN)" nil nil)
22632 (autoload 'regexp-opt-depth "regexp-opt" "\
22633 Return the depth of REGEXP.
22634 This means the number of non-shy regexp grouping constructs
22635 \(parenthesized expressions) in REGEXP.
22637 \(fn REGEXP)" nil nil)
22639 ;;;***
22641 ;;;### (autoloads (remember-diary-extract-entries remember-clipboard
22642 ;;;;;; remember-other-frame remember) "remember" "textmodes/remember.el"
22643 ;;;;;; (19277 34923))
22644 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/remember.el
22646 (autoload 'remember "remember" "\
22647 Remember an arbitrary piece of data.
22648 INITIAL is the text to initially place in the *Remember* buffer,
22649 or nil to bring up a blank *Remember* buffer.
22651 With a prefix or a visible region, use the region as INITIAL.
22653 \(fn &optional INITIAL)" t nil)
22655 (autoload 'remember-other-frame "remember" "\
22656 Call `remember' in another frame.
22658 \(fn &optional INITIAL)" t nil)
22660 (autoload 'remember-clipboard "remember" "\
22661 Remember the contents of the current clipboard.
22662 Most useful for remembering things from Netscape or other X Windows
22663 application.
22665 \(fn)" t nil)
22667 (autoload 'remember-diary-extract-entries "remember" "\
22668 Extract diary entries from the region.
22670 \(fn)" nil nil)
22672 ;;;***
22674 ;;;### (autoloads (repeat) "repeat" "repeat.el" (19277 34917))
22675 ;;; Generated autoloads from repeat.el
22677 (autoload 'repeat "repeat" "\
22678 Repeat most recently executed command.
22679 With prefix arg, apply new prefix arg to that command; otherwise,
22680 use the prefix arg that was used before (if any).
22681 This command is like the `.' command in the vi editor.
22683 If this command is invoked by a multi-character key sequence, it
22684 can then be repeated by repeating the final character of that
22685 sequence. This behavior can be modified by the global variable
22686 `repeat-on-final-keystroke'.
22688 `repeat' ignores commands bound to input events. Hence the term
22689 \"most recently executed command\" shall be read as \"most
22690 recently executed command not bound to an input event\".
22692 \(fn REPEAT-ARG)" t nil)
22694 ;;;***
22696 ;;;### (autoloads (reporter-submit-bug-report) "reporter" "mail/reporter.el"
22697 ;;;;;; (19277 34921))
22698 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/reporter.el
22700 (autoload 'reporter-submit-bug-report "reporter" "\
22701 Begin submitting a bug report via email.
22703 ADDRESS is the email address for the package's maintainer. PKGNAME is
22704 the name of the package (if you want to include version numbers,
22705 you must put them into PKGNAME before calling this function).
22706 Optional PRE-HOOKS and POST-HOOKS are passed to `reporter-dump-state'.
22707 Optional SALUTATION is inserted at the top of the mail buffer,
22708 and point is left after the salutation.
22710 VARLIST is the list of variables to dump (see `reporter-dump-state'
22711 for details). The optional argument PRE-HOOKS and POST-HOOKS are
22712 passed to `reporter-dump-state'. Optional argument SALUTATION is text
22713 to be inserted at the top of the mail buffer; in that case, point is
22714 left after that text.
22716 This function prompts for a summary if `reporter-prompt-for-summary-p'
22717 is non-nil.
22719 This function does not send a message; it uses the given information
22720 to initialize a message, which the user can then edit and finally send
22721 \(or decline to send). The variable `mail-user-agent' controls which
22722 mail-sending package is used for editing and sending the message.
22724 \(fn ADDRESS PKGNAME VARLIST &optional PRE-HOOKS POST-HOOKS SALUTATION)" nil nil)
22726 ;;;***
22728 ;;;### (autoloads (reposition-window) "reposition" "reposition.el"
22729 ;;;;;; (19277 34917))
22730 ;;; Generated autoloads from reposition.el
22732 (autoload 'reposition-window "reposition" "\
22733 Make the current definition and/or comment visible.
22734 Further invocations move it to the top of the window or toggle the
22735 visibility of comments that precede it.
22736 Point is left unchanged unless prefix ARG is supplied.
22737 If the definition is fully onscreen, it is moved to the top of the
22738 window. If it is partly offscreen, the window is scrolled to get the
22739 definition (or as much as will fit) onscreen, unless point is in a comment
22740 which is also partly offscreen, in which case the scrolling attempts to get
22741 as much of the comment onscreen as possible.
22742 Initially `reposition-window' attempts to make both the definition and
22743 preceding comments visible. Further invocations toggle the visibility of
22744 the comment lines.
22745 If ARG is non-nil, point may move in order to make the whole defun
22746 visible (if only part could otherwise be made so), to make the defun line
22747 visible (if point is in code and it could not be made so, or if only
22748 comments, including the first comment line, are visible), or to make the
22749 first comment line visible (if point is in a comment).
22751 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22753 ;;;***
22755 ;;;### (autoloads (global-reveal-mode reveal-mode) "reveal" "reveal.el"
22756 ;;;;;; (19354 34807))
22757 ;;; Generated autoloads from reveal.el
22759 (autoload 'reveal-mode "reveal" "\
22760 Toggle Reveal mode on or off.
22761 Reveal mode renders invisible text around point visible again.
22763 Interactively, with no prefix argument, toggle the mode.
22764 With universal prefix ARG (or if ARG is nil) turn mode on.
22765 With zero or negative ARG turn mode off.
22767 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22769 (defvar global-reveal-mode nil "\
22770 Non-nil if Global-Reveal mode is enabled.
22771 See the command `global-reveal-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
22772 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
22773 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
22774 or call the function `global-reveal-mode'.")
22776 (custom-autoload 'global-reveal-mode "reveal" nil)
22778 (autoload 'global-reveal-mode "reveal" "\
22779 Toggle Reveal mode in all buffers on or off.
22780 Reveal mode renders invisible text around point visible again.
22782 Interactively, with no prefix argument, toggle the mode.
22783 With universal prefix ARG (or if ARG is nil) turn mode on.
22784 With zero or negative ARG turn mode off.
22786 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22788 ;;;***
22790 ;;;### (autoloads (make-ring ring-p) "ring" "emacs-lisp/ring.el"
22791 ;;;;;; (19277 34919))
22792 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ring.el
22794 (autoload 'ring-p "ring" "\
22795 Return t if X is a ring; nil otherwise.
22797 \(fn X)" nil nil)
22799 (autoload 'make-ring "ring" "\
22800 Make a ring that can contain SIZE elements.
22802 \(fn SIZE)" nil nil)
22804 ;;;***
22806 ;;;### (autoloads (rlogin) "rlogin" "net/rlogin.el" (19277 34921))
22807 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rlogin.el
22808 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps (purecopy "^\\*rlogin-.*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]+>\\)"))
22810 (autoload 'rlogin "rlogin" "\
22811 Open a network login connection via `rlogin' with args INPUT-ARGS.
22812 INPUT-ARGS should start with a host name; it may also contain
22813 other arguments for `rlogin'.
22815 Input is sent line-at-a-time to the remote connection.
22817 Communication with the remote host is recorded in a buffer `*rlogin-HOST*'
22818 \(or `*rlogin-USER@HOST*' if the remote username differs).
22819 If a prefix argument is given and the buffer `*rlogin-HOST*' already exists,
22820 a new buffer with a different connection will be made.
22822 When called from a program, if the optional second argument BUFFER is
22823 a string or buffer, it specifies the buffer to use.
22825 The variable `rlogin-program' contains the name of the actual program to
22826 run. It can be a relative or absolute path.
22828 The variable `rlogin-explicit-args' is a list of arguments to give to
22829 the rlogin when starting. They are added after any arguments given in
22830 INPUT-ARGS.
22832 If the default value of `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' is t, then the
22833 default directory in that buffer is set to a remote (FTP) file name to
22834 access your home directory on the remote machine. Occasionally this causes
22835 an error, if you cannot access the home directory on that machine. This
22836 error is harmless as long as you don't try to use that default directory.
22838 If `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' is neither t nor nil, then the default
22839 directory is initially set up to your (local) home directory.
22840 This is useful if the remote machine and your local machine
22841 share the same files via NFS. This is the default.
22843 If you wish to change directory tracking styles during a session, use the
22844 function `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' rather than simply setting the
22845 variable.
22847 \(fn INPUT-ARGS &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
22849 ;;;***
22851 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-set-remote-password rmail-input rmail-mode
22852 ;;;;;; rmail rmail-show-message-hook rmail-secondary-file-regexp
22853 ;;;;;; rmail-secondary-file-directory rmail-primary-inbox-list rmail-highlighted-headers
22854 ;;;;;; rmail-retry-ignored-headers rmail-displayed-headers rmail-ignored-headers
22855 ;;;;;; rmail-dont-reply-to-names rmail-user-mail-address-regexp
22856 ;;;;;; rmail-movemail-variant-p) "rmail" "mail/rmail.el" (19306
22857 ;;;;;; 22782))
22858 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmail.el
22860 (autoload 'rmail-movemail-variant-p "rmail" "\
22861 Return t if the current movemail variant is any of VARIANTS.
22862 Currently known variants are 'emacs and 'mailutils.
22864 \(fn &rest VARIANTS)" nil nil)
22866 (defvar rmail-user-mail-address-regexp nil "\
22867 Regexp matching user mail addresses.
22868 If non-nil, this variable is used to identify the correspondent
22869 when receiving new mail. If it matches the address of the sender,
22870 the recipient is taken as correspondent of a mail.
22871 If nil (default value), your `user-login-name' and `user-mail-address'
22872 are used to exclude yourself as correspondent.
22874 Usually you don't have to set this variable, except if you collect mails
22875 sent by you under different user names.
22876 Then it should be a regexp matching your mail addresses.
22878 Setting this variable has an effect only before reading a mail.")
22880 (custom-autoload 'rmail-user-mail-address-regexp "rmail" t)
22882 (defvar rmail-dont-reply-to-names nil "\
22883 A regexp specifying addresses to prune from a reply message.
22884 If this is nil, it is set the first time you compose a reply, to
22885 a value which excludes your own email address, plus whatever is
22886 specified by `rmail-default-dont-reply-to-names'.
22888 Matching addresses are excluded from the CC field in replies, and
22889 also the To field, unless this would leave an empty To field.")
22891 (custom-autoload 'rmail-dont-reply-to-names "rmail" t)
22893 (defvar rmail-default-dont-reply-to-names (purecopy "\\`info-") "\
22894 Regexp specifying part of the default value of `rmail-dont-reply-to-names'.
22895 This is used when the user does not set `rmail-dont-reply-to-names'
22896 explicitly. (The other part of the default value is the user's
22897 email address and name.) It is useful to set this variable in
22898 the site customization file. The default value is conventionally
22899 used for large mailing lists to broadcast announcements.")
22901 (defvar rmail-ignored-headers (purecopy (concat "^via:\\|^mail-from:\\|^origin:\\|^references:\\|^sender:" "\\|^status:\\|^received:\\|^x400-originator:\\|^x400-recipients:" "\\|^x400-received:\\|^x400-mts-identifier:\\|^x400-content-type:" "\\|^\\(resent-\\|\\)message-id:\\|^summary-line:\\|^resent-date:" "\\|^nntp-posting-host:\\|^path:\\|^x-char.*:\\|^x-face:\\|^face:" "\\|^x-mailer:\\|^delivered-to:\\|^lines:" "\\|^content-transfer-encoding:\\|^x-coding-system:" "\\|^return-path:\\|^errors-to:\\|^return-receipt-to:" "\\|^precedence:\\|^mime-version:" "\\|^list-owner:\\|^list-help:\\|^list-post:\\|^list-subscribe:" "\\|^list-id:\\|^list-unsubscribe:\\|^list-archive:" "\\|^content-length:\\|^nntp-posting-date:\\|^user-agent" "\\|^importance:\\|^envelope-to:\\|^delivery-date\\|^openpgp:" "\\|^mbox-line:\\|^cancel-lock:" "\\|^DomainKey-Signature:\\|^dkim-signature:" "\\|^resent-face:\\|^resent-x.*:\\|^resent-organization:\\|^resent-openpgp:" "\\|^x-.*:")) "\
22902 Regexp to match header fields that Rmail should normally hide.
22903 \(See also `rmail-nonignored-headers', which overrides this regexp.)
22904 This variable is used for reformatting the message header,
22905 which normally happens once for each message,
22906 when you view the message for the first time in Rmail.
22907 To make a change in this variable take effect
22908 for a message that you have already viewed,
22909 go to that message and type \\[rmail-toggle-header] twice.")
22911 (custom-autoload 'rmail-ignored-headers "rmail" t)
22913 (defvar rmail-displayed-headers nil "\
22914 Regexp to match Header fields that Rmail should display.
22915 If nil, display all header fields except those matched by
22916 `rmail-ignored-headers'.")
22918 (custom-autoload 'rmail-displayed-headers "rmail" t)
22920 (defvar rmail-retry-ignored-headers (purecopy "^x-authentication-warning:\\|^x-detected-operating-system:\\|^x-spam[-a-z]*:\\|content-type:\\|content-transfer-encoding:\\|mime-version:") "\
22921 Headers that should be stripped when retrying a failed message.")
22923 (custom-autoload 'rmail-retry-ignored-headers "rmail" t)
22925 (defvar rmail-highlighted-headers (purecopy "^From:\\|^Subject:") "\
22926 Regexp to match Header fields that Rmail should normally highlight.
22927 A value of nil means don't highlight. Uses the face `rmail-highlight'.")
22929 (custom-autoload 'rmail-highlighted-headers "rmail" t)
22931 (defvar rmail-primary-inbox-list nil "\
22932 List of files that are inboxes for your primary mail file `rmail-file-name'.
22933 If this is nil, uses the environment variable MAIL. If that is
22934 unset, uses a file named by the function `user-login-name' in the
22935 directory `rmail-spool-directory' (whose value depends on the
22936 operating system). For example, \"/var/mail/USER\".")
22938 (custom-autoload 'rmail-primary-inbox-list "rmail" t)
22940 (defvar rmail-secondary-file-directory (purecopy "~/") "\
22941 Directory for additional secondary Rmail files.")
22943 (custom-autoload 'rmail-secondary-file-directory "rmail" t)
22945 (defvar rmail-secondary-file-regexp (purecopy "\\.xmail$") "\
22946 Regexp for which files are secondary Rmail files.")
22948 (custom-autoload 'rmail-secondary-file-regexp "rmail" t)
22950 (defvar rmail-mode-hook nil "\
22951 List of functions to call when Rmail is invoked.")
22953 (defvar rmail-show-message-hook nil "\
22954 List of functions to call when Rmail displays a message.")
22956 (custom-autoload 'rmail-show-message-hook "rmail" t)
22958 (defvar rmail-file-coding-system nil "\
22959 Coding system used in RMAIL file.
22961 This is set to nil by default.")
22963 (defvar rmail-insert-mime-forwarded-message-function nil "\
22964 Function to insert a message in MIME format so it can be forwarded.
22965 This function is called if `rmail-enable-mime' or
22966 `rmail-enable-mime-composing' is non-nil.
22967 It is called with one argument FORWARD-BUFFER, which is a
22968 buffer containing the message to forward. The current buffer
22969 is the outgoing mail buffer.")
22971 (autoload 'rmail "rmail" "\
22972 Read and edit incoming mail.
22973 Moves messages into file named by `rmail-file-name' and edits that
22974 file in RMAIL Mode.
22975 Type \\[describe-mode] once editing that file, for a list of RMAIL commands.
22977 May be called with file name as argument; then performs rmail editing on
22978 that file, but does not copy any new mail into the file.
22979 Interactively, if you supply a prefix argument, then you
22980 have a chance to specify a file name with the minibuffer.
22982 If `rmail-display-summary' is non-nil, make a summary for this RMAIL file.
22984 \(fn &optional FILE-NAME-ARG)" t nil)
22986 (autoload 'rmail-mode "rmail" "\
22987 Rmail Mode is used by \\<rmail-mode-map>\\[rmail] for editing Rmail files.
22988 All normal editing commands are turned off.
22989 Instead, these commands are available:
22991 \\[rmail-beginning-of-message] Move point to front of this message.
22992 \\[rmail-end-of-message] Move point to bottom of this message.
22993 \\[scroll-up] Scroll to next screen of this message.
22994 \\[scroll-down] Scroll to previous screen of this message.
22995 \\[rmail-next-undeleted-message] Move to Next non-deleted message.
22996 \\[rmail-previous-undeleted-message] Move to Previous non-deleted message.
22997 \\[rmail-next-message] Move to Next message whether deleted or not.
22998 \\[rmail-previous-message] Move to Previous message whether deleted or not.
22999 \\[rmail-first-message] Move to the first message in Rmail file.
23000 \\[rmail-last-message] Move to the last message in Rmail file.
23001 \\[rmail-show-message] Jump to message specified by numeric position in file.
23002 \\[rmail-search] Search for string and show message it is found in.
23003 \\[rmail-delete-forward] Delete this message, move to next nondeleted.
23004 \\[rmail-delete-backward] Delete this message, move to previous nondeleted.
23005 \\[rmail-undelete-previous-message] Undelete message. Tries current message, then earlier messages
23006 till a deleted message is found.
23007 \\[rmail-edit-current-message] Edit the current message. \\[rmail-cease-edit] to return to Rmail.
23008 \\[rmail-expunge] Expunge deleted messages.
23009 \\[rmail-expunge-and-save] Expunge and save the file.
23010 \\[rmail-quit] Quit Rmail: expunge, save, then switch to another buffer.
23011 \\[save-buffer] Save without expunging.
23012 \\[rmail-get-new-mail] Move new mail from system spool directory into this file.
23013 \\[rmail-mail] Mail a message (same as \\[mail-other-window]).
23014 \\[rmail-continue] Continue composing outgoing message started before.
23015 \\[rmail-reply] Reply to this message. Like \\[rmail-mail] but initializes some fields.
23016 \\[rmail-retry-failure] Send this message again. Used on a mailer failure message.
23017 \\[rmail-forward] Forward this message to another user.
23018 \\[rmail-output] Output (append) this message to another mail file.
23019 \\[rmail-output-as-seen] Output (append) this message to file as it's displayed.
23020 \\[rmail-output-body-to-file] Save message body to a file. Default filename comes from Subject line.
23021 \\[rmail-input] Input Rmail file. Run Rmail on that file.
23022 \\[rmail-add-label] Add label to message. It will be displayed in the mode line.
23023 \\[rmail-kill-label] Kill label. Remove a label from current message.
23024 \\[rmail-next-labeled-message] Move to Next message with specified label
23025 (label defaults to last one specified).
23026 Standard labels: filed, unseen, answered, forwarded, deleted.
23027 Any other label is present only if you add it with \\[rmail-add-label].
23028 \\[rmail-previous-labeled-message] Move to Previous message with specified label
23029 \\[rmail-summary] Show headers buffer, with a one line summary of each message.
23030 \\[rmail-summary-by-labels] Summarize only messages with particular label(s).
23031 \\[rmail-summary-by-recipients] Summarize only messages with particular recipient(s).
23032 \\[rmail-summary-by-regexp] Summarize only messages with particular regexp(s).
23033 \\[rmail-summary-by-topic] Summarize only messages with subject line regexp(s).
23034 \\[rmail-toggle-header] Toggle display of complete header.
23036 \(fn)" t nil)
23038 (autoload 'rmail-input "rmail" "\
23039 Run Rmail on file FILENAME.
23041 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
23043 (autoload 'rmail-set-remote-password "rmail" "\
23044 Set PASSWORD to be used for retrieving mail from a POP or IMAP server.
23046 \(fn PASSWORD)" t nil)
23048 ;;;***
23050 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-output-body-to-file rmail-output-as-seen
23051 ;;;;;; rmail-output) "rmailout" "mail/rmailout.el" (19277 34921))
23052 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailout.el
23053 (put 'rmail-output-file-alist 'risky-local-variable t)
23055 (autoload 'rmail-output "rmailout" "\
23056 Append this message to mail file FILE-NAME.
23057 Writes mbox format, unless FILE-NAME exists and is Babyl format, in which
23058 case it writes Babyl.
23060 Interactively, the default file name comes from `rmail-default-file',
23061 which is updated to the name you use in this command. In all uses, if
23062 FILE-NAME is not absolute, it is expanded with the directory part of
23063 `rmail-default-file'.
23065 If a buffer is visiting FILE-NAME, adds the text to that buffer
23066 rather than saving the file directly. If the buffer is an Rmail
23067 buffer, updates it accordingly.
23069 This command always outputs the complete message header, even if
23070 the header display is currently pruned.
23072 Optional prefix argument COUNT (default 1) says to output that
23073 many consecutive messages, starting with the current one (ignoring
23074 deleted messages). If `rmail-delete-after-output' is non-nil, deletes
23075 messages after output.
23077 The optional third argument NOATTRIBUTE, if non-nil, says not to
23078 set the `filed' attribute, and not to display a \"Wrote file\"
23079 message (if writing a file directly).
23081 Set the optional fourth argument NOT-RMAIL non-nil if you call this
23082 from a non-Rmail buffer. In this case, COUNT is ignored.
23084 \(fn FILE-NAME &optional COUNT NOATTRIBUTE NOT-RMAIL)" t nil)
23086 (autoload 'rmail-output-as-seen "rmailout" "\
23087 Append this message to mbox file named FILE-NAME.
23088 The details are as for `rmail-output', except that:
23089 i) the header is output as currently seen
23090 ii) this function cannot write to Babyl files
23091 iii) an Rmail buffer cannot be visiting FILE-NAME
23093 Note that if NOT-RMAIL is non-nil, there is no difference between this
23094 function and `rmail-output'. This argument may be removed in future,
23095 so you should call `rmail-output' directly in that case.
23097 \(fn FILE-NAME &optional COUNT NOATTRIBUTE NOT-RMAIL)" t nil)
23099 (autoload 'rmail-output-body-to-file "rmailout" "\
23100 Write this message body to the file FILE-NAME.
23101 Interactively, the default file name comes from either the message
23102 \"Subject\" header, or from `rmail-default-body-file'. Updates the value
23103 of `rmail-default-body-file' accordingly. In all uses, if FILE-NAME
23104 is not absolute, it is expanded with the directory part of
23105 `rmail-default-body-file'.
23107 Note that this overwrites FILE-NAME (after confirmation), rather
23108 than appending to it. Deletes the message after writing if
23109 `rmail-delete-after-output' is non-nil.
23111 \(fn FILE-NAME)" t nil)
23113 ;;;***
23115 ;;;### (autoloads (rng-c-load-schema) "rng-cmpct" "nxml/rng-cmpct.el"
23116 ;;;;;; (19277 34921))
23117 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-cmpct.el
23119 (autoload 'rng-c-load-schema "rng-cmpct" "\
23120 Load a schema in RELAX NG compact syntax from FILENAME.
23121 Return a pattern.
23123 \(fn FILENAME)" nil nil)
23125 ;;;***
23127 ;;;### (autoloads (rng-nxml-mode-init) "rng-nxml" "nxml/rng-nxml.el"
23128 ;;;;;; (19277 34921))
23129 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-nxml.el
23131 (autoload 'rng-nxml-mode-init "rng-nxml" "\
23132 Initialize `nxml-mode' to take advantage of `rng-validate-mode'.
23133 This is typically called from `nxml-mode-hook'.
23134 Validation will be enabled if `rng-nxml-auto-validate-flag' is non-nil.
23136 \(fn)" t nil)
23138 ;;;***
23140 ;;;### (autoloads (rng-validate-mode) "rng-valid" "nxml/rng-valid.el"
23141 ;;;;;; (19277 34921))
23142 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-valid.el
23144 (autoload 'rng-validate-mode "rng-valid" "\
23145 Minor mode performing continual validation against a RELAX NG schema.
23147 Checks whether the buffer is a well-formed XML 1.0 document,
23148 conforming to the XML Namespaces Recommendation and valid against a
23149 RELAX NG schema. The mode-line indicates whether it is or not. Any
23150 parts of the buffer that cause it not to be are considered errors and
23151 are highlighted with face `rng-error'. A description of each error is
23152 available as a tooltip. \\[rng-next-error] goes to the next error
23153 after point. Clicking mouse-1 on the word `Invalid' in the mode-line
23154 goes to the first error in the buffer. If the buffer changes, then it
23155 will be automatically rechecked when Emacs becomes idle; the
23156 rechecking will be paused whenever there is input pending.
23158 By default, uses a vacuous schema that allows any well-formed XML
23159 document. A schema can be specified explictly using
23160 \\[rng-set-schema-file-and-validate], or implicitly based on the buffer's
23161 file name or on the root element name. In each case the schema must
23162 be a RELAX NG schema using the compact schema (such schemas
23163 conventionally have a suffix of `.rnc'). The variable
23164 `rng-schema-locating-files' specifies files containing rules
23165 to use for finding the schema.
23167 \(fn &optional ARG NO-CHANGE-SCHEMA)" t nil)
23169 ;;;***
23171 ;;;### (autoloads (rng-xsd-compile) "rng-xsd" "nxml/rng-xsd.el" (19277
23172 ;;;;;; 34921))
23173 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-xsd.el
23175 (put 'http://www\.w3\.org/2001/XMLSchema-datatypes 'rng-dt-compile 'rng-xsd-compile)
23177 (autoload 'rng-xsd-compile "rng-xsd" "\
23178 Provides W3C XML Schema as a RELAX NG datatypes library.
23179 NAME is a symbol giving the local name of the datatype. PARAMS is a
23180 list of pairs (PARAM-NAME . PARAM-VALUE) where PARAM-NAME is a symbol
23181 giving the name of the parameter and PARAM-VALUE is a string giving
23182 its value. If NAME or PARAMS are invalid, it calls rng-dt-error
23183 passing it arguments in the same style as format; the value from
23184 rng-dt-error will be returned. Otherwise, it returns a list. The
23185 first member of the list is t if any string is a legal value for the
23186 datatype and nil otherwise. The second argument is a symbol; this
23187 symbol will be called as a function passing it a string followed by
23188 the remaining members of the list. The function must return an object
23189 representing the value of the datatype that was represented by the
23190 string, or nil if the string is not a representation of any value.
23191 The object returned can be any convenient non-nil value, provided
23192 that, if two strings represent the same value, the returned objects
23193 must be equal.
23195 \(fn NAME PARAMS)" nil nil)
23197 ;;;***
23199 ;;;### (autoloads (robin-use-package robin-modify-package robin-define-package)
23200 ;;;;;; "robin" "international/robin.el" (19277 34920))
23201 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/robin.el
23203 (autoload 'robin-define-package "robin" "\
23204 Define a robin package.
23206 NAME is the string of this robin package.
23207 DOCSTRING is the documentation string of this robin package.
23208 Each RULE is of the form (INPUT OUTPUT) where INPUT is a string and
23209 OUTPUT is either a character or a string. RULES are not evaluated.
23211 If there already exists a robin package whose name is NAME, the new
23212 one replaces the old one.
23214 \(fn NAME DOCSTRING &rest RULES)" nil (quote macro))
23216 (autoload 'robin-modify-package "robin" "\
23217 Change a rule in an already defined robin package.
23219 NAME is the string specifying a robin package.
23220 INPUT is a string that specifies the input pattern.
23221 OUTPUT is either a character or a string to be generated.
23223 \(fn NAME INPUT OUTPUT)" nil nil)
23225 (autoload 'robin-use-package "robin" "\
23226 Start using robin package NAME, which is a string.
23228 \(fn NAME)" nil nil)
23230 ;;;***
23232 ;;;### (autoloads (toggle-rot13-mode rot13-other-window rot13-region
23233 ;;;;;; rot13-string rot13) "rot13" "rot13.el" (19277 34917))
23234 ;;; Generated autoloads from rot13.el
23236 (autoload 'rot13 "rot13" "\
23237 Return ROT13 encryption of OBJECT, a buffer or string.
23239 \(fn OBJECT &optional START END)" nil nil)
23241 (autoload 'rot13-string "rot13" "\
23242 Return ROT13 encryption of STRING.
23244 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
23246 (autoload 'rot13-region "rot13" "\
23247 ROT13 encrypt the region between START and END in current buffer.
23249 \(fn START END)" t nil)
23251 (autoload 'rot13-other-window "rot13" "\
23252 Display current buffer in ROT13 in another window.
23253 The text itself is not modified, only the way it is displayed is affected.
23255 To terminate the ROT13 display, delete that window. As long as that window
23256 is not deleted, any buffer displayed in it will become instantly encoded
23257 in ROT13.
23259 See also `toggle-rot13-mode'.
23261 \(fn)" t nil)
23263 (autoload 'toggle-rot13-mode "rot13" "\
23264 Toggle the use of ROT13 encoding for the current window.
23266 \(fn)" t nil)
23268 ;;;***
23270 ;;;### (autoloads (rst-minor-mode rst-mode) "rst" "textmodes/rst.el"
23271 ;;;;;; (19277 34923))
23272 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/rst.el
23273 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist (purecopy '("\\.re?st\\'" . rst-mode)))
23275 (autoload 'rst-mode "rst" "\
23276 Major mode for editing reStructuredText documents.
23277 \\<rst-mode-map>
23278 There are a number of convenient keybindings provided by
23279 Rst mode. The main one is \\[rst-adjust], it updates or rotates
23280 the section title around point or promotes/demotes the
23281 decorations within the region (see full details below).
23282 Use negative prefix arg to rotate in the other direction.
23284 Turning on `rst-mode' calls the normal hooks `text-mode-hook'
23285 and `rst-mode-hook'. This mode also supports font-lock
23286 highlighting. You may customize `rst-mode-lazy' to toggle
23287 font-locking of blocks.
23289 \\{rst-mode-map}
23291 \(fn)" t nil)
23293 (autoload 'rst-minor-mode "rst" "\
23294 ReST Minor Mode.
23295 Toggle ReST minor mode.
23296 With no argument, this command toggles the mode.
23297 Non-null prefix argument turns on the mode.
23298 Null prefix argument turns off the mode.
23300 When ReST minor mode is enabled, the ReST mode keybindings
23301 are installed on top of the major mode bindings. Use this
23302 for modes derived from Text mode, like Mail mode.
23304 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23306 ;;;***
23308 ;;;### (autoloads (ruby-mode) "ruby-mode" "progmodes/ruby-mode.el"
23309 ;;;;;; (19277 34922))
23310 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ruby-mode.el
23312 (autoload 'ruby-mode "ruby-mode" "\
23313 Major mode for editing Ruby scripts.
23314 \\[ruby-indent-line] properly indents subexpressions of multi-line
23315 class, module, def, if, while, for, do, and case statements, taking
23316 nesting into account.
23318 The variable `ruby-indent-level' controls the amount of indentation.
23320 \\{ruby-mode-map}
23322 \(fn)" t nil)
23324 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist (cons (purecopy "\\.rb\\'") 'ruby-mode))
23326 (dolist (name (list "ruby" "rbx" "jruby" "ruby1.9" "ruby1.8")) (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist (cons (purecopy name) 'ruby-mode)))
23328 ;;;***
23330 ;;;### (autoloads (ruler-mode) "ruler-mode" "ruler-mode.el" (19277
23331 ;;;;;; 34917))
23332 ;;; Generated autoloads from ruler-mode.el
23334 (autoload 'ruler-mode "ruler-mode" "\
23335 Display a ruler in the header line if ARG > 0.
23337 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23339 ;;;***
23341 ;;;### (autoloads (rx rx-to-string) "rx" "emacs-lisp/rx.el" (19277
23342 ;;;;;; 34919))
23343 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/rx.el
23345 (autoload 'rx-to-string "rx" "\
23346 Parse and produce code for regular expression FORM.
23347 FORM is a regular expression in sexp form.
23348 NO-GROUP non-nil means don't put shy groups around the result.
23350 \(fn FORM &optional NO-GROUP)" nil nil)
23352 (autoload 'rx "rx" "\
23353 Translate regular expressions REGEXPS in sexp form to a regexp string.
23354 REGEXPS is a non-empty sequence of forms of the sort listed below.
23356 Note that `rx' is a Lisp macro; when used in a Lisp program being
23357 compiled, the translation is performed by the compiler.
23358 See `rx-to-string' for how to do such a translation at run-time.
23360 The following are valid subforms of regular expressions in sexp
23361 notation.
23363 STRING
23364 matches string STRING literally.
23366 CHAR
23367 matches character CHAR literally.
23369 `not-newline', `nonl'
23370 matches any character except a newline.
23372 `anything'
23373 matches any character
23375 `(any SET ...)'
23376 `(in SET ...)'
23377 `(char SET ...)'
23378 matches any character in SET .... SET may be a character or string.
23379 Ranges of characters can be specified as `A-Z' in strings.
23380 Ranges may also be specified as conses like `(?A . ?Z)'.
23382 SET may also be the name of a character class: `digit',
23383 `control', `hex-digit', `blank', `graph', `print', `alnum',
23384 `alpha', `ascii', `nonascii', `lower', `punct', `space', `upper',
23385 `word', or one of their synonyms.
23387 `(not (any SET ...))'
23388 matches any character not in SET ...
23390 `line-start', `bol'
23391 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of a line
23392 in the text being matched
23394 `line-end', `eol'
23395 is similar to `line-start' but matches only at the end of a line
23397 `string-start', `bos', `bot'
23398 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of the
23399 string being matched against.
23401 `string-end', `eos', `eot'
23402 matches the empty string, but only at the end of the
23403 string being matched against.
23405 `buffer-start'
23406 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of the
23407 buffer being matched against. Actually equivalent to `string-start'.
23409 `buffer-end'
23410 matches the empty string, but only at the end of the
23411 buffer being matched against. Actually equivalent to `string-end'.
23413 `point'
23414 matches the empty string, but only at point.
23416 `word-start', `bow'
23417 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of a word.
23419 `word-end', `eow'
23420 matches the empty string, but only at the end of a word.
23422 `word-boundary'
23423 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning or end of a
23424 word.
23426 `(not word-boundary)'
23427 `not-word-boundary'
23428 matches the empty string, but not at the beginning or end of a
23429 word.
23431 `symbol-start'
23432 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of a symbol.
23434 `symbol-end'
23435 matches the empty string, but only at the end of a symbol.
23437 `digit', `numeric', `num'
23438 matches 0 through 9.
23440 `control', `cntrl'
23441 matches ASCII control characters.
23443 `hex-digit', `hex', `xdigit'
23444 matches 0 through 9, a through f and A through F.
23446 `blank'
23447 matches space and tab only.
23449 `graphic', `graph'
23450 matches graphic characters--everything except ASCII control chars,
23451 space, and DEL.
23453 `printing', `print'
23454 matches printing characters--everything except ASCII control chars
23455 and DEL.
23457 `alphanumeric', `alnum'
23458 matches letters and digits. (But at present, for multibyte characters,
23459 it matches anything that has word syntax.)
23461 `letter', `alphabetic', `alpha'
23462 matches letters. (But at present, for multibyte characters,
23463 it matches anything that has word syntax.)
23465 `ascii'
23466 matches ASCII (unibyte) characters.
23468 `nonascii'
23469 matches non-ASCII (multibyte) characters.
23471 `lower', `lower-case'
23472 matches anything lower-case.
23474 `upper', `upper-case'
23475 matches anything upper-case.
23477 `punctuation', `punct'
23478 matches punctuation. (But at present, for multibyte characters,
23479 it matches anything that has non-word syntax.)
23481 `space', `whitespace', `white'
23482 matches anything that has whitespace syntax.
23484 `word', `wordchar'
23485 matches anything that has word syntax.
23487 `not-wordchar'
23488 matches anything that has non-word syntax.
23490 `(syntax SYNTAX)'
23491 matches a character with syntax SYNTAX. SYNTAX must be one
23492 of the following symbols, or a symbol corresponding to the syntax
23493 character, e.g. `\\.' for `\\s.'.
23495 `whitespace' (\\s- in string notation)
23496 `punctuation' (\\s.)
23497 `word' (\\sw)
23498 `symbol' (\\s_)
23499 `open-parenthesis' (\\s()
23500 `close-parenthesis' (\\s))
23501 `expression-prefix' (\\s')
23502 `string-quote' (\\s\")
23503 `paired-delimiter' (\\s$)
23504 `escape' (\\s\\)
23505 `character-quote' (\\s/)
23506 `comment-start' (\\s<)
23507 `comment-end' (\\s>)
23508 `string-delimiter' (\\s|)
23509 `comment-delimiter' (\\s!)
23511 `(not (syntax SYNTAX))'
23512 matches a character that doesn't have syntax SYNTAX.
23514 `(category CATEGORY)'
23515 matches a character with category CATEGORY. CATEGORY must be
23516 either a character to use for C, or one of the following symbols.
23518 `consonant' (\\c0 in string notation)
23519 `base-vowel' (\\c1)
23520 `upper-diacritical-mark' (\\c2)
23521 `lower-diacritical-mark' (\\c3)
23522 `tone-mark' (\\c4)
23523 `symbol' (\\c5)
23524 `digit' (\\c6)
23525 `vowel-modifying-diacritical-mark' (\\c7)
23526 `vowel-sign' (\\c8)
23527 `semivowel-lower' (\\c9)
23528 `not-at-end-of-line' (\\c<)
23529 `not-at-beginning-of-line' (\\c>)
23530 `alpha-numeric-two-byte' (\\cA)
23531 `chinse-two-byte' (\\cC)
23532 `greek-two-byte' (\\cG)
23533 `japanese-hiragana-two-byte' (\\cH)
23534 `indian-tow-byte' (\\cI)
23535 `japanese-katakana-two-byte' (\\cK)
23536 `korean-hangul-two-byte' (\\cN)
23537 `cyrillic-two-byte' (\\cY)
23538 `combining-diacritic' (\\c^)
23539 `ascii' (\\ca)
23540 `arabic' (\\cb)
23541 `chinese' (\\cc)
23542 `ethiopic' (\\ce)
23543 `greek' (\\cg)
23544 `korean' (\\ch)
23545 `indian' (\\ci)
23546 `japanese' (\\cj)
23547 `japanese-katakana' (\\ck)
23548 `latin' (\\cl)
23549 `lao' (\\co)
23550 `tibetan' (\\cq)
23551 `japanese-roman' (\\cr)
23552 `thai' (\\ct)
23553 `vietnamese' (\\cv)
23554 `hebrew' (\\cw)
23555 `cyrillic' (\\cy)
23556 `can-break' (\\c|)
23558 `(not (category CATEGORY))'
23559 matches a character that doesn't have category CATEGORY.
23561 `(and SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23562 `(: SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23563 `(seq SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23564 `(sequence SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23565 matches what SEXP1 matches, followed by what SEXP2 matches, etc.
23567 `(submatch SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23568 `(group SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23569 like `and', but makes the match accessible with `match-end',
23570 `match-beginning', and `match-string'.
23572 `(group SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23573 another name for `submatch'.
23575 `(or SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23576 `(| SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23577 matches anything that matches SEXP1 or SEXP2, etc. If all
23578 args are strings, use `regexp-opt' to optimize the resulting
23579 regular expression.
23581 `(minimal-match SEXP)'
23582 produce a non-greedy regexp for SEXP. Normally, regexps matching
23583 zero or more occurrences of something are \"greedy\" in that they
23584 match as much as they can, as long as the overall regexp can
23585 still match. A non-greedy regexp matches as little as possible.
23587 `(maximal-match SEXP)'
23588 produce a greedy regexp for SEXP. This is the default.
23590 Below, `SEXP ...' represents a sequence of regexp forms, treated as if
23591 enclosed in `(and ...)'.
23593 `(zero-or-more SEXP ...)'
23594 `(0+ SEXP ...)'
23595 matches zero or more occurrences of what SEXP ... matches.
23597 `(* SEXP ...)'
23598 like `zero-or-more', but always produces a greedy regexp, independent
23599 of `rx-greedy-flag'.
23601 `(*? SEXP ...)'
23602 like `zero-or-more', but always produces a non-greedy regexp,
23603 independent of `rx-greedy-flag'.
23605 `(one-or-more SEXP ...)'
23606 `(1+ SEXP ...)'
23607 matches one or more occurrences of SEXP ...
23609 `(+ SEXP ...)'
23610 like `one-or-more', but always produces a greedy regexp.
23612 `(+? SEXP ...)'
23613 like `one-or-more', but always produces a non-greedy regexp.
23615 `(zero-or-one SEXP ...)'
23616 `(optional SEXP ...)'
23617 `(opt SEXP ...)'
23618 matches zero or one occurrences of A.
23620 `(? SEXP ...)'
23621 like `zero-or-one', but always produces a greedy regexp.
23623 `(?? SEXP ...)'
23624 like `zero-or-one', but always produces a non-greedy regexp.
23626 `(repeat N SEXP)'
23627 `(= N SEXP ...)'
23628 matches N occurrences.
23630 `(>= N SEXP ...)'
23631 matches N or more occurrences.
23633 `(repeat N M SEXP)'
23634 `(** N M SEXP ...)'
23635 matches N to M occurrences.
23637 `(backref N)'
23638 matches what was matched previously by submatch N.
23640 `(eval FORM)'
23641 evaluate FORM and insert result. If result is a string,
23642 `regexp-quote' it.
23644 `(regexp REGEXP)'
23645 include REGEXP in string notation in the result.
23647 \(fn &rest REGEXPS)" nil (quote macro))
23649 ;;;***
23651 ;;;### (autoloads (savehist-mode savehist-mode) "savehist" "savehist.el"
23652 ;;;;;; (19277 34917))
23653 ;;; Generated autoloads from savehist.el
23655 (defvar savehist-mode nil "\
23656 Mode for automatic saving of minibuffer history.
23657 Set this by calling the `savehist-mode' function or using the customize
23658 interface.")
23660 (custom-autoload 'savehist-mode "savehist" nil)
23662 (autoload 'savehist-mode "savehist" "\
23663 Toggle savehist-mode.
23664 Positive ARG turns on `savehist-mode'. When on, savehist-mode causes
23665 minibuffer history to be saved periodically and when exiting Emacs.
23666 When turned on for the first time in an Emacs session, it causes the
23667 previous minibuffer history to be loaded from `savehist-file'.
23669 This mode should normally be turned on from your Emacs init file.
23670 Calling it at any other time replaces your current minibuffer histories,
23671 which is probably undesirable.
23673 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
23675 ;;;***
23677 ;;;### (autoloads (dsssl-mode scheme-mode) "scheme" "progmodes/scheme.el"
23678 ;;;;;; (19277 34922))
23679 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/scheme.el
23681 (autoload 'scheme-mode "scheme" "\
23682 Major mode for editing Scheme code.
23683 Editing commands are similar to those of `lisp-mode'.
23685 In addition, if an inferior Scheme process is running, some additional
23686 commands will be defined, for evaluating expressions and controlling
23687 the interpreter, and the state of the process will be displayed in the
23688 modeline of all Scheme buffers. The names of commands that interact
23689 with the Scheme process start with \"xscheme-\" if you use the MIT
23690 Scheme-specific `xscheme' package; for more information see the
23691 documentation for `xscheme-interaction-mode'. Use \\[run-scheme] to
23692 start an inferior Scheme using the more general `cmuscheme' package.
23694 Commands:
23695 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
23696 Blank lines separate paragraphs. Semicolons start comments.
23697 \\{scheme-mode-map}
23698 Entry to this mode calls the value of `scheme-mode-hook'
23699 if that value is non-nil.
23701 \(fn)" t nil)
23703 (autoload 'dsssl-mode "scheme" "\
23704 Major mode for editing DSSSL code.
23705 Editing commands are similar to those of `lisp-mode'.
23707 Commands:
23708 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
23709 Blank lines separate paragraphs. Semicolons start comments.
23710 \\{scheme-mode-map}
23711 Entering this mode runs the hooks `scheme-mode-hook' and then
23712 `dsssl-mode-hook' and inserts the value of `dsssl-sgml-declaration' if
23713 that variable's value is a string.
23715 \(fn)" t nil)
23717 ;;;***
23719 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-score-mode) "score-mode" "gnus/score-mode.el"
23720 ;;;;;; (19277 34920))
23721 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/score-mode.el
23723 (autoload 'gnus-score-mode "score-mode" "\
23724 Mode for editing Gnus score files.
23725 This mode is an extended emacs-lisp mode.
23727 \\{gnus-score-mode-map}
23729 \(fn)" t nil)
23731 ;;;***
23733 ;;;### (autoloads (scroll-all-mode) "scroll-all" "scroll-all.el"
23734 ;;;;;; (19277 34917))
23735 ;;; Generated autoloads from scroll-all.el
23737 (defvar scroll-all-mode nil "\
23738 Non-nil if Scroll-All mode is enabled.
23739 See the command `scroll-all-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
23740 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
23741 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
23742 or call the function `scroll-all-mode'.")
23744 (custom-autoload 'scroll-all-mode "scroll-all" nil)
23746 (autoload 'scroll-all-mode "scroll-all" "\
23747 Toggle Scroll-All minor mode.
23748 With ARG, turn Scroll-All minor mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
23749 When Scroll-All mode is on, scrolling commands entered in one window
23750 apply to all visible windows in the same frame.
23752 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23754 ;;;***
23756 ;;;### (autoloads (scroll-lock-mode) "scroll-lock" "scroll-lock.el"
23757 ;;;;;; (19277 34917))
23758 ;;; Generated autoloads from scroll-lock.el
23760 (autoload 'scroll-lock-mode "scroll-lock" "\
23761 Buffer-local minor mode for pager-like scrolling.
23762 Keys which normally move point by line or paragraph will scroll
23763 the buffer by the respective amount of lines instead and point
23764 will be kept vertically fixed relative to window boundaries
23765 during scrolling.
23767 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23769 ;;;***
23771 ;;;### (autoloads (semantic-mode semantic-default-submodes) "semantic"
23772 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic.el" (19324 55755))
23773 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic.el
23775 (defvar semantic-default-submodes '(global-semantic-idle-scheduler-mode global-semanticdb-minor-mode) "\
23776 List of auxiliary Semantic minor modes enabled by `semantic-mode'.
23777 The possible elements of this list include the following:
23779 `global-semanticdb-minor-mode' - Maintain tag database.
23780 `global-semantic-idle-scheduler-mode' - Reparse buffer when idle.
23781 `global-semantic-idle-summary-mode' - Show summary of tag at point.
23782 `global-semantic-idle-completions-mode' - Show completions when idle.
23783 `global-semantic-decoration-mode' - Additional tag decorations.
23784 `global-semantic-highlight-func-mode' - Highlight the current tag.
23785 `global-semantic-stickyfunc-mode' - Show current fun in header line.
23786 `global-semantic-mru-bookmark-mode' - Provide `switch-to-buffer'-like
23787 keybinding for tag names.")
23789 (custom-autoload 'semantic-default-submodes "semantic" t)
23791 (defvar semantic-mode nil "\
23792 Non-nil if Semantic mode is enabled.
23793 See the command `semantic-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
23794 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
23795 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
23796 or call the function `semantic-mode'.")
23798 (custom-autoload 'semantic-mode "semantic" nil)
23800 (autoload 'semantic-mode "semantic" "\
23801 Toggle Semantic mode.
23802 With ARG, turn Semantic mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
23804 In Semantic mode, Emacs parses the buffers you visit for their
23805 semantic content. This information is used by a variety of
23806 auxiliary minor modes, listed in `semantic-default-submodes';
23807 all the minor modes in this list are also enabled when you enable
23808 Semantic mode.
23810 \\{semantic-mode-map}
23812 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23814 ;;;***
23816 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-other-frame mail-other-window mail mail-mailing-lists
23817 ;;;;;; mail-mode mail-send-nonascii mail-bury-selects-summary mail-default-headers
23818 ;;;;;; mail-default-directory mail-signature-file mail-signature
23819 ;;;;;; mail-citation-prefix-regexp mail-citation-hook mail-indentation-spaces
23820 ;;;;;; mail-yank-prefix mail-setup-hook mail-personal-alias-file
23821 ;;;;;; mail-alias-file mail-default-reply-to mail-archive-file-name
23822 ;;;;;; mail-header-separator send-mail-function mail-interactive
23823 ;;;;;; mail-self-blind mail-specify-envelope-from mail-from-style)
23824 ;;;;;; "sendmail" "mail/sendmail.el" (19335 12589))
23825 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/sendmail.el
23827 (defvar mail-from-style 'default "\
23828 Specifies how \"From:\" fields look.
23830 If `nil', they contain just the return address like:
23831 king@grassland.com
23832 If `parens', they look like:
23833 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
23834 If `angles', they look like:
23835 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>
23837 Otherwise, most addresses look like `angles', but they look like
23838 `parens' if `angles' would need quoting and `parens' would not.")
23840 (custom-autoload 'mail-from-style "sendmail" t)
23842 (defvar mail-specify-envelope-from nil "\
23843 If non-nil, specify the envelope-from address when sending mail.
23844 The value used to specify it is whatever is found in
23845 the variable `mail-envelope-from', with `user-mail-address' as fallback.
23847 On most systems, specifying the envelope-from address is a
23848 privileged operation. This variable affects sendmail and
23849 smtpmail -- if you use feedmail to send mail, see instead the
23850 variable `feedmail-deduce-envelope-from'.")
23852 (custom-autoload 'mail-specify-envelope-from "sendmail" t)
23854 (defvar mail-self-blind nil "\
23855 Non-nil means insert BCC to self in messages to be sent.
23856 This is done when the message is initialized,
23857 so you can remove or alter the BCC field to override the default.")
23859 (custom-autoload 'mail-self-blind "sendmail" t)
23861 (defvar mail-interactive t "\
23862 Non-nil means when sending a message wait for and display errors.
23863 Otherwise, let mailer send back a message to report errors.")
23865 (custom-autoload 'mail-interactive "sendmail" t)
23867 (put 'send-mail-function 'standard-value '((if (and window-system (memq system-type '(darwin windows-nt))) 'mailclient-send-it 'sendmail-send-it)))
23869 (defvar send-mail-function (if (and window-system (memq system-type '(darwin windows-nt))) 'mailclient-send-it 'sendmail-send-it) "\
23870 Function to call to send the current buffer as mail.
23871 The headers should be delimited by a line which is
23872 not a valid RFC822 header or continuation line,
23873 that matches the variable `mail-header-separator'.
23874 This is used by the default mail-sending commands. See also
23875 `message-send-mail-function' for use with the Message package.")
23877 (custom-autoload 'send-mail-function "sendmail" t)
23878 (custom-initialize-delay 'send-mail-function nil)
23880 (defvar mail-header-separator (purecopy "--text follows this line--") "\
23881 Line used to separate headers from text in messages being composed.")
23883 (custom-autoload 'mail-header-separator "sendmail" t)
23885 (defvar mail-archive-file-name nil "\
23886 Name of file to write all outgoing messages in, or nil for none.
23887 This is normally an mbox file, but for backwards compatibility may also
23888 be a Babyl file.")
23890 (custom-autoload 'mail-archive-file-name "sendmail" t)
23892 (defvar mail-default-reply-to nil "\
23893 Address to insert as default Reply-to field of outgoing messages.
23894 If nil, it will be initialized from the REPLYTO environment variable
23895 when you first send mail.")
23897 (custom-autoload 'mail-default-reply-to "sendmail" t)
23899 (defvar mail-alias-file nil "\
23900 If non-nil, the name of a file to use instead of `/usr/lib/aliases'.
23901 This file defines aliases to be expanded by the mailer; this is a different
23902 feature from that of defining aliases in `.mailrc' to be expanded in Emacs.
23903 This variable has no effect unless your system uses sendmail as its mailer.")
23905 (custom-autoload 'mail-alias-file "sendmail" t)
23907 (defvar mail-personal-alias-file (purecopy "~/.mailrc") "\
23908 If non-nil, the name of the user's personal mail alias file.
23909 This file typically should be in same format as the `.mailrc' file used by
23910 the `Mail' or `mailx' program.
23911 This file need not actually exist.")
23913 (custom-autoload 'mail-personal-alias-file "sendmail" t)
23915 (defvar mail-setup-hook nil "\
23916 Normal hook, run each time a new outgoing message is initialized.")
23918 (custom-autoload 'mail-setup-hook "sendmail" t)
23920 (defvar mail-aliases t "\
23921 Alist of mail address aliases,
23922 or t meaning should be initialized from your mail aliases file.
23923 \(The file's name is normally `~/.mailrc', but `mail-personal-alias-file'
23924 can specify a different file name.)
23925 The alias definitions in the file have this form:
23926 alias ALIAS MEANING")
23928 (defvar mail-yank-prefix "> " "\
23929 Prefix insert on lines of yanked message being replied to.
23930 If this is nil, use indentation, as specified by `mail-indentation-spaces'.")
23932 (custom-autoload 'mail-yank-prefix "sendmail" t)
23934 (defvar mail-indentation-spaces 3 "\
23935 Number of spaces to insert at the beginning of each cited line.
23936 Used by `mail-yank-original' via `mail-indent-citation'.")
23938 (custom-autoload 'mail-indentation-spaces "sendmail" t)
23940 (defvar mail-citation-hook nil "\
23941 Hook for modifying a citation just inserted in the mail buffer.
23942 Each hook function can find the citation between (point) and (mark t),
23943 and should leave point and mark around the citation text as modified.
23944 The hook functions can find the header of the cited message
23945 in the variable `mail-citation-header', whether or not this is included
23946 in the cited portion of the message.
23948 If this hook is entirely empty (nil), a default action is taken
23949 instead of no action.")
23951 (custom-autoload 'mail-citation-hook "sendmail" t)
23953 (defvar mail-citation-prefix-regexp (purecopy "\\([ ]*\\(\\w\\|[_.]\\)+>+\\|[ ]*[]>|}]\\)+") "\
23954 Regular expression to match a citation prefix plus whitespace.
23955 It should match whatever sort of citation prefixes you want to handle,
23956 with whitespace before and after; it should also match just whitespace.
23957 The default value matches citations like `foo-bar>' plus whitespace.")
23959 (custom-autoload 'mail-citation-prefix-regexp "sendmail" t)
23961 (defvar mail-signature t "\
23962 Text inserted at end of mail buffer when a message is initialized.
23963 If t, it means to insert the contents of the file `mail-signature-file'.
23964 If a string, that string is inserted.
23965 (To make a proper signature, the string should begin with \\n\\n-- \\n,
23966 which is the standard way to delimit a signature in a message.)
23967 Otherwise, it should be an expression; it is evaluated
23968 and should insert whatever you want to insert.")
23970 (custom-autoload 'mail-signature "sendmail" t)
23972 (defvar mail-signature-file (purecopy "~/.signature") "\
23973 File containing the text inserted at end of mail buffer.")
23975 (custom-autoload 'mail-signature-file "sendmail" t)
23977 (defvar mail-default-directory (purecopy "~/") "\
23978 Directory for mail buffers.
23979 Value of `default-directory' for mail buffers.
23980 This directory is used for auto-save files of mail buffers.")
23982 (custom-autoload 'mail-default-directory "sendmail" t)
23984 (defvar mail-default-headers nil "\
23985 A string containing header lines, to be inserted in outgoing messages.
23986 It can contain newlines, and should end in one. It is inserted
23987 before you edit the message, so you can edit or delete the lines.")
23989 (custom-autoload 'mail-default-headers "sendmail" t)
23991 (defvar mail-bury-selects-summary t "\
23992 If non-nil, try to show Rmail summary buffer after returning from mail.
23993 The functions \\[mail-send-on-exit] or \\[mail-dont-send] select
23994 the Rmail summary buffer before returning, if it exists and this variable
23995 is non-nil.")
23997 (custom-autoload 'mail-bury-selects-summary "sendmail" t)
23999 (defvar mail-send-nonascii 'mime "\
24000 Specify whether to allow sending non-ASCII characters in mail.
24001 If t, that means do allow it. nil means don't allow it.
24002 `query' means ask the user each time.
24003 `mime' means add an appropriate MIME header if none already present.
24004 The default is `mime'.
24005 Including non-ASCII characters in a mail message can be problematical
24006 for the recipient, who may not know how to decode them properly.")
24008 (custom-autoload 'mail-send-nonascii "sendmail" t)
24010 (autoload 'mail-mode "sendmail" "\
24011 Major mode for editing mail to be sent.
24012 Like Text Mode but with these additional commands:
24014 \\[mail-send] mail-send (send the message)
24015 \\[mail-send-and-exit] mail-send-and-exit (send the message and exit)
24017 Here are commands that move to a header field (and create it if there isn't):
24018 \\[mail-to] move to To: \\[mail-subject] move to Subj:
24019 \\[mail-bcc] move to BCC: \\[mail-cc] move to CC:
24020 \\[mail-fcc] move to FCC: \\[mail-reply-to] move to Reply-To:
24021 \\[mail-mail-reply-to] move to Mail-Reply-To:
24022 \\[mail-mail-followup-to] move to Mail-Followup-To:
24023 \\[mail-text] move to message text.
24024 \\[mail-signature] mail-signature (insert `mail-signature-file' file).
24025 \\[mail-yank-original] mail-yank-original (insert current message, in Rmail).
24026 \\[mail-fill-yanked-message] mail-fill-yanked-message (fill what was yanked).
24027 \\[mail-sent-via] mail-sent-via (add a sent-via field for each To or CC).
24028 Turning on Mail mode runs the normal hooks `text-mode-hook' and
24029 `mail-mode-hook' (in that order).
24031 \(fn)" t nil)
24033 (defvar mail-mailing-lists nil "\
24034 List of mailing list addresses the user is subscribed to.
24035 The variable is used to trigger insertion of the \"Mail-Followup-To\"
24036 header when sending a message to a mailing list.")
24038 (custom-autoload 'mail-mailing-lists "sendmail" t)
24040 (defvar sendmail-coding-system nil "\
24041 *Coding system for encoding the outgoing mail.
24042 This has higher priority than the default `buffer-file-coding-system'
24043 and `default-sendmail-coding-system',
24044 but lower priority than the local value of `buffer-file-coding-system'.
24045 See also the function `select-message-coding-system'.")
24047 (defvar default-sendmail-coding-system 'iso-latin-1 "\
24048 Default coding system for encoding the outgoing mail.
24049 This variable is used only when `sendmail-coding-system' is nil.
24051 This variable is set/changed by the command `set-language-environment'.
24052 User should not set this variable manually,
24053 instead use `sendmail-coding-system' to get a constant encoding
24054 of outgoing mails regardless of the current language environment.
24055 See also the function `select-message-coding-system'.")
24056 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names (purecopy "*mail*"))
24058 (autoload 'mail "sendmail" "\
24059 Edit a message to be sent. Prefix arg means resume editing (don't erase).
24060 When this function returns, the buffer `*mail*' is selected.
24061 The value is t if the message was newly initialized; otherwise, nil.
24063 Optionally, the signature file `mail-signature-file' can be inserted at the
24064 end; see the variable `mail-signature'.
24066 \\<mail-mode-map>
24067 While editing message, type \\[mail-send-and-exit] to send the message and exit.
24069 Various special commands starting with C-c are available in sendmail mode
24070 to move to message header fields:
24071 \\{mail-mode-map}
24073 If `mail-self-blind' is non-nil, a BCC to yourself is inserted
24074 when the message is initialized.
24076 If `mail-default-reply-to' is non-nil, it should be an address (a string);
24077 a Reply-to: field with that address is inserted.
24079 If `mail-archive-file-name' is non-nil, an FCC field with that file name
24080 is inserted.
24082 The normal hook `mail-setup-hook' is run after the message is
24083 initialized. It can add more default fields to the message.
24085 The first argument, NOERASE, determines what to do when there is
24086 an existing modified `*mail*' buffer. If NOERASE is nil, the
24087 existing mail buffer is used, and the user is prompted whether to
24088 keep the old contents or to erase them. If NOERASE has the value
24089 `new', a new mail buffer will be created instead of using the old
24090 one. Any other non-nil value means to always select the old
24091 buffer without erasing the contents.
24093 The second through fifth arguments,
24094 TO, SUBJECT, IN-REPLY-TO and CC, specify if non-nil
24095 the initial contents of those header fields.
24096 These arguments should not have final newlines.
24097 The sixth argument REPLYBUFFER is a buffer which contains an
24098 original message being replied to, or else an action
24099 of the form (FUNCTION . ARGS) which says how to insert the original.
24100 Or it can be nil, if not replying to anything.
24101 The seventh argument ACTIONS is a list of actions to take
24102 if/when the message is sent. Each action looks like (FUNCTION . ARGS);
24103 when the message is sent, we apply FUNCTION to ARGS.
24104 This is how Rmail arranges to mark messages `answered'.
24106 \(fn &optional NOERASE TO SUBJECT IN-REPLY-TO CC REPLYBUFFER ACTIONS)" t nil)
24108 (autoload 'mail-other-window "sendmail" "\
24109 Like `mail' command, but display mail buffer in another window.
24111 \(fn &optional NOERASE TO SUBJECT IN-REPLY-TO CC REPLYBUFFER SENDACTIONS)" t nil)
24113 (autoload 'mail-other-frame "sendmail" "\
24114 Like `mail' command, but display mail buffer in another frame.
24116 \(fn &optional NOERASE TO SUBJECT IN-REPLY-TO CC REPLYBUFFER SENDACTIONS)" t nil)
24118 ;;;***
24120 ;;;### (autoloads (server-save-buffers-kill-terminal server-mode
24121 ;;;;;; server-force-delete server-start) "server" "server.el" (19277
24122 ;;;;;; 34917))
24123 ;;; Generated autoloads from server.el
24125 (autoload 'server-start "server" "\
24126 Allow this Emacs process to be a server for client processes.
24127 This starts a server communications subprocess through which
24128 client \"editors\" can send your editing commands to this Emacs
24129 job. To use the server, set up the program `emacsclient' in the
24130 Emacs distribution as your standard \"editor\".
24132 Optional argument LEAVE-DEAD (interactively, a prefix arg) means just
24133 kill any existing server communications subprocess.
24135 If a server is already running, the server is not started.
24136 To force-start a server, do \\[server-force-delete] and then
24137 \\[server-start].
24139 \(fn &optional LEAVE-DEAD)" t nil)
24141 (autoload 'server-force-delete "server" "\
24142 Unconditionally delete connection file for server NAME.
24143 If server is running, it is first stopped.
24144 NAME defaults to `server-name'. With argument, ask for NAME.
24146 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
24148 (defvar server-mode nil "\
24149 Non-nil if Server mode is enabled.
24150 See the command `server-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
24151 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
24152 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
24153 or call the function `server-mode'.")
24155 (custom-autoload 'server-mode "server" nil)
24157 (autoload 'server-mode "server" "\
24158 Toggle Server mode.
24159 With ARG, turn Server mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
24160 Server mode runs a process that accepts commands from the
24161 `emacsclient' program. See `server-start' and Info node `Emacs server'.
24163 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24165 (autoload 'server-save-buffers-kill-terminal "server" "\
24166 Offer to save each buffer, then kill the current client.
24167 With ARG non-nil, silently save all file-visiting buffers, then kill.
24169 If emacsclient was started with a list of filenames to edit, then
24170 only these files will be asked to be saved.
24172 \(fn ARG)" nil nil)
24174 ;;;***
24176 ;;;### (autoloads (ses-mode) "ses" "ses.el" (19277 34917))
24177 ;;; Generated autoloads from ses.el
24179 (autoload 'ses-mode "ses" "\
24180 Major mode for Simple Emacs Spreadsheet.
24181 See \"ses-example.ses\" (in `data-directory') for more info.
24183 Key definitions:
24184 \\{ses-mode-map}
24185 These key definitions are active only in the print area (the visible part):
24186 \\{ses-mode-print-map}
24187 These are active only in the minibuffer, when entering or editing a formula:
24188 \\{ses-mode-edit-map}
24190 \(fn)" t nil)
24192 ;;;***
24194 ;;;### (autoloads (html-mode sgml-mode) "sgml-mode" "textmodes/sgml-mode.el"
24195 ;;;;;; (19294 23005))
24196 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/sgml-mode.el
24198 (autoload 'sgml-mode "sgml-mode" "\
24199 Major mode for editing SGML documents.
24200 Makes > match <.
24201 Keys <, &, SPC within <>, \", / and ' can be electric depending on
24202 `sgml-quick-keys'.
24204 An argument of N to a tag-inserting command means to wrap it around
24205 the next N words. In Transient Mark mode, when the mark is active,
24206 N defaults to -1, which means to wrap it around the current region.
24208 If you like upcased tags, put (setq sgml-transformation-function 'upcase)
24209 in your `.emacs' file.
24211 Use \\[sgml-validate] to validate your document with an SGML parser.
24213 Do \\[describe-variable] sgml- SPC to see available variables.
24214 Do \\[describe-key] on the following bindings to discover what they do.
24215 \\{sgml-mode-map}
24217 \(fn)" t nil)
24219 (autoload 'html-mode "sgml-mode" "\
24220 Major mode based on SGML mode for editing HTML documents.
24221 This allows inserting skeleton constructs used in hypertext documents with
24222 completion. See below for an introduction to HTML. Use
24223 \\[browse-url-of-buffer] to see how this comes out. See also `sgml-mode' on
24224 which this is based.
24226 Do \\[describe-variable] html- SPC and \\[describe-variable] sgml- SPC to see available variables.
24228 To write fairly well formatted pages you only need to know few things. Most
24229 browsers have a function to read the source code of the page being seen, so
24230 you can imitate various tricks. Here's a very short HTML primer which you
24231 can also view with a browser to see what happens:
24233 <title>A Title Describing Contents</title> should be on every page. Pages can
24234 have <h1>Very Major Headlines</h1> through <h6>Very Minor Headlines</h6>
24235 <hr> Parts can be separated with horizontal rules.
24237 <p>Paragraphs only need an opening tag. Line breaks and multiple spaces are
24238 ignored unless the text is <pre>preformatted.</pre> Text can be marked as
24239 <b>bold</b>, <i>italic</i> or <u>underlined</u> using the normal M-o or
24240 Edit/Text Properties/Face commands.
24242 Pages can have <a name=\"SOMENAME\">named points</a> and can link other points
24243 to them with <a href=\"#SOMENAME\">see also somename</a>. In the same way <a
24244 href=\"URL\">see also URL</a> where URL is a filename relative to current
24245 directory, or absolute as in `http://www.cs.indiana.edu/elisp/w3/docs.html'.
24247 Images in many formats can be inlined with <img src=\"URL\">.
24249 If you mainly create your own documents, `sgml-specials' might be
24250 interesting. But note that some HTML 2 browsers can't handle `&apos;'.
24251 To work around that, do:
24252 (eval-after-load \"sgml-mode\" '(aset sgml-char-names ?' nil))
24254 \\{html-mode-map}
24256 \(fn)" t nil)
24258 ;;;***
24260 ;;;### (autoloads (sh-mode) "sh-script" "progmodes/sh-script.el"
24261 ;;;;;; (19339 10551))
24262 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/sh-script.el
24263 (put 'sh-shell 'safe-local-variable 'symbolp)
24265 (autoload 'sh-mode "sh-script" "\
24266 Major mode for editing shell scripts.
24267 This mode works for many shells, since they all have roughly the same syntax,
24268 as far as commands, arguments, variables, pipes, comments etc. are concerned.
24269 Unless the file's magic number indicates the shell, your usual shell is
24270 assumed. Since filenames rarely give a clue, they are not further analyzed.
24272 This mode adapts to the variations between shells (see `sh-set-shell') by
24273 means of an inheritance based feature lookup (see `sh-feature'). This
24274 mechanism applies to all variables (including skeletons) that pertain to
24275 shell-specific features.
24277 The default style of this mode is that of Rosenblatt's Korn shell book.
24278 The syntax of the statements varies with the shell being used. The
24279 following commands are available, based on the current shell's syntax:
24280 \\<sh-mode-map>
24281 \\[sh-case] case statement
24282 \\[sh-for] for loop
24283 \\[sh-function] function definition
24284 \\[sh-if] if statement
24285 \\[sh-indexed-loop] indexed loop from 1 to n
24286 \\[sh-while-getopts] while getopts loop
24287 \\[sh-repeat] repeat loop
24288 \\[sh-select] select loop
24289 \\[sh-until] until loop
24290 \\[sh-while] while loop
24292 For sh and rc shells indentation commands are:
24293 \\[sh-show-indent] Show the variable controlling this line's indentation.
24294 \\[sh-set-indent] Set then variable controlling this line's indentation.
24295 \\[sh-learn-line-indent] Change the indentation variable so this line
24296 would indent to the way it currently is.
24297 \\[sh-learn-buffer-indent] Set the indentation variables so the
24298 buffer indents as it currently is indented.
24301 \\[backward-delete-char-untabify] Delete backward one position, even if it was a tab.
24302 \\[newline-and-indent] Delete unquoted space and indent new line same as this one.
24303 \\[sh-end-of-command] Go to end of successive commands.
24304 \\[sh-beginning-of-command] Go to beginning of successive commands.
24305 \\[sh-set-shell] Set this buffer's shell, and maybe its magic number.
24306 \\[sh-execute-region] Have optional header and region be executed in a subshell.
24308 \\[sh-maybe-here-document] Without prefix, following an unquoted < inserts here document.
24309 {, (, [, ', \", `
24310 Unless quoted with \\, insert the pairs {}, (), [], or '', \"\", ``.
24312 If you generally program a shell different from your login shell you can
24313 set `sh-shell-file' accordingly. If your shell's file name doesn't correctly
24314 indicate what shell it is use `sh-alias-alist' to translate.
24316 If your shell gives error messages with line numbers, you can use \\[executable-interpret]
24317 with your script for an edit-interpret-debug cycle.
24319 \(fn)" t nil)
24321 (defalias 'shell-script-mode 'sh-mode)
24323 ;;;***
24325 ;;;### (autoloads (sha1) "sha1" "sha1.el" (19277 34917))
24326 ;;; Generated autoloads from sha1.el
24328 (autoload 'sha1 "sha1" "\
24329 Return the SHA1 (Secure Hash Algorithm) of an object.
24330 OBJECT is either a string or a buffer.
24331 Optional arguments BEG and END denote buffer positions for computing the
24332 hash of a portion of OBJECT.
24333 If BINARY is non-nil, return a string in binary form.
24335 \(fn OBJECT &optional BEG END BINARY)" nil nil)
24337 ;;;***
24339 ;;;### (autoloads (list-load-path-shadows) "shadow" "emacs-lisp/shadow.el"
24340 ;;;;;; (19277 34919))
24341 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/shadow.el
24343 (autoload 'list-load-path-shadows "shadow" "\
24344 Display a list of Emacs Lisp files that shadow other files.
24346 If STRINGP is non-nil, returns any shadows as a string.
24347 Otherwise, if interactive shows any shadows in a `*Shadows*' buffer;
24348 else prints messages listing any shadows.
24350 This function lists potential load path problems. Directories in
24351 the `load-path' variable are searched, in order, for Emacs Lisp
24352 files. When a previously encountered file name is found again, a
24353 message is displayed indicating that the later file is \"hidden\" by
24354 the earlier.
24356 For example, suppose `load-path' is set to
24358 \(\"/usr/gnu/emacs/site-lisp\" \"/usr/gnu/emacs/share/emacs/19.30/lisp\")
24360 and that each of these directories contains a file called XXX.el. Then
24361 XXX.el in the site-lisp directory is referred to by all of:
24362 \(require 'XXX), (autoload .... \"XXX\"), (load-library \"XXX\") etc.
24364 The first XXX.el file prevents Emacs from seeing the second (unless
24365 the second is loaded explicitly via `load-file').
24367 When not intended, such shadowings can be the source of subtle
24368 problems. For example, the above situation may have arisen because the
24369 XXX package was not distributed with versions of Emacs prior to
24370 19.30. An Emacs maintainer downloaded XXX from elsewhere and installed
24371 it. Later, XXX was updated and included in the Emacs distribution.
24372 Unless the Emacs maintainer checks for this, the new version of XXX
24373 will be hidden behind the old (which may no longer work with the new
24374 Emacs version).
24376 This function performs these checks and flags all possible
24377 shadowings. Because a .el file may exist without a corresponding .elc
24378 \(or vice-versa), these suffixes are essentially ignored. A file
24379 XXX.elc in an early directory (that does not contain XXX.el) is
24380 considered to shadow a later file XXX.el, and vice-versa.
24382 Shadowings are located by calling the (non-interactive) companion
24383 function, `find-emacs-lisp-shadows'.
24385 \(fn &optional STRINGP)" t nil)
24387 ;;;***
24389 ;;;### (autoloads (shadow-initialize shadow-define-regexp-group shadow-define-literal-group
24390 ;;;;;; shadow-define-cluster) "shadowfile" "shadowfile.el" (19277
24391 ;;;;;; 34917))
24392 ;;; Generated autoloads from shadowfile.el
24394 (autoload 'shadow-define-cluster "shadowfile" "\
24395 Edit (or create) the definition of a cluster NAME.
24396 This is a group of hosts that share directories, so that copying to or from
24397 one of them is sufficient to update the file on all of them. Clusters are
24398 defined by a name, the network address of a primary host (the one we copy
24399 files to), and a regular expression that matches the hostnames of all the
24400 sites in the cluster.
24402 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
24404 (autoload 'shadow-define-literal-group "shadowfile" "\
24405 Declare a single file to be shared between sites.
24406 It may have different filenames on each site. When this file is edited, the
24407 new version will be copied to each of the other locations. Sites can be
24408 specific hostnames, or names of clusters (see `shadow-define-cluster').
24410 \(fn)" t nil)
24412 (autoload 'shadow-define-regexp-group "shadowfile" "\
24413 Make each of a group of files be shared between hosts.
24414 Prompts for regular expression; files matching this are shared between a list
24415 of sites, which are also prompted for. The filenames must be identical on all
24416 hosts (if they aren't, use `shadow-define-literal-group' instead of this
24417 function). Each site can be either a hostname or the name of a cluster (see
24418 `shadow-define-cluster').
24420 \(fn)" t nil)
24422 (autoload 'shadow-initialize "shadowfile" "\
24423 Set up file shadowing.
24425 \(fn)" t nil)
24427 ;;;***
24429 ;;;### (autoloads (shell shell-dumb-shell-regexp) "shell" "shell.el"
24430 ;;;;;; (19277 34917))
24431 ;;; Generated autoloads from shell.el
24433 (defvar shell-dumb-shell-regexp (purecopy "cmd\\(proxy\\)?\\.exe") "\
24434 Regexp to match shells that don't save their command history, and
24435 don't handle the backslash as a quote character. For shells that
24436 match this regexp, Emacs will write out the command history when the
24437 shell finishes, and won't remove backslashes when it unquotes shell
24438 arguments.")
24440 (custom-autoload 'shell-dumb-shell-regexp "shell" t)
24442 (autoload 'shell "shell" "\
24443 Run an inferior shell, with I/O through BUFFER (which defaults to `*shell*').
24444 Interactively, a prefix arg means to prompt for BUFFER.
24445 If `default-directory' is a remote file name, it is also prompted
24446 to change if called with a prefix arg.
24448 If BUFFER exists but shell process is not running, make new shell.
24449 If BUFFER exists and shell process is running, just switch to BUFFER.
24450 Program used comes from variable `explicit-shell-file-name',
24451 or (if that is nil) from the ESHELL environment variable,
24452 or (if that is nil) from `shell-file-name'.
24453 If a file `~/.emacs_SHELLNAME' exists, or `~/.emacs.d/init_SHELLNAME.sh',
24454 it is given as initial input (but this may be lost, due to a timing
24455 error, if the shell discards input when it starts up).
24456 The buffer is put in Shell mode, giving commands for sending input
24457 and controlling the subjobs of the shell. See `shell-mode'.
24458 See also the variable `shell-prompt-pattern'.
24460 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
24461 in the input and output to the shell, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
24462 before \\[shell]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
24463 in the shell buffer, after you start the shell.
24464 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
24465 `default-process-coding-system'.
24467 The shell file name (sans directories) is used to make a symbol name
24468 such as `explicit-csh-args'. If that symbol is a variable,
24469 its value is used as a list of arguments when invoking the shell.
24470 Otherwise, one argument `-i' is passed to the shell.
24472 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the shell buffer for a list of commands.)
24474 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
24475 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names (purecopy "*shell*"))
24477 ;;;***
24479 ;;;### (autoloads (sieve-upload-and-bury sieve-upload sieve-manage)
24480 ;;;;;; "sieve" "gnus/sieve.el" (19277 34920))
24481 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/sieve.el
24483 (autoload 'sieve-manage "sieve" "\
24484 Not documented
24486 \(fn SERVER &optional PORT)" t nil)
24488 (autoload 'sieve-upload "sieve" "\
24489 Not documented
24491 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
24493 (autoload 'sieve-upload-and-bury "sieve" "\
24494 Not documented
24496 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
24498 ;;;***
24500 ;;;### (autoloads (sieve-mode) "sieve-mode" "gnus/sieve-mode.el"
24501 ;;;;;; (19362 59593))
24502 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/sieve-mode.el
24504 (autoload 'sieve-mode "sieve-mode" "\
24505 Major mode for editing Sieve code.
24506 This is much like C mode except for the syntax of comments. Its keymap
24507 inherits from C mode's and it has the same variables for customizing
24508 indentation. It has its own abbrev table and its own syntax table.
24510 Turning on Sieve mode runs `sieve-mode-hook'.
24512 \(fn)" t nil)
24514 ;;;***
24516 ;;;### (autoloads (simula-mode) "simula" "progmodes/simula.el" (19277
24517 ;;;;;; 34922))
24518 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/simula.el
24520 (autoload 'simula-mode "simula" "\
24521 Major mode for editing SIMULA code.
24522 \\{simula-mode-map}
24523 Variables controlling indentation style:
24524 `simula-tab-always-indent'
24525 Non-nil means TAB in SIMULA mode should always reindent the current line,
24526 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
24527 `simula-indent-level'
24528 Indentation of SIMULA statements with respect to containing block.
24529 `simula-substatement-offset'
24530 Extra indentation after DO, THEN, ELSE, WHEN and OTHERWISE.
24531 `simula-continued-statement-offset' 3
24532 Extra indentation for lines not starting a statement or substatement,
24533 e.g. a nested FOR-loop. If value is a list, each line in a multiple-
24534 line continued statement will have the car of the list extra indentation
24535 with respect to the previous line of the statement.
24536 `simula-label-offset' -4711
24537 Offset of SIMULA label lines relative to usual indentation.
24538 `simula-if-indent' '(0 . 0)
24539 Extra indentation of THEN and ELSE with respect to the starting IF.
24540 Value is a cons cell, the car is extra THEN indentation and the cdr
24541 extra ELSE indentation. IF after ELSE is indented as the starting IF.
24542 `simula-inspect-indent' '(0 . 0)
24543 Extra indentation of WHEN and OTHERWISE with respect to the
24544 corresponding INSPECT. Value is a cons cell, the car is
24545 extra WHEN indentation and the cdr extra OTHERWISE indentation.
24546 `simula-electric-indent' nil
24547 If this variable is non-nil, `simula-indent-line'
24548 will check the previous line to see if it has to be reindented.
24549 `simula-abbrev-keyword' 'upcase
24550 Determine how SIMULA keywords will be expanded. Value is one of
24551 the symbols `upcase', `downcase', `capitalize', (as in) `abbrev-table',
24552 or nil if they should not be changed.
24553 `simula-abbrev-stdproc' 'abbrev-table
24554 Determine how standard SIMULA procedure and class names will be
24555 expanded. Value is one of the symbols `upcase', `downcase', `capitalize',
24556 (as in) `abbrev-table', or nil if they should not be changed.
24558 Turning on SIMULA mode calls the value of the variable simula-mode-hook
24559 with no arguments, if that value is non-nil.
24561 \(fn)" t nil)
24563 ;;;***
24565 ;;;### (autoloads (skeleton-pair-insert-maybe skeleton-insert skeleton-proxy-new
24566 ;;;;;; define-skeleton) "skeleton" "skeleton.el" (19277 34917))
24567 ;;; Generated autoloads from skeleton.el
24569 (defvar skeleton-filter-function 'identity "\
24570 Function for transforming a skeleton proxy's aliases' variable value.")
24572 (autoload 'define-skeleton "skeleton" "\
24573 Define a user-configurable COMMAND that enters a statement skeleton.
24574 DOCUMENTATION is that of the command.
24575 SKELETON is as defined under `skeleton-insert'.
24577 \(fn COMMAND DOCUMENTATION &rest SKELETON)" nil (quote macro))
24579 (autoload 'skeleton-proxy-new "skeleton" "\
24580 Insert SKELETON.
24581 Prefix ARG allows wrapping around words or regions (see `skeleton-insert').
24582 If no ARG was given, but the region is visible, ARG defaults to -1 depending
24583 on `skeleton-autowrap'. An ARG of M-0 will prevent this just for once.
24584 This command can also be an abbrev expansion (3rd and 4th columns in
24585 \\[edit-abbrevs] buffer: \"\" command-name).
24587 Optional second argument STR may also be a string which will be the value
24588 of `str' whereas the skeleton's interactor is then ignored.
24590 \(fn SKELETON &optional STR ARG)" nil nil)
24592 (autoload 'skeleton-insert "skeleton" "\
24593 Insert the complex statement skeleton SKELETON describes very concisely.
24595 With optional second argument REGIONS, wrap first interesting point
24596 \(`_') in skeleton around next REGIONS words, if REGIONS is positive.
24597 If REGIONS is negative, wrap REGIONS preceding interregions into first
24598 REGIONS interesting positions (successive `_'s) in skeleton.
24600 An interregion is the stretch of text between two contiguous marked
24601 points. If you marked A B C [] (where [] is the cursor) in
24602 alphabetical order, the 3 interregions are simply the last 3 regions.
24603 But if you marked B A [] C, the interregions are B-A, A-[], []-C.
24605 The optional third argument STR, if specified, is the value for the
24606 variable `str' within the skeleton. When this is non-nil, the
24607 interactor gets ignored, and this should be a valid skeleton element.
24609 SKELETON is made up as (INTERACTOR ELEMENT ...). INTERACTOR may be nil if
24610 not needed, a prompt-string or an expression for complex read functions.
24612 If ELEMENT is a string or a character it gets inserted (see also
24613 `skeleton-transformation-function'). Other possibilities are:
24615 \\n go to next line and indent according to mode
24616 _ interesting point, interregion here
24617 - interesting point, no interregion interaction, overrides
24618 interesting point set by _
24619 > indent line (or interregion if > _) according to major mode
24620 @ add position to `skeleton-positions'
24621 & do next ELEMENT if previous moved point
24622 | do next ELEMENT if previous didn't move point
24623 -num delete num preceding characters (see `skeleton-untabify')
24624 resume: skipped, continue here if quit is signaled
24625 nil skipped
24627 After termination, point will be positioned at the last occurrence of -
24628 or at the first occurrence of _ or at the end of the inserted text.
24630 Further elements can be defined via `skeleton-further-elements'. ELEMENT may
24631 itself be a SKELETON with an INTERACTOR. The user is prompted repeatedly for
24632 different inputs. The SKELETON is processed as often as the user enters a
24633 non-empty string. \\[keyboard-quit] terminates skeleton insertion, but
24634 continues after `resume:' and positions at `_' if any. If INTERACTOR in such
24635 a subskeleton is a prompt-string which contains a \".. %s ..\" it is
24636 formatted with `skeleton-subprompt'. Such an INTERACTOR may also be a list of
24637 strings with the subskeleton being repeated once for each string.
24639 Quoted Lisp expressions are evaluated for their side-effects.
24640 Other Lisp expressions are evaluated and the value treated as above.
24641 Note that expressions may not return t since this implies an
24642 endless loop. Modes can define other symbols by locally setting them
24643 to any valid skeleton element. The following local variables are
24644 available:
24646 str first time: read a string according to INTERACTOR
24647 then: insert previously read string once more
24648 help help-form during interaction with the user or nil
24649 input initial input (string or cons with index) while reading str
24650 v1, v2 local variables for memorizing anything you want
24652 When done with skeleton, but before going back to `_'-point call
24653 `skeleton-end-hook' if that is non-nil.
24655 \(fn SKELETON &optional REGIONS STR)" nil nil)
24657 (autoload 'skeleton-pair-insert-maybe "skeleton" "\
24658 Insert the character you type ARG times.
24660 With no ARG, if `skeleton-pair' is non-nil, pairing can occur. If the region
24661 is visible the pair is wrapped around it depending on `skeleton-autowrap'.
24662 Else, if `skeleton-pair-on-word' is non-nil or we are not before or inside a
24663 word, and if `skeleton-pair-filter-function' returns nil, pairing is performed.
24664 Pairing is also prohibited if we are right after a quoting character
24665 such as backslash.
24667 If a match is found in `skeleton-pair-alist', that is inserted, else
24668 the defaults are used. These are (), [], {}, <> and `' for the
24669 symmetrical ones, and the same character twice for the others.
24671 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
24673 ;;;***
24675 ;;;### (autoloads (smerge-start-session smerge-mode smerge-ediff)
24676 ;;;;;; "smerge-mode" "smerge-mode.el" (19277 34917))
24677 ;;; Generated autoloads from smerge-mode.el
24679 (autoload 'smerge-ediff "smerge-mode" "\
24680 Invoke ediff to resolve the conflicts.
24681 NAME-MINE, NAME-OTHER, and NAME-BASE, if non-nil, are used for the
24682 buffer names.
24684 \(fn &optional NAME-MINE NAME-OTHER NAME-BASE)" t nil)
24686 (autoload 'smerge-mode "smerge-mode" "\
24687 Minor mode to simplify editing output from the diff3 program.
24688 \\{smerge-mode-map}
24690 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24692 (autoload 'smerge-start-session "smerge-mode" "\
24693 Turn on `smerge-mode' and move point to first conflict marker.
24694 If no conflict maker is found, turn off `smerge-mode'.
24696 \(fn)" t nil)
24698 ;;;***
24700 ;;;### (autoloads (smiley-buffer smiley-region) "smiley" "gnus/smiley.el"
24701 ;;;;;; (19277 34920))
24702 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/smiley.el
24704 (autoload 'smiley-region "smiley" "\
24705 Replace in the region `smiley-regexp-alist' matches with corresponding images.
24706 A list of images is returned.
24708 \(fn START END)" t nil)
24710 (autoload 'smiley-buffer "smiley" "\
24711 Run `smiley-region' at the buffer, specified in the argument or
24712 interactively. If there's no argument, do it at the current buffer
24714 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
24716 ;;;***
24718 ;;;### (autoloads (smtpmail-send-queued-mail smtpmail-send-it) "smtpmail"
24719 ;;;;;; "mail/smtpmail.el" (19277 34921))
24720 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/smtpmail.el
24722 (autoload 'smtpmail-send-it "smtpmail" "\
24723 Not documented
24725 \(fn)" nil nil)
24727 (autoload 'smtpmail-send-queued-mail "smtpmail" "\
24728 Send mail that was queued as a result of setting `smtpmail-queue-mail'.
24730 \(fn)" t nil)
24732 ;;;***
24734 ;;;### (autoloads (snake) "snake" "play/snake.el" (19277 34922))
24735 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/snake.el
24737 (autoload 'snake "snake" "\
24738 Play the Snake game.
24739 Move the snake around without colliding with its tail or with the border.
24741 Eating dots causes the snake to get longer.
24743 Snake mode keybindings:
24744 \\<snake-mode-map>
24745 \\[snake-start-game] Starts a new game of Snake
24746 \\[snake-end-game] Terminates the current game
24747 \\[snake-pause-game] Pauses (or resumes) the current game
24748 \\[snake-move-left] Makes the snake move left
24749 \\[snake-move-right] Makes the snake move right
24750 \\[snake-move-up] Makes the snake move up
24751 \\[snake-move-down] Makes the snake move down
24753 \(fn)" t nil)
24755 ;;;***
24757 ;;;### (autoloads (snmpv2-mode snmp-mode) "snmp-mode" "net/snmp-mode.el"
24758 ;;;;;; (19277 34921))
24759 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/snmp-mode.el
24761 (autoload 'snmp-mode "snmp-mode" "\
24762 Major mode for editing SNMP MIBs.
24763 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
24764 Tab indents for C code.
24765 Comments start with -- and end with newline or another --.
24766 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
24767 \\{snmp-mode-map}
24768 Turning on snmp-mode runs the hooks in `snmp-common-mode-hook', then
24769 `snmp-mode-hook'.
24771 \(fn)" t nil)
24773 (autoload 'snmpv2-mode "snmp-mode" "\
24774 Major mode for editing SNMPv2 MIBs.
24775 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
24776 Tab indents for C code.
24777 Comments start with -- and end with newline or another --.
24778 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
24779 \\{snmp-mode-map}
24780 Turning on snmp-mode runs the hooks in `snmp-common-mode-hook',
24781 then `snmpv2-mode-hook'.
24783 \(fn)" t nil)
24785 ;;;***
24787 ;;;### (autoloads (sunrise-sunset) "solar" "calendar/solar.el" (19277
24788 ;;;;;; 34918))
24789 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/solar.el
24791 (autoload 'sunrise-sunset "solar" "\
24792 Local time of sunrise and sunset for today. Accurate to a few seconds.
24793 If called with an optional prefix argument ARG, prompt for date.
24794 If called with an optional double prefix argument, prompt for
24795 longitude, latitude, time zone, and date, and always use standard time.
24797 This function is suitable for execution in a .emacs file.
24799 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24801 ;;;***
24803 ;;;### (autoloads (solitaire) "solitaire" "play/solitaire.el" (19277
24804 ;;;;;; 34922))
24805 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/solitaire.el
24807 (autoload 'solitaire "solitaire" "\
24808 Play Solitaire.
24810 To play Solitaire, type \\[solitaire].
24811 \\<solitaire-mode-map>
24812 Move around the board using the cursor keys.
24813 Move stones using \\[solitaire-move] followed by a direction key.
24814 Undo moves using \\[solitaire-undo].
24815 Check for possible moves using \\[solitaire-do-check].
24816 \(The variable `solitaire-auto-eval' controls whether to automatically
24817 check after each move or undo.)
24819 What is Solitaire?
24821 I don't know who invented this game, but it seems to be rather old and
24822 its origin seems to be northern Africa. Here's how to play:
24823 Initially, the board will look similar to this:
24825 Le Solitaire
24826 ============
24828 o o o
24830 o o o
24832 o o o o o o o
24834 o o o . o o o
24836 o o o o o o o
24838 o o o
24840 o o o
24842 Let's call the o's stones and the .'s holes. One stone fits into one
24843 hole. As you can see, all holes but one are occupied by stones. The
24844 aim of the game is to get rid of all but one stone, leaving that last
24845 one in the middle of the board if you're cool.
24847 A stone can be moved if there is another stone next to it, and a hole
24848 after that one. Thus there must be three fields in a row, either
24849 horizontally or vertically, up, down, left or right, which look like
24850 this: o o .
24852 Then the first stone is moved to the hole, jumping over the second,
24853 which therefore is taken away. The above thus `evaluates' to: . . o
24855 That's all. Here's the board after two moves:
24857 o o o
24859 . o o
24861 o o . o o o o
24863 o . o o o o o
24865 o o o o o o o
24867 o o o
24869 o o o
24871 Pick your favourite shortcuts:
24873 \\{solitaire-mode-map}
24875 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
24877 ;;;***
24879 ;;;### (autoloads (reverse-region sort-columns sort-regexp-fields
24880 ;;;;;; sort-fields sort-numeric-fields sort-pages sort-paragraphs
24881 ;;;;;; sort-lines sort-subr) "sort" "sort.el" (19277 34917))
24882 ;;; Generated autoloads from sort.el
24883 (put 'sort-fold-case 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
24885 (autoload 'sort-subr "sort" "\
24886 General text sorting routine to divide buffer into records and sort them.
24888 We divide the accessible portion of the buffer into disjoint pieces
24889 called sort records. A portion of each sort record (perhaps all of
24890 it) is designated as the sort key. The records are rearranged in the
24891 buffer in order by their sort keys. The records may or may not be
24892 contiguous.
24894 Usually the records are rearranged in order of ascending sort key.
24895 If REVERSE is non-nil, they are rearranged in order of descending sort key.
24896 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
24897 the sort order.
24899 The next four arguments are functions to be called to move point
24900 across a sort record. They will be called many times from within sort-subr.
24902 NEXTRECFUN is called with point at the end of the previous record.
24903 It moves point to the start of the next record.
24904 It should move point to the end of the buffer if there are no more records.
24905 The first record is assumed to start at the position of point when sort-subr
24906 is called.
24908 ENDRECFUN is called with point within the record.
24909 It should move point to the end of the record.
24911 STARTKEYFUN moves from the start of the record to the start of the key.
24912 It may return either a non-nil value to be used as the key, or
24913 else the key is the substring between the values of point after
24914 STARTKEYFUN and ENDKEYFUN are called. If STARTKEYFUN is nil, the key
24915 starts at the beginning of the record.
24917 ENDKEYFUN moves from the start of the sort key to the end of the sort key.
24918 ENDKEYFUN may be nil if STARTKEYFUN returns a value or if it would be the
24919 same as ENDRECFUN.
24921 PREDICATE is the function to use to compare keys. If keys are numbers,
24922 it defaults to `<', otherwise it defaults to `string<'.
24924 \(fn REVERSE NEXTRECFUN ENDRECFUN &optional STARTKEYFUN ENDKEYFUN PREDICATE)" nil nil)
24926 (autoload 'sort-lines "sort" "\
24927 Sort lines in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
24928 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
24929 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
24930 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
24931 the sort order.
24933 \(fn REVERSE BEG END)" t nil)
24935 (autoload 'sort-paragraphs "sort" "\
24936 Sort paragraphs in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
24937 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
24938 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
24939 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
24940 the sort order.
24942 \(fn REVERSE BEG END)" t nil)
24944 (autoload 'sort-pages "sort" "\
24945 Sort pages in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
24946 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
24947 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
24948 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
24949 the sort order.
24951 \(fn REVERSE BEG END)" t nil)
24952 (put 'sort-numeric-base 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
24954 (autoload 'sort-numeric-fields "sort" "\
24955 Sort lines in region numerically by the ARGth field of each line.
24956 Fields are separated by whitespace and numbered from 1 up.
24957 Specified field must contain a number in each line of the region,
24958 which may begin with \"0x\" or \"0\" for hexadecimal and octal values.
24959 Otherwise, the number is interpreted according to sort-numeric-base.
24960 With a negative arg, sorts by the ARGth field counted from the right.
24961 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
24962 FIELD, BEG and END. BEG and END specify region to sort.
24964 \(fn FIELD BEG END)" t nil)
24966 (autoload 'sort-fields "sort" "\
24967 Sort lines in region lexicographically by the ARGth field of each line.
24968 Fields are separated by whitespace and numbered from 1 up.
24969 With a negative arg, sorts by the ARGth field counted from the right.
24970 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
24971 FIELD, BEG and END. BEG and END specify region to sort.
24972 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
24973 the sort order.
24975 \(fn FIELD BEG END)" t nil)
24977 (autoload 'sort-regexp-fields "sort" "\
24978 Sort the region lexicographically as specified by RECORD-REGEXP and KEY.
24979 RECORD-REGEXP specifies the textual units which should be sorted.
24980 For example, to sort lines RECORD-REGEXP would be \"^.*$\"
24981 KEY specifies the part of each record (ie each match for RECORD-REGEXP)
24982 is to be used for sorting.
24983 If it is \"\\\\digit\" then the digit'th \"\\\\(...\\\\)\" match field from
24984 RECORD-REGEXP is used.
24985 If it is \"\\\\&\" then the whole record is used.
24986 Otherwise, it is a regular-expression for which to search within the record.
24987 If a match for KEY is not found within a record then that record is ignored.
24989 With a negative prefix arg sorts in reverse order.
24991 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
24992 the sort order.
24994 For example: to sort lines in the region by the first word on each line
24995 starting with the letter \"f\",
24996 RECORD-REGEXP would be \"^.*$\" and KEY would be \"\\\\=\\<f\\\\w*\\\\>\"
24998 \(fn REVERSE RECORD-REGEXP KEY-REGEXP BEG END)" t nil)
25000 (autoload 'sort-columns "sort" "\
25001 Sort lines in region alphabetically by a certain range of columns.
25002 For the purpose of this command, the region BEG...END includes
25003 the entire line that point is in and the entire line the mark is in.
25004 The column positions of point and mark bound the range of columns to sort on.
25005 A prefix argument means sort into REVERSE order.
25006 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25007 the sort order.
25009 Note that `sort-columns' rejects text that contains tabs,
25010 because tabs could be split across the specified columns
25011 and it doesn't know how to handle that. Also, when possible,
25012 it uses the `sort' utility program, which doesn't understand tabs.
25013 Use \\[untabify] to convert tabs to spaces before sorting.
25015 \(fn REVERSE &optional BEG END)" t nil)
25017 (autoload 'reverse-region "sort" "\
25018 Reverse the order of lines in a region.
25019 From a program takes two point or marker arguments, BEG and END.
25021 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
25023 ;;;***
25025 ;;;### (autoloads (spam-initialize) "spam" "gnus/spam.el" (19277
25026 ;;;;;; 34920))
25027 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/spam.el
25029 (autoload 'spam-initialize "spam" "\
25030 Install the spam.el hooks and do other initialization.
25031 When SYMBOLS is given, set those variables to t. This is so you
25032 can call `spam-initialize' before you set spam-use-* variables on
25033 explicitly, and matters only if you need the extra headers
25034 installed through `spam-necessary-extra-headers'.
25036 \(fn &rest SYMBOLS)" t nil)
25038 ;;;***
25040 ;;;### (autoloads (spam-report-deagentize spam-report-agentize spam-report-url-to-file
25041 ;;;;;; spam-report-url-ping-mm-url spam-report-process-queue) "spam-report"
25042 ;;;;;; "gnus/spam-report.el" (19277 34920))
25043 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/spam-report.el
25045 (autoload 'spam-report-process-queue "spam-report" "\
25046 Report all queued requests from `spam-report-requests-file'.
25048 If FILE is given, use it instead of `spam-report-requests-file'.
25049 If KEEP is t, leave old requests in the file. If KEEP is the
25050 symbol `ask', query before flushing the queue file.
25052 \(fn &optional FILE KEEP)" t nil)
25054 (autoload 'spam-report-url-ping-mm-url "spam-report" "\
25055 Ping a host through HTTP, addressing a specific GET resource. Use
25056 the external program specified in `mm-url-program' to connect to
25057 server.
25059 \(fn HOST REPORT)" nil nil)
25061 (autoload 'spam-report-url-to-file "spam-report" "\
25062 Collect spam report requests in `spam-report-requests-file'.
25063 Customize `spam-report-url-ping-function' to use this function.
25065 \(fn HOST REPORT)" nil nil)
25067 (autoload 'spam-report-agentize "spam-report" "\
25068 Add spam-report support to the Agent.
25069 Spam reports will be queued with \\[spam-report-url-to-file] when
25070 the Agent is unplugged, and will be submitted in a batch when the
25071 Agent is plugged.
25073 \(fn)" t nil)
25075 (autoload 'spam-report-deagentize "spam-report" "\
25076 Remove spam-report support from the Agent.
25077 Spam reports will be queued with the method used when
25078 \\[spam-report-agentize] was run.
25080 \(fn)" t nil)
25082 ;;;***
25084 ;;;### (autoloads (speedbar-get-focus speedbar-frame-mode) "speedbar"
25085 ;;;;;; "speedbar.el" (19277 34917))
25086 ;;; Generated autoloads from speedbar.el
25088 (defalias 'speedbar 'speedbar-frame-mode)
25090 (autoload 'speedbar-frame-mode "speedbar" "\
25091 Enable or disable speedbar. Positive ARG means turn on, negative turn off.
25092 A nil ARG means toggle. Once the speedbar frame is activated, a buffer in
25093 `speedbar-mode' will be displayed. Currently, only one speedbar is
25094 supported at a time.
25095 `speedbar-before-popup-hook' is called before popping up the speedbar frame.
25096 `speedbar-before-delete-hook' is called before the frame is deleted.
25098 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25100 (autoload 'speedbar-get-focus "speedbar" "\
25101 Change frame focus to or from the speedbar frame.
25102 If the selected frame is not speedbar, then speedbar frame is
25103 selected. If the speedbar frame is active, then select the attached frame.
25105 \(fn)" t nil)
25107 ;;;***
25109 ;;;### (autoloads (spell-string spell-region spell-word spell-buffer)
25110 ;;;;;; "spell" "textmodes/spell.el" (19277 34923))
25111 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/spell.el
25113 (put 'spell-filter 'risky-local-variable t)
25115 (autoload 'spell-buffer "spell" "\
25116 Check spelling of every word in the buffer.
25117 For each incorrect word, you are asked for the correct spelling
25118 and then put into a query-replace to fix some or all occurrences.
25119 If you do not want to change a word, just give the same word
25120 as its \"correct\" spelling; then the query replace is skipped.
25122 \(fn)" t nil)
25124 (make-obsolete 'spell-buffer 'ispell-buffer "23.1")
25126 (autoload 'spell-word "spell" "\
25127 Check spelling of word at or before point.
25128 If it is not correct, ask user for the correct spelling
25129 and `query-replace' the entire buffer to substitute it.
25131 \(fn)" t nil)
25133 (make-obsolete 'spell-word 'ispell-word "23.1")
25135 (autoload 'spell-region "spell" "\
25136 Like `spell-buffer' but applies only to region.
25137 Used in a program, applies from START to END.
25138 DESCRIPTION is an optional string naming the unit being checked:
25139 for example, \"word\".
25141 \(fn START END &optional DESCRIPTION)" t nil)
25143 (make-obsolete 'spell-region 'ispell-region "23.1")
25145 (autoload 'spell-string "spell" "\
25146 Check spelling of string supplied as argument.
25148 \(fn STRING)" t nil)
25150 (make-obsolete 'spell-string "The `spell' package is obsolete - use `ispell'." "23.1")
25152 ;;;***
25154 ;;;### (autoloads (snarf-spooks spook) "spook" "play/spook.el" (19277
25155 ;;;;;; 34922))
25156 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/spook.el
25158 (autoload 'spook "spook" "\
25159 Adds that special touch of class to your outgoing mail.
25161 \(fn)" t nil)
25163 (autoload 'snarf-spooks "spook" "\
25164 Return a vector containing the lines from `spook-phrases-file'.
25166 \(fn)" nil nil)
25168 ;;;***
25170 ;;;### (autoloads (sql-linter sql-db2 sql-interbase sql-postgres
25171 ;;;;;; sql-ms sql-ingres sql-solid sql-mysql sql-sqlite sql-informix
25172 ;;;;;; sql-sybase sql-oracle sql-product-interactive sql-mode sql-help
25173 ;;;;;; sql-add-product-keywords) "sql" "progmodes/sql.el" (19277
25174 ;;;;;; 34923))
25175 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/sql.el
25177 (autoload 'sql-add-product-keywords "sql" "\
25178 Add highlighting KEYWORDS for SQL PRODUCT.
25180 PRODUCT should be a symbol, the name of a sql product, such as
25181 `oracle'. KEYWORDS should be a list; see the variable
25182 `font-lock-keywords'. By default they are added at the beginning
25183 of the current highlighting list. If optional argument APPEND is
25184 `set', they are used to replace the current highlighting list.
25185 If APPEND is any other non-nil value, they are added at the end
25186 of the current highlighting list.
25188 For example:
25190 (sql-add-product-keywords 'ms
25191 '((\"\\\\b\\\\w+_t\\\\b\" . font-lock-type-face)))
25193 adds a fontification pattern to fontify identifiers ending in
25194 `_t' as data types.
25196 \(fn PRODUCT KEYWORDS &optional APPEND)" nil nil)
25198 (autoload 'sql-help "sql" "\
25199 Show short help for the SQL modes.
25201 Use an entry function to open an interactive SQL buffer. This buffer is
25202 usually named `*SQL*'. The name of the major mode is SQLi.
25204 Use the following commands to start a specific SQL interpreter:
25206 PostGres: \\[sql-postgres]
25207 MySQL: \\[sql-mysql]
25208 SQLite: \\[sql-sqlite]
25210 Other non-free SQL implementations are also supported:
25212 Solid: \\[sql-solid]
25213 Oracle: \\[sql-oracle]
25214 Informix: \\[sql-informix]
25215 Sybase: \\[sql-sybase]
25216 Ingres: \\[sql-ingres]
25217 Microsoft: \\[sql-ms]
25218 DB2: \\[sql-db2]
25219 Interbase: \\[sql-interbase]
25220 Linter: \\[sql-linter]
25222 But we urge you to choose a free implementation instead of these.
25224 Once you have the SQLi buffer, you can enter SQL statements in the
25225 buffer. The output generated is appended to the buffer and a new prompt
25226 is generated. See the In/Out menu in the SQLi buffer for some functions
25227 that help you navigate through the buffer, the input history, etc.
25229 If you have a really complex SQL statement or if you are writing a
25230 procedure, you can do this in a separate buffer. Put the new buffer in
25231 `sql-mode' by calling \\[sql-mode]. The name of this buffer can be
25232 anything. The name of the major mode is SQL.
25234 In this SQL buffer (SQL mode), you can send the region or the entire
25235 buffer to the interactive SQL buffer (SQLi mode). The results are
25236 appended to the SQLi buffer without disturbing your SQL buffer.
25238 \(fn)" t nil)
25240 (autoload 'sql-mode "sql" "\
25241 Major mode to edit SQL.
25243 You can send SQL statements to the SQLi buffer using
25244 \\[sql-send-region]. Such a buffer must exist before you can do this.
25245 See `sql-help' on how to create SQLi buffers.
25247 \\{sql-mode-map}
25248 Customization: Entry to this mode runs the `sql-mode-hook'.
25250 When you put a buffer in SQL mode, the buffer stores the last SQLi
25251 buffer created as its destination in the variable `sql-buffer'. This
25252 will be the buffer \\[sql-send-region] sends the region to. If this
25253 SQLi buffer is killed, \\[sql-send-region] is no longer able to
25254 determine where the strings should be sent to. You can set the
25255 value of `sql-buffer' using \\[sql-set-sqli-buffer].
25257 For information on how to create multiple SQLi buffers, see
25258 `sql-interactive-mode'.
25260 Note that SQL doesn't have an escape character unless you specify
25261 one. If you specify backslash as escape character in SQL,
25262 you must tell Emacs. Here's how to do that in your `~/.emacs' file:
25264 \(add-hook 'sql-mode-hook
25265 (lambda ()
25266 (modify-syntax-entry ?\\\\ \".\" sql-mode-syntax-table)))
25268 \(fn)" t nil)
25270 (autoload 'sql-product-interactive "sql" "\
25271 Run product interpreter as an inferior process.
25273 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25274 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer `*SQL*'.
25276 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25278 \(fn &optional PRODUCT)" t nil)
25280 (autoload 'sql-oracle "sql" "\
25281 Run sqlplus by Oracle as an inferior process.
25283 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25284 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25285 `*SQL*'.
25287 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-oracle-program'. Login uses
25288 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-database' as
25289 defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters can be stored in
25290 the list `sql-oracle-options'.
25292 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
25293 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25295 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25296 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25297 before \\[sql-oracle]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25298 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25299 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25300 `default-process-coding-system'.
25302 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25304 \(fn)" t nil)
25306 (autoload 'sql-sybase "sql" "\
25307 Run isql by SyBase as an inferior process.
25309 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25310 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25311 `*SQL*'.
25313 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-sybase-program'. Login uses
25314 the variables `sql-server', `sql-user', `sql-password', and
25315 `sql-database' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
25316 can be stored in the list `sql-sybase-options'.
25318 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
25319 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25321 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25322 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25323 before \\[sql-sybase]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25324 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25325 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25326 `default-process-coding-system'.
25328 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25330 \(fn)" t nil)
25332 (autoload 'sql-informix "sql" "\
25333 Run dbaccess by Informix as an inferior process.
25335 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25336 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25337 `*SQL*'.
25339 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-informix-program'. Login uses
25340 the variable `sql-database' as default, if set.
25342 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
25343 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25345 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25346 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25347 before \\[sql-informix]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25348 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25349 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25350 `default-process-coding-system'.
25352 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25354 \(fn)" t nil)
25356 (autoload 'sql-sqlite "sql" "\
25357 Run sqlite as an inferior process.
25359 SQLite is free software.
25361 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25362 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25363 `*SQL*'.
25365 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-sqlite-program'. Login uses
25366 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and
25367 `sql-server' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
25368 can be stored in the list `sql-sqlite-options'.
25370 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
25371 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25373 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25374 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25375 before \\[sql-sqlite]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25376 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25377 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25378 `default-process-coding-system'.
25380 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25382 \(fn)" t nil)
25384 (autoload 'sql-mysql "sql" "\
25385 Run mysql by TcX as an inferior process.
25387 Mysql versions 3.23 and up are free software.
25389 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25390 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25391 `*SQL*'.
25393 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-mysql-program'. Login uses
25394 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and
25395 `sql-server' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
25396 can be stored in the list `sql-mysql-options'.
25398 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
25399 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25401 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25402 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25403 before \\[sql-mysql]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25404 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25405 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25406 `default-process-coding-system'.
25408 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25410 \(fn)" t nil)
25412 (autoload 'sql-solid "sql" "\
25413 Run solsql by Solid as an inferior process.
25415 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25416 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25417 `*SQL*'.
25419 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-solid-program'. Login uses
25420 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-server' as
25421 defaults, if set.
25423 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
25424 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25426 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25427 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25428 before \\[sql-solid]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25429 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25430 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25431 `default-process-coding-system'.
25433 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25435 \(fn)" t nil)
25437 (autoload 'sql-ingres "sql" "\
25438 Run sql by Ingres as an inferior process.
25440 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25441 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25442 `*SQL*'.
25444 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-ingres-program'. Login uses
25445 the variable `sql-database' as default, if set.
25447 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
25448 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25450 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25451 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25452 before \\[sql-ingres]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25453 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25454 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25455 `default-process-coding-system'.
25457 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25459 \(fn)" t nil)
25461 (autoload 'sql-ms "sql" "\
25462 Run osql by Microsoft as an inferior process.
25464 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25465 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25466 `*SQL*'.
25468 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-ms-program'. Login uses the
25469 variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and `sql-server'
25470 as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters can be stored
25471 in the list `sql-ms-options'.
25473 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
25474 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25476 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25477 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25478 before \\[sql-ms]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25479 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25480 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25481 `default-process-coding-system'.
25483 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25485 \(fn)" t nil)
25487 (autoload 'sql-postgres "sql" "\
25488 Run psql by Postgres as an inferior process.
25490 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25491 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25492 `*SQL*'.
25494 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-postgres-program'. Login uses
25495 the variables `sql-database' and `sql-server' as default, if set.
25496 Additional command line parameters can be stored in the list
25497 `sql-postgres-options'.
25499 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
25500 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25502 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25503 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25504 before \\[sql-postgres]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25505 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25506 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25507 `default-process-coding-system'. If your output lines end with ^M,
25508 your might try undecided-dos as a coding system. If this doesn't help,
25509 Try to set `comint-output-filter-functions' like this:
25511 \(setq comint-output-filter-functions (append comint-output-filter-functions
25512 '(comint-strip-ctrl-m)))
25514 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25516 \(fn)" t nil)
25518 (autoload 'sql-interbase "sql" "\
25519 Run isql by Interbase as an inferior process.
25521 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25522 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25523 `*SQL*'.
25525 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-interbase-program'. Login
25526 uses the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-database' as
25527 defaults, if set.
25529 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
25530 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25532 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25533 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25534 before \\[sql-interbase]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25535 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25536 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25537 `default-process-coding-system'.
25539 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25541 \(fn)" t nil)
25543 (autoload 'sql-db2 "sql" "\
25544 Run db2 by IBM as an inferior process.
25546 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25547 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25548 `*SQL*'.
25550 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-db2-program'. There is not
25551 automatic login.
25553 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
25554 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25556 If you use \\[sql-accumulate-and-indent] to send multiline commands to
25557 db2, newlines will be escaped if necessary. If you don't want that, set
25558 `comint-input-sender' back to `comint-simple-send' by writing an after
25559 advice. See the elisp manual for more information.
25561 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25562 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25563 before \\[sql-db2]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25564 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25565 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25566 `default-process-coding-system'.
25568 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25570 \(fn)" t nil)
25572 (autoload 'sql-linter "sql" "\
25573 Run inl by RELEX as an inferior process.
25575 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25576 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25577 `*SQL*'.
25579 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-linter-program' - usually `inl'.
25580 Login uses the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database' and
25581 `sql-server' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
25582 can be stored in the list `sql-linter-options'. Run inl -h to get help on
25583 parameters.
25585 `sql-database' is used to set the LINTER_MBX environment variable for
25586 local connections, `sql-server' refers to the server name from the
25587 `nodetab' file for the network connection (dbc_tcp or friends must run
25588 for this to work). If `sql-password' is an empty string, inl will use
25589 an empty password.
25591 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
25592 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25594 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25596 \(fn)" t nil)
25598 ;;;***
25600 ;;;### (autoloads (srecode-template-mode) "srecode/srt-mode" "cedet/srecode/srt-mode.el"
25601 ;;;;;; (19277 34919))
25602 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/srecode/srt-mode.el
25604 (autoload 'srecode-template-mode "srecode/srt-mode" "\
25605 Major-mode for writing SRecode macros.
25607 \(fn)" t nil)
25609 (defalias 'srt-mode 'srecode-template-mode)
25611 ;;;***
25613 ;;;### (autoloads (strokes-compose-complex-stroke strokes-decode-buffer
25614 ;;;;;; strokes-mode strokes-list-strokes strokes-load-user-strokes
25615 ;;;;;; strokes-help strokes-describe-stroke strokes-do-complex-stroke
25616 ;;;;;; strokes-do-stroke strokes-read-complex-stroke strokes-read-stroke
25617 ;;;;;; strokes-global-set-stroke) "strokes" "strokes.el" (19277
25618 ;;;;;; 34917))
25619 ;;; Generated autoloads from strokes.el
25621 (autoload 'strokes-global-set-stroke "strokes" "\
25622 Interactively give STROKE the global binding as COMMAND.
25623 Operated just like `global-set-key', except for strokes.
25624 COMMAND is a symbol naming an interactively-callable function. STROKE
25625 is a list of sampled positions on the stroke grid as described in the
25626 documentation for the `strokes-define-stroke' function.
25628 See also `strokes-global-set-stroke-string'.
25630 \(fn STROKE COMMAND)" t nil)
25632 (autoload 'strokes-read-stroke "strokes" "\
25633 Read a simple stroke (interactively) and return the stroke.
25634 Optional PROMPT in minibuffer displays before and during stroke reading.
25635 This function will display the stroke interactively as it is being
25636 entered in the strokes buffer if the variable
25637 `strokes-use-strokes-buffer' is non-nil.
25638 Optional EVENT is acceptable as the starting event of the stroke.
25640 \(fn &optional PROMPT EVENT)" nil nil)
25642 (autoload 'strokes-read-complex-stroke "strokes" "\
25643 Read a complex stroke (interactively) and return the stroke.
25644 Optional PROMPT in minibuffer displays before and during stroke reading.
25645 Note that a complex stroke allows the user to pen-up and pen-down. This
25646 is implemented by allowing the user to paint with button 1 or button 2 and
25647 then complete the stroke with button 3.
25648 Optional EVENT is acceptable as the starting event of the stroke.
25650 \(fn &optional PROMPT EVENT)" nil nil)
25652 (autoload 'strokes-do-stroke "strokes" "\
25653 Read a simple stroke from the user and then execute its command.
25654 This must be bound to a mouse event.
25656 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
25658 (autoload 'strokes-do-complex-stroke "strokes" "\
25659 Read a complex stroke from the user and then execute its command.
25660 This must be bound to a mouse event.
25662 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
25664 (autoload 'strokes-describe-stroke "strokes" "\
25665 Displays the command which STROKE maps to, reading STROKE interactively.
25667 \(fn STROKE)" t nil)
25669 (autoload 'strokes-help "strokes" "\
25670 Get instruction on using the Strokes package.
25672 \(fn)" t nil)
25674 (autoload 'strokes-load-user-strokes "strokes" "\
25675 Load user-defined strokes from file named by `strokes-file'.
25677 \(fn)" t nil)
25679 (autoload 'strokes-list-strokes "strokes" "\
25680 Pop up a buffer containing an alphabetical listing of strokes in STROKES-MAP.
25681 With CHRONOLOGICAL prefix arg (\\[universal-argument]) list strokes
25682 chronologically by command name.
25683 If STROKES-MAP is not given, `strokes-global-map' will be used instead.
25685 \(fn &optional CHRONOLOGICAL STROKES-MAP)" t nil)
25687 (defvar strokes-mode nil "\
25688 Non-nil if Strokes mode is enabled.
25689 See the command `strokes-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
25690 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
25691 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
25692 or call the function `strokes-mode'.")
25694 (custom-autoload 'strokes-mode "strokes" nil)
25696 (autoload 'strokes-mode "strokes" "\
25697 Toggle Strokes global minor mode.\\<strokes-mode-map>
25698 With ARG, turn strokes on if and only if ARG is positive.
25699 Strokes are pictographic mouse gestures which invoke commands.
25700 Strokes are invoked with \\[strokes-do-stroke]. You can define
25701 new strokes with \\[strokes-global-set-stroke]. See also
25702 \\[strokes-do-complex-stroke] for `complex' strokes.
25704 To use strokes for pictographic editing, such as Chinese/Japanese, use
25705 \\[strokes-compose-complex-stroke], which draws strokes and inserts them.
25706 Encode/decode your strokes with \\[strokes-encode-buffer],
25707 \\[strokes-decode-buffer].
25709 \\{strokes-mode-map}
25711 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25713 (autoload 'strokes-decode-buffer "strokes" "\
25714 Decode stroke strings in BUFFER and display their corresponding glyphs.
25715 Optional BUFFER defaults to the current buffer.
25716 Optional FORCE non-nil will ignore the buffer's read-only status.
25718 \(fn &optional BUFFER FORCE)" t nil)
25720 (autoload 'strokes-compose-complex-stroke "strokes" "\
25721 Read a complex stroke and insert its glyph into the current buffer.
25723 \(fn)" t nil)
25725 ;;;***
25727 ;;;### (autoloads (studlify-buffer studlify-word studlify-region)
25728 ;;;;;; "studly" "play/studly.el" (19267 61660))
25729 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/studly.el
25731 (autoload 'studlify-region "studly" "\
25732 Studlify-case the region.
25734 \(fn BEGIN END)" t nil)
25736 (autoload 'studlify-word "studly" "\
25737 Studlify-case the current word, or COUNT words if given an argument.
25739 \(fn COUNT)" t nil)
25741 (autoload 'studlify-buffer "studly" "\
25742 Studlify-case the current buffer.
25744 \(fn)" t nil)
25746 ;;;***
25748 ;;;### (autoloads (global-subword-mode subword-mode) "subword" "progmodes/subword.el"
25749 ;;;;;; (19277 34923))
25750 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/subword.el
25752 (autoload 'subword-mode "subword" "\
25753 Mode enabling subword movement and editing keys.
25754 In spite of GNU Coding Standards, it is popular to name a symbol by
25755 mixing uppercase and lowercase letters, e.g. \"GtkWidget\",
25756 \"EmacsFrameClass\", \"NSGraphicsContext\", etc. Here we call these
25757 mixed case symbols `nomenclatures'. Also, each capitalized (or
25758 completely uppercase) part of a nomenclature is called a `subword'.
25759 Here are some examples:
25761 Nomenclature Subwords
25762 ===========================================================
25763 GtkWindow => \"Gtk\" and \"Window\"
25764 EmacsFrameClass => \"Emacs\", \"Frame\" and \"Class\"
25765 NSGraphicsContext => \"NS\", \"Graphics\" and \"Context\"
25767 The subword oriented commands activated in this minor mode recognize
25768 subwords in a nomenclature to move between subwords and to edit them
25769 as words.
25771 \\{subword-mode-map}
25773 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25775 (defvar global-subword-mode nil "\
25776 Non-nil if Global-Subword mode is enabled.
25777 See the command `global-subword-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
25778 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
25779 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
25780 or call the function `global-subword-mode'.")
25782 (custom-autoload 'global-subword-mode "subword" nil)
25784 (autoload 'global-subword-mode "subword" "\
25785 Toggle Subword mode in every possible buffer.
25786 With prefix ARG, turn Global-Subword mode on if and only if
25787 ARG is positive.
25788 Subword mode is enabled in all buffers where
25789 `(lambda nil (subword-mode 1))' would do it.
25790 See `subword-mode' for more information on Subword mode.
25792 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25794 ;;;***
25796 ;;;### (autoloads (sc-cite-original) "supercite" "mail/supercite.el"
25797 ;;;;;; (19361 52486))
25798 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/supercite.el
25800 (autoload 'sc-cite-original "supercite" "\
25801 Workhorse citing function which performs the initial citation.
25802 This is callable from the various mail and news readers' reply
25803 function according to the agreed upon standard. See the associated
25804 info node `(SC)Top' for more details.
25805 `sc-cite-original' does not do any yanking of the
25806 original message but it does require a few things:
25808 1) The reply buffer is the current buffer.
25810 2) The original message has been yanked and inserted into the
25811 reply buffer.
25813 3) Verbose mail headers from the original message have been
25814 inserted into the reply buffer directly before the text of the
25815 original message.
25817 4) Point is at the beginning of the verbose headers.
25819 5) Mark is at the end of the body of text to be cited.
25821 The region need not be active (and typically isn't when this
25822 function is called). Also, the hook `sc-pre-hook' is run before,
25823 and `sc-post-hook' is run after the guts of this function.
25825 \(fn)" nil nil)
25827 ;;;***
25829 ;;;### (autoloads (gpm-mouse-mode) "t-mouse" "t-mouse.el" (19277
25830 ;;;;;; 34917))
25831 ;;; Generated autoloads from t-mouse.el
25833 (define-obsolete-function-alias 't-mouse-mode 'gpm-mouse-mode "23.1")
25835 (defvar gpm-mouse-mode t "\
25836 Non-nil if Gpm-Mouse mode is enabled.
25837 See the command `gpm-mouse-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
25838 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
25839 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
25840 or call the function `gpm-mouse-mode'.")
25842 (custom-autoload 'gpm-mouse-mode "t-mouse" nil)
25844 (autoload 'gpm-mouse-mode "t-mouse" "\
25845 Toggle gpm-mouse mode to use the mouse in GNU/Linux consoles.
25846 With prefix arg, turn gpm-mouse mode on if arg is positive,
25847 otherwise turn it off.
25849 This allows the use of the mouse when operating on a GNU/Linux console,
25850 in the same way as you can use the mouse under X11.
25851 It relies on the `gpm' daemon being activated.
25853 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25855 ;;;***
25857 ;;;### (autoloads (tabify untabify) "tabify" "tabify.el" (19277 34917))
25858 ;;; Generated autoloads from tabify.el
25860 (autoload 'untabify "tabify" "\
25861 Convert all tabs in region to multiple spaces, preserving columns.
25862 Called non-interactively, the region is specified by arguments
25863 START and END, rather than by the position of point and mark.
25864 The variable `tab-width' controls the spacing of tab stops.
25866 \(fn START END)" t nil)
25868 (autoload 'tabify "tabify" "\
25869 Convert multiple spaces in region to tabs when possible.
25870 A group of spaces is partially replaced by tabs
25871 when this can be done without changing the column they end at.
25872 Called non-interactively, the region is specified by arguments
25873 START and END, rather than by the position of point and mark.
25874 The variable `tab-width' controls the spacing of tab stops.
25876 \(fn START END)" t nil)
25878 ;;;***
25880 ;;;### (autoloads (table-release table-capture table-delete-column
25881 ;;;;;; table-delete-row table-insert-sequence table-generate-source
25882 ;;;;;; table-query-dimension table-fixed-width-mode table-justify-column
25883 ;;;;;; table-justify-row table-justify-cell table-justify table-split-cell
25884 ;;;;;; table-split-cell-horizontally table-split-cell-vertically
25885 ;;;;;; table-span-cell table-backward-cell table-forward-cell table-narrow-cell
25886 ;;;;;; table-widen-cell table-shorten-cell table-heighten-cell table-unrecognize-cell
25887 ;;;;;; table-recognize-cell table-unrecognize-table table-recognize-table
25888 ;;;;;; table-unrecognize-region table-recognize-region table-unrecognize
25889 ;;;;;; table-recognize table-insert-row-column table-insert-column
25890 ;;;;;; table-insert-row table-insert table-point-left-cell-hook
25891 ;;;;;; table-point-entered-cell-hook table-load-hook table-cell-map-hook)
25892 ;;;;;; "table" "textmodes/table.el" (19354 34807))
25893 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/table.el
25895 (defvar table-cell-map-hook nil "\
25896 *Normal hooks run when finishing construction of `table-cell-map'.
25897 User can modify `table-cell-map' by adding custom functions here.")
25899 (custom-autoload 'table-cell-map-hook "table" t)
25901 (defvar table-load-hook nil "\
25902 *List of functions to be called after the table is first loaded.")
25904 (custom-autoload 'table-load-hook "table" t)
25906 (defvar table-point-entered-cell-hook nil "\
25907 *List of functions to be called after point entered a table cell.")
25909 (custom-autoload 'table-point-entered-cell-hook "table" t)
25911 (defvar table-point-left-cell-hook nil "\
25912 *List of functions to be called after point left a table cell.")
25914 (custom-autoload 'table-point-left-cell-hook "table" t)
25916 (autoload 'table-insert "table" "\
25917 Insert an editable text table.
25918 Insert a table of specified number of COLUMNS and ROWS. Optional
25919 parameter CELL-WIDTH and CELL-HEIGHT can specify the size of each
25920 cell. The cell size is uniform across the table if the specified size
25921 is a number. They can be a list of numbers to specify different size
25922 for each cell. When called interactively, the list of number is
25923 entered by simply listing all the numbers with space characters
25924 delimiting them.
25926 Examples:
25928 \\[table-insert] inserts a table at the current point location.
25930 Suppose we have the following situation where `-!-' indicates the
25931 location of point.
25935 Type \\[table-insert] and hit ENTER key. As it asks table
25936 specification, provide 3 for number of columns, 1 for number of rows,
25937 5 for cell width and 1 for cell height. Now you shall see the next
25938 table and the point is automatically moved to the beginning of the
25939 first cell.
25941 +-----+-----+-----+
25942 |-!- | | |
25943 +-----+-----+-----+
25945 Inside a table cell, there are special key bindings. \\<table-cell-map>
25947 M-9 \\[table-widen-cell] (or \\[universal-argument] 9 \\[table-widen-cell]) widens the first cell by 9 character
25948 width, which results as
25950 +--------------+-----+-----+
25951 |-!- | | |
25952 +--------------+-----+-----+
25954 Type TAB \\[table-widen-cell] then type TAB M-2 M-7 \\[table-widen-cell] (or \\[universal-argument] 2 7 \\[table-widen-cell]). Typing
25955 TAB moves the point forward by a cell. The result now looks like this:
25957 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25958 | | |-!- |
25959 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25961 If you knew each width of the columns prior to the table creation,
25962 what you could have done better was to have had given the complete
25963 width information to `table-insert'.
25965 Cell width(s): 14 6 32
25967 instead of
25969 Cell width(s): 5
25971 This would have eliminated the previously mentioned width adjustment
25972 work all together.
25974 If the point is in the last cell type S-TAB S-TAB to move it to the
25975 first cell. Now type \\[table-heighten-cell] which heighten the row by a line.
25977 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25978 |-!- | | |
25979 | | | |
25980 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25982 Type \\[table-insert-row-column] and tell it to insert a row.
25984 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25985 |-!- | | |
25986 | | | |
25987 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25988 | | | |
25989 | | | |
25990 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25992 Move the point under the table as shown below.
25994 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25995 | | | |
25996 | | | |
25997 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25998 | | | |
25999 | | | |
26000 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26003 Type M-x table-insert-row instead of \\[table-insert-row-column]. \\[table-insert-row-column] does not work
26004 when the point is outside of the table. This insertion at
26005 outside of the table effectively appends a row at the end.
26007 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26008 | | | |
26009 | | | |
26010 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26011 | | | |
26012 | | | |
26013 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26014 |-!- | | |
26015 | | | |
26016 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26018 Text editing inside the table cell produces reasonably expected
26019 results.
26021 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26022 | | | |
26023 | | | |
26024 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26025 | | |Text editing inside the table |
26026 | | |cell produces reasonably |
26027 | | |expected results.-!- |
26028 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26029 | | | |
26030 | | | |
26031 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26033 Inside a table cell has a special keymap.
26035 \\{table-cell-map}
26037 \(fn COLUMNS ROWS &optional CELL-WIDTH CELL-HEIGHT)" t nil)
26039 (autoload 'table-insert-row "table" "\
26040 Insert N table row(s).
26041 When point is in a table the newly inserted row(s) are placed above
26042 the current row. When point is outside of the table it must be below
26043 the table within the table width range, then the newly created row(s)
26044 are appended at the bottom of the table.
26046 \(fn N)" t nil)
26048 (autoload 'table-insert-column "table" "\
26049 Insert N table column(s).
26050 When point is in a table the newly inserted column(s) are placed left
26051 of the current column. When point is outside of the table it must be
26052 right side of the table within the table height range, then the newly
26053 created column(s) are appended at the right of the table.
26055 \(fn N)" t nil)
26057 (autoload 'table-insert-row-column "table" "\
26058 Insert row(s) or column(s).
26059 See `table-insert-row' and `table-insert-column'.
26061 \(fn ROW-COLUMN N)" t nil)
26063 (autoload 'table-recognize "table" "\
26064 Recognize all tables within the current buffer and activate them.
26065 Scans the entire buffer and recognizes valid table cells. If the
26066 optional numeric prefix argument ARG is negative the tables in the
26067 buffer become inactive, meaning the tables become plain text and loses
26068 all the table specific features.
26070 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26072 (autoload 'table-unrecognize "table" "\
26073 Not documented
26075 \(fn)" t nil)
26077 (autoload 'table-recognize-region "table" "\
26078 Recognize all tables within region.
26079 BEG and END specify the region to work on. If the optional numeric
26080 prefix argument ARG is negative the tables in the region become
26081 inactive, meaning the tables become plain text and lose all the table
26082 specific features.
26084 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
26086 (autoload 'table-unrecognize-region "table" "\
26087 Not documented
26089 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
26091 (autoload 'table-recognize-table "table" "\
26092 Recognize a table at point.
26093 If the optional numeric prefix argument ARG is negative the table
26094 becomes inactive, meaning the table becomes plain text and loses all
26095 the table specific features.
26097 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26099 (autoload 'table-unrecognize-table "table" "\
26100 Not documented
26102 \(fn)" t nil)
26104 (autoload 'table-recognize-cell "table" "\
26105 Recognize a table cell that contains current point.
26106 Probe the cell dimension and prepare the cell information. The
26107 optional two arguments FORCE and NO-COPY are for internal use only and
26108 must not be specified. When the optional numeric prefix argument ARG
26109 is negative the cell becomes inactive, meaning that the cell becomes
26110 plain text and loses all the table specific features.
26112 \(fn &optional FORCE NO-COPY ARG)" t nil)
26114 (autoload 'table-unrecognize-cell "table" "\
26115 Not documented
26117 \(fn)" t nil)
26119 (autoload 'table-heighten-cell "table" "\
26120 Heighten the current cell by N lines by expanding the cell vertically.
26121 Heightening is done by adding blank lines at the bottom of the current
26122 cell. Other cells aligned horizontally with the current one are also
26123 heightened in order to keep the rectangular table structure. The
26124 optional argument NO-COPY is internal use only and must not be
26125 specified.
26127 \(fn N &optional NO-COPY NO-UPDATE)" t nil)
26129 (autoload 'table-shorten-cell "table" "\
26130 Shorten the current cell by N lines by shrinking the cell vertically.
26131 Shortening is done by removing blank lines from the bottom of the cell
26132 and possibly from the top of the cell as well. Therefor, the cell
26133 must have some bottom/top blank lines to be shorten effectively. This
26134 is applicable to all the cells aligned horizontally with the current
26135 one because they are also shortened in order to keep the rectangular
26136 table structure.
26138 \(fn N)" t nil)
26140 (autoload 'table-widen-cell "table" "\
26141 Widen the current cell by N columns and expand the cell horizontally.
26142 Some other cells in the same table are widen as well to keep the
26143 table's rectangle structure.
26145 \(fn N &optional NO-COPY NO-UPDATE)" t nil)
26147 (autoload 'table-narrow-cell "table" "\
26148 Narrow the current cell by N columns and shrink the cell horizontally.
26149 Some other cells in the same table are narrowed as well to keep the
26150 table's rectangle structure.
26152 \(fn N)" t nil)
26154 (autoload 'table-forward-cell "table" "\
26155 Move point forward to the beginning of the next cell.
26156 With argument ARG, do it ARG times;
26157 a negative argument ARG = -N means move backward N cells.
26158 Do not specify NO-RECOGNIZE and UNRECOGNIZE. They are for internal use only.
26160 Sample Cell Traveling Order (In Irregular Table Cases)
26162 You can actually try how it works in this buffer. Press
26163 \\[table-recognize] and go to cells in the following tables and press
26164 \\[table-forward-cell] or TAB key.
26166 +-----+--+ +--+-----+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +---------+ +--+---+--+
26167 |0 |1 | |0 |1 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 | |0 |1 |2 |
26168 +--+--+ | | +--+--+ +--+ | | | | +--+ +----+----+ +--+-+-+--+
26169 |2 |3 | | | |2 |3 | |3 +--+ | | +--+3 | |1 |2 | |3 |4 |
26170 | +--+--+ +--+--+ | +--+4 | | | |4 +--+ +--+-+-+--+ +----+----+
26171 | |4 | |4 | | |5 | | | | | |5 | |3 |4 |5 | |5 |
26172 +--+-----+ +-----+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+---+--+ +---------+
26174 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+
26175 |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 |
26176 | | | | | +--+ | | | | | +--+ +--+
26177 +--+ +--+ +--+3 +--+ | +--+ | |3 +--+4 |
26178 |3 | |4 | |4 +--+5 | | |3 | | +--+5 +--+
26179 | | | | | |6 | | | | | | |6 | |7 |
26180 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+
26182 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+--+ +--+-----+--+ +--+--+--+--+
26183 |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 |3 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 |3 |
26184 | +--+ | | +--+ | | +--+--+ | | | | | | +--+--+ |
26185 | |3 +--+ +--+3 | | +--+4 +--+ +--+ +--+ +--+4 +--+
26186 +--+ |4 | |4 | +--+ |5 +--+--+6 | |3 +--+--+4 | |5 | |6 |
26187 |5 +--+ | | +--+5 | | |7 |8 | | | |5 |6 | | | | | |
26188 | |6 | | | |6 | | +--+--+--+--+ +--+--+--+--+ +--+-----+--+
26189 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+
26191 \(fn &optional ARG NO-RECOGNIZE UNRECOGNIZE)" t nil)
26193 (autoload 'table-backward-cell "table" "\
26194 Move backward to the beginning of the previous cell.
26195 With argument ARG, do it ARG times;
26196 a negative argument ARG = -N means move forward N cells.
26198 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26200 (autoload 'table-span-cell "table" "\
26201 Span current cell into adjacent cell in DIRECTION.
26202 DIRECTION is one of symbols; right, left, above or below.
26204 \(fn DIRECTION)" t nil)
26206 (autoload 'table-split-cell-vertically "table" "\
26207 Split current cell vertically.
26208 Creates a cell above and a cell below the current point location.
26210 \(fn)" t nil)
26212 (autoload 'table-split-cell-horizontally "table" "\
26213 Split current cell horizontally.
26214 Creates a cell on the left and a cell on the right of the current point location.
26216 \(fn)" t nil)
26218 (autoload 'table-split-cell "table" "\
26219 Split current cell in ORIENTATION.
26220 ORIENTATION is a symbol either horizontally or vertically.
26222 \(fn ORIENTATION)" t nil)
26224 (autoload 'table-justify "table" "\
26225 Justify contents of a cell, a row of cells or a column of cells.
26226 WHAT is a symbol 'cell, 'row or 'column. JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left,
26227 'center, 'right, 'top, 'middle, 'bottom or 'none.
26229 \(fn WHAT JUSTIFY)" t nil)
26231 (autoload 'table-justify-cell "table" "\
26232 Justify cell contents.
26233 JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left, 'center or 'right for horizontal, or 'top,
26234 'middle, 'bottom or 'none for vertical. When optional PARAGRAPH is
26235 non-nil the justify operation is limited to the current paragraph,
26236 otherwise the entire cell contents is justified.
26238 \(fn JUSTIFY &optional PARAGRAPH)" t nil)
26240 (autoload 'table-justify-row "table" "\
26241 Justify cells of a row.
26242 JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left, 'center or 'right for horizontal, or top,
26243 'middle, 'bottom or 'none for vertical.
26245 \(fn JUSTIFY)" t nil)
26247 (autoload 'table-justify-column "table" "\
26248 Justify cells of a column.
26249 JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left, 'center or 'right for horizontal, or top,
26250 'middle, 'bottom or 'none for vertical.
26252 \(fn JUSTIFY)" t nil)
26254 (autoload 'table-fixed-width-mode "table" "\
26255 Toggle fixing width mode.
26256 In the fixed width mode, typing inside a cell never changes the cell
26257 width where in the normal mode the cell width expands automatically in
26258 order to prevent a word being folded into multiple lines.
26260 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26262 (autoload 'table-query-dimension "table" "\
26263 Return the dimension of the current cell and the current table.
26264 The result is a list (cw ch tw th c r cells) where cw is the cell
26265 width, ch is the cell height, tw is the table width, th is the table
26266 height, c is the number of columns, r is the number of rows and cells
26267 is the total number of cells. The cell dimension excludes the cell
26268 frame while the table dimension includes the table frame. The columns
26269 and the rows are counted by the number of cell boundaries. Therefore
26270 the number tends to be larger than it appears for the tables with
26271 non-uniform cell structure (heavily spanned and split). When optional
26272 WHERE is provided the cell and table at that location is reported.
26274 \(fn &optional WHERE)" t nil)
26276 (autoload 'table-generate-source "table" "\
26277 Generate source of the current table in the specified language.
26278 LANGUAGE is a symbol that specifies the language to describe the
26279 structure of the table. It must be either 'html, 'latex or 'cals.
26280 The resulted source text is inserted into DEST-BUFFER and the buffer
26281 object is returned. When DEST-BUFFER is omitted or nil the default
26282 buffer specified in `table-dest-buffer-name' is used. In this case
26283 the content of the default buffer is erased prior to the generation.
26284 When DEST-BUFFER is non-nil it is expected to be either a destination
26285 buffer or a name of the destination buffer. In this case the
26286 generated result is inserted at the current point in the destination
26287 buffer and the previously existing contents in the buffer are
26288 untouched.
26290 References used for this implementation:
26292 HTML:
26293 URL `http://www.w3.org'
26295 LaTeX:
26296 URL `http://www.maths.tcd.ie/~dwilkins/LaTeXPrimer/Tables.html'
26298 CALS (DocBook DTD):
26299 URL `http://www.oasis-open.org/html/a502.htm'
26300 URL `http://www.oreilly.com/catalog/docbook/chapter/book/table.html#AEN114751'
26302 \(fn LANGUAGE &optional DEST-BUFFER CAPTION)" t nil)
26304 (autoload 'table-insert-sequence "table" "\
26305 Travel cells forward while inserting a specified sequence string in each cell.
26306 STR is the base string from which the sequence starts. When STR is an
26307 empty string then each cell content is erased. When STR ends with
26308 numerical characters (they may optionally be surrounded by a pair of
26309 parentheses) they are incremented as a decimal number. Otherwise the
26310 last character in STR is incremented in ASCII code order. N is the
26311 number of sequence elements to insert. When N is negative the cell
26312 traveling direction is backward. When N is zero it travels forward
26313 entire table. INCREMENT is the increment between adjacent sequence
26314 elements and can be a negative number for effectively decrementing.
26315 INTERVAL is the number of cells to travel between sequence element
26316 insertion which is normally 1. When zero or less is given for
26317 INTERVAL it is interpreted as number of cells per row so that sequence
26318 is placed straight down vertically as long as the table's cell
26319 structure is uniform. JUSTIFY is one of the symbol 'left, 'center or
26320 'right, that specifies justification of the inserted string.
26322 Example:
26324 (progn
26325 (table-insert 16 3 5 1)
26326 (table-forward-cell 15)
26327 (table-insert-sequence \"D0\" -16 1 1 'center)
26328 (table-forward-cell 16)
26329 (table-insert-sequence \"A[0]\" -16 1 1 'center)
26330 (table-forward-cell 1)
26331 (table-insert-sequence \"-\" 16 0 1 'center))
26333 (progn
26334 (table-insert 16 8 5 1)
26335 (table-insert-sequence \"@\" 0 1 2 'right)
26336 (table-forward-cell 1)
26337 (table-insert-sequence \"64\" 0 1 2 'left))
26339 \(fn STR N INCREMENT INTERVAL JUSTIFY)" t nil)
26341 (autoload 'table-delete-row "table" "\
26342 Delete N row(s) of cells.
26343 Delete N rows of cells from current row. The current row is the row
26344 contains the current cell where point is located. Each row must
26345 consists from cells of same height.
26347 \(fn N)" t nil)
26349 (autoload 'table-delete-column "table" "\
26350 Delete N column(s) of cells.
26351 Delete N columns of cells from current column. The current column is
26352 the column contains the current cell where point is located. Each
26353 column must consists from cells of same width.
26355 \(fn N)" t nil)
26357 (autoload 'table-capture "table" "\
26358 Convert plain text into a table by capturing the text in the region.
26359 Create a table with the text in region as cell contents. BEG and END
26360 specify the region. The text in the region is replaced with a table.
26361 The removed text is inserted in the table. When optional
26362 COL-DELIM-REGEXP and ROW-DELIM-REGEXP are provided the region contents
26363 is parsed and separated into individual cell contents by using the
26364 delimiter regular expressions. This parsing determines the number of
26365 columns and rows of the table automatically. If COL-DELIM-REGEXP and
26366 ROW-DELIM-REGEXP are omitted the result table has only one cell and
26367 the entire region contents is placed in that cell. Optional JUSTIFY
26368 is one of 'left, 'center or 'right, which specifies the cell
26369 justification. Optional MIN-CELL-WIDTH specifies the minimum cell
26370 width. Optional COLUMNS specify the number of columns when
26371 ROW-DELIM-REGEXP is not specified.
26374 Example 1:
26376 1, 2, 3, 4
26377 5, 6, 7, 8
26378 , 9, 10
26380 Running `table-capture' on above 3 line region with COL-DELIM-REGEXP
26381 \",\" and ROW-DELIM-REGEXP \"\\n\" creates the following table. In
26382 this example the cells are centered and minimum cell width is
26383 specified as 5.
26385 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
26386 | 1 | 2 | 3 | 4 |
26387 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
26388 | 5 | 6 | 7 | 8 |
26389 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
26390 | | 9 | 10 | |
26391 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
26393 Note:
26395 In case the function is called interactively user must use \\[quoted-insert] `quoted-insert'
26396 in order to enter \"\\n\" successfully. COL-DELIM-REGEXP at the end
26397 of each row is optional.
26400 Example 2:
26402 This example shows how a table can be used for text layout editing.
26403 Let `table-capture' capture the following region starting from
26404 -!- and ending at -*-, that contains three paragraphs and two item
26405 name headers. This time specify empty string for both
26406 COL-DELIM-REGEXP and ROW-DELIM-REGEXP.
26408 -!-`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power
26409 requires some practice. Here is a list of items what it can do.
26411 Parse Cell Items By using column delimiter regular
26412 expression and raw delimiter regular
26413 expression, it parses the specified text
26414 area and extracts cell items from
26415 non-table text and then forms a table out
26416 of them.
26418 Capture Text Area When no delimiters are specified it
26419 creates a single cell table. The text in
26420 the specified region is placed in that
26421 cell.-*-
26423 Now the entire content is captured in a cell which is itself a table
26424 like this.
26426 +-----------------------------------------------------------------+
26427 |`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power|
26428 |requires some practice. Here is a list of items what it can do. |
26430 |Parse Cell Items By using column delimiter regular |
26431 | expression and raw delimiter regular |
26432 | expression, it parses the specified text |
26433 | area and extracts cell items from |
26434 | non-table text and then forms a table out |
26435 | of them. |
26437 |Capture Text Area When no delimiters are specified it |
26438 | creates a single cell table. The text in |
26439 | the specified region is placed in that |
26440 | cell. |
26441 +-----------------------------------------------------------------+
26443 By splitting the cell appropriately we now have a table consisting of
26444 paragraphs occupying its own cell. Each cell can now be edited
26445 independently.
26447 +-----------------------------------------------------------------+
26448 |`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power|
26449 |requires some practice. Here is a list of items what it can do. |
26450 +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
26451 |Parse Cell Items |By using column delimiter regular |
26452 | |expression and raw delimiter regular |
26453 | |expression, it parses the specified text |
26454 | |area and extracts cell items from |
26455 | |non-table text and then forms a table out |
26456 | |of them. |
26457 +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
26458 |Capture Text Area |When no delimiters are specified it |
26459 | |creates a single cell table. The text in |
26460 | |the specified region is placed in that |
26461 | |cell. |
26462 +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
26464 By applying `table-release', which does the opposite process, the
26465 contents become once again plain text. `table-release' works as
26466 companion command to `table-capture' this way.
26468 \(fn BEG END &optional COL-DELIM-REGEXP ROW-DELIM-REGEXP JUSTIFY MIN-CELL-WIDTH COLUMNS)" t nil)
26470 (autoload 'table-release "table" "\
26471 Convert a table into plain text by removing the frame from a table.
26472 Remove the frame from a table and inactivate the table. This command
26473 converts a table into plain text without frames. It is a companion to
26474 `table-capture' which does the opposite process.
26476 \(fn)" t nil)
26478 ;;;***
26480 ;;;### (autoloads (talk talk-connect) "talk" "talk.el" (19277 34917))
26481 ;;; Generated autoloads from talk.el
26483 (autoload 'talk-connect "talk" "\
26484 Connect to display DISPLAY for the Emacs talk group.
26486 \(fn DISPLAY)" t nil)
26488 (autoload 'talk "talk" "\
26489 Connect to the Emacs talk group from the current X display or tty frame.
26491 \(fn)" t nil)
26493 ;;;***
26495 ;;;### (autoloads (tar-mode) "tar-mode" "tar-mode.el" (19277 34917))
26496 ;;; Generated autoloads from tar-mode.el
26498 (autoload 'tar-mode "tar-mode" "\
26499 Major mode for viewing a tar file as a dired-like listing of its contents.
26500 You can move around using the usual cursor motion commands.
26501 Letters no longer insert themselves.
26502 Type `e' to pull a file out of the tar file and into its own buffer;
26503 or click mouse-2 on the file's line in the Tar mode buffer.
26504 Type `c' to copy an entry from the tar file into another file on disk.
26506 If you edit a sub-file of this archive (as with the `e' command) and
26507 save it with \\[save-buffer], the contents of that buffer will be
26508 saved back into the tar-file buffer; in this way you can edit a file
26509 inside of a tar archive without extracting it and re-archiving it.
26511 See also: variables `tar-update-datestamp' and `tar-anal-blocksize'.
26512 \\{tar-mode-map}
26514 \(fn)" t nil)
26516 ;;;***
26518 ;;;### (autoloads (tcl-help-on-word inferior-tcl tcl-mode) "tcl"
26519 ;;;;;; "progmodes/tcl.el" (19277 34923))
26520 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/tcl.el
26522 (autoload 'tcl-mode "tcl" "\
26523 Major mode for editing Tcl code.
26524 Expression and list commands understand all Tcl brackets.
26525 Tab indents for Tcl code.
26526 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
26527 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
26529 Variables controlling indentation style:
26530 `tcl-indent-level'
26531 Indentation of Tcl statements within surrounding block.
26532 `tcl-continued-indent-level'
26533 Indentation of continuation line relative to first line of command.
26535 Variables controlling user interaction with mode (see variable
26536 documentation for details):
26537 `tcl-tab-always-indent'
26538 Controls action of TAB key.
26539 `tcl-auto-newline'
26540 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces, brackets,
26541 and semicolons inserted in Tcl code.
26542 `tcl-use-smart-word-finder'
26543 If not nil, use a smarter, Tcl-specific way to find the current
26544 word when looking up help on a Tcl command.
26546 Turning on Tcl mode runs `tcl-mode-hook'. Read the documentation for
26547 `tcl-mode-hook' to see what kinds of interesting hook functions
26548 already exist.
26550 Commands:
26551 \\{tcl-mode-map}
26553 \(fn)" t nil)
26555 (autoload 'inferior-tcl "tcl" "\
26556 Run inferior Tcl process.
26557 Prefix arg means enter program name interactively.
26558 See documentation for function `inferior-tcl-mode' for more information.
26560 \(fn CMD)" t nil)
26562 (autoload 'tcl-help-on-word "tcl" "\
26563 Get help on Tcl command. Default is word at point.
26564 Prefix argument means invert sense of `tcl-use-smart-word-finder'.
26566 \(fn COMMAND &optional ARG)" t nil)
26568 ;;;***
26570 ;;;### (autoloads (rsh telnet) "telnet" "net/telnet.el" (19277 34921))
26571 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/telnet.el
26572 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps (purecopy "\\*telnet-.*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]+>\\)"))
26574 (autoload 'telnet "telnet" "\
26575 Open a network login connection to host named HOST (a string).
26576 Optional arg PORT specifies alternative port to connect to.
26577 Interactively, use \\[universal-argument] prefix to be prompted for port number.
26579 Communication with HOST is recorded in a buffer `*PROGRAM-HOST*'
26580 where PROGRAM is the telnet program being used. This program
26581 is controlled by the contents of the global variable `telnet-host-properties',
26582 falling back on the value of the global variable `telnet-program'.
26583 Normally input is edited in Emacs and sent a line at a time.
26585 \(fn HOST &optional PORT)" t nil)
26586 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps (purecopy "\\*rsh-[^-]*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]*>\\)"))
26588 (autoload 'rsh "telnet" "\
26589 Open a network login connection to host named HOST (a string).
26590 Communication with HOST is recorded in a buffer `*rsh-HOST*'.
26591 Normally input is edited in Emacs and sent a line at a time.
26593 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
26595 ;;;***
26597 ;;;### (autoloads (serial-term ansi-term term make-term) "term" "term.el"
26598 ;;;;;; (19294 23005))
26599 ;;; Generated autoloads from term.el
26601 (autoload 'make-term "term" "\
26602 Make a term process NAME in a buffer, running PROGRAM.
26603 The name of the buffer is made by surrounding NAME with `*'s.
26604 If there is already a running process in that buffer, it is not restarted.
26605 Optional third arg STARTFILE is the name of a file to send the contents of to
26606 the process. Any more args are arguments to PROGRAM.
26608 \(fn NAME PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil)
26610 (autoload 'term "term" "\
26611 Start a terminal-emulator in a new buffer.
26612 The buffer is in Term mode; see `term-mode' for the
26613 commands to use in that buffer.
26615 \\<term-raw-map>Type \\[switch-to-buffer] to switch to another buffer.
26617 \(fn PROGRAM)" t nil)
26619 (autoload 'ansi-term "term" "\
26620 Start a terminal-emulator in a new buffer.
26622 \(fn PROGRAM &optional NEW-BUFFER-NAME)" t nil)
26624 (autoload 'serial-term "term" "\
26625 Start a terminal-emulator for a serial port in a new buffer.
26626 PORT is the path or name of the serial port. For example, this
26627 could be \"/dev/ttyS0\" on Unix. On Windows, this could be
26628 \"COM1\" or \"\\\\.\\COM10\".
26629 SPEED is the speed of the serial port in bits per second. 9600
26630 is a common value. SPEED can be nil, see
26631 `serial-process-configure' for details.
26632 The buffer is in Term mode; see `term-mode' for the commands to
26633 use in that buffer.
26634 \\<term-raw-map>Type \\[switch-to-buffer] to switch to another buffer.
26636 \(fn PORT SPEED)" t nil)
26638 ;;;***
26640 ;;;### (autoloads (terminal-emulator) "terminal" "terminal.el" (19277
26641 ;;;;;; 34917))
26642 ;;; Generated autoloads from terminal.el
26644 (autoload 'terminal-emulator "terminal" "\
26645 Under a display-terminal emulator in BUFFER, run PROGRAM on arguments ARGS.
26646 ARGS is a list of argument-strings. Remaining arguments are WIDTH and HEIGHT.
26647 BUFFER's contents are made an image of the display generated by that program,
26648 and any input typed when BUFFER is the current Emacs buffer is sent to that
26649 program as keyboard input.
26651 Interactively, BUFFER defaults to \"*terminal*\" and PROGRAM and ARGS
26652 are parsed from an input-string using your usual shell.
26653 WIDTH and HEIGHT are determined from the size of the current window
26654 -- WIDTH will be one less than the window's width, HEIGHT will be its height.
26656 To switch buffers and leave the emulator, or to give commands
26657 to the emulator itself (as opposed to the program running under it),
26658 type Control-^. The following character is an emulator command.
26659 Type Control-^ twice to send it to the subprogram.
26660 This escape character may be changed using the variable `terminal-escape-char'.
26662 `Meta' characters may not currently be sent through the terminal emulator.
26664 Here is a list of some of the variables which control the behavior
26665 of the emulator -- see their documentation for more information:
26666 terminal-escape-char, terminal-scrolling, terminal-more-processing,
26667 terminal-redisplay-interval.
26669 This function calls the value of terminal-mode-hook if that exists
26670 and is non-nil after the terminal buffer has been set up and the
26671 subprocess started.
26673 \(fn BUFFER PROGRAM ARGS &optional WIDTH HEIGHT)" t nil)
26675 ;;;***
26677 ;;;### (autoloads (testcover-this-defun) "testcover" "emacs-lisp/testcover.el"
26678 ;;;;;; (19277 34919))
26679 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/testcover.el
26681 (autoload 'testcover-this-defun "testcover" "\
26682 Start coverage on function under point.
26684 \(fn)" t nil)
26686 ;;;***
26688 ;;;### (autoloads (tetris) "tetris" "play/tetris.el" (19277 34922))
26689 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/tetris.el
26691 (autoload 'tetris "tetris" "\
26692 Play the Tetris game.
26693 Shapes drop from the top of the screen, and the user has to move and
26694 rotate the shape to fit in with those at the bottom of the screen so
26695 as to form complete rows.
26697 tetris-mode keybindings:
26698 \\<tetris-mode-map>
26699 \\[tetris-start-game] Starts a new game of Tetris
26700 \\[tetris-end-game] Terminates the current game
26701 \\[tetris-pause-game] Pauses (or resumes) the current game
26702 \\[tetris-move-left] Moves the shape one square to the left
26703 \\[tetris-move-right] Moves the shape one square to the right
26704 \\[tetris-rotate-prev] Rotates the shape clockwise
26705 \\[tetris-rotate-next] Rotates the shape anticlockwise
26706 \\[tetris-move-bottom] Drops the shape to the bottom of the playing area
26708 \(fn)" t nil)
26710 ;;;***
26712 ;;;### (autoloads (doctex-mode tex-start-shell slitex-mode latex-mode
26713 ;;;;;; plain-tex-mode tex-mode tex-close-quote tex-open-quote tex-default-mode
26714 ;;;;;; tex-show-queue-command tex-dvi-view-command tex-alt-dvi-print-command
26715 ;;;;;; tex-dvi-print-command tex-bibtex-command latex-block-names
26716 ;;;;;; tex-start-commands tex-start-options slitex-run-command latex-run-command
26717 ;;;;;; tex-run-command tex-offer-save tex-main-file tex-first-line-header-regexp
26718 ;;;;;; tex-directory tex-shell-file-name) "tex-mode" "textmodes/tex-mode.el"
26719 ;;;;;; (19321 40838))
26720 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/tex-mode.el
26722 (defvar tex-shell-file-name nil "\
26723 *If non-nil, the shell file name to run in the subshell used to run TeX.")
26725 (custom-autoload 'tex-shell-file-name "tex-mode" t)
26727 (defvar tex-directory (purecopy ".") "\
26728 *Directory in which temporary files are written.
26729 You can make this `/tmp' if your TEXINPUTS has no relative directories in it
26730 and you don't try to apply \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer] when there are
26731 `\\input' commands with relative directories.")
26733 (custom-autoload 'tex-directory "tex-mode" t)
26735 (defvar tex-first-line-header-regexp nil "\
26736 Regexp for matching a first line which `tex-region' should include.
26737 If this is non-nil, it should be a regular expression string;
26738 if it matches the first line of the file,
26739 `tex-region' always includes the first line in the TeX run.")
26741 (custom-autoload 'tex-first-line-header-regexp "tex-mode" t)
26743 (defvar tex-main-file nil "\
26744 *The main TeX source file which includes this buffer's file.
26745 The command `tex-file' runs TeX on the file specified by `tex-main-file'
26746 if the variable is non-nil.")
26748 (custom-autoload 'tex-main-file "tex-mode" t)
26750 (defvar tex-offer-save t "\
26751 *If non-nil, ask about saving modified buffers before \\[tex-file] is run.")
26753 (custom-autoload 'tex-offer-save "tex-mode" t)
26755 (defvar tex-run-command (purecopy "tex") "\
26756 *Command used to run TeX subjob.
26757 TeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
26758 See the documentation of that variable.")
26760 (custom-autoload 'tex-run-command "tex-mode" t)
26762 (defvar latex-run-command (purecopy "latex") "\
26763 *Command used to run LaTeX subjob.
26764 LaTeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
26765 See the documentation of that variable.")
26767 (custom-autoload 'latex-run-command "tex-mode" t)
26769 (defvar slitex-run-command (purecopy "slitex") "\
26770 *Command used to run SliTeX subjob.
26771 SliTeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
26772 See the documentation of that variable.")
26774 (custom-autoload 'slitex-run-command "tex-mode" t)
26776 (defvar tex-start-options (purecopy "") "\
26777 *TeX options to use when starting TeX.
26778 These immediately precede the commands in `tex-start-commands'
26779 and the input file name, with no separating space and are not shell-quoted.
26780 If nil, TeX runs with no options. See the documentation of `tex-command'.")
26782 (custom-autoload 'tex-start-options "tex-mode" t)
26784 (defvar tex-start-commands (purecopy "\\nonstopmode\\input") "\
26785 *TeX commands to use when starting TeX.
26786 They are shell-quoted and precede the input file name, with a separating space.
26787 If nil, no commands are used. See the documentation of `tex-command'.")
26789 (custom-autoload 'tex-start-commands "tex-mode" t)
26791 (defvar latex-block-names nil "\
26792 *User defined LaTeX block names.
26793 Combined with `latex-standard-block-names' for minibuffer completion.")
26795 (custom-autoload 'latex-block-names "tex-mode" t)
26797 (defvar tex-bibtex-command (purecopy "bibtex") "\
26798 *Command used by `tex-bibtex-file' to gather bibliographic data.
26799 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
26800 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.")
26802 (custom-autoload 'tex-bibtex-command "tex-mode" t)
26804 (defvar tex-dvi-print-command (purecopy "lpr -d") "\
26805 *Command used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
26806 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
26807 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.")
26809 (custom-autoload 'tex-dvi-print-command "tex-mode" t)
26811 (defvar tex-alt-dvi-print-command (purecopy "lpr -d") "\
26812 *Command used by \\[tex-print] with a prefix arg to print a .dvi file.
26813 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
26814 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.
26816 If two printers are not enough of a choice, you can set the variable
26817 `tex-alt-dvi-print-command' to an expression that asks what you want;
26818 for example,
26820 (setq tex-alt-dvi-print-command
26821 '(format \"lpr -P%s\" (read-string \"Use printer: \")))
26823 would tell \\[tex-print] with a prefix argument to ask you which printer to
26824 use.")
26826 (custom-autoload 'tex-alt-dvi-print-command "tex-mode" t)
26828 (defvar tex-dvi-view-command `(cond ((eq window-system 'x) ,(purecopy "xdvi")) ((eq window-system 'w32) ,(purecopy "yap")) (t ,(purecopy "dvi2tty * | cat -s"))) "\
26829 *Command used by \\[tex-view] to display a `.dvi' file.
26830 If it is a string, that specifies the command directly.
26831 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
26832 otherwise, the file name, preceded by a space, is added at the end.
26834 If the value is a form, it is evaluated to get the command to use.")
26836 (custom-autoload 'tex-dvi-view-command "tex-mode" t)
26838 (defvar tex-show-queue-command (purecopy "lpq") "\
26839 *Command used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print queue.
26840 Should show the queue(s) that \\[tex-print] puts jobs on.")
26842 (custom-autoload 'tex-show-queue-command "tex-mode" t)
26844 (defvar tex-default-mode 'latex-mode "\
26845 *Mode to enter for a new file that might be either TeX or LaTeX.
26846 This variable is used when it can't be determined whether the file
26847 is plain TeX or LaTeX or what because the file contains no commands.
26848 Normally set to either `plain-tex-mode' or `latex-mode'.")
26850 (custom-autoload 'tex-default-mode "tex-mode" t)
26852 (defvar tex-open-quote (purecopy "``") "\
26853 *String inserted by typing \\[tex-insert-quote] to open a quotation.")
26855 (custom-autoload 'tex-open-quote "tex-mode" t)
26857 (defvar tex-close-quote (purecopy "''") "\
26858 *String inserted by typing \\[tex-insert-quote] to close a quotation.")
26860 (custom-autoload 'tex-close-quote "tex-mode" t)
26862 (autoload 'tex-mode "tex-mode" "\
26863 Major mode for editing files of input for TeX, LaTeX, or SliTeX.
26864 Tries to determine (by looking at the beginning of the file) whether
26865 this file is for plain TeX, LaTeX, or SliTeX and calls `plain-tex-mode',
26866 `latex-mode', or `slitex-mode', respectively. If it cannot be determined,
26867 such as if there are no commands in the file, the value of `tex-default-mode'
26868 says which mode to use.
26870 \(fn)" t nil)
26872 (defalias 'TeX-mode 'tex-mode)
26874 (defalias 'plain-TeX-mode 'plain-tex-mode)
26876 (defalias 'LaTeX-mode 'latex-mode)
26878 (autoload 'plain-tex-mode "tex-mode" "\
26879 Major mode for editing files of input for plain TeX.
26880 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
26881 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
26882 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
26884 Use \\[tex-region] to run TeX on the current region, plus a \"header\"
26885 copied from the top of the file (containing macro definitions, etc.),
26886 running TeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
26887 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
26888 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
26889 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
26890 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
26892 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
26893 mismatched $'s or braces.
26895 Special commands:
26896 \\{plain-tex-mode-map}
26898 Mode variables:
26899 tex-run-command
26900 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
26901 tex-directory
26902 Directory in which to create temporary files for TeX jobs
26903 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
26904 tex-dvi-print-command
26905 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
26906 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
26907 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
26908 argument) to print a .dvi file.
26909 tex-dvi-view-command
26910 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
26911 tex-show-queue-command
26912 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
26913 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
26915 Entering Plain-tex mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then the hook
26916 `tex-mode-hook', and finally the hook `plain-tex-mode-hook'. When the
26917 special subshell is initiated, the hook `tex-shell-hook' is run.
26919 \(fn)" t nil)
26921 (autoload 'latex-mode "tex-mode" "\
26922 Major mode for editing files of input for LaTeX.
26923 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
26924 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
26925 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
26927 Use \\[tex-region] to run LaTeX on the current region, plus the preamble
26928 copied from the top of the file (containing \\documentstyle, etc.),
26929 running LaTeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
26930 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
26931 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
26932 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
26933 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
26935 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
26936 mismatched $'s or braces.
26938 Special commands:
26939 \\{latex-mode-map}
26941 Mode variables:
26942 latex-run-command
26943 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
26944 tex-directory
26945 Directory in which to create temporary files for LaTeX jobs
26946 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
26947 tex-dvi-print-command
26948 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
26949 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
26950 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
26951 argument) to print a .dvi file.
26952 tex-dvi-view-command
26953 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
26954 tex-show-queue-command
26955 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
26956 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
26958 Entering Latex mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then
26959 `tex-mode-hook', and finally `latex-mode-hook'. When the special
26960 subshell is initiated, `tex-shell-hook' is run.
26962 \(fn)" t nil)
26964 (autoload 'slitex-mode "tex-mode" "\
26965 Major mode for editing files of input for SliTeX.
26966 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
26967 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
26968 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
26970 Use \\[tex-region] to run SliTeX on the current region, plus the preamble
26971 copied from the top of the file (containing \\documentstyle, etc.),
26972 running SliTeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
26973 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
26974 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
26975 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
26976 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
26978 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
26979 mismatched $'s or braces.
26981 Special commands:
26982 \\{slitex-mode-map}
26984 Mode variables:
26985 slitex-run-command
26986 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
26987 tex-directory
26988 Directory in which to create temporary files for SliTeX jobs
26989 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
26990 tex-dvi-print-command
26991 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
26992 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
26993 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
26994 argument) to print a .dvi file.
26995 tex-dvi-view-command
26996 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
26997 tex-show-queue-command
26998 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
26999 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
27001 Entering SliTeX mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then the hook
27002 `tex-mode-hook', then the hook `latex-mode-hook', and finally the hook
27003 `slitex-mode-hook'. When the special subshell is initiated, the hook
27004 `tex-shell-hook' is run.
27006 \(fn)" t nil)
27008 (autoload 'tex-start-shell "tex-mode" "\
27009 Not documented
27011 \(fn)" nil nil)
27013 (autoload 'doctex-mode "tex-mode" "\
27014 Major mode to edit DocTeX files.
27016 \(fn)" t nil)
27018 ;;;***
27020 ;;;### (autoloads (texi2info texinfo-format-region texinfo-format-buffer)
27021 ;;;;;; "texinfmt" "textmodes/texinfmt.el" (19277 34923))
27022 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/texinfmt.el
27024 (autoload 'texinfo-format-buffer "texinfmt" "\
27025 Process the current buffer as texinfo code, into an Info file.
27026 The Info file output is generated in a buffer visiting the Info file
27027 name specified in the @setfilename command.
27029 Non-nil argument (prefix, if interactive) means don't make tag table
27030 and don't split the file if large. You can use `Info-tagify' and
27031 `Info-split' to do these manually.
27033 \(fn &optional NOSPLIT)" t nil)
27035 (autoload 'texinfo-format-region "texinfmt" "\
27036 Convert the current region of the Texinfo file to Info format.
27037 This lets you see what that part of the file will look like in Info.
27038 The command is bound to \\[texinfo-format-region]. The text that is
27039 converted to Info is stored in a temporary buffer.
27041 \(fn REGION-BEGINNING REGION-END)" t nil)
27043 (autoload 'texi2info "texinfmt" "\
27044 Convert the current buffer (written in Texinfo code) into an Info file.
27045 The Info file output is generated in a buffer visiting the Info file
27046 names specified in the @setfilename command.
27048 This function automatically updates all node pointers and menus, and
27049 creates a master menu. This work is done on a temporary buffer that
27050 is automatically removed when the Info file is created. The original
27051 Texinfo source buffer is not changed.
27053 Non-nil argument (prefix, if interactive) means don't split the file
27054 if large. You can use `Info-split' to do this manually.
27056 \(fn &optional NOSPLIT)" t nil)
27058 ;;;***
27060 ;;;### (autoloads (texinfo-mode texinfo-close-quote texinfo-open-quote)
27061 ;;;;;; "texinfo" "textmodes/texinfo.el" (19277 34923))
27062 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/texinfo.el
27064 (defvar texinfo-open-quote (purecopy "``") "\
27065 String inserted by typing \\[texinfo-insert-quote] to open a quotation.")
27067 (custom-autoload 'texinfo-open-quote "texinfo" t)
27069 (defvar texinfo-close-quote (purecopy "''") "\
27070 String inserted by typing \\[texinfo-insert-quote] to close a quotation.")
27072 (custom-autoload 'texinfo-close-quote "texinfo" t)
27074 (autoload 'texinfo-mode "texinfo" "\
27075 Major mode for editing Texinfo files.
27077 It has these extra commands:
27078 \\{texinfo-mode-map}
27080 These are files that are used as input for TeX to make printed manuals
27081 and also to be turned into Info files with \\[makeinfo-buffer] or
27082 the `makeinfo' program. These files must be written in a very restricted and
27083 modified version of TeX input format.
27085 Editing commands are like text-mode except that the syntax table is
27086 set up so expression commands skip Texinfo bracket groups. To see
27087 what the Info version of a region of the Texinfo file will look like,
27088 use \\[makeinfo-region], which runs `makeinfo' on the current region.
27090 You can show the structure of a Texinfo file with \\[texinfo-show-structure].
27091 This command shows the structure of a Texinfo file by listing the
27092 lines with the @-sign commands for @chapter, @section, and the like.
27093 These lines are displayed in another window called the *Occur* window.
27094 In that window, you can position the cursor over one of the lines and
27095 use \\[occur-mode-goto-occurrence], to jump to the corresponding spot
27096 in the Texinfo file.
27098 In addition, Texinfo mode provides commands that insert various
27099 frequently used @-sign commands into the buffer. You can use these
27100 commands to save keystrokes. And you can insert balanced braces with
27101 \\[texinfo-insert-braces] and later use the command \\[up-list] to
27102 move forward past the closing brace.
27104 Also, Texinfo mode provides functions for automatically creating or
27105 updating menus and node pointers. These functions
27107 * insert the `Next', `Previous' and `Up' pointers of a node,
27108 * insert or update the menu for a section, and
27109 * create a master menu for a Texinfo source file.
27111 Here are the functions:
27113 texinfo-update-node \\[texinfo-update-node]
27114 texinfo-every-node-update \\[texinfo-every-node-update]
27115 texinfo-sequential-node-update
27117 texinfo-make-menu \\[texinfo-make-menu]
27118 texinfo-all-menus-update \\[texinfo-all-menus-update]
27119 texinfo-master-menu
27121 texinfo-indent-menu-description (column &optional region-p)
27123 The `texinfo-column-for-description' variable specifies the column to
27124 which menu descriptions are indented.
27126 Passed an argument (a prefix argument, if interactive), the
27127 `texinfo-update-node' and `texinfo-make-menu' functions do their jobs
27128 in the region.
27130 To use the updating commands, you must structure your Texinfo file
27131 hierarchically, such that each `@node' line, with the exception of the
27132 Top node, is accompanied by some kind of section line, such as an
27133 `@chapter' or `@section' line.
27135 If the file has a `top' node, it must be called `top' or `Top' and
27136 be the first node in the file.
27138 Entering Texinfo mode calls the value of `text-mode-hook', and then the
27139 value of `texinfo-mode-hook'.
27141 \(fn)" t nil)
27143 ;;;***
27145 ;;;### (autoloads (thai-composition-function thai-compose-buffer
27146 ;;;;;; thai-compose-string thai-compose-region) "thai-util" "language/thai-util.el"
27147 ;;;;;; (19277 34921))
27148 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/thai-util.el
27150 (autoload 'thai-compose-region "thai-util" "\
27151 Compose Thai characters in the region.
27152 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
27153 positions (integers or markers) specifying the region.
27155 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
27157 (autoload 'thai-compose-string "thai-util" "\
27158 Compose Thai characters in STRING and return the resulting string.
27160 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
27162 (autoload 'thai-compose-buffer "thai-util" "\
27163 Compose Thai characters in the current buffer.
27165 \(fn)" t nil)
27167 (autoload 'thai-composition-function "thai-util" "\
27168 Not documented
27170 \(fn GSTRING)" nil nil)
27172 ;;;***
27174 ;;;### (autoloads (list-at-point number-at-point symbol-at-point
27175 ;;;;;; sexp-at-point thing-at-point bounds-of-thing-at-point forward-thing)
27176 ;;;;;; "thingatpt" "thingatpt.el" (19277 34917))
27177 ;;; Generated autoloads from thingatpt.el
27179 (autoload 'forward-thing "thingatpt" "\
27180 Move forward to the end of the Nth next THING.
27182 \(fn THING &optional N)" nil nil)
27184 (autoload 'bounds-of-thing-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27185 Determine the start and end buffer locations for the THING at point.
27186 THING is a symbol which specifies the kind of syntactic entity you want.
27187 Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun', `filename', `url',
27188 `email', `word', `sentence', `whitespace', `line', `page' and others.
27190 See the file `thingatpt.el' for documentation on how to define
27191 a symbol as a valid THING.
27193 The value is a cons cell (START . END) giving the start and end positions
27194 of the textual entity that was found.
27196 \(fn THING)" nil nil)
27198 (autoload 'thing-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27199 Return the THING at point.
27200 THING is a symbol which specifies the kind of syntactic entity you want.
27201 Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun', `filename', `url',
27202 `email', `word', `sentence', `whitespace', `line', `page' and others.
27204 See the file `thingatpt.el' for documentation on how to define
27205 a symbol as a valid THING.
27207 \(fn THING)" nil nil)
27209 (autoload 'sexp-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27210 Return the sexp at point, or nil if none is found.
27212 \(fn)" nil nil)
27214 (autoload 'symbol-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27215 Return the symbol at point, or nil if none is found.
27217 \(fn)" nil nil)
27219 (autoload 'number-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27220 Return the number at point, or nil if none is found.
27222 \(fn)" nil nil)
27224 (autoload 'list-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27225 Return the Lisp list at point, or nil if none is found.
27227 \(fn)" nil nil)
27229 ;;;***
27231 ;;;### (autoloads (thumbs-dired-setroot thumbs-dired-show thumbs-dired-show-marked
27232 ;;;;;; thumbs-show-from-dir thumbs-find-thumb) "thumbs" "thumbs.el"
27233 ;;;;;; (19277 34917))
27234 ;;; Generated autoloads from thumbs.el
27236 (autoload 'thumbs-find-thumb "thumbs" "\
27237 Display the thumbnail for IMG.
27239 \(fn IMG)" t nil)
27241 (autoload 'thumbs-show-from-dir "thumbs" "\
27242 Make a preview buffer for all images in DIR.
27243 Optional argument REG to select file matching a regexp,
27244 and SAME-WINDOW to show thumbs in the same window.
27246 \(fn DIR &optional REG SAME-WINDOW)" t nil)
27248 (autoload 'thumbs-dired-show-marked "thumbs" "\
27249 In dired, make a thumbs buffer with marked files.
27251 \(fn)" t nil)
27253 (autoload 'thumbs-dired-show "thumbs" "\
27254 In dired, make a thumbs buffer with all files in current directory.
27256 \(fn)" t nil)
27258 (defalias 'thumbs 'thumbs-show-from-dir)
27260 (autoload 'thumbs-dired-setroot "thumbs" "\
27261 In dired, call the setroot program on the image at point.
27263 \(fn)" t nil)
27265 ;;;***
27267 ;;;### (autoloads (tibetan-pre-write-canonicalize-for-unicode tibetan-pre-write-conversion
27268 ;;;;;; tibetan-post-read-conversion tibetan-compose-buffer tibetan-decompose-buffer
27269 ;;;;;; tibetan-decompose-string tibetan-decompose-region tibetan-compose-region
27270 ;;;;;; tibetan-compose-string tibetan-transcription-to-tibetan tibetan-tibetan-to-transcription
27271 ;;;;;; tibetan-char-p) "tibet-util" "language/tibet-util.el" (19277
27272 ;;;;;; 34921))
27273 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/tibet-util.el
27275 (autoload 'tibetan-char-p "tibet-util" "\
27276 Check if char CH is Tibetan character.
27277 Returns non-nil if CH is Tibetan. Otherwise, returns nil.
27279 \(fn CH)" nil nil)
27281 (autoload 'tibetan-tibetan-to-transcription "tibet-util" "\
27282 Transcribe Tibetan string STR and return the corresponding Roman string.
27284 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
27286 (autoload 'tibetan-transcription-to-tibetan "tibet-util" "\
27287 Convert Tibetan Roman string STR to Tibetan character string.
27288 The returned string has no composition information.
27290 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
27292 (autoload 'tibetan-compose-string "tibet-util" "\
27293 Compose Tibetan string STR.
27295 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
27297 (autoload 'tibetan-compose-region "tibet-util" "\
27298 Compose Tibetan text the region BEG and END.
27300 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
27302 (autoload 'tibetan-decompose-region "tibet-util" "\
27303 Decompose Tibetan text in the region FROM and TO.
27304 This is different from decompose-region because precomposed Tibetan characters
27305 are decomposed into normal Tibetan character sequences.
27307 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
27309 (autoload 'tibetan-decompose-string "tibet-util" "\
27310 Decompose Tibetan string STR.
27311 This is different from decompose-string because precomposed Tibetan characters
27312 are decomposed into normal Tibetan character sequences.
27314 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
27316 (autoload 'tibetan-decompose-buffer "tibet-util" "\
27317 Decomposes Tibetan characters in the buffer into their components.
27318 See also the documentation of the function `tibetan-decompose-region'.
27320 \(fn)" t nil)
27322 (autoload 'tibetan-compose-buffer "tibet-util" "\
27323 Composes Tibetan character components in the buffer.
27324 See also docstring of the function tibetan-compose-region.
27326 \(fn)" t nil)
27328 (autoload 'tibetan-post-read-conversion "tibet-util" "\
27329 Not documented
27331 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
27333 (autoload 'tibetan-pre-write-conversion "tibet-util" "\
27334 Not documented
27336 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
27338 (autoload 'tibetan-pre-write-canonicalize-for-unicode "tibet-util" "\
27339 Not documented
27341 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
27343 ;;;***
27345 ;;;### (autoloads (tildify-buffer tildify-region) "tildify" "textmodes/tildify.el"
27346 ;;;;;; (19277 34923))
27347 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/tildify.el
27349 (autoload 'tildify-region "tildify" "\
27350 Add hard spaces in the region between BEG and END.
27351 See variables `tildify-pattern-alist', `tildify-string-alist', and
27352 `tildify-ignored-environments-alist' for information about configuration
27353 parameters.
27354 This function performs no refilling of the changed text.
27356 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
27358 (autoload 'tildify-buffer "tildify" "\
27359 Add hard spaces in the current buffer.
27360 See variables `tildify-pattern-alist', `tildify-string-alist', and
27361 `tildify-ignored-environments-alist' for information about configuration
27362 parameters.
27363 This function performs no refilling of the changed text.
27365 \(fn)" t nil)
27367 ;;;***
27369 ;;;### (autoloads (emacs-init-time emacs-uptime display-time-world
27370 ;;;;;; display-time-mode display-time display-time-day-and-date)
27371 ;;;;;; "time" "time.el" (19277 34917))
27372 ;;; Generated autoloads from time.el
27374 (defvar display-time-day-and-date nil "\
27375 *Non-nil means \\[display-time] should display day and date as well as time.")
27377 (custom-autoload 'display-time-day-and-date "time" t)
27378 (put 'display-time-string 'risky-local-variable t)
27380 (autoload 'display-time "time" "\
27381 Enable display of time, load level, and mail flag in mode lines.
27382 This display updates automatically every minute.
27383 If `display-time-day-and-date' is non-nil, the current day and date
27384 are displayed as well.
27385 This runs the normal hook `display-time-hook' after each update.
27387 \(fn)" t nil)
27389 (defvar display-time-mode nil "\
27390 Non-nil if Display-Time mode is enabled.
27391 See the command `display-time-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
27392 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
27393 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
27394 or call the function `display-time-mode'.")
27396 (custom-autoload 'display-time-mode "time" nil)
27398 (autoload 'display-time-mode "time" "\
27399 Toggle display of time, load level, and mail flag in mode lines.
27400 With a numeric arg, enable this display if arg is positive.
27402 When this display is enabled, it updates automatically every minute.
27403 If `display-time-day-and-date' is non-nil, the current day and date
27404 are displayed as well.
27405 This runs the normal hook `display-time-hook' after each update.
27407 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27409 (autoload 'display-time-world "time" "\
27410 Enable updating display of times in various time zones.
27411 `display-time-world-list' specifies the zones.
27412 To turn off the world time display, go to that window and type `q'.
27414 \(fn)" t nil)
27416 (autoload 'emacs-uptime "time" "\
27417 Return a string giving the uptime of this instance of Emacs.
27418 FORMAT is a string to format the result, using `format-seconds'.
27419 For example, the Unix uptime command format is \"%D, %z%2h:%.2m\".
27421 \(fn &optional FORMAT)" t nil)
27423 (autoload 'emacs-init-time "time" "\
27424 Return a string giving the duration of the Emacs initialization.
27426 \(fn)" t nil)
27428 ;;;***
27430 ;;;### (autoloads (format-seconds safe-date-to-time time-to-days
27431 ;;;;;; time-to-day-in-year date-leap-year-p days-between date-to-day
27432 ;;;;;; time-add time-subtract time-since days-to-time time-less-p
27433 ;;;;;; seconds-to-time date-to-time) "time-date" "calendar/time-date.el"
27434 ;;;;;; (19286 4503))
27435 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/time-date.el
27437 (autoload 'date-to-time "time-date" "\
27438 Parse a string DATE that represents a date-time and return a time value.
27439 If DATE lacks timezone information, GMT is assumed.
27441 \(fn DATE)" nil nil)
27442 (if (and (fboundp 'float-time)
27443 (subrp (symbol-function 'float-time)))
27444 (progn
27445 (defalias 'time-to-seconds 'float-time)
27446 (make-obsolete 'time-to-seconds 'float-time "21.1"))
27447 (autoload 'time-to-seconds "time-date"))
27449 (autoload 'seconds-to-time "time-date" "\
27450 Convert SECONDS (a floating point number) to a time value.
27452 \(fn SECONDS)" nil nil)
27454 (autoload 'time-less-p "time-date" "\
27455 Say whether time value T1 is less than time value T2.
27457 \(fn T1 T2)" nil nil)
27459 (autoload 'days-to-time "time-date" "\
27460 Convert DAYS into a time value.
27462 \(fn DAYS)" nil nil)
27464 (autoload 'time-since "time-date" "\
27465 Return the time elapsed since TIME.
27466 TIME should be either a time value or a date-time string.
27468 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
27470 (defalias 'subtract-time 'time-subtract)
27472 (autoload 'time-subtract "time-date" "\
27473 Subtract two time values, T1 minus T2.
27474 Return the difference in the format of a time value.
27476 \(fn T1 T2)" nil nil)
27478 (autoload 'time-add "time-date" "\
27479 Add two time values T1 and T2. One should represent a time difference.
27481 \(fn T1 T2)" nil nil)
27483 (autoload 'date-to-day "time-date" "\
27484 Return the number of days between year 1 and DATE.
27485 DATE should be a date-time string.
27487 \(fn DATE)" nil nil)
27489 (autoload 'days-between "time-date" "\
27490 Return the number of days between DATE1 and DATE2.
27491 DATE1 and DATE2 should be date-time strings.
27493 \(fn DATE1 DATE2)" nil nil)
27495 (autoload 'date-leap-year-p "time-date" "\
27496 Return t if YEAR is a leap year.
27498 \(fn YEAR)" nil nil)
27500 (autoload 'time-to-day-in-year "time-date" "\
27501 Return the day number within the year corresponding to TIME.
27503 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
27505 (autoload 'time-to-days "time-date" "\
27506 The number of days between the Gregorian date 0001-12-31bce and TIME.
27507 TIME should be a time value.
27508 The Gregorian date Sunday, December 31, 1bce is imaginary.
27510 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
27512 (autoload 'safe-date-to-time "time-date" "\
27513 Parse a string DATE that represents a date-time and return a time value.
27514 If DATE is malformed, return a time value of zeros.
27516 \(fn DATE)" nil nil)
27518 (autoload 'format-seconds "time-date" "\
27519 Use format control STRING to format the number SECONDS.
27520 The valid format specifiers are:
27521 %y is the number of (365-day) years.
27522 %d is the number of days.
27523 %h is the number of hours.
27524 %m is the number of minutes.
27525 %s is the number of seconds.
27526 %z is a non-printing control flag (see below).
27527 %% is a literal \"%\".
27529 Upper-case specifiers are followed by the unit-name (e.g. \"years\").
27530 Lower-case specifiers return only the unit.
27532 \"%\" may be followed by a number specifying a width, with an
27533 optional leading \".\" for zero-padding. For example, \"%.3Y\" will
27534 return something of the form \"001 year\".
27536 The \"%z\" specifier does not print anything. When it is used, specifiers
27537 must be given in order of decreasing size. To the left of \"%z\", nothing
27538 is output until the first non-zero unit is encountered.
27540 This function does not work for SECONDS greater than `most-positive-fixnum'.
27542 \(fn STRING SECONDS)" nil nil)
27544 ;;;***
27546 ;;;### (autoloads (time-stamp-toggle-active time-stamp) "time-stamp"
27547 ;;;;;; "time-stamp.el" (19277 34917))
27548 ;;; Generated autoloads from time-stamp.el
27549 (put 'time-stamp-format 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
27550 (put 'time-stamp-time-zone 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
27551 (put 'time-stamp-line-limit 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
27552 (put 'time-stamp-start 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
27553 (put 'time-stamp-end 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
27554 (put 'time-stamp-inserts-lines 'safe-local-variable 'symbolp)
27555 (put 'time-stamp-count 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
27556 (put 'time-stamp-pattern 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
27558 (autoload 'time-stamp "time-stamp" "\
27559 Update the time stamp string(s) in the buffer.
27560 A template in a file can be automatically updated with a new time stamp
27561 every time you save the file. Add this line to your .emacs file:
27562 (add-hook 'before-save-hook 'time-stamp)
27563 or customize `before-save-hook' through Custom.
27564 Normally the template must appear in the first 8 lines of a file and
27565 look like one of the following:
27566 Time-stamp: <>
27567 Time-stamp: \" \"
27568 The time stamp is written between the brackets or quotes:
27569 Time-stamp: <2001-02-18 10:20:51 gildea>
27570 The time stamp is updated only if the variable `time-stamp-active' is non-nil.
27571 The format of the time stamp is set by the variable `time-stamp-pattern' or
27572 `time-stamp-format'. The variables `time-stamp-pattern',
27573 `time-stamp-line-limit', `time-stamp-start', `time-stamp-end',
27574 `time-stamp-count', and `time-stamp-inserts-lines' control finding
27575 the template.
27577 \(fn)" t nil)
27579 (autoload 'time-stamp-toggle-active "time-stamp" "\
27580 Toggle `time-stamp-active', setting whether \\[time-stamp] updates a buffer.
27581 With ARG, turn time stamping on if and only if arg is positive.
27583 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27585 ;;;***
27587 ;;;### (autoloads (timeclock-when-to-leave-string timeclock-workday-elapsed-string
27588 ;;;;;; timeclock-workday-remaining-string timeclock-reread-log timeclock-query-out
27589 ;;;;;; timeclock-change timeclock-status-string timeclock-out timeclock-in
27590 ;;;;;; timeclock-modeline-display) "timeclock" "calendar/timeclock.el"
27591 ;;;;;; (19277 34918))
27592 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/timeclock.el
27594 (autoload 'timeclock-modeline-display "timeclock" "\
27595 Toggle display of the amount of time left today in the modeline.
27596 If `timeclock-use-display-time' is non-nil (the default), then
27597 the function `display-time-mode' must be active, and the modeline
27598 will be updated whenever the time display is updated. Otherwise,
27599 the timeclock will use its own sixty second timer to do its
27600 updating. With prefix ARG, turn modeline display on if and only
27601 if ARG is positive. Returns the new status of timeclock modeline
27602 display (non-nil means on).
27604 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27606 (autoload 'timeclock-in "timeclock" "\
27607 Clock in, recording the current time moment in the timelog.
27608 With a numeric prefix ARG, record the fact that today has only that
27609 many hours in it to be worked. If ARG is a non-numeric prefix argument
27610 \(non-nil, but not a number), 0 is assumed (working on a holiday or
27611 weekend). *If not called interactively, ARG should be the number of
27612 _seconds_ worked today*. This feature only has effect the first time
27613 this function is called within a day.
27615 PROJECT is the project being clocked into. If PROJECT is nil, and
27616 FIND-PROJECT is non-nil -- or the user calls `timeclock-in'
27617 interactively -- call the function `timeclock-get-project-function' to
27618 discover the name of the project.
27620 \(fn &optional ARG PROJECT FIND-PROJECT)" t nil)
27622 (autoload 'timeclock-out "timeclock" "\
27623 Clock out, recording the current time moment in the timelog.
27624 If a prefix ARG is given, the user has completed the project that was
27625 begun during the last time segment.
27627 REASON is the user's reason for clocking out. If REASON is nil, and
27628 FIND-REASON is non-nil -- or the user calls `timeclock-out'
27629 interactively -- call the function `timeclock-get-reason-function' to
27630 discover the reason.
27632 \(fn &optional ARG REASON FIND-REASON)" t nil)
27634 (autoload 'timeclock-status-string "timeclock" "\
27635 Report the overall timeclock status at the present moment.
27636 If SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil, display second resolution.
27637 If TODAY-ONLY is non-nil, the display will be relative only to time
27638 worked today, ignoring the time worked on previous days.
27640 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS TODAY-ONLY)" t nil)
27642 (autoload 'timeclock-change "timeclock" "\
27643 Change to working on a different project.
27644 This clocks out of the current project, then clocks in on a new one.
27645 With a prefix ARG, consider the previous project as finished at the
27646 time of changeover. PROJECT is the name of the last project you were
27647 working on.
27649 \(fn &optional ARG PROJECT)" t nil)
27651 (autoload 'timeclock-query-out "timeclock" "\
27652 Ask the user whether to clock out.
27653 This is a useful function for adding to `kill-emacs-query-functions'.
27655 \(fn)" nil nil)
27657 (autoload 'timeclock-reread-log "timeclock" "\
27658 Re-read the timeclock, to account for external changes.
27659 Returns the new value of `timeclock-discrepancy'.
27661 \(fn)" t nil)
27663 (autoload 'timeclock-workday-remaining-string "timeclock" "\
27664 Return a string representing the amount of time left today.
27665 Display second resolution if SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil. If TODAY-ONLY
27666 is non-nil, the display will be relative only to time worked today.
27667 See `timeclock-relative' for more information about the meaning of
27668 \"relative to today\".
27670 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS TODAY-ONLY)" t nil)
27672 (autoload 'timeclock-workday-elapsed-string "timeclock" "\
27673 Return a string representing the amount of time worked today.
27674 Display seconds resolution if SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil. If RELATIVE is
27675 non-nil, the amount returned will be relative to past time worked.
27677 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS)" t nil)
27679 (autoload 'timeclock-when-to-leave-string "timeclock" "\
27680 Return a string representing the end of today's workday.
27681 This string is relative to the value of `timeclock-workday'. If
27682 SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil, the value printed/returned will include
27683 seconds. If TODAY-ONLY is non-nil, the value returned will be
27684 relative only to the time worked today, and not to past time.
27686 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS TODAY-ONLY)" t nil)
27688 ;;;***
27690 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-titdic-convert titdic-convert) "titdic-cnv"
27691 ;;;;;; "international/titdic-cnv.el" (19277 34920))
27692 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/titdic-cnv.el
27694 (autoload 'titdic-convert "titdic-cnv" "\
27695 Convert a TIT dictionary of FILENAME into a Quail package.
27696 Optional argument DIRNAME if specified is the directory name under which
27697 the generated Quail package is saved.
27699 \(fn FILENAME &optional DIRNAME)" t nil)
27701 (autoload 'batch-titdic-convert "titdic-cnv" "\
27702 Run `titdic-convert' on the files remaining on the command line.
27703 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
27704 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
27705 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-titdic-convert XXX.tit\" to
27706 generate Quail package file \"xxx.el\" from TIT dictionary file \"XXX.tit\".
27707 To get complete usage, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-titdic-convert -h\".
27709 \(fn &optional FORCE)" nil nil)
27711 ;;;***
27713 ;;;### (autoloads (tmm-prompt tmm-menubar-mouse tmm-menubar) "tmm"
27714 ;;;;;; "tmm.el" (19277 34917))
27715 ;;; Generated autoloads from tmm.el
27716 (define-key global-map "\M-`" 'tmm-menubar)
27717 (define-key global-map [menu-bar mouse-1] 'tmm-menubar-mouse)
27719 (autoload 'tmm-menubar "tmm" "\
27720 Text-mode emulation of looking and choosing from a menubar.
27721 See the documentation for `tmm-prompt'.
27722 X-POSITION, if non-nil, specifies a horizontal position within the menu bar;
27723 we make that menu bar item (the one at that position) the default choice.
27725 \(fn &optional X-POSITION)" t nil)
27727 (autoload 'tmm-menubar-mouse "tmm" "\
27728 Text-mode emulation of looking and choosing from a menubar.
27729 This command is used when you click the mouse in the menubar
27730 on a console which has no window system but does have a mouse.
27731 See the documentation for `tmm-prompt'.
27733 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
27735 (autoload 'tmm-prompt "tmm" "\
27736 Text-mode emulation of calling the bindings in keymap.
27737 Creates a text-mode menu of possible choices. You can access the elements
27738 in the menu in two ways:
27739 *) via history mechanism from minibuffer;
27740 *) Or via completion-buffer that is automatically shown.
27741 The last alternative is currently a hack, you cannot use mouse reliably.
27743 MENU is like the MENU argument to `x-popup-menu': either a
27744 keymap or an alist of alists.
27745 DEFAULT-ITEM, if non-nil, specifies an initial default choice.
27746 Its value should be an event that has a binding in MENU.
27748 \(fn MENU &optional IN-POPUP DEFAULT-ITEM)" nil nil)
27750 ;;;***
27752 ;;;### (autoloads (todo-show todo-cp todo-mode todo-print todo-top-priorities
27753 ;;;;;; todo-insert-item todo-add-item-non-interactively todo-add-category)
27754 ;;;;;; "todo-mode" "calendar/todo-mode.el" (19277 34918))
27755 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/todo-mode.el
27757 (autoload 'todo-add-category "todo-mode" "\
27758 Add new category CAT to the TODO list.
27760 \(fn &optional CAT)" t nil)
27762 (autoload 'todo-add-item-non-interactively "todo-mode" "\
27763 Insert NEW-ITEM in TODO list as a new entry in CATEGORY.
27765 \(fn NEW-ITEM CATEGORY)" nil nil)
27767 (autoload 'todo-insert-item "todo-mode" "\
27768 Insert new TODO list entry.
27769 With a prefix argument ARG solicit the category, otherwise use the current
27770 category.
27772 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
27774 (autoload 'todo-top-priorities "todo-mode" "\
27775 List top priorities for each category.
27777 Number of entries for each category is given by NOF-PRIORITIES which
27778 defaults to `todo-show-priorities'.
27780 If CATEGORY-PR-PAGE is non-nil, a page separator '^L' is inserted
27781 between each category.
27782 INTERACTIVE should be non-nil if this function is called interactively.
27784 \(fn &optional NOF-PRIORITIES CATEGORY-PR-PAGE INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
27786 (autoload 'todo-print "todo-mode" "\
27787 Print todo summary using `todo-print-function'.
27788 If CATEGORY-PR-PAGE is non-nil, a page separator `^L' is inserted
27789 between each category.
27791 Number of entries for each category is given by `todo-print-priorities'.
27793 \(fn &optional CATEGORY-PR-PAGE)" t nil)
27795 (autoload 'todo-mode "todo-mode" "\
27796 Major mode for editing TODO lists.
27798 \\{todo-mode-map}
27800 \(fn)" t nil)
27802 (autoload 'todo-cp "todo-mode" "\
27803 Make a diary entry appear only in the current date's diary.
27805 \(fn)" nil nil)
27807 (autoload 'todo-show "todo-mode" "\
27808 Show TODO list.
27810 \(fn)" t nil)
27812 ;;;***
27814 ;;;### (autoloads (tool-bar-local-item-from-menu tool-bar-add-item-from-menu
27815 ;;;;;; tool-bar-local-item tool-bar-add-item toggle-tool-bar-mode-from-frame)
27816 ;;;;;; "tool-bar" "tool-bar.el" (19277 34917))
27817 ;;; Generated autoloads from tool-bar.el
27819 (autoload 'toggle-tool-bar-mode-from-frame "tool-bar" "\
27820 Toggle tool bar on or off, based on the status of the current frame.
27821 See `tool-bar-mode' for more information.
27823 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27825 (put 'tool-bar-mode 'standard-value '(t))
27827 (autoload 'tool-bar-add-item "tool-bar" "\
27828 Add an item to the tool bar.
27829 ICON names the image, DEF is the key definition and KEY is a symbol
27830 for the fake function key in the menu keymap. Remaining arguments
27831 PROPS are additional items to add to the menu item specification. See
27832 Info node `(elisp)Tool Bar'. Items are added from left to right.
27834 ICON is the base name of a file containing the image to use. The
27835 function will first try to use low-color/ICON.xpm if `display-color-cells'
27836 is less or equal to 256, then ICON.xpm, then ICON.pbm, and finally
27837 ICON.xbm, using `find-image'.
27839 Use this function only to make bindings in the global value of `tool-bar-map'.
27840 To define items in any other map, use `tool-bar-local-item'.
27842 \(fn ICON DEF KEY &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
27844 (autoload 'tool-bar-local-item "tool-bar" "\
27845 Add an item to the tool bar in map MAP.
27846 ICON names the image, DEF is the key definition and KEY is a symbol
27847 for the fake function key in the menu keymap. Remaining arguments
27848 PROPS are additional items to add to the menu item specification. See
27849 Info node `(elisp)Tool Bar'. Items are added from left to right.
27851 ICON is the base name of a file containing the image to use. The
27852 function will first try to use low-color/ICON.xpm if `display-color-cells'
27853 is less or equal to 256, then ICON.xpm, then ICON.pbm, and finally
27854 ICON.xbm, using `find-image'.
27856 \(fn ICON DEF KEY MAP &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
27858 (autoload 'tool-bar-add-item-from-menu "tool-bar" "\
27859 Define tool bar binding for COMMAND in keymap MAP using the given ICON.
27860 This makes a binding for COMMAND in `tool-bar-map', copying its
27861 binding from the menu bar in MAP (which defaults to `global-map'), but
27862 modifies the binding by adding an image specification for ICON. It
27863 finds ICON just like `tool-bar-add-item'. PROPS are additional
27864 properties to add to the binding.
27866 MAP must contain appropriate binding for `[menu-bar]' which holds a keymap.
27868 Use this function only to make bindings in the global value of `tool-bar-map'.
27869 To define items in any other map, use `tool-bar-local-item-from-menu'.
27871 \(fn COMMAND ICON &optional MAP &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
27873 (autoload 'tool-bar-local-item-from-menu "tool-bar" "\
27874 Define local tool bar binding for COMMAND using the given ICON.
27875 This makes a binding for COMMAND in IN-MAP, copying its binding from
27876 the menu bar in FROM-MAP (which defaults to `global-map'), but
27877 modifies the binding by adding an image specification for ICON. It
27878 finds ICON just like `tool-bar-add-item'. PROPS are additional
27879 properties to add to the binding.
27881 FROM-MAP must contain appropriate binding for `[menu-bar]' which
27882 holds a keymap.
27884 \(fn COMMAND ICON IN-MAP &optional FROM-MAP &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
27886 ;;;***
27888 ;;;### (autoloads (tpu-edt-on tpu-edt-mode) "tpu-edt" "emulation/tpu-edt.el"
27889 ;;;;;; (19279 53114))
27890 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/tpu-edt.el
27892 (defvar tpu-edt-mode nil "\
27893 Non-nil if Tpu-Edt mode is enabled.
27894 See the command `tpu-edt-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
27895 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
27896 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
27897 or call the function `tpu-edt-mode'.")
27899 (custom-autoload 'tpu-edt-mode "tpu-edt" nil)
27901 (autoload 'tpu-edt-mode "tpu-edt" "\
27902 TPU/edt emulation.
27904 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27906 (defalias 'tpu-edt 'tpu-edt-on)
27908 (autoload 'tpu-edt-on "tpu-edt" "\
27909 Turn on TPU/edt emulation.
27911 \(fn)" t nil)
27913 ;;;***
27915 ;;;### (autoloads (tpu-mapper) "tpu-mapper" "emulation/tpu-mapper.el"
27916 ;;;;;; (19277 34919))
27917 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/tpu-mapper.el
27919 (autoload 'tpu-mapper "tpu-mapper" "\
27920 Create an Emacs lisp file defining the TPU-edt keypad for X-windows.
27922 This command displays an instruction screen showing the TPU-edt keypad
27923 and asks you to press the TPU-edt editing keys. It uses the keys you
27924 press to create an Emacs Lisp file that will define a TPU-edt keypad
27925 for your X server. You can even re-arrange the standard EDT keypad to
27926 suit your tastes (or to cope with those silly Sun and PC keypads).
27928 Finally, you will be prompted for the name of the file to store the key
27929 definitions. If you chose the default, TPU-edt will find it and load it
27930 automatically. If you specify a different file name, you will need to
27931 set the variable ``tpu-xkeys-file'' before starting TPU-edt. Here's how
27932 you might go about doing that in your .emacs file.
27934 (setq tpu-xkeys-file (expand-file-name \"~/.my-emacs-x-keys\"))
27935 (tpu-edt)
27937 Known Problems:
27939 Sometimes, tpu-mapper will ignore a key you press, and just continue to
27940 prompt for the same key. This can happen when your window manager sucks
27941 up the key and doesn't pass it on to Emacs, or it could be an Emacs bug.
27942 Either way, there's nothing that tpu-mapper can do about it. You must
27943 press RETURN, to skip the current key and continue. Later, you and/or
27944 your local X guru can try to figure out why the key is being ignored.
27946 \(fn)" t nil)
27948 ;;;***
27950 ;;;### (autoloads (tq-create) "tq" "emacs-lisp/tq.el" (19277 34919))
27951 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/tq.el
27953 (autoload 'tq-create "tq" "\
27954 Create and return a transaction queue communicating with PROCESS.
27955 PROCESS should be a subprocess capable of sending and receiving
27956 streams of bytes. It may be a local process, or it may be connected
27957 to a tcp server on another machine.
27959 \(fn PROCESS)" nil nil)
27961 ;;;***
27963 ;;;### (autoloads (trace-function-background trace-function trace-buffer)
27964 ;;;;;; "trace" "emacs-lisp/trace.el" (19277 34919))
27965 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/trace.el
27967 (defvar trace-buffer (purecopy "*trace-output*") "\
27968 Trace output will by default go to that buffer.")
27970 (custom-autoload 'trace-buffer "trace" t)
27972 (autoload 'trace-function "trace" "\
27973 Traces FUNCTION with trace output going to BUFFER.
27974 For every call of FUNCTION Lisp-style trace messages that display argument
27975 and return values will be inserted into BUFFER. This function generates the
27976 trace advice for FUNCTION and activates it together with any other advice
27977 there might be!! The trace BUFFER will popup whenever FUNCTION is called.
27978 Do not use this to trace functions that switch buffers or do any other
27979 display oriented stuff, use `trace-function-background' instead.
27981 \(fn FUNCTION &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
27983 (autoload 'trace-function-background "trace" "\
27984 Traces FUNCTION with trace output going quietly to BUFFER.
27985 When this tracing is enabled, every call to FUNCTION writes
27986 a Lisp-style trace message (showing the arguments and return value)
27987 into BUFFER. This function generates advice to trace FUNCTION
27988 and activates it together with any other advice there might be.
27989 The trace output goes to BUFFER quietly, without changing
27990 the window or buffer configuration.
27992 BUFFER defaults to `trace-buffer'.
27994 \(fn FUNCTION &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
27996 ;;;***
27998 ;;;### (autoloads (tramp-unload-tramp tramp-completion-handle-file-name-completion
27999 ;;;;;; tramp-completion-handle-file-name-all-completions tramp-unload-file-name-handlers
28000 ;;;;;; tramp-file-name-handler tramp-syntax tramp-mode) "tramp"
28001 ;;;;;; "net/tramp.el" (19360 14173))
28002 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/tramp.el
28004 (defvar tramp-mode t "\
28005 *Whether Tramp is enabled.
28006 If it is set to nil, all remote file names are used literally.")
28008 (custom-autoload 'tramp-mode "tramp" t)
28010 (defvar tramp-syntax (if (featurep 'xemacs) 'sep 'ftp) "\
28011 Tramp filename syntax to be used.
28013 It can have the following values:
28015 'ftp -- Ange-FTP respective EFS like syntax (GNU Emacs default)
28016 'sep -- Syntax as defined for XEmacs (not available yet for GNU Emacs)
28017 'url -- URL-like syntax.")
28019 (custom-autoload 'tramp-syntax "tramp" t)
28021 (defconst tramp-file-name-regexp-unified "\\`/\\([^[/:]+\\|[^/]+]\\):" "\
28022 Value for `tramp-file-name-regexp' for unified remoting.
28023 Emacs (not XEmacs) uses a unified filename syntax for Ange-FTP and
28024 Tramp. See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.")
28026 (defconst tramp-file-name-regexp-separate "\\`/\\[.*\\]" "\
28027 Value for `tramp-file-name-regexp' for separate remoting.
28028 XEmacs uses a separate filename syntax for Tramp and EFS.
28029 See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.")
28031 (defconst tramp-file-name-regexp-url "\\`/[^/:]+://" "\
28032 Value for `tramp-file-name-regexp' for URL-like remoting.
28033 See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.")
28035 (defconst tramp-file-name-regexp (cond ((equal tramp-syntax 'ftp) tramp-file-name-regexp-unified) ((equal tramp-syntax 'sep) tramp-file-name-regexp-separate) ((equal tramp-syntax 'url) tramp-file-name-regexp-url) (t (error "Wrong `tramp-syntax' defined"))) "\
28036 *Regular expression matching file names handled by Tramp.
28037 This regexp should match Tramp file names but no other file names.
28038 \(When tramp.el is loaded, this regular expression is prepended to
28039 `file-name-handler-alist', and that is searched sequentially. Thus,
28040 if the Tramp entry appears rather early in the `file-name-handler-alist'
28041 and is a bit too general, then some files might be considered Tramp
28042 files which are not really Tramp files.
28044 Please note that the entry in `file-name-handler-alist' is made when
28045 this file (tramp.el) is loaded. This means that this variable must be set
28046 before loading tramp.el. Alternatively, `file-name-handler-alist' can be
28047 updated after changing this variable.
28049 Also see `tramp-file-name-structure'.")
28051 (defconst tramp-root-regexp (if (memq system-type '(cygwin windows-nt)) "\\`\\([a-zA-Z]:\\)?/" "\\`/") "\
28052 Beginning of an incomplete Tramp file name.
28053 Usually, it is just \"\\\\`/\". On W32 systems, there might be a
28054 volume letter, which will be removed by `tramp-drop-volume-letter'.")
28056 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-unified (concat tramp-root-regexp "[^/]*\\'") "\
28057 Value for `tramp-completion-file-name-regexp' for unified remoting.
28058 GNU Emacs uses a unified filename syntax for Tramp and Ange-FTP.
28059 See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.")
28061 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-separate (concat tramp-root-regexp "\\([[][^]]*\\)?\\'") "\
28062 Value for `tramp-completion-file-name-regexp' for separate remoting.
28063 XEmacs uses a separate filename syntax for Tramp and EFS.
28064 See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.")
28066 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-url (concat tramp-root-regexp "[^/:]+\\(:\\(/\\(/[^/]*\\)?\\)?\\)?\\'") "\
28067 Value for `tramp-completion-file-name-regexp' for URL-like remoting.
28068 See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.")
28070 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-regexp (cond ((equal tramp-syntax 'ftp) tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-unified) ((equal tramp-syntax 'sep) tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-separate) ((equal tramp-syntax 'url) tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-url) (t (error "Wrong `tramp-syntax' defined"))) "\
28071 *Regular expression matching file names handled by Tramp completion.
28072 This regexp should match partial Tramp file names only.
28074 Please note that the entry in `file-name-handler-alist' is made when
28075 this file (tramp.el) is loaded. This means that this variable must be set
28076 before loading tramp.el. Alternatively, `file-name-handler-alist' can be
28077 updated after changing this variable.
28079 Also see `tramp-file-name-structure'.")
28081 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-handler-alist '((file-name-all-completions . tramp-completion-handle-file-name-all-completions) (file-name-completion . tramp-completion-handle-file-name-completion)) "\
28082 Alist of completion handler functions.
28083 Used for file names matching `tramp-file-name-regexp'. Operations not
28084 mentioned here will be handled by `tramp-file-name-handler-alist' or the
28085 normal Emacs functions.")
28087 (defun tramp-run-real-handler (operation args) "\
28088 Invoke normal file name handler for OPERATION.
28089 First arg specifies the OPERATION, second arg is a list of arguments to
28090 pass to the OPERATION." (let* ((inhibit-file-name-handlers (\` (tramp-file-name-handler tramp-vc-file-name-handler tramp-completion-file-name-handler cygwin-mount-name-hook-function cygwin-mount-map-drive-hook-function \, (and (eq inhibit-file-name-operation operation) inhibit-file-name-handlers)))) (inhibit-file-name-operation operation)) (apply operation args)))
28092 (defun tramp-completion-run-real-handler (operation args) "\
28093 Invoke `tramp-file-name-handler' for OPERATION.
28094 First arg specifies the OPERATION, second arg is a list of arguments to
28095 pass to the OPERATION." (let* ((inhibit-file-name-handlers (\` (tramp-completion-file-name-handler cygwin-mount-name-hook-function cygwin-mount-map-drive-hook-function \, (and (eq inhibit-file-name-operation operation) inhibit-file-name-handlers)))) (inhibit-file-name-operation operation)) (apply operation args)))
28097 (autoload 'tramp-file-name-handler "tramp" "\
28098 Invoke Tramp file name handler.
28099 Falls back to normal file name handler if no Tramp file name handler exists.
28101 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
28103 (defun tramp-completion-file-name-handler (operation &rest args) "\
28104 Invoke Tramp file name completion handler.
28105 Falls back to normal file name handler if no Tramp file name handler exists." (let ((directory-sep-char 47) (fn (assoc operation tramp-completion-file-name-handler-alist))) (if (and fn tramp-mode (or (eq tramp-syntax (quote sep)) (featurep (quote tramp)) (and (boundp (quote partial-completion-mode)) partial-completion-mode) (featurep (quote ido)) (featurep (quote icicles)))) (save-match-data (apply (cdr fn) args)) (tramp-completion-run-real-handler operation args))))
28107 (defun tramp-register-file-name-handlers nil "\
28108 Add Tramp file name handlers to `file-name-handler-alist'." (let ((a1 (rassq (quote tramp-file-name-handler) file-name-handler-alist))) (setq file-name-handler-alist (delq a1 file-name-handler-alist))) (let ((a1 (rassq (quote tramp-completion-file-name-handler) file-name-handler-alist))) (setq file-name-handler-alist (delq a1 file-name-handler-alist))) (add-to-list (quote file-name-handler-alist) (cons tramp-file-name-regexp (quote tramp-file-name-handler))) (put (quote tramp-file-name-handler) (quote safe-magic) t) (add-to-list (quote file-name-handler-alist) (cons tramp-completion-file-name-regexp (quote tramp-completion-file-name-handler))) (put (quote tramp-completion-file-name-handler) (quote safe-magic) t) (dolist (fnh (quote (epa-file-handler jka-compr-handler))) (let ((entry (rassoc fnh file-name-handler-alist))) (when entry (setq file-name-handler-alist (cons entry (delete entry file-name-handler-alist)))))))
28109 (tramp-register-file-name-handlers)
28111 (autoload 'tramp-unload-file-name-handlers "tramp" "\
28112 Not documented
28114 \(fn)" nil nil)
28116 (autoload 'tramp-completion-handle-file-name-all-completions "tramp" "\
28117 Like `file-name-all-completions' for partial Tramp files.
28119 \(fn FILENAME DIRECTORY)" nil nil)
28121 (autoload 'tramp-completion-handle-file-name-completion "tramp" "\
28122 Like `file-name-completion' for Tramp files.
28124 \(fn FILENAME DIRECTORY &optional PREDICATE)" nil nil)
28126 (autoload 'tramp-unload-tramp "tramp" "\
28127 Discard Tramp from loading remote files.
28129 \(fn)" t nil)
28131 ;;;***
28133 ;;;### (autoloads (tramp-ftp-enable-ange-ftp) "tramp-ftp" "net/tramp-ftp.el"
28134 ;;;;;; (19277 34921))
28135 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/tramp-ftp.el
28137 (autoload 'tramp-ftp-enable-ange-ftp "tramp-ftp" "\
28138 Not documented
28140 \(fn)" nil nil)
28142 ;;;***
28144 ;;;### (autoloads (help-with-tutorial) "tutorial" "tutorial.el" (19277
28145 ;;;;;; 34917))
28146 ;;; Generated autoloads from tutorial.el
28148 (autoload 'help-with-tutorial "tutorial" "\
28149 Select the Emacs learn-by-doing tutorial.
28150 If there is a tutorial version written in the language
28151 of the selected language environment, that version is used.
28152 If there's no tutorial in that language, `TUTORIAL' is selected.
28153 With ARG, you are asked to choose which language.
28154 If DONT-ASK-FOR-REVERT is non-nil the buffer is reverted without
28155 any question when restarting the tutorial.
28157 If any of the standard Emacs key bindings that are used in the
28158 tutorial have been changed then an explanatory note about this is
28159 shown in the beginning of the tutorial buffer.
28161 When the tutorial buffer is killed the content and the point
28162 position in the buffer is saved so that the tutorial may be
28163 resumed later.
28165 \(fn &optional ARG DONT-ASK-FOR-REVERT)" t nil)
28167 ;;;***
28169 ;;;### (autoloads (tai-viet-composition-function) "tv-util" "language/tv-util.el"
28170 ;;;;;; (19277 34921))
28171 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/tv-util.el
28173 (autoload 'tai-viet-composition-function "tv-util" "\
28174 Not documented
28176 \(fn FROM TO FONT-OBJECT STRING)" nil nil)
28178 ;;;***
28180 ;;;### (autoloads (2C-split 2C-associate-buffer 2C-two-columns) "two-column"
28181 ;;;;;; "textmodes/two-column.el" (19277 34923))
28182 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/two-column.el
28183 (autoload '2C-command "two-column" () t 'keymap)
28184 (global-set-key "\C-x6" '2C-command)
28185 (global-set-key [f2] '2C-command)
28187 (autoload '2C-two-columns "two-column" "\
28188 Split current window vertically for two-column editing.
28189 \\<global-map>When called the first time, associates a buffer with the current
28190 buffer in two-column minor mode (use \\[describe-mode] once in the mode,
28191 for details.). It runs `2C-other-buffer-hook' in the new buffer.
28192 When called again, restores the screen layout with the current buffer
28193 first and the associated buffer to its right.
28195 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
28197 (autoload '2C-associate-buffer "two-column" "\
28198 Associate another buffer with this one in two-column minor mode.
28199 Can also be used to associate a just previously visited file, by
28200 accepting the proposed default buffer.
28202 \(See \\[describe-mode] .)
28204 \(fn)" t nil)
28206 (autoload '2C-split "two-column" "\
28207 Split a two-column text at point, into two buffers in two-column minor mode.
28208 Point becomes the local value of `2C-window-width'. Only lines that
28209 have the ARG same preceding characters at that column get split. The
28210 ARG preceding characters without any leading whitespace become the local
28211 value for `2C-separator'. This way lines that continue across both
28212 columns remain untouched in the first buffer.
28214 This function can be used with a prototype line, to set up things. You
28215 write the first line of each column and then split that line. E.g.:
28217 First column's text sSs Second column's text
28218 \\___/\\
28219 / \\
28220 5 character Separator You type M-5 \\[2C-split] with the point here.
28222 \(See \\[describe-mode] .)
28224 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
28226 ;;;***
28228 ;;;### (autoloads (type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold type-break-statistics
28229 ;;;;;; type-break type-break-mode type-break-keystroke-threshold
28230 ;;;;;; type-break-good-break-interval type-break-good-rest-interval
28231 ;;;;;; type-break-interval type-break-mode) "type-break" "type-break.el"
28232 ;;;;;; (19277 34917))
28233 ;;; Generated autoloads from type-break.el
28235 (defvar type-break-mode nil "\
28236 Toggle typing break mode.
28237 See the docstring for the `type-break-mode' command for more information.
28238 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
28239 use either \\[customize] or the function `type-break-mode'.")
28241 (custom-autoload 'type-break-mode "type-break" nil)
28243 (defvar type-break-interval (* 60 60) "\
28244 Number of seconds between scheduled typing breaks.")
28246 (custom-autoload 'type-break-interval "type-break" t)
28248 (defvar type-break-good-rest-interval (/ type-break-interval 6) "\
28249 Number of seconds of idle time considered to be an adequate typing rest.
28251 When this variable is non-nil, Emacs checks the idle time between
28252 keystrokes. If this idle time is long enough to be considered a \"good\"
28253 rest from typing, then the next typing break is simply rescheduled for later.
28255 If a break is interrupted before this much time elapses, the user will be
28256 asked whether or not really to interrupt the break.")
28258 (custom-autoload 'type-break-good-rest-interval "type-break" t)
28260 (defvar type-break-good-break-interval nil "\
28261 Number of seconds considered to be an adequate explicit typing rest.
28263 When this variable is non-nil, its value is considered to be a \"good\"
28264 length (in seconds) for a break initiated by the command `type-break',
28265 overriding `type-break-good-rest-interval'. This provides querying of
28266 break interruptions when `type-break-good-rest-interval' is nil.")
28268 (custom-autoload 'type-break-good-break-interval "type-break" t)
28270 (defvar type-break-keystroke-threshold (let* ((wpm 35) (avg-word-length 5) (upper (* wpm avg-word-length (/ type-break-interval 60))) (lower (/ upper 5))) (cons lower upper)) "\
28271 Upper and lower bound on number of keystrokes for considering typing break.
28272 This structure is a pair of numbers (MIN . MAX).
28274 The first number is the minimum number of keystrokes that must have been
28275 entered since the last typing break before considering another one, even if
28276 the scheduled time has elapsed; the break is simply rescheduled until later
28277 if the minimum threshold hasn't been reached. If this first value is nil,
28278 then there is no minimum threshold; as soon as the scheduled time has
28279 elapsed, the user will always be queried.
28281 The second number is the maximum number of keystrokes that can be entered
28282 before a typing break is requested immediately, pre-empting the originally
28283 scheduled break. If this second value is nil, then no pre-emptive breaks
28284 will occur; only scheduled ones will.
28286 Keys with bucky bits (shift, control, meta, etc) are counted as only one
28287 keystroke even though they really require multiple keys to generate them.
28289 The command `type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold' can be used to
28290 guess a reasonably good pair of values for this variable.")
28292 (custom-autoload 'type-break-keystroke-threshold "type-break" t)
28294 (autoload 'type-break-mode "type-break" "\
28295 Enable or disable typing-break mode.
28296 This is a minor mode, but it is global to all buffers by default.
28298 When this mode is enabled, the user is encouraged to take typing breaks at
28299 appropriate intervals; either after a specified amount of time or when the
28300 user has exceeded a keystroke threshold. When the time arrives, the user
28301 is asked to take a break. If the user refuses at that time, Emacs will ask
28302 again in a short period of time. The idea is to give the user enough time
28303 to find a good breaking point in his or her work, but be sufficiently
28304 annoying to discourage putting typing breaks off indefinitely.
28306 A negative prefix argument disables this mode.
28307 No argument or any non-negative argument enables it.
28309 The user may enable or disable this mode by setting the variable of the
28310 same name, though setting it in that way doesn't reschedule a break or
28311 reset the keystroke counter.
28313 If the mode was previously disabled and is enabled as a consequence of
28314 calling this function, it schedules a break with `type-break-schedule' to
28315 make sure one occurs (the user can call that command to reschedule the
28316 break at any time). It also initializes the keystroke counter.
28318 The variable `type-break-interval' specifies the number of seconds to
28319 schedule between regular typing breaks. This variable doesn't directly
28320 affect the time schedule; it simply provides a default for the
28321 `type-break-schedule' command.
28323 If set, the variable `type-break-good-rest-interval' specifies the minimum
28324 amount of time which is considered a reasonable typing break. Whenever
28325 that time has elapsed, typing breaks are automatically rescheduled for
28326 later even if Emacs didn't prompt you to take one first. Also, if a break
28327 is ended before this much time has elapsed, the user will be asked whether
28328 or not to continue. A nil value for this variable prevents automatic
28329 break rescheduling, making `type-break-interval' an upper bound on the time
28330 between breaks. In this case breaks will be prompted for as usual before
28331 the upper bound if the keystroke threshold is reached.
28333 If `type-break-good-rest-interval' is nil and
28334 `type-break-good-break-interval' is set, then confirmation is required to
28335 interrupt a break before `type-break-good-break-interval' seconds
28336 have passed. This provides for an upper bound on the time between breaks
28337 together with confirmation of interruptions to these breaks.
28339 The variable `type-break-keystroke-threshold' is used to determine the
28340 thresholds at which typing breaks should be considered. You can use
28341 the command `type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold' to try to
28342 approximate good values for this.
28344 There are several variables that affect how or when warning messages about
28345 imminent typing breaks are displayed. They include:
28347 `type-break-mode-line-message-mode'
28348 `type-break-time-warning-intervals'
28349 `type-break-keystroke-warning-intervals'
28350 `type-break-warning-repeat'
28351 `type-break-warning-countdown-string'
28352 `type-break-warning-countdown-string-type'
28354 There are several variables that affect if, how, and when queries to begin
28355 a typing break occur. They include:
28357 `type-break-query-mode'
28358 `type-break-query-function'
28359 `type-break-query-interval'
28361 The command `type-break-statistics' prints interesting things.
28363 Finally, a file (named `type-break-file-name') is used to store information
28364 across Emacs sessions. This provides recovery of the break status between
28365 sessions and after a crash. Manual changes to the file may result in
28366 problems.
28368 \(fn &optional PREFIX)" t nil)
28370 (autoload 'type-break "type-break" "\
28371 Take a typing break.
28373 During the break, a demo selected from the functions listed in
28374 `type-break-demo-functions' is run.
28376 After the typing break is finished, the next break is scheduled
28377 as per the function `type-break-schedule'.
28379 \(fn)" t nil)
28381 (autoload 'type-break-statistics "type-break" "\
28382 Print statistics about typing breaks in a temporary buffer.
28383 This includes the last time a typing break was taken, when the next one is
28384 scheduled, the keystroke thresholds and the current keystroke count, etc.
28386 \(fn)" t nil)
28388 (autoload 'type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold "type-break" "\
28389 Guess values for the minimum/maximum keystroke threshold for typing breaks.
28391 If called interactively, the user is prompted for their guess as to how
28392 many words per minute they usually type. This value should not be your
28393 maximum WPM, but your average. Of course, this is harder to gauge since it
28394 can vary considerably depending on what you are doing. For example, one
28395 tends to type less when debugging a program as opposed to writing
28396 documentation. (Perhaps a separate program should be written to estimate
28397 average typing speed.)
28399 From that, this command sets the values in `type-break-keystroke-threshold'
28400 based on a fairly simple algorithm involving assumptions about the average
28401 length of words (5). For the minimum threshold, it uses about a fifth of
28402 the computed maximum threshold.
28404 When called from Lisp programs, the optional args WORDLEN and FRAC can be
28405 used to override the default assumption about average word length and the
28406 fraction of the maximum threshold to which to set the minimum threshold.
28407 FRAC should be the inverse of the fractional value; for example, a value of
28408 2 would mean to use one half, a value of 4 would mean to use one quarter, etc.
28410 \(fn WPM &optional WORDLEN FRAC)" t nil)
28412 ;;;***
28414 ;;;### (autoloads (uce-reply-to-uce) "uce" "mail/uce.el" (19277 34921))
28415 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/uce.el
28417 (autoload 'uce-reply-to-uce "uce" "\
28418 Compose a reply to unsolicited commercial email (UCE).
28419 Sets up a reply buffer addressed to: the sender, his postmaster,
28420 his abuse@ address, and the postmaster of the mail relay used.
28421 You might need to set `uce-mail-reader' before using this.
28423 \(fn &optional IGNORED)" t nil)
28425 ;;;***
28427 ;;;### (autoloads (ucs-normalize-HFS-NFC-string ucs-normalize-HFS-NFC-region
28428 ;;;;;; ucs-normalize-HFS-NFD-string ucs-normalize-HFS-NFD-region
28429 ;;;;;; ucs-normalize-NFKC-string ucs-normalize-NFKC-region ucs-normalize-NFKD-string
28430 ;;;;;; ucs-normalize-NFKD-region ucs-normalize-NFC-string ucs-normalize-NFC-region
28431 ;;;;;; ucs-normalize-NFD-string ucs-normalize-NFD-region) "ucs-normalize"
28432 ;;;;;; "international/ucs-normalize.el" (19277 34920))
28433 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/ucs-normalize.el
28435 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFD-region "ucs-normalize" "\
28436 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFD.
28438 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
28440 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFD-string "ucs-normalize" "\
28441 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFD.
28443 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
28445 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFC-region "ucs-normalize" "\
28446 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFC.
28448 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
28450 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFC-string "ucs-normalize" "\
28451 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFC.
28453 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
28455 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFKD-region "ucs-normalize" "\
28456 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFKD.
28458 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
28460 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFKD-string "ucs-normalize" "\
28461 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFKD.
28463 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
28465 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFKC-region "ucs-normalize" "\
28466 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFKC.
28468 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
28470 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFKC-string "ucs-normalize" "\
28471 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFKC.
28473 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
28475 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-HFS-NFD-region "ucs-normalize" "\
28476 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFD and Mac OS's HFS Plus.
28478 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
28480 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-HFS-NFD-string "ucs-normalize" "\
28481 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFD and Mac OS's HFS Plus.
28483 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
28485 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-HFS-NFC-region "ucs-normalize" "\
28486 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFC and Mac OS's HFS Plus.
28488 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
28490 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-HFS-NFC-string "ucs-normalize" "\
28491 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFC and Mac OS's HFS Plus.
28493 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
28495 ;;;***
28497 ;;;### (autoloads (ununderline-region underline-region) "underline"
28498 ;;;;;; "textmodes/underline.el" (19277 34923))
28499 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/underline.el
28501 (autoload 'underline-region "underline" "\
28502 Underline all nonblank characters in the region.
28503 Works by overstriking underscores.
28504 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
28505 which specify the range to operate on.
28507 \(fn START END)" t nil)
28509 (autoload 'ununderline-region "underline" "\
28510 Remove all underlining (overstruck underscores) in the region.
28511 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
28512 which specify the range to operate on.
28514 \(fn START END)" t nil)
28516 ;;;***
28518 ;;;### (autoloads (unrmail batch-unrmail) "unrmail" "mail/unrmail.el"
28519 ;;;;;; (19277 34921))
28520 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/unrmail.el
28522 (autoload 'batch-unrmail "unrmail" "\
28523 Convert old-style Rmail Babyl files to system inbox format.
28524 Specify the input Rmail Babyl file names as command line arguments.
28525 For each Rmail file, the corresponding output file name
28526 is made by adding `.mail' at the end.
28527 For example, invoke `emacs -batch -f batch-unrmail RMAIL'.
28529 \(fn)" nil nil)
28531 (autoload 'unrmail "unrmail" "\
28532 Convert old-style Rmail Babyl file FILE to system inbox format file TO-FILE.
28534 \(fn FILE TO-FILE)" t nil)
28536 ;;;***
28538 ;;;### (autoloads (unsafep) "unsafep" "emacs-lisp/unsafep.el" (19277
28539 ;;;;;; 34919))
28540 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/unsafep.el
28542 (autoload 'unsafep "unsafep" "\
28543 Return nil if evaluating FORM couldn't possibly do any harm.
28544 Otherwise result is a reason why FORM is unsafe.
28545 UNSAFEP-VARS is a list of symbols with local bindings.
28547 \(fn FORM &optional UNSAFEP-VARS)" nil nil)
28549 ;;;***
28551 ;;;### (autoloads (url-retrieve-synchronously url-retrieve) "url"
28552 ;;;;;; "url/url.el" (19362 59593))
28553 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url.el
28555 (autoload 'url-retrieve "url" "\
28556 Retrieve URL asynchronously and call CALLBACK with CBARGS when finished.
28557 URL is either a string or a parsed URL.
28559 CALLBACK is called when the object has been completely retrieved, with
28560 the current buffer containing the object, and any MIME headers associated
28561 with it. It is called as (apply CALLBACK STATUS CBARGS).
28562 STATUS is a list with an even number of elements representing
28563 what happened during the request, with most recent events first,
28564 or an empty list if no events have occurred. Each pair is one of:
28566 \(:redirect REDIRECTED-TO) - the request was redirected to this URL
28567 \(:error (ERROR-SYMBOL . DATA)) - an error occurred. The error can be
28568 signaled with (signal ERROR-SYMBOL DATA).
28570 Return the buffer URL will load into, or nil if the process has
28571 already completed (i.e. URL was a mailto URL or similar; in this case
28572 the callback is not called).
28574 The variables `url-request-data', `url-request-method' and
28575 `url-request-extra-headers' can be dynamically bound around the
28576 request; dynamic binding of other variables doesn't necessarily
28577 take effect.
28579 \(fn URL CALLBACK &optional CBARGS)" nil nil)
28581 (autoload 'url-retrieve-synchronously "url" "\
28582 Retrieve URL synchronously.
28583 Return the buffer containing the data, or nil if there are no data
28584 associated with it (the case for dired, info, or mailto URLs that need
28585 no further processing). URL is either a string or a parsed URL.
28587 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28589 ;;;***
28591 ;;;### (autoloads (url-register-auth-scheme url-get-authentication)
28592 ;;;;;; "url-auth" "url/url-auth.el" (19277 34923))
28593 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-auth.el
28595 (autoload 'url-get-authentication "url-auth" "\
28596 Return an authorization string suitable for use in the WWW-Authenticate
28597 header in an HTTP/1.0 request.
28599 URL is the url you are requesting authorization to. This can be either a
28600 string representing the URL, or the parsed representation returned by
28601 `url-generic-parse-url'
28602 REALM is the realm at a specific site we are looking for. This should be a
28603 string specifying the exact realm, or nil or the symbol 'any' to
28604 specify that the filename portion of the URL should be used as the
28605 realm
28606 TYPE is the type of authentication to be returned. This is either a string
28607 representing the type (basic, digest, etc), or nil or the symbol 'any'
28608 to specify that any authentication is acceptable. If requesting 'any'
28609 the strongest matching authentication will be returned. If this is
28610 wrong, it's no big deal, the error from the server will specify exactly
28611 what type of auth to use
28612 PROMPT is boolean - specifies whether to ask the user for a username/password
28613 if one cannot be found in the cache
28615 \(fn URL REALM TYPE PROMPT &optional ARGS)" nil nil)
28617 (autoload 'url-register-auth-scheme "url-auth" "\
28618 Register an HTTP authentication method.
28620 TYPE is a string or symbol specifying the name of the method.
28621 This should be the same thing you expect to get returned in
28622 an Authenticate header in HTTP/1.0 - it will be downcased.
28623 FUNCTION is the function to call to get the authorization information.
28624 This defaults to `url-?-auth', where ? is TYPE.
28625 RATING a rating between 1 and 10 of the strength of the authentication.
28626 This is used when asking for the best authentication for a specific
28627 URL. The item with the highest rating is returned.
28629 \(fn TYPE &optional FUNCTION RATING)" nil nil)
28631 ;;;***
28633 ;;;### (autoloads (url-cache-expired url-cache-extract url-is-cached
28634 ;;;;;; url-store-in-cache) "url-cache" "url/url-cache.el" (19277
28635 ;;;;;; 34923))
28636 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-cache.el
28638 (autoload 'url-store-in-cache "url-cache" "\
28639 Store buffer BUFF in the cache.
28641 \(fn &optional BUFF)" nil nil)
28643 (autoload 'url-is-cached "url-cache" "\
28644 Return non-nil if the URL is cached.
28646 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28648 (autoload 'url-cache-extract "url-cache" "\
28649 Extract FNAM from the local disk cache.
28651 \(fn FNAM)" nil nil)
28653 (autoload 'url-cache-expired "url-cache" "\
28654 Return t if a cached file has expired.
28656 \(fn URL MOD)" nil nil)
28658 ;;;***
28660 ;;;### (autoloads (url-cid) "url-cid" "url/url-cid.el" (19277 34923))
28661 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-cid.el
28663 (autoload 'url-cid "url-cid" "\
28664 Not documented
28666 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28668 ;;;***
28670 ;;;### (autoloads (url-dav-vc-registered url-dav-supported-p) "url-dav"
28671 ;;;;;; "url/url-dav.el" (19277 34923))
28672 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-dav.el
28674 (autoload 'url-dav-supported-p "url-dav" "\
28675 Not documented
28677 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28679 (autoload 'url-dav-vc-registered "url-dav" "\
28680 Not documented
28682 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28684 ;;;***
28686 ;;;### (autoloads (url-file) "url-file" "url/url-file.el" (19277
28687 ;;;;;; 34923))
28688 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-file.el
28690 (autoload 'url-file "url-file" "\
28691 Handle file: and ftp: URLs.
28693 \(fn URL CALLBACK CBARGS)" nil nil)
28695 ;;;***
28697 ;;;### (autoloads (url-open-stream url-gateway-nslookup-host) "url-gw"
28698 ;;;;;; "url/url-gw.el" (19277 34923))
28699 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-gw.el
28701 (autoload 'url-gateway-nslookup-host "url-gw" "\
28702 Attempt to resolve the given HOST using nslookup if possible.
28704 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
28706 (autoload 'url-open-stream "url-gw" "\
28707 Open a stream to HOST, possibly via a gateway.
28708 Args per `open-network-stream'.
28709 Will not make a connection if `url-gateway-unplugged' is non-nil.
28710 Might do a non-blocking connection; use `process-status' to check.
28712 \(fn NAME BUFFER HOST SERVICE)" nil nil)
28714 ;;;***
28716 ;;;### (autoloads (url-insert-file-contents url-file-local-copy url-copy-file
28717 ;;;;;; url-file-handler url-handler-mode) "url-handlers" "url/url-handlers.el"
28718 ;;;;;; (19277 34923))
28719 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-handlers.el
28721 (defvar url-handler-mode nil "\
28722 Non-nil if Url-Handler mode is enabled.
28723 See the command `url-handler-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
28724 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
28725 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
28726 or call the function `url-handler-mode'.")
28728 (custom-autoload 'url-handler-mode "url-handlers" nil)
28730 (autoload 'url-handler-mode "url-handlers" "\
28731 Use URL to handle URL-like file names.
28733 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
28735 (autoload 'url-file-handler "url-handlers" "\
28736 Function called from the `file-name-handler-alist' routines.
28737 OPERATION is what needs to be done (`file-exists-p', etc). ARGS are
28738 the arguments that would have been passed to OPERATION.
28740 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
28742 (autoload 'url-copy-file "url-handlers" "\
28743 Copy URL to NEWNAME. Both args must be strings.
28744 Signals a `file-already-exists' error if file NEWNAME already exists,
28745 unless a third argument OK-IF-ALREADY-EXISTS is supplied and non-nil.
28746 A number as third arg means request confirmation if NEWNAME already exists.
28747 This is what happens in interactive use with M-x.
28748 Fourth arg KEEP-TIME non-nil means give the new file the same
28749 last-modified time as the old one. (This works on only some systems.)
28750 Fifth arg PRESERVE-UID-GID is ignored.
28751 A prefix arg makes KEEP-TIME non-nil.
28753 \(fn URL NEWNAME &optional OK-IF-ALREADY-EXISTS KEEP-TIME PRESERVE-UID-GID)" nil nil)
28755 (autoload 'url-file-local-copy "url-handlers" "\
28756 Copy URL into a temporary file on this machine.
28757 Returns the name of the local copy, or nil, if FILE is directly
28758 accessible.
28760 \(fn URL &rest IGNORED)" nil nil)
28762 (autoload 'url-insert-file-contents "url-handlers" "\
28763 Not documented
28765 \(fn URL &optional VISIT BEG END REPLACE)" nil nil)
28767 ;;;***
28769 ;;;### (autoloads (url-http-options url-http-file-attributes url-http-file-exists-p
28770 ;;;;;; url-http) "url-http" "url/url-http.el" (19277 34923))
28771 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-http.el
28773 (autoload 'url-http "url-http" "\
28774 Retrieve URL via HTTP asynchronously.
28775 URL must be a parsed URL. See `url-generic-parse-url' for details.
28776 When retrieval is completed, the function CALLBACK is executed with
28777 CBARGS as the arguments.
28779 \(fn URL CALLBACK CBARGS)" nil nil)
28781 (autoload 'url-http-file-exists-p "url-http" "\
28782 Not documented
28784 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28786 (defalias 'url-http-file-readable-p 'url-http-file-exists-p)
28788 (autoload 'url-http-file-attributes "url-http" "\
28789 Not documented
28791 \(fn URL &optional ID-FORMAT)" nil nil)
28793 (autoload 'url-http-options "url-http" "\
28794 Return a property list describing options available for URL.
28795 This list is retrieved using the `OPTIONS' HTTP method.
28797 Property list members:
28799 methods
28800 A list of symbols specifying what HTTP methods the resource
28801 supports.
28804 A list of numbers specifying what DAV protocol/schema versions are
28805 supported.
28807 dasl
28808 A list of supported DASL search types supported (string form)
28810 ranges
28811 A list of the units available for use in partial document fetches.
28814 The `Platform For Privacy Protection' description for the resource.
28815 Currently this is just the raw header contents. This is likely to
28816 change once P3P is formally supported by the URL package or
28817 Emacs/W3.
28819 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28821 (defconst url-https-default-port 443 "\
28822 Default HTTPS port.")
28824 (defconst url-https-asynchronous-p t "\
28825 HTTPS retrievals are asynchronous.")
28826 (autoload 'url-default-expander "url-expand")
28828 (defalias 'url-https-expand-file-name 'url-default-expander)
28829 (autoload 'url-https "url-http")
28830 (autoload 'url-https-file-exists-p "url-http")
28831 (autoload 'url-https-file-readable-p "url-http")
28832 (autoload 'url-https-file-attributes "url-http")
28834 ;;;***
28836 ;;;### (autoloads (url-irc) "url-irc" "url/url-irc.el" (19277 34923))
28837 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-irc.el
28839 (autoload 'url-irc "url-irc" "\
28840 Not documented
28842 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28844 ;;;***
28846 ;;;### (autoloads (url-ldap) "url-ldap" "url/url-ldap.el" (19277
28847 ;;;;;; 34923))
28848 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-ldap.el
28850 (autoload 'url-ldap "url-ldap" "\
28851 Perform an LDAP search specified by URL.
28852 The return value is a buffer displaying the search results in HTML.
28853 URL can be a URL string, or a URL vector of the type returned by
28854 `url-generic-parse-url'.
28856 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28858 ;;;***
28860 ;;;### (autoloads (url-mailto url-mail) "url-mailto" "url/url-mailto.el"
28861 ;;;;;; (19277 34923))
28862 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-mailto.el
28864 (autoload 'url-mail "url-mailto" "\
28865 Not documented
28867 \(fn &rest ARGS)" t nil)
28869 (autoload 'url-mailto "url-mailto" "\
28870 Handle the mailto: URL syntax.
28872 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28874 ;;;***
28876 ;;;### (autoloads (url-data url-generic-emulator-loader url-info
28877 ;;;;;; url-man) "url-misc" "url/url-misc.el" (19277 34923))
28878 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-misc.el
28880 (autoload 'url-man "url-misc" "\
28881 Fetch a Unix manual page URL.
28883 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28885 (autoload 'url-info "url-misc" "\
28886 Fetch a GNU Info URL.
28888 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28890 (autoload 'url-generic-emulator-loader "url-misc" "\
28891 Not documented
28893 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28895 (defalias 'url-rlogin 'url-generic-emulator-loader)
28897 (defalias 'url-telnet 'url-generic-emulator-loader)
28899 (defalias 'url-tn3270 'url-generic-emulator-loader)
28901 (autoload 'url-data "url-misc" "\
28902 Fetch a data URL (RFC 2397).
28904 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28906 ;;;***
28908 ;;;### (autoloads (url-snews url-news) "url-news" "url/url-news.el"
28909 ;;;;;; (19277 34923))
28910 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-news.el
28912 (autoload 'url-news "url-news" "\
28913 Not documented
28915 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28917 (autoload 'url-snews "url-news" "\
28918 Not documented
28920 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28922 ;;;***
28924 ;;;### (autoloads (url-ns-user-pref url-ns-prefs isInNet isResolvable
28925 ;;;;;; dnsResolve dnsDomainIs isPlainHostName) "url-ns" "url/url-ns.el"
28926 ;;;;;; (19277 34923))
28927 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-ns.el
28929 (autoload 'isPlainHostName "url-ns" "\
28930 Not documented
28932 \(fn HOST)" nil nil)
28934 (autoload 'dnsDomainIs "url-ns" "\
28935 Not documented
28937 \(fn HOST DOM)" nil nil)
28939 (autoload 'dnsResolve "url-ns" "\
28940 Not documented
28942 \(fn HOST)" nil nil)
28944 (autoload 'isResolvable "url-ns" "\
28945 Not documented
28947 \(fn HOST)" nil nil)
28949 (autoload 'isInNet "url-ns" "\
28950 Not documented
28952 \(fn IP NET MASK)" nil nil)
28954 (autoload 'url-ns-prefs "url-ns" "\
28955 Not documented
28957 \(fn &optional FILE)" nil nil)
28959 (autoload 'url-ns-user-pref "url-ns" "\
28960 Not documented
28962 \(fn KEY &optional DEFAULT)" nil nil)
28964 ;;;***
28966 ;;;### (autoloads (url-generic-parse-url url-recreate-url) "url-parse"
28967 ;;;;;; "url/url-parse.el" (19277 34923))
28968 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-parse.el
28970 (autoload 'url-recreate-url "url-parse" "\
28971 Recreate a URL string from the parsed URLOBJ.
28973 \(fn URLOBJ)" nil nil)
28975 (autoload 'url-generic-parse-url "url-parse" "\
28976 Return an URL-struct of the parts of URL.
28977 The CL-style struct contains the following fields:
28978 TYPE USER PASSWORD HOST PORTSPEC FILENAME TARGET ATTRIBUTES FULLNESS.
28980 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28982 ;;;***
28984 ;;;### (autoloads (url-setup-privacy-info) "url-privacy" "url/url-privacy.el"
28985 ;;;;;; (19277 34923))
28986 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-privacy.el
28988 (autoload 'url-setup-privacy-info "url-privacy" "\
28989 Setup variables that expose info about you and your system.
28991 \(fn)" t nil)
28993 ;;;***
28995 ;;;### (autoloads (url-view-url url-truncate-url-for-viewing url-file-extension
28996 ;;;;;; url-hexify-string url-unhex-string url-parse-query-string
28997 ;;;;;; url-file-nondirectory url-file-directory url-percentage url-display-percentage
28998 ;;;;;; url-pretty-length url-strip-leading-spaces url-eat-trailing-space
28999 ;;;;;; url-get-normalized-date url-lazy-message url-normalize-url
29000 ;;;;;; url-insert-entities-in-string url-parse-args url-debug url-debug)
29001 ;;;;;; "url-util" "url/url-util.el" (19294 23005))
29002 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-util.el
29004 (defvar url-debug nil "\
29005 *What types of debug messages from the URL library to show.
29006 Debug messages are logged to the *URL-DEBUG* buffer.
29008 If t, all messages will be logged.
29009 If a number, all messages will be logged, as well shown via `message'.
29010 If a list, it is a list of the types of messages to be logged.")
29012 (custom-autoload 'url-debug "url-util" t)
29014 (autoload 'url-debug "url-util" "\
29015 Not documented
29017 \(fn TAG &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
29019 (autoload 'url-parse-args "url-util" "\
29020 Not documented
29022 \(fn STR &optional NODOWNCASE)" nil nil)
29024 (autoload 'url-insert-entities-in-string "url-util" "\
29025 Convert HTML markup-start characters to entity references in STRING.
29026 Also replaces the \" character, so that the result may be safely used as
29027 an attribute value in a tag. Returns a new string with the result of the
29028 conversion. Replaces these characters as follows:
29029 & ==> &amp;
29030 < ==> &lt;
29031 > ==> &gt;
29032 \" ==> &quot;
29034 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
29036 (autoload 'url-normalize-url "url-util" "\
29037 Return a 'normalized' version of URL.
29038 Strips out default port numbers, etc.
29040 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29042 (autoload 'url-lazy-message "url-util" "\
29043 Just like `message', but is a no-op if called more than once a second.
29044 Will not do anything if `url-show-status' is nil.
29046 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
29048 (autoload 'url-get-normalized-date "url-util" "\
29049 Return a 'real' date string that most HTTP servers can understand.
29051 \(fn &optional SPECIFIED-TIME)" nil nil)
29053 (autoload 'url-eat-trailing-space "url-util" "\
29054 Remove spaces/tabs at the end of a string.
29056 \(fn X)" nil nil)
29058 (autoload 'url-strip-leading-spaces "url-util" "\
29059 Remove spaces at the front of a string.
29061 \(fn X)" nil nil)
29063 (autoload 'url-pretty-length "url-util" "\
29064 Not documented
29066 \(fn N)" nil nil)
29068 (autoload 'url-display-percentage "url-util" "\
29069 Not documented
29071 \(fn FMT PERC &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
29073 (autoload 'url-percentage "url-util" "\
29074 Not documented
29076 \(fn X Y)" nil nil)
29078 (defalias 'url-basepath 'url-file-directory)
29080 (autoload 'url-file-directory "url-util" "\
29081 Return the directory part of FILE, for a URL.
29083 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
29085 (autoload 'url-file-nondirectory "url-util" "\
29086 Return the nondirectory part of FILE, for a URL.
29088 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
29090 (autoload 'url-parse-query-string "url-util" "\
29091 Not documented
29093 \(fn QUERY &optional DOWNCASE ALLOW-NEWLINES)" nil nil)
29095 (autoload 'url-unhex-string "url-util" "\
29096 Remove %XX embedded spaces, etc in a URL.
29097 If optional second argument ALLOW-NEWLINES is non-nil, then allow the
29098 decoding of carriage returns and line feeds in the string, which is normally
29099 forbidden in URL encoding.
29101 \(fn STR &optional ALLOW-NEWLINES)" nil nil)
29103 (autoload 'url-hexify-string "url-util" "\
29104 Return a new string that is STRING URI-encoded.
29105 First, STRING is converted to utf-8, if necessary. Then, for each
29106 character in the utf-8 string, those found in `url-unreserved-chars'
29107 are left as-is, all others are represented as a three-character
29108 string: \"%\" followed by two lowercase hex digits.
29110 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
29112 (autoload 'url-file-extension "url-util" "\
29113 Return the filename extension of FNAME.
29114 If optional argument X is t, then return the basename
29115 of the file with the extension stripped off.
29117 \(fn FNAME &optional X)" nil nil)
29119 (autoload 'url-truncate-url-for-viewing "url-util" "\
29120 Return a shortened version of URL that is WIDTH characters wide or less.
29121 WIDTH defaults to the current frame width.
29123 \(fn URL &optional WIDTH)" nil nil)
29125 (autoload 'url-view-url "url-util" "\
29126 View the current document's URL.
29127 Optional argument NO-SHOW means just return the URL, don't show it in
29128 the minibuffer.
29130 This uses `url-current-object', set locally to the buffer.
29132 \(fn &optional NO-SHOW)" t nil)
29134 ;;;***
29136 ;;;### (autoloads (ask-user-about-supersession-threat ask-user-about-lock)
29137 ;;;;;; "userlock" "userlock.el" (19277 34917))
29138 ;;; Generated autoloads from userlock.el
29140 (autoload 'ask-user-about-lock "userlock" "\
29141 Ask user what to do when he wants to edit FILE but it is locked by OPPONENT.
29142 This function has a choice of three things to do:
29143 do (signal 'file-locked (list FILE OPPONENT))
29144 to refrain from editing the file
29145 return t (grab the lock on the file)
29146 return nil (edit the file even though it is locked).
29147 You can redefine this function to choose among those three alternatives
29148 in any way you like.
29150 \(fn FILE OPPONENT)" nil nil)
29152 (autoload 'ask-user-about-supersession-threat "userlock" "\
29153 Ask a user who is about to modify an obsolete buffer what to do.
29154 This function has two choices: it can return, in which case the modification
29155 of the buffer will proceed, or it can (signal 'file-supersession (file)),
29156 in which case the proposed buffer modification will not be made.
29158 You can rewrite this to use any criterion you like to choose which one to do.
29159 The buffer in question is current when this function is called.
29161 \(fn FN)" nil nil)
29163 ;;;***
29165 ;;;### (autoloads (utf-7-imap-pre-write-conversion utf-7-pre-write-conversion
29166 ;;;;;; utf-7-imap-post-read-conversion utf-7-post-read-conversion)
29167 ;;;;;; "utf-7" "international/utf-7.el" (19277 34920))
29168 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/utf-7.el
29170 (autoload 'utf-7-post-read-conversion "utf-7" "\
29171 Not documented
29173 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
29175 (autoload 'utf-7-imap-post-read-conversion "utf-7" "\
29176 Not documented
29178 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
29180 (autoload 'utf-7-pre-write-conversion "utf-7" "\
29181 Not documented
29183 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
29185 (autoload 'utf-7-imap-pre-write-conversion "utf-7" "\
29186 Not documented
29188 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
29190 ;;;***
29192 ;;;### (autoloads (uudecode-decode-region uudecode-decode-region-internal
29193 ;;;;;; uudecode-decode-region-external) "uudecode" "mail/uudecode.el"
29194 ;;;;;; (19277 34921))
29195 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/uudecode.el
29197 (autoload 'uudecode-decode-region-external "uudecode" "\
29198 Uudecode region between START and END using external program.
29199 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME. The program
29200 used is specified by `uudecode-decoder-program'.
29202 \(fn START END &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil)
29204 (autoload 'uudecode-decode-region-internal "uudecode" "\
29205 Uudecode region between START and END without using an external program.
29206 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME.
29208 \(fn START END &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil)
29210 (autoload 'uudecode-decode-region "uudecode" "\
29211 Uudecode region between START and END.
29212 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME.
29214 \(fn START END &optional FILE-NAME)" nil nil)
29216 ;;;***
29218 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-branch-part vc-update-change-log vc-rename-file
29219 ;;;;;; vc-delete-file vc-transfer-file vc-switch-backend vc-update
29220 ;;;;;; vc-rollback vc-revert vc-print-root-log vc-print-log vc-retrieve-tag
29221 ;;;;;; vc-create-tag vc-merge vc-insert-headers vc-revision-other-window
29222 ;;;;;; vc-root-diff vc-diff vc-version-diff vc-register vc-next-action
29223 ;;;;;; vc-before-checkin-hook vc-checkin-hook vc-checkout-hook)
29224 ;;;;;; "vc" "vc.el" (19286 4503))
29225 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc.el
29227 (defvar vc-checkout-hook nil "\
29228 Normal hook (list of functions) run after checking out a file.
29229 See `run-hooks'.")
29231 (custom-autoload 'vc-checkout-hook "vc" t)
29233 (defvar vc-checkin-hook nil "\
29234 Normal hook (list of functions) run after commit or file checkin.
29235 See also `log-edit-done-hook'.")
29237 (custom-autoload 'vc-checkin-hook "vc" t)
29239 (defvar vc-before-checkin-hook nil "\
29240 Normal hook (list of functions) run before a commit or a file checkin.
29241 See `run-hooks'.")
29243 (custom-autoload 'vc-before-checkin-hook "vc" t)
29245 (autoload 'vc-next-action "vc" "\
29246 Do the next logical version control operation on the current fileset.
29247 This requires that all files in the fileset be in the same state.
29249 For locking systems:
29250 If every file is not already registered, this registers each for version
29251 control.
29252 If every file is registered and not locked by anyone, this checks out
29253 a writable and locked file of each ready for editing.
29254 If every file is checked out and locked by the calling user, this
29255 first checks to see if each file has changed since checkout. If not,
29256 it performs a revert on that file.
29257 If every file has been changed, this pops up a buffer for entry
29258 of a log message; when the message has been entered, it checks in the
29259 resulting changes along with the log message as change commentary. If
29260 the variable `vc-keep-workfiles' is non-nil (which is its default), a
29261 read-only copy of each changed file is left in place afterwards.
29262 If the affected file is registered and locked by someone else, you are
29263 given the option to steal the lock(s).
29265 For merging systems:
29266 If every file is not already registered, this registers each one for version
29267 control. This does an add, but not a commit.
29268 If every file is added but not committed, each one is committed.
29269 If every working file is changed, but the corresponding repository file is
29270 unchanged, this pops up a buffer for entry of a log message; when the
29271 message has been entered, it checks in the resulting changes along
29272 with the logmessage as change commentary. A writable file is retained.
29273 If the repository file is changed, you are asked if you want to
29274 merge in the changes into your working copy.
29276 \(fn VERBOSE)" t nil)
29278 (autoload 'vc-register "vc" "\
29279 Register into a version control system.
29280 If VC-FILESET is given, register the files in that fileset.
29281 Otherwise register the current file.
29282 With prefix argument SET-REVISION, allow user to specify initial revision
29283 level. If COMMENT is present, use that as an initial comment.
29285 The version control system to use is found by cycling through the list
29286 `vc-handled-backends'. The first backend in that list which declares
29287 itself responsible for the file (usually because other files in that
29288 directory are already registered under that backend) will be used to
29289 register the file. If no backend declares itself responsible, the
29290 first backend that could register the file is used.
29292 \(fn &optional SET-REVISION VC-FILESET COMMENT)" t nil)
29294 (autoload 'vc-version-diff "vc" "\
29295 Report diffs between revisions of the fileset in the repository history.
29297 \(fn FILES REV1 REV2)" t nil)
29299 (autoload 'vc-diff "vc" "\
29300 Display diffs between file revisions.
29301 Normally this compares the currently selected fileset with their
29302 working revisions. With a prefix argument HISTORIC, it reads two revision
29303 designators specifying which revisions to compare.
29305 The optional argument NOT-URGENT non-nil means it is ok to say no to
29306 saving the buffer.
29308 \(fn HISTORIC &optional NOT-URGENT)" t nil)
29310 (autoload 'vc-root-diff "vc" "\
29311 Display diffs between file revisions.
29312 Normally this compares the currently selected fileset with their
29313 working revisions. With a prefix argument HISTORIC, it reads two revision
29314 designators specifying which revisions to compare.
29316 The optional argument NOT-URGENT non-nil means it is ok to say no to
29317 saving the buffer.
29319 \(fn HISTORIC &optional NOT-URGENT)" t nil)
29321 (autoload 'vc-revision-other-window "vc" "\
29322 Visit revision REV of the current file in another window.
29323 If the current file is named `F', the revision is named `F.~REV~'.
29324 If `F.~REV~' already exists, use it instead of checking it out again.
29326 \(fn REV)" t nil)
29328 (autoload 'vc-insert-headers "vc" "\
29329 Insert headers into a file for use with a version control system.
29330 Headers desired are inserted at point, and are pulled from
29331 the variable `vc-BACKEND-header'.
29333 \(fn)" t nil)
29335 (autoload 'vc-merge "vc" "\
29336 Merge changes between two revisions into the current buffer's file.
29337 This asks for two revisions to merge from in the minibuffer. If the
29338 first revision is a branch number, then merge all changes from that
29339 branch. If the first revision is empty, merge news, i.e. recent changes
29340 from the current branch.
29342 See Info node `Merging'.
29344 \(fn)" t nil)
29346 (defalias 'vc-resolve-conflicts 'smerge-ediff)
29348 (autoload 'vc-create-tag "vc" "\
29349 Descending recursively from DIR, make a tag called NAME.
29350 For each registered file, the working revision becomes part of
29351 the named configuration. If the prefix argument BRANCHP is
29352 given, the tag is made as a new branch and the files are
29353 checked out in that new branch.
29355 \(fn DIR NAME BRANCHP)" t nil)
29357 (autoload 'vc-retrieve-tag "vc" "\
29358 Descending recursively from DIR, retrieve the tag called NAME.
29359 If NAME is empty, it refers to the latest revisions.
29360 If locking is used for the files in DIR, then there must not be any
29361 locked files at or below DIR (but if NAME is empty, locked files are
29362 allowed and simply skipped).
29364 \(fn DIR NAME)" t nil)
29366 (autoload 'vc-print-log "vc" "\
29367 List the change log of the current fileset in a window.
29368 If WORKING-REVISION is non-nil, leave the point at that revision.
29370 \(fn &optional WORKING-REVISION LIMIT)" t nil)
29372 (autoload 'vc-print-root-log "vc" "\
29373 List the change log of for the current VC controlled tree in a window.
29375 \(fn &optional LIMIT)" t nil)
29377 (autoload 'vc-revert "vc" "\
29378 Revert working copies of the selected fileset to their repository contents.
29379 This asks for confirmation if the buffer contents are not identical
29380 to the working revision (except for keyword expansion).
29382 \(fn)" t nil)
29384 (autoload 'vc-rollback "vc" "\
29385 Roll back (remove) the most recent changeset committed to the repository.
29386 This may be either a file-level or a repository-level operation,
29387 depending on the underlying version-control system.
29389 \(fn)" t nil)
29391 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'vc-revert-buffer 'vc-revert "23.1")
29393 (autoload 'vc-update "vc" "\
29394 Update the current fileset's files to their tip revisions.
29395 For each one that contains no changes, and is not locked, then this simply
29396 replaces the work file with the latest revision on its branch. If the file
29397 contains changes, and the backend supports merging news, then any recent
29398 changes from the current branch are merged into the working file.
29400 \(fn)" t nil)
29402 (autoload 'vc-switch-backend "vc" "\
29403 Make BACKEND the current version control system for FILE.
29404 FILE must already be registered in BACKEND. The change is not
29405 permanent, only for the current session. This function only changes
29406 VC's perspective on FILE, it does not register or unregister it.
29407 By default, this command cycles through the registered backends.
29408 To get a prompt, use a prefix argument.
29410 \(fn FILE BACKEND)" t nil)
29412 (autoload 'vc-transfer-file "vc" "\
29413 Transfer FILE to another version control system NEW-BACKEND.
29414 If NEW-BACKEND has a higher precedence than FILE's current backend
29415 \(i.e. it comes earlier in `vc-handled-backends'), then register FILE in
29416 NEW-BACKEND, using the revision number from the current backend as the
29417 base level. If NEW-BACKEND has a lower precedence than the current
29418 backend, then commit all changes that were made under the current
29419 backend to NEW-BACKEND, and unregister FILE from the current backend.
29420 \(If FILE is not yet registered under NEW-BACKEND, register it.)
29422 \(fn FILE NEW-BACKEND)" nil nil)
29424 (autoload 'vc-delete-file "vc" "\
29425 Delete file and mark it as such in the version control system.
29427 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
29429 (autoload 'vc-rename-file "vc" "\
29430 Rename file OLD to NEW, and rename its master file likewise.
29432 \(fn OLD NEW)" t nil)
29434 (autoload 'vc-update-change-log "vc" "\
29435 Find change log file and add entries from recent version control logs.
29436 Normally, find log entries for all registered files in the default
29437 directory.
29439 With prefix arg of \\[universal-argument], only find log entries for the current buffer's file.
29441 With any numeric prefix arg, find log entries for all currently visited
29442 files that are under version control. This puts all the entries in the
29443 log for the default directory, which may not be appropriate.
29445 From a program, any ARGS are assumed to be filenames for which
29446 log entries should be gathered.
29448 \(fn &rest ARGS)" t nil)
29450 (autoload 'vc-branch-part "vc" "\
29451 Return the branch part of a revision number REV.
29453 \(fn REV)" nil nil)
29455 ;;;***
29457 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-annotate) "vc-annotate" "vc-annotate.el" (19354
29458 ;;;;;; 34807))
29459 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-annotate.el
29461 (autoload 'vc-annotate "vc-annotate" "\
29462 Display the edit history of the current file using colors.
29464 This command creates a buffer that shows, for each line of the current
29465 file, when it was last edited and by whom. Additionally, colors are
29466 used to show the age of each line--blue means oldest, red means
29467 youngest, and intermediate colors indicate intermediate ages. By
29468 default, the time scale stretches back one year into the past;
29469 everything that is older than that is shown in blue.
29471 With a prefix argument, this command asks two questions in the
29472 minibuffer. First, you may enter a revision number; then the buffer
29473 displays and annotates that revision instead of the working revision
29474 \(type RET in the minibuffer to leave that default unchanged). Then,
29475 you are prompted for the time span in days which the color range
29476 should cover. For example, a time span of 20 days means that changes
29477 over the past 20 days are shown in red to blue, according to their
29478 age, and everything that is older than that is shown in blue.
29480 If MOVE-POINT-TO is given, move the point to that line.
29482 Customization variables:
29484 `vc-annotate-menu-elements' customizes the menu elements of the
29485 mode-specific menu. `vc-annotate-color-map' and
29486 `vc-annotate-very-old-color' define the mapping of time to colors.
29487 `vc-annotate-background' specifies the background color.
29489 \(fn FILE REV &optional DISPLAY-MODE BUF MOVE-POINT-TO)" t nil)
29491 ;;;***
29493 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-arch" "vc-arch.el" (19279 53114))
29494 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-arch.el
29495 (defun vc-arch-registered (file)
29496 (if (vc-find-root file "{arch}/=tagging-method")
29497 (progn
29498 (load "vc-arch")
29499 (vc-arch-registered file))))
29501 ;;;***
29503 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-bzr" "vc-bzr.el" (19353 62839))
29504 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-bzr.el
29506 (defconst vc-bzr-admin-dirname ".bzr" "\
29507 Name of the directory containing Bzr repository status files.")
29509 (defconst vc-bzr-admin-checkout-format-file (concat vc-bzr-admin-dirname "/checkout/format"))
29510 (defun vc-bzr-registered (file)
29511 (if (vc-find-root file vc-bzr-admin-checkout-format-file)
29512 (progn
29513 (load "vc-bzr")
29514 (vc-bzr-registered file))))
29516 ;;;***
29518 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-cvs" "vc-cvs.el" (19325 42040))
29519 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-cvs.el
29520 (defun vc-cvs-registered (f)
29521 (when (file-readable-p (expand-file-name
29522 "CVS/Entries" (file-name-directory f)))
29523 (load "vc-cvs")
29524 (vc-cvs-registered f)))
29526 ;;;***
29528 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-dir) "vc-dir" "vc-dir.el" (19354 34807))
29529 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-dir.el
29531 (autoload 'vc-dir "vc-dir" "\
29532 Show the VC status for \"interesting\" files in and below DIR.
29533 This allows you to mark files and perform VC operations on them.
29534 The list omits files which are up to date, with no changes in your copy
29535 or the repository, if there is nothing in particular to say about them.
29537 Preparing the list of file status takes time; when the buffer
29538 first appears, it has only the first few lines of summary information.
29539 The file lines appear later.
29541 Optional second argument BACKEND specifies the VC backend to use.
29542 Interactively, a prefix argument means to ask for the backend.
29544 These are the commands available for use in the file status buffer:
29546 \\{vc-dir-mode-map}
29548 \(fn DIR &optional BACKEND)" t nil)
29550 ;;;***
29552 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-do-command) "vc-dispatcher" "vc-dispatcher.el"
29553 ;;;;;; (19286 4503))
29554 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-dispatcher.el
29556 (autoload 'vc-do-command "vc-dispatcher" "\
29557 Execute a slave command, notifying user and checking for errors.
29558 Output from COMMAND goes to BUFFER, or the current buffer if
29559 BUFFER is t. If the destination buffer is not already current,
29560 set it up properly and erase it. The command is considered
29561 successful if its exit status does not exceed OKSTATUS (if
29562 OKSTATUS is nil, that means to ignore error status, if it is
29563 `async', that means not to wait for termination of the
29564 subprocess; if it is t it means to ignore all execution errors).
29565 FILE-OR-LIST is the name of a working file; it may be a list of
29566 files or be nil (to execute commands that don't expect a file
29567 name or set of files). If an optional list of FLAGS is present,
29568 that is inserted into the command line before the filename.
29569 Return the return value of the slave command in the synchronous
29570 case, and the process object in the asynchronous case.
29572 \(fn BUFFER OKSTATUS COMMAND FILE-OR-LIST &rest FLAGS)" nil nil)
29574 ;;;***
29576 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-git" "vc-git.el" (19351 60435))
29577 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-git.el
29578 (defun vc-git-registered (file)
29579 "Return non-nil if FILE is registered with git."
29580 (if (vc-find-root file ".git") ; Short cut.
29581 (progn
29582 (load "vc-git")
29583 (vc-git-registered file))))
29585 ;;;***
29587 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-hg" "vc-hg.el" (19277 34917))
29588 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-hg.el
29589 (defun vc-hg-registered (file)
29590 "Return non-nil if FILE is registered with hg."
29591 (if (vc-find-root file ".hg") ; short cut
29592 (progn
29593 (load "vc-hg")
29594 (vc-hg-registered file))))
29596 ;;;***
29598 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-mtn" "vc-mtn.el" (19277 34917))
29599 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-mtn.el
29601 (defconst vc-mtn-admin-dir "_MTN")
29603 (defconst vc-mtn-admin-format (concat vc-mtn-admin-dir "/format"))
29604 (defun vc-mtn-registered (file)
29605 (if (vc-find-root file vc-mtn-admin-format)
29606 (progn
29607 (load "vc-mtn")
29608 (vc-mtn-registered file))))
29610 ;;;***
29612 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-rcs-master-templates) "vc-rcs" "vc-rcs.el"
29613 ;;;;;; (19277 34917))
29614 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-rcs.el
29616 (defvar vc-rcs-master-templates (purecopy '("%sRCS/%s,v" "%s%s,v" "%sRCS/%s")) "\
29617 Where to look for RCS master files.
29618 For a description of possible values, see `vc-check-master-templates'.")
29620 (custom-autoload 'vc-rcs-master-templates "vc-rcs" t)
29622 (defun vc-rcs-registered (f) (vc-default-registered 'RCS f))
29624 ;;;***
29626 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-sccs-master-templates) "vc-sccs" "vc-sccs.el"
29627 ;;;;;; (19277 34917))
29628 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-sccs.el
29630 (defvar vc-sccs-master-templates (purecopy '("%sSCCS/s.%s" "%ss.%s" vc-sccs-search-project-dir)) "\
29631 Where to look for SCCS master files.
29632 For a description of possible values, see `vc-check-master-templates'.")
29634 (custom-autoload 'vc-sccs-master-templates "vc-sccs" t)
29635 (defun vc-sccs-registered(f) (vc-default-registered 'SCCS f))
29637 (defun vc-sccs-search-project-dir (dirname basename) "\
29638 Return the name of a master file in the SCCS project directory.
29639 Does not check whether the file exists but returns nil if it does not
29640 find any project directory." (let ((project-dir (getenv "PROJECTDIR")) dirs dir) (when project-dir (if (file-name-absolute-p project-dir) (setq dirs (quote ("SCCS" ""))) (setq dirs (quote ("src/SCCS" "src" "source/SCCS" "source"))) (setq project-dir (expand-file-name (concat "~" project-dir)))) (while (and (not dir) dirs) (setq dir (expand-file-name (car dirs) project-dir)) (unless (file-directory-p dir) (setq dir nil) (setq dirs (cdr dirs)))) (and dir (expand-file-name (concat "s." basename) dir)))))
29642 ;;;***
29644 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-svn" "vc-svn.el" (19310 6402))
29645 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-svn.el
29646 (defun vc-svn-registered (f)
29647 (let ((admin-dir (cond ((and (eq system-type 'windows-nt)
29648 (getenv "SVN_ASP_DOT_NET_HACK"))
29649 "_svn")
29650 (t ".svn"))))
29651 (when (file-readable-p (expand-file-name
29652 (concat admin-dir "/entries")
29653 (file-name-directory f)))
29654 (load "vc-svn")
29655 (vc-svn-registered f))))
29657 ;;;***
29659 ;;;### (autoloads (vera-mode) "vera-mode" "progmodes/vera-mode.el"
29660 ;;;;;; (19277 34923))
29661 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/vera-mode.el
29662 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist (cons (purecopy "\\.vr[hi]?\\'") 'vera-mode))
29664 (autoload 'vera-mode "vera-mode" "\
29665 Major mode for editing Vera code.
29667 Usage:
29668 ------
29670 INDENTATION: Typing `TAB' at the beginning of a line indents the line.
29671 The amount of indentation is specified by option `vera-basic-offset'.
29672 Indentation can be done for an entire region (`M-C-\\') or buffer (menu).
29673 `TAB' always indents the line if option `vera-intelligent-tab' is nil.
29675 WORD/COMMAND COMPLETION: Typing `TAB' after a (not completed) word looks
29676 for a word in the buffer or a Vera keyword that starts alike, inserts it
29677 and adjusts case. Re-typing `TAB' toggles through alternative word
29678 completions.
29680 Typing `TAB' after a non-word character inserts a tabulator stop (if not
29681 at the beginning of a line). `M-TAB' always inserts a tabulator stop.
29683 COMMENTS: `C-c C-c' comments out a region if not commented out, and
29684 uncomments a region if already commented out.
29686 HIGHLIGHTING (fontification): Vera keywords, predefined types and
29687 constants, function names, declaration names, directives, as well as
29688 comments and strings are highlighted using different colors.
29690 VERA VERSION: OpenVera 1.4 and Vera version 6.2.8.
29693 Maintenance:
29694 ------------
29696 To submit a bug report, use the corresponding menu entry within Vera Mode.
29697 Add a description of the problem and include a reproducible test case.
29699 Feel free to send questions and enhancement requests to <reto@gnu.org>.
29701 Official distribution is at
29702 URL `http://www.iis.ee.ethz.ch/~zimmi/emacs/vera-mode.html'
29705 The Vera Mode Maintainer
29706 Reto Zimmermann <reto@gnu.org>
29708 Key bindings:
29709 -------------
29711 \\{vera-mode-map}
29713 \(fn)" t nil)
29715 ;;;***
29717 ;;;### (autoloads (verilog-mode) "verilog-mode" "progmodes/verilog-mode.el"
29718 ;;;;;; (19277 34923))
29719 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/verilog-mode.el
29721 (autoload 'verilog-mode "verilog-mode" "\
29722 Major mode for editing Verilog code.
29723 \\<verilog-mode-map>
29724 See \\[describe-function] verilog-auto (\\[verilog-auto]) for details on how
29725 AUTOs can improve coding efficiency.
29727 Use \\[verilog-faq] for a pointer to frequently asked questions.
29729 NEWLINE, TAB indents for Verilog code.
29730 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
29732 Supports highlighting.
29734 Turning on Verilog mode calls the value of the variable `verilog-mode-hook'
29735 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
29737 Variables controlling indentation/edit style:
29739 variable `verilog-indent-level' (default 3)
29740 Indentation of Verilog statements with respect to containing block.
29741 `verilog-indent-level-module' (default 3)
29742 Absolute indentation of Module level Verilog statements.
29743 Set to 0 to get initial and always statements lined up
29744 on the left side of your screen.
29745 `verilog-indent-level-declaration' (default 3)
29746 Indentation of declarations with respect to containing block.
29747 Set to 0 to get them list right under containing block.
29748 `verilog-indent-level-behavioral' (default 3)
29749 Indentation of first begin in a task or function block
29750 Set to 0 to get such code to lined up underneath the task or
29751 function keyword.
29752 `verilog-indent-level-directive' (default 1)
29753 Indentation of `ifdef/`endif blocks.
29754 `verilog-cexp-indent' (default 1)
29755 Indentation of Verilog statements broken across lines i.e.:
29756 if (a)
29757 begin
29758 `verilog-case-indent' (default 2)
29759 Indentation for case statements.
29760 `verilog-auto-newline' (default nil)
29761 Non-nil means automatically newline after semicolons and the punctuation
29762 mark after an end.
29763 `verilog-auto-indent-on-newline' (default t)
29764 Non-nil means automatically indent line after newline.
29765 `verilog-tab-always-indent' (default t)
29766 Non-nil means TAB in Verilog mode should always reindent the current line,
29767 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
29768 `verilog-indent-begin-after-if' (default t)
29769 Non-nil means to indent begin statements following a preceding
29770 if, else, while, for and repeat statements, if any. Otherwise,
29771 the begin is lined up with the preceding token. If t, you get:
29772 if (a)
29773 begin // amount of indent based on `verilog-cexp-indent'
29774 otherwise you get:
29775 if (a)
29776 begin
29777 `verilog-auto-endcomments' (default t)
29778 Non-nil means a comment /* ... */ is set after the ends which ends
29779 cases, tasks, functions and modules.
29780 The type and name of the object will be set between the braces.
29781 `verilog-minimum-comment-distance' (default 10)
29782 Minimum distance (in lines) between begin and end required before a comment
29783 will be inserted. Setting this variable to zero results in every
29784 end acquiring a comment; the default avoids too many redundant
29785 comments in tight quarters.
29786 `verilog-auto-lineup' (default 'declarations)
29787 List of contexts where auto lineup of code should be done.
29789 Variables controlling other actions:
29791 `verilog-linter' (default surelint)
29792 Unix program to call to run the lint checker. This is the default
29793 command for \\[compile-command] and \\[verilog-auto-save-compile].
29795 See \\[customize] for the complete list of variables.
29797 AUTO expansion functions are, in part:
29799 \\[verilog-auto] Expand AUTO statements.
29800 \\[verilog-delete-auto] Remove the AUTOs.
29801 \\[verilog-inject-auto] Insert AUTOs for the first time.
29803 Some other functions are:
29805 \\[verilog-complete-word] Complete word with appropriate possibilities.
29806 \\[verilog-mark-defun] Mark function.
29807 \\[verilog-beg-of-defun] Move to beginning of current function.
29808 \\[verilog-end-of-defun] Move to end of current function.
29809 \\[verilog-label-be] Label matching begin ... end, fork ... join, etc statements.
29811 \\[verilog-comment-region] Put marked area in a comment.
29812 \\[verilog-uncomment-region] Uncomment an area commented with \\[verilog-comment-region].
29813 \\[verilog-insert-block] Insert begin ... end.
29814 \\[verilog-star-comment] Insert /* ... */.
29816 \\[verilog-sk-always] Insert an always @(AS) begin .. end block.
29817 \\[verilog-sk-begin] Insert a begin .. end block.
29818 \\[verilog-sk-case] Insert a case block, prompting for details.
29819 \\[verilog-sk-for] Insert a for (...) begin .. end block, prompting for details.
29820 \\[verilog-sk-generate] Insert a generate .. endgenerate block.
29821 \\[verilog-sk-header] Insert a header block at the top of file.
29822 \\[verilog-sk-initial] Insert an initial begin .. end block.
29823 \\[verilog-sk-fork] Insert a fork begin .. end .. join block.
29824 \\[verilog-sk-module] Insert a module .. (/*AUTOARG*/);.. endmodule block.
29825 \\[verilog-sk-primitive] Insert a primitive .. (.. );.. endprimitive block.
29826 \\[verilog-sk-repeat] Insert a repeat (..) begin .. end block.
29827 \\[verilog-sk-specify] Insert a specify .. endspecify block.
29828 \\[verilog-sk-task] Insert a task .. begin .. end endtask block.
29829 \\[verilog-sk-while] Insert a while (...) begin .. end block, prompting for details.
29830 \\[verilog-sk-casex] Insert a casex (...) item: begin.. end endcase block, prompting for details.
29831 \\[verilog-sk-casez] Insert a casez (...) item: begin.. end endcase block, prompting for details.
29832 \\[verilog-sk-if] Insert an if (..) begin .. end block.
29833 \\[verilog-sk-else-if] Insert an else if (..) begin .. end block.
29834 \\[verilog-sk-comment] Insert a comment block.
29835 \\[verilog-sk-assign] Insert an assign .. = ..; statement.
29836 \\[verilog-sk-function] Insert a function .. begin .. end endfunction block.
29837 \\[verilog-sk-input] Insert an input declaration, prompting for details.
29838 \\[verilog-sk-output] Insert an output declaration, prompting for details.
29839 \\[verilog-sk-state-machine] Insert a state machine definition, prompting for details.
29840 \\[verilog-sk-inout] Insert an inout declaration, prompting for details.
29841 \\[verilog-sk-wire] Insert a wire declaration, prompting for details.
29842 \\[verilog-sk-reg] Insert a register declaration, prompting for details.
29843 \\[verilog-sk-define-signal] Define signal under point as a register at the top of the module.
29845 All key bindings can be seen in a Verilog-buffer with \\[describe-bindings].
29846 Key bindings specific to `verilog-mode-map' are:
29848 \\{verilog-mode-map}
29850 \(fn)" t nil)
29852 ;;;***
29854 ;;;### (autoloads (vhdl-mode) "vhdl-mode" "progmodes/vhdl-mode.el"
29855 ;;;;;; (19277 34923))
29856 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/vhdl-mode.el
29858 (autoload 'vhdl-mode "vhdl-mode" "\
29859 Major mode for editing VHDL code.
29861 Usage:
29862 ------
29864 TEMPLATE INSERTION (electrification):
29865 After typing a VHDL keyword and entering `SPC', you are prompted for
29866 arguments while a template is generated for that VHDL construct. Typing
29867 `RET' or `C-g' at the first (mandatory) prompt aborts the current
29868 template generation. Optional arguments are indicated by square
29869 brackets and removed if the queried string is left empty. Prompts for
29870 mandatory arguments remain in the code if the queried string is left
29871 empty. They can be queried again by `C-c C-t C-q'. Enabled
29872 electrification is indicated by `/e' in the modeline.
29874 Typing `M-SPC' after a keyword inserts a space without calling the
29875 template generator. Automatic template generation (i.e.
29876 electrification) can be disabled (enabled) by typing `C-c C-m C-e' or by
29877 setting option `vhdl-electric-mode' (see OPTIONS).
29879 Template generators can be invoked from the VHDL menu, by key
29880 bindings, by typing `C-c C-i C-c' and choosing a construct, or by typing
29881 the keyword (i.e. first word of menu entry not in parenthesis) and
29882 `SPC'. The following abbreviations can also be used: arch, attr, cond,
29883 conf, comp, cons, func, inst, pack, sig, var.
29885 Template styles can be customized in customization group
29886 `vhdl-template' (see OPTIONS).
29889 HEADER INSERTION:
29890 A file header can be inserted by `C-c C-t C-h'. A file footer
29891 (template at the end of the file) can be inserted by `C-c C-t C-f'.
29892 See customization group `vhdl-header'.
29895 STUTTERING:
29896 Double striking of some keys inserts cumbersome VHDL syntax elements.
29897 Stuttering can be disabled (enabled) by typing `C-c C-m C-s' or by
29898 option `vhdl-stutter-mode'. Enabled stuttering is indicated by `/s' in
29899 the modeline. The stuttering keys and their effects are:
29901 ;; --> \" : \" [ --> ( -- --> comment
29902 ;;; --> \" := \" [[ --> [ --CR --> comment-out code
29903 .. --> \" => \" ] --> ) --- --> horizontal line
29904 ,, --> \" <= \" ]] --> ] ---- --> display comment
29905 == --> \" == \" '' --> \\\"
29908 WORD COMPLETION:
29909 Typing `TAB' after a (not completed) word looks for a VHDL keyword or a
29910 word in the buffer that starts alike, inserts it and adjusts case.
29911 Re-typing `TAB' toggles through alternative word completions. This also
29912 works in the minibuffer (i.e. in template generator prompts).
29914 Typing `TAB' after `(' looks for and inserts complete parenthesized
29915 expressions (e.g. for array index ranges). All keywords as well as
29916 standard types and subprograms of VHDL have predefined abbreviations
29917 (e.g. type \"std\" and `TAB' will toggle through all standard types
29918 beginning with \"std\").
29920 Typing `TAB' after a non-word character indents the line if at the
29921 beginning of a line (i.e. no preceding non-blank characters), and
29922 inserts a tabulator stop otherwise. `M-TAB' always inserts a tabulator
29923 stop.
29926 COMMENTS:
29927 `--' puts a single comment.
29928 `---' draws a horizontal line for separating code segments.
29929 `----' inserts a display comment, i.e. two horizontal lines
29930 with a comment in between.
29931 `--CR' comments out code on that line. Re-hitting CR comments
29932 out following lines.
29933 `C-c c' comments out a region if not commented out,
29934 uncomments a region if already commented out.
29936 You are prompted for comments after object definitions (i.e. signals,
29937 variables, constants, ports) and after subprogram and process
29938 specifications if option `vhdl-prompt-for-comments' is non-nil.
29939 Comments are automatically inserted as additional labels (e.g. after
29940 begin statements) and as help comments if `vhdl-self-insert-comments' is
29941 non-nil.
29943 Inline comments (i.e. comments after a piece of code on the same line)
29944 are indented at least to `vhdl-inline-comment-column'. Comments go at
29945 maximum to `vhdl-end-comment-column'. `RET' after a space in a comment
29946 will open a new comment line. Typing beyond `vhdl-end-comment-column'
29947 in a comment automatically opens a new comment line. `M-q' re-fills
29948 multi-line comments.
29951 INDENTATION:
29952 `TAB' indents a line if at the beginning of the line. The amount of
29953 indentation is specified by option `vhdl-basic-offset'. `C-c C-i C-l'
29954 always indents the current line (is bound to `TAB' if option
29955 `vhdl-intelligent-tab' is nil).
29957 Indentation can be done for a group of lines (`C-c C-i C-g'), a region
29958 (`M-C-\\') or the entire buffer (menu). Argument and port lists are
29959 indented normally (nil) or relative to the opening parenthesis (non-nil)
29960 according to option `vhdl-argument-list-indent'.
29962 If option `vhdl-indent-tabs-mode' is nil, spaces are used instead of
29963 tabs. `M-x tabify' and `M-x untabify' allow to convert spaces to tabs
29964 and vice versa.
29966 Syntax-based indentation can be very slow in large files. Option
29967 `vhdl-indent-syntax-based' allows to use faster but simpler indentation.
29970 ALIGNMENT:
29971 The alignment functions align operators, keywords, and inline comments
29972 to beautify the code. `C-c C-a C-a' aligns a group of consecutive lines
29973 separated by blank lines, `C-c C-a C-i' a block of lines with same
29974 indent. `C-c C-a C-l' aligns all lines belonging to a list enclosed by
29975 a pair of parentheses (e.g. port clause/map, argument list), and `C-c
29976 C-a C-d' all lines within the declarative part of a design unit. `C-c
29977 C-a M-a' aligns an entire region. `C-c C-a C-c' aligns inline comments
29978 for a group of lines, and `C-c C-a M-c' for a region.
29980 If option `vhdl-align-groups' is non-nil, groups of code lines
29981 separated by special lines (see option `vhdl-align-group-separate') are
29982 aligned individually. If option `vhdl-align-same-indent' is non-nil,
29983 blocks of lines with same indent are aligned separately. Some templates
29984 are automatically aligned after generation if option `vhdl-auto-align'
29985 is non-nil.
29987 Alignment tries to align inline comments at
29988 `vhdl-inline-comment-column' and tries inline comment not to exceed
29989 `vhdl-end-comment-column'.
29991 `C-c C-x M-w' fixes up whitespace in a region. That is, operator
29992 symbols are surrounded by one space, and multiple spaces are eliminated.
29995 CODE FILLING:
29996 Code filling allows to condense code (e.g. sensitivity lists or port
29997 maps) by removing comments and newlines and re-wrapping so that all
29998 lines are maximally filled (block filling). `C-c C-f C-f' fills a list
29999 enclosed by parenthesis, `C-c C-f C-g' a group of lines separated by
30000 blank lines, `C-c C-f C-i' a block of lines with same indent, and
30001 `C-c C-f M-f' an entire region.
30004 CODE BEAUTIFICATION:
30005 `C-c M-b' and `C-c C-b' beautify the code of a region or of the entire
30006 buffer respectively. This inludes indentation, alignment, and case
30007 fixing. Code beautification can also be run non-interactively using the
30008 command:
30010 emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs filename.vhd -f vhdl-beautify-buffer
30013 PORT TRANSLATION:
30014 Generic and port clauses from entity or component declarations can be
30015 copied (`C-c C-p C-w') and pasted as entity and component declarations,
30016 as component instantiations and corresponding internal constants and
30017 signals, as a generic map with constants as actual generics, and as
30018 internal signal initializations (menu).
30020 To include formals in component instantiations, see option
30021 `vhdl-association-list-with-formals'. To include comments in pasting,
30022 see options `vhdl-include-...-comments'.
30024 A clause with several generic/port names on the same line can be
30025 flattened (`C-c C-p C-f') so that only one name per line exists. The
30026 direction of ports can be reversed (`C-c C-p C-r'), i.e., inputs become
30027 outputs and vice versa, which can be useful in testbenches. (This
30028 reversion is done on the internal data structure and is only reflected
30029 in subsequent paste operations.)
30031 Names for actual ports, instances, testbenches, and
30032 design-under-test instances can be derived from existing names according
30033 to options `vhdl-...-name'. See customization group `vhdl-port'.
30036 SUBPROGRAM TRANSLATION:
30037 Similar functionality exists for copying/pasting the interface of
30038 subprograms (function/procedure). A subprogram interface can be copied
30039 and then pasted as a subprogram declaration, body or call (uses
30040 association list with formals).
30043 TESTBENCH GENERATION:
30044 A copied port can also be pasted as a testbench. The generated
30045 testbench includes an entity, an architecture, and an optional
30046 configuration. The architecture contains the component declaration and
30047 instantiation of the DUT as well as internal constant and signal
30048 declarations. Additional user-defined templates can be inserted. The
30049 names used for entity/architecture/configuration/DUT as well as the file
30050 structure to be generated can be customized. See customization group
30051 `vhdl-testbench'.
30054 KEY BINDINGS:
30055 Key bindings (`C-c ...') exist for most commands (see in menu).
30058 VHDL MENU:
30059 All commands can be found in the VHDL menu including their key bindings.
30062 FILE BROWSER:
30063 The speedbar allows browsing of directories and file contents. It can
30064 be accessed from the VHDL menu and is automatically opened if option
30065 `vhdl-speedbar-auto-open' is non-nil.
30067 In speedbar, open files and directories with `mouse-2' on the name and
30068 browse/rescan their contents with `mouse-2'/`S-mouse-2' on the `+'.
30071 DESIGN HIERARCHY BROWSER:
30072 The speedbar can also be used for browsing the hierarchy of design units
30073 contained in the source files of the current directory or the specified
30074 projects (see option `vhdl-project-alist').
30076 The speedbar can be switched between file, directory hierarchy and
30077 project hierarchy browsing mode in the speedbar menu or by typing `f',
30078 `h' or `H' in speedbar.
30080 In speedbar, open design units with `mouse-2' on the name and browse
30081 their hierarchy with `mouse-2' on the `+'. Ports can directly be copied
30082 from entities and components (in packages). Individual design units and
30083 complete designs can directly be compiled (\"Make\" menu entry).
30085 The hierarchy is automatically updated upon saving a modified source
30086 file when option `vhdl-speedbar-update-on-saving' is non-nil. The
30087 hierarchy is only updated for projects that have been opened once in the
30088 speedbar. The hierarchy is cached between Emacs sessions in a file (see
30089 options in group `vhdl-speedbar').
30091 Simple design consistency checks are done during scanning, such as
30092 multiple declarations of the same unit or missing primary units that are
30093 required by secondary units.
30096 STRUCTURAL COMPOSITION:
30097 Enables simple structural composition. `C-c C-c C-n' creates a skeleton
30098 for a new component. Subcomponents (i.e. component declaration and
30099 instantiation) can be automatically placed from a previously read port
30100 (`C-c C-c C-p') or directly from the hierarchy browser (`P'). Finally,
30101 all subcomponents can be automatically connected using internal signals
30102 and ports (`C-c C-c C-w') following these rules:
30103 - subcomponent actual ports with same name are considered to be
30104 connected by a signal (internal signal or port)
30105 - signals that are only inputs to subcomponents are considered as
30106 inputs to this component -> input port created
30107 - signals that are only outputs from subcomponents are considered as
30108 outputs from this component -> output port created
30109 - signals that are inputs to AND outputs from subcomponents are
30110 considered as internal connections -> internal signal created
30112 Purpose: With appropriate naming conventions it is possible to
30113 create higher design levels with only a few mouse clicks or key
30114 strokes. A new design level can be created by simply generating a new
30115 component, placing the required subcomponents from the hierarchy
30116 browser, and wiring everything automatically.
30118 Note: Automatic wiring only works reliably on templates of new
30119 components and component instantiations that were created by VHDL mode.
30121 Component declarations can be placed in a components package (option
30122 `vhdl-use-components-package') which can be automatically generated for
30123 an entire directory or project (`C-c C-c M-p'). The VHDL'93 direct
30124 component instantiation is also supported (option
30125 `vhdl-use-direct-instantiation').
30127 | Configuration declarations can automatically be generated either from
30128 | the menu (`C-c C-c C-f') (for the architecture the cursor is in) or from
30129 | the speedbar menu (for the architecture under the cursor). The
30130 | configurations can optionally be hierarchical (i.e. include all
30131 | component levels of a hierarchical design, option
30132 | `vhdl-compose-configuration-hierarchical') or include subconfigurations
30133 | (option `vhdl-compose-configuration-use-subconfiguration'). For
30134 | subcomponents in hierarchical configurations, the most-recently-analyzed
30135 | (mra) architecture is selected. If another architecture is desired, it
30136 | can be marked as most-recently-analyzed (speedbar menu) before
30137 | generating the configuration.
30139 | Note: Configurations of subcomponents (i.e. hierarchical configuration
30140 | declarations) are currently not considered when displaying
30141 | configurations in speedbar.
30143 See the options group `vhdl-compose' for all relevant user options.
30146 SOURCE FILE COMPILATION:
30147 The syntax of the current buffer can be analyzed by calling a VHDL
30148 compiler (menu, `C-c C-k'). The compiler to be used is specified by
30149 option `vhdl-compiler'. The available compilers are listed in option
30150 `vhdl-compiler-alist' including all required compilation command,
30151 command options, compilation directory, and error message syntax
30152 information. New compilers can be added.
30154 All the source files of an entire design can be compiled by the `make'
30155 command (menu, `C-c M-C-k') if an appropriate Makefile exists.
30158 MAKEFILE GENERATION:
30159 Makefiles can be generated automatically by an internal generation
30160 routine (`C-c M-k'). The library unit dependency information is
30161 obtained from the hierarchy browser. Makefile generation can be
30162 customized for each compiler in option `vhdl-compiler-alist'.
30164 Makefile generation can also be run non-interactively using the
30165 command:
30167 emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l vhdl-mode
30168 [-compiler compilername] [-project projectname]
30169 -f vhdl-generate-makefile
30171 The Makefile's default target \"all\" compiles the entire design, the
30172 target \"clean\" removes it and the target \"library\" creates the
30173 library directory if not existent. The Makefile also includes a target
30174 for each primary library unit which allows selective compilation of this
30175 unit, its secondary units and its subhierarchy (example: compilation of
30176 a design specified by a configuration). User specific parts can be
30177 inserted into a Makefile with option `vhdl-makefile-generation-hook'.
30179 Limitations:
30180 - Only library units and dependencies within the current library are
30181 considered. Makefiles for designs that span multiple libraries are
30182 not (yet) supported.
30183 - Only one-level configurations are supported (also hierarchical),
30184 but configurations that go down several levels are not.
30185 - The \"others\" keyword in configurations is not supported.
30188 PROJECTS:
30189 Projects can be defined in option `vhdl-project-alist' and a current
30190 project be selected using option `vhdl-project' (permanently) or from
30191 the menu or speedbar (temporarily). For each project, title and
30192 description strings (for the file headers), source files/directories
30193 (for the hierarchy browser and Makefile generation), library name, and
30194 compiler-dependent options, exceptions and compilation directory can be
30195 specified. Compilation settings overwrite the settings of option
30196 `vhdl-compiler-alist'.
30198 Project setups can be exported (i.e. written to a file) and imported.
30199 Imported setups are not automatically saved in `vhdl-project-alist' but
30200 can be saved afterwards in its customization buffer. When starting
30201 Emacs with VHDL Mode (i.e. load a VHDL file or use \"emacs -l
30202 vhdl-mode\") in a directory with an existing project setup file, it is
30203 automatically loaded and its project activated if option
30204 `vhdl-project-auto-load' is non-nil. Names/paths of the project setup
30205 files can be specified in option `vhdl-project-file-name'. Multiple
30206 project setups can be automatically loaded from global directories.
30207 This is an alternative to specifying project setups with option
30208 `vhdl-project-alist'.
30211 SPECIAL MENUES:
30212 As an alternative to the speedbar, an index menu can be added (set
30213 option `vhdl-index-menu' to non-nil) or made accessible as a mouse menu
30214 (e.g. add \"(global-set-key '[S-down-mouse-3] 'imenu)\" to your start-up
30215 file) for browsing the file contents (is not populated if buffer is
30216 larger than `font-lock-maximum-size'). Also, a source file menu can be
30217 added (set option `vhdl-source-file-menu' to non-nil) for browsing the
30218 current directory for VHDL source files.
30221 VHDL STANDARDS:
30222 The VHDL standards to be used are specified in option `vhdl-standard'.
30223 Available standards are: VHDL'87/'93, VHDL-AMS, and Math Packages.
30226 KEYWORD CASE:
30227 Lower and upper case for keywords and standardized types, attributes,
30228 and enumeration values is supported. If the option
30229 `vhdl-upper-case-keywords' is set to non-nil, keywords can be typed in
30230 lower case and are converted into upper case automatically (not for
30231 types, attributes, and enumeration values). The case of keywords,
30232 types, attributes,and enumeration values can be fixed for an entire
30233 region (menu) or buffer (`C-c C-x C-c') according to the options
30234 `vhdl-upper-case-{keywords,types,attributes,enum-values}'.
30237 HIGHLIGHTING (fontification):
30238 Keywords and standardized types, attributes, enumeration values, and
30239 function names (controlled by option `vhdl-highlight-keywords'), as well
30240 as comments, strings, and template prompts are highlighted using
30241 different colors. Unit, subprogram, signal, variable, constant,
30242 parameter and generic/port names in declarations as well as labels are
30243 highlighted if option `vhdl-highlight-names' is non-nil.
30245 Additional reserved words or words with a forbidden syntax (e.g. words
30246 that should be avoided) can be specified in option
30247 `vhdl-forbidden-words' or `vhdl-forbidden-syntax' and be highlighted in
30248 a warning color (option `vhdl-highlight-forbidden-words'). Verilog
30249 keywords are highlighted as forbidden words if option
30250 `vhdl-highlight-verilog-keywords' is non-nil.
30252 Words with special syntax can be highlighted by specifying their
30253 syntax and color in option `vhdl-special-syntax-alist' and by setting
30254 option `vhdl-highlight-special-words' to non-nil. This allows to
30255 establish some naming conventions (e.g. to distinguish different kinds
30256 of signals or other objects by using name suffices) and to support them
30257 visually.
30259 Option `vhdl-highlight-case-sensitive' can be set to non-nil in order
30260 to support case-sensitive highlighting. However, keywords are then only
30261 highlighted if written in lower case.
30263 Code between \"translate_off\" and \"translate_on\" pragmas is
30264 highlighted using a different background color if option
30265 `vhdl-highlight-translate-off' is non-nil.
30267 For documentation and customization of the used colors see
30268 customization group `vhdl-highlight-faces' (`M-x customize-group'). For
30269 highlighting of matching parenthesis, see customization group
30270 `paren-showing'. Automatic buffer highlighting is turned on/off by
30271 option `global-font-lock-mode' (`font-lock-auto-fontify' in XEmacs).
30274 USER MODELS:
30275 VHDL models (templates) can be specified by the user and made accessible
30276 in the menu, through key bindings (`C-c C-m ...'), or by keyword
30277 electrification. See option `vhdl-model-alist'.
30280 HIDE/SHOW:
30281 The code of blocks, processes, subprograms, component declarations and
30282 instantiations, generic/port clauses, and configuration declarations can
30283 be hidden using the `Hide/Show' menu or by pressing `S-mouse-2' within
30284 the code (see customization group `vhdl-menu'). XEmacs: limited
30285 functionality due to old `hideshow.el' package.
30288 CODE UPDATING:
30289 - Sensitivity List: `C-c C-u C-s' updates the sensitivity list of the
30290 current process, `C-c C-u M-s' of all processes in the current buffer.
30291 Limitations:
30292 - Only declared local signals (ports, signals declared in
30293 architecture and blocks) are automatically inserted.
30294 - Global signals declared in packages are not automatically inserted.
30295 Insert them once manually (will be kept afterwards).
30296 - Out parameters of procedures are considered to be read.
30297 Use option `vhdl-entity-file-name' to specify the entity file name
30298 (used to obtain the port names).
30301 CODE FIXING:
30302 `C-c C-x C-p' fixes the closing parenthesis of a generic/port clause
30303 (e.g. if the closing parenthesis is on the wrong line or is missing).
30306 PRINTING:
30307 Postscript printing with different faces (an optimized set of faces is
30308 used if `vhdl-print-customize-faces' is non-nil) or colors (if
30309 `ps-print-color-p' is non-nil) is possible using the standard Emacs
30310 postscript printing commands. Option `vhdl-print-two-column' defines
30311 appropriate default settings for nice landscape two-column printing.
30312 The paper format can be set by option `ps-paper-type'. Do not forget to
30313 switch `ps-print-color-p' to nil for printing on black-and-white
30314 printers.
30317 OPTIONS:
30318 User options allow customization of VHDL Mode. All options are
30319 accessible from the \"Options\" menu entry. Simple options (switches
30320 and choices) can directly be changed, while for complex options a
30321 customization buffer is opened. Changed options can be saved for future
30322 sessions using the \"Save Options\" menu entry.
30324 Options and their detailed descriptions can also be accessed by using
30325 the \"Customize\" menu entry or the command `M-x customize-option' (`M-x
30326 customize-group' for groups). Some customizations only take effect
30327 after some action (read the NOTE in the option documentation).
30328 Customization can also be done globally (i.e. site-wide, read the
30329 INSTALL file).
30331 Not all options are described in this documentation, so go and see
30332 what other useful user options there are (`M-x vhdl-customize' or menu)!
30335 FILE EXTENSIONS:
30336 As default, files with extensions \".vhd\" and \".vhdl\" are
30337 automatically recognized as VHDL source files. To add an extension
30338 \".xxx\", add the following line to your Emacs start-up file (`.emacs'):
30340 (setq auto-mode-alist (cons '(\"\\\\.xxx\\\\'\" . vhdl-mode) auto-mode-alist))
30343 HINTS:
30344 - To start Emacs with open VHDL hierarchy browser without having to load
30345 a VHDL file first, use the command:
30347 emacs -l vhdl-mode -f speedbar-frame-mode
30349 - Type `C-g C-g' to interrupt long operations or if Emacs hangs.
30351 - Some features only work on properly indented code.
30354 RELEASE NOTES:
30355 See also the release notes (menu) for added features in new releases.
30358 Maintenance:
30359 ------------
30361 To submit a bug report, enter `M-x vhdl-submit-bug-report' within VHDL Mode.
30362 Add a description of the problem and include a reproducible test case.
30364 Questions and enhancement requests can be sent to <reto@gnu.org>.
30366 The `vhdl-mode-announce' mailing list informs about new VHDL Mode releases.
30367 The `vhdl-mode-victims' mailing list informs about new VHDL Mode beta
30368 releases. You are kindly invited to participate in beta testing. Subscribe
30369 to above mailing lists by sending an email to <reto@gnu.org>.
30371 VHDL Mode is officially distributed at
30372 URL `http://opensource.ethz.ch/emacs/vhdl-mode.html'
30373 where the latest version can be found.
30376 Known problems:
30377 ---------------
30379 - Indentation bug in simultaneous if- and case-statements (VHDL-AMS).
30380 - XEmacs: Incorrect start-up when automatically opening speedbar.
30381 - XEmacs: Indentation in XEmacs 21.4 (and higher).
30384 The VHDL Mode Authors
30385 Reto Zimmermann and Rod Whitby
30387 Key bindings:
30388 -------------
30390 \\{vhdl-mode-map}
30392 \(fn)" t nil)
30394 ;;;***
30396 ;;;### (autoloads (vi-mode) "vi" "emulation/vi.el" (19267 61660))
30397 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/vi.el
30399 (autoload 'vi-mode "vi" "\
30400 Major mode that acts like the `vi' editor.
30401 The purpose of this mode is to provide you the combined power of vi (namely,
30402 the \"cross product\" effect of commands and repeat last changes) and Emacs.
30404 This command redefines nearly all keys to look like vi commands.
30405 It records the previous major mode, and any vi command for input
30406 \(`i', `a', `s', etc.) switches back to that mode.
30407 Thus, ordinary Emacs (in whatever major mode you had been using)
30408 is \"input\" mode as far as vi is concerned.
30410 To get back into vi from \"input\" mode, you must issue this command again.
30411 Therefore, it is recommended that you assign it to a key.
30413 Major differences between this mode and real vi :
30415 * Limitations and unsupported features
30416 - Search patterns with line offset (e.g. /pat/+3 or /pat/z.) are
30417 not supported.
30418 - Ex commands are not implemented; try ':' to get some hints.
30419 - No line undo (i.e. the 'U' command), but multi-undo is a standard feature.
30421 * Modifications
30422 - The stopping positions for some point motion commands (word boundary,
30423 pattern search) are slightly different from standard 'vi'.
30424 Also, no automatic wrap around at end of buffer for pattern searching.
30425 - Since changes are done in two steps (deletion then insertion), you need
30426 to undo twice to completely undo a change command. But this is not needed
30427 for undoing a repeated change command.
30428 - No need to set/unset 'magic', to search for a string with regular expr
30429 in it just put a prefix arg for the search commands. Replace cmds too.
30430 - ^R is bound to incremental backward search, so use ^L to redraw screen.
30432 * Extensions
30433 - Some standard (or modified) Emacs commands were integrated, such as
30434 incremental search, query replace, transpose objects, and keyboard macros.
30435 - In command state, ^X links to the 'ctl-x-map', and ESC can be linked to
30436 esc-map or set undefined. These can give you the full power of Emacs.
30437 - See vi-com-map for those keys that are extensions to standard vi, e.g.
30438 `vi-name-last-change-or-macro', `vi-verify-spelling', `vi-locate-def',
30439 `vi-mark-region', and 'vi-quote-words'. Some of them are quite handy.
30440 - Use \\[vi-switch-mode] to switch among different modes quickly.
30442 Syntax table and abbrevs while in vi mode remain as they were in Emacs.
30444 \(fn)" t nil)
30446 ;;;***
30448 ;;;### (autoloads (viqr-pre-write-conversion viqr-post-read-conversion
30449 ;;;;;; viet-encode-viqr-buffer viet-encode-viqr-region viet-decode-viqr-buffer
30450 ;;;;;; viet-decode-viqr-region viet-encode-viscii-char) "viet-util"
30451 ;;;;;; "language/viet-util.el" (19277 34921))
30452 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/viet-util.el
30454 (autoload 'viet-encode-viscii-char "viet-util" "\
30455 Return VISCII character code of CHAR if appropriate.
30457 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
30459 (autoload 'viet-decode-viqr-region "viet-util" "\
30460 Convert `VIQR' mnemonics of the current region to Vietnamese characters.
30461 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
30462 positions (integers or markers) specifying the stretch of the region.
30464 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
30466 (autoload 'viet-decode-viqr-buffer "viet-util" "\
30467 Convert `VIQR' mnemonics of the current buffer to Vietnamese characters.
30469 \(fn)" t nil)
30471 (autoload 'viet-encode-viqr-region "viet-util" "\
30472 Convert Vietnamese characters of the current region to `VIQR' mnemonics.
30473 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
30474 positions (integers or markers) specifying the stretch of the region.
30476 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
30478 (autoload 'viet-encode-viqr-buffer "viet-util" "\
30479 Convert Vietnamese characters of the current buffer to `VIQR' mnemonics.
30481 \(fn)" t nil)
30483 (autoload 'viqr-post-read-conversion "viet-util" "\
30484 Not documented
30486 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
30488 (autoload 'viqr-pre-write-conversion "viet-util" "\
30489 Not documented
30491 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
30493 ;;;***
30495 ;;;### (autoloads (View-exit-and-edit view-mode-enter view-return-to-alist-update
30496 ;;;;;; view-mode view-buffer-other-frame view-buffer-other-window
30497 ;;;;;; view-buffer view-file-other-frame view-file-other-window
30498 ;;;;;; view-file kill-buffer-if-not-modified view-remove-frame-by-deleting)
30499 ;;;;;; "view" "view.el" (19354 34807))
30500 ;;; Generated autoloads from view.el
30502 (defvar view-remove-frame-by-deleting t "\
30503 Determine how View mode removes a frame no longer needed.
30504 If nil, make an icon of the frame. If non-nil, delete the frame.")
30506 (custom-autoload 'view-remove-frame-by-deleting "view" t)
30508 (defvar view-mode nil "\
30509 Non-nil if View mode is enabled.
30510 Don't change this variable directly, you must change it by one of the
30511 functions that enable or disable view mode.")
30513 (make-variable-buffer-local 'view-mode)
30515 (autoload 'kill-buffer-if-not-modified "view" "\
30516 Like `kill-buffer', but does nothing if the buffer is modified.
30518 \(fn BUF)" nil nil)
30520 (autoload 'view-file "view" "\
30521 View FILE in View mode, returning to previous buffer when done.
30522 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead, a
30523 special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation) are defined for
30524 moving around in the buffer.
30525 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
30526 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30528 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30530 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
30532 (autoload 'view-file-other-window "view" "\
30533 View FILE in View mode in another window.
30534 When done, return that window to its previous buffer, and kill the
30535 buffer visiting FILE if unmodified and if it wasn't visited before.
30537 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
30538 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
30539 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
30540 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
30541 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30543 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30545 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
30547 (autoload 'view-file-other-frame "view" "\
30548 View FILE in View mode in another frame.
30549 When done, kill the buffer visiting FILE if unmodified and if it wasn't
30550 visited before; also, maybe delete other frame and/or return to previous
30551 buffer.
30553 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
30554 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
30555 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
30556 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
30557 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30559 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30561 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
30563 (autoload 'view-buffer "view" "\
30564 View BUFFER in View mode, returning to previous buffer when done.
30565 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead, a
30566 special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation) are defined for
30567 moving around in the buffer.
30568 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
30569 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30571 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30573 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
30574 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer. Use
30575 this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'.
30577 Do not set EXIT-ACTION to `kill-buffer' when BUFFER visits a
30578 file: Users may suspend viewing in order to modify the buffer.
30579 Exiting View mode will then discard the user's edits. Setting
30580 EXIT-ACTION to `kill-buffer-if-not-modified' avoids this.
30582 \(fn BUFFER &optional EXIT-ACTION)" t nil)
30584 (autoload 'view-buffer-other-window "view" "\
30585 View BUFFER in View mode in another window.
30586 Return to previous buffer when done, unless optional NOT-RETURN is
30587 non-nil. Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available;
30588 instead, a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation) are
30589 defined for moving around in the buffer.
30590 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
30591 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30593 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30595 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
30596 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer. Use
30597 this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'.
30599 \(fn BUFFER &optional NOT-RETURN EXIT-ACTION)" t nil)
30601 (autoload 'view-buffer-other-frame "view" "\
30602 View BUFFER in View mode in another frame.
30603 Return to previous buffer when done, unless optional NOT-RETURN is
30604 non-nil. Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available;
30605 instead, a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation) are
30606 defined for moving around in the buffer.
30607 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
30608 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30610 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30612 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
30613 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer. Use
30614 this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'.
30616 \(fn BUFFER &optional NOT-RETURN EXIT-ACTION)" t nil)
30618 (autoload 'view-mode "view" "\
30619 Toggle View mode, a minor mode for viewing text but not editing it.
30620 With prefix argument ARG, turn View mode on if ARG is positive, otherwise
30621 turn it off.
30623 Emacs commands that do not change the buffer contents are available as usual.
30624 Kill commands insert text in kill buffers but do not delete. Other commands
30625 \(among them most letters and punctuation) beep and tell that the buffer is
30626 read-only.
30627 \\<view-mode-map>
30628 The following additional commands are provided. Most commands take prefix
30629 arguments. Page commands default to \"page size\" lines which is almost a whole
30630 window full, or number of lines set by \\[View-scroll-page-forward-set-page-size] or \\[View-scroll-page-backward-set-page-size]. Half page commands default to
30631 and set \"half page size\" lines which initially is half a window full. Search
30632 commands default to a repeat count of one.
30634 H, h, ? This message.
30635 Digits provide prefix arguments.
30636 \\[negative-argument] negative prefix argument.
30637 \\[beginning-of-buffer] move to the beginning of buffer.
30638 > move to the end of buffer.
30639 \\[View-scroll-to-buffer-end] scroll so that buffer end is at last line of window.
30640 SPC scroll forward \"page size\" lines.
30641 With prefix scroll forward prefix lines.
30642 DEL scroll backward \"page size\" lines.
30643 With prefix scroll backward prefix lines.
30644 \\[View-scroll-page-forward-set-page-size] like \\[View-scroll-page-forward] but with prefix sets \"page size\" to prefix.
30645 \\[View-scroll-page-backward-set-page-size] like \\[View-scroll-page-backward] but with prefix sets \"page size\" to prefix.
30646 \\[View-scroll-half-page-forward] scroll forward \"half page size\" lines. With prefix, sets
30647 \"half page size\" to prefix lines and scrolls forward that much.
30648 \\[View-scroll-half-page-backward] scroll backward \"half page size\" lines. With prefix, sets
30649 \"half page size\" to prefix lines and scrolls backward that much.
30650 RET, LFD scroll forward one line. With prefix scroll forward prefix line(s).
30651 y scroll backward one line. With prefix scroll backward prefix line(s).
30652 \\[View-revert-buffer-scroll-page-forward] revert-buffer if necessary and scroll forward.
30653 Use this to view a changing file.
30654 \\[what-line] prints the current line number.
30655 \\[View-goto-percent] goes prefix argument (default 100) percent into buffer.
30656 \\[View-goto-line] goes to line given by prefix argument (default first line).
30657 . set the mark.
30658 x exchanges point and mark.
30659 \\[View-back-to-mark] return to mark and pops mark ring.
30660 Mark ring is pushed at start of every successful search and when
30661 jump to line occurs. The mark is set on jump to buffer start or end.
30662 \\[point-to-register] save current position in character register.
30663 ' go to position saved in character register.
30664 s do forward incremental search.
30665 r do reverse incremental search.
30666 \\[View-search-regexp-forward] searches forward for regular expression, starting after current page.
30667 ! and @ have a special meaning at the beginning of the regexp.
30668 ! means search for a line with no match for regexp. @ means start
30669 search at beginning (end for backward search) of buffer.
30670 \\ searches backward for regular expression, starting before current page.
30671 \\[View-search-last-regexp-forward] searches forward for last regular expression.
30672 p searches backward for last regular expression.
30673 \\[View-quit] quit View mode, restoring this window and buffer to previous state.
30674 \\[View-quit] is the normal way to leave view mode.
30675 \\[View-exit] exit View mode but stay in current buffer. Use this if you started
30676 viewing a buffer (file) and find out you want to edit it.
30677 This command restores the previous read-only status of the buffer.
30678 \\[View-exit-and-edit] exit View mode, and make the current buffer editable
30679 even if it was not editable before entry to View mode.
30680 \\[View-quit-all] quit View mode, restoring all windows to previous state.
30681 \\[View-leave] quit View mode and maybe switch buffers, but don't kill this buffer.
30682 \\[View-kill-and-leave] quit View mode, kill current buffer and go back to other buffer.
30684 The effect of \\[View-leave], \\[View-quit] and \\[View-kill-and-leave] depends on how view-mode was entered. If it was
30685 entered by view-file, view-file-other-window, view-file-other-frame, or
30686 \\[dired-view-file] (\\[view-file], \\[view-file-other-window],
30687 \\[view-file-other-frame], or the Dired mode v command),
30688 then \\[View-quit] will try to kill the current buffer.
30689 If view-mode was entered from another buffer, by \\[view-buffer],
30690 \\[view-buffer-other-window], \\[view-buffer-other frame], \\[view-file],
30691 \\[view-file-other-window], or \\[view-file-other-frame],
30692 then \\[View-leave], \\[View-quit] and \\[View-kill-and-leave] will return to that buffer.
30694 Entry to view-mode runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30696 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
30698 (autoload 'view-return-to-alist-update "view" "\
30699 Update `view-return-to-alist' of buffer BUFFER.
30700 Remove from `view-return-to-alist' all entries referencing dead
30701 windows. Optional argument ITEM non-nil means add ITEM to
30702 `view-return-to-alist' after purging. For a decsription of items
30703 that can be added see the RETURN-TO-ALIST argument of the
30704 function `view-mode-exit'. If `view-return-to-alist' contains an
30705 entry for the selected window, purge that entry from
30706 `view-return-to-alist' before adding ITEM.
30708 \(fn BUFFER &optional ITEM)" nil nil)
30710 (autoload 'view-mode-enter "view" "\
30711 Enter View mode and set up exit from view mode depending on optional arguments.
30712 RETURN-TO non-nil means add RETURN-TO as an element to the buffer
30713 local alist `view-return-to-alist'. Save EXIT-ACTION in buffer
30714 local variable `view-exit-action'. It should be either nil or a
30715 function that takes a buffer as argument. This function will be
30716 called by `view-mode-exit'.
30718 RETURN-TO is either nil, meaning do nothing when exiting view
30719 mode, or must have the format (WINDOW OLD-WINDOW . OLD-BUF-INFO).
30720 WINDOW is the window used for viewing. OLD-WINDOW is nil or the
30721 window to select after viewing. OLD-BUF-INFO tells what to do
30722 with WINDOW when exiting. It is one of:
30723 1) nil Do nothing.
30724 2) t Delete WINDOW or, if it is the only window and
30725 `view-remove-frame-by-deleting' is non-nil, its
30726 frame.
30727 3) (OLD-BUFF START POINT) Display buffer OLD-BUFF with displayed text
30728 starting at START and point at POINT in WINDOW.
30729 4) quit-window Do `quit-window' in WINDOW.
30730 5) keep-frame Like case 2) but do not delete the frame.
30732 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30734 This function runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30736 \(fn &optional RETURN-TO EXIT-ACTION)" nil nil)
30738 (autoload 'View-exit-and-edit "view" "\
30739 Exit View mode and make the current buffer editable.
30741 \(fn)" t nil)
30743 ;;;***
30745 ;;;### (autoloads (vip-mode vip-setup) "vip" "emulation/vip.el" (19277
30746 ;;;;;; 34919))
30747 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/vip.el
30749 (autoload 'vip-setup "vip" "\
30750 Set up bindings for C-x 7 and C-z that are useful for VIP users.
30752 \(fn)" nil nil)
30754 (autoload 'vip-mode "vip" "\
30755 Turn on VIP emulation of VI.
30757 \(fn)" t nil)
30759 ;;;***
30761 ;;;### (autoloads (viper-mode toggle-viper-mode) "viper" "emulation/viper.el"
30762 ;;;;;; (19277 34919))
30763 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/viper.el
30765 (autoload 'toggle-viper-mode "viper" "\
30766 Toggle Viper on/off.
30767 If Viper is enabled, turn it off. Otherwise, turn it on.
30769 \(fn)" t nil)
30771 (autoload 'viper-mode "viper" "\
30772 Turn on Viper emulation of Vi in Emacs. See Info node `(viper)Top'.
30774 \(fn)" t nil)
30776 ;;;***
30778 ;;;### (autoloads (warn lwarn display-warning) "warnings" "emacs-lisp/warnings.el"
30779 ;;;;;; (19277 34919))
30780 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/warnings.el
30782 (defvar warning-prefix-function nil "\
30783 Function to generate warning prefixes.
30784 This function, if non-nil, is called with two arguments,
30785 the severity level and its entry in `warning-levels',
30786 and should return the entry that should actually be used.
30787 The warnings buffer is current when this function is called
30788 and the function can insert text in it. This text becomes
30789 the beginning of the warning.")
30791 (defvar warning-series nil "\
30792 Non-nil means treat multiple `display-warning' calls as a series.
30793 A marker indicates a position in the warnings buffer
30794 which is the start of the current series; it means that
30795 additional warnings in the same buffer should not move point.
30796 t means the next warning begins a series (and stores a marker here).
30797 A symbol with a function definition is like t, except
30798 also call that function before the next warning.")
30800 (defvar warning-fill-prefix nil "\
30801 Non-nil means fill each warning text using this string as `fill-prefix'.")
30803 (defvar warning-type-format (purecopy " (%s)") "\
30804 Format for displaying the warning type in the warning message.
30805 The result of formatting the type this way gets included in the
30806 message under the control of the string in `warning-levels'.")
30808 (autoload 'display-warning "warnings" "\
30809 Display a warning message, MESSAGE.
30810 TYPE is the warning type: either a custom group name (a symbol),
30811 or a list of symbols whose first element is a custom group name.
30812 \(The rest of the symbols represent subcategories, for warning purposes
30813 only, and you can use whatever symbols you like.)
30815 LEVEL should be either :debug, :warning, :error, or :emergency
30816 \(but see `warning-minimum-level' and `warning-minimum-log-level').
30817 Default is :warning.
30819 :emergency -- a problem that will seriously impair Emacs operation soon
30820 if you do not attend to it promptly.
30821 :error -- data or circumstances that are inherently wrong.
30822 :warning -- data or circumstances that are not inherently wrong,
30823 but raise suspicion of a possible problem.
30824 :debug -- info for debugging only.
30826 BUFFER-NAME, if specified, is the name of the buffer for logging
30827 the warning. By default, it is `*Warnings*'. If this function
30828 has to create the buffer, it disables undo in the buffer.
30830 See the `warnings' custom group for user customization features.
30832 See also `warning-series', `warning-prefix-function' and
30833 `warning-fill-prefix' for additional programming features.
30835 \(fn TYPE MESSAGE &optional LEVEL BUFFER-NAME)" nil nil)
30837 (autoload 'lwarn "warnings" "\
30838 Display a warning message made from (format MESSAGE ARGS...).
30839 Aside from generating the message with `format',
30840 this is equivalent to `display-warning'.
30842 TYPE is the warning type: either a custom group name (a symbol),
30843 or a list of symbols whose first element is a custom group name.
30844 \(The rest of the symbols represent subcategories and
30845 can be whatever you like.)
30847 LEVEL should be either :debug, :warning, :error, or :emergency
30848 \(but see `warning-minimum-level' and `warning-minimum-log-level').
30850 :emergency -- a problem that will seriously impair Emacs operation soon
30851 if you do not attend to it promptly.
30852 :error -- invalid data or circumstances.
30853 :warning -- suspicious data or circumstances.
30854 :debug -- info for debugging only.
30856 \(fn TYPE LEVEL MESSAGE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
30858 (autoload 'warn "warnings" "\
30859 Display a warning message made from (format MESSAGE ARGS...).
30860 Aside from generating the message with `format',
30861 this is equivalent to `display-warning', using
30862 `emacs' as the type and `:warning' as the level.
30864 \(fn MESSAGE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
30866 ;;;***
30868 ;;;### (autoloads (wdired-change-to-wdired-mode) "wdired" "wdired.el"
30869 ;;;;;; (19277 34917))
30870 ;;; Generated autoloads from wdired.el
30872 (autoload 'wdired-change-to-wdired-mode "wdired" "\
30873 Put a dired buffer in a mode in which filenames are editable.
30874 \\<wdired-mode-map>
30875 This mode allows the user to change the names of the files, and after
30876 typing \\[wdired-finish-edit] Emacs renames the files and directories
30877 in disk.
30879 See `wdired-mode'.
30881 \(fn)" t nil)
30883 ;;;***
30885 ;;;### (autoloads (webjump) "webjump" "net/webjump.el" (19277 34921))
30886 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/webjump.el
30888 (autoload 'webjump "webjump" "\
30889 Jumps to a Web site from a programmable hotlist.
30891 See the documentation for the `webjump-sites' variable for how to customize the
30892 hotlist.
30894 Please submit bug reports and other feedback to the author, Neil W. Van Dyke
30895 <nwv@acm.org>.
30897 \(fn)" t nil)
30899 ;;;***
30901 ;;;### (autoloads (which-function-mode) "which-func" "progmodes/which-func.el"
30902 ;;;;;; (19277 34923))
30903 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/which-func.el
30904 (put 'which-func-format 'risky-local-variable t)
30905 (put 'which-func-current 'risky-local-variable t)
30907 (defalias 'which-func-mode 'which-function-mode)
30909 (defvar which-function-mode nil "\
30910 Non-nil if Which-Function mode is enabled.
30911 See the command `which-function-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
30912 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
30913 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
30914 or call the function `which-function-mode'.")
30916 (custom-autoload 'which-function-mode "which-func" nil)
30918 (autoload 'which-function-mode "which-func" "\
30919 Toggle Which Function mode, globally.
30920 When Which Function mode is enabled, the current function name is
30921 continuously displayed in the mode line, in certain major modes.
30923 With prefix ARG, turn Which Function mode on if arg is positive,
30924 and off otherwise.
30926 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
30928 ;;;***
30930 ;;;### (autoloads (whitespace-report-region whitespace-report whitespace-cleanup-region
30931 ;;;;;; whitespace-cleanup global-whitespace-toggle-options whitespace-toggle-options
30932 ;;;;;; global-whitespace-newline-mode global-whitespace-mode whitespace-newline-mode
30933 ;;;;;; whitespace-mode) "whitespace" "whitespace.el" (19354 34807))
30934 ;;; Generated autoloads from whitespace.el
30936 (autoload 'whitespace-mode "whitespace" "\
30937 Toggle whitespace minor mode visualization (\"ws\" on modeline).
30939 If ARG is null, toggle whitespace visualization.
30940 If ARG is a number greater than zero, turn on visualization;
30941 otherwise, turn off visualization.
30943 See also `whitespace-style', `whitespace-newline' and
30944 `whitespace-display-mappings'.
30946 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
30948 (autoload 'whitespace-newline-mode "whitespace" "\
30949 Toggle NEWLINE minor mode visualization (\"nl\" on modeline).
30951 If ARG is null, toggle NEWLINE visualization.
30952 If ARG is a number greater than zero, turn on visualization;
30953 otherwise, turn off visualization.
30955 Use `whitespace-newline-mode' only for NEWLINE visualization
30956 exclusively. For other visualizations, including NEWLINE
30957 visualization together with (HARD) SPACEs and/or TABs, please,
30958 use `whitespace-mode'.
30960 See also `whitespace-newline' and `whitespace-display-mappings'.
30962 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
30964 (defvar global-whitespace-mode nil "\
30965 Non-nil if Global-Whitespace mode is enabled.
30966 See the command `global-whitespace-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
30967 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
30968 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
30969 or call the function `global-whitespace-mode'.")
30971 (custom-autoload 'global-whitespace-mode "whitespace" nil)
30973 (autoload 'global-whitespace-mode "whitespace" "\
30974 Toggle whitespace global minor mode visualization (\"WS\" on modeline).
30976 If ARG is null, toggle whitespace visualization.
30977 If ARG is a number greater than zero, turn on visualization;
30978 otherwise, turn off visualization.
30980 See also `whitespace-style', `whitespace-newline' and
30981 `whitespace-display-mappings'.
30983 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
30985 (defvar global-whitespace-newline-mode nil "\
30986 Non-nil if Global-Whitespace-Newline mode is enabled.
30987 See the command `global-whitespace-newline-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
30988 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
30989 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
30990 or call the function `global-whitespace-newline-mode'.")
30992 (custom-autoload 'global-whitespace-newline-mode "whitespace" nil)
30994 (autoload 'global-whitespace-newline-mode "whitespace" "\
30995 Toggle NEWLINE global minor mode visualization (\"NL\" on modeline).
30997 If ARG is null, toggle NEWLINE visualization.
30998 If ARG is a number greater than zero, turn on visualization;
30999 otherwise, turn off visualization.
31001 Use `global-whitespace-newline-mode' only for NEWLINE
31002 visualization exclusively. For other visualizations, including
31003 NEWLINE visualization together with (HARD) SPACEs and/or TABs,
31004 please use `global-whitespace-mode'.
31006 See also `whitespace-newline' and `whitespace-display-mappings'.
31008 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31010 (autoload 'whitespace-toggle-options "whitespace" "\
31011 Toggle local `whitespace-mode' options.
31013 If local whitespace-mode is off, toggle the option given by ARG
31014 and turn on local whitespace-mode.
31016 If local whitespace-mode is on, toggle the option given by ARG
31017 and restart local whitespace-mode.
31019 Interactively, it reads one of the following chars:
31021 CHAR MEANING
31022 (VIA FACES)
31023 t toggle TAB visualization
31024 s toggle SPACE and HARD SPACE visualization
31025 r toggle trailing blanks visualization
31026 l toggle \"long lines\" visualization
31027 L toggle \"long lines\" tail visualization
31028 n toggle NEWLINE visualization
31029 e toggle empty line at bob and/or eob visualization
31030 C-i toggle indentation SPACEs visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
31031 I toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
31032 i toggle indentation TABs visualization
31033 C-a toggle SPACEs after TAB visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
31034 A toggle SPACEs after TAB: SPACEs visualization
31035 a toggle SPACEs after TAB: TABs visualization
31036 C-b toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
31037 B toggle SPACEs before TAB: SPACEs visualization
31038 b toggle SPACEs before TAB: TABs visualization
31040 (VIA DISPLAY TABLE)
31041 T toggle TAB visualization
31042 S toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
31043 N toggle NEWLINE visualization
31045 x restore `whitespace-style' value
31046 ? display brief help
31048 Non-interactively, ARG should be a symbol or a list of symbols.
31049 The valid symbols are:
31051 tabs toggle TAB visualization
31052 spaces toggle SPACE and HARD SPACE visualization
31053 trailing toggle trailing blanks visualization
31054 lines toggle \"long lines\" visualization
31055 lines-tail toggle \"long lines\" tail visualization
31056 newline toggle NEWLINE visualization
31057 empty toggle empty line at bob and/or eob visualization
31058 indentation toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
31059 indentation::tab toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
31060 indentation::space toggle indentation TABs visualization
31061 space-after-tab toggle SPACEs after TAB visualization
31062 space-after-tab::tab toggle SPACEs after TAB: SPACEs visualization
31063 space-after-tab::space toggle SPACEs after TAB: TABs visualization
31064 space-before-tab toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
31065 space-before-tab::tab toggle SPACEs before TAB: SPACEs visualization
31066 space-before-tab::space toggle SPACEs before TAB: TABs visualization
31068 tab-mark toggle TAB visualization
31069 space-mark toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
31070 newline-mark toggle NEWLINE visualization
31072 whitespace-style restore `whitespace-style' value
31074 See `whitespace-style' and `indent-tabs-mode' for documentation.
31076 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
31078 (autoload 'global-whitespace-toggle-options "whitespace" "\
31079 Toggle global `whitespace-mode' options.
31081 If global whitespace-mode is off, toggle the option given by ARG
31082 and turn on global whitespace-mode.
31084 If global whitespace-mode is on, toggle the option given by ARG
31085 and restart global whitespace-mode.
31087 Interactively, it accepts one of the following chars:
31089 CHAR MEANING
31090 (VIA FACES)
31091 t toggle TAB visualization
31092 s toggle SPACE and HARD SPACE visualization
31093 r toggle trailing blanks visualization
31094 l toggle \"long lines\" visualization
31095 L toggle \"long lines\" tail visualization
31096 n toggle NEWLINE visualization
31097 e toggle empty line at bob and/or eob visualization
31098 C-i toggle indentation SPACEs visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
31099 I toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
31100 i toggle indentation TABs visualization
31101 C-a toggle SPACEs after TAB visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
31102 A toggle SPACEs after TAB: SPACEs visualization
31103 a toggle SPACEs after TAB: TABs visualization
31104 C-b toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
31105 B toggle SPACEs before TAB: SPACEs visualization
31106 b toggle SPACEs before TAB: TABs visualization
31108 (VIA DISPLAY TABLE)
31109 T toggle TAB visualization
31110 S toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
31111 N toggle NEWLINE visualization
31113 x restore `whitespace-style' value
31114 ? display brief help
31116 Non-interactively, ARG should be a symbol or a list of symbols.
31117 The valid symbols are:
31119 tabs toggle TAB visualization
31120 spaces toggle SPACE and HARD SPACE visualization
31121 trailing toggle trailing blanks visualization
31122 lines toggle \"long lines\" visualization
31123 lines-tail toggle \"long lines\" tail visualization
31124 newline toggle NEWLINE visualization
31125 empty toggle empty line at bob and/or eob visualization
31126 indentation toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
31127 indentation::tab toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
31128 indentation::space toggle indentation TABs visualization
31129 space-after-tab toggle SPACEs after TAB visualization
31130 space-after-tab::tab toggle SPACEs after TAB: SPACEs visualization
31131 space-after-tab::space toggle SPACEs after TAB: TABs visualization
31132 space-before-tab toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
31133 space-before-tab::tab toggle SPACEs before TAB: SPACEs visualization
31134 space-before-tab::space toggle SPACEs before TAB: TABs visualization
31136 tab-mark toggle TAB visualization
31137 space-mark toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
31138 newline-mark toggle NEWLINE visualization
31140 whitespace-style restore `whitespace-style' value
31142 See `whitespace-style' and `indent-tabs-mode' for documentation.
31144 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
31146 (autoload 'whitespace-cleanup "whitespace" "\
31147 Cleanup some blank problems in all buffer or at region.
31149 It usually applies to the whole buffer, but in transient mark
31150 mode when the mark is active, it applies to the region. It also
31151 applies to the region when it is not in transient mark mode, the
31152 mark is active and \\[universal-argument] was pressed just before
31153 calling `whitespace-cleanup' interactively.
31155 See also `whitespace-cleanup-region'.
31157 The problems cleaned up are:
31159 1. empty lines at beginning of buffer.
31160 2. empty lines at end of buffer.
31161 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `empty', remove all
31162 empty lines at beginning and/or end of buffer.
31164 3. 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line.
31165 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation':
31166 replace 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line by TABs, if
31167 `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil; otherwise, replace TABs by
31168 SPACEs.
31169 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation::tab',
31170 replace 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line by TABs.
31171 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation::space',
31172 replace TABs by SPACEs.
31174 4. SPACEs before TAB.
31175 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `space-before-tab':
31176 replace SPACEs by TABs, if `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil;
31177 otherwise, replace TABs by SPACEs.
31178 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31179 `space-before-tab::tab', replace SPACEs by TABs.
31180 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31181 `space-before-tab::space', replace TABs by SPACEs.
31183 5. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31184 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `trailing', remove
31185 all SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31187 6. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
31188 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `space-after-tab':
31189 replace SPACEs by TABs, if `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil;
31190 otherwise, replace TABs by SPACEs.
31191 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31192 `space-after-tab::tab', replace SPACEs by TABs.
31193 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31194 `space-after-tab::space', replace TABs by SPACEs.
31196 See `whitespace-style', `indent-tabs-mode' and `tab-width' for
31197 documentation.
31199 \(fn)" t nil)
31201 (autoload 'whitespace-cleanup-region "whitespace" "\
31202 Cleanup some blank problems at region.
31204 The problems cleaned up are:
31206 1. 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line.
31207 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation':
31208 replace 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line by TABs, if
31209 `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil; otherwise, replace TABs by
31210 SPACEs.
31211 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation::tab',
31212 replace 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line by TABs.
31213 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation::space',
31214 replace TABs by SPACEs.
31216 2. SPACEs before TAB.
31217 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `space-before-tab':
31218 replace SPACEs by TABs, if `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil;
31219 otherwise, replace TABs by SPACEs.
31220 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31221 `space-before-tab::tab', replace SPACEs by TABs.
31222 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31223 `space-before-tab::space', replace TABs by SPACEs.
31225 3. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31226 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `trailing', remove
31227 all SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31229 4. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
31230 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `space-after-tab':
31231 replace SPACEs by TABs, if `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil;
31232 otherwise, replace TABs by SPACEs.
31233 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31234 `space-after-tab::tab', replace SPACEs by TABs.
31235 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31236 `space-after-tab::space', replace TABs by SPACEs.
31238 See `whitespace-style', `indent-tabs-mode' and `tab-width' for
31239 documentation.
31241 \(fn START END)" t nil)
31243 (autoload 'whitespace-report "whitespace" "\
31244 Report some whitespace problems in buffer.
31246 Return nil if there is no whitespace problem; otherwise, return
31247 non-nil.
31249 If FORCE is non-nil or \\[universal-argument] was pressed just
31250 before calling `whitespace-report' interactively, it forces
31251 `whitespace-style' to have:
31253 empty
31254 trailing
31255 indentation
31256 space-before-tab
31257 space-after-tab
31259 If REPORT-IF-BOGUS is non-nil, it reports only when there are any
31260 whitespace problems in buffer.
31262 Report if some of the following whitespace problems exist:
31264 * If `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil:
31265 empty 1. empty lines at beginning of buffer.
31266 empty 2. empty lines at end of buffer.
31267 trailing 3. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31268 indentation 4. 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line.
31269 space-before-tab 5. SPACEs before TAB.
31270 space-after-tab 6. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
31272 * If `indent-tabs-mode' is nil:
31273 empty 1. empty lines at beginning of buffer.
31274 empty 2. empty lines at end of buffer.
31275 trailing 3. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31276 indentation 4. TABS at beginning of line.
31277 space-before-tab 5. SPACEs before TAB.
31278 space-after-tab 6. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
31280 See `whitespace-style' for documentation.
31281 See also `whitespace-cleanup' and `whitespace-cleanup-region' for
31282 cleaning up these problems.
31284 \(fn &optional FORCE REPORT-IF-BOGUS)" t nil)
31286 (autoload 'whitespace-report-region "whitespace" "\
31287 Report some whitespace problems in a region.
31289 Return nil if there is no whitespace problem; otherwise, return
31290 non-nil.
31292 If FORCE is non-nil or \\[universal-argument] was pressed just
31293 before calling `whitespace-report-region' interactively, it
31294 forces `whitespace-style' to have:
31296 empty
31297 indentation
31298 space-before-tab
31299 trailing
31300 space-after-tab
31302 If REPORT-IF-BOGUS is non-nil, it reports only when there are any
31303 whitespace problems in buffer.
31305 Report if some of the following whitespace problems exist:
31307 * If `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil:
31308 empty 1. empty lines at beginning of buffer.
31309 empty 2. empty lines at end of buffer.
31310 trailing 3. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31311 indentation 4. 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line.
31312 space-before-tab 5. SPACEs before TAB.
31313 space-after-tab 6. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
31315 * If `indent-tabs-mode' is nil:
31316 empty 1. empty lines at beginning of buffer.
31317 empty 2. empty lines at end of buffer.
31318 trailing 3. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31319 indentation 4. TABS at beginning of line.
31320 space-before-tab 5. SPACEs before TAB.
31321 space-after-tab 6. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
31323 See `whitespace-style' for documentation.
31324 See also `whitespace-cleanup' and `whitespace-cleanup-region' for
31325 cleaning up these problems.
31327 \(fn START END &optional FORCE REPORT-IF-BOGUS)" t nil)
31329 ;;;***
31331 ;;;### (autoloads (widget-minor-mode widget-browse-other-window widget-browse
31332 ;;;;;; widget-browse-at) "wid-browse" "wid-browse.el" (19277 34917))
31333 ;;; Generated autoloads from wid-browse.el
31335 (autoload 'widget-browse-at "wid-browse" "\
31336 Browse the widget under point.
31338 \(fn POS)" t nil)
31340 (autoload 'widget-browse "wid-browse" "\
31341 Create a widget browser for WIDGET.
31343 \(fn WIDGET)" t nil)
31345 (autoload 'widget-browse-other-window "wid-browse" "\
31346 Show widget browser for WIDGET in other window.
31348 \(fn &optional WIDGET)" t nil)
31350 (autoload 'widget-minor-mode "wid-browse" "\
31351 Togle minor mode for traversing widgets.
31352 With arg, turn widget mode on if and only if arg is positive.
31354 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31356 ;;;***
31358 ;;;### (autoloads (widget-setup widget-insert widget-delete widget-create
31359 ;;;;;; widget-prompt-value widgetp) "wid-edit" "wid-edit.el" (19360
31360 ;;;;;; 14173))
31361 ;;; Generated autoloads from wid-edit.el
31363 (autoload 'widgetp "wid-edit" "\
31364 Return non-nil if WIDGET is a widget.
31366 \(fn WIDGET)" nil nil)
31368 (autoload 'widget-prompt-value "wid-edit" "\
31369 Prompt for a value matching WIDGET, using PROMPT.
31370 The current value is assumed to be VALUE, unless UNBOUND is non-nil.
31372 \(fn WIDGET PROMPT &optional VALUE UNBOUND)" nil nil)
31374 (autoload 'widget-create "wid-edit" "\
31375 Create widget of TYPE.
31376 The optional ARGS are additional keyword arguments.
31378 \(fn TYPE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
31380 (autoload 'widget-delete "wid-edit" "\
31381 Delete WIDGET.
31383 \(fn WIDGET)" nil nil)
31385 (autoload 'widget-insert "wid-edit" "\
31386 Call `insert' with ARGS even if surrounding text is read only.
31388 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
31390 (defvar widget-keymap (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap))) (define-key map " " 'widget-forward) (define-key map "\e " 'widget-backward) (define-key map [(shift tab)] 'widget-backward) (put 'widget-backward :advertised-binding [(shift tab)]) (define-key map [backtab] 'widget-backward) (define-key map [down-mouse-2] 'widget-button-click) (define-key map [down-mouse-1] 'widget-button-click) (define-key map [(control 109)] 'widget-button-press) map) "\
31391 Keymap containing useful binding for buffers containing widgets.
31392 Recommended as a parent keymap for modes using widgets.
31393 Note that such modes will need to require wid-edit.")
31395 (autoload 'widget-setup "wid-edit" "\
31396 Setup current buffer so editing string widgets works.
31398 \(fn)" nil nil)
31400 ;;;***
31402 ;;;### (autoloads (windmove-default-keybindings windmove-down windmove-right
31403 ;;;;;; windmove-up windmove-left) "windmove" "windmove.el" (19277
31404 ;;;;;; 34917))
31405 ;;; Generated autoloads from windmove.el
31407 (autoload 'windmove-left "windmove" "\
31408 Select the window to the left of the current one.
31409 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
31410 \"left\" is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise
31411 it is relative to the top edge (for positive ARG) or the bottom edge
31412 \(for negative ARG) of the current window.
31413 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
31415 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31417 (autoload 'windmove-up "windmove" "\
31418 Select the window above the current one.
31419 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero, \"up\"
31420 is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise it is
31421 relative to the left edge (for positive ARG) or the right edge (for
31422 negative ARG) of the current window.
31423 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
31425 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31427 (autoload 'windmove-right "windmove" "\
31428 Select the window to the right of the current one.
31429 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
31430 \"right\" is relative to the position of point in the window;
31431 otherwise it is relative to the top edge (for positive ARG) or the
31432 bottom edge (for negative ARG) of the current window.
31433 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
31435 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31437 (autoload 'windmove-down "windmove" "\
31438 Select the window below the current one.
31439 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
31440 \"down\" is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise
31441 it is relative to the left edge (for positive ARG) or the right edge
31442 \(for negative ARG) of the current window.
31443 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
31445 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31447 (autoload 'windmove-default-keybindings "windmove" "\
31448 Set up keybindings for `windmove'.
31449 Keybindings are of the form MODIFIER-{left,right,up,down}.
31450 Default MODIFIER is 'shift.
31452 \(fn &optional MODIFIER)" t nil)
31454 ;;;***
31456 ;;;### (autoloads (winner-mode winner-mode) "winner" "winner.el"
31457 ;;;;;; (19277 34917))
31458 ;;; Generated autoloads from winner.el
31460 (defvar winner-mode nil "\
31461 Toggle Winner mode.
31462 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
31463 use either \\[customize] or the function `winner-mode'.")
31465 (custom-autoload 'winner-mode "winner" nil)
31467 (autoload 'winner-mode "winner" "\
31468 Toggle Winner mode.
31469 With arg, turn Winner mode on if and only if arg is positive.
31471 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31473 ;;;***
31475 ;;;### (autoloads (woman-find-file woman-dired-find-file woman woman-locale)
31476 ;;;;;; "woman" "woman.el" (19277 34917))
31477 ;;; Generated autoloads from woman.el
31479 (defvar woman-locale nil "\
31480 String specifying a manual page locale, or nil.
31481 If a manual page is available in the specified locale
31482 \(e.g. \"sv_SE.ISO8859-1\"), it will be offered in preference to the
31483 default version. Normally, `set-locale-environment' sets this at startup.")
31485 (custom-autoload 'woman-locale "woman" t)
31487 (autoload 'woman "woman" "\
31488 Browse UN*X man page for TOPIC (Without using external Man program).
31489 The major browsing mode used is essentially the standard Man mode.
31490 Choose the filename for the man page using completion, based on the
31491 topic selected from the directories specified in `woman-manpath' and
31492 `woman-path'. The directory expansions and topics are cached for
31493 speed, but a non-nil interactive argument forces the caches to be
31494 updated (e.g. to re-interpret the current directory).
31496 Used non-interactively, arguments are optional: if given then TOPIC
31497 should be a topic string and non-nil RE-CACHE forces re-caching.
31499 \(fn &optional TOPIC RE-CACHE)" t nil)
31501 (autoload 'woman-dired-find-file "woman" "\
31502 In dired, run the WoMan man-page browser on this file.
31504 \(fn)" t nil)
31506 (autoload 'woman-find-file "woman" "\
31507 Find, decode and browse a specific UN*X man-page source file FILE-NAME.
31508 Use existing buffer if possible; reformat only if prefix arg given.
31509 When called interactively, optional argument REFORMAT forces reformatting
31510 of an existing WoMan buffer formatted earlier.
31511 No external programs are used, except that `gunzip' will be used to
31512 decompress the file if appropriate. See the documentation for the
31513 `woman' command for further details.
31515 \(fn FILE-NAME &optional REFORMAT)" t nil)
31517 ;;;***
31519 ;;;### (autoloads (wordstar-mode) "ws-mode" "emulation/ws-mode.el"
31520 ;;;;;; (19277 34919))
31521 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/ws-mode.el
31523 (autoload 'wordstar-mode "ws-mode" "\
31524 Major mode with WordStar-like key bindings.
31526 BUGS:
31527 - Help menus with WordStar commands (C-j just calls help-for-help)
31528 are not implemented
31529 - Options for search and replace
31530 - Show markers (C-k h) is somewhat strange
31531 - Search and replace (C-q a) is only available in forward direction
31533 No key bindings beginning with ESC are installed, they will work
31534 Emacs-like.
31536 The key bindings are:
31538 C-a backward-word
31539 C-b fill-paragraph
31540 C-c scroll-up-line
31541 C-d forward-char
31542 C-e previous-line
31543 C-f forward-word
31544 C-g delete-char
31545 C-h backward-char
31546 C-i indent-for-tab-command
31547 C-j help-for-help
31548 C-k ordstar-C-k-map
31549 C-l ws-repeat-search
31550 C-n open-line
31551 C-p quoted-insert
31552 C-r scroll-down-line
31553 C-s backward-char
31554 C-t kill-word
31555 C-u keyboard-quit
31556 C-v overwrite-mode
31557 C-w scroll-down
31558 C-x next-line
31559 C-y kill-complete-line
31560 C-z scroll-up
31562 C-k 0 ws-set-marker-0
31563 C-k 1 ws-set-marker-1
31564 C-k 2 ws-set-marker-2
31565 C-k 3 ws-set-marker-3
31566 C-k 4 ws-set-marker-4
31567 C-k 5 ws-set-marker-5
31568 C-k 6 ws-set-marker-6
31569 C-k 7 ws-set-marker-7
31570 C-k 8 ws-set-marker-8
31571 C-k 9 ws-set-marker-9
31572 C-k b ws-begin-block
31573 C-k c ws-copy-block
31574 C-k d save-buffers-kill-emacs
31575 C-k f find-file
31576 C-k h ws-show-markers
31577 C-k i ws-indent-block
31578 C-k k ws-end-block
31579 C-k p ws-print-block
31580 C-k q kill-emacs
31581 C-k r insert-file
31582 C-k s save-some-buffers
31583 C-k t ws-mark-word
31584 C-k u ws-exdent-block
31585 C-k C-u keyboard-quit
31586 C-k v ws-move-block
31587 C-k w ws-write-block
31588 C-k x kill-emacs
31589 C-k y ws-delete-block
31591 C-o c wordstar-center-line
31592 C-o b switch-to-buffer
31593 C-o j justify-current-line
31594 C-o k kill-buffer
31595 C-o l list-buffers
31596 C-o m auto-fill-mode
31597 C-o r set-fill-column
31598 C-o C-u keyboard-quit
31599 C-o wd delete-other-windows
31600 C-o wh split-window-horizontally
31601 C-o wo other-window
31602 C-o wv split-window-vertically
31604 C-q 0 ws-find-marker-0
31605 C-q 1 ws-find-marker-1
31606 C-q 2 ws-find-marker-2
31607 C-q 3 ws-find-marker-3
31608 C-q 4 ws-find-marker-4
31609 C-q 5 ws-find-marker-5
31610 C-q 6 ws-find-marker-6
31611 C-q 7 ws-find-marker-7
31612 C-q 8 ws-find-marker-8
31613 C-q 9 ws-find-marker-9
31614 C-q a ws-query-replace
31615 C-q b ws-to-block-begin
31616 C-q c end-of-buffer
31617 C-q d end-of-line
31618 C-q f ws-search
31619 C-q k ws-to-block-end
31620 C-q l ws-undo
31621 C-q p ws-last-cursorp
31622 C-q r beginning-of-buffer
31623 C-q C-u keyboard-quit
31624 C-q w ws-last-error
31625 C-q y ws-kill-eol
31626 C-q DEL ws-kill-bol
31628 \(fn)" t nil)
31630 ;;;***
31632 ;;;### (autoloads (xesam-search) "xesam" "net/xesam.el" (19360 14173))
31633 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/xesam.el
31635 (autoload 'xesam-search "xesam" "\
31636 Perform an interactive search.
31637 ENGINE is the Xesam search engine to be applied, it must be one of the
31638 entries of `xesam-search-engines'. QUERY is the search string in the
31639 Xesam user query language. If the search engine does not support
31640 the Xesam user query language, a Xesam fulltext search is applied.
31642 The default search engine is the first entry in `xesam-search-engines'.
31643 Example:
31645 (xesam-search (car (xesam-search-engines)) \"emacs\")
31647 \(fn ENGINE QUERY)" t nil)
31649 ;;;***
31651 ;;;### (autoloads (xml-parse-region xml-parse-file) "xml" "xml.el"
31652 ;;;;;; (19277 34917))
31653 ;;; Generated autoloads from xml.el
31655 (autoload 'xml-parse-file "xml" "\
31656 Parse the well-formed XML file FILE.
31657 If FILE is already visited, use its buffer and don't kill it.
31658 Returns the top node with all its children.
31659 If PARSE-DTD is non-nil, the DTD is parsed rather than skipped.
31660 If PARSE-NS is non-nil, then QNAMES are expanded.
31662 \(fn FILE &optional PARSE-DTD PARSE-NS)" nil nil)
31664 (autoload 'xml-parse-region "xml" "\
31665 Parse the region from BEG to END in BUFFER.
31666 If BUFFER is nil, it defaults to the current buffer.
31667 Returns the XML list for the region, or raises an error if the region
31668 is not well-formed XML.
31669 If PARSE-DTD is non-nil, the DTD is parsed rather than skipped,
31670 and returned as the first element of the list.
31671 If PARSE-NS is non-nil, then QNAMES are expanded.
31673 \(fn BEG END &optional BUFFER PARSE-DTD PARSE-NS)" nil nil)
31675 ;;;***
31677 ;;;### (autoloads (xmltok-get-declared-encoding-position) "xmltok"
31678 ;;;;;; "nxml/xmltok.el" (19277 34921))
31679 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/xmltok.el
31681 (autoload 'xmltok-get-declared-encoding-position "xmltok" "\
31682 Return the position of the encoding in the XML declaration at point.
31683 If there is a well-formed XML declaration starting at point and it
31684 contains an encoding declaration, then return (START . END)
31685 where START and END are the positions of the start and the end
31686 of the encoding name; if there is no encoding declaration return
31687 the position where and encoding declaration could be inserted.
31688 If there is XML that is not well-formed that looks like an XML
31689 declaration, return nil. Otherwise, return t.
31690 If LIMIT is non-nil, then do not consider characters beyond LIMIT.
31692 \(fn &optional LIMIT)" nil nil)
31694 ;;;***
31696 ;;;### (autoloads (xterm-mouse-mode) "xt-mouse" "xt-mouse.el" (19277
31697 ;;;;;; 34917))
31698 ;;; Generated autoloads from xt-mouse.el
31700 (defvar xterm-mouse-mode nil "\
31701 Non-nil if Xterm-Mouse mode is enabled.
31702 See the command `xterm-mouse-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
31703 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
31704 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
31705 or call the function `xterm-mouse-mode'.")
31707 (custom-autoload 'xterm-mouse-mode "xt-mouse" nil)
31709 (autoload 'xterm-mouse-mode "xt-mouse" "\
31710 Toggle XTerm mouse mode.
31711 With prefix arg, turn XTerm mouse mode on if arg is positive, otherwise turn
31712 it off.
31714 Turn it on to use Emacs mouse commands, and off to use xterm mouse commands.
31715 This works in terminal emulators compatible with xterm. It only
31716 works for simple uses of the mouse. Basically, only non-modified
31717 single clicks are supported. When turned on, the normal xterm
31718 mouse functionality for such clicks is still available by holding
31719 down the SHIFT key while pressing the mouse button.
31721 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31723 ;;;***
31725 ;;;### (autoloads (yenc-extract-filename yenc-decode-region) "yenc"
31726 ;;;;;; "gnus/yenc.el" (19277 34920))
31727 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/yenc.el
31729 (autoload 'yenc-decode-region "yenc" "\
31730 Yenc decode region between START and END using an internal decoder.
31732 \(fn START END)" t nil)
31734 (autoload 'yenc-extract-filename "yenc" "\
31735 Extract file name from an yenc header.
31737 \(fn)" nil nil)
31739 ;;;***
31741 ;;;### (autoloads (psychoanalyze-pinhead apropos-zippy insert-zippyism
31742 ;;;;;; yow) "yow" "play/yow.el" (19277 34922))
31743 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/yow.el
31745 (autoload 'yow "yow" "\
31746 Return or display a random Zippy quotation. With prefix arg, insert it.
31748 \(fn &optional INSERT DISPLAY)" t nil)
31750 (autoload 'insert-zippyism "yow" "\
31751 Prompt with completion for a known Zippy quotation, and insert it at point.
31753 \(fn &optional ZIPPYISM)" t nil)
31755 (autoload 'apropos-zippy "yow" "\
31756 Return a list of all Zippy quotes matching REGEXP.
31757 If called interactively, display a list of matches.
31759 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
31761 (autoload 'psychoanalyze-pinhead "yow" "\
31762 Zippy goes to the analyst.
31764 \(fn)" t nil)
31766 ;;;***
31768 ;;;### (autoloads (zone) "zone" "play/zone.el" (19277 34922))
31769 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/zone.el
31771 (autoload 'zone "zone" "\
31772 Zone out, completely.
31774 \(fn)" t nil)
31776 ;;;***
31778 ;;;### (autoloads nil nil ("calc/calc-aent.el" "calc/calc-alg.el"
31779 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-arith.el" "calc/calc-bin.el" "calc/calc-comb.el"
31780 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-cplx.el" "calc/calc-embed.el" "calc/calc-ext.el"
31781 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-fin.el" "calc/calc-forms.el" "calc/calc-frac.el"
31782 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-funcs.el" "calc/calc-graph.el" "calc/calc-help.el"
31783 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-incom.el" "calc/calc-keypd.el" "calc/calc-lang.el"
31784 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-macs.el" "calc/calc-map.el" "calc/calc-math.el"
31785 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-menu.el" "calc/calc-misc.el" "calc/calc-mode.el"
31786 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-mtx.el" "calc/calc-nlfit.el" "calc/calc-poly.el"
31787 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-prog.el" "calc/calc-rewr.el" "calc/calc-rules.el"
31788 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-sel.el" "calc/calc-stat.el" "calc/calc-store.el"
31789 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-stuff.el" "calc/calc-trail.el" "calc/calc-undo.el"
31790 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-units.el" "calc/calc-vec.el" "calc/calc-yank.el"
31791 ;;;;;; "calc/calcalg2.el" "calc/calcalg3.el" "calc/calccomp.el"
31792 ;;;;;; "calc/calcsel2.el" "calendar/cal-bahai.el" "calendar/cal-coptic.el"
31793 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-french.el" "calendar/cal-html.el" "calendar/cal-islam.el"
31794 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-iso.el" "calendar/cal-julian.el" "calendar/cal-loaddefs.el"
31795 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-mayan.el" "calendar/cal-menu.el" "calendar/cal-move.el"
31796 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-persia.el" "calendar/cal-tex.el" "calendar/cal-x.el"
31797 ;;;;;; "calendar/diary-loaddefs.el" "calendar/hol-loaddefs.el" "cdl.el"
31798 ;;;;;; "cedet/cedet-cscope.el" "cedet/cedet-files.el" "cedet/cedet-global.el"
31799 ;;;;;; "cedet/cedet-idutils.el" "cedet/cedet.el" "cedet/ede/autoconf-edit.el"
31800 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/cpp-root.el" "cedet/ede/dired.el" "cedet/ede/emacs.el"
31801 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/files.el" "cedet/ede/linux.el" "cedet/ede/locate.el"
31802 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/make.el" "cedet/ede/makefile-edit.el" "cedet/ede/pconf.el"
31803 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/pmake.el" "cedet/ede/proj-archive.el" "cedet/ede/proj-aux.el"
31804 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/proj-comp.el" "cedet/ede/proj-elisp.el" "cedet/ede/proj-info.el"
31805 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/proj-misc.el" "cedet/ede/proj-obj.el" "cedet/ede/proj-prog.el"
31806 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/proj-scheme.el" "cedet/ede/proj-shared.el" "cedet/ede/proj.el"
31807 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/project-am.el" "cedet/ede/shell.el" "cedet/ede/simple.el"
31808 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/source.el" "cedet/ede/speedbar.el" "cedet/ede/srecode.el"
31809 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/system.el" "cedet/ede/util.el" "cedet/inversion.el"
31810 ;;;;;; "cedet/mode-local.el" "cedet/pulse.el" "cedet/semantic/analyze.el"
31811 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/analyze/complete.el" "cedet/semantic/analyze/debug.el"
31812 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/analyze/fcn.el" "cedet/semantic/analyze/refs.el"
31813 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/bovine.el" "cedet/semantic/bovine/c-by.el"
31814 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/bovine/c.el" "cedet/semantic/bovine/debug.el"
31815 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/bovine/el.el" "cedet/semantic/bovine/gcc.el"
31816 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/bovine/make-by.el" "cedet/semantic/bovine/make.el"
31817 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/bovine/scm-by.el" "cedet/semantic/bovine/scm.el"
31818 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/chart.el" "cedet/semantic/complete.el" "cedet/semantic/ctxt.el"
31819 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/db-debug.el" "cedet/semantic/db-ebrowse.el"
31820 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/db-el.el" "cedet/semantic/db-file.el" "cedet/semantic/db-find.el"
31821 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/db-global.el" "cedet/semantic/db-javascript.el"
31822 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/db-mode.el" "cedet/semantic/db-ref.el" "cedet/semantic/db-typecache.el"
31823 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/db.el" "cedet/semantic/debug.el" "cedet/semantic/decorate.el"
31824 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/decorate/include.el" "cedet/semantic/decorate/mode.el"
31825 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/dep.el" "cedet/semantic/doc.el" "cedet/semantic/ede-grammar.el"
31826 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/edit.el" "cedet/semantic/find.el" "cedet/semantic/format.el"
31827 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/fw.el" "cedet/semantic/grammar-wy.el" "cedet/semantic/grammar.el"
31828 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/html.el" "cedet/semantic/ia-sb.el" "cedet/semantic/ia.el"
31829 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/idle.el" "cedet/semantic/java.el" "cedet/semantic/lex-spp.el"
31830 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/lex.el" "cedet/semantic/mru-bookmark.el"
31831 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/sb.el" "cedet/semantic/scope.el" "cedet/semantic/senator.el"
31832 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/sort.el" "cedet/semantic/symref.el" "cedet/semantic/symref/cscope.el"
31833 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/symref/filter.el" "cedet/semantic/symref/global.el"
31834 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/symref/grep.el" "cedet/semantic/symref/idutils.el"
31835 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/symref/list.el" "cedet/semantic/tag-file.el"
31836 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/tag-ls.el" "cedet/semantic/tag-write.el"
31837 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/tag.el" "cedet/semantic/texi.el" "cedet/semantic/util-modes.el"
31838 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/util.el" "cedet/semantic/wisent.el" "cedet/semantic/wisent/comp.el"
31839 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/wisent/java-tags.el" "cedet/semantic/wisent/javascript.el"
31840 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/wisent/javat-wy.el" "cedet/semantic/wisent/js-wy.el"
31841 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/wisent/python-wy.el" "cedet/semantic/wisent/python.el"
31842 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/wisent/wisent.el" "cedet/srecode.el" "cedet/srecode/args.el"
31843 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/compile.el" "cedet/srecode/cpp.el" "cedet/srecode/ctxt.el"
31844 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/dictionary.el" "cedet/srecode/document.el"
31845 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/el.el" "cedet/srecode/expandproto.el" "cedet/srecode/extract.el"
31846 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/fields.el" "cedet/srecode/filters.el" "cedet/srecode/find.el"
31847 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/getset.el" "cedet/srecode/insert.el" "cedet/srecode/java.el"
31848 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/map.el" "cedet/srecode/mode.el" "cedet/srecode/semantic.el"
31849 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/srt-wy.el" "cedet/srecode/srt.el" "cedet/srecode/table.el"
31850 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/template.el" "cedet/srecode/texi.el" "cus-dep.el"
31851 ;;;;;; "dframe.el" "dired-aux.el" "dired-x.el" "dos-fns.el" "dos-vars.el"
31852 ;;;;;; "dos-w32.el" "ediff-diff.el" "ediff-init.el" "ediff-merg.el"
31853 ;;;;;; "ediff-ptch.el" "ediff-vers.el" "ediff-wind.el" "electric.el"
31854 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/assoc.el" "emacs-lisp/authors.el" "emacs-lisp/avl-tree.el"
31855 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/bindat.el" "emacs-lisp/byte-opt.el" "emacs-lisp/chart.el"
31856 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/cl-compat.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-extra.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-loaddefs.el"
31857 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/cl-macs.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-seq.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-specs.el"
31858 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/cust-print.el" "emacs-lisp/eieio-base.el" "emacs-lisp/eieio-comp.el"
31859 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/eieio-custom.el" "emacs-lisp/eieio-datadebug.el"
31860 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/eieio-opt.el" "emacs-lisp/eieio-speedbar.el"
31861 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/eieio.el" "emacs-lisp/find-gc.el" "emacs-lisp/gulp.el"
31862 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/lisp-mnt.el" "emacs-lisp/lmenu.el" "emacs-lisp/regi.el"
31863 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/sregex.el" "emacs-lisp/tcover-ses.el" "emacs-lisp/tcover-unsafep.el"
31864 ;;;;;; "emacs-lock.el" "emulation/cua-gmrk.el" "emulation/cua-rect.el"
31865 ;;;;;; "emulation/edt-lk201.el" "emulation/edt-mapper.el" "emulation/edt-pc.el"
31866 ;;;;;; "emulation/edt-vt100.el" "emulation/tpu-extras.el" "emulation/viper-cmd.el"
31867 ;;;;;; "emulation/viper-ex.el" "emulation/viper-init.el" "emulation/viper-keym.el"
31868 ;;;;;; "emulation/viper-macs.el" "emulation/viper-mous.el" "emulation/viper-util.el"
31869 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-backend.el" "erc/erc-goodies.el" "erc/erc-ibuffer.el"
31870 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-lang.el" "eshell/em-alias.el" "eshell/em-banner.el"
31871 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-basic.el" "eshell/em-cmpl.el" "eshell/em-dirs.el"
31872 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-glob.el" "eshell/em-hist.el" "eshell/em-ls.el"
31873 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-pred.el" "eshell/em-prompt.el" "eshell/em-rebind.el"
31874 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-script.el" "eshell/em-smart.el" "eshell/em-term.el"
31875 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-unix.el" "eshell/em-xtra.el" "eshell/esh-arg.el"
31876 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-cmd.el" "eshell/esh-ext.el" "eshell/esh-io.el"
31877 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-module.el" "eshell/esh-opt.el" "eshell/esh-proc.el"
31878 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-util.el" "eshell/esh-var.el" "ezimage.el" "foldout.el"
31879 ;;;;;; "font-setting.el" "format-spec.el" "forms-d2.el" "forms-pass.el"
31880 ;;;;;; "fringe.el" "generic-x.el" "gnus/auth-source.el" "gnus/compface.el"
31881 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-async.el" "gnus/gnus-bcklg.el" "gnus/gnus-cite.el"
31882 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-cus.el" "gnus/gnus-demon.el" "gnus/gnus-dup.el"
31883 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-eform.el" "gnus/gnus-ems.el" "gnus/gnus-int.el"
31884 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-logic.el" "gnus/gnus-mh.el" "gnus/gnus-salt.el"
31885 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-score.el" "gnus/gnus-setup.el" "gnus/gnus-srvr.el"
31886 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-sum.el" "gnus/gnus-topic.el" "gnus/gnus-undo.el"
31887 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-util.el" "gnus/gnus-uu.el" "gnus/gnus-vm.el" "gnus/ietf-drums.el"
31888 ;;;;;; "gnus/legacy-gnus-agent.el" "gnus/mail-parse.el" "gnus/mail-prsvr.el"
31889 ;;;;;; "gnus/mail-source.el" "gnus/mailcap.el" "gnus/messcompat.el"
31890 ;;;;;; "gnus/mm-bodies.el" "gnus/mm-decode.el" "gnus/mm-encode.el"
31891 ;;;;;; "gnus/mm-util.el" "gnus/mm-view.el" "gnus/mml-sec.el" "gnus/mml-smime.el"
31892 ;;;;;; "gnus/mml.el" "gnus/nnagent.el" "gnus/nnbabyl.el" "gnus/nndb.el"
31893 ;;;;;; "gnus/nndir.el" "gnus/nndraft.el" "gnus/nneething.el" "gnus/nngateway.el"
31894 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnheader.el" "gnus/nnimap.el" "gnus/nnir.el" "gnus/nnlistserv.el"
31895 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnmail.el" "gnus/nnmaildir.el" "gnus/nnmairix.el" "gnus/nnmbox.el"
31896 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnmh.el" "gnus/nnnil.el" "gnus/nnoo.el" "gnus/nnrss.el"
31897 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnslashdot.el" "gnus/nnspool.el" "gnus/nntp.el" "gnus/nnultimate.el"
31898 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnvirtual.el" "gnus/nnwarchive.el" "gnus/nnweb.el"
31899 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnwfm.el" "gnus/pop3.el" "gnus/rfc1843.el" "gnus/rfc2045.el"
31900 ;;;;;; "gnus/rfc2047.el" "gnus/rfc2104.el" "gnus/rfc2231.el" "gnus/sieve-manage.el"
31901 ;;;;;; "gnus/smime.el" "gnus/spam-stat.el" "gnus/spam-wash.el" "gnus/starttls.el"
31902 ;;;;;; "gnus/utf7.el" "gnus/webmail.el" "hex-util.el" "hfy-cmap.el"
31903 ;;;;;; "htmlfontify.el" "ibuf-ext.el" "international/charprop.el"
31904 ;;;;;; "international/cp51932.el" "international/eucjp-ms.el" "international/fontset.el"
31905 ;;;;;; "international/iso-ascii.el" "international/ja-dic-cnv.el"
31906 ;;;;;; "international/ja-dic-utl.el" "international/ogonek.el" "international/uni-bidi.el"
31907 ;;;;;; "international/uni-category.el" "international/uni-combining.el"
31908 ;;;;;; "international/uni-comment.el" "international/uni-decimal.el"
31909 ;;;;;; "international/uni-decomposition.el" "international/uni-digit.el"
31910 ;;;;;; "international/uni-lowercase.el" "international/uni-mirrored.el"
31911 ;;;;;; "international/uni-name.el" "international/uni-numeric.el"
31912 ;;;;;; "international/uni-old-name.el" "international/uni-titlecase.el"
31913 ;;;;;; "international/uni-uppercase.el" "json.el" "kermit.el" "language/hanja-util.el"
31914 ;;;;;; "language/thai-word.el" "ldefs-boot.el" "mail/blessmail.el"
31915 ;;;;;; "mail/mailheader.el" "mail/mailpost.el" "mail/mspools.el"
31916 ;;;;;; "mail/rfc2368.el" "mail/rfc822.el" "mail/rmail-spam-filter.el"
31917 ;;;;;; "mail/rmailedit.el" "mail/rmailkwd.el" "mail/rmailmm.el"
31918 ;;;;;; "mail/rmailmsc.el" "mail/rmailsort.el" "mail/rmailsum.el"
31919 ;;;;;; "mail/undigest.el" "md4.el" "mh-e/mh-acros.el" "mh-e/mh-alias.el"
31920 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-buffers.el" "mh-e/mh-compat.el" "mh-e/mh-funcs.el"
31921 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-gnus.el" "mh-e/mh-identity.el" "mh-e/mh-inc.el"
31922 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-junk.el" "mh-e/mh-letter.el" "mh-e/mh-limit.el"
31923 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-loaddefs.el" "mh-e/mh-mime.el" "mh-e/mh-print.el"
31924 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-scan.el" "mh-e/mh-search.el" "mh-e/mh-seq.el" "mh-e/mh-show.el"
31925 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-speed.el" "mh-e/mh-thread.el" "mh-e/mh-tool-bar.el"
31926 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-utils.el" "mh-e/mh-xface.el" "mouse-copy.el" "mouse.el"
31927 ;;;;;; "mwheel.el" "net/dns.el" "net/eudc-vars.el" "net/eudcb-bbdb.el"
31928 ;;;;;; "net/eudcb-ldap.el" "net/eudcb-mab.el" "net/eudcb-ph.el"
31929 ;;;;;; "net/hmac-def.el" "net/hmac-md5.el" "net/imap-hash.el" "net/imap.el"
31930 ;;;;;; "net/ldap.el" "net/mairix.el" "net/netrc.el" "net/newsticker.el"
31931 ;;;;;; "net/ntlm.el" "net/sasl-cram.el" "net/sasl-digest.el" "net/sasl-ntlm.el"
31932 ;;;;;; "net/sasl.el" "net/secrets.el" "net/socks.el" "net/tls.el"
31933 ;;;;;; "net/tramp-cache.el" "net/tramp-cmds.el" "net/tramp-compat.el"
31934 ;;;;;; "net/tramp-fish.el" "net/tramp-gvfs.el" "net/tramp-gw.el"
31935 ;;;;;; "net/tramp-imap.el" "net/tramp-smb.el" "net/tramp-uu.el"
31936 ;;;;;; "net/trampver.el" "net/zeroconf.el" "nxml/nxml-enc.el" "nxml/nxml-maint.el"
31937 ;;;;;; "nxml/nxml-ns.el" "nxml/nxml-outln.el" "nxml/nxml-parse.el"
31938 ;;;;;; "nxml/nxml-rap.el" "nxml/nxml-util.el" "nxml/rng-dt.el" "nxml/rng-loc.el"
31939 ;;;;;; "nxml/rng-maint.el" "nxml/rng-match.el" "nxml/rng-parse.el"
31940 ;;;;;; "nxml/rng-pttrn.el" "nxml/rng-uri.el" "nxml/rng-util.el"
31941 ;;;;;; "nxml/xsd-regexp.el" "org/org-bibtex.el" "org/org-colview.el"
31942 ;;;;;; "org/org-compat.el" "org/org-crypt.el" "org/org-datetree.el"
31943 ;;;;;; "org/org-exp-blocks.el" "org/org-faces.el" "org/org-gnus.el"
31944 ;;;;;; "org/org-habit.el" "org/org-info.el" "org/org-inlinetask.el"
31945 ;;;;;; "org/org-install.el" "org/org-jsinfo.el" "org/org-list.el"
31946 ;;;;;; "org/org-mac-message.el" "org/org-macs.el" "org/org-mew.el"
31947 ;;;;;; "org/org-mhe.el" "org/org-mouse.el" "org/org-protocol.el"
31948 ;;;;;; "org/org-rmail.el" "org/org-src.el" "org/org-vm.el" "org/org-w3m.el"
31949 ;;;;;; "org/org-wl.el" "patcomp.el" "pcvs-info.el" "pcvs-parse.el"
31950 ;;;;;; "pcvs-util.el" "pgg-def.el" "pgg-parse.el" "pgg-pgp.el" "pgg-pgp5.el"
31951 ;;;;;; "play/gamegrid.el" "play/gametree.el" "play/meese.el" "progmodes/ada-prj.el"
31952 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-align.el" "progmodes/cc-awk.el" "progmodes/cc-bytecomp.el"
31953 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-cmds.el" "progmodes/cc-defs.el" "progmodes/cc-fonts.el"
31954 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-langs.el" "progmodes/cc-menus.el" "progmodes/ebnf-abn.el"
31955 ;;;;;; "progmodes/ebnf-bnf.el" "progmodes/ebnf-dtd.el" "progmodes/ebnf-ebx.el"
31956 ;;;;;; "progmodes/ebnf-iso.el" "progmodes/ebnf-otz.el" "progmodes/ebnf-yac.el"
31957 ;;;;;; "progmodes/idlw-complete-structtag.el" "progmodes/idlw-help.el"
31958 ;;;;;; "progmodes/idlw-toolbar.el" "progmodes/mantemp.el" "progmodes/xscheme.el"
31959 ;;;;;; "ps-def.el" "ps-mule.el" "ps-samp.el" "s-region.el" "saveplace.el"
31960 ;;;;;; "sb-image.el" "scroll-bar.el" "select.el" "soundex.el" "subdirs.el"
31961 ;;;;;; "tempo.el" "textmodes/bib-mode.el" "textmodes/makeinfo.el"
31962 ;;;;;; "textmodes/page-ext.el" "textmodes/refbib.el" "textmodes/refer.el"
31963 ;;;;;; "textmodes/reftex-auc.el" "textmodes/reftex-dcr.el" "textmodes/reftex-ref.el"
31964 ;;;;;; "textmodes/reftex-sel.el" "textmodes/reftex-toc.el" "textmodes/texnfo-upd.el"
31965 ;;;;;; "timezone.el" "tooltip.el" "tree-widget.el" "uniquify.el"
31966 ;;;;;; "url/url-about.el" "url/url-cookie.el" "url/url-dired.el"
31967 ;;;;;; "url/url-expand.el" "url/url-ftp.el" "url/url-history.el"
31968 ;;;;;; "url/url-imap.el" "url/url-methods.el" "url/url-nfs.el" "url/url-proxy.el"
31969 ;;;;;; "url/url-vars.el" "vc-dav.el" "vcursor.el" "vt-control.el"
31970 ;;;;;; "vt100-led.el" "w32-fns.el" "w32-vars.el" "x-dnd.el") (19362
31971 ;;;;;; 59828 549715))
31973 ;;;***
31975 (provide 'loaddefs)
31976 ;; Local Variables:
31977 ;; version-control: never
31978 ;; no-byte-compile: t
31979 ;; no-update-autoloads: t
31980 ;; coding: utf-8
31981 ;; End:
31982 ;;; loaddefs.el ends here